0014-9500-wgel-d001-isgp-u13000-ms-7303-00006.pdf

Manual Requisition Materials

CLIENT / PROJECT:

BASHRA GAS COMPANY / ZUBAIR REQUISITION NUMBER: HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

CONTRACT No:

U176316

PROJECT No:

WG0014

SITE MATERIALS REQUEST No. SITE LOCATION:

TASK No:

WORKPACK / WORK ORDER:

EXPENDITURE TYPE:

ATEX ZONE:

EXPENDITURE ORGANISATION: ITEM

PART / CODE NUMBER

SUGGESTED SUPPLIERS: QTY

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-MS-7303-00006

REQUISITION DESCRIPTION:

MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

-

WG0014

SDRL WELD PROCEDURE APPROVAL SHT

X

-

DATA SHEETS

X

SPECIFICATIONS

X

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

X

DESK

EQUIPMENT CRITICALITY:

I

II

X III

IV

SOLE / SINGLE SOURCE:

CERTIFICATION CODE

INSPECTION LEVEL

VENDOR SCOPE SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO SUPPLY OF COMPLETE FUEL GAS SYSTEM AS LISTED BELOW, INCLUDING ALL EQUIPMENTS, INTERCONNECTING PIPING, INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS, ELECTRICAL ITEMS, STRUCTURAL SKIDS, ALL OTHER ITEMS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF PACKAGE,SUPPLY OF PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING AND START UP SPARES, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES, ISSUE OF DESIGN DOCUMENTATION, PROCUREMENT OF ALL MATERIALS & BOUGHT OUT COMPONENTS, FABRICATION, INSPECTION AND TESTING INCLUDING FACTORY ACCEPTANCE AND SITE ACCEPTANCE TESTS,SURFACE PREPARATION, EXTERNAL PAINTING, PRESERVATION, SEA & ROAD WORTHY PACKING, GUARANTEE (FOR PROCESS, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN , MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP), SITE SUPPORT DURING ERECTION, COMMISSIONING AND STARTUP,NOTES OF DATASHEETS, SPECIFICATIONS & OTHER ATTACHMENT LISTED IN THIS REQUISITION.

1

FIELD

QUOTATIONS

LINE DESCRIPTION

UOM

Page 1 of 3

TBA

EXPEDITING:

DRAWING / BOM

BGC APPROVED VENDOR LIST

10/7/2018

REQUIRED DELIVERY DATE:

SEE ATTACHED (X - AS APPLICABLE)

ZUBAIR HAMMAR, IRAQ

DATE RAISED

LINE COST

TOTAL COST

-

2

A-13061

1

No

FUEL GAS SYSTEM INCLUDING

1

-

3

V-13061

1

No

FUEL GAS KNOCK OUT DRUM (VERTICAL TWO PHASE SEPARATOR)

1

-

1

No

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE

1

-

4 5

SCOPE OF SUPPLY

-

6

1

LOT

ALL VESSEL INTERNALS (IF ANY) ALONG WITH SUPPORTS AND INTERNAL BOLTING.

-

7

1

LOT

SKIRT / LEG SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL VESSELS.

-

8

1

LOT

NOZZLES, MANWAY / HAND HOLES INCLUDING BLIND FLANGE, DAVIT ARM, GASKET & BOLTING AS PER DATASHEET.

9

1

LOT

ALL NECESSARY AUTOMATIC ON/OFF VALVES, CONTROL VALVES, ISOLATION VALVES, AUTO DRAIN VALVES AS REQUIRED FOR PACKAGE CONTROL AND REGULATION.

-

10

1

LOT

ALL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS CABLES, CABLE GLANDS, EARTHING, CABLE TRAYS, JUNCTION BOXES AND THEIR SUPPORTS AND WIRED UP TO JUNCTION BOXES LOCATED AT SKID EDGE.

-

11

1

LOT

ALL NECESSARY INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL WITHIN BATTERY LIMIT INCLUDING SAFETY VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, CABLES (POWER AND CONTROL), CABLE GLANDS, CABLE TRAYS, CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS AND WIRED UP TO JUNCTION BOXES LOCATED AT SKID EDGE.

-

12

1

LOT

SUNSHADE FOR ELECTRICAL / INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS OF THE SKID WHEN MOUNTED OUTDOORS, AS REQUIRED.

-

13

1

LOT

EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION AS REQUIRED WITHIN THE SKID.

-

14

1

LOT

COMPLETE ON-SKID OR INTER SKID CONNECTING PROCESS PIPING, BOLTING, GASKETS, VALVES AND FITTINGS, MANIFOLDS, PIPING SUPPORT WITHIN THE BATTERY LIMITS. ALL PIPING TIE-INS AT THE SKID BATTERY LIMITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH VALVE OR FLANGED WITH SPECTACLE BLINDS BASED ON ISOLATION PHILOSOPHY.

-

15

1

LOT

NECESSARY ACCESS PLATFORMS, LADDERS AND HANDRAILS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESSING AND MAINTENANCE.

-

Form No: SCM-FRM-1001 Rev/Date: C9 04-Sep-2017

© 2017 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

Page 1 of 5

Manual Requisition Materials

16

1

LOT

NECESSARY LIFTING LUGS TO ENSURE PROPER LIFTING AND HANDLING OF THE EQUIPMENT/SKID.

-

17

1

LOT

PIPE SUPPORT CLEATS, LADDER AND PLATFORM SUPPORT CLEATS, INSTRUMENT SUPPORT CLEATS, INSULATION SUPPORT RINGS (IF REQUIRED) AND FIRE PROOFING CLEATS (IF REQUIRED).

18

1

LOT

INSTRUMENT AIR MANIFOLDS, VENTS AND DRAINS.

-

19

1

LOT

INSULATION WITHIN THE SKID AS REQUIRED.

-

20

1

LOT

EQUIPMENT AND SKID FRAME NAME PLATES WITH BRACKET.

-

21

1

LOT

COMPLETE SKIDS / BASE PLATES WITH CHECKER PLATE DECKING

-

22

1

LOT

PERSONAL PROTECTION GUARDS FOR THE VESSEL, WHERE ACCESSIBILITY ON THE VESSEL IS REQUIRED.

-

23

1

LOT

START UP, ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING SPARES.

-

LIST OF TWO YEARS OPERATING SPARES IN E-APIR FORMAT FOLLOWING E-SPIR GUIDELINES / PROCEDURES.

-

24 25

1

LOT

INSURANCE SPARES, IF REQUIRED.

-

26

1

LOT

SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES, AS REQUIRED.

-

27

1

LOT

SUPPLY OF TOUCH UP PAINT FOR PAINT REPAIRS AT PROJECT SITE.

-

28

1

LOT

CERTIFIED LIFTING BEAM FOR THE COMPLETE PACKAGE WITH ALL NECESSARY LIFTING TACKLE INCLUDING SLINGS AND SHACKLES AS REQUIRED TO ENABLE A SINGLE POINT LIFT.

-

29

1

LOT

ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT / AUXILIARIES / ITEMS / SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS PACKAGE COMPLETE FOR SATISFACTORY OPERATION AND TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS.

-

30

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES (PROCESS PERFORMANCE / MECHANICAL DESIGN AND INTEGRITY / MATERIALS / FABRICATION AND WORKMANSHIP)

-

31

INTEGRATED DESIGN AND ENGINEERING (PROCESS / MECHANICAL / STRUCTURAL / INSTRUMENTATION / ELECTRICAL ETC)

-

32

PROCUREMENT OF ALL THE MATERIALS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND MEET THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS.

-

33

FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURING OF VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE PACKAGE.

-

34

NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION (NDE), HEAT TREATMENT(S), HYDRO TESTING ETC.

-

35

COMPLETE INSPECTION AND TESTING OF VARIOUS SYSTEMS AS PER THE AGREED IN THE INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN.

-

36

PICKLING AND PASSIVATION ON STAINLESS STEEL (ALL INTERNAL SURFACES, WELD AREA AND HAZ)

-

37

PMI FOR ALLOY MATERIALS.

-

38

TRIAL FIT-UP OF INTERNALS (AS APPLICABLE).

-

39

TRIAL FIT-UP OF LADDER AND PLATFORMS (AS APPLICABLE).

-

40

PRESSURE VESSELS CODE U-STAMPING / CERTIFICATION.

-

41

ALL DOCUMENTATION AND ENGINEERING INPUTS (AS PER ATTACHED SDRL)

-

42

COMPLETE 3D MODEL OF THE PACKAGE.

-

Form No: SCM-FRM-1001 Rev/Date: C9 04-Sep-2017

© 2017 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

Page 2 of 5

Manual Requisition Materials

MATERIAL REQUISITION CONTINUATION PAGE

CLIENT / PROJECT:

ITEM

PART / CODE NUMBER

1

BASHRA GAS COMPANY / ZUBAIR HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG REQUISITION NUMBER: DEHYDRATION FACILITY QTY

UOM

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-MS-7303-00006

REQUISITION DESCRIPTION:

MATERIAL REQUISITION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

LINE DESCRIPTION

CERTIFICATION CODE

DATE RAISED

INSPECTION LEVEL

10/7/2018

LINE COST

Page 1 of 2

TOTAL COST -

ADDITIONAL SERVICES (OPTIONAL QUOTE)

2

PER DIEM FOR ERECTION AND PRE-COMMISSIONING

-

3

PER DIEM FOR SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST

-

4

PER DIEM FOR SITE TRAINING TO COMPANY PERSONEL

-

5

-

6 7

ATTACHMENT TO THE MATERIAL REQUISITION

-

8

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

-

9

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP- U13000- PX-5507-10001 Rev TBA - Process Design Basis (Not Attached)

-

10

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006 Rev 01R - Process Specification for Fuel Gas System

-

11

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-5680-10002 Rev TBA - Emergency Shutdown Philosophy (Not Attached)

-

12

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Rev 01 - Technical Specification For Fuel Gas Package

-

13

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-7704-00001 Rev TBA - Mechanical Design Basis (Not Attached)

-

14

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MS-7771-00001 Rev 02A - General Specification for Pressure Vessels

-

15

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MS-7880-00001 Rev 02A - Standard Drawings for Pressure Vessels

-

16

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7704-00001 Rev 02A - Piping Design Basis

-

17

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001 Rev 01R - Piping Material Class

-

18

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7770-00001 Rev 02A - Piping Stress Analysis Procedure

-

19

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-2358-00001 Rev 01R - Piping Support Standard

-

20

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00001 Rev 02A - Purchase Specification for Valves

-

21

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00002 Rev 02A - Purchase Specification for Pipe, Fittings and Flanges

-

22

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00003 Rev 02A - Purchase Specification for Fastners and Gaskets

-

23

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-5507-40001 Rev TBA - Electrical Design Basis (Not Attached)

-

24

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-7771-00003 Rev TBA - Specification for Electrical Requirements for Packaged Unit (Not Attached)

-

25

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-7771-40029 Rev 02A - Specification for LV Power and Control Cables

-

26

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-7771-00004 Rev TBA - Specification for Electrical Bulk Material (Not Attached)

-

27

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-IN-7771-31909 REV TBA - Instrumentation Specification for Packaged Equipment (Not Attached)

-

28

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7704-00001 Rev 02A - Civil & Structural Design Basis

-

29

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7880-00003 Rev 02A - Specification for Structural Steel Works

-

30

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00001 Rev 03C - General Notes For Structural Steel Work

-

31

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00002 Rev 02C - Standard Detail for Grating

-

32

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00003-001/002/003 Rev 02C - Standard Detail for Handrails

-

33

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00004-001/002 Rev 02C - Standard details for Ladders

-

34 35

PIPING AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM

-

36

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-2365-01000-01/02/03/04/05 Rev TBA - PID – Legends and Symbiology (Not Attached)

-

37

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-2366-01004-001_Rev 01R - Utility Flow Scheme–Fuel Gas System

-

38 39

MECHANICAL DATA SHEETS & LAYOUTS

-

40

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-2105-00005 Rev 01R - Data Sheet for Fuel Gas System

-

41

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-MP-4024-20000 Rev 01R - Hammar TEG Dehydration Facility Overall Plot Plan (Not Attached)

-

42 43

COMPANY SPECIFICATION

-

44

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001 Rev 04A - Painting Specification

-

45

Form No: SCM-FRM-1001 Rev/Date: C9 04-Sep-2017

© 2017 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

Page 4 of 5

Manual Requisition Materials

46

SUPPLIER DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS LISTING (SDRL)

-

47

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-4372-00006_Rev 01 - SDRL for Fuel Gas System

-

48 49

PROJECT DOCUMENTS

-

50

INSTRUCTION TO VENDOR CONCERNING DOCUMENTS / DRAWINGS, FINAL MANUALS & SUBMITTALS (Not Attached) - LATER

-

51

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-7880-00001 REV TBA - DOCUMENT NUMBERING CODING AND REFERENCE DATA (Not Attached)

-

52

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001 REV 05A - TAGGING TAXONOMY FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

-

53

XXXXXXXXXXXXXX - DRAWING TEMPLATE (Not Attached) - LATER

-

54

9500-WGEL-XXXX-ISGP-G00000-XX-XXXX-XXXXX - PACKING & SHIPPING PROCEDURE / REQUIREMENTS (Not Attached) - LATER

-

55

BGC IM SPECIFICATION AND SCOPE OF WORK FOR CONTRACTORS (Not Attached) - LATER

-

56

E-SPIR GUIDELINE / PROCEDURE (Not Attached) - LATER

-

57 58

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN

-

59

VENDOR TO SUBMIT ALONG WITH THE OFFER

-

60

-

61

-

62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95

Form No: SCM-FRM-1001 Rev/Date: C9 04-Sep-2017

© 2017 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

Page 5 of 5

Supplier Document Requirement Listing (SDRL)

GENERAL NOTES All documents must be prepared and submitted in accordance with the Following Supplier Document Submission Procedure. Submission Date:

The first issue date specified is the latest that is considered acceptable. The Bidder/Supplier is to complete the Supplier Document Register (SDR, Issued with the Starter Pack) with the agreed issue dates. THE SDR (A01) SHALL BE THE FIRST DOCUMENT SUBMITTED - NATIVE FORMAT (EXCEL) ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS WILL BE .PDF

Columns 3 & 4 The documents required with the Bid, at first and final issues are indicated by a X within column 3 - With Bid, column 4 - First Issue.

Column 5 P T D Q U E C

= Date of purchase order = Date of test = Date of dispatch = Date of process = Use of procedure = Final inspection = Date of Call Off

P+X = X weeks after purchase order or fax of intent T-X= X weeks after or prior test D-X= X weeks after or prior to dispatch Q-X = X weeks prior to manufacture/job process U-X= X weeks prior to use of procedure E+X = X weeks after final inspection C+X = X weeks after Call Off

Column 6 An 'X' in this column indicates that an Electronic Copy (Native Format of Drawing i.e. AutoCad) is required with Final Issue. SDRL codes J01 & K01, where 3 & 2 indicates Hard Copies are required after approval (amend as per Project Requirements)

Column 7 This column identifies the region that the SDRL code is applicable to: 1 - GLOBAL

Column 8 O = Review at Purchasers Office S = Review by WGPSN Representative at Suppliers Works - include in relevant Manual as instructed on column 9 and/or 10 of SDRL Matrix I = Submit to Purchasers office for information Only - include in relevant Manual as instructed on column 9 and/or 10 of SDRL Matrix

Columns 9 & 10 An ‘X’ indicates documents (Certified Final issue) that are required to be included within the Certification and/or Installation, Operating and Maintenance Manuals. Note :1

Vendor Document Numbering Vendor document numbering shall be done as per the below numbering system. 3000-BBBB-N001-ISGP-U40300-ZV-GGG-HHHHH-JJJ E.g SAP P.O. Number 4600052507

Where: BBBB HHHHH JJJ

represents the Vendor ID (4 character alpha for Vendor docs) represents the SAP PO number (5 character numeric) – use last 5 digits of 10 digit SAP PO number represents a unique sequential document number for a particular Document type for each PO (3 character numeric)

Example 3000-BBBB-N001-ISGP-U40300-ZV-D07-52507-001 3000-BBBB-N001-ISGP-U40300-ZV-D07-52507-002 3000-BBBB-N001-ISGP-U40300-ZV-E01-52507-001 3000-BBBB-N001-ISGP-U40300-ZV-C07-52507-001 Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

2 of 15

Document number : Document Revision :

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-4372-00006 01

SUPPLIER DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS LISTING (SDRL) CODE

1 AA01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 A07 BB01 B02 B03 B04 CC01 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C09 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C99 DD01 D04 D05 D06 D07

D99

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

WITH FIRST BID ISSUE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED

DATE REQD

FINAL PSN REVIEW ISSUE REGION CLASS

WITHIN MANUAL J01 K01

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Supplier’s Document Register (SDR)- Refer note 2 Fabrication/Production Schedule Progress Reports (Weekly / Monthly) Sub-order Schedule Design Deviation Request (DDR) Sub Orders (Copies) Exceptions / Deviation Listing GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS General Arrangements Acceptable Nozzle Loads Interface and Connection Schedule Foundation Loading Diagram & Support Details SYSTEM DIAGRAMS AND DATA SHEETS Piping and Instrument Diagrams Bill of Materials Instrument System Schematic Diagram Utilities Schedule Weight Data Sheet Equipment Data Sheet Noise Level Data Sheet Schedule of Electrical Equipments & Instruments in Hazardous Area Electrical/Electronic/Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematics Detailed Description of Operation PFD's and Heat Mass Balance Cause & Effect Charts Control Philosophy and Block Logic Diagrams I/O List (Hardwired / Soft signals) DETAIL DRAWINGS Cross Sectional Drawing or Exploded View Diagram with Parts List

X X

X X X X X X

P+2 P+2 P+2 P+2

X

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O O

X

X

X X X

X

X X X X

P+4 P+4 P+8 P+8

X

1 1 1 1

O O O O

X X X X

X

X X X X X X X

P+4 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+4 P+4 P+10

X

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O O

X X X X X X X

X

X

P+8

1

O

X

X X X X X X

P+10 P+4 P+6 P+10 P+8 P+8

X

1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O

X X X X X X

X

P+6

X

1

O

X

X

X X X X

P+8 P+8 P+10 P+8

X X X

1 1 1 1

O O O O

X X X X

X X X

X

P+8

X

1

O

X

X

P+6

1

O

X

X

D-6

1

O

X

X X X X X X X X X X

P+8 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+8 P+10

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O O O O O

X X X X X X X X X X

CONTROL DOCUMENTS

Name Plate Format Drawings Sub Assembly Drawings Installation & Dismantling Drawing Detail Drawing Piping Isometric Drawings (Skid piping and interconnecting piping and complete 3D model of the package)

D100 Piping Line List D102 Transportation Drawings E - INSTRUMENT AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS E01 Interconnection Diagram E03 Instrument / Electrical Logic Diagrams E04 Terminal Block Diagrams E05 Cable Schedule E06 Instrument Termination and Hook-up Details E07 Loop Diagrams E08 Instrument Index E09 Instrument Data Sheets E10 Instrument Layout Drawings E99 Junction Box Termination Drawings

Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

X X X

X

X X X X

X X

X

X X X

X

X X

X

X

X X

X X X

X

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. 3 of 15

Document number : Document Revision :

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-4372-00006 01

SUPPLIER DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS LISTING (SDRL) CODE

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

1 FF01 F02 F03 F04 F14 F22 F24 F25 F63 GG01 G02 G03 HH01 H02 H03 H04 H05 H06 H07 H09 H12 H13 H99 JJ01 J03 J04 J05 J06 J07 J10 KK01 K02 K03 K05 K07 K08 K10 K87 LL01 L02 L03 L04

2

WITH FIRST BID ISSUE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED

P+2

1

O

X

Q-4

1

O

X

P+4

1

O

X

X X X X X X

P+4 P+4 P+10 Q-4 Q-4 P+4

1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O

X X X

X X X

P+12 P+16 P+16

1 1 1

O O O

X X X

X X

P+2 P+2 P+8

1 1 1

S O O

X X X

X

P+6

1

O

X

X X X X X X

P+6 P+6 P+6 P+10 P+4 P+2

1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O

X X X X X X

X

E-6

1

O

X

X

X

X

P+10

1

O

X

X

X

X

P+10

1

O

X

X

X X X X

P+10 P+12 P+10 P+10

1 1 1 1

O O O O

X X X X

X X

X X X X X X X X

D+4 P+12 T+1 T+1 T+2 T+1 P+12 D+4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

O O O O O O O O

X X X X X X X

X X X X

P+4 P+4 P+4

1 1 1 1

S S S S

X X X X

Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

X X X

X

5

X

6

WITHIN MANUAL J01 K01

8

X

4

FINAL PSN REVIEW ISSUE REGION CLASS

7

3

CALCULATIONS AND PERFORMANCE DATA Pressure Vessel / Tank Mechanical Calculations Process / Utility Calculations (For equipment & package)- Including Blowdown Calculation Structural Steel Calculations (for platforms & lifting beam etc) Foundation Support Calculations Instrument Calculations Piping Stress Analysis ESD Valve Calculations Relief Valve and Burst Disc Calculations Valve Sizing Calculations HANDLING, INSTALLATION AND SITE PRESERVATION Erection and Installation Procedure Unpacking and Preservation Procedure Packing, Handling and Shipping Procedure MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY PROCEDURES Quality Manual Quality Plan Detailed Fabrication Drawing Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and Qualification (WPQ) Records Non-destructive Examination Procedure (NDE) Forming & Heat Treatment Proc. (Including PWHT) Hydrostat/Flushing/Pneumatic Test Procedure Surface Preparation & Painting Procedure Inspection & Test Plan ISO 9001 Certification Reference list of similar supplies COMMISSIONING, OPERATING, MAINTENANCE AND SPARES Operating and Maintenance Manual Recommended Start-up and Commissioning Spares List Recommended Spares For 2 Years Operation (In ESPIR Format) Erection Fastener Schedule Pre-commissioning / Commissioning Procedure Special Tools List Index for Operating and Maintenance Manual - J01 CERTIFICATION Certification Data Book Equipment Hazardous Area Certificate and Schedule Weldability Data Factory Acceptance Test Report (FAT) Noise Report Weight Report Index for Certification Data Book - K01 Declaration of Conformity TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS Material Test Certificate Welder Performance Qualification Certificate NDE Operator Qualifications Production Test Results (Including Welding)

DATE REQD

X

X

9

10

X

X

X

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. 4 of 15

Document number : Document Revision :

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-4372-00006 01

SUPPLIER DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS LISTING (SDRL) CODE

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

1

2

L05 L06 L07 L08 L10 L11 L13 L14 L20 L21 L22 L23 L30 L32 L33 L36 L37 L45 L46 L47 L48 L49 MM01 M02

NDE Records Heat Treatment Records Material Traceability Records Name Plate Rubbing Instrument Test / Calibration Certificate Dimensional Report Vessel & Exchanger Code Data Reports Certificate Of Compliance Purchaser's Release Note / Waiver Code / Standard / Compliance Certificate Painting / Insulation Inspection Report Concession Records Positive Material Identification (PMI) Report Hydrostatic Test Charts Performance Guarantee Piping Dimensional Acceptance Certificate Valve Seat Sealing and Valve Pressure Test Records Site Acceptance Procedure FAT Test Procedures Progressive Inspection Reports Inspection Release Notes Package Release Notes PACKING AND SHIPPING DOCUMENTS Packing and Shipping Schedule Hazardous Material Shipping Certificates

WITH FIRST BID ISSUE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED 3

X

DATE REQD

4

5

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

T+1 T+1 P+8 D T+1 T+1 D+1 D+1 E D+1 T+1 E T+1 E P+4

X X

FINAL PSN REVIEW ISSUE REGION CLASS

6

WITHIN MANUAL J01 K01

7

8

9

S S S O S S S S S S S O S S S S S O O O O S

X X X X X X

D

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D-2 D-1

1 1

O O

10

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X

1) THE FINAL MRB / IOM SHALL BE SUBMITTED 2 WEEKS AFTER / 2 WEEKS BEFORE THE SHIPMENT. 2) THE NUMBER OF INITIAL / FINAL SOFT AND HARD COPIES OF IOM / MRB SHALL BE INFORMED DURING KICK OFF MEETING.

Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. 5 of 15

SUPPLIER DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS LISTING (SDRL) - LONG DESCRIPTION CODE

AA01

DOCUMENT

FORMAT

PURPOSE

INFORMATION TO BE SHOWN ON DOCUMENT

CONTROL DOCUMENTS Supplier’s Document Register (SDR) Initial issue by To establish and update completion of Purchaser's registered Purchaser's format. Updates by mark-up of Purchaser's computerised register.

• Listing by category and title of all Suppliers’ documents to be issued per SDRL. • Date of first submission of each document to Purchaser. • Listing to contain both Purchaser's and Supplier's document numbers. • Refer to Purchaser's specification 'Drawing and Data Requirements Instructions to Suppliers' included in the purchase order documentation. WHERE PURCHASE ORDER REQUIRES THE ISSUE OF A MONTHLY REPORT THIS SCHEDULE SHALL BE INCLUDED UNDER DATA CODE A03 AFTER FIRST SUBMISSION.

A02

Fabrication/Production Schedule

Bar Chart (A3 size maximum)

Control document

• Schedule to barchart form, showing design, manufacture, inspection, testing and delivery of all equipment, materials and components to be delivered by Supplier and his sub-suppliers. • Earliest and latest completion dates shall be entered alongside each activity with float indicated. • Once agreed with Purchaser, the "planned" dates shall not change without prior approval by purchaser. • Progress to date shall be clearly shown against each activity. • Procurement and delivery of sub-supplier items with names and references to be included. • Summary schedule of issue dates required for all documents in Data Code A01 above grouped by prime category, in bar chart format to show relationship with the Fabrication/Production Schedule. • Schedule to show calendar dates. WHERE PURCHASE ORDER REQUIRES THE ISSUE OF A MONTHLY REPORT THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED UNDER DATA CODE A03 AFTER FIRST SUBMISSION.

A03

Progress Reports (Weekly / Monthly)

A4 document

Control document

• Reports to be submitted on the Friday of each week giving: • activities completed this week and % complete; • activities planned for the next week; • any problems encountered, with corrective actions proposed; • identification of areas in which Purchaser is delaying Supplier's progress; • Confirmation that contracted delivery date(s) will be maintained; • Monthly report to be submitted three working days after the last Friday in each calendar month; • Report to contain the following information as a minimum:a) Narrative explaining salient features of work carried out during the month, problems encountered of both an engineering and programme nature, steps being taken to overcome them, and confirmation that contracted delivery date(s) will be achieved. b) Running log of all commercial changes or requests made (whether or not approved by Purchaser) together with status. c) Running log of all design concessions requested by Supplier (whether or not approved by Purchaser) together with current status. d) Updated fabrication/production schedule 'front-lined' to shown actual progress at cut-off (Ref Data Code A02). e) Updated sub-order schedule indicating all sub-orders to be placed by Supplier (Ref Data Code A04). f) Updated Supplier Document Schedule showing status of all drawings to be produced against the order (Ref Data Code A01). g) If purchase order is subject to CA appraisal prior to delivery, certification status report identifying documentation submitted to and approvals received from CA together with any details of any concerns highlighted by the CA.

A04

Sub-order Schedule

Purchasers forms

Control document

• Schedule shall show all sub-orders to be placed by Supplier. Against each entry Supplier shall indicate anticipated award date and the latest data by which sub-order must be placed to meet the overall schedule. Supplier shall submit un-priced copies of sub-orders at the time of order placement. WHERE PURCHASE ORDER REQUIRES THE ISSUE OF A MONTHLY REPORT THIS SCHEDULE TO BE INCLUDED UNDER DATA CODE A03 AFTER FIRST SUBMISSION

A05

Design Deviation Request (DDR)

A06

Sub Orders (Copies)

A4 Document (Starter Pack) Purchasers forms

Control document

See WGPSN Procedure ENG-PRC-1122 and ENG-FRM-1170.

Control document

Schedule shall show all sub-orders to be placed by Supplier. Against each entry Supplier shall indicate anticipated award date and the latest data by which sub-order must be placed to meet the overall schedule. Supplier shall submit unpriced copies of sub-orders at the time of order placement. WHERE PURCHASE ORDER REQUIRES THE ISSUE OF A MONTHLY REPORT THIS SCHEDULE TO BE INCLUDED UNDER DATA CODE A03 AFTER FIRST SUBMISSION

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

6 of 15

A07

Exceptions / Deviation Listing

Purchasers forms

Control document

Schedule shall show all sub-orders to be placed by Supplier. Against each entry Supplier shall indicate anticipated award date and the latest data by which sub-order must be placed to meet the overall schedule. Supplier shall submit unpriced copies of sub-orders at the time of order placement. List of all Deviations / Exceptions to Purchase orders or standards or specifications

BB01

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS General Arrangements

Maximum size A1. Scale drawing

Interface liaison. Design review

• Envelope and dimensions relative to unit datum. • Access, withdrawal and lay-down requirements for maintenance to be shown. • Location and numbering of all piping and tubing terminations for Purchaser connection to process and utilities, including size, rating and type. • Location of all skid edge junction boxes requiring Purchaser connections. • Identification and location of all major on skid components with Purchaser's tag numbers added. • Where a package consists of more than one skid, separate drawings shall be provided for each skid. • Overall weights and maintenance weights for major components. • Spreader beam, lifting points and C of G to be shown. • Where appropriate, an equipment list is also to be submitted.

B02

Acceptable Nozzle Loads

A4 document

Interface liaison. Design review

• Drawing to indicate acceptable loads, forces and moments on flanges to which Purchaser connects, together with loads during normal and maximum operating conditions - if not covered by applicable specifications. Calculations to be included.

B03

Interface and Connection Schedule

A4 listing

Interface liaison

• Listing by number of all Supplier termination points, including electrical and instrument cable terminations and all junction boxes cross referenced to the relevant drawings. • Size, rating and specification of all piping and tubing termination points requiring purchaser connection. • Identification of corresponding connection point on another skid or system to which each point shall be connected. • Identification of fluids at each connection point including pressure and temperature conditions. For each vent and drain, fluids under normal and abnormal operating conditions shall be stated, and system to which each must be connected (i.e., Purchaser's vent or drain - safe, open or closed). • This document shall always be submitted together with Data Code B01 General Arrangement Drawings.

B04

Foundation Loading Diagram & Support Details

Maximum drawing size Interface liaison A1

CC01

SYSTEM DIAGRAMS & DATA SHEETS Piping and Instrument Diagrams

Drawing with symbolic representation of instrumentation

Design review, interface liaison and operation and maintenance

• Floor fixing details. • Including all static and dynamic forces or movements acting on foundations or other load bearing supports during start-up, shut-down, normal and maximum operation conditions and test conditions (e.g.. motor/generator short circuit). • Also including Supplier's recommended anchor bolt details with sizes and grades and locations (including tolerances) relative to equipment centre lines in all three planes, also recommended lengths and pretensioning. • Anchor bolt details show chock block and shimming arrangements. • Temporary fixing details for barge transportation to be shown. • For equipment which is welded, skirt weld preparation is to be detailed. • Operating frequencies for vibrating equipment. • Drawing may be combined with Data Code B01 - General Arrangement Drawings.

• P&ID's shall be drawn by Supplier using standard symbols provided on Purchaser's legend sheets, for all hydrocarbon and utility systems including HVAC flow diagrams. • P&ID's are to show at least the following, as applicable: • Revision number. • Drawing title. • Specific notes. • Equipment and spares. • Equipment names and numbers. • Equipment internals and externals, consistent with data sheet. • Insulation and trace heating requirements. • Venting and Draining requirements. • Relief requirements - PSV's location tag numbers and sizes. • PSV interlock valves and interlocking sequence. • Positive Isolation requirements. • Block and check valves, with type identified. • Valves and actuators and solenoids. Failure mode to be stated. • Nozzles of vessels, sizes, manways and other inspection provisions. • Slope of vessels. • Levels in vessels, NLL, LSL, LSH, LSLL, LSHH, etc. • Elevations of major equipment. • Process and utility flowlines with directional arrows.

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

7 of 15

A4 listing

Design and review and • Each tagged item on the P&ID (SDRL Code C01) shall be identified and operation and maintenance the following information shall be given (as appropriate): • Purchaser's tag number of Supplier's tag number (as applicable). • Service description. • Rating or range of operation. • Materials of construction. • Signal output. • Manufacturer and model number. • Contacts for switches. • Shipped loose items required for offshore installation and assembly shall clearly highlighted. • This document shall always be submitted together with drawing/P&ID/ HVAC flow diagrams to which it refers.

C04

Bill of Materials

C05

Instrument / Telecoms System Schematic Diagram

C06

Utilities Schedule

A4 listing

Interface liaison

• Schedule to indicate types, quantities, pressure, temperature, voltage, KW, KVA, of all utilities required to start and operate the equipment under start-up normal operation and shutdown conditions.

C07

Weight Data Sheet

Purchaser's A4 sheet completed by Supplier

Interface liaison

• Supplier shall complete weight data sheets for each separately installed item of equipment or skid in accordance with weight data and instructions. Information shall be submitted for each design change affecting weight data and at the following stages during the contract. • with enquiry • 6 weeks after order • where there is any change to the weight identified by Supplier • as weighed, endorsed as such by Purchaser • The following information shall be updated: empty (dry), operating, test (full), shipping weight, C of G. • Heaviest lift during maintenance to be defined.

C08

Equipment Data Sheet

Purchaser's A4 sheets completed by Supplier

Design review

• Where Equipment Data Sheets are issued by Purchaser as part of purchase order, Supplier to fully complete. Data sheets are to be completed for each and every instrument.

C09

Noise Level Data Sheet

Purchaser's A4 sheets completed by Supplier

Design review

• Purchaser will define sound power and sound pressure level limitation. Supplier will complete and return these sheets with anticipated, and if requested, guaranteed data, for the Octave mid band frequencies corresponding to these limitations.

C10

Schedule of Electrical Equipments & A4 Listing Instruments in Hazardous Area

Certification Date Book

• All equipment and electrically operated instrumentation equipment to be listed in a tabular form with information presented under the following column headings: • Equipment type i.e. “Junction Box”, “Motor”, and “Pressure Transmitter”. Etc • Tag Number(s) • Quantity fitted (only for identical items fitted in same Zone. All other equipment must be listed individually) • Manufacturer • Manufacturer’s Type Number • Zone in which fitted i.e. Category 1, 2 or 3, or Safe area • Approval Body e.g. KEMA, ITS,SIRA etc. • Type of protection e.g. Flameproof, Increased Safety, and Intrinsically Safe etc. • Type of protection code e.g. EExd: EExe, EExia: etc. • Apparatus Group (sometimes call “Gas Group”) e.g. IIA: IIB: IIC. • Temperature Classifications e.g. T3, T6 etc. • Hazardous Area Certificate Number • Date of expiry of current NOTIFIED BODY LICENCE (not certificate) • Standard to which the equipment is certified e.g. BS5501 Part 9 • Entry Protection i.e. the IP rating e.g. IP56, IP67 etc.

C11

Electrical/Electronic/Pneumatic/Hydr Schematic diagram aulic Schematics

Interface liaison and design • Diagrams shall indicate the schematic arrangement of all component review parts. The format shall be such that an understanding of the function shall be readily gained with accompanying notes, if needed. Relays shall be shown in a de-energised state, with their contacts open or closed accordingly. • Interface terminals shall be uniquely identified by symbol, type and number and their physical location identified.

• All main components and their functional relationship for major control systems (including computer, supervisory, telemetry and communications system) shall be identified on schematic diagrams.

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

8 of 15

C12

Detailed Description of Operation

A4 Document

Operating Review

• This document shall be a detailed written description of Suppliers primary design interpretation of Purchaser’s requirements giving principles of equipment function and defining of all aspects of the operation of the equipment supplied. It shall also include block logic and detailed diagrams input/output circuitry as follows: • Simplified block logic diagrams shall relate to the system by project tag number • Start-up, shutdown abnormal operating condition and special maintenance operations shall be covered. • Reference shall be made to P&IDs and other documents submitted to the Purchasers tag numbers. • Input, output, permissive signals, including internal logic signals required to accomplish start-up, platform equipment monitoring and alarm, shut-down etc. shall be described. • Display of information, operator and maintenance interface and access to the package control system shall be described. • Listing of pre-alarm and shut-down alarm trip requirements (local and CCR) and the failure mode of all valves and equipment must be clearly indicated. • Control block diagrams shall clearly show switch room equipment, control room equipment/CCR equipment and types of signal to and from interface information clearly defined • Typical circuitry for all input and output signals shall be produced in sketches and narrative form. • Communication / data transfer arrangements shall be fully defined showing hardware standards and software protocols. • Manual and automatic testing of the system shall be clearly detailed. • Software programme development, test and documentation facilities and routines shall be fully detailed.

C13

PFD's and Heat Mass Balance

Diagram using Purchaser's symbols

Design review

C14

Cause & Effect Charts

Purchaser's A3 sheets completed by Supplier

Design review

• Diagrams shall be provided for all hydrocarbon and utilities systems. Diagrams shall be drawn using Purchaser symbology, and shall indicate major control functions. • Each stream shall be clearly labelled with a tag number. PFD will indicate the duty performed by all items of equipment for example, power requirements and ate of heat transfer, etc. Accompanying the PFD shall be a Heat and Mass Balance Sheet relating to the stream tag numbers on the PFD. • These shall be in accordance with API RP14C to indicate clearly and precisely the shutdown requirements on the standard format sheet with defined convention. Individual C&E charts to be produced for each process unit. All auto start/changeover, etc, of pumps etc, to be clearly defined with location of field devices.

C15

Control Philosophy and Block Logic Detailed A4 narrative Diagrams description to include block logic diagram

C99 DD01

Special DETAIL DRAWINGS Cross Sectional Drawing or Exploded View Diagram with Parts List

Scale Drawings

Design Review

• Scale drawings of component parts shall be shown in cross section or, if required, by exploded view representative where the various parts of the assembly are separated, but in proper position relative to each other. All parts to be identified by the parts list, which shall give full details of: - Material of Construction - Thickness - Manufacturer and references No.

D04

Name Plate Format Drawings

Scale drawing

Design review

• Drawings for Coded Vessel and equipment name plates, which shall include all details to satisfy Code and Purchaser’s requirements and include relevant CE marking where applicable.

D05

Sub Assembly Drawings

Scale drawing

Design review

• Details of sub assemblies which form part of the Suppliers package and which may be required for Purchaser’s review and approval or for information, but which are not shown to be adequate detail on the General arrangement drawing. Information shall be shown in accordance with the requirements for the GA.

Design review and • This document shall be a detailed written description giving principles of operation and maintenance plant function and defining of all aspects of the operation of the equipment supplied. • Simplified block logic diagram shall relate to the system by project tag number. • Start-up, shut-down abnormal operating condition and special maintenance operations shall be covered. • Reference shall be made to P&IDs and other documents submitted to the Purchaser and shall include Purchaser's tag numbers. • Input, output, permissive signals, including internal logic signals required to accomplish start-up, shut-down etc., shall be described. • Display of information, operator interface and access to the package control system shall be described. • Listing of pre-alarm and shut-down alarm trip requirements (local and CCR) and the failure mode of all valves and equipment must be clearly indicated. • Control block diagram shall clearly show switch room equipment, control room equipment/CCR equipment and types of signal to and from, with interface information clearly defined. • As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL.

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

9 of 15

D06

Installation & Dismantling Drawing

Scale drawing

Design review

• Envelope and dimensions relative to unit datum • Access, withdrawal and lay-down requirements for installation and removal (where applicable) to be shown • Location of all skid edge interfaces and connections - Location and cross-reference to temporary structure or equipment required for the operation • Identification and location of all major on skid components with Purchaser's or existing tag numbers added • Where a package consists of more than one skid, separate drawings shall be provided for each skid - Where equipment moves across decks or installations separate cross-referenced sheets to be issued • Overall weights and maintenance weights for major components • Spreader beam, lifting points and C of G to be shown • Where appropriate, an equipment list is also to be submitted including temporary equipment required for rigging/installation/removal or makingsafe/isolations etc

D07

Detail Drawing

Scale drawing

Design review

• Detail drawings to indicate method of construction, plus all features which are omitted from the GA drawing for clarity. • Drawings will contain the following information where appropriate: - Manufacturer - Tag Number - Process connection size(s) and ratings - Inlet and outlet configuration - Face-to-face dimensions - Overall height, width and depth - Electrical connection size(s) - Instrument mounting details - Instrument accessories (positioner, hand wheel, air set, etc) - Weight

D99

Special - Complete 3D Model of the Scale drawings Package Skids.

Design review

• 3D Model of the Package Skids. • As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL or considered necessary by Supplier. To be identified by D99.

EE01

INSTRUMENT & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS Interconnection Diagram

Detailed Diagram

Interface liaison

E03

Instrument / Electrical Logic Diagrams

Symbolic and functional Design review. Operation logic diagram and Maintenance

• Diagrams shall display, in block form, the items of electrical equipment and the cables connecting them. The terminal block reference for each item shall be stated, along with the number and size of the conductors and cables. Cable NOT in the Supplier’s Scope of Supply shall be clearly identified • To be prepared for all sequence and interlock control systems to show control systems functions. • Symbols to be in accordance with IEC 60617 (refer to WGPSN Librarian for access) • Diagrams are to be arranged so that the overall logic is clearly apparent. • Sub-system logic will be grouped together to clearly identify their association with each other and with the overall logic system.

E04

Terminal Block Diagrams

A3/A4 listing

Interface Liaison

• Diagrams shall show each terminal block with the terminals numbered and the cores of the connecting cables identified. The core identifiers given shall be those ferruled onto the conductors and shall follow any numbering system advised by Purchaser. Terminal block diagrams may be incorporated with interconnection diagrams - if the complexity of the system permits. • Drawings must show AC/DC segregation, IS and non-IS segregation (where applicable) and cable screen terminations, together with duty description/tag against input and output. For ease of identification, destination 'to and from' is to be shown, with cross-referenced drawing numbers and earthing requirements clearly shown.

E05

Cable Schedule

A3/A4 listing

Interface liaison, installation and commissioning and maintenance

• All electrical, instrument and telecom cables shall be listed, both internal to Supplier's package and identification of Purchaser installed cables between components of Supplier's package, listing: - cable size and type - cable number - gland size and type - to and from location - inter-connection diagram cross reference - cable length, in metres (inter-connecting cables only) - voltage grade

E06

Instrument Termination and Hook-up Diagrammatic drawing, Interface liaison, design Details one sheet for each review, maintenance, hook-up installation and commissioning

• Instrument cable termination details shall show junction box gland plate drilling sizes to suit external cabling to/from the package, and all glanding information. All cable indicated on these drawings must be terminated at both ends. Process hook-up drawings shall be prepared for each tagged instrument that requires a process impulse line for sensing purposes. Similarly, a pneumatic hook-up drawing shall be prepared for each tagged instrument air transmission/control signal. Both types of drawings shall include all the necessary mounting details and a schedule of all installation materials used.

E07

Loop Diagrams

• These drawings are prepared, to consolidate all mechanical process, electrical and configuration information, and present it in loop form to illustrate its complete function. For most mechanical packages, these drawings will only be required for complex control loops where the configuration is not apparent from the hook-up drawing. • For each loop, the diagrams shall show all details of wiring, termination and inter-connections from primary element to final, including numbering of JB's, cables, cable cores, terminal colour coding of wires and locations and ferruling details, etc. Each loop on a separate sheet.

A3 detailed drawings

Installation and commissioning and maintenance

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

10 of 15

E08

Instrument Index

A3 listing on Purchaser's format

Installation and commissioning and maintenance

• The following minimum information must be presented in a format advised by the Purchaser: - Tag number (in alpha-numeric sequence). - Purchasers Works Identification Number (WI Number). - Instrument description (pressure switch, control valve, level gauge, etc). - Service description (e.g. pump P3102 discharge, etc). - Location of line (size/number/spec) - P&ID number. - Data sheet number. - Hook-up drawing reference.

E09

Instrument Data Sheets

Purchaser's A4 sheets completed by Supplier

• Each and every instrument shall have a data sheet completed to the project format provided by the Purchaser for the Supplier to complete.

E10

Instrument Layout Drawings

Scale Drawing

Design, review, inspection and testing and operating and maintenance Interface liaison and design review

FF01

CALCULATIONS & PERFORMANCE DATA Pressure Vessel / Tank Mechanical Calculations

A4 report

Design review

• Stress calculations shall be in accordance with relevant code requirements and demonstrate that design (inc. nozzles) is adequate for operation within the parameters specified for the item, in terms of pressure, temperature, nozzle loadings, etc. • Also to include calculations for lifting lugs, brackets, support brackets, support skirts, support legs and saddles, platform and pipe clip loadings.

F02

Process / Utility Calculations (For equipment & package)- Including Blowdown Calculation

A4 report

Design review

• Calculations demonstrating the sizing basis and criteria of equipment e.g. deaerator sizing, fired heater sizing, etc and the associated utilities e.g... fuel, coolant, instrument air, etc. • Blowdown Calculation. • Detailed calculations to justify the figures given in Data Code D01 for all operating conditions defined by Purchaser.

F03

Structural Steel Calculations

A4 report

Design review

• Calculations shall determine that structure and any lifting aids are suitable for all phases of lifting, transportation, installation and operation without over stressing any member.

F04

Foundation Support Calculations

A4 report

Design review

• Calculations of foundation support loads and baseplate deflections under normal, fault, transportation and installation conditions taking into account static and dynamic loads, and as defined in Purchaser's specifications. • Effect of baseplate definitions on shaft alignment.

F14

Instrument Calculations

A4 report

Design review

F22

Piping Stress Analysis

A4/A3 report

Design report

• Calculations to be presented for the following items: - Hydraulic line sizing. - Orifice plates and restriction orifices (sizing). - Control Valves and Regulators (sizing and noise). - Bursting discs. - Safety Relief Valves (sizing). - Thermowells (natural and vortex shedding frequency). - Ball Valve operating torque and actuator torque. • For control valves this shall include: - CV figures for minimum, normal and maximum flow conditions. - % open figures for above. - Pressure drop for above. - Noise calculations. - Actuator sizing. - Inlet/Outlet body velocities. • Piping stress isometric drawing showing the extent of calculations. • Calculations of piping stress of lines defined as critical by Purchaser. • Wall thickness calculations. • Branch reinforcement calculations. • Piping stress calculations. • Nozzle loading calculations. • Flange loading calculations

F24

ESD Valve Calculations

A4 sheets

Design report

• Flow capacity calculations break out, running and reseating torque figures for valve versus actuator torque figures at minimum supply pressure.

F25

Relief Valve and Burst Disc Calculations

A4 sheets

Design report

• Office size calculation to API 520 for all relief valves including maximum relieving temperature. • Burst disc calculations to manufacturer's formula.

F63

Valve sizing Calculations

A4 Document

Design Review

• A report that provides the calculation results and method, performed by the supplier, for the sizing of the valve.

GG01

HANDLING, INSTALLATION & SITE PRESERVATION Erection and Installation Procedure

A4 manuals and drawings

Installation

• lifting points • lifting weights • shipping break points for panels and switchboard assemblies • erection match markings • fixing points • levelling procedures • alignment procedures • erection fasteners summary list • details of any special unpacking/handling requirements shall be stated

G02

Unpacking and Preservation Procedure

A4 procedure

Traffic and design review

G03

Packing, Handling and Shipping Procedure

A4 procedure

Traffic and design review

• Detail preservation procedure detailing inspection periods, materials required, for both onshore and offshore requirements and materials needing disposal. Any special unpacking/handling requirements shall be stated. • Supplier to propose packing details and handling and shipping techniques. Indicate type and size of container, number off, weight, identification and contents.

H-

• Layout drawings will show the location and elevation of all instruments, control valves, control panels etc, and Purchaser free issued equipment where applicable. In addition, the drawing will show the routing of all instrument air distribution, pneumatic tubing, signal/power supply cables, and the location of all instrument junction boxes. Layout drawings will also be required to show fire detection instrumentation.

MANUFACTURING & QUALITY PROCEDURES © 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

11 of 15

• Where the Supplier has a quality system approved in accordance with ISO 9000 series, only a copy of the approval certificate and the index of the Quality Manual are to be submitted to the Purchaser unless specifically requested. Purchaser reserves the right to request a copy of the complete Quality Manual at any time during the life of the purchase order. • A document specifying which procedures and associated resource shall be applied by whom and when to a specific project, product, process or contract • For all vessels, tanks and other fabricated items, the following information shall be shown and a detail drawing to scale: - all dimensions with tolerances - plate layouts - weld joint design - weld procedure specification references for each and every weld - nozzle locations and orientations. - Internal details - When applicable, weld location plans shall be verified by the Purchaser and/or third party inspection authority. - Code of Construction - Post weld heat treatment requirements - Hydrostatic/pneumatic test conditions - Internal coating/painting/insulation requirements of applicable weight equipment.

H01

Quality Manual

A4 bound volume

QA/QC

H02

Quality Plan

A4 sheets

QA/QC

H03

Detailed Fabrication Drawing

Max. size A1

Design Review

H04

Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) and Qualification (WPQ) Records

Supplier's standard forms in accordance with Purchaser's requirements

Materials Engineering review and QA/QC.

• Define all shop, field and repair welding procedures in accordance with Purchaser's requirements. The Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) shall be cross referenced to the applicable weld location plan (SDRL Code H03) and Weld Procedure Qualification (WPQ). All WPS documents shall be issued in a single submission, together with the WPQ and a listing register to show status of approval. Qualification records describe parameters used in qualification of WPS's together with mechanical testing and results in accordance with Purchaser's requirements. WPQ test records are to be cross referenced to the WPS's and when applicable stamped by the third party inspection authority. • Fabrication shall not commence before the appropriate weld procedure has been approved by Purchaser unless notified otherwise in writing.

H05

Non-destructive Examination Procedure (NDE)

Supplier's procedures

Materials Engineering review and QA/QC

• Define method, extent and acceptance levels of all NDE used to verify that materials and/or formed or welded fabrications comply with Purchaser's requirements. To include as applicable, visual, radiographic, ultrasonic, magnetic particle, dye penetrant, hardness tests and other techniques. Including Positive Material Identification (PMI). • When applicable, procedures shall comply with the requirements of the third party inspection authority. Procedures shall also be cross referenced to the weld location plan. (SDRL Code H03)

H06

Forming & Heat Treatment Proc. (Including PWHT)

Supplier's procedures

QA/QC, materials engineering review

• Detailed procedures for compliance with Purchaser's specification including heating soak cooling parameters, limits of strain during forming, temperature ranges, method of attachment of thermocouples, and temperature control procedures, equipment calibration statement of production tests where appropriate

H07

Hydrostat/Flushing/Pneumatic Test Procedure

Supplier's procedures

QA/QC, materials engineering review

• Detailed procedures for compliance with Purchaser's specifications including duration of test, quality of test medium, confirmation of no leakage. Methods of flushing pipework systems at works and site (e.g., lube, seal and hydraulic oil systems) including acceptance criteria.

H09

Surface Preparation & Painting Procedure

A4 procedure

Design review and QA/QC

• This shall be supplied for equipment, especially where exception to Purchaser specification has been agreed (in writing), and shall include: - surface cleaning - preparation - shop or field painting - linings (where applicable) - repairs to damaged finishes

H12

Inspection & Test Plan

Suppliers Procedures

QA/QC

H13

ISO 9001 Certification

Certificate

QA/QC

• The inspection and test plan shall be job specific and shall clearly identify all Quality Control activities performed by the Supplier including all hold and witness points for Purchaser to comment and indicate those activities to be witnessed by Purchaser; third party inspectorate and IVB as appropriate • Where the vendor has been certified as compliant with ISO 9001 by an accredited Third Party and where prior agreement has been made between Purchaser and Supplier, the certificate may be submitted in place of the Quality Manual (H02)

H99 JJ01

Special COMMISSIONING, OPERATING, MAINTENANCE AND SPARES Operating and Maintenance Manual A4 bound volumes to Purchaser's specifications

Installation, commissioning • Manual shall include description of equipment, operating procedures for and maintenance start-up, steady state, shutdown, emergency and fault conditions, operating parameters, function of protective devices and controls, maintenance data copies of all relevant cause and effect charts and block diagrams, and fault finding guidelines. • Read in conjunction with IMT-PRC-1017 Supplier Document Submission Procedure Appendix 2.

J03

Recommended Start-up and Commissioning Spares List

Commissioning and maintenance

A4 typed listing

• As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL.

• List shall indicate spare parts and special maintenance/handling tools recommended by Supplier, and be defined by reference to cross-sectional drawings and relevant parts list. These shall include wearing parts such as bushes, seals, gaskets which need replacement after start-up, test and shutdown prior to production start. Against each entry, price and delivery shall be indicated.

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

12 of 15

J04

Recommended Spares For 2 Years Operation

A4 typed listing

Maintenance

• List shall indicate spare parts recommended by Supplier, and be defined by reference to cross-sectional drawings and relevant parts list. Each item shall be referenced by its original manufacturers name and part number. Against each entry, number of parts in operation, price and delivery shall be indicated. Format shall be as supplied by Purchaser.

J05

Erection Fastener Schedule

A4 listing

Installation

• Schedule to indicate number off, type, size and material of all fixing bolts/fastener required. Where temporary bolts are required to withstand transportation forces, these shall also be indicated with suitable note of explanation.

J06

Pre-commissioning / Commissioning A4 procedure Procedure

Commissioning

J07

Special Tools List

A4 listing

Maintenance and installation and commissioning.

• Procedure shall include list of spare parts, special tools and utilities required, pre-commissioning checks to be performed, sequenced procedure for start-up, and fault finding guidelines. Copies of all relevant drawings shall also be included. • List shall indicate those tools necessary for removing equipment from transport at site, plus those necessary for installation and maintenance equipment. Against each entry, a brief description shall be given and where necessary for clarity, a drawing shall be provided.

J10

Index for Operating and Maintenance Manual - J01

A4 documents

The index shall contain • Read in conjunction with IMT-PRC-1017 Supplier Document Submission sufficient information to Procedure Appendix 2 for J01 facilitate ease of accessibility to all sections contained within the manual. Each section shall be systematically compiled.

K-

CERTIFICATION

K01

Certification Data Book

A4 bound volumes to Purchaser's specifications

Purchaser order, design documentation and Quality Assurance documentation tracing manufacturing history. Retained by Purchaser for a minimum of 10 years.

• Comprehensive indexed volume of purchase order, design documentation, and manufacturing records. • Read in conjunction with IMT-PRC-1017 Supplier Document Submission Procedure Appendix 1.

K02

Equipment Hazardous Area Certificate and Schedule

A4 document

Certification

• Certificate issued by a recognised independents authority indicating that a type test has satisfied the specified standards, e.g., ATEX, EMC, LV Regs, FIRESAFE. Certification not in the English language shall be supplied with a verified translation. • Read in conjunction with IMT-PRC-1017 Supplier Document Submission Procedure Appendix 1.

K03

Weldability Data

A4 report

QC

• Information on the weldability of materials including process and heat inputs, material thickness, pre-heat, PWHT, chemical analysis of test materials, mechanical test results. NB This is not a replacement for code H04 which is specific to the equipment and materials being fabricated.

K05

Factory Acceptance Test Report (FAT)

A4 report

QC

• Report on performance/functional tests carried out in the factory to demonstrate the equipment suitability to fulfil the duty specified. This report to include certificates as appropriate, tests for overspeed, balancing, shaft mechanical and electrical run out, and vibration. FAT reports on electrical and instrument control equipment shall include high voltage pressure tests and insulation resistance certificates.

K07

Noise Report

A4 report

QC

• Report to compare actual noise sound pressure and sound power level output with predictions stated in noise level data sheets (SDRL Code C09)

K08

Weight Report

A4 report

Input to Weight Monitoring System

• As described in Appendix D of IMT-PRC-1017 Supplier Document Submission Procedure

K10

Index for Certification Data Book K01

A4 documents

The index shall contain • Read in conjunction with IMT-PRC-1017 Supplier Document Submission sufficient information to Procedure Appendix 1 for K01 facilitate ease of accessibility to all sections contained within the manual. Each section shall be systematically compiled.

K87

Declaration of Conformity

A4 documents

QC

• Official document where a manufacturer or importer or retailer assures that his products meet Russian safety regulations. It is a pre-requisite for product placement onto the Russian market but is not required for customs clearance.

L-

TEST & INSPECTION REPORTS

L01

Material Test Certificate

A4 certificate

Certification

L02

Welder Performance Qualification Certificate

Supplier's format A4 report

QA/QC and to be approved • Welders name, identification and positions to be recorded to code by Purchaser prior to start requirements with approval by third party inspection authority when of manufacture. applicable, using approved weld procedure.

L03

NDE Operator Qualifications

• Certificates in compliance with E.N. 10204 3.1 or 3.2. or otherwise as required by PO Documentation shall include as a minimum chemical analysis, specification range analysis, mechanical test results, heat treated condition for the product supplied to the Purchaser. Unless otherwise requested in Design Specification and Quality Requirements Specification included in the Purchase documentation. Certificates must be fully traceable to each component by means of a unique numbering system, together with supplementary material placement drawings when necessary. Certificates and material placement drawings (when required) shall be verified by inspection authority. Each certificate shall state that it is to EN 10204 3.1 or 3.2, or 2.2. for non-pressure retaining equipment.

• Copies of Qualification Certificates for the technicians/operators signing certificates within Data Code L05. Certificates to state Purchaser's purchase order number.

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

13 of 15

L04

Production Test Results (Including Welding)

A4 certificates

Certification

• Results of tensile, ductility hardness and impact tests carried out on production tests. • Includes production weld test results. • Certificates to state Purchaser's purchase order number, tag number (of other unique identification) to permit traceability of tested equipment, item or piping system. Supplementary marked-up piping isometrics shall be included when necessary to define extent of testing, those being verified by the Purchaser, when required.

L05

NDE Records

A4 certificates

QC.

a) Radiography • Results of radiography tests carried out and signed by a qualified technician. Detailed reports are to state Purchaser's order number, and to include the procedure used, acceptance level and results obtained in accordance with Purchaser's specified standard. Reference shall be made to applicable operator qualification certificates, and approvals by third party inspection authority shall be gained when necessary. b) Ultrasonic Examination • Certificate confirming that acceptable results have been obtained on examinations carried out to the specified standard and stating the equipment used, calibration standard and procedure adopted. The certificate shall be signed by a qualified operator. Reference shall be made to applicable NDT operation qualification certificates, and approvals by third party inspection authority shall be gained when necessary. c) Crack Detection, covering Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) and DYE Penetrant Inspection (DPI). • Details as in (B) above. d) Positive Material Identification (PMI) • Results of PMI testing shall be maintained on a standardised format and signed by a Qualified Technician. Standardised format and incorporated into the Suppliers Manufacturing Data Manual (K01) Note: When applicable, NDE Records shall be supplemented with weld history drawings verified by Purchaser (and the third party inspection authority, when necessary).

L06

Heat Treatment Records

A4 certificates

QC

• Pyrometric charts or certificates confirming the heat treatment cycles have been conducted to Purchaser's requirements. • Certificates to state Purchaser's purchase order number, item number, and identification to permit traceability to the heat treated component or materials.

L07

Material Traceability Records

Suppliers format, QC Maximum drawing size A1

• Location plans/records with an identification system cross-referring to the individual material certificates. • When applicable, material placement drawings shall be verified by the Purchaser and/or third party inspection authority.

L08

Name Plate Rubbing

Suppliers format

QC

L10

Instrument Test / Calibration Certificate

A4 certification

QC

• Rubbing or Photocopy of name plate and/or stamping. • Required for pressure vessels, heat exchangers, and atmospheric tanks. Submission must be legible and state Purchaser's purchase order number and equipment tag number. (This information shall also be on the name plate). (See SDRL Code D04) • Calibration certificate for measuring with calibration standard compared with stated. • Test/calibration certificates required for all items of instrumentation. Each certificate to state Purchaser's purchase order number, and Purchaser's tag number.

L11

Dimensional Report

A4 report

QC

• Report to verify all critical dimensions, including Purchaser interconnection points are in accordance with Supplier's approved drawings

L13

Vessel & Exchanger Code Data Reports

A4 document

Certification

• Data reports for ASME U stamped vessels and heat exchangers, and Form ‘X’ for PD 5500 constructed items.

L14

Certificate Of Compliance

A4 document

Certification

• Certificate issued by the manufacturer confirming that the product complies with the purchase order requirements and current EC legislation. (EC only)

L20

Purchaser's Release Note / Waiver

Issued by Purchaser

QC

• Purchaser's Release Notes/Waivers to state Purchaser's purchase order number, item number, and other unique identification when necessary (e.g., cast numbers, serial numbers etc).

L21

Code / Standard / Compliance Certificate

A4 document

Certification

• Certificate issued by a recognised independent authority indicating the equipment has been manufactured in accordance with code/standard. For fire test certification the certificates are to be complete and as issued by the testing authority. Certificates are to state Purchaser's purchase order number, item number and identification to permit traceability to the fire tested item or material. Certificates not in the English language shall be supplied with a verified translation. Type approval certificates are normally acceptable for proprietary items.

L22

Painting / Insulation Inspection Report

A4 documents

Certification

• Inspection Report issued by Purchasing Inspection Representative to confirm

L23

Concession Records

A4 document.

QC

• The index of concessions to list those approved by Purchaser, those awaiting Purchaser approval, and those not accepted by Purchaser. • Supplier shall comply with Purchaser’s procedures for Concession Requests as included in the Purchase Order documentation. The copy included in the Certification Data Book (SDRL Code K01) shall be complete with all attachments.

L30

Positive Material Identification (PM) A4 document

• Report of the Positive Materials Identification Test results.

L32

Hydrostatic Test Charts

A4 document

L33

Performance Guarantee

A4 document

L36

Piping Dimensional Acceptance Certificate

A4 document

Design review and interface liaison Design review and interface liaison Design review and interface liaison Design review and interface liaison

Paint/Insulation specification and results.

• Certification for the Charts of Hydrostatic Testing. • Certification for performance guarantee • Dimensional survey records as per fabrication specification 320-000-SX001

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

14 of 15

L37

Valve Seat Sealing and Valve pressure Test Records

A4 document

Design review and interface • Records to demonstrate that acceptable seat sealing and other pressure liaison tests have be preformed.

L45

Site Acceptance Procedure

A4 document

FAT Test Procedure

A4 document

L47

Progressive Inspection Reports

A4 document

L48

Inspection Release Notes

A4 document

Design review and interface liaison Design review and interface liaison Design review and interface liaison Design review and interface liaison

• As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL.

L46

L49

Package Release Notes

A4 document

L99

Special

M-

PACKING & SHIPPING DOCUMENTS

M01

Packing and Shipping Schedule

A4 listing

Traffic

• For equipment shipped in more that one piece, a schedule is to be submitted which identifies all the major components of the package for use as a Check List at the receiving point to ensure all items have been received. Copy of document to accompany shipment.

M02

To comply with requirements

Traffic.

• In accordance with applicable regulations and requirements included in the Commercial Instructions to Suppliers.

X-

Hazardous Material Shipping Certificates TECHNICAL DATA CAPTURE

X01

Technical Data

A4 listing

Data Capture

The Supplier shall provide specific technical data for each item which has, or shall have, an Asset Tag number allocated. This data is categorised against discipline and has a number of fields to be fully completed by the supplier for each tagged item. Along with the technical data the cross referenced Supplier document numbers shall also be supplied. The Supplier shall seek clarification as to which items are to be tagged, where appropriate.

• As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL. • As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL.

• Inspection Release Note to state Purchaser's purchase order number, item number, and other unique identification when necessary (e.g., cast numbers, serial numbers etc). Design review and interface • Package Release Note to state Purchaser's purchase order number, liaison item number, and other unique identification when necessary (e.g., cast numbers, serial numbers etc). • As described in the procurement documents and on SDRL.

© 2016 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version. Form No: IMT-FRM-1025 Rev/Date: C3-29-Mar-2016

15 of 15

MECHANICAL DATASHEET FOR FUEL GAS PACKAGE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.: 0014

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-MS-2105-00005

Rev.01R

REVISION RECORD

Rev

Para

01R

Rev

Description of Revision ISSUED FOR REVIEW

HOLD 1

Description of HOLD PIPING MATERIAL CLASS

Rev

Abbreviations VTA-VENDOR TO ADVISE, TBA- TO BE ADVISED. N/A - NOT APPLICABLE ASCE - AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS MMSCFD - MILLION STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER DAY ICSS - INSTRUMENTATION, CONTROL AND SAFETY SYSTEMS

PAGE 2 OF 6

Date: 03/07/2018

MECHANICAL DATASHEET FOR FUEL GAS PACKAGE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.: 0014

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-2105-00005 Rev.01R

Date: 03/07/2018 Rev

GENERAL DATA

Row 1

LOCATION

ZUBAIR HAMMAR

ITEM No.

A-13061

2

PURCHASER

BASRAH GAS COMPANY

QTY:

1 X 100%

3

SERVICE

FUEL GAS

PFD NO.

Refer Page 6

4

SPECIAL SERVICE

CRITICALITY RATING

II

SOUR

HIC

LETHAL

OTHERS

5 6

DESIGN DATA

7 Description

8 9

Unit

Process Description

Refer 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

10

Process Specification for Fuel Gas System

11 Years

12 Design Life

25

13 14 Site Data 15

Ambient temperature (Min / Max)

°C

-5 / 50

16

Solar radiation temperature

°C

90

17

Humidity (Max)

%

18

Wind load (Normal / Design)

ASCE 7-05

(Note 1)

19

Seismic Load

ASCE 7-10

(Note 2)

98

20 21 Package Location (Outdoor / Indoors )

Outdoor

22

Heated / Unheated

Unheated

23

Covered / Uncovered

Uncovered

24

Tropicalization / Winterisation

NA

25 26 Utilities Available: 27 Instrument Air: 28

Pressure (Minimum / Normal / Maximum)

bar (g)

4.5 / 8 / 10

29

Temperature (Minimum / Normal / Maximum)

°C

- / Amb / 55

30

Dew Point @ atmospheric condition

°C

-40

31 32 Power Supply 33

Lighting and small power

230V, 1 phase, 3 wire, 50Hz

34 35 Hazardous Area Classification 36

Zone / Gas Group / Temp Class

(Note 21)

37

IP Rating for Instrumentation

IP 65

38

Type of Package Control

Upto Junction Box

39

IP Rating for Electrical enclosures

IP 55

(Note 20)

40 45 Design and Operating Conditions MMSCFD

46

Maximum Flow at Inlet

47

Liquid Flow at Inlet

kg/hr

48

Vapour Flow at Inlet

kg/hr

49

Liquid Density

Kg/m³

50

Vapour Density

Kg/m³

51

Allowable Liquid in Gas at Outlet

52

Efficiency

%

53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 PAGE 3 OF 6

Refer 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006 Process Specification for Fuel Gas System

NIL 100%

MECHANICAL DATASHEET FOR FUEL GAS PACKAGE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.: 0014

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-2105-00005

Date: 03/07/2018

MECHANICAL DATA

Row

1 2

Rev.01R

Description

Rev.

Units

Items / Equipments

3

Fuel Gas Knock Out Drum

nos

1 x 100%

(VTA)

4

Pressure Control Valve

nos

1 x 100%

(VTA)

5

Other associated Piping/Instruments/Electrical items

Required

6 7

Mechanical Design / Construction

8

Fuel Gas KO Drum

9

Design Code / Certification

10

Design Pressure

11

ASME Section VIII Div. 1 (Latest Edition) / U-Stamp barg

10 / FV

Design Temperature - Max / Min

°C

90 / - 29

12

Design Margin

%

10% Flowrate

13

Corrosion Allowance

mm

14

Operating Pressure

barg

15

Operating Temperature

16

Size (ID / T-T Length)

mm

VTA

17

Total Volume

m³

VTA

18

Elevation - from grade level 0.0 M

VTA

19

Vessel Orientation

VTA

20

Material of Construction

SA 516 Gr 70N+ 3 mm CA+ Internal epoxy lining (Note 3)

21

PWHT

As per Code

22

Radiography

As per Code

23

Other NDE's

As per Code

24

Impact Test

As per Code

25

Internals

26

Weight

°C

3 6 Amb to 60

VTA kg

VTA

27

Nozzles:

28

Inlet - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

29

Gas Outlet - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

30

Condensate Outlet - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

31

Water Outlet - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

32

Vent - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

33

Drain - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

34

Man hole - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

35

Instrumentation Nozzles -Quantity / Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / 300# / WNRF / VTA

36

Spare - Size / Rating / Type / Location

VTA / VTA / WNRF / VTA

37 38 Pressure Control Valve 39

Make

VTA

40

Model

VTA

41

Size & Rating

VTA

42

End Connection

VTA

43

Valve Body Material

VTA

(Note 17)

44

Seat & Plug Material

VTA

(Note 17)

45

Actuator Type

VTA

46

Pressure Relief Valve

VTA

47 Other Instrumentation 48

Pressure gauges & transmitters

Required

49

Temperature Gauges & transmitters

Required

50

Level Gauges & transmitters

Required

51

Instrument wiring to JB's/tubing (on Skid)

Required

52

Instrument wiring / tubing supports

Required

53

Instrument Junction Boxes

Required

54

Instrument air connection manifold(s)

Required

55

Auto drain valve

Required

56 57 58 PAGE 4 OF 6

MECHANICAL DATASHEET FOR FUEL GAS PACKAGE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.: 0014

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS2105-00005

Date: 03/07/2018

MECHANICAL DATA

Row Description

1 2

Rev.01R

Units

Others

3

On skid and interconnecting skid piping, valves and fittings

Required

4

All gaskets, bolts and nuts within package

Required

5

Piping material class within the package

(Note 17) & HOLD-1

6

Instrument wiring, tubings and its supports

Required

7

Instrument JB's and Instrument wiring to JB's

Required

8

Piping termination at skid edge (Flanged connections)

Required

9

Instrument air connection manifolds

Required

10

Skids / Baseplates with checker plate decking

Required

11

Access Ladders, Platforms and Handrails

Required

12

Lifting Lugs on Skids and Equipments

Required

13 14

Piping Terminations

15

Inlet

-

Size / Rating / Type

VTA

16

Outlet

-

Size / Rating / Type

VTA

17

Vent

-

Size / Rating / Type

VTA

18

Drain

-

Size / Rating / Type

VTA

19

Relief

-

Size / Rating / Type

VTA

20 21

Allowable Nozzle Loads at Tie-in Points

Fx, Fy, Fz (N) and Mx, My, Mz (N.m)

22

Inlet

VTA

23

Outlet

VTA

24

Vent

VTA

25

Drain

VTA

26

Relief

VTA

27 28

Skid Detail

29

Length x Width x Height

mm

VTA

30

Erection / Lifting Weight

kg

VTA

31

Operating Weight

kg

VTA

32 33

Guarantee Requirements

34

Mechanical Guarantee

Required

35

Process Guarantee

Required as per 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-

36

7880-00006_Process Specification for Fuel Gas System

37 38 39

Noise Limitations Noise limit at 1m from equipment / skid edge

< 85 dBA

40 41

INSPECTION AND TESTING

42

Package Functional Test

Required

43

Pipework Hydrotest Test

Required

44

Pressure Vessel Hydrotest

Required

45

Non-Destructive testing of welds

Required

46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 PAGE 5 OF 6

Rev.

MECHANICAL DATASHEET FOR FUEL GAS PACKAGE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.: 0014

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-2105-00005

Rev.01R

Date: 03/07/2018

NOTES

Row 1 2

1

Wind Design shall be as per ASCE 07-05. Please refer Civil and Structure Design Basis (0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7704-00001).

3

2

Seismic Design shall be as per ASCE 07-10. Please refer Civil and Structure Design Basis (0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7704-00001).

4

3

Minimum material for the equipments within package battery limit shall be CS+ 3 mm CA + Internal epoxy lining. However, vendor shall review and confirm

4

Package design criteria, Process flow scheme and Inlet stream properties shall be as per "0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006_

5 6

the material suitability / corrosion allowance indicated for the vessels to meet the service life.

7

Process Specification for Fuel Gas System".

8

5

Material shall be compatible with the liquids handled. ASTM / ASME grades of material shall be used.

9

6

The complete package shall be of skidded construction. The skid dimensions / weight shall be restricted considering the logistic limits (5m W x 5m H x 25m L x 400T).

10

VENDOR shall provide tentative weights and dimensions for each skid, along with the overall weight and dimension.

11

7

VENDOR shall provide all the necessary controls and instrumentation required for the safe operation and control of the package.

12

8

The package shall be designed considering inlet stream properties for case 1 & 2 as per Appendices of "0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006_

13

Process Specification for Fuel Gas System".

14

9

Painting shall be as per Painting specification - 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001.

15

10

All the external attachments welded with the pressure parts shall be same as shell/head material and welded with non-pressure parts shall be

16 17

SA 36 or equivalent material. 11

18

For SS internals no corrosion shall be considered. For non-removable internals such as supports & structural of CS shall have the specified vessel corrosion allowance applied to both sides. Corrosion allowance for nozzles and manhole neck shall be at least equal to that specified for the equipment.

19

Minimum corrosion allowance for the anchor bolt shall be 3mm.

20

12

Pneumatic testing at 0.7 bar shall be carried out on nozzle RF pads, before hydro test of vessel. Tell-tale (vent) holes shall be plugged with stiff grease after test.

21

13

Bolt holes in flanges nozzles & manways located in heads of vessel shall straddle the principal centrelines of the vessel or lines parallel there to.

22 23

Bolt holes in flanges of nozzles and manways located in shell shall straddle the vertical centre line of the vessel. 14

Flanges up to 24" NPS shall confirm to ASME B 16.5 "pipe flanges & flanged fittings". Flanges greater than 24"NPS shall confirm to ASME B 16.47 series A

15

All the instrumentation, piping and electrical items within battery limits to be supplied by Vendor. The package scope of supply, design and battery limits

"large diameter steel flanges”.

24 25 26

shall be as per 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-MS-7771-00006_Specification for Fuel Gas Package".

27

16

Any platforms & ladders required for safe access, operation and maintenance within package battery limits shall be provided by vendor.

28

17

Piping material specification within the package battery limits shall be as per Piping Material Class as minimum. Tie-in point interface shall be as per PMS requirement.

29

Applicable PMS shall be informed later.

(HOLD-1)

30

18

All skid battery limits shall be identified and indicated by the Vendor in the bid.

31

19

Equipment design shall meet the noise level as specified in the HSE philosophy (85 dBA @ 1m from skid).

32

20

Monitoring, control and safe guarding signal of the package system shall be connected to ICSS system. Required junction box(es) shall be supplied by Vendor.

33

21

All instruments to be installed in hazardous area shall be classified type suitable for Zone 2, Gas Group IIB and Temp. Class T3. The electrical equipments

34 35

shall be suitable for Zone 2, Gas Group IIA and Temp. Class T3. 22

Vendor to confirm the minimum temperature based on blowdown study.

36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

Reference UFD shall be as below: 0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-2366-01004-001

- Utility Flow Diagram for Fuel Gas System

46 47 48 49

Battery Limits : - VENDOR's scope of work and supply shall be as per battery limits defined in Specification For Fuel Gas Package (Doc. No 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000 -MS-7771-00006 and Process Specification for Fuel Gas System (Doc. No 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006).

50 51 52 53 54 55 56 PAGE 6 OF 6

Rev.

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 2 of 31

Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

REVISION RECORD Rev No.

Reason for Review

Revised on Page

Date

ON-HOLD POINTS No.

Reason for On-Hold Status

Page

Date

Page

Date / Rev.

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS No. A

Description Criticality Rating and Inspection Level

NA

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

1.0

INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 5 1.1

2.0

Purpose ......................................................................................................................................... 5

DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................... 6 2.1

3.0

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 3 of 31

Acronyms and Abbreviations ......................................................................................................... 6

SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICES ..................................................................... 7 3.1

General .......................................................................................................................................... 7

3.2

Scope of Supply............................................................................................................................. 7

3.3

Scope of Services .......................................................................................................................... 8

3.4

Battery Limits ................................................................................................................................. 9

3.4.1. Piping............................................................................................................................................. 9 3.4.2. Electrical ...................................................................................................................................... 10 3.4.3. Instrumentation ............................................................................................................................ 10 3.4.4. Civil ........................................................................................................................................... 10 3.4.5. Hazardous Area Classification ..................................................................................................... 10 3.5

4.0

Exclusions ................................................................................................................................... 10

LEGISLATION, CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES ................................ 10 4.1

Codes and Standards .................................................................................................................. 11

4.2

Company Specifications .............................................................................................................. 12

4.3

Project Specifications .................................................................................................................. 12

4.4

Project Documents ...................................................................................................................... 14

4.5

Order of Precedence ................................................................................................................... 14

4.6

Sub-Vendors ................................................................................................................................ 14

4.6.1. Co-Ordination .............................................................................................................................. 14 4.6.2. List of Sub-Vendors ..................................................................................................................... 14

5.0

DESIGN AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ....................................................... 15 5.1

General ........................................................................................................................................ 15

5.2

Design Loads ............................................................................................................................... 15

5.3

Design Calculations ..................................................................................................................... 15

5.4

Process Description ..................................................................................................................... 15

5.5

Design Requirements .................................................................................................................. 15

5.6

Specific Equipment Requirements ............................................................................................... 16

5.4.1 Static Equipment.......................................................................................................................... 16 5.7

Instrument & Control Requirements ............................................................................................. 16

5.8

Electrical Design Requirements ................................................................................................... 16

5.9

Piping & Layout Design Requirements ........................................................................................ 17

5.10

Civil & Structural Requirements ................................................................................................... 18

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 4 of 31

5.10.1 Civil Requirement ........................................................................................................................ 18 5.10.2 Structural Requirement ................................................................................................................ 18

6.0

MATERIALS ........................................................................................................... 19

7.0

FABRICATION ....................................................................................................... 19 7.1

Welding ........................................................................................................................................ 19

7.2

Weld Repair ................................................................................................................................. 20

8.0

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE ............................................................................. 20

9.0

INSPECTION AND TESTING ................................................................................. 20 9.1

General ........................................................................................................................................ 20

9.2

Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) ................................................................................................... 21

9.2.1 Pressure Vessels – Hydro test..................................................................................................... 21 9.2.2 Functional Test ............................................................................................................................ 22 9.3

Site Acceptance Test (SAT)......................................................................................................... 22

10.0

SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING REQUIREMENTS ............................ 22

11.0

PACKAGING, PRESERVATION, DELIVERY AND STORAGE .............................. 22

12.0

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL .............................................................. 24

13.0

NAME PLATES AND LABELS ............................................................................... 24

14.0

OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, HANDLING AND ACCESS PROVISIONS ........... 25

15.0

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ............................ 26

16.0

DOCUMENTATION ................................................................................................ 27

17.0

SPARE PARTS / SPECIAL TOOLS / LUBRICANTS & CONSUMABLES ............. 27 17.1

Erection and Commissioning Spares ........................................................................................... 27

17.2

Two Years Operational Spares List ............................................................................................. 28

17.3

Insurance Spares......................................................................................................................... 28

17.4

Special Tools and Tackles ........................................................................................................... 28

18.0

TRAINING ............................................................................................................... 28

19.0

EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS .......................................................................... 29

ATTACHMENT A CRITICALITY RATING & INSPECTION LEVEL.................................. 30

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

1.0

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 5 of 31

INTRODUCTION

Basrah Gas Company (BGC) is implementing a phased-approached programme of rehabilitation, rejuvenation and expansion projects in South Iraq. BGC is a 25-year joint venture with state run South Gas Company holding a 51% stake, Shell 44% and Mitsubishi 5%. This JV is designed to capture, treat and monetize associated gas currently being flared from three southern oilfields. During the initial Rehabilitation phase, BGC intends to return the existing non-operational facilities to work in a safe manner, in the short term. The Rejuvenation work shall return the assets to reliable and efficient operation for the duration of the venture, and address further operational improvements. The Expansion phase will see additional Gas Gathering (compression), Gas Processing and Power Generation facilities. The associated gas produced in Southern Iraq is separated at most field sites in large gas-oil-separator plants commonly referred to as degassing stations. The gas from these stations is either flared or collected and transported in the South Iraq gas network systems. Some 1,000 MMscfd of gas is currently produced in South Iraq with an estimated 700 MMscfd is currently being flared. Basrah Gas Company (BGC) handles the gas produced in four oil fields in the South of Iraq included in the Licence Round 1 (LR1) held by the Iraqi government. These fields are:    

West Qurna 1 operated by Exxon Mobil and partners; North Rumaila operated by BP and partners; South Rumaila operated by BP and partners; Zubair operated by ENI and partners.

BGC intend to collect the excess gas from the above fields, i.e. gas that would otherwise be flared, and export it to other facilities for further processing and distribution. Remote oil production stations at Zubair field currently produce oil and flare the associated gas. The associated gas from each station is to be compressed and dried to the pipeline specification at each IPF (Integrated Production Facility) and sent to KAZ NGL plant for NGL recovery via the existing pipeline network. The existing stations comprise Hammar, Hammar Mishrif, Zubair, Zubair Mishrif and Rafadiya and each station is to have a standalone compression and glycol dehydration unit. There is another option to route South Rumaila station gas to KAZ NGL plant. The first phase is to capture current gas production and to process at KAZ NGL plant. The second phase will be IPF expansion at three stations Hammar, Zubair Mishrif and Rafadiya. The last phase will be installation of degassing stations at Hammar Mishrif, Zubair Mishrif and Rafadiya where oil separator operating pressures will be reduced to boost the production. The project will install TEG dehydration units and possibly compression at each gas gathering station. The first IPF to be modified will be the installation of permanent dehydration facilities at Hammar.

1.1

Purpose

This document along with the referenced documents, Company and Project Specifications, applicable CODE’S & Standards and attachments provides the basis for minimum requirements for design, engineering, materials, fabrication, inspection and testing, painting, packing, documentation, supply and delivery of Fuel Gas System with suitable accessories. This specification supplements the Codes and Standards, specifications and other documents listed in Section 4. This document also provides the basis for the minimum requirements, scope of supply, services, required documentation and other details, which VENDOR needs to furnish, while offering their product to the COMPANY.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 6 of 31

All materials, design and technical requirements shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of the codes, standards and specifications of the latest editions ruling at the date of the purchase order, except as modified by this specification. Where there is absence of specification for a particular aspect it shall imply that the best engineering practices shall prevail, utilizing superior materials and workmanship, as approved by CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. Compliance by the Vendor with this specification does not relieve him of his responsibility to supply the package, its auxiliaries, spare parts etc. of proper design and construction to meet the specified service conditions, desired performance and / or local codes governing health and safety.

2.0

DEFINITIONS

COMPANY

:

BASRAH GAS COMPANY (BGC)

CONTRACTOR

:

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT & SERVICES CONTRACTOR (WOOD PLC)

INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR

:

NOMINATED INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR BY COMPANY

SUB-CONTRACTOR

:

ANY OTHER PARTY APPOINTED BY CONTRACTOR (WOOD PLC) / INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR FOR SUPPLY OF ANY WORK / SERVICES.

PROJECT

:

ZUBAIR HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY PROJECT

VENDOR / MANUFACTURER / SUPPLIER :

Is the Party (Parties) which manufactures and/or supplies materials, equipment, technical documents or drawings and/or services to perform the duties specified by the CONTRACTOR / INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR in the Scope of Supply & Services.

SUB-VENDOR / SUB- SUPPLIER :

Is the Party (Parties) or Organisation which supplies equipment or material through the VENDOR

Shall

:

Is to be understood as mandatory in relation to the requirements of this specification.

Should

:

Is to be understood as recommendation in relation to the requirements of this specification

2.1

Acronyms and Abbreviations ANSI API ASCE ASME ASTM AWS BGC BPVC CR

: : : : : : : : :

American National Standards Institute American Petroleum Institute American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society of Testing Materials American Welding Society Basrah Gas Company Boiler Pressure Vessel Code Criticality Rating

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

CS DCS EN FAT FEED GA HAZOP HSE ICSS IP ISO ITP LV MT NDE NDT NPS P&ID PMI PPM PWHT QA QC SAT SDRL SIL E-SPIR UT WPS WPQR WRC

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 7 of 31

Carbon Steel Distributed Control System European Norm Factory Acceptance Test Front End Engineering Design General Arrangement Hazard and Operability Health Safety & Environment Instrumentation, Control and Safety Systems Ingress Protection International Organisation for Standardization Inspection and Test Plan Low Voltage Magnetic Particle Test Non Destructive Examination Non Destructive Test Nominal Pipe Size Piping & Instrument Diagram Positive Material Identification Parts Per Million Post Weld Heat Treatment Quality Assurance Quality Control Site Acceptance Test Supplier Document Requirement List Safety Integrity Level Equipment Spare Parts Interchangeability Record Ultrasonic Test Welding Procedure Specification Weld Procedure Qualification Record Welding Research Council

3.0

SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICES

3.1

General

The scope of supply and services under this specification includes the supply of Fuel Gas System (A-13061) along with associated auxiliaries with performance requirements as detailed in this specification and mechanical data sheet. The VENDOR shall have overall responsibility for the co-ordination with his SUB-VENDORS for timely and proper execution of all auxiliary equipment for the package. All items included shall be selected from qualified and experienced SUB-VENDOR. 3.2

Scope of Supply

The scope of supply shall include 1 X 100 % of the complete package, but not be limited to the items listed below 

Fuel Gas Knock Out Drum_V-13061 (1 no. - vertical two phase separator type) as a minimum.



Control Valve (1 no.) as a minimum.



All vessel Internals (if any) along with supports and internal bolting.



Skirt / leg supports for vertical vessels.



Nozzles, manway / hand holes including blind flange, davit arm, gasket & bolting as per datasheet.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System



Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 8 of 31

All necessary instrumentation and control within battery limit including safety valves, junction boxes, cables (power and control), cable glands, cable trays, cable tray supports and wired up to junction boxes located at skid edge.



All necessary automatic on/off valves, control valves, isolation valves, auto drain valves as required for package control and regulation.



All electrical components cables, cable glands, earthing, cable trays, junction boxes and their supports and wired up to junction boxes located at skid edge.



Sunshade for electrical / instrumentation components of the skid when mounted outdoors, if specified in datasheets.



Earthing and Lightning protection as required within the skid.



Complete on-skid or inter skid connecting process piping, bolting, gaskets, valves and fittings, manifolds, piping support within the battery limits. All piping tie-ins at the skid battery limits shall be provided with valve or flanged with spectacle blinds based on Isolation philosophy.



Necessary access platforms, ladders and handrails as required for accessing and maintenance.



Necessary Lifting Lugs to ensure proper lifting and handling of the equipment/skid.



Pipe support cleats, ladder and platform support cleats, Instrument support cleats, Insulation support rings (if required) and Fire proofing cleats (if required).



Instrument air manifolds, vents, reliefs and drains (Manifolded and terminated at skid edge as single connection point).



Insulation within the skid as required.



Equipment and Skid frame Name plates with bracket.



Complete skids / base plates with checker plate decking.



Personal protection guards for the vessel, where accessibility on the vessel is required.



Start up, Erection and Commissioning Spares.



Two (2) Years Operation Spares List.



Insurance Spares, if required.



Special Tools and tackles, as required.



Supply of additional paint for touch-up at site.



Certified spreader beam along with slings and shackles suitable for handling all the skids.



Any additional equipment / auxiliaries / items / services necessary to make this package complete for satisfactory operation and to meet the performance requirements.

3.3

Scope of Services

The VENDOR's scope of services shall include, but not limited to the following: 

Integrated Engineering & Design (Process, Mechanical, Piping, Electrical, Instrumentation, Structural etc.) of the complete package to ensure the overall performance and integrity as desired are achieved.



Providing engineering inputs / information to CONTRACTOR in timely manner to design associated systems including the supply of Datasheets, PFD, P&ID, Cause and Effect chart, Alarm & Trip summary, Process description, Operating and Control Shutdown philosophy, Control narrative as minimum.



Guarantee for mechanical design, materials and workmanship.



Performance Guarantee for the package.



Interaction with CONTRACTOR to ensure all interfaces are addressed and aligned.



Procurement of all the materials necessary to complete the scope of supply and meet the performance requirements.



Fabrication and manufacturing of various components of the package.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 9 of 31



Material Inspection and Certification.



Non-Destructive Examination (NDE), heat treatment(s), hydro testing etc.



Pickling and passivation on stainless steel (All Internal Surfaces, Weld Area And HAZ).



PMI for alloy materials.



Trial fit-up of internals (as applicable).



Trial fit-up of ladder and platforms (as applicable).



Pressure vessels Code U-stamping / Certification.



Complete Inspection and Testing of various systems as per the agreed ITP.



Factory Acceptance Test.



Surface preparation and painting as per project specification.



Packaging and Preparation for shipment and transportation as per project specification.



Documentation as per the requirements of requisition.



SUB-VENDOR co-ordination.



Site Supervision during installation, pre-commissioning, commissioning of the complete package (This will be based on per diem rates to be furnished by the VENDOR).



Training (This will be based on per diem rates to be furnished by the VENDOR).



Furnishing tie-in point nozzle loads and line list at package battery limits.



Attendance to one (1) Kick-off meetings and Three (3) follow-up engineering meetings.



Providing 3D model of the package, necessary sizing and mechanical calculation for instruments & equipments.

 3.4

Attendance to 3D Model Review, HAZOP and SIL meetings and providing necessary close-out reports. Battery Limits

Following interfaces / terminations shall be considered. 3.4.1. Piping Following battery limit process tie-in connections are envisaged as a minimum:  Dry Fuel Gas Inlet from TEG package.  Wet Fuel Gas Inlet from TEG package (for start-up).  Flash Gas Inlet from Condensate Flash Drum  Vent to Flare  Instrument Air Inlet (as required)  Drain (as required)  Any other Utility connections as required All battery limit connections shall be with valve or flanged with spectacle blinds (Isolation philosophy per project philosophy need to be followed) and brought up to the edge of the package skid / battery limit and grouped at the same location. This location shall be mutually agreed between VENDOR and CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. All terminal flanges shall be in accordance with ASME B 16.5. Supply and return lines for utilities like instrument air, nitrogen shall be grouped inside as common headers with battery limit valves (by VENDOR) and brought as a single point to the Package / Skid battery limit. All drains, reliefs and vents shall be terminated with flanged connection at the skid edge. Base plates drain connection to be flanged with an isolation valve and all the drains within the skid shall be combined as a header. This header shall be brought up to the end of the skid / package battery limit by the VENDOR.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 10 of 31

All the interconnecting piping / pipe supports between skids / equipment included in the package shall be designed and provided by VENDOR in accordance with location / routing agreed with CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. All the interconnecting piping loose supplied shall be pre-fabricated piping. 3.4.2. Electrical Power supply shall be to the package Local Control Station (if required) and further distribution within the package skid to various consumers shall be considered by the VENDOR. VENDOR shall advise the number of control stations for the complete package. The skid / vessels shall be provided with two earth bosses at opposite ends for connection to earth grid provided by CONTRACTOR. All earthing within the package / skid shall be by VENDOR. 3.4.3. Instrumentation All instruments shall be wired up to junction boxes located at the edge of the skid / package and at approx. one meter above ground level at a suitable location. Necessary cable trays and its supports shall be provided by VENDOR within the package battery limit. VENDOR shall advise the number of junction boxes for the complete package. 3.4.4. Civil Above the top of grout. Anchor bolts / nuts shall be provided by CONTRACTOR, design by VENDOR. 3.4.5. Hazardous Area Classification 

The flare package is located in the safe area, however electrical and instrumentation supplied for the package shall be suitable for the area classification mentioned below:



All electrical equipment shall be suitable for operation in Zone 2, gas group IIA, temperature class T3.



All field instrumentation shall be certified for Zone 1, Gas Group IIB, Temperature Class T3.



All out door mounted electrical items / junction boxes etc., shall be as per Specification for Electrical Requirements for Packaged Unit_0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-7771-00003.

3.5

Exclusions

The following equipment, Services and materials will be supplied by others:  Site Erection (VENDOR’s supervision is required). 

Electrical Heat Tracing.



Fire proofing.



Anchor/Setting Bolts.



Hardwire from the VENDOR package limit to the COMPANY ICSS.



Counter flanges and bolts for tie in flanges of the skid / package edge for non-standard flanges.



Foundations / Foundation bolts / grouting work / Foundation Design (Foundation drawing and bolt design by VENDOR only).

4.0



Field test and Pre-commissioning work (VENDOR’S supervision is required).



Sheds, except where specifically requested.



Electrical Lighting (if skidded packages are offered).



Application of touch-up paint at site.

LEGISLATION, CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES

The latest edition (at the date of Contract award) of the following codes, standards and specifications shall establish the minimum requirement for the execution of the work. VENDOR/CONTRACTOR may use alternate standards that meet or exceed those listed upon COMPANY’s approval.

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 11 of 31

Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

4.1

Codes and Standards Reference Codes / Standards

Description

API 521

Pressure-relieving and De-pressuring Systems

API 526

Flanged steel Pressure Relief valves

API 527

Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief valves

API RP 520

Sizing, Selection and Installation of Pressure Relieving Devices in Refineries

API RP 551

Process Measurement Instrumentation

ASME B 1.1

Unified Inch Screw Threads

ASME B 16.11

Forged Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded

ASME B16.20

Metallic gasket for pipe flanges – ring joint, Spiral Wound and jacketed

ASME B16.34

Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End

ASME B 16.25

Butt Welding Ends

ASME B16.5

Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME B16.9

Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings

ASME B31.3

Process Piping

ASME B 36.10M

Welded & Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

ASME Section II Part A

Ferrous Material Specifications

ASME Section II Part C

Specifications for Welding Rods, Electrodes and Filler Metals

ASME Section II Part D

Material Properties

ASME Section V

Non-destructive Examination

ASME Section VIII, Div.1

Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME Section IX

Welding and Brazing Qualifications

ASCE-7

Minimum Design Loads for Buildings & Other Structures

AWS-A-2.4

Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Non-destructive Examination

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 12 of 31

Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Reference Codes / Standards

4.2

Description

AWS-A-3.0

Standard Welding Terms and Definitions

IEC 60529

Classification of Degree of Protection Provided by Enclosures

IEC 60364

Low Voltage Electrical Installations

IEC 61000

Electromagnetic Capability

IEC 60947

Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear

ISO 9001

Quality management systems – Requirements

EN 10204

Inspection Documents for Delivery of Metallic Products.

Company Specifications

Package shall be designed and constructed in accordance with design engineering manuals-2 (DEM 2). DEM2: This is a set of Process Safety Basic Requirements mandatory for existing and new installations. These require the design to prevent the key failings that have led to major incidents in the oil and gas industry and are based on learnings from those incidents. The CONTRACTOR and vendor are required to demonstrate compliance with these requirements. Derogations to these requirements will not be permitted. Compliance with these statements shall be demonstrated by VENDOR during engineering / execution stage and is required to be signed off by the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. VENDOR shall prepare evidence sufficient to satisfy the technical authorities in the CONTRACTOR/ COMPANY that the requirements of each of the BGC DEM 2 requirements has been met in the design and the steps to further manage the requirements to ensure continued compliance. The evidence required for this is to be clarified to the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY technical authority during engineering execution phase. BGC DEM 2 – PROCESS SAFETY BASIC REQUIREMENTS (MANDATORY) PSBR 6

Avoid Liquid Release Relief to Atmosphere

PSBR 8

Avoid Brittle fracture of metallic materials

4.3

Project Specifications

S.NO

DOCUMENT NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

1

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP- U13000PX-5507-10001

Process Design Basis

2

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-PX-7880-00006

Process Specification for Fuel Gas System

3

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000PX-5680-10002

Emergency Shutdown Philosophy

4

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-MS-7704-00001

Mechanical Design Basis

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

S.NO

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 13 of 31

DOCUMENT NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

5

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MS-7771-00001

General Specification for Pressure Vessels

6

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MS-7880-00001

Standard Drawings for Pressure Vessels

7

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00001

Civil & Structural Basis of Design

8

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

Specification for Structural Steel Works

9

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CS-8380-00001

General Notes for Structural Steel Works

10

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CS-8380-00002

Standard Detail for Grating

11

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CS-8380-00003-001/002/003

Standard Detail for Handrails

12

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CS-8380-00004-001/002

Standard details for Ladders

13

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000EA-5507-40001

Electrical Design Basis

14

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-EA-7771-00003

Specification for Electrical Requirements for Packaged Unit

15

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000- EA-7771-00004

Specification for Electrical Bulk Material

16

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA7771-40029

Specification for LV Power & Control Cables

17

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000IN-7771-31909

Instrumentation Specification for Packaged Equipment

18

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Piping Design Basis

19

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Piping Material Class

20

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Piping stress analysis

21

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Piping Support Standard

22

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00001

Purchase Specification for Valves

23

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Purchase Specification for Pipe, Fitting & Flanges

24

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Purchase Specification for Fasteners & Gaskets

25

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA7754-00001

Specification for External Painting

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

4.4

Project Documents S.NO

4.5

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 14 of 31

DOCUMENT NO.

DESCRIPTION

1

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGPU13000-PX-2365-0100001/02/03/04/05

PID – Legends and Symbiology

2

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGPU13000-PX-2366-01004

Utility Flow Scheme–Fuel Gas System

3

0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGPU13000-MS-2105-00005

Mechanical Data Sheet for Fuel Gas System

4

0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGPU13000-MP-4024-20000

Hammar TEG Dehydration Facility Overall Plot Plan

5

Piping to advise

Layout for Fuel Gas System

6

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA5980-00001

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

7

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA7880-00001

Document Numbering Coding and Reference Data

8

-

Drawing Template

Order of Precedence

The VENDOR shall notify the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY of any conflict between this specification, related datasheets, and requisition, the Codes, Standards and any other Specifications referenced herein. Resolution and / or interpretation of precedence shall be obtained from the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY in writing before proceeding with the design or Manufacture. The order of precedence shall be:  Iraqi Statutory laws and regulations,  Company Mandatory Process Safety Requirements  Purchase Requisition  Data Sheets,  Project Specifications, Standards, Philosophies and other Technical documentation, including Project specific safety requirements;  International CODES and Standards.  CONTRACTOR standards In case of conflict between above documents, the most stringent requirement shall apply. In such cases, VENDOR shall provide its interpretation in writing of the most stringent requirement for COMPANY / CONTRACTOR’s approval. In all such cases of conflict, COMPANY / CONTRACTOR decision shall be final. 4.6

Sub-Vendors

The VENDOR shall have overall responsibility for the co-ordination with his SUB-VENDORS for timely and proper execution of all auxiliary equipment for the package. The VENDOR shall assume the single point responsibility for the package. The VENDOR shall ensure all SUB-VENDOR’s meet technical specifications of the project. 4.6.1. Co-Ordination The VENDOR shall co-ordinate, expedite and resolve all problems with any sub-vendors. The VENDOR shall guarantee and be responsible for the design and performance of all sub-supplied items. The VENDOR shall ensure that all relevant information, reference documents and documentation requirements are passed on to any sub-vendors. 4.6.2. List of Sub-Vendors All items included shall be selected from qualified experienced vendors and sub-vendors from CONTRACTOR / COMPANY approved / recommended VENDOR’s list. The vendor shall include in the quotation a list of all subvendor’s proposed for the supply of equipment including electrical and instrumentation sub-vendors, which shall be subjected to CONTRACTOR / COMPANY review and approval.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

5.0

DESIGN AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

5.1

General

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 15 of 31

All equipment shall have been proven in a similar environment, service and duty. Equipment offered shall be from VENDOR’s existing regular and proven production range. The Package shall be designed and constructed for continuous service over its entire service life. The equipment (including auxiliaries) shall be designed and constructed for a service life of 25 years. 5.2

Design Loads

Package structure (if applicable) and skids associated with the package shall be designed for the following loads: 

Dead loads



Live Loads



Wind Pressure



Seismic loads



Allowable nozzle loads



Transport loading (The equipment shall be designed to withstand a horizontal acceleration force of 1.0g and a vertical acceleration force of 1.5g applied simultaneously during transportation.)

All equipment shall be designed to withstand the worst case combination of loads, including design loads and external loads. 5.3

5.4

Design Calculations 

Finite Element analysis maybe required for the nozzle load analysis for process nozzle on the equipment and shall be included in the scope (If required). The piping loads on process nozzle shall be provided by CONTRACTOR during detail engineering phase.



STAAD PRO calculation for the structural support (if applicable) shall be submitted by SUPPLIER for CONTRACTOR’s review & approval.



PV-Elite or COMPRESS calculation & reports for thickness and stability of equipment shall be submitted by SUPPLIER for CONTRACTOR’s review & approval. Process Description

The Flash Gas produced from condensate dehydration system (Condensate Flash Drums) is routed to the Fuel Gas system to produce low pressure Fuel Gas which shall be used for HP/LP Flare purge and HP/LP Flare pilot ignition. The same shall be primary source for the Fuel Gas. In case the additional fuel gas is required (Fuel Gas demand increases), the Dry (dehydrated) gas shall be supplied from the outlet of the TEG Contactor. The fuel gas pressure shall be reduced to 5 - 6 barg via a pressure control valve upstream of the Fuel Gas KO Drum. The Fuel Gas KO Drum will be a vertical two phase separator. Any liquids knocked out in the Fuel Gas KO Drum will be drained locally. 5.5

Design Requirements

The Fuel Gas System shall be a skid mounted units. All skids including all equipment, piping, instrumentation and electrical systems shall be designed and furnished by the VENDOR as a complete and operational system whose design shall be in compliance with this specification, mechanical datasheets, project specifications, project documents and the codes and standards referred in this specification. The complete package shall be suitable for installation outdoor and environmental conditions indicated in datasheet / process design basis. The package shall be designed considering the utility conditions available at the site. The package shall follow the project specific isolation philosophy, the vent and drain philosophy and relief from the package shall confirm to the project philosophies.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 16 of 31

The VENDOR shall follow the process and mechanical design conditions, design margin as per 0014-9500WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006_Process Specification for Fuel Gas System & 0014-9500-WGELD001-ISGP-U13000-MS-2105-00005_Mechanical Data Sheet for Fuel Gas System. 5.6

Specific Equipment Requirements

5.4.1 Static Equipment Pressure vessels in the package shall be designed as per ASME sec VIII Div 1 and as per “General Specification for Pressure Vessel - 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MS-7771-00001”. All vessels shall have individual lifting lugs and supports. Two nos. earthing lugs shall be provided. There shall be opening provision in the vessel for the replacement of the Internal and removal of any media during maintenance. Ladders, platforms, etc. should be factory fitted to verify the dimensions and geometry where supplied loose for transportation. Design conditions for the pressure vessel shall be arrived based on the guidelines provided by the process design basis. Pressure vessels shall also be designed for full vacuum, if vacuum is envisaged during the operation. Test pressure shall be as per applicable design code.

5.7

Instrument & Control Requirements

Package instrumentation and Control shall be designed as per the requirements specified in the Specification for Package Equipment Instrumentation doc. No. : 0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-IN-7771-31909. Monitoring, control and safe guarding signal of the package system shall be connected to ICSS system. The package shall be provided with all the necessary instruments and controls for safe, trouble free operation, monitoring, start-up, shut down and safe guarding of the complete system and to meet the performance and control requirement specified in this specification and other related documents. VENDOR shall provide and install all the necessary instrumentation components within the package such as instruments, power and control cables, junction boxes, etc. The “make”, model of instruments selected for packages, tag numbering philosophy and instrument symbols, shall be the same as the main plant.

5.8

Electrical Design Requirements (if required)

All electrical equipment and works included within the scope of the package shall confirm to the requirements of Specification for Electrical Requirements for Packaged Unit, Doc No. 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-G00000-EA7771-00003, Electrical Design Basis, Doc No. 0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-5507-40001 and other documents as referred under section 4.3. VENDOR shall provide and install all the necessary electrical components within the package such as, local control stations, junction boxes, cables & cable trays, cable glands, earthing etc. All electrical equipment shall be suitable for area classification indicated in the datasheet. All electrical equipment selected for installation in hazardous area shall have certificates proving suitability of equipment in hazardous area. Cables for other auxiliaries like lighting, small power, etc. within the limits of supply shall be supplied and installed by the VENDOR. Cable system within the battery limit shall be sole responsibility of the VENDOR and confirm with Specification for LV Power and Control Cables – 6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-7771-40029.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 17 of 31

At least two earthing copper bosses shall be provided at diagonally opposite locations on the skid, by VENDOR. VENDOR shall be responsible for the design, rating selection, sizing, installation, testing and supervising the commissioning of all electrical equipment located within the package in accordance with the relevant codes and standards referred in this specification. Separate terminal box and isolation switches for space heaters (if required) shall be considered. Anti-condensation / space heater (if required) shall be fed from 230 V AC, 1 phase, 3 wire, 50 Hz supply. The requirement of Space heater shall be decided by VENDOR based on the project specification requirements. Instrument and power wiring or cabling shall be connected to terminal strips installed in terminal boxes. Instrument signals and wiring or cabling with different voltages shall be connected to separate terminal boxes. The terminal boxes shall be shown on the General arrangement drawings that which will be submitted by the package VENDOR during detailed Engineering. Cable trays shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and shall be provided with ventilated covers where exposed directly to sunlight. Applicable voltage frequency, phases and allowable Frequency and voltage variation, refer Electrical Design Basis, Doc No. 0014-6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-5507-40001. 5.9

Piping & Layout Design Requirements

All piping within the package and as well as terminated at the battery limit shall be in accordance with Piping Design Basis, Doc. No. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7704-00001, Piping Material Class Doc. No. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001. When project piping material class is not available for a particular service, VENDOR shall suggest their own piping material class. The VENDOR’s proposed piping material class is subject to review and approval by CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. The VENDOR shall size individual packages / skid and orient them suitably so that the spacing requirements are complied with. All piping within the skid shall be securely supported to minimize vibration during operation and prevent damage during transportation. All necessary piping and valves within the package battery limits shall be included in the package and shall be adequately supported, installed with clearance, accessibility, adequate to permit operation, maintenance and cleaning during operation. All piping within the battery limit shall be subject to hydro-test as per ASME B31.3 and shall be cleaned, flushed and dried after test. Drains, vents and sample points shall be manifold with valve and flanged connection so that there is only one termination for each type duly supported at the skid edge for connection by others. Open ends of the piping shall be suitably covered. All skid interface flanges shall be forged WNRF type and the allowable nozzle loads shall be as per applicable code or as per project specification for piping stress analysis Doc.no. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7770-00001. All pipe supports primary and secondary within the package shall be designed and supplied by VENDOR. All valves shall be accessible from a safe operating position at convenient height.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 18 of 31

VENDOR shall provide lifting lugs on all major items of equipment requiring removal for maintenance / replacement and on the equipment package skid structures for lifting at site during the installation and construction phase. VENDOR shall provide the package skids with drip pans for collection of liquids and spillages if any. The drip pans shall be sloped with continuously sloping drainage piping to the skid edges for connection (by others) to the site drainage system. All equipments handling fluids shall be provided with vents and drains. All vents and drains shall be fully rated as the line or item to which they are attached. Earthing continuity of piping shall be maintained. The skid layout shall provide adequate access for operation and maintenance. The necessary access / maintenance platform with ladders / stairs (if required) shall be provided for maintenance purposes / to access the manholes. VENDOR shall give prime importance to the layout and arrangement of various equipment to provide enough space around them to enable the Operator to approach them for maintenance and operation. Skid layout shall be subject to the review of CONTRACTOR and COMPANY at all phases of design and the recommendations of the review shall be duly incorporated by the VENDOR. Packages shall be delivered pre-assembled to the maximum extent possible, ready for transport and installation. All items on the skid shall be fully installed and piping, electrical and instrumentation shall be completed prior to shipment. However, delicate items shall be supplied loose, suitably packed and identified. Threaded connections are not acceptable. Socket welding is allowed for 1.5” or less (but not on pressure equipment) All valves shall be flanged as per ASME B16.5. Tubing shall not be used in place of piping. The use of tubing for pneumatic operated instrumentation is the only exception. All the terminal piping shall be anchored at the skid / module edge. 5.10

Civil & Structural Requirements

5.10.1 Civil Requirement Design (including skid design sea / road transportation loads, earthquake loads), fabrication and installation shall be as per this Project requirements. VENDOR shall provide civil foundation loads and data as required for Equipment foundation design by CONTRACTOR. Skid GA drawings for various equipment shall have the following as a minimum: 

Anchor bolts size and layout with projection of bolt above top of concrete



Weight of the equipment / skid in empty, operating and hydro test condition.



Centre of gravity of the skid/equipment



Wind and seismic loads on foundation (in empty and operating conditions)



VENDOR shall furnish the equipment layout drawing showing the anchor bolt location, size, etc. The design of anchor bolts shall be considered by the VENDOR. Project standard anchor bolt shall be considered as per the standard drawing for anchor bolts.

5.10.2 Structural Requirement Structural steel design shall be in accordance with the Specification for Structural Steel Work, doc no. 0011-9500WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7880-0003 and General Notes for Structural Steel Work, doc no. 0011-9500WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00001.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 19 of 31

VENDOR shall design the skids to suit the requirements of this Project. A rigid base frame shall be provided for each skid. The base plate shall be engineered and fabricated from structural steel and shall be of continuously welded construction. The base frame shall be designed to ensure the integrity of the mounted equipment under the inertial loads generated during transportation (both sea and surface) of the package. Any lifting equipment supplied either fixed or loose for use as a maintenance aid shall satisfy the requirements of the Certifying Authority. The VENDOR shall submit the drawings of the skid / base plates, showing dimensions, weights, anchor bolts size and location, centre of gravity, general layouts and interconnection details. Where ever equipment is mounted on skids, lifting lugs shall be provided to facilitate its installation and handling. The skid shall be suitable for single point lift. Lifting arrangement drawings shall be provided. The common spreader beam and slings (if required as per requisition) shall have provisions for adjusting the lift for all the skids maintaining horizontal plane while lifting. Weight and centre of gravity (COG) shall also be indicated. The lifting lugs / pad eyes on the skid shall be designed for impact factor of 2.

6.0

MATERIALS

VENDOR shall review the materials if specified in the data sheet and confirm its suitability for the operating data and fluid characteristics. However, VENDOR shall note that these are the minimum requirements for the package. VENDOR shall be responsible for selection of suitable materials for the package. ASTM designations of all the materials shall be specified by VENDOR in the filled in data sheets submitted along with Bid. All materials / components shall be fully traceable. An inspection certificate in accordance with EN 10204 Type 3.1 (Pressure retaining parts of vessel and piping) / 2.2 for other non-pressure parts. All electrical and instrumentation shall be provided with all the certifications according to relevant project specifications.

7.0

FABRICATION

No manufacture shall begin until the VENDOR has received written approval from the CONTRACTOR and / or the certifying authority of the calculations, drawings and weld procedures. The VENDOR shall notify the CONTRACTOR or their authorised representative in reasonable time before actual fabrication begins. The VENDOR shall ensure that only the latest CONTRACTOR approved revision of documentation is issued to the fabrication shop. 7.1

Welding

All welding shall be done with procedures and operators, which have been qualified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The VENDOR shall submit proposed qualified weld procedures and weld details for the CONTRACTOR's review and approval prior to commencing any production welding. Vessels shall be of welded construction, utilizing shielded metal arc, submerged-arc, and gas metal-arc or gas tungsten arc process. Submerged arc welding is preferred on all vessel seams. When sound back welding is not feasible due to inaccessibility, single-welded joints which utilise a gas tungsten arc welded or gas metal arc welded root pass, shall be used.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 20 of 31

Welding electrodes, automatic or manual, shall deposit a composition corresponding to the material being welded. Where applicable, electrodes shall meet AWS / ASME specifications. No welding shall be allowed after vessel internal coating, if applicable. All attachments including ladder and platform clips must be welded before internal coating. Backing strip type of weld joint is not allowable unless prior approval is given by the CONTRACTOR. 7.2

Weld Repair

All repairs welding shall be in accordance with procedures previously approved by the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all repairs and subsequent inspection shall be the responsibility of the VENDOR.

8.0

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

The VENDOR shall guarantee the design, mechanical integrity, material selection, workmanship and operational process performance of all equipment supplied under this specification, respective datasheets and requisition documents. Defects found, if any, shall be repaired at VENDOR’s own cost within the agreed time. Noise levels shall be guaranteed not to exceed 85 dBA at 1 metre distance from the skid. This specification shall in no way release the VENDOR from final guarantee for design, materials, workmanship and performance of the equipment.

9.0

INSPECTION AND TESTING

9.1

General

The Inspection & Testing requirement shall be decided based on the Criticality Rating of Package. The Criticality Rating of the equipment /package will be indicated in mechanical datasheet. Based on the Criticality Rating, the Surveillance requirement and Inspection level shall be identified for each equipment by vendor. Refer Attachment A for the inspection level & surveillance against the Criticality Rating. VENDOR shall submit a detailed written Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) in accordance with the Supplier Deliverable Requirement List (SDRL). ITP approved by CONTRACTOR / COMPANY shall be available prior to commencement of tests. Inspection and testing shall be in accordance with the applicable construction code and approved ‘Inspection and Test Plan’. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the relevant VENDOR Test Procedures approved by the COMPANY / CONTRACTOR. No witnessed testing will take place until all the latest relevant drawings, technical specifications, certificates and completed data sheets have been issued to and approved by the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. VENDOR’s quality control procedure for material identification and the stamp transfers record may be requested, according to the contractual Codes, Standards and specifications. The VENDOR shall have necessary test equipment, tools and facility required to satisfactorily carry out all the factory tests. All test instruments shall be calibrated, and copy of calibration certificates should be provided on request.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 21 of 31

The CONTRACTOR / COMPANY shall be allowed access to VENDOR’s and sub VENDOR shops and offices at all reasonable times for purposes of inspection and obtaining information on the progress of work. Inspection and testing shall be carried out at the manufacturer's works and shall be witnessed by the CONTRACTOR's / COMPANY authorized representatives and/or the certifying authority if applicable. The responsibility for inspection rests with the VENDOR. However, the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY reserve the right to inspect vessels at any time during fabrication to ensure that materials and workmanship are in accordance with this specification, and/or the approved drawings. VENDOR shall provide full support and free access to his works and that of sub-VENDORs for CONTRACTOR /COMPANY / Nominated inspector. The VENDOR shall provide a projected shop schedule with appropriate fabrication stages at the time drawings are submitted for approval, to highlight the inspection activity schedule. The approval of any work by the CONTRACTOR or their authorised representative and the release of an equipment / package for shipment shall in no way relieve the VENDOR of any responsibility for carrying out the provisions of this specification and applicable code. The CONTRACTOR / COMPANY shall at all times have access to the shop of any VENDOR/SUB-VENDOR engaged in supplying material or in fabrication for the purpose of inspecting, and if necessary, rejecting such material and work that does not meet with the requirements of this Specification. No portion of the construction such as plate forming, welding, heat treatment, non-destructive examination, painting, etc., shall be SUB CONTRACT to others without prior written approval from the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. The names and addresses of any companies to which work is SUB CONTRACT shall be indicated in the quotation. Technical and quality assurance requirements specified in the purchase order shall be applied to materials, equipment, and services provided by SUB-VENDOR and to any free-issue materials. VENDOR shall provide as a minimum 15 days advance notice to COMPANY / CONTRACTOR before conducting any inspection or testing specified as witnessed or observed by the COMPANY / CONTRACTOR. 9.2

Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)

All SUB-VENDOR items in the package shall also be factory tested at respective SUB-VENDOR shop. FAT procedure shall be submitted by VENDOR prior to testing. Vendor shall perform tests and inspection necessary to ensure that the material and workmanship conform to the requirement of this specification. As minimum following tests shall be conducted for the skid / module: • • • • • •

Hydro testing the complete unit. The complete unit shall be function tested and loop checked prior to dispatch from VENDOR works. Noise level test for the complete package shall be carried out. A dimensional check shall be made to verify that main dimensions are consistent with information given on the drawing. Visual inspection to check operation, marking, tagging, earthing, scope completeness shall be carried out. All platforms and ladder shall be assembled / trial fit and shall be match marked.

9.2.1 Pressure Vessels – Hydro test All pressure vessels shall undergo water holding test for duration of at least 1 hour. All gaskets fitted to the equipment shall be new and service gaskets shall be used for hydro testing. On no account gaskets shall be reused after hydro testing.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 22 of 31

9.2.2 Functional Test The entire package unit shall be assembled and tested to functionally check the total system operation and ensure minimum commissioning and installation time on site. After assembly, VENDOR shall perform the following tests:  

VENDOR’s standard shop tests. Functional & routine testing of the packaged skid and all items / accessories including valve, cables etc.

The complete unit shall be trial assembled and dimensionally checked prior to shipment. This activity shall be witnessed by the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY and/or their representative. If the package fails to meet the specified duty, the number of tests shall be adjusted and agreed with COMPANY / CONTRACTOR. Any increase in the scope of the test program either due to the failure of the equipment to perform satisfactorily or its design shall be at the VENDOR’s expense. 9.3

Site Acceptance Test (SAT)

CONTRACTOR / COMPANY’s final acceptance of the equipment will be subject to a performance test once the equipment has been installed and commissioned at project site. After successful commissioning, CONTRACTOR / COMPANY shall inform the VENDOR, sufficiently in advance, the schedule for such testing. VENDOR shall provide personnel to assist in conducting the test and assessing the results. The conditions of executing this testing will be mutually agreed between VENDOR and CONTRACTOR/COMPANY. A site performance test shall be conducted by the VENDOR to demonstrate the guaranteed performance after commissioning in accordance with test procedure. The procedure of performance testing shall be submitted for CONTRACTOR's review and shall be mutually agreed between the CONTRACTOR and the VENDOR. The additional instruments/accessories necessary for SAT shall be provided by VENDOR. All the necessary provisions like tapping points, sampling points etc. inside and outside the package battery limit to conduct SAT shall be foreseen during design and engineering stage by VENDOR. Inspection at the shop or fabrication yard shall not relieve the VENDOR from his responsibility for replacement or repair of any defective material or workmanship that may be discovered even in the field. In case the equipment fails to meet the process guarantees, VENDOR shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide all materials, services, tools, equipment and transportation as may be necessary to modify the equipment or repair or replace parts or components thereof, so as to enable this package to meet the performance guarantees.

10.0 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING REQUIREMENTS External Painting shall be carried out as per Painting specification specified in section 4.3. The components or parts not covered in the above specification can be painted using VENDOR standard paint system which is suitable for the operating and environmental conditions. The VENDOR proposed painting system shall be subject to review and approval by CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. VENDOR shall include supply of touch up paint at site in the scope of supply.

11.0 PACKAGING, PRESERVATION, DELIVERY AND STORAGE The Package shall be prepared for shipment after all tests and inspections have been completed and the package has been painted and released by the COMPANY/CONTRACTOR for shipping.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 23 of 31

After the assembled unit has been approved for shipping, all items designated to be shipped loose shall be tagged with metallic tags. All sections of piping or other sub-assemblies designated to be shipped loose shall be match marked. (if any, normally not envisaged as this is a skid / modular construction). After the final hydrostatic test, the vessel shall be dried and cleaned thoroughly of all grease, loose scale, rust, flux and weld spatter, both internally and externally. VENDOR shall include necessary seaworthy export packing for complete unit including auxiliaries and accessories. The equipment including auxiliaries shall be suitably protected for outdoor storage of (12) months at the site conditions specified. Components requiring storage at restricted temperatures and humidity shall be boxed separately and identified for controlled climate storage. Internal surfaces of the equipment shall clean, free from scale, welding spatter and foreign objects and sprayed or flushed with suitable rust preventive that can be removed with solvent. External machined surfaces except for corrosion resistant material shall be coated with suitable rust preventive. Exterior surfaces except for machined surfaces shall be given appropriate paint. The equipment shall be suitably packed, fastened to avoid damage during transit and crated for shipment. They shall be wrapped with polythene sheets, before being placed in the cracks. All connections including those for instruments, instrument leads, lubricating oil etc. shall be identified with securely attached tag indicating the type of connection, the instruments or the line description as applicable. Lifting, unpacking and handling instructions shall be securely attached to the exterior of the largest packing in a well-marked weather proof container. All instruments shall be covered using polyethylene bags / polystyrene packing and stuffed with sachets of activated desiccant material to protect them against mechanical damage and ingress of moisture during installation phase. All open instrument tube ends shall be plugged using nylon plugs. All instrumentation cables shall be well tagged and protected against any possible mechanical damage. The cable shall be terminated at the designated junction boxes and only field interfacing connections shall be required to be done at site. Control panel / junction boxes shall be sealed to ensure that they are watertight. A suitable desiccant (i.e. silica gel) shall be placed inside and then they shall be shrink-wrapped with at least two layers of 6 mm thick. Electrical and instrument junction boxes shall be sealed to ensure that they are water tight with a suitable desiccant placed inside. Electrical shall be terminated and adequately supported. No wires shall be left exposed. VENDOR shall provide adequate protection for the items against sea water / salt laden air, during sea transportation, as required by applicable specifications. All equipment shall be delivered drained of liquids, cleaned and dried internally and externally and prepared for shipment. It is the responsibility of VENDOR to ensure that the complete package is supplied as skid complying to the logistic limits of 4m (W) x 5m (H) x 20m (L) x 100 T. Any external components which may be subject to damage during transit and which are not easily protected shall be removed and packed separately to the equipment for shipment with all openings plugged. The loose supplied items shall be listed in packing list and marked on equipment drawings.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 24 of 31

Male and female thread connections shall be coated with rust inhibitors and closed with hexagonal solid steel pugs and caps. All flanged openings shall be sealed with gaskets and steel cover plates which are secured with at least four full bore diameter bolts. All spare parts, special tools & tackles (if any), spreader frame (if included in scope of supply) with sling & shackles shall be separately packed and supplied. All components shall be adequately supported / protected to prevent damage during transportation and handling. Lifting points and the centre of gravity shall be clearly identified on the equipment package. A recommended lifting arrangement shall be provided by the VENDOR. The package shall be delivered with one copy of the Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual and the preservation procedures. The COMPANY / CONTRACTOR will carry out a final inspection prior to shipment to check and ensure a proper protection for shipment. However, VENDOR shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy of the packing for shipment and storage on site. VENDOR shall identify any maintenance function that must be performed on the equipment during storage to prevent equipment damage and deterioration.

12.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL Unless otherwise agreed with CONTRACTOR & COMPANY, the VENDOR’s Quality Management Systems shall comply with all the requirements of ISO 9001 “Quality Management Systems. To ensure that all work is being performed consistently and accurately and to the requirements of the Project Specifications, CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the VENDOR shall have in effect, at all times, a QA program which clearly establishes the authorities and responsibilities of those responsible for the Quality System. Quality System and Quality Control requirements shall be identified and included in the CONTRACTOR's Purchase Documentation. Based on these requirements the VENDOR will develop a QA/QC program which shall be submitted to the CONTRACTOR for review and approval. The VENDOR's QA/QC program shall extend to SUB-CONTRACTORS and SUB-VENDORS. VENDOR shall submit the Preliminary Inspection and Test Plan in his offer and the same shall be firmed up within 2 weeks from placement of order. The VENDOR Quality Plan shall show the planned activities, resources and events serving to implement and record the implementation of the VENDOR Quality System relevant to the GOODS in accordance with ISO 9001:2000 and Project Specifications. The Quality Plan shall list documentation / design reviews. For each item of equipment or Sub-VENDOR item, the principal manufacturing steps, type of inspection / test, the Controlling Procedure, and the acceptance standard shall be defined on an Inspection and Test Plan (ITP). The ITP shall include space for CONTRACTOR / COMPANY to advise inspection Hold / Witness points and whether the inspection will be by CONTRACTOR, or COMPANY. VENDOR shall indicate on the ITP all surveillance that VENDOR will carry out of Sub-VENDOR’s GOODS

13.0 NAME PLATES AND LABELS Nameplate & safety signs shall be provided in ENGLISH language. Nameplate shall contain information as per the respective international code & Standard. SI units shall be used.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 25 of 31

Name plate drawing shall be submitted for CONTRACTOR’s review / approval. All subsystems, instruments, components and removable parts shall be provided with separate tag/nameplate/label. Removable parts shall be provided with additional label, legible when the part is in removed position. Unless specified otherwise in the requisition, nameplates and component labels lettering shall be black in white (plain) background. Nameplates and labels shall be fixed with stainless steel screws or hardware, unless tapping is allowed e.g. fixing of nameplate directly on enclosure.

14.0 OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, HANDLING AND ACCESS PROVISIONS Maintenance and removal space requirements shall be specified by the Package VENDOR. VENDOR shall provide detailed scheme on the maintenance of the major components of this package. The scheme shall include details of the material handling facilities required, maintenance weight, dimensions and clearances required. The package shall be built giving due considerations for: - Easy access to the equipment / auxiliaries / instruments located in the package - Sufficient maintenance space shall be provided where necessary. - Spacing around equipment & piping considering operation and maintenance requirements - Escape routes on skids. VENDOR shall provide necessary lifting lugs for site installation / maintenance of the Units. Lifting points integral to package structures shall be provided to allow removal / replacement of equipment. The VENDOR shall allow for the safe loading and removal of other components in this package and provide any special equipment / material handling facilities necessary to facilitate these activities within this package. Equipment shall be designed and constructed to facilitate safe operation, maintenance and cleaning access. In particular, items requiring regular checking / replacement of parts shall be accessible with minimum dismantling. Access shall be provided to all man-ways / inspection hatches, all instruments, valves and relief devices and all items requiring adjustment, lubrication or service during a two year operational period. VENDOR shall identify clearance areas required and any requirements for lifts greater than 25 kgs. When platforms, ladders, stairs, handrails, safety gates, internal rungs and the like are needed to facilitate access, VENDOR shall include them, unless otherwise agreed with CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. Platforms, ladders, stairs, handrails, safety gates, internal rungs and the like shall comply with CONTRACTOR / COMPANY standards. Access ways and platforms shall be rated for the loads indicated in standards. Higher loads shall be used where large loads may be imposed such as the landing of dismantled equipment components or service material containers. Access and withdrawal spaces shall be shown on drawings and included in models and VENDOR drawings. Access ways shall be 900 mm wide (to be followed as per project standards). Clearance head room shall be 2.2m minimum for all access ways (to be followed as per project standards). Escape routes shall be provided as per the regulatory requirements and project requirements. Removable heads of vessels shall have lifting lugs. Use of chain wheel valve operators is not preferred. They shall only be provided with prior acceptance by COMPANY.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 26 of 31

Block and bypass valves for filters / strainers shall be located at grade unless process requirements (free draining / no pockets) require otherwise. In these cases, platform access shall be provided. Instruments shall be located such as they can be read from ground level or access platforms. Adequate space for rotating spectacle blinds shall be provided, means of handling blinds spacers or spades shall be considered in the design. Where access is required to tops of tanks or vessels, suitable means of access, fall protection and slip resistance surface treatment shall be addressed in design. Large and heavy components which require monitoring or regular maintenance shall be located at the outer side of package skid. Laydown area shall be identified by VENDOR if the layout for the entire package is developed by VENDOR. Permanent platforms shall be provided to access the following components:  Isolation valves at vessels – 4” size and larger  Manholes  Process blinds  Clean-out points  Control valves  Motor operated valves  Level control on vessels etc. Permanent ladders shall be provided to access the following components:  Isolation valves at vessels – 3” size and smaller  Check valves at vessels (all sizes)  Gauge glasses  Pressure instruments on vessels  Temperature instrument on vessels  Hand holes. In addition to above minimum requirements, access should be provided for all small bore valves (if required) based on the criticality analysis considering operation frequency.

15.0 HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Health, Safety and Environmental consideration is of foremost importance. Hence, in case of a local regulation whose specification and requirements are more stringent than this specification, in such case the more stringent will apply. If the VENDOR has a standard proven and approved design of their equipment/system but still in case of any doubt whether it meets the local regulations, they shall through CONTRACTOR negotiate with the local Authority for approval, keeping the COMPANY informed. The VENDOR and CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that the equipment/system supplied meets all applicable regulations on health, safety and environment. It shall be designed to operate safely and satisfactorily at all expected combinations of process, utilities and site conditions which include those at start-up, operation, shutdown and emergency cases while retaining the overall system safety, reliability and availability. If in the experience/knowledge of VENDOR and/or his SUB-VENDOR, any requirements of the specification create or have a potential to create unsafe (for personnel and/or plant) and/or less reliable situation in the plant during start-up/normal/emergency operations, it is VENDOR’S sole responsibility to bring, in writing, such situations to the attention of the CONTRACTOR / COMPANY.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 27 of 31

Noise data for the individual equipment and for the complete skid/package shall be provided by the VENDOR. It is the VENDOR’s responsibility to ensure that the noise level of the supplied equipment shall not exceed the allowable value of 85 dBA @ 1 meter from the equipment/package. Vents (if any) shall be directed to safe location and not directed towards access ways. Isolation valves shall have free and safe access. VENDOR shall review the package design with regard to the discovery and elimination of any safety hazards. This shall cover, but not limited to the following, 

Safeguarding of personnel against hazards of vessel or equipment in operation.



Ergonomics ( operating, maintainability and accessibility)



Falling objects



Tripping and obstructing overhead hazards



Adequate lighting

HAZOP / SIL Study VENDOR shall participate in HAZOP and SIL review meetings at CONTRACTOR / COMPANY’s Engineering office and any agreed impact as a resolution to HAZOP and SIL recommendation shall be included / supplied by the VENDOR. Any additional instrumentation required for safety of package shall be supplied without any additional price implications.

16.0 DOCUMENTATION VENDOR shall submit all documents and drawings as listed in the requisition for the review and approval by COMPANY / CONTRACTOR. The number of copies and soft-files shall be as listed in the SDRL attached with the requisition. All the drawings / documents shall be submitted with cover sheet indicating the project / purchase order details as per the project template. Relevant design information furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be checked by the VENDOR and referenced together with explanatory notes on the appropriate drawing. The language of all documents shall be in English. After order placement, the VENDOR shall submit for approval, all listed drawings / documents, strictly in accordance with the agreed schedule and program. The VENDOR shall supply Manufacturing Record Books containing all material certificates, fully catalogued and indexed test records, mechanical test certificates, welding qualification certificates and other data specified in the SDRL

17.0 SPARE PARTS / SPECIAL TOOLS / LUBRICANTS & CONSUMABLES 17.1

Erection and Commissioning Spares

VENDOR shall include in his scope of supply, the spares as required for erection and commissioning of the complete package including auxiliaries. The erection and commissioning spares list shall be recommended by VENDOR and shall be supplied along with the bid. However, the following shall be included as a minimum:

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

-

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 28 of 31

10% bolting (min 4 sets of each type) 200% gaskets. Coalescing Elements (1 Set) -As applicable Internal Bolting -As applicable

VENDOR shall also note that if any spare is required over and above the quoted commissioning spares during commissioning, the same shall be supplied by VENDOR without any time and/or cost implication to CONTRACTOR/COMPANY. 17.2

Two Years Operational Spares List

VENDOR shall provide list of two year operation spares as required for the Package including auxiliaries. The two year operational spares list shall be recommended by VENDOR and shall be supplied along with bid. This list shall be reviewed and approved by CONTRACTOR/COMPANY. Two Years Operating Spare parts shall be supplied in ESPIR format following ESPIR guidelines / procedures. 17.3

Insurance Spares

VENDOR shall include in his scope of supply, the Insurance spares as required for the Package including auxiliaries. The insurance spares list shall be recommended by VENDOR and shall be supplied along with the bid. This list shall be reviewed and approved by CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. 17.4

Special Tools and Tackles

VENDOR shall include in his scope of supply, all special tools and equipment necessary for the installation, maintenance and overhaul of the complete package. These special tools shall be recommended by VENDOR and shall be supplied along with main equipment/package. This list shall be reviewed and approved by CONTRACTOR / COMPANY. The equipment Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include a list of special tools required for equipment maintenance and instructions on how to use them. All spares list shall be furnished in E-SPIR format and guidelines.

18.0 TRAINING If specified in the requisition, VENDOR shall develop and implement a comprehensive program to train plant personnel in the operation and maintenance of the package. The training programme shall include as a minimum: • Introduction • Fundamentals • Process Overview • HSE/Emergency response • Detailed Process • Equipment • Process Controls • Troubleshooting • Maintenance for Operations Package vendor to provide: • Training in Arabic if possible (in addition to English). On-screen text can be English • For each training participant printed material and any reference training material shall be made available. • Provide COMPANY with an electronic and printed copy of the training material with the copyright license sufficient to deliver the training material to future members of the operations and maintenance local team.

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 29 of 31

19.0 EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS Deviations from this specification are only acceptable where the VENDOR has listed in their quotation that the requirements cannot, or does not wish to comply with, and the COMPANY/CONTRACTOR has accepted in writing the deviations before the order is placed. In the absence of a list of deviations, it will be assumed that the VENDOR complies fully with this specification. During order execution, any technical deviations to this specification and its attachments including, but not limited to, the data sheets/drawings and specifications shall be sought by the VENDOR only through CONCESSION REQUEST format. The CONCESSION REQUESTS require the CONTRACTOR/COMPANY'S review/approval, prior to the proposed technical changes being implemented. Technical changes implemented prior to COMPANY approval are subject to rejection. If in the experience/knowledge of VENDOR and/or his SUB-VENDOR, any requirements of the specification create or have a potential to create unsafe (for personnel and/or plant) and/or less reliable situation in the plant during start-up/normal/emergency operations, it is VENDOR’s sole responsibility to bring, in writing, such situations to the attention of the CONTRACTOR. If no deviations have been identified in writing, it is construed that equipment and services will be provided as per the specification with sole responsibility resting with VENDOR for safe and reliable operation of the plant during various operating and environmental conditions throughout the plant life. VENDOR shall supplement/enhance the minimum technical requirements of this specification with its field proven experience. In no case shall the requirements of this specification be diluted/deviated from without the written approval of the CONTRACTOR and COMPANY.

Wood Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 30 of 31

ATTACHMENT A CRITICALITY RATING & INSPECTION LEVEL

CRITICALITY RATING I

SURVEILLANCE LEVEL FULL SCOPE SURVEILLANCE

INSPECTION LEVEL 1

This level is defined as a complete inspection carried out from the Inspection & Test Plan to final acceptance, including the following events as typical:  

Monitor inspection and testing criteria as defined within client agreed ITP Inspector monitors manufacture / fabrication by attendance to determine status / progress. Inspection reports for every visit



Inspector attends / witnesses / reports all functional testing



Review or witness Forge master production, manufacturers production, fabrication and mechanical completion where applicable



Review or witness of source material’s chemical and physical properties including metallurgical enhancement and traceability to certification level defined in Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality requirements document.



Verify the use of qualified welding personnel using qualified welding procedures and standards

    

Review material traceability, dimensions and finishes Review Dispatch Dossier Verify packing identification Final visual and dimensional inspection Inspection Pre-Production Meeting to be held at suppliers premises in order to engage with and brief QC Inspectors

 

Provide Inspection Checklists for Inspector/software QA checklist Regular weekly liaison between Inspector and Inspection Coordinator / QA Advisor Monitor approval status of VENDOR documentation Monitor status of DDR/TQ/NCR Final inspection performed / Final MDR review Issue Rejection/ Quarantine Note if applicable Issue Inspection Release Note (IRN)

    

This surveillance level will typically require frequent quality surveillance visits (or a full time inspector if required) in addition to predefined visits according to the ITP notification points A supplier ITP must be produced to reflect criticality.

II

LIMITED SURVEILLANCE

1

Wood Technical Specification For Fuel Gas System

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP -U13000-MS-7771-00006 Revision: 01 Page 31 of 31

This level is defined as a specific inspection carried out from the ITP to final acceptance and will be in compliance with agreed inspection points on the ITP. Inspection will typically include: 

A supplier ITP must be produced to reflect criticality

 

Monitor inspection and testing levels as defined within project ITP Inspection reports for every visit

 

Review of source material’s properties and traceability Inspector attends / witnesses / reports specified functional testing



Review or witness manufacturers production, fabrication and mechanical completion where applicable



Review or witness of source material’s chemical and physical properties including metallurgical enhancement and traceability to certification level defined in Supplier Quality requirements document Review Dispatch Dossier Final visual and dimensional inspection Optional Inspection Pre-Production Meeting at suppliers premises Provide Inspection Checklists for Inspector Regular fortnightly liaison between Inspector and Inspection Coord / QA Advisor VENDOR advises Inspector of status / progress in regard to inspections Monitor approval status of VENDOR documentation Monitor status of DDR/TQ/NCR Final inspection performed/Final MDR review Issue Rejection/ Quarantine Note if applicable Issue Inspection Release Note (IRN)

          

III

FINAL SURVEILLANCE ONLY

2

This level is defined as a final inspection prior to release, including the following topics:         

IV

Review acceptance tests carried out on Product (including sampling), if required Review Dispatch Dossier Final visual and dimensional inspection Release of Products Review approval status of VENDOR documentation Review status of DDR/TQ/NCR Review VENDOR documentation supplied with equipment/material Check for correct packaging/blanking/preservation Issue Rejection/ Quarantine Note if applicable

NO SURVEILLANCE     

Store-person checks items for transport damage Store-person checks quantity and serial / part number against Purchase Order Review documentation supplied with equipment/material Check for correct packaging/blanking/preservation Items receipted into system and stored appropriately

3

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

PROCESS SPECIFICATION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Revision: 01R Page 2 of 7

Table of Contents

1.0

PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................................3

2.0

SCOPE......................................................................................................................................................................3

3.0

PROJECT OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................3

4.0

PROCESS DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................................4

5.0

DESIGN CRITERIA .....................................................................................................................................................6

6.0

VENDOR SCOPE .......................................................................................................................................................7

7.0

APPENDIX................................................................................................................................................................7

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

PROCESS SPECIFICATION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Revision: 01R Page 3 of 7

1.0

Purpose

The objective of this document is to provide the scope and define basic design data and outline the codes, standards and specification for Fuel Gas System of Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration Facility Project for FEED.

2.0

Scope

This document defines the design parameters to be used for Fuel Gas System of Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration Facility Project (to process wet export gas before routing into existing 24” line to KAZ).

3.0

Project Overview

The objectives of the Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration project is to install new dehydration facilities on a new Greenfield Hammar Dehydration Facility site to remove water from the HP & LP compressed gas streams from Hammar IPF prior to export to the existing 24" gas export line to KAZ. The Hammar Dehydration Facility (HDF) will receive wet gas from the upstream Hammar Integrated Production Facility (IPF). Hammar IPF is a new oil production facility on the Zubair oil field in Basrah, Iraq. This facility is on-stream as of 2015. The IPF includes gas compression equipment, with the compressed gas available at the IPF fence line. Gas from Hammar IPF will be exported to the existing main 24" gas pipeline transporting gas to the BGC NGL processing plant at Khor al Zubair (KAZ). The Hammar Dehydration Facility will remove water from the HP & LP compressed gas streams from Hammar IPF prior to connecting into the 24" gas export line to KAZ. These facilities will include the following:

Process Systems •

Inlet Separator

•

Gas Dehydration (including TEG Regeneration)

•

Condensate Dehydration Facilities

Process Utility Systems •

Fuel Gas

•

Flare System

•

Diesel System

•

Instrument Air

•

Produced Water System

•

Potable Water System

•

Provision of Mobile Launching and Receiving Facilities – Space provision, interface piping, isolation valve, and Concrete pit.

The Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration Facility shall be designed with a view to serve the requirements for stable operation of the facility with the necessary infrastructure.

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

PROCESS SPECIFICATION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Revision: 01R Page 4 of 7

4.0

Process Description

The Flash Gas produced from condensate dehydration system (Condensate Flash Drums) is routed to the Fuel Gas system to produce low pressure Fuel Gas which shall be used for HP/LP Flare purge and HP/LP Flare pilot ignition. The same shall be primary source for the Fuel Gas. In case the additional fuel gas is required (Fuel Gas demand increases), the Dry (dehydrated) gas shall be supplied from the outlet of the TEG Contactor. The fuel gas pressure shall be reduced to 5 - 6 barg via a pressure control valve upstream of the Fuel Gas KO Drum. The Fuel Gas KO Drum will be a vertical two phase separator. Any liquids knocked out in the Fuel Gas KO Drum will be drained locally. The following consumers are considered of the Fuel Gas (Hold) 

HP Flare header purge : 0.15 MMscfd



HP Flare pilot and ignition gas : 0.02 MMscfd



LP Flare header purge : 0.05 MMscfd



LP Flare pilot and ignition gas : 0.01 MMscfd

4.1

Fuel Gas Composition

Following Fuel gas composition shall be considered by the vendor (Hold)

Composition

Case-1

Case-2

Flash Gas from

Flash Gas from

Condensate Flash

Condensate Flash Drum

Drum (Rich case)

(Note-1)

(Lean case)

(Note-1)

Mole fraction

Mole fraction

Nitrogen

0.0776

0.0650

Methane

0.4809

0.5050

Ethane

0.1797

0.1821

CO2

0.0426

0.0383

Propane

0.0987

0.1019

i-Butane

0.0533

0.0533

n-Butane

0.0279

0.0248

i-Pentane

0.0154

0.0127

n-Pentane

0.0121

0.0094

n-Hexane

0.0054

0.0035

n-Heptane

0.0007

0.0004

n-Octane

0.0004

0.0002

n-Nonane

0.0001

0.0000

TEGlycol

0.0000

0.0000

C10-15*

0.0000

0.0000

C16-20*

0.0000

0.0000

C21-27*

0.0000

0.0000

C28-35*

0.0000

0.0000

C36-47*

0.0000

0.0000

C48-80*

0.0000

0.0000

H2O

0.0053

0.0036

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

PROCESS SPECIFICATION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Revision: 01R Page 5 of 7

Note-1: Composition and physical properties for this case are taken as per WP Heat & Material Balance (H&MB), doc no. 6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-2366-01012-002, Rev.02A.

4.2

Pseudo Component Properties Component

NBP (ºC)

Mol. Wt.

Liq. Density

Tc

Pc

Vc

Acentricity

(kg/kmol)

(kg/m³)

(ºC)

(bar)

(m³/kmol)

Factor

C7*

91.95

96.00

756.16

264.67

29.82

0.39

0.34

C8*

116.75

107.00

768.62

285.16

27.48

0.43

0.37

C9*

142.25

121.00

779.60

308.82

25.04

0.49

0.42

C10-15*

217.43

165.68

809.30

377.11

20.18

0.65

0.57

C16-20*

311.09

247.63

843.34

471.44

16.10

0.87

0.78

C21-27*

383.98

327.85

869.40

552.92

14.32

1.04

0.95

C28-35*

456.41

431.74

893.99

647.30

13.09

1.21

1.10

C36-47*

526.73

565.42

917.82

760.25

12.24

1.44

1.16

C48-80*

633.51

813.10

949.34

961.32

11.49

2.01

0.81

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

PROCESS SPECIFICATION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Revision: 01R Page 6 of 7

5.0

Design Criteria

5.1

Fuel Gas KO Drum •

Max. inflow

0.3 MMSCFD (Hold)

•

Operating Pressure

6 barg

•

Operating Temperature

Ambient to 60 °C

•

Droplet diameter

150 microns

•

Design Pressure

10 barg / FV

•

Design Temperature

90 °C

•

Design Margin

10% flowrate

•

Material

CS + 3 mm CA (Internal Epoxy Lining)

•

Diameter (ID)

VTA (Note-2)

•

T/T Length

VTA (Note-2)

Note-2: Vendor shall calculate size and confirm the same for Case-1 and Case-2 (as mentioned below). The inlet process parameters for 2 cases are as below : (Please refer Appendix-1 for HYSYS properties) Case-1

Case-2

Flash Gas from

Flash Gas from

Condensate Flash

Condensate Flash

Drum (Rich case)

Drum (Lean case)

30 – 35 (Note-3)

30 – 41 (Note-3)

40 - 60

40 - 60

Vapor mass flow (kg/h)

431.9 (Note-4)

420.3 (Note-4)

Liquid mass flow (kg/h)

4.4 (Note-4,5)

4.2

Vapor mass density (kg/m3)

41.55

41.81

Liquid mass density (kg/m3)

539.5

529.6

Vapor viscosity (cP)

0.0131

0.0012

Liquid viscosity (cP)

0.1326

0.1238

Inlet Parameters

Pressure (barg) Temperature (°C)

Note-3: Vendor shall consider the Pressure Control valve (to reduce pressure at the inlet of Fuel gas KOD to 6 barg) in his scope of supply. Note-4: The vapor and liquids flowrates are on hold. Note-5: The 1% liquid is considered in inlet gas.

Wood

Doc. No.: 0014-9500-WGEL-D001-ISGP-U13000-PX-7880-00006

PROCESS SPECIFICATION FOR FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Revision: 01R Page 7 of 7

6.0

Vendor scope 

   



7.0

Vendor shall design and supply equipment’s/instruments listed below: - Pressure Control Valve (1 No.) - Fuel Gas KO Drum (1 No.) Vendor shall provide all the necessary controls and instrumentation required for the safe operation of the package. All the equipment and instrument calculations shall be provided by the vendor Vendor shall attend FEED HAZOP. Vendor shall provide following documents/drawings: - Datasheets of equipment’s/ Instruments (control valve sizing calculation) - PFDs, - P&IDs (Note-6) - C&E Charts - Alarm & Trip Summary - Process Description - Operating & Control Shutdown & Safeguarding Philosophy - Control Narrative - Tie-in list - Line List - Utility Requirement /Summary Vendor shall design the system as per DEP 20.05.60.10 Note-6: Vendor shall provide PIDs as per WG Standard drawing template and considering BGC standards and tagging philosophy. Vendor shall follow sequence for P&ID nos., line nos., valve no’s, instrument no’s, equipment no’s, etc. provided by WG.

Appendix • •

Appendix 1 : Case-1 (Rich Case) & Case-2 (Lean Case) Appendix 2: PFD

1 2

WOOD GROUP PSN LTD Bedford, MA USA

3 4 5 6

Appendix-1 Case-1

Case Name:

Case 1 Rich.hsc

Unit Set:

NewUser6

Date/Time:

Sun Jul 01 14:06:16 2018 Fluid Package:

Material Stream: 60. Flash gas to Fuel gas package-1 Property Package:

7 8 9

Basis-2 Peng-Robinson

CONDITIONS

10 11

Overall

12

Vapour / Phase Fraction

13

Temperature:

14

Pressure:

15

Molar Flow

16

Mass Flow

17

Std Ideal Liq Vol Flow

18

Molar Enthalpy

(kcal/kgmole)

19

Molar Entropy

(kJ/kgmole-C)

20

Heat Flow

(kJ/h)

21

Liq Vol Flow @Std Cond

(m3/h)

Vapour Phase 1.0000

1.0000

(C)

54.44*

54.44

(bar_g)

32.30*

32.30

* 0.3000

0.3000

(kg/h)

431.9

431.9

(m3/h)

1.000

(MMSCFD)

-2.279e+004 162.9 -1.425e+006 351.0*

22

1.000 -2.279e+004 162.9 -1.425e+006 351.0

PROPERTIES

23 24

Overall

25

Molecular Weight

26

Molar Density

27

Mass Density

28

Act. Volume Flow

29

Mass Enthalpy

30

Mass Entropy

31

Heat Capacity

32

Mass Heat Capacity

33

Vapour Phase 28.91

28.91

1.437

1.437

(kg/m3)

41.55

41.55

(m3/h)

10.40

10.40

(kcal/kg)

-788.4

-788.4

(kJ/kg-C)

5.636

5.636

61.67

61.67

(kJ/kg-C)

2.133

2.133

LHV Molar Basis (Std)

(Btu/lbmole)

---

---

34

HHV Molar Basis (Std)

(Btu/lbmole)

---

---

35

HHV Mass Basis (Std)

(kcal/kg)

---

---

36

CO2 Loading

---

---

37

CO2 App ML Con

(kgmole/m3)

---

---

38

CO2 App WT Con

(kgmol/kg)

---

---

39

LHV Mass Basis (Std)

(kcal/kg)

---

---

40

Phase Fraction [Vol. Basis]

1.000

1.000

41

Phase Fraction [Mass Basis]

1.000

1.000

42

Phase Fraction [Act. Vol. Basis]

1.000

1.000

43

Mass Exergy

(kcal/kg)

68.26

---

44

Partial Pressure of CO2

(bar_g)

0.4073

---

45

Cost Based on Flow

(Cost/s)

0.0000

0.0000

46

Act. Gas Flow

(ACT_m3/h)

10.40

10.40

47

Avg. Liq. Density

(kgmole/m3)

14.94

14.94

48

Specific Heat

(kJ/kgmole-C)

61.67

61.67

49

Std. Gas Flow

(MMSCFD)

0.2994

0.2994

50

Std. Ideal Liq. Mass Density

(kg/m3)

431.7

431.7

51

Act. Liq. Flow

(kbpd)

---

---

52

Z Factor

0.8510

0.8510

53

Watson K

15.37

15.37

54

User Property

---

---

55

Partial Pressure of H2S

56

Cp/(Cp - R)

57

Cp/Cv

58

Heat of Vap.

59

Kinematic Viscosity

60

Liq. Mass Density (Std. Cond)

61

Liq. Vol. Flow (Std. Cond)

62

Liquid Fraction

63

Molar Volume

64

Mass Heat of Vap.

65

Phase Fraction [Molar Basis]

66

Surface Tension

67

Thermal Conductivity

68

Viscosity

69

Aspen Technology Inc.

(kgmole/m3)

(kJ/kgmole-C)

(bar_g)

(kJ/kgmole)

---

1.156

1.156

1.348

1.348

1.782e+004

---

(cSt)

0.3176

0.3176

(kg/m3)

1.231

1.231

(kbpd)

52.98

52.98

0.0000

0.0000

0.6957

0.6957

(m3/kgmole) (kJ/kg) (dyne/cm)

Licensed to: WOOD GROUP PSN LTD

-1.013

(W/m-K) (cP)

616.5

---

1.0000

1.0000

--3.172e-002 1.319e-002

--3.172e-002 1.319e-002

Aspen HYSYS Version 9

Page 1 of 3 * Specified by user.

1 2

WOOD GROUP PSN LTD Bedford, MA USA

3 4 5 6

Case Name:

Case 1 Rich.hsc

Unit Set:

NewUser6

Date/Time:

Sun Jul 01 14:06:16 2018 Fluid Package:

Basis-2

Material Stream: 60. Flash gas to Fuel gas package-1 (continued) Property Package: Peng-Robinson

7 8 9

PROPERTIES

10 11

Overall

Vapour Phase

12

Cv (Semi-Ideal)

13

Mass Cv (Semi-Ideal)

14

Cv

15

Mass Cv

16

Cv (Ent. Method)

17

Mass Cv (Ent. Method)

18

Cp/Cv (Ent. Method)

19

Reid VP at 37.8 C

(bar_g)

---

---

20

True VP at 37.8 C

(bar_g)

133.2

133.2

21

Liq. Vol. Flow - Sum(Std. Cond)

(m3/h)

351.0

351.0

22

Viscosity Index

---

---

(kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C) (kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C) (kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C)

53.35

53.35

1.846

1.846

45.75

45.75

1.583

1.583

---

---

---

---

---

---

23

COMPOSITION

24 25

Overall Phase

26 27

COMPONENTS

28

MOLAR FLOW (kgmole/h)

MOLE FRACTION

MASS FLOW (kg/h)

Vapour Fraction MASS FRACTION

1.0000

LIQUID VOLUME FLOW (m3/h)

LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION

29

Nitrogen

* 1.1589

* 0.0776

* 32.4631

* 0.0752

* 0.0403

* 0.0402

30

Methane

* 7.1856

* 0.4809

* 115.2786

* 0.2669

* 0.3850

* 0.3849

31

Ethane

* 2.6846

* 0.1797

* 80.7258

* 0.1869

* 0.2270

* 0.2269

32

CO2

* 0.6372

* 0.0426

* 28.0415

* 0.0649

* 0.0340

* 0.0340

33

Propane

* 1.4749

* 0.0987

* 65.0398

* 0.1506

* 0.1284

* 0.1283

34

i-Butane

* 0.7965

* 0.0533

* 46.2960

* 0.1072

* 0.0824

* 0.0823

35

n-Butane

* 0.4167

* 0.0279

* 24.2220

* 0.0561

* 0.0415

* 0.0415

36

i-Pentane

* 0.2307

* 0.0154

* 16.6446

* 0.0385

* 0.0267

* 0.0267

37

n-Pentane

* 0.1811

* 0.0121

* 13.0655

* 0.0302

* 0.0207

* 0.0207

38

n-Hexane

* 0.0803

* 0.0054

* 6.9204

* 0.0160

* 0.0104

* 0.0104

39

n-Heptane

* 0.0102

* 0.0007

* 1.0262

* 0.0024

* 0.0015

* 0.0015

40

n-Octane

* 0.0059

* 0.0004

* 0.6740

* 0.0016

* 0.0010

* 0.0010

41

n-Nonane

* 0.0009

* 0.0001

* 0.1208

* 0.0003

* 0.0002

* 0.0002

42

C10-15*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0081

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

43

C16-20*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

44

C21-27*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

45

C28-35*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

46

C36-47*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

47

C48-80*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

48

H2O

* 0.0785

* 0.0053

* 1.4138

* 0.0033

* 0.0014

* 0.0014

49

TEGlycol

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

50

Total

14.9421

1.0000

431.9402

1.0000

1.0004

1.0000

51

Vapour Phase

52 53

COMPONENTS

54

MOLAR FLOW (kgmole/h)

MOLE FRACTION

MASS FLOW (kg/h)

Phase Fraction MASS FRACTION

1.000

LIQUID VOLUME FLOW (m3/h)

LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION

55

Nitrogen

1.1589

0.0776

32.4631

0.0752

0.0403

0.0402

56

Methane

7.1856

0.4809

115.2786

0.2669

0.3850

0.3849

57

Ethane

2.6846

0.1797

80.7258

0.1869

0.2270

0.2269

58

CO2

0.6372

0.0426

28.0415

0.0649

0.0340

0.0340

59

Propane

1.4749

0.0987

65.0398

0.1506

0.1284

0.1283

60

i-Butane

0.7965

0.0533

46.2960

0.1072

0.0824

0.0823

61

n-Butane

0.4167

0.0279

24.2220

0.0561

0.0415

0.0415

62

i-Pentane

0.2307

0.0154

16.6446

0.0385

0.0267

0.0267

63

n-Pentane

0.1811

0.0121

13.0655

0.0302

0.0207

0.0207

64

n-Hexane

0.0803

0.0054

6.9204

0.0160

0.0104

0.0104

65

n-Heptane

0.0102

0.0007

1.0262

0.0024

0.0015

0.0015

66

n-Octane

0.0059

0.0004

0.6740

0.0016

0.0010

0.0010

67

n-Nonane

0.0009

0.0001

0.1208

0.0003

0.0002

0.0002

68

C10-15*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0081

0.0000

0.0000

69

Aspen Technology Inc. Licensed to: WOOD GROUP PSN LTD

Aspen HYSYS Version 9

0.0000

Page 2 of 3 * Specified by user.

1 2

WOOD GROUP PSN LTD Bedford, MA USA

3 4 5 6

Case Name:

Case 1 Rich.hsc

Unit Set:

NewUser6

Date/Time:

Sun Jul 01 14:06:16 2018 Fluid Package:

Basis-2

Material Stream: 60. Flash gas to Fuel gas package-1 (continued) Property Package: Peng-Robinson

7 8 9

COMPOSITION

10 11

Vapour Phase (continued)

12 13

COMPONENTS

14

MOLAR FLOW (kgmole/h)

MOLE FRACTION

MASS FLOW (kg/h)

Phase Fraction

MASS FRACTION

1.000

LIQUID VOLUME FLOW (m3/h)

LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION

15

C16-20*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

16

C21-27*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

17

C28-35*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

18

C36-47*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

19

C48-80*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

20

H2O

0.0785

0.0053

1.4138

0.0033

0.0014

0.0014

21

TEGlycol

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

22

Total

14.9421

1.0000

431.9402

1.0000

1.0004

1.0000

23

K VALUE

24 25

COMPONENTS

MIXED

LIGHT

HEAVY

26

Nitrogen

---

---

---

27

Methane

---

---

---

28

Ethane

---

---

---

29

CO2

---

---

---

30

Propane

---

---

---

31

i-Butane

---

---

---

32

n-Butane

---

---

---

33

i-Pentane

---

---

---

34

n-Pentane

---

---

---

35

n-Hexane

---

---

---

36

n-Heptane

---

---

---

37

n-Octane

---

---

---

38

n-Nonane

---

---

---

39

C10-15*

---

---

---

40

C16-20*

---

---

---

41

C21-27*

---

---

---

42

C28-35*

---

---

---

43

C36-47*

---

---

---

44

C48-80*

---

---

---

45

H2O

---

---

---

46

TEGlycol

---

---

---

47

UNIT OPERATIONS

48 49

FEED TO

PRODUCT FROM

LOGICAL CONNECTION

50 51

UTILITIES

52 53

( No utilities reference this stream )

54

PROCESS UTILITY

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69

Aspen Technology Inc. Licensed to: WOOD GROUP PSN LTD

Aspen HYSYS Version 9

Page 3 of 3 * Specified by user.

Case-2 1 2

WOOD GROUP PSN LTD Bedford, MA USA

3 4 5 6

Case Name:

Case 2 Lean.hsc

Unit Set:

NewUser6

Date/Time:

Sun Jul 01 14:10:12 2018 Fluid Package:

Material Stream: 60. Flash gas to Fuel gas package-1 Property Package:

7 8 9

Basis-2 Peng-Robinson

CONDITIONS

10 11

Overall

Vapour Phase

12

Vapour / Phase Fraction

13

Temperature:

14

Pressure:

15

Molar Flow

16

Mass Flow

(kg/h)

420.3

420.3

17

Std Ideal Liq Vol Flow

(m3/h)

0.9974

0.9974

18

Molar Enthalpy

(kcal/kgmole)

19

Molar Entropy

(kJ/kgmole-C)

20

Heat Flow

(kJ/h)

21

Liq Vol Flow @Std Cond

(m3/h)

1.0000

1.0000

(C)

46.60*

46.60

(bar_g)

32.30*

32.30

* 0.3000

0.3000

(MMSCFD)

-2.256e+004 161.7 -1.410e+006 351.0*

22

-2.256e+004 161.7 -1.410e+006 351.0

PROPERTIES

23 24

Overall

Vapour Phase

25

Molecular Weight

26

Molar Density

27

Mass Density

28

Act. Volume Flow

29

Mass Enthalpy

30

Mass Entropy

31

Heat Capacity

32

Mass Heat Capacity

33

LHV Molar Basis (Std)

(Btu/lbmole)

5.028e+005

5.028e+005

34

HHV Molar Basis (Std)

(Btu/lbmole)

5.472e+005

5.472e+005

35

HHV Mass Basis (Std)

(kcal/kg)

1.081e+004

1.081e+004

36

CO2 Loading

37

CO2 App ML Con

38

CO2 App WT Con

39

LHV Mass Basis (Std)

40 41

28.13

28.13

1.486

1.486

(kg/m3)

41.81

41.81

(m3/h)

10.05

10.05

(kcal/kg)

-801.9

-801.9

(kJ/kg-C)

5.750

5.750

60.61

60.61

(kgmole/m3)

(kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C)

2.155

2.155

---

---

(kgmole/m3)

---

---

(kgmol/kg)

---

---

(kcal/kg)

9936

9936

Phase Fraction [Vol. Basis]

1.000

1.000

Phase Fraction [Mass Basis]

1.000

1.000

42

Phase Fraction [Act. Vol. Basis]

1.000

1.000

43

Mass Exergy

(kcal/kg)

69.95

---

44

Partial Pressure of CO2

(bar_g)

0.2625

---

45

Cost Based on Flow

(Cost/s)

0.0000

0.0000

46

Act. Gas Flow

(ACT_m3/h)

10.05

10.05

47

Avg. Liq. Density

(kgmole/m3)

14.98

14.98

48

Specific Heat

(kJ/kgmole-C)

60.61

60.61

49

Std. Gas Flow

(MMSCFD)

0.2994

0.2994

50

Std. Ideal Liq. Mass Density

(kg/m3)

421.4

421.4

51

Act. Liq. Flow

(kbpd)

---

---

52

Z Factor

0.8431

0.8431

53

Watson K

15.67

15.67

54

User Property

---

---

55

Partial Pressure of H2S

56

Cp/(Cp - R)

57

Cp/Cv

58

Heat of Vap.

59

Kinematic Viscosity

60

Liq. Mass Density (Std. Cond)

61

Liq. Vol. Flow (Std. Cond)

62

Liquid Fraction

63

Molar Volume

64

Mass Heat of Vap.

65

Phase Fraction [Molar Basis]

66

Surface Tension

67

Thermal Conductivity

68

Viscosity

69

Aspen Technology Inc.

(bar_g)

(kJ/kgmole)

---

1.159

1.159

1.369

1.369

1.675e+004

---

(cSt)

0.3083

0.3083

(kg/m3)

1.197

1.197

(kbpd)

52.99

52.99

0.0000

0.0000

0.6728

0.6728

(m3/kgmole) (kJ/kg) (dyne/cm)

Licensed to: WOOD GROUP PSN LTD

-1.013

(W/m-K) (cP)

595.3

---

1.0000

1.0000

--3.127e-002 1.289e-002

--3.127e-002 1.289e-002

Aspen HYSYS Version 9

Page 1 of 3 * Specified by user.

1 2

WOOD GROUP PSN LTD Bedford, MA USA

3 4 5 6

Case Name:

Case 2 Lean.hsc

Unit Set:

NewUser6

Date/Time:

Sun Jul 01 14:10:12 2018 Fluid Package:

Basis-2

Material Stream: 60. Flash gas to Fuel gas package-1 (continued) Property Package: Peng-Robinson

7 8 9

PROPERTIES

10 11

Overall

Vapour Phase

12

Cv (Semi-Ideal)

13

Mass Cv (Semi-Ideal)

14

Cv

15

Mass Cv

16

Cv (Ent. Method)

17

Mass Cv (Ent. Method)

18

Cp/Cv (Ent. Method)

19

Reid VP at 37.8 C

(bar_g)

---

---

20

True VP at 37.8 C

(bar_g)

137.9

137.9

21

Liq. Vol. Flow - Sum(Std. Cond)

(m3/h)

351.0

351.0

22

Viscosity Index

---

---

(kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C) (kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C) (kJ/kgmole-C) (kJ/kg-C)

52.30

52.30

1.859

1.859

44.27

44.27

1.574

1.574

---

---

---

---

---

---

23

COMPOSITION

24 25

Overall Phase

26 27

COMPONENTS

28

MOLAR FLOW (kgmole/h)

MOLE FRACTION

MASS FLOW (kg/h)

Vapour Fraction MASS FRACTION

1.0000

LIQUID VOLUME FLOW (m3/h)

LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION

29

Nitrogen

* 0.9713

* 0.0650

* 27.2086

* 0.0647

* 0.0337

* 0.0338

30

Methane

* 7.5455

* 0.5050

* 121.0523

* 0.2880

* 0.4043

* 0.4054

31

Ethane

* 2.7205

* 0.1821

* 81.8055

* 0.1946

* 0.2300

* 0.2306

32

CO2

* 0.5722

* 0.0383

* 25.1822

* 0.0599

* 0.0305

* 0.0306

33

Propane

* 1.5223

* 0.1019

* 67.1300

* 0.1597

* 0.1325

* 0.1328

34

i-Butane

* 0.7968

* 0.0533

* 46.3120

* 0.1102

* 0.0824

* 0.0826

35

n-Butane

* 0.3702

* 0.0248

* 21.5153

* 0.0512

* 0.0369

* 0.0370

36

i-Pentane

* 0.1893

* 0.0127

* 13.6615

* 0.0325

* 0.0219

* 0.0220

37

n-Pentane

* 0.1403

* 0.0094

* 10.1202

* 0.0241

* 0.0161

* 0.0161

38

n-Hexane

* 0.0518

* 0.0035

* 4.4612

* 0.0106

* 0.0067

* 0.0068

39

n-Heptane

* 0.0054

* 0.0004

* 0.5379

* 0.0013

* 0.0008

* 0.0008

40

n-Octane

* 0.0027

* 0.0002

* 0.3129

* 0.0007

* 0.0004

* 0.0004

41

n-Nonane

* 0.0005

* 0.0000

* 0.0593

* 0.0001

* 0.0001

* 0.0001

42

C10-15*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0014

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

43

C16-20*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

44

C21-27*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

45

C28-35*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

46

C36-47*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

47

C48-80*

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

48

H2O

* 0.0534

* 0.0036

* 0.9615

* 0.0023

* 0.0010

* 0.0010

49

TEGlycol

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

* 0.0000

50

Total

14.9421

1.0000

420.3218

1.0000

0.9974

1.0000

51

Vapour Phase

52 53

COMPONENTS

54

MOLAR FLOW (kgmole/h)

MOLE FRACTION

MASS FLOW (kg/h)

Phase Fraction MASS FRACTION

1.000

LIQUID VOLUME FLOW (m3/h)

LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION

55

Nitrogen

0.9713

0.0650

27.2086

0.0647

0.0337

0.0338

56

Methane

7.5455

0.5050

121.0523

0.2880

0.4043

0.4054

57

Ethane

2.7205

0.1821

81.8055

0.1946

0.2300

0.2306

58

CO2

0.5722

0.0383

25.1822

0.0599

0.0305

0.0306

59

Propane

1.5223

0.1019

67.1300

0.1597

0.1325

0.1328

60

i-Butane

0.7968

0.0533

46.3120

0.1102

0.0824

0.0826

61

n-Butane

0.3702

0.0248

21.5153

0.0512

0.0369

0.0370

62

i-Pentane

0.1893

0.0127

13.6615

0.0325

0.0219

0.0220

63

n-Pentane

0.1403

0.0094

10.1202

0.0241

0.0161

0.0161

64

n-Hexane

0.0518

0.0035

4.4612

0.0106

0.0067

0.0068

65

n-Heptane

0.0054

0.0004

0.5379

0.0013

0.0008

0.0008

66

n-Octane

0.0027

0.0002

0.3129

0.0007

0.0004

0.0004

67

n-Nonane

0.0005

0.0000

0.0593

0.0001

0.0001

0.0001

68

C10-15*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0014

0.0000

0.0000

69

Aspen Technology Inc. Licensed to: WOOD GROUP PSN LTD

Aspen HYSYS Version 9

0.0000

Page 2 of 3 * Specified by user.

1 2

WOOD GROUP PSN LTD Bedford, MA USA

3 4 5 6

Case Name:

Case 2 Lean.hsc

Unit Set:

NewUser6

Date/Time:

Sun Jul 01 14:10:12 2018 Fluid Package:

Basis-2

Material Stream: 60. Flash gas to Fuel gas package-1 (continued) Property Package: Peng-Robinson

7 8 9

COMPOSITION

10 11

Vapour Phase (continued)

12 13

COMPONENTS

14

MOLAR FLOW (kgmole/h)

MOLE FRACTION

MASS FLOW (kg/h)

Phase Fraction

MASS FRACTION

1.000

LIQUID VOLUME FLOW (m3/h)

LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION

15

C16-20*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

16

C21-27*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

17

C28-35*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

18

C36-47*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

19

C48-80*

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

20

H2O

0.0534

0.0036

0.9615

0.0023

0.0010

0.0010

21

TEGlycol

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

0.0000

22

Total

14.9421

1.0000

420.3218

1.0000

0.9974

1.0000

23

K VALUE

24 25

COMPONENTS

MIXED

LIGHT

HEAVY

26

Nitrogen

---

---

---

27

Methane

---

---

---

28

Ethane

---

---

---

29

CO2

---

---

---

30

Propane

---

---

---

31

i-Butane

---

---

---

32

n-Butane

---

---

---

33

i-Pentane

---

---

---

34

n-Pentane

---

---

---

35

n-Hexane

---

---

---

36

n-Heptane

---

---

---

37

n-Octane

---

---

---

38

n-Nonane

---

---

---

39

C10-15*

---

---

---

40

C16-20*

---

---

---

41

C21-27*

---

---

---

42

C28-35*

---

---

---

43

C36-47*

---

---

---

44

C48-80*

---

---

---

45

H2O

---

---

---

46

TEGlycol

---

---

---

47

UNIT OPERATIONS

48 49

FEED TO

PRODUCT FROM

LOGICAL CONNECTION

50 51

UTILITIES

52 53

( No utilities reference this stream )

54

PROCESS UTILITY

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69

Aspen Technology Inc. Licensed to: WOOD GROUP PSN LTD

Aspen HYSYS Version 9

Page 3 of 3 * Specified by user.

Wood

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 2 of 21

General Specification For Pressure Vessels

REVISION RECORD Rev No.

Reason for Review

02A

Revision Updated

Revised on Page

Date 04/07/2018

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 3 of 21

PURPOSE ....................................................................................................... 5 1.1

SCOPE OF THIS SPECIFICATION............................................................................................... 5

1.2

LOCAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 5

1.3

CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................. 5

1.4

USE OF COMPUTER PROGRAMS .............................................................................................. 5

SCOPE ............................................................................................................ 5 2.1

AMERICAL SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) CODES AND STANDARDS..... 5

2.2

WELDING RESEARCH COUNCIL (WRC) PUBLICATIONS ......................................................... 6

2.3

EUROPEAN NORMS (EN) ............................................................................................................ 6

REFERENCE AND GUIDELINES ................................................................... 6 3.1

LOADINGS .................................................................................................................................... 6

3.2

LOAD COMBINATIONS ................................................................................................................ 7

3.3

DELFECTION ................................................................................................................................ 8

3.4

STRESS LIMITS AND CALCULATIONS ....................................................................................... 8

3.5

MINIMUM THICKNESS ................................................................................................................. 8

3.6

CORROSION ALLOWANCE ......................................................................................................... 9

3.7

NOZZLE CONNECTIONS AND MANWAYS ................................................................................. 9

3.8

NOZZLE REINFORCEMENT ...................................................................................................... 10

3.9

VESSEL SUPPORTS .................................................................................................................. 11

3.10

CONES / HEADS......................................................................................................................... 12

3.11

SUPPORTS FOR INTERNAL...................................................................................................... 12

3.12

PUMPS / MIXERS / AGITATORS................................................................................................ 12

3.13

EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS ...................................................................................................... 12

3.14

BOLTING ..................................................................................................................................... 12

3.15

EARTHING BOSS ....................................................................................................................... 12

MATERIALS.................................................................................................. 13 4.1

GENERAL.................................................................................................................................... 13

4.2

CARBON, CARBON MANGANESE AND LOW ALLOY STEELS ............................................... 13

4.3

ATTACHMENTS.......................................................................................................................... 13

4.4

GASKETS.................................................................................................................................... 13

4.5

ASBESTOS ................................................................................................................................. 13

4.6

MATERIAL FOR SUPPORTS...................................................................................................... 13

4.7

MATERIALS FOR SOUR SERVICE............................................................................................ 13

4.8

MATERIAL CERTIFICATION ...................................................................................................... 13

4.9

MATERIALS FOR VESSELS REQUIRING PWHT...................................................................... 13

4.10

MATERIALS IN LOW TEMPERATURE SERVICE ...................................................................... 14

FABRICATION, LAYOUT AND WELD DESIGN .......................................... 14

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 4 of 21

5.1

PLATE LAYOUT .......................................................................................................................... 14

5.2

VISUAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................................. 14

5.3

WELD SEPARATION FOR ATTACHMENTS .............................................................................. 14

5.4

WELD SEPARATION MAIN SEAMS ........................................................................................... 14

5.5

NOZZLES, MANWAYS AND THEIR REINFORCEMENT ........................................................... 14

5.6

LARGE VESSELS ....................................................................................................................... 14

5.7

ATTACHMENT WELDS .............................................................................................................. 14

5.8

SPLIT REINFORCING PADS ...................................................................................................... 14

5.9

FLANGE FACES ......................................................................................................................... 14

5.10

HYDROGEN SERVICE ............................................................................................................... 15

5.11

HEADS ........................................................................................................................................ 15

5.12

INTERNALS................................................................................................................................. 15

5.13

ANCHOR BOLT LOCATIONS ..................................................................................................... 15

5.14

SUPPORT SKIRT WELDS .......................................................................................................... 15

5.15

SADDLE SUPPORTS.................................................................................................................. 15

5.16

POST WELD HEAT TREATMENT .............................................................................................. 15

5.17

MAIN WELDS .............................................................................................................................. 16

5.18

WELD REPAIR ............................................................................................................................ 16

6.

PRESSURE TEST......................................................................................... 16

7.

INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION .............................................................. 17

8.

7.1

ALL EXAMINATIONS .................................................................................................................. 17

7.2

HIGH SURFACE LOADING......................................................................................................... 17

7.3

TOLERANCES ............................................................................................................................ 17

7.4

CODE STAMPING....................................................................................................................... 17

7.5

RADIOGRAPHY .......................................................................................................................... 17

7.6

TEMPORARY ATTACHMENTS .................................................................................................. 17

VESSEL COMPLETION AND PREPARATION FOR TRANSPORT ............ 18 8.1

PAINTING.................................................................................................................................... 18

8.2

RUST PREVENTION................................................................................................................... 18

8.3

PROTECTION FOR TRANSPORT.............................................................................................. 18

8.4

SHIPPING SADDLES .................................................................................................................. 18

8.5

WARNING MARKINGS ............................................................................................................... 19

ATTACHMENT A CRITICALITY RATING & INSPECTION LEVEL...................... 20

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

1.

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 5 of 21

PURPOSE This document is to define the general technical requirements for the pressure vessels for the development of entire Iraq facilities which is associated to Basra Gas Company projects.

1.1

SCOPE OF THIS SPECIFICATION Welded unfired pressure vessels shall be designed, manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with this specification which supplements the applicable codes and project requirements. The applicable ASME Code shall be specified on mechanical datasheet.

1.2

LOCAL REQUIREMENTS It shall be VENDOR’s responsibility to satisfy the requirements of Local Authorities and to obtain all necessary approvals. Changes of any kind proposed by Local Authorities shall not be implemented without prior written agreement by WOOD.

1.3

CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS Any conflicting requirements shall be referred to WOOD for clarification before proceeding with fabrication of the affected part.

1.4

USE OF COMPUTER PROGRAMS The mechanical design of the pressure vessel shall be carried out using commercially available software like PVElite, COMPRESS, Finglow etc. In case, VENDOR is using in house developed software or excel spreadsheets, hand calculation may be requested by WOOD for validation purpose. VENDOR shall be prepared to justify to WOOD any computer programs used in the design of the vessel. If necessary this shall be by hand calculated sample problem

2.

SCOPE In addition to the contents of this specification, vessels shall comply with the following as applicable. Latest revision, issue and addenda of the Codes and standards shall apply. When aspects of design are outside the scope of the design code, substantiated calculations shall be carried out by the vendor to prove the integrity of the design. Method of calculation and its acceptance criteria are subject to COMPANY / CONTRACTOR approval. “Finite Element analysis” is an acceptable alternative

2.1

AMERICAL SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) CODES AND STANDARDS ASME Section II

Materials and Specifications

ASME Section V

Non-destructive Examination

ASME Section VIII, Div. 1

Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME Section VIII, Div. 2

Alternative Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME Section IX

Welding and Brazing Qualifications

ASME B16.20

Metallic gasket for pipe flanges – ring joint, Spiral Wound and jacketed

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

2.2

2.3

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 6 of 21

ASME B16.21

Non-Metallic Flat Gasket for Pipe Flanges

ASME B16.5

Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME, B16.47

Large Diameter Steel Flanges

ASME B16.9

Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings

ASME B36.10

Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

ASME B36.19

Stainless Steel Pipe

WELDING RESEARCH COUNCIL (WRC) PUBLICATIONS WRC 297

Local Stresses In Cylindrical Shells Due To External Loadings on Nozzles

WRC 537

Precision Equations and Enhanced Diagrams for Local Stresses in Spherical and Cylindrical Shells Due to External Loadings for Implementation of WRC Bulletin 107

EUROPEAN NORMS (EN) BS EN 10204

Metallic Products: Types of Inspection Document

3.

REFERENCE AND GUIDELINES

3.1

LOADINGS Loadings shall be as described by the applicable codes and shall, as a minimum include all load conditions identified in this specification. Design pressures (including vacuum conditions) and temperatures will be shown on the datasheet. Quoted pressures do not include for liquid head unless otherwise indicated. Multi-compartment vessels shall have their common component(s) designed for the maximum pressure / temperature condition. This will normally be with one of the vessels shutdown and the others operating. Proprietary designs shall include margins on design pressure and temperature to be agreed with WOOD and if applicable shall include for accidental vacuum conditions. Design shall include for: • Hydrostatic test loads both in the shop test position and in the erected position on site (when specified in the requisition). Vessels shall be designed for a future site hydrotest in the corroded condition. • Pressure differential across packed beds or vessels components. • Dead weight of the vessel, its contents and external attachments such as platforms, ladders, insulation, fireproofing and piping. • Dead weight stresses shall be considered during test, road and ocean transport, erection and operation. • Thrusts or friction loads from thermal expansion of piping or from differential expansion between vessel components or between the vessel and its supports. • Wind and Earthquake loads. • Nozzle loading

Wood

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 7 of 21

General Specification For Pressure Vessels

• • •

3.2

Buoyancy loads for vessels in pit Mound loads for underground vessels. Loading imposed by pumps / mixers / agitators etc. mounted on the vessel

LOAD COMBINATIONS Load combinations and their applicable stress limits are given in Table 1

TABLE 1 – LOAD COMBINATIONS AND THEIR ACCEPTABLE STRESS LIMITS Design Thickness Allowable Pressure Temp Weight Wind Seismic Local (6) Thermal Case (7) Stress (1) (3) Piping Operating

Corroded

Per Code

Vessel Appurtenance

X

Design

X (16)

X

X

X

X

Fully Dressed

X (4)

Ambient

X

-

-

-

-

Bare Vessel

-

Ambient

X

-

-

-

-

Part or Fully Dressed

-

Ambient

X (15)

X

-

-

-

Fully Dressed

X (17)

Ambient

X (15)

X (2)

-

X

-

Fully Dressed

Shop Uncorroded 90% Yield (9) Hydrotest 90% Yield Lifting (11)

Uncorroded (9 & 12)

Erection Uncorroded

Per Code

(Empty) Initial Uncorroded 90% Yield (9) Hydrotest Future Corroded

90% Yield (9)

X (5)

Ambient

X

X (2)

-

X

-

Fully Dressed

Corroded

Per Code

-

Design

X

X

X

X

X

Fully Dressed

Uncorroded

Ambient

-

Ambient

X

-

-

-

-

Part or Fully Dressed

Hydrotest Shutdown (10) Transport

Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

In tension only. Compressive Stress to be as per CODE at ambient temperature. During Hydrotest 60% of the wind load must be taken into account. Seismic loads are not to be considered coincident with wind loads. Shop hydrotest shall be based on calculated maximum allowable pressure (MAP), Uncorroded and shall not be limited by nozzle reinforcement. When specified, future site hydrotest shall be based upon calculated maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), and shall not be limited by nozzle reinforcement. Loads arising from dead weight of piping (including contents) or other appurtenances attached to the vessel. Other design cases may also require to be considered. All stresses are general membrane stresses. Yield at ambient temperature x joint efficiency. Operating liquid content is not considered for shutdown condition. Allow Impact factor of 1.5 for weight of vessel during lifting. This shall be increased to 2.0 in case of lifting the vessel from a barge Limit for general membrane stress in shell. See 8.4 for minimum loading factors See 3.4 for local loading around saddles. The weight of the vessel including internals, platforms, ladders, insulation, fireproofing, refractory, piping and other permanent attachments. All the weight in Note 15 above plus weight of the operating liquid at the maximum operating level. Initial hydrotest shall be based upon calculated maximum allowable pressure (MAP), Uncorroded and shall not be limited by nozzle reinforcement.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

3.3

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 8 of 21

DELFECTION The maximum deflection of the top of a vertical vessel shall not exceed 1/200 x height (measured from support level) under full wind load. The double amplitude of vortex excited oscillation shall not exceed 1/200 x height (measured from support level). The deflection of internal support beams or other loaded members shall not exceed 1/1000 x span

3.4

STRESS LIMITS AND CALCULATIONS Vessel shells and attachments, vessels supports and internals shall be designed to Code allowable tensile and compressive stresses and as defined in the following paragraphs (see 3.2 above also). For Stainless steel vessels to ASME VIII Div. 1, the higher tensile stress values may be used for shells and heads but the lower stresses must be used for flanges and other components subject to distortion. Internal removable components may be designed to the applicable pressure vessel code or ASME B31.3 allowable stresses. Total tensile membrane stresses under hydrotest conditions shall not exceed 90% yield stress x weld joint efficiency. Stress in vessels due to saddle supports shall be checked in accordance with LP Zick’s Analysis or ASME VIII Div. 2, part 4.15.3. The check shall include saddles for horizontal vessels and temporary saddles used for hydrotest and transport in the horizontal position. Stresses due to external load on nozzles or brackets / lugs / clips etc. shall be evaluated using Welding Research Council Bulletins 297 and 537 as applicable. The resulting stress shall be evaluated using allowable stress criteria of ASME Code, Section VIII, Div. 2 Nozzles falling outside the applicable range of WRC Bulletins shall be evaluated using Finite Element Analysis. Unless otherwise specified, anchor bolt tensile stress shall not exceed 120 N/mm2 based on thread root area when corroded 3 mm on root diameter. Nominal concrete bearing stress shall not exceed 5 N/mm2. Possible fatigue due to vortex excited oscillations of tall columns shall be considered

3.5

MINIMUM THICKNESS Vessel pressure components and supports shall have minimum thicknesses after forming not less than the requirements of the code and this standard. The minimum nominal thickness before forming of carbon and alloy steel vessels shells, heads and support skirts shall not be less than the larger of the following: a. b. c.

Inside diameter in mm + 2540 + corrosion allowance (mm) 1000 4.5 mm + corrosion allowance (mm) 10mm + clad thickness for clad vessels.

Nozzle necks shall not be less than ASME VIII Div. 1, minimum thickness (paragraph UG-45) Minimum thickness of vessel skirts shall be 6 mm.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 9 of 21

Internal non-pressure piping and fittings in vessels with up to 3 mm corrosion allowance shall have the following minimum nominal wall thickness unless otherwise shown on the datasheet. Carbon Steel Up to 4”NB Schedule 80 6”NB to 10”NB Schedule 40 (STD Wall) Over 10” NB STD Wall Alloy steel or Non-Ferrous, All sizes STD Wall For higher corrosion allowance, thicknesses shall be suitably increased

3.6

CORROSION ALLOWANCE The corrosion allowance shall be as per the datasheet. Corrosion allowance shall be included as follows: On the inside of the shells, heads, nozzles and covers add the full corrosion allowance. On internal parts either welded to the inside of the vessel or non-removable add the full corrosion allowance to each face in contact with the vessel contents. On bolted removable parts add one half of the corrosion allowance to each face in contact with the vessel contents. On fillet or seal welds on internal attachments add the full corrosion allowance to the throat thickness necessary for strength or tightness. In applying these rules to clad vessels the corrosion allowance shall be taken as the specified cladding thickness. The use of suitable alloy material may be proposed if more economic than providing corrosion allowance on internal parts. Written approval from WOOD is required. For proprietary designs a suitable corrosion allowance shall be provided and agreed with WOOD. Unless otherwise agreed the allowance shall be suitable for a 25 year life. No corrosion allowance is required for external surfaces and for external appurtenances such as platform clips, ladder clips, pipe support clips and lugs

3.7

NOZZLE CONNECTIONS AND MANWAYS All vessel connections shall be flanged unless butt-welded connections are indicated on the datasheets. Minimum nominal size of the flange shall be 2”. All nozzles shall be of seamless pipe construction only. Pipes more than 12” may be formed using plate necks. Longitudinal welds in such pipes shall be 100% radiographed. Threaded or socket weld connections are not permitted. Flanges for nozzles and manways, including blind flanges up to 24”NB shall have ratings and dimensions in accordance with ASME B16.5 Flanges over 24” nominal size and connected to piping shall be in accordance with ASME B16.47 Series A and checked for suitability for design conditions plus any piping loads.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 10 of 21

Non-standard flanges should be avoided but if necessary shall be designed to code rules and shall take into account external loads, flange deflection, initial bolt load and hydrotest condition. Gasket factors shall be to code or gasket vendor’s recommendation whichever leads to the heavier flange design. Flanged manways and nozzles shall be of forged long weld neck or built-up construction using weld neck flanges. Weld neck flanges shall have the same bore as the nozzle neck. Flip on flanges shall not be used without WOOD agreement. When inside diameters of nozzles are specified on vessel data sheet they shall be maintained. No manway shall have an inside diameter less than 590 mm when new. Grab handles shall be provided inside vessels above manways and rung type steps below manways to aid entering / exiting the vessel. Davits or hinges shall be provided for all manway covers. Nozzles and manway necks shall finish flush with the internal contour of the vessel. The inside edge shall have a radius of 6mm minimum. Flange bolting shall be UNC up to 1” and 8 thread series above 1”. Flanges made from plate shall not be used for nozzles or manways. Gasket seating surface finish shall be in accordance with Table 2 unless otherwise specified on the datasheet. Nozzle projections shall keep flange bolting or the field butt-welds clear of the vessel wall, insulation, platforms or other obstructions. Nozzles used as drains shall not extend into the vessel beyond the interior surface, except when specified on the data sheet. There shall be no flanged connections inside the skirt. All nozzles from the bottom head of the vertical vessel shall have the first flanged connection outside the skirt. The nozzles at bottom head in vertical skirt supported vessels shall be properly supported using bracing. All nozzles up to 2” NB shall be provided with 2 nos. stiffeners at 90° apart. Top mounted manways on horizontal vessels (above 1200mm dia.) shall be 30” NB

3.8

NOZZLE REINFORCEMENT Branch reinforcement shall not control maximum allowable working pressure. Branch reinforcement shall satisfy the most severe of the following with the vessel in the operating position. 1.

Fully corroded vessel subject to design conditions and wind or earthquake and other loadings.

2.

Both new and fully corroded conditions with vessel subject to wind and to hydrostatic test temperature and pressure (including head of liquid).

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 11 of 21

Reinforcing pads shall be made from the same material as that of shell, shall be within code limits and shall be preferably of the same thickness as the shell. Pad thickness shall not exceed 1.5 x shell thickness. Integral reinforcement employing butt welds that can be examined by radiography (per ASME Div. 1 Figure UW – 16.1 sketch f) shall be used if any of the following apply: 1.

Wall thickness of shell or head exceeds 50mm.

2.

Vessel is in cyclic or thermal shock service.

3.

Vessel is in hydrogen, H2S or HF service.

When integrally reinforced nozzles are used, the thickness of integrally reinforced nozzle neck shall not be greater than two times the vessel wall thickness at the location of the attachment. The use of thickened shell or head section plus thickened nozzle neck is preferred in resolving reinforcement problems of: 1.

Heavy loadings from attached equipment such as agitators or cyclones.

2.

Severely closely spaced nozzles.

3.

Reinforcement pad layout.

Rectangular inserts shall extend to main seams or shall have rounded corners (80 mm minimum radius) and shall be tapered down to shell thickness at the butt welds with the shell. Nozzle reinforcement and other external pads shall be provided with a vent hole threaded 6 mm. A hole shall be provided for each cavity enclosed by welds of reinforcement pad. After pressure testing of pad, holes shall be plugged with grease

3.9

VESSEL SUPPORTS Vessels shall be designed to be self-supporting and supports shall be continuously welded to the shell. Support rings and lugs shall be the same material grade as the vessel shell. For vessels of stainless steel or high alloy material in hydrocarbon or corrosive service, or with a design temperature exceeding 230 °C (450 °F), the skirt material attached to the vessel shall be of the same material group. a. The height of this section of the skirt shall be 1.8√ (Dt) or greater where D is the skirt diameter and t is the skirt thickness. b. The remainder of the skirt may be structural steel provided it is suitable for the design minimum ambient temperature to avoid brittle fracture. The top section of the skirt should be verified by the VENDOR to be sufficient based on the thermal gradient and shall meet all the requirements of the shell / dished end to which it is welded. Horizontal vessels shall be supported by two saddles with wear plate covering minimum 120° circumference of the vessel. Saddle centerline to centerline dimension should be equal to or greater than 60% of the vessel tan-tan dimension.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 12 of 21

Code suggested good practice for supports shall be mandatory 3.10 CONES / HEADS Design of cone to cylinder junction shall consider loads from wind and deadweight as well as pressure. Design of the small ends of cones of vertical vessels shall be checked for radial component of loads during lifting of the vessel. Ellipsoidal heads shall have 2:1 ratio of major to minor inside axes. Ellipsoidal heads shall be made from plate at least as thick as the adjoining cylindrical shell. On large diameter or thick wall vessels the use of hemispherical heads may be considered if economical and design justified for their use. However, this shall be subjected to WOOD’s written approval. Ellipsoidal heads shall have a straight flange length of minimum three times of the nominal thickness, but need not to exceed 50mm Where shell courses differ in thickness the inside diameter of the vessel shall be constant. 3.11 SUPPORTS FOR INTERNAL Support for internals shall be designed for all possible loadings 3.12 PUMPS / MIXERS / AGITATORS Loads imposed by pumps mounted on pressure vessels are to be considered, wherever applicable adequate stiffening and reinforcement shall be provided in the nozzle and shell 3.13 EXTERNAL ATTACHMENTS The structural shape of stiffening / insulation support rings or any other external attachment shall be free draining and shall not hold water or other liquids. For insulated vessels, the clips for platform / ladder shall project out of insulation to allow insertion and make-up of bolts without damage of the insulation 3.14 BOLTING All external bolting shall be stud bolts with two hex nuts each. Unless otherwise specified, stud bolts shall be threaded full length in accordance with ASME B16.5 or B16.47 as applicable. Hydraulic bolt tensioning shall be applied for bolt diameters larger than NPS 1.1/2. Bolting intended for hydraulic bolt tensioning shall be specified with an additional length equal to the nominal diameter required for the application for hydraulic bolt tensioning equipment. Each bolt with diameter larger than NPS 1.1/2 shall be supplied with 3 heavy hexagonal nuts

3.15 EARTHING BOSS Two earthing bosses shall be provided on each vessel, positioned diagonally opposite

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

4.

MATERIALS

4.1

GENERAL

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 13 of 21

All materials used shall be new and shall meet the requirements of the Code and the applicable fabrication standard. Materials for all parts shall be as stated on the datasheet.

4.2

CARBON, CARBON MANGANESE AND LOW ALLOY STEELS Pressure parts of Carbon and Carbon-Manganese steel plates shall be fully killed and shall be in normalized condition. Fine grain steel shall be used when material requires impact testing. Carbon and Carbon-Manganese steels which are to be welded shall comply with the following requirements: • Carbon content shall not exceed 0.23% for thickness up to 50mm (0.25% for thickness above 50mm), except for forgings which shall be limited to 0.25% maximum. •

4.3

Carbon Equivalent (CE) shall not exceed 0.43 where CE = %C + (%Mn/6) + (%Cr + % Mo +%V)/5 + (%Cu + %Ni)/15

ATTACHMENTS External attachments welded directly to the pressure envelope shall be of the same material grade as the pressure envelope component to which they are welded

4.4

GASKETS Gaskets (and corresponding flange face finish) shall be as per the mechanical datasheets or if not specified shall be as per the applicable Piping material specification

4.5

ASBESTOS Asbestos in any form shall NOT be used.

4.6

MATERIAL FOR SUPPORTS Carbon steel plate used for base rings, reinforcements for skirt openings, saddles, external lugs, ladders, platform, insulation supports and pipe supports shall be in accordance with SA-283 Grade C, SA-36 or better

4.7

MATERIALS FOR SOUR SERVICE Vessels in Sour Service (Wet H2S) shall be in accordance with ISO 15156 / NACE MR0175

4.8

MATERIAL CERTIFICATION Materials shall comply with the relevant certificates per BS EN 10204 as per type indicated below: 1. Pressure parts and parts directly welded to pressure parts – Type 3.2 (Sour Service) 2. Pressure parts and parts directly welded to pressure parts – Type 3.1 3. For all other remaining parts - Type 2.2

4.9

MATERIALS FOR VESSELS REQUIRING PWHT The guaranteed mechanical properties after PWHT shall be obtain by the VENDOR from the mill, in case of vessel subjected to PWHT. VENDOR shall provide the number of PWHT cycles envisaged during fabrication and any expected repairs. One site repair shall also be included.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 14 of 21

4.10 MATERIALS IN LOW TEMPERATURE SERVICE Charpy impact test shall be made on welds and all materials for which impact tests are required by the Code.

5.

FABRICATION, LAYOUT AND WELD DESIGN

5.1

PLATE LAYOUT Plate layout shall be arranged so that circumferential seams are clear of internals, tray supports, stiffening rings, insulation rings, saddles and skirts. Longitudinal seams shall not be covered by downcomer bars, baffles or other longitudinal attachments. A plate layout drawing is required for all towers and reactors. Shell plates shall be formed in the same direction as the final roll given for plate manufacture.

5.2

VISUAL INSPECTION Visual inspection of seams inside and outside must be possible with the vessel complete including internals. All main seams shall miss nozzle, manholes and reinforcing pads.

5.3

WELD SEPARATION FOR ATTACHMENTS Manway, nozzle, reinforcement pad, external and internal attachment welds shall not be located within 50 mm or twice the shell thickness (whichever is greater) or another weld.

5.4

WELD SEPARATION MAIN SEAMS Longitudinal seams shall be offset at least five times plate thickness or 150 mm whichever is greater.

5.5

NOZZLES, MANWAYS AND THEIR REINFORCEMENT Nozzles, manways and their reinforcement shall be attached to the vessel with full penetration welds and the nozzles set through the vessel wall. Nozzles and their reinforcement shall not encroach over the knuckle radii of heads or cones, except as agreed in writing by WOOD for any specific case.

5.6

LARGE VESSELS Large vessels which cannot be completely shop fabricated shall be designed to minimize the amount of field welding, radiography and heat treatment. Adjacent pieces which are to be assembled in the field shall be shop fitted and match marked to ensure proper field fit-up.

5.7

ATTACHMENT WELDS All attachments shall be continuously welded to the pressure part at all points of contact.

5.8

SPLIT REINFORCING PADS Segments of split reinforcing pads shall be joined with full penetration butt welds. Such welds shall be subject to 100% radiography.

5.9

FLANGE FACES Flange faces shall be protected against oxidation during heat treatment.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 15 of 21

5.10 HYDROGEN SERVICE In hydrogen service all enclosed spaces shall be vented. 5.11 HEADS Heads shall preferably be of one-piece construction and shall be spun or pressed. For heads which are not one-piece construction all head welds shall be subject to 100% radiography. All cold formed heads shall have the inside and outside surfaces of the knuckle region examined by MT for ferritic material and PT for non-ferritic material. 5.12 INTERNALS All internals that are not permanently welded to the shell shall be designed and fabricated to be removable through the nearest manway unless otherwise agreed in writing by WOOD. Weight of each part shall not exceed 25 kg 5.13 ANCHOR BOLT LOCATIONS Anchor bolt locations and bolt holes in flanges shall straddle the vertical or north-south centerlines. 5.14 SUPPORT SKIRT WELDS Seams in support skirts shall be made with full penetration butt welds. The connecting weld between skirt and head shall have a width equal to skirt thickness and minimum height of twice width. 5.15 SADDLE SUPPORTS Saddle supports shall be fabricated to fit the outside surface of the vessel within the tolerances required to prevent excessive localized stresses in the shell. 5.16 POST WELD HEAT TREATMENT When post weld heat treatment (PWHT) is required, the entire vessel shall preferably be heat treated as a single piece in an enclosed furnace. Vessels which are too large to be post weld heat treated as a single piece in an enclosed furnace, may be, subject to WOOD written approval and to the conditions below, PWHT in sections with the weld between these sections given a local PWHT. The number of sections shall be minimized. The weld joining sections shall be positioned away from local discontinuities such as nozzles, changes in section and major attachments. Local PWHT shall meet code and project standard requirements. The local PWHT arrangement (including the provision of adequate insulation) shall ensure that the temperature gradient (from the section of PWHT temperature to the section of ambient temperature) is low enough to avoid the development of harmful residual stress (As a general rule the insulated section shall extend a minimum distance of 2.5 √(Rt) from the edge of the heated band. Where R is the radius of the vessel and t the vessel thickness. Vessels requiring stress relieving shall have insulation rings, pipe supports, hangers, lifting lugs, etc., welded to the shell prior to the stress relieving process.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 16 of 21

If welded repairs are made to a vessel which has been heat treated, the vessel shall again be heat treated. Flange facings and threaded connections shall be protected against oxidation during heat treatment. Adequate support shall be provided for vertical vessels during PWHT in horizontal position to ensure that they are not subjected to excessive local loadings and bending stresses. 5.17 MAIN WELDS Longitudinal and circumferential seams in shells and all seams in heads shall be full penetration single or double butt welds of the 'V or 'U type. Lap welds are not permitted. 5.18 WELD REPAIR The repaired weld shall be subjected, as a minimum requirement, to the same testing and inspection as the original weld. Weld repairs shall take place before hydrostatic testing and care shall be taken to ensure that the wall thickness is not reduced below the specified minimum design thickness

6.

PRESSURE TEST All vessels shall be hydrostatically tested in the fabrication shop by the VENDOR in accordance with code minimum requirements or as indicated by the vessel datasheet. Vessels which are site fabricated shall be tested on site in the erected position. Hydrostatic testing shall be carried out after all PWHT is complete All vessel sections shall receive at least the code minimum test pressure for the section. For ASME Sec VIII Div.1 vessels paragraph UG-99(b) applies and for ASME Sec VIII Div.2 clause 8.2 applies. Vertical vessels tested horizontally shall be supported on properly designed saddles on a suitable firm foundation which is adequate for the test load. The hydro test pressure shall be increased by the static head that would have been experienced in the vertical position. Hydrotest temperature shall be the greater of 10 degree C or 17 degree C about the minimum design metal temperature. Reinforcing pads and loose liners shall be tested pneumatically to 1 bar. This test shall be made after any necessary heat treatment and before the vessel hydrostatic test. Pneumatic testing of complete vessel requires written consent by WOOD. Any vessel fabricated, lined, welded or clad with austenitic stainless steel shall be tested with water containing not more than 30 ppm of chlorides to avoid stress corrosion cracking. For carbon steel and low alloy steel material, potable water shall be used. Prior to final inspection and hydrostatic test, the inside and outside of the vessel shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall be free from all slag, scale, dirt, grit, weld splatter and pieces of metal, paint and oil.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 17 of 21

No preliminary hydrostatic tests, regardless of pressure, shall be made on any vessel prior to any required post weld heat treatment. Gaskets and bolting used for hydro test shall be of same type as required for service. Vessels with linings (except cladding or weld overlay) shall be tested prior to installation of such linings. The vessel shall be drained immediately after testing and any remaining pockets of water shall be swabbed dry. The vessel shall then be dried by blowing air for a controlled and limited period. For stainless steel material the air temperature shall be lower than 50 deg. C

7.

INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION The extent of surveillance and inspection levels shall be based on Critically Rating of each vessel. The criticality rating for each vessel shall be specified in individual mechanical datasheet. Attachment ‘A’ defines inspection requirements against criticality rating.

7.1

ALL EXAMINATIONS All inspections and examinations shall be undertaken in accordance with this specification and all codes, specifications, standards referenced in paragraph 2.0 For all vessels the VENDOR shall produce Inspection and Test Plan covering design, manufacture, examination and testing.

7.2

HIGH SURFACE LOADING Regions of high surface loading such as lifting lugs shall be examined by Magnetic Particle / Ultrasonic Examination before and after welding to check for lamellar tearing and weld defects.

7.3

TOLERANCES Tolerances shall be as per the standard drawing and the applicable code.

7.4

CODE STAMPING Pressure vessel shall be stamped with ASME U or U2, based on the design code specified in the datasheet.

7.5

RADIOGRAPHY The minimum extent of radiography shall be specified on the datasheet.

7.6

TEMPORARY ATTACHMENTS Surface defects and areas of weld resulting from the removal of temporary attachments shall be ground smooth and the area subjected to 100% crack detection and wall thickness checking

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 18 of 21

8.

VESSEL COMPLETION AND PREPARATION FOR TRANSPORT

8.1

PAINTING Surface preparation, priming and coating shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable painting specification.

8.2

RUST PREVENTION All unpainted machined metal surfaces, both internal and external shall be coated with rust preventive which will maintain a protective coating for the period specified in the project preservation documentation, so long as the coating is not burned, dissolved or mechanically rubbed off. For external surfaces the rust preventive should be a heavy application of grease or liquid film which dries to a tough coating. For machined internal surfaces the rust preventive should be a type which does not require removal before operation of the equipment.

8.3

PROTECTION FOR TRANSPORT Flanged openings shall be protected with bolted-on metal overs, using at least 4 bolts. Wiring-on covers is not acceptable. All vessels shall be suitably protected against salt water for ocean transport. Stainless steel vessels shall not be carried as deck cargo. All loose items shall be suitably packaged and marked with identification. All vessel appurtenances susceptible to damage shall be suitable protected.

8.4

SHIPPING SADDLES Attachments and tackle for securing vessel to transport shall be suitable to prevent any horizontal and rotational movement of the vessel. Shipping saddles shall be located approximately symmetrical each side of the vessel’s centre of gravity. Shipping saddles and vessel shall be designed for the following forces acting simultaneously during transit, as a minimum: Longitudinal Transverse Vertical upwards Vertical downwards

1.5g 1.0g 0.2g 2.0g

The shipping base shall be suitable for securing to the transporter by clamping or bolting. Saddle height to be a minimum to reduce overturning forces, but sufficient for vessel attachments projecting downwards to clear surfaces on which it is to be placed. Vessel is to be attached securely to the shipping saddles. Shear stops are to be fitted to prevent rotation about the shipping saddle during lifting and unloading.

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 19 of 21

8.5 WARNING MARKINGS The vessel item number, its purchase order number and suitable warnings about lifting limitations shall be clearly marked on the vessel. Vessels which have been stress relieved shall have warnings printed on the outside of shell in letters at least 100mm high saying: HEAT TREATED VESSEL NO WELDING PERMITTED

Vessels which are lined or internally coated shall have warnings printed on the outside of shell in 100mm high letters saying: LINED VESSEL DO NOT BURN OR WELD

For equipment filled with nitrogen for preservation and/or shipping the following shall have warnings in letters 100mm high saying:

DANGER NON-LIFE SUPPORTING ATMOSPHERE

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

ATTACHMENT A

CRITICALITY RATING I

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 20 of 21

CRITICALITY RATING & INSPECTION LEVEL

SURVEILLANCE LEVEL FULL SCOPE SURVEILLANCE

INSPECTION LEVEL 1

This level is defined as a complete inspection carried out from the Inspection & Test Plan to final acceptance, including the following events as typical:  

Monitor inspection and testing criteria as defined within client agreed ITP Inspector monitors manufacture / fabrication by attendance to determine status / progress. Inspection reports for every visit



Inspector attends / witnesses / reports all functional testing



Review or witness Forge master production, manufacturers production, fabrication and mechanical completion where applicable



Review or witness of source material’s chemical and physical properties including metallurgical enhancement and traceability to certification level defined in Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality requirements document.



Verify the use of qualified welding personnel using qualified welding procedures and standards

    

Review material traceability, dimensions and finishes Review Dispatch Dossier Verify packing identification Final visual and dimensional inspection Inspection Pre-Production Meeting to be held at suppliers premises in order to engage with and brief QC Inspectors

 

Provide Inspection Checklists for Inspector/software QA checklist Regular weekly liaison between Inspector and Inspection Coordinator / QA Advisor Monitor approval status of vendor documentation Monitor status of DDR/TQ/NCR Final inspection performed / Final MDR review Issue Rejection/ Quarantine Note if applicable Issue Inspection Release Note (IRN)

    

This surveillance level will typically require frequent quality surveillance visits (or a full time inspector if required) in addition to predefined visits according to the ITP notification points A supplier ITP must be produced to reflect criticality.

II

LIMITED SURVEILLANCE

1

Wood General Specification For Pressure Vessels

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP -G00000-MS-7771-00001 Revision: 02A Page 21 of 21

This level is defined as a specific inspection carried out from the ITP to final acceptance and will be in compliance with agreed inspection points on the ITP. Inspection will typically include: 

A supplier ITP must be produced to reflect criticality

 

Monitor inspection and testing levels as defined within project ITP Inspection reports for every visit

 

Review of source material’s properties and traceability Inspector attends / witnesses / reports specified functional testing



Review or witness manufacturers production, fabrication and mechanical completion where applicable



Review or witness of source material’s chemical and physical properties including metallurgical enhancement and traceability to certification level defined in Supplier Quality requirements document Review Dispatch Dossier Final visual and dimensional inspection Optional Inspection Pre-Production Meeting at suppliers premises Provide Inspection Checklists for Inspector Regular fortnightly liaison between Inspector and Inspection Coord / QA Advisor Vendor advises Inspector of status / progress in regard to inspections Monitor approval status of vendor documentation Monitor status of DDR/TQ/NCR Final inspection performed/Final MDR review Issue Rejection/ Quarantine Note if applicable Issue Inspection Release Note (IRN)

           III

FINAL SURVEILLANCE ONLY

2

This level is defined as a final inspection prior to release, including the following topics:         

IV

Review acceptance tests carried out on Product (including sampling), if required Review Dispatch Dossier Final visual and dimensional inspection Release of Products Review approval status of vendor documentation Review status of DDR/TQ/NCR Review vendor documentation supplied with equipment/material Check for correct packaging/blanking/preservation Issue Rejection/ Quarantine Note if applicable

NO SURVEILLANCE     

Store-person checks items for transport damage Store-person checks quantity and serial / part number against Purchase Order Review documentation supplied with equipment/material Check for correct packaging/blanking/preservation Items receipted into system and stored appropriately

3

Form No: ENG-FRM-1148 Rev/Date: C1-14-Jun-2013

SECTION

REVIEWER COMMENTS

ACTION UNDERTAKEN (ORIGINATOR)

NO COMMENTS RESPONDED FROM BGC

INITIALS

01R

MURALISANKAR

ORIGINATOR :

REV NO. :

REVIEW DATE :

REVIEWER NAME : PIYUSH RANINGA

REVIEW DUE DATE :

CLIENT : BGC

© 2013 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

WGPSN DOCUMENT NO. : 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MS-7880-00001

TRANSMITTAL : BGC-WG0000-TR-IFR-0026 DOCUMENT TITLE : STANDARDS DRAWINGS FOR PRESSURE VESSELS, SHELL & TUBE HEAT EXCHANGERS AND STORGAE TANKS

PROJECT / ASSIGNMENT : BGC

Document Review Comments Sheet

CLOSED

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 2 of 35

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 3

2.

PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................. 3

3.

DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 3

4.

ORDER OF PRECEDENCE ....................................................................................................................... 4

5.

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS .............................................................................................. 4 5. 1

BG C S pec if ic a t io ns ....................................................................................................................... 4

5. 2

In ter n at i o na l C od es a n d S ta n dar ds ......................................................................................... 5

5. 2. 1

Am er ic a n S oc ie t y of M ec h a n ic a l En g in e ers ( A S M E) ...................................................... 5

5. 2. 2

Br it is h S ta n d ar d ( B S) ................................................................................................................ 6

5. 2. 3

Am er ic a n P etr o l eum I n s ti t ut e ( A P I) ..................................................................................... 6

5. 2. 4

Ma n uf ac t ur er ’s S ta n da r d i za t io n S oc i et y (M S S) ............................................................... 7

5. 2. 5

Na t io n al As s oc i a ti o n o f Corr os i on En g i ne ers (N AC E) ................................................... 8

5. 2. 6

In ter n at i o na l O r g a n i za ti o n f or St a nd ar d i za t io n ( I SO ) .................................................... 8

5. 3 6.

Pr oj ec t S pec if ic a t io ns .................................................................................................................. 9

PIPING DESIGN .......................................................................................................................................10 6. 1

G e ner a l ............................................................................................................................................10

6. 2

S it e P l a n De v e lo pm en t ..............................................................................................................11

6. 3

Ac c es s wa ys , P l atf or m s , La d ders ..........................................................................................12

6. 4

Ro a ds & P a v i ng ............................................................................................................................12

6. 5

P ip i n g ...............................................................................................................................................13

6. 6

P ip i n g L a yo ut ................................................................................................................................14

6. 7

E qu i pm ent S pec if ic .....................................................................................................................19

6. 8

Fa br ic a t io n Is om etr ic s ................................................................................................................26

7.

MATERIALS .............................................................................................................................................26 7. 1

P ip i n g M at er ia ls Sp ec i f ic a ti o ns S e lec t io n ...........................................................................26

7. 2

P ip i n g Com po n e n ts .....................................................................................................................27

8.

PIPING STRESS ANALYSIS ...................................................................................................................29

9.

EQUIPMENT SPACING ...........................................................................................................................31

10.

PIPE SPACING .....................................................................................................................................33

11.

CLEARANCES FOR PLANT PIPING ..................................................................................................34

12.

CLEARANCES FOR SKID PIPING ......................................................................................................34

13.

CAD STANDARDS ...............................................................................................................................35

14.

SOFTWARE ..........................................................................................................................................35

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

1.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 3 of 35

INTRODUCTION Iraq is one of the largest hydrocarbon resource holders in the world. The Iraqi Ministry of Oil estimates that Iraq has proven hydrocarbon volumes of some 110 billion barrels of oil and 110 trillion cubic feet of gas contained in about 70 discovered fields. The bulk of these fields are located in south Iraq and some 70% of the proven gas is associated gas. Currently the vast majority of the associated gas from producing oilfields is flared as there is only limited domestic gas infrastructure. Flaring volumes are estimated at ~700 MMscfd resulting in 20 million tons per year of CO2 equivalent emissions. Basrah Gas Company handles gas produced in southern Iraq fields operated by third parties. BGC is carrying out rehabilitation, expansion, upgrading and construction of associated gas processing facilities to reduce flaring, increase the gas production capacity and thereby capturing value for the Iraqi economy.

2.

PURPOSE The purpose of this document is to define the Piping Basis of Design for the development of entire facilities in Iraq associated with Basra Gas Company projects. This document provides the requirement and criteria which have to be followed to perform a detailed piping engineering design for BGC facilities. .The scope of this specification is to define the general piping design requirements pertaining to all process and utility piping systems. This specification does not cover pipelines (i.e. designed in accordance with ASME B31.4/ B31.8) and instrumentation piping/tubing.

3.

DEFINITIONS

BDEP

: Travel Ways that provide access to Equipment or congested areas : Basic Design and Engineering Package

COMPANY

: Basra Gas Company

CONSTRUCTABILITY

:

CONTRACTOR

: WOOD - Dubai

MAIN OPERATING LEVEL

: Areas which, during plant operation, require plant Personnel to be continuously present or scheduled for presence at least once every shift

OFFSITES

: Equipment grouped outside a process unit battery Limits (e.g. tanks, loading / unloading facilities, Cooling towers flares, etc.)

PRIMARY ROADS

: Main traffic routes, Primary roads are subject to Tanker and semi-truck traffic : A group of equipment performing a predetermined Process operation as defined by the enclosing battery limit lines. Battery limits are as shown on the plot plan.

ACCESSWAYS

PROCESS UNIT

Optimum use of construction knowledge and experience In planning, design/engineering, and procurement and field operations to achieve overall project objectives

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

4.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 4 of 35

SECONDARY ROADS

: Roadways serving regular maintenance traffic. Secondary subject to high traffic loads

SHALL

: The word ‘’shall’’ is understood to be mandatory to comply with requirements

SHOULD

: The word “should” is understood to be strongly recommended to comply with requirement

VENDOR/ SUPPLIER

: The person, firm, company or Corporation to whom the Purchase Order is placed including their assignees

operating and roads are not

ORDER OF PRECEDENCE All detail design and construction shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications, Standards, Codes, Regulations, etc. In any areas of conflict, detail design and construction shall be performed to the following Regulations, codes and standards, which are in order of precedence: For Greenfield and Brownfield projects: 

The Laws, Standards and Regulations of IRAQ.

 

Project Specific Specifications and data sheets, philosophies, Design basis, etc. International Codes, Standards and Recommended Practices

  

Internationally recognized Oil and Gas Industry sound practices. BGC Procedures and Codes / Standards. Technical Deviations.

Where there is conflict between Codes, Standards, and Regulations of the same order of precedence, then the most stringent requirement shall be assumed to apply. 5.

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

5.1

BGC Specifications TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

IRAQ SOUTH GAS TAGGING PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5680-00001

TAGGING TAXONOMY FOR COMPRESSOR STATION

6500-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

BGC 3D MODELLING SPECIFICATIONS

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA-7880-00001

BGC 3D MODELLING PROCEDURE

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA-6180-00007

BGC PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

BGC PROJECT TECHNICAL CODES & STANDARDS GUIDELINE

0000-BGC-G000-GE0-G0000-AA-6180-00006

BGC TECHNICAL STANDARDS PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA-4303-00001

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

5.2

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 5 of 35

International Codes and Standards

5.2.1 American Soci et y of Mechanical Engineers ( ASM E) ASME B 1.1

: Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR thread form)

ASME B1.20.1

: Pipe Threads General Purpose (Inch)

ASME B16.5

: Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME B16. 9

: Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings

ASME B16.10

: Face to Face and End to End - Dimensions of Valves

ASME B16.11

: Forged Fitting, Socket-Welding and Threaded

ASME B16.20

: Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges - Ring Joint, Spiral wound and Jacketed.

ASME B16.21

: Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

ASME B16.25

: Butt welding Ends

ASME B16.34

: Valves- Flanged, Threaded & Welding ends

ASME B16.36

: Orifice flanges

ASME B16.47

: Large Diameter Steel Flanges (NPS 26" and Larger)

ASME B16.48

: Steel Line Blanks

ASME B18.2.1

: Square, Hex, Heavy Hex, and Askew Head Bolts and Hex, Heavy Hex, Hex Flange, Lobed Head, and Lag Screws (Inch Series)

ASME B18.2.2

: Nuts for General Applications: Machine Screw Nuts, Hex Square, Hex Flange, and Coupling Nuts (Inch Series)

ASME B31.3

: Process Piping

ASME B36.10M

: Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

ASME B36.19M

: Stainless Steel Pipe

ASME B46.1

: Surface Texture (Surface roughness, waviness, and lay)

ASME VIII

: Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME V

: Non Destructive Examinations

ASME IX

: Welding and Brazing qualifications

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

5.2.2

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 6 of 35

British Standard ( BS) BS EN 593

: Industrial Valves - Metallic Butterfly Valves

BS 1868

: Steel Check Valves (flanged and butt-welding ends) for Petroleum, Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries

BS 1873

: Steel Globe and Globe Stop and Check Valves (flanged and butt welding ends) for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS 5154

: Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop and Check, Check and Gate Valves

BS EN ISO 17292

: Metal ball valves for petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries

BS EN ISO 15761

: Steel gate, globe and check valves for sizes DN 100 and smaller, tor the petroleum and natural gas industries

BS EN ISO 15848-1

: Industrial Valves – Measurement, test and qualification procedures for fugitive emissions (Classification system and qualification procedures for type testing of valves)

BS EN ISO 15848-2

: Industrial Valves – Measurement, test and qualification procedures for fugitive emissions (Production acceptance test of valves)

BS EN 12266-1

: Industrial valves – Testing of valves: Pressure tests, Test procedures and acceptance criteria Mandatory requirements

BS EN 12266-2

: Industrial Valves - Testing of Valves: Tests, Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria Supplementary Requirements

BS EN ISO 10434

: Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS EN ISO 10497

: Testing of valves Fire type-testing requirements

BS 3799

: Steel Pipe Fittings, Screwed and Socket-Welding for the Petroleum Industry

BS EN 10204

: Metallic Products- Types of Inspection Documents

5.2.3 American Petroleum Institute ( API) API Spec 6A

: Specification for Well head and Christmas Tree Equipment

API Spec 5L

: Specification for Line Pipe

API Spec 6D

: Specification for Pipeline Valves

API Spec 6FA

: Specification for Fire Test for Valves

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 7 of 35

API Spec 6FB

: Specification for Fire Test for End Connections

API 594

: Check Valves, Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Welding

API 598

: Valve Inspection and Testing

API 600

: Steel Gate Valves Flanged or Butt Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets

API 602

: Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries

API 607

: Fire Test for Quarter-turn Valves and Valves Equipped with Nonmetallic Seats

API 608

: Metal Ball Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End

API 609

: Butterfly Valves – Double Flanged, Lug and Wafer Type

5.2.4 Manufacturer’s Standardization Societ y (MSS) MSS-SP-6

: Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings

MSS-SP-9

: Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges

MSS-SP-25

: Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Union

MSS-SP-43

: Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings

MSS-SP-44

: Steel Pipeline Flanges

MSS-SP-55

: Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves

MSS-SP-58

: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Material, Design and Manufacture

MSS-SP-69

: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application

MSS-SP-75

: High Test Wrought Butt Welding Fittings

MSS-SP-80

: Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and check Valves

MSS-SP-97

: Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings-Socket Welding, Threaded and Butt Welding Ends.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 8 of 35

5.2.5 National Association of Corrosion Engi neers ( N ACE) MR 0175/ISO15156

: Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for Use in H2S - Containing Environment in Oil and Gas Production

TM 0177

: Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S Environments

TM 0284

: Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistant to Hydrogen Induced Cracking

5.2.6 International Organization for Standardization (ISO) ISO 9000

: Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards Guidelines for Selection and Use

ISO 9001:2008

: Quality Management Systems - Requirements

ISO 10474

: Steel and Steel Products – Inspection Documents

ISO 5208

: Industrial Valves – pressure Testing of Valves

BS EN 10204

: Metallic Products- Types of Inspection Documents

BS EN 12266 part 1

: Industrial valves - Testing of valves. Part1: Pressure tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria – Mandatory requirements

BS EN 12266 part 2

: Industrial valves - Testing of valves. Part2: Tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria - Supplementary requirements

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

5.3

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 9 of 35

Project Specifications TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00001

PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION - PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00002

PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR GASKET & FASTENERS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00003

PIPE STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7770-00001

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP7737-00002

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS PROCESSING INFRASTRUCTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00003

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00004

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00005

PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – COMPRESSOR FACILITIES IN WEST QURNA

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00006

PIPE SUPPORT STANDARD

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP2358-00001

PIPING STANDARD DETAILS

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP2305-00001

CAD DRAUGHTING PROCEURE

ENG-PRC-1104

AUTOCAD CORPORATE CAD CUSTOMISATION MANUAL

ENG-MAN-1002

EQUIPMENT CRITICALITY PROCEDURE

ENG-PRC-1118

INSPECTION STANDRAD

QUA-STD-1003

SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING AND NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING

HOLD

POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

HOLD

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 10 of 35

6.

PIPING DESIGN

6.1

General

6.1.1

Prevailing weather and site conditions should be considered in the development of general plant arrangements.

6.1.2

Plant equipment should be located far enough from public areas and thoroughfares to minimize risk to or from the public.

6.1.3

Applicable local zoning, building codes, and regulations for specific setback, type of facilities permitted, and type of construction allowed should be obtained and applied.

6.1.4

The process unit should be integrated within a common plant site such that independent operating and shutdown requirements for maintenance of other process units are not affected.

6.1.5

If independent operation and shutdown is required for maintenance of a process unit, facilities should be provided for the isolation of the process unit.

6.1.6

Plant and equipment layout should ensure that the safe means of egress is provided for personnel evacuation in the event of an emergency. Egress routes should be continuous (not necessarily in straight line), unobstructed, clearly marked and lighted.

6.1.7

Any future plot needs, as required by the owner for process and supporting equipment, should be considered early.

6.1.8

Process lines, utility headers, power and instrumentation services should be supported on overhead pipe racks at elevations designated for each fluid services.

6.1.9

Fire and safety equipment should be located to maximize accessibility and minimize exposure to fires, explosions or releases.

6.1.10

Equipment noise levels should be considered during process unit location and layout.

6.1.11

Equipment that handles flammable liquids, such as light hydrocarbons, should be located downwind (considering prevailing wind direction) of fired heaters, boilers, and other equipment that may cause ignition.

6.1.12

Layout should permit full utilization of plant mobile handling equipment for construction, servicing and maintenance from roads through or adjacent to the unit.

6.1.13

Permanent handling equipment should be limited to specific items that cannot be serviced manually or by plant mobile equipment.

6.1.14

If cost effective, equipment that shares common service should be grouped together.

6.1.15

All special process requirements (e.g., gravity flow, self-draining, net positive suction head) should be considered.

6.1.16

If possible, catch basins, floor drains, and other flammable fluid spill collection points should not be located under fixed ladders, stairways, low platforms, or flammable/heatsensitive fluid storage equipment or close to egress points. Consideration should be given to the location of drains with relation to fired equipment.

6.1.17

Offsite and process units’ equipment spacing requirements shall be in accordance with Section 9 of this document.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.2 6.2.1

6.2.2

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 11 of 35

Site Plan Development For Preparing of offsite plot plans the following information should be considered. -

Prevailing wind direction

-

True North related to Plant North

-

Location and elevation of railroads

-

Location and extent of fencing

-

Location of gates

-

Location of wells

-

Existing and original grade elevations

For Preparing of overall site plans for process plants the following information should be considered -

Emergency response requirements

-

Legal boundaries

-

Adjacent land usage

-

Nearby public facilities

-

Public roads

-

Public utilities

-

Local regulations

-

Railroads

-

Waterways

-

Meteorology

-

Site data (e.g., contaminated soil, seismic, wetlands etc.)

-

Topography

-

Future development

-

Risk assessment findings

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 12 of 35

6.3 6.3.1

Access w ays, Platforms, Ladders Stairs should serve as the primary access and egress to main operating levels in structures, buildings and furnaces.

6.3.2

Ladders should serve as the means of access to vessel platforms, air cooler walkways, relief valves platforms, and all other areas not defined as main operating levels. Ladders may also be used as a secondary egress where stairs serve as primary egress.

6.3.3

Access ways should be provided where plant personnel are likely to pass through while carrying out routine duties.

6.3.4

Stairways should have sufficient clearance to permit unobstructed passage for plant personnel.

6.3.5

Platforms serving vertical and horizontal exchangers should not interfere with removal of the channel end or bundle.

6.3.6

Platforms around furnaces should permit unobstructed access for plant personnel at and around piping manifolds, instruments, and furnace appurtenances.

6.3.7

The distance between the edge of equipment and the pipe rack should be set to permit operator access to equipment and grade level instruments.

6.3.8

Stairs and ladders should not obstruct access to instrumentation items.

6.3.9

Permanently installed stairs or other appropriate means of fixed access should be considered for electrical equipment and instrumentation not installed at grade.

6.4 6.4.1

Roads & Paving Primary road should have the sufficient horizontal and vertical clearance to permit the unobstructed travel of major vehicles.

6.4.2

Secondary roads should permit maintenance vehicles to gain access to less accessible equipment.

6.4.3

Access ways should be provided as follows.

6.4.4

-

Under pipe racks as needed to permit crane access for routine maintenance and removal of equipment

-

To reactors as needed to permit catalyst transfer vehicles to reach the area near catalyst unloading nozzles.

-

At compressors as needed to permit vehicles such as flatbed trucks to enter a dropout area and remove components using mobile equipment or permanent handling facilities.

-

Around other equipment as required by owner

Paving should extend as follows. -

To the outside edge of the supporting column piers of such equipment as bottom oilfired or combustible liquid containing furnaces and elevated structures supporting code drums, etc.

-

Around catalyst containing vessels.

-

Around groups of two or more pumps located outdoors

-

Around compressors and their related servicing equipment (e.g., lube oil consoles)

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 13 of 35

-

Around equipment in dirty service that requires frequent turn around maintenance

-

Around equipment handling toxic liquid

6.4.5

Curbs required to retain spilled materials should be 153mm (6 inches) wide minimum. Curb height should be specified to contain the required spill volume.

6.4.6

Strategies for containment of contaminated fire water should be considered.

6.5

Piping

6.5.1

Piping Design Condition: A piping system shall be designed for the most severe co-incident conditions to which it may be subjected. The following shall be considered in addition to the maximum coincident process operating conditions to determine the design conditions: -

steaming-out (pressure and temperature);

-

surge pressure;

-

pump shut-off dead head pressure;

-

static head pressure;

-

pressure drop;

-

vacuum (design for full vacuum)

-

Steam / nitrogen purge (pressure and temperature).

In accordance with ASME B31.3 clause 302.2.4, occasional variations of pressure and/or temperature may occur in the piping system, however the most severe conditions of coincident pressure, temperature and loadings during the variation shall be used to determine the design conditions unless use of the criteria in (a) to (h) in clause 302.2.4 is agreed, in which case, all of the criteria shall be met. For piping systems where different design conditions exist there shall be a clearly marked ‘spec change’. The Piping Material Specifications will be different for the different design conditions. The specification change shall occur at a block valve. The block valve shall be rated for the higher pressure system. The piping system designed to the lower design conditions shall be protected from the higher design conditions. Where a spec change occurs between Piping Material Specifications of different materials a flanged connection shall be first choice Where a piping system, ‘A’, is operating above 0°C and is connected to a system, ‘B’, operating at a temperature below the minimum allowed for the piping material of system ‘A’ a length of piping designed to the specifications of the lower temperature system shall be installed to allow for the temperature transition. This length can be determined by the Process Engineer, or a default of 50 D (with a maximum of 10 m) shall be used. 6.5.2

Existing Plant Pipework Existing plant pipework should be designed to meet plant requirements and the coincident pressure and temperature values for operating and design conditions as given in the original Line Lists. It is therefore imperative that the original Line Lists are consulted to obtain the correct design parameters. In the absence of Line List information, consult with a Process Engineer to determine the design conditions.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 14 of 35

6.5.3

Pressure Testing For guidance on pressure testing and test pressures see relevant Piping Material Specification and Project Line List.

6.6

Piping Layout

6.6.1

Piping entering and leaving a plot area or a processing unit should be grouped together

6.6.2

Except for the services Storm water or sewage systems, drainage, firewater and other water pipes, piping shall be routed above ground level or in inspect able culverts at road crossings.

6.6.3

Routing study of major piping shall be carried out in order to develop the plan for final

6.6.4

Piping with instrument connections shall be routed so that safe access to these connections is ensured. If necessary, platforms or walkways shall be provided.

6.6.5

Changes in direction should not create pockets in piping systems.

6.6.6

Piping shall be arranged for ease of removal of equipment for inspection or servicing with maintenance areas kept clear of piping.

6.6.7

Piping shall not be routed above equipment such as heat exchangers, pumps, compressors, automated valves but routed along the side of such equipment.

6.6.8

All uninsulated adjacent lines shall be located so that the bottoms of pipes (BOP) are at the same elevation depending upon the method of support.

6.6.9

Adjacent lines that are mounted on pipe shoes or reinforcing pads which share the same supporting steel shall be located such that bottom of shoe or reinforcing pad are at the same elevation as the bottom of adjacent lines without pipe shoe or reinforcing pads.

6.6.10

The difference in elevation between lines running in plane north or south and lines running in plane east or west should be a minimum of 1000mm (3.3ft)

6.6.11

All piping should be routed so as to provide a simple, shortest possible run, allowing easy support and with the minimum number of fittings adequate for expansion and flexibility

6.6.12

Piping shall be routed such that overhead clearance (headroom) or stumbling hazards such as obstruction to walkways and other path of travel or equipment movement are avoided.

6.6.13

Diagonal and skewed angles of piping layout in horizontal plane should be avoided.

6.6.14

Piping connected to more than one piece of equipment shall be designed and supported in accordance with following

6.6.15

-

Excessive loads on equipment do not occur when one branch of the pipe is disconnected.

-

If multiple nozzles are applied the connecting piping is designed so that small dimensional errors in construction can be accommodated.

-

The piping itself is adequately designed to compensate for any thermal expansion due to differential temperature between operating equipment and spare equipment.

Inside plot piping should be routed on overhead pipe racks. -

The distance between the stanchions for these pipe racks is typically around 7m but may be optimized based on pipe rack loading and the distribution of pipe sizes.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 15 of 35

6.6.16

Pipe sizes that require closer support spacing shall have intermediate beams installed between main pipe rack stanchions. If the span between pipe supports is too long for the pipe size selected on the basis of hydraulic sizing criteria, the size of the pipe should be increased rather than providing additional pipe supports, subject to the approval of the COMPANY. This decision should be justified technically and economically.

6.6.17

If a pipe rack forms part of a structure, or is located next to a structure, the stanchions of the pipe rack should be in line with the columns of the structure, to make optimal use of space for incoming and outgoing pipes.

6.6.18

In a pipe rack, piping arrangements should address the following: -

The piping system containing cryogenic fluid should be located at the sides of the pipe rack to provide space for expansion loops and to reduce the moments in the beams caused by the weight and thermal expansion loads from the pipe.

-

The piping system containing cryogenic fluid should be grouped separately and located on different pipe rack tiers.

-

Complicated crossing should be avoided.

6.6.19

The discharge piping from relief valves and devices shall be self-draining and hence slope towards the flare knockout drum. The minimum slope shall be 1:200 for sub-headers and 1:500 for the main flare headers.

6.6.20

Back sloping is not allowed with the exception of the flare header downstream of the flare KO drum to the flare stack. The KO drum should be installed as close as possible to the flare stack.

6.6.21

Access to Valves All valves or equipment operated during normal or emergency operations or subject to regular maintenance should be readily accessible with permanent means of access. Where permanent access is not practical, valves may be fitted with extension spindles. The use of chain-operated valves should be avoided. These valves are difficult to operate and maintain and the chain may cause a hazardous situation. A valve should normally be considered accessible if its hand-wheel is not more than 1.5 m above operating level, but a height of 2.0 m is acceptable if its operation is infrequent and the valve is not set with its spindle vertically upwards. Valves should not be mounted with spindle downwards.

6.6.22

Location of Valves Valves should be positioned so that their spindles do not project into passageways. Hand regulating valves used in conjunction with locally mounted instruments, should be located so that the instrument reading can be readily observed whilst operating the valve. Where an isolation valve is to be fitted in piping connected to a submerged branch of a vessel, the valve should be directly mounted on to the branch. Only suitable ductile material valves are to be used. Diaphragm valves should be avoided. If a cast iron valve has been specified as a drain valve, then the outbound flange of that valve should be supported or the valve installed in supported piping. When piping is connected to vessels or manhole covers, the valves should be so positioned and supported that a minimum of piping needs to be removed to provide safe access to the vessel.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.6.23

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 16 of 35

Piping below Ground Level Piping below ground level shall be considered for:

6.6.24

-

drainage or sewage;

-

fire water and other water pipes, for protection against temperature;

-

large-diameter pipes (e.g. main cooling water ducts)

Thermowells The use and design of thermowells is specified in Piping Standard Detail Document 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-2305-00001

6.6.25

Orifice Flanges For orifice plates see Piping Standard Detailed Document 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGPG00000-MP-2305-00001.

6.6.26

Small Bore Branches Small bore branches (≤ NPS 2) to large bore piping systems are susceptible to failure (usually through fatigue or CUI) therefore the following points shall be incorporated in the piping design:

6.6.27

-

Minimize the number of small bore branches to piping.

-

Wherever possible small bore branches shall be installed and welded in the prefabrication shop.

-

Small bore piping shall be shown in full detail, either on the isometric drawings or on a standard drawing.

-

Branches shall not be located in removable spools, unless it is impractical to do otherwise.

-

Branches shall not be located in high stress areas.

-

Branches shall be avoided downstream of high capacity gas pressure reducing systems such as compressor recycle systems, steam de-super heaters, high-rate DE pressuring valves and safety relief valves. If this is not possible, branches shall be located well away from these sources of vibration. Special attention shall be paid to the bracing of these branches to the run-pipe.

-

In branches with flanged valves, branch fittings with integral flanged outlets shall be used wherever possible, in order to reduce the number of welds.

Small Bore Branch Connections Bracing Small bore branch connections  NPS 1½ in flammable or very toxic; critical services shall be braced in at least one plane if a valve is installed on the branch. If a valve is installed on a small bore branch close to reciprocating equipment then the branch shall be braced in two planes at ninety degrees to each other. If a valve is installed on a small bore branch and the branch is within 200 pipe diameters of control valves or relief valves then the branch shall be braced in two planes at ninety degrees to each other.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 17 of 35

The definition of “close to reciprocating equipment” shall be taken as any location between the equipment and an upstream catch pot and downstream cooler or other vessel (excluding pulsation dampers). 6.6.28

Minimum Branch Connection Size Minimum branch connection size off run pipe headers for flammable, very toxic or IP/HP steam service shall be NPS 1½. Minimum branch size of NPS 1 may be permitted provided the branch connection incorporates a forged outlet fitting or a butt welded Tee. Small bore bypass lines that connect to run pipe on both sides of a bypass valve shall be minimum NPS 1. Where necessary a reduction down to a NPS ¾ valve may be made provided the length of NPS ¾ size is minimized. Bypass lines shall be independently supported as necessary to limit sustained and expansion case stress limits, as well as to limit vibration.

6.6.29

Flare Header Design Flare design shall generally be in accordance with API 521. Detailed mechanical design of flares and associated structures shall be in accordance with API 537. Flare headers and supports shall be designed for exposure to large slug flow loads, based on the highest gas velocity likely to occur, but this value shall be not less than 10m/s, unless justified otherwise.

6.6.30

Pipe Spacing on Pipe Bridges and Pipe Trenches The minimum distance between pipes or the insulation of pipes on pipe bridges and trenches and on pipe racks shall be 75mm. The minimum distance between a flange and a pipe or the insulation of a pipe on pipe bridges and trenches shall be 30mm. Where required, the distance between pipes shall be increased to allow for movements caused by thermal displacement. The distance between the insulation of a low temperature pipe and any other object shall be at least 100mm. The positioning of spectacle plates on pipe bridges should be avoided, where this is not possible the distance between pipes shall allow for the turning of a spectacle plate.

6.6.31

Minimum Header Sizes on Pipe bridges and Pipe Trenches Minimum header size on pipe bridges/pipe trenches shall be NPS 2.

6.6.32

Minimum Sizes for Long Run Piping Sizes NPS ½ and NPS ¾ shall not be used for long-run piping as they are vulnerable to mechanical damage, have limited mechanical strength and the support spans are uneconomical.

6.6.33

Utility Service Stations 1.

The utilities required at hose stations shall be as specified by the COMPANY.

2.

Where utility hose stations are specified, they should be located so that all points of use in the area can be reached by one or two 15 m (50 ft) long hoses.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.6.34

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 18 of 35

3.

Each type of utility medium shall be provided with a dedicated type of hose connection in order to prevent contamination and in advertent connection to the wrong utility medium.

4.

In the interest of safety and convenience, utility hose station connection points shall point downwards.

5.

Utility hose stations shall have one check valve at the header connection and also one more check valve at each utility station hose connection point to prevent backflow of air or process fluids.

6.

Utility pipes to the manifolds shall branch off from supply headers which cannot contain contamination, e.g., due to leaking heat exchangers.

7.

Utility station arrangement shall be in accordance with standard arrangement drawing provided in ‘Piping Standard Details’, Doc. No. -0000-9500-WGEL-ISGPG00000-MP-2305-00001

8.

Block valves shall be provided at the origin of supply headers.

9.

Each Utility station shall have minimum water, air and nitrogen connection provided

10.

Steam and water lines shall have drains at low points.

11.

Exchangers and furnaces shall be provided with steam, water, air, and nitrogen connections as required.

12.

Utility station outlet connections shall have identification markings.

Galvanized Piping Galvanized piping in sizes NPS ½ up to NPS 2 shall be constructed from pre-galvanized threaded pipe and fittings according to Piping Material Specification. Piping NPS 3 and larger shall be made from pre-fabricated pipe spools and then hot dip galvanized as specified in Piping Material Specification. These spools shall be flanged and shall be restricted to shapes that permit hot dip galvanizing after fabrication. The maximum size of these spools is limited by the available galvanizing bath and by the means of transport therefore the maximum spool sizes should be decided on a project by project basis taking advice from the galvanizing contractor. Field welds may be applied only on galvanized systems that subsequently, will be flooded with liquid in service. As the internal weld cannot be galvanized post welding, partially filled or empty systems may be subject to internal corrosion.

6.6.35

Vessel Trim The Piping Material Specification for vessel trim components shall be derived from the equipment data sheet based on the process fluid and coincident design pressure / temperature.

6.6.36

Mating Flanges Flanges of a higher rating than the Piping Material Specification and the same material of construction are acceptable for the purpose of mating to vessels and equipment or existing piping within the pressure/temperature limits of the Piping Material Specification.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.7

Equipment Specific

6.7.1

Furnaces/ Fired Heaters

6.7.1.1

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 19 of 35

General Fuel knock-out vessels for furnaces are considered piping items and should be located as close as possible to the burners. This is both for improved process control and to minimize separation of liquids in the line between the knock-out vessel and the furnace. If multiple stacks are used, unhindered access shall be available for tube removal by crane. For top fired furnaces, adequate exit routes shall be provided from each end of the furnace, with at least one being a stairway. The distance between furnaces shall be determined by operational and maintenance considerations. Access shall be provided to peepholes/observation doors and other operational areas. Access shall be provided for relining, tube removal/cleaning and other repairs. Platforms shall be provided for maintenance of soot blowers.

6.7.1.2

Transfer lines Furnace transfer lines should be kept short and simple. Straight inlet line requirements might set the minimum distance between the Furnace and the downstream equipment. If coking is expected, the line should have flanged fittings and elbows, and be provided with crane access.

6.7.1.3

Fuel supply lines The distribution header shall slope in the direction of the gas flow without a pocket in the line. A drip leg shall be fitted at the low point.

6.7.2

Reactors An area shall be made available to remove internal heat exchangers, coils/mixers, and to change-out catalysts.

6.7.3

Columns For non-pumped refluxes, the condenser and reflux drum shall be on a higher elevation than the reflux inlet nozzle to provide gravity flow. Sufficient space around the column base for major maintenance work requiring scaffolding (replacement of internals, painting, insulating) shall be included in the design. Provisions for internal access shall be made to allow cleaning, exchanging internals, inspection, etc. Lay-down area/space for required tools and equipment should be taken into account.

6.7.4

Shell-and-tube heat exchangers 1.

Shell-and-tube heat exchangers should normally be located at grade.

2.

If shell-and-tube heat exchangers are stacked on common supports, they shall be no more than two shells high.

3.

Sufficient space shall be available in between heat exchanger (trains) for (bypass) valves.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

4.

5.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 20 of 35

Wrench clearance should be provided at the exchanger flanges. If necessary, spool pieces should be provided between channel nozzles and valves, with the valves clearing the removal space. The following layout issues shall be considered: a. Location and accessibility of spading points b. Required facilities/tools/space required for bundle pulling c. Cleaning philosophy (in-situ or off-site) d. For in-situ cleaning, access for bundle removal and/or bundle cleaning devices shall be provided. e. The channel, shell cover and tube bundle withdrawal space shall be clear of any obstruction (e.g., piping) which could hamper removal of these items by either mobile or in-place maintenance facilities. f.

Need to locate temporary supports

g. Need to provide break flanges

6.7.5

6.

Consideration should be given to the use of side or tangential connections to reduce the heights of exchangers.

7.

Reboiler lines should be as simple and direct as possible.

Air-cooled heat exchangers 1.

Space shall be provided for crane access to allow maintenance/inspection/cleaning of the tubes and to change out an entire bundle.

2.

Air-cooled heat exchangers shall not be located directly over any of the following: a. potential leak sources of flammable fluids (e.g., pump seals, compressors); b. control buildings; c. Electrical rooms.

6.7.6

6.7.7 6.7.7.1

3.

Convenient access shall be available to the tube-ends for inspection, in-tube cleaning, etc. and to the finned tubes for inspection, out-tube cleaning, etc.

4.

A fully grated maintenance floor shall be provided to give access to the motors, Vbelts, plenum chambers, gearboxes, fan blades.

Vessels 1.

Access and space for operations shall be provided around each vessel.

2.

Access and space shall be provided at the top of a vessel to allow replacement of pressure relief valves.

3.

Level controls shall be accessible by a stair or access platform.

Rotating equipment General 1.

There shall be a clear space between rotating equipment, rows of rotating equipment and the end of each row, subject to any special maintenance considerations.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 21 of 35

2.

When no permanent facilities are provided, maintenance shall be possible by mobile cranes.

3.

Lay-down space shall be provided.

6.7.7.2 Pumps 6.7.7.2.1 1.

General Pumps in C4 and lighter services shall be located to meet all of the following; a.

a minimum of 3 m (10 ft) from pipe racks and major process structures;

b.

accessible for fire fighting

c.

in the open (on the outside of the unit);

d.

in a non-congested area;

In this context, non-congested means that the area the pump is located in is sufficiently open so that, in case of release of process material, the resulting vapour is able to disperse. 2.

Pumps in flammable services (C5 or heavier) above their minimum auto-ignition temperature shall be located as follows: a. Minimum of 3 m (10 ft) from pipe racks and major process structures; this is to avoid escalation of a possible fire due to chimney effects. b. Accessible for firefighting.

3.

Only pumps handling non-flammable liquids may be located under pipe racks or Structures.

4.

Pumps shall be located on ground level and above the known flood level. If there is no NPSH reason, pumps should not be installed in a sump or pit in order to avoid gas traps and to avoid costly civil work and drainage problems.

5.

Whenever practical, pumps shall be located in a row with the concrete blocks in one line and with the motors all facing the same direction to be able to make a straight underground drain line.

6.

All pumps shall be accessible for operation, maintenance and emergencies.

7.

Pumps should be located close to the equipment from which they take suction.

8.

Double rows of pumps may be arranged with pumps back-to-back piped up to a common pipe rack. a. Piping should be arranged alongside the pump end of the assembly.

9.

Adequate length shall be available to install flow measurement or control apparatus associated with the pumps.

10. Permanent strainers shall be installed in all pump suction pipes. Y-type strainers shall be used for permanent installation in vertical suction pipes. 11. Y-type or bucket-type strainers may be used in horizontal suction pipes. Bucket-type strainers shall be used for suction pipes NPS 18 and larger. 12. Pumps shall be further protected during initial start-up by inserting a temporary fine mesh (40 mesh) screen on the upstream side of the permanent strainer. A spade or spectacle blind shall be inserted downstream of the suction valve and upstream of the discharge valve to isolate pumps during maintenance. Collecting and processing

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 22 of 35

facilities shall be used in order to avoid spillage during withdrawal or replacement of strainers and maintenance of pumps. 6.7.7.2.2

Positive displacements pumps

Access to valve covers, case covers and shaft packing shall be provided, as well as space for cylinder and shaft removal. 6.7.7.2.3

Centrifugal pumps

1.

The piping arrangements for pumps operating in parallel shall be such that equal flow distribution between the pumps is ensured.

2.

Pumps having horizontal split casings shall have access from both sides for convenience in maintenance.

3.

Barrel type arrangements (vertically split casings) shall have space in front of the pump for pulling the shaft and/or impeller bundle (including diffusers/volutes as appropriate) during in situ maintenance.

4.

The length of the straight pipe from the last elbow to the suction nozzle shall be sufficient to ensure minimum turbulence at the pump suction. The minimum length, which shall not include any reducer, strainer or stop-flow valve, shall be as indicated in Table 1

Position of Suction Piping

Type of Pump

Minimum Straight Length

In same plane as pump shaft

1.5 D*

Perpendicular to pump shaft

4D

Not applicable

4D

At top of pump

4D

Vertical close-coupled Single suction, end suction type Single suction, top-top connection

Double suction

In same plane as pump shaft

1.5 D

Perpendicular to pump shaft (preferred situation)

3D

Any position other than perpendicular **

5D

* For vertical close coupled pumps with 1.5 D straight length, eccentric reducers (bottom flat) are preferred ** It shall be studied how unequal flow to the impeller eye can best be avoided. The advice of the pump Manufacturer should be sought in this respect Table 1 : Minimum Straight Length for Pump Suction Piping

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 23 of 35

6.7.7.3 Compressor 6.7.7.3.1

General

1.

Compressors should be supported from grade or on a concrete table top.

2.

Access, space and lay-down area shall be provided around the compressor packages to allow efficient removal of driver, casing, pistons etc. as well as cooler equipment.

3.

When two or more similar compressors are installed adjacent to each other with connecting maintenance platforms, the decking shall be at the same elevation. Side steps on the platform are not acceptable.

4.

Compressors decks shall be large enough for safe and efficient equipment operations and maintenance without overhanging the decked surface.

5.

A minimum 1.8 m (6 ft) wide maintenance walkway shall be provided around the compressor driver.

6.

A clearance of minimum 1.8 m (6 ft) between the compressor frame side and the first obstruction shall be provided.

7.

A minimum of one maintenance drop zone near a maintenance access way shall be provided on each compressor deck.

8.

All accessible areas between the machine and/or foundation and the deck shall be covered with grating.

9.

The start/stop station shall be located near the compressor.

6.7.7.3.2 1.

Reciprocating type compressors Spacing of compressors varies with type and duty, but particular attention shall be paid to ensure that maintenance of the following can be done without obstruction from piping and supports: a.

The withdrawal of engine, electric motors and compressor pistons

b.

Piston rods, distance pieces

c.

Cam and crank shafts

d.

Oil cooler bundles

e.

The maintenance of cylinder valves

2.

The compressor centreline shall be set to provide good maintenance access to the discharge valves on the largest cylinder.

3.

The location and routing of process, lube oil, cooling water, and other auxiliary piping and electrical conduit shall not limit maintenance or inspection access to the compressor frame, crosshead, rod packing, compressor valves or driver base bolts.

4.

Adequate room and access shall be provided to safely bar over the compressor.

5.

Skid mounted lube oil, jacket water cooling and packing cooling systems shall be located at grade.

6.

Cylinder lubricator system shall be located on the compressor such that it does not hinder maintenance access to the crankshaft, bearings or other frame components.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.7.7.3.3 1.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 24 of 35

Centrifugal type compressors The location of auxiliaries shall allow access for: a.

Operation of valves

b.

Pulling the heat exchanger bundles

c.

Other operating and maintenance tasks

2.

Compressors operating in parallel shall be sited such that the piping arrangement provides equal flow distribution between the compressors.

3.

Top-top nozzle compressors may be located on grade. If the compressor has liquid film seals, height is required for the sour seal oil drains and run-down of the seal and lube oil.

4.

Compressors having horizontal split casings shall have access from both sides for efficient maintenance.

5.

Barrel type arrangements (vertically split casings) shall be provided with space in front of the non-drive end of the compressor for pulling the rotor during in situ maintenance.

6.

When two or more barrel casings are installed in a single train, sufficient space shall be provided for the inner casing to be removed and set down, so that the internal components (bundles) can be removed and/or accessed.

7.

The centreline of the compressor train shall be set as low as practical to provide good maintenance and operating access.

8.

All operating valves on main suction and discharge piping shall be lined on one side as far as possible.

9.

Low points in the discharge line from an air compressor shall be avoided because it is possible for lube oil to be trapped and subsequently ignited. If low points are unavoidable, they shall be provided with drain.

10. Where the line between knockout drum and the compressor cannot be routed without pocket, low point drain shall be provided to remove accumulation of liquid. The system should be approved by process. 6.7.8

6.7.9

Fans 1.

Fans inlet and outlet ducting are space consuming items due to their large size and required space for bends and clearance around valves and filters.

2.

Adequate space and headroom shall be allowed for removal of filters, impellers, shafts, motors and bearings.

Pig launchers and receivers 1.

Pig traps should be located at least 15 m (50 ft) from any type of equipment, other than adjacent pig traps.

2.

Pig trap systems should be located adjacent to each other for ease of pigging operations.

3.

Pig trap systems shall be fenced (either separately or as part of adjoining facilities). Access shall be provided for light trucks and lifting cranes.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.7.10

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 25 of 35

4.

A pig trap shall not point towards hydrocarbon containing equipment, safety critical Equipment, buildings, or adjacent or adjoining roads to prevent these items from being damaged by a pig which might be released in case of a pig trap door failure.

5.

Piping upstream of pig launchers and downstream of pig receivers shall be in accordance with this document.

6.

The break-line of specifications shall be shown on the PEFS/ P&IDs.

Slug-Catcher Piping Piping downstream of slug catchers shall be in accordance with this Design Basis. The break-line of specifications shall be shown on the PEFS/ P&IDs.

6.7.11

Special equipment For specialized items, the Manufacturer/Supplier shall be consulted on layout and operation/ maintenance aspects.

6.7.12

Flares and Vent Stacks 1.

A sterile area shall be provided around elevated and/or ground flares.

2.

Non-flare specific equipment shall not be located within the sterile zone.

3.

Flares and vents shall be built in an open area, preferably crosswind from process units, to minimise discharge across the plant and preferably downwind from buildings to minimize odours.

4.

Locations of flares and vents shall be made with due consideration to neighbouring facilities outside of the site boundary.

5.

Vent stacks shall be designed so that thermal radiation arising from accidental ignition will not exceed the values given in GAP.2.5.2.

6.

A consequence analysis to justify reduced separation shall take the following into account: a.

Thermal radiation;

b.

The potential for liquid overfill out of the flare and associated consequence; I. II.

c.

7.

8.

This shall be through a multi-discipline review, such as a HAZOP, Considering the scenarios of liquid to the flare knock-out (KO) facilities and associated barriers to reduce the probability of this event. III. Avoid liquid release relief to atmosphere. Dispersion modelling for lower flammability limit (LFL) and toxics shall be carried out to show that the LFL and toxic concentration contours do not overlap with ignition sources or expected personnel locations, including grade level, elevated platforms and elevated areas.

For ground flares (Enclosed Refractory Lined and Open Field) the separation distance shall be based on a consequence analysis taking the following into account: a.

Dispersion modelling for LFL and toxics shall be carried out to show that the LFL and toxic concentration contours do not overlap with ignition sources or expected personnel locations, including grade level, elevated platforms and elevated areas. This modelling shall consider the scenario of an unignited flare.

b.

Minimum distance for vendor recommended air flow to the ground flare.

The location of flare and vent stacks shall address noise levels during flaring.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

6.7.13

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 26 of 35

Cooling Towers 1. Cooling water towers should be sited taking the prevailing wind into account such that water drift will not restrict visibility and the effects of moisture (e.g., exterior corrosion, ice formation) on other parts of the facility, roads, rail or public amenities is minimized.

6.8

2.

Equipment such as air compressors, fired heaters, or other air intake stacks that operate at a negative pressure should be located away from areas where water laden vapours from cooling towers may be discharged.

3.

The towers should be oriented cross-wise to the prevailing wind to minimize recycling of air from the discharge of one tower to the inlet of an adjacent tower.

4.

The arrangement of multiple natural draught cooling tower installations shall take account resonant frequencies generated by through-wind velocities.

5.

The possible entrainment of corrosive vapour from adjacent facilities should be avoided. When terraces are applied, it may be possible to reduce the required pump head by locating the cooling water towers on a higher terrace.

Fabrication Isometrics 1. Isometrics are required for all piping systems including of vessel trims regardless of diameter. For small diameter piping (NPS 1½ and below) isometrics may be produced showing indicative routing, materials and supports for field run. 2. Information Required on Fabrication Isometrics a.

All isometrics shall define fabrication, NDE and testing requirements.

b.

The hydraulic test pressure shall be specified for both shop and site tests. The test pressure shall be based on 1.5 x full flange rating, or 90% of yield stress where the pipe wall thickness is the limiting factor, rather than on system design pressure. Where this is not practicable the test pressure shall be 1.5 x Design Pressure with a minimum test pressure of 300 psig.

c.

Any unusual weld detail, fabrication or test procedure shall be referenced.

d.

Painting and Coating requirements shall be referenced on isometrics to be in accordance with Document No. 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001.

e.

Insulation requirements shall be referenced on isometrics to be in accordance with P&ID’s.

7.

MATERIALS

7.1

Piping Materials Specifications Selecti on

7.1.1

Existing Piping Systems NEW pipe class document shall be developed /issued using the existing pipe class as supplied by BGC to WOOD. These pipe classes shall be referred for all brownfield projects pertinent to this CONTRACT. Refer Section 5.4 for Piping Material Specifications applicable for Brownfield projects.

7.1.2

New Piping Material Specification For all Greenfield projects under this CONTRACT, NEW Pipe class shall be developed in accordance with relevant International Codes, Standards and corresponding Shell DEP

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 27 of 35

Pipe Classes. Ref. Section 5.4 for Piping Material Specifications applicable for Greenfield projects. 7.1.3

Pipe Sizes The following pipe sizes shall be used: NPS ½, NPS ¾, NPS 1, NPS 1½, NPS 2, NPS 3, NPS 4, NPS 6, NPS 8, NPS 10, NPS 12, NPS 14, NPS 16, NPS 18, NPS 20 and NPS 24 in accordance with the relevant Pipe Material Specification. For NPS above 24 the range of pipe sizes shall be restricted to NPS 30, NPS 36, NPS 42, NPS 48, NPS 56, NPS 64, NPS 72 and NPS 80 unless economically justified.

7.1.4

Additional Technical Requirements Piping materials purchase specifications shall include any special requirements on materials, heat treatment, certification etc. in addition to the Piping Material Specifications, where deemed appropriate.

7.1.5

Impact Testing 1. Carbon steel piping systems, with materials conforming to ASTM A106 Gr. B or API 5L Gr. B and a wall thickness less than 12.7mm are generally acceptable for a minimum design temperature of minus 29°C, without proven impact properties. 2. For all lines with design minimum temperatures below minus 29°C, Low Temperature Carbon Steel LTCS, with proven impact properties shall be used, typically, to ASTM A333 Gr.6 and to the minimum temperature allowed in the Piping Material Specifications. 3. For pressure relief streams, control valves and blow-downs, consideration of potential low temperatures through adiabatic flashing is necessary. 4. For hydrocarbon and very toxic service fluids, for carbon steel and low alloy steel operation below 0°C, new design must comply with the requirements of the Piping Material Specification. Generally these materials will be LTCS materials with proven impact properties at the lowest temperature for which the material standard specification specifies the toughness. 5. Maximum hoop stress shall not exceed 117N/mm2, and maximum non-intensified longitudinal stress under operating loads at minimum temperature, taking account of self-weight and displacement loads shall not exceed 117N/mm2. 6. For thicker wall pipe or for lower temperatures or higher stresses, impact tested materials shall be required.

7.2

Piping Components

7.2.1

General Components shall be selected from the applicable Piping Material Specification. Any deviation from the Piping Material Specification components shall be approved by the COMPANY.

7.2.2

Gaskets Gaskets shall be as defined in the relevant Piping Material Specification. The default gasket for piping systems is spiral wound with inner and outer rings; the filler material is specified in the Piping Material Specification. Where a flat face flange is required, the mating flange shall also have a flat face and a full face (flat sheet) gasket shall be used.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 28 of 35

Rubber/EPDM Valves where the lining extends over the flange mating surface do not require a gasket for most services. Where regular dismantling is envisaged the use of a gasket is advisable. For specific requirement relevant to purchase of Gaskets, refer PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR GASKET & FASTENERS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003 7.2.3

Flanges All flange, blind flange, spectacle blinds and spacers shall be provided in accordance with the Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. For specific requirement relevant to purchase of Flanges, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00002.

7.2.4

Fittings All flange, blind flange, spectacle blinds and spacers shall be provided in accordance with the Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. For specific requirement relevant to purchase of Fittings, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00002.

7.2.5

Fabricated Branch Connections Un-reinforced fabricated branch connections shall generally be in accordance with ASME B31.3 clause 306.5. Where the branch pipe is welded directly to the run pipe, it shall be of the full penetration set-on type. Plain set-on or plain set-in branch connections shall not be used. Reinforcement of fabricated branches shall be in accordance with the Piping Material Specification. Welded sloping branches shall be agreed with the COMPANY, where the angle between the centerline of the run pipe and that of the branch pipe is less than 60°. For specific requirement relevant to purchase of branched connections, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00002

7.2.6

Line Blinds Spectacle blinds, plates, spacers and blind flanges shall have the same ASME rating class as the piping. For plates, spacers and spectacle blinds see standard details documents as per 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-2305-00001 If spectacle blinds in horizontal lines are insulated, the spectacle blind should point downwards at an angle of 45° to avoid water leaking into the insulation. In order to prevent icing problems, spectacle blinds shall not be installed in pipes with operating temperatures below 0°C. Piping shall be designed, supported and installed so that the flanges do not move when the bolting is removed for spading purposes. The piping shall be sufficiently flexible to be able to install the required isolation fittings (slip plates, blinds, etc.) and there shall be sufficient space to turn spectacle blinds, where provided. Spectacle blinds and slip plates should be located so that they are accessible from ground level or from platforms or walkways. The need for scaffolding shall be minimized.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 29 of 35

For specific requirement relevant to purchase of Line blinds, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00002 7.2.7

Miter Bends The use of miter bends shall be agreed with the COMPANY and generally restricted to large bore (e.g. > NPS 24) piping systems such as low pressure steam, or cooling water. 90° miter bends shall be designed in accordance with ASME B31.3 clause 304.2.3 except that they shall be a minimum of ‘two cut’ and have a radius (measured to the center line) of 1.5 x nominal pipe size.

7.2.8

Valves Valves shall be provided in accordance with the Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating, Service, the designated piping manual valve datasheet and Technical Purchase Specification for Manual Valves. For specific requirement for valves, refer PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVE Doc .No. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00001.

7.2.9

Socket Welds and Socket Weld Fittings Socket welds and socket weld fittings can be used on critical process services or steam services where all of the following conditions apply; -

like for like replacement of existing socket weld arrangement

-

there is insufficient space to adopt a butt weld arrangement

-

Piping materials are carbon steel

-

Socket welds are not used as non-pressure tested closure welds (NPTCW)

Socket weld fittings shall be provided in accordance with ASME B16.11. Materials to be used are forgings to ASTM A105N for Carbon Steel and ASTM A350 Gr. LF2 for Low Temperature Carbon Steel respectively. Ratings of socket weld fittings shall be selected as per thickness of pipe used. 7.2.10

Threaded Pipe Joints To reduce the risk of leakage, the use of threaded joints and unions (where permitted by the pipe class) shall be kept to a minimum consistent with ease of pipework fabrication, installation and maintenance. Screwed/threaded pipe joints shall not be used on HSE critical piping systems. They shall also not be used for utilities unless they are specifically allowed within Piping Material Specification.

8.

PIPING STRESS ANALYSIS Piping systems shall be routed and supported properly so that no damage occurs to pipe and associated equipment due to the effects of thermal growth / Contraction, weight, pressure, slug flow, wind, earthquake, vibration, shock, differential settlement or any detrimental external loads. Piping systems shall be adequately flexible and wherever possible it should be achieved by the natural flexibility of the piping. If necessary the route of the piping should be modified or expansion loops incorporated to obtain the sufficient flexibility All pipes shall be adequately supported to minimise the stresses and deflection. Pipe supports shall be provided as per the Pipe support standard and in accordance with pipe stress analysis requirements. Pipes shall be supported in groups at a common support

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 30 of 35

elevation. Supports shall be located as close as possible to changes in direction but shall allow adequate flexibility for thermal expansion and settlement of the pipe. Directional Restrains shall be provided as and when required to limit the pipe movement Piping stress analysis for critical piping systems shall be in accordance with “Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure” – Doc. No.- 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7770-00001. Pipe support criteria for piping systems shall be in accordance with “Pipe Support Standard” – Doc No. - 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-2358-00001. Special Pipe Supports shall be considered if any of the support type is not listed in the Pipe Support Standard.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

9.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 31 of 35

EQUIPMENT SPACING Equipment Spacing shall be as per Global Assets Protection Services (GAPS) Guidelines – GAP.2.5.2 (Oil and Chemical Plant Layout and Spacing). Refer Table 2 and Table 3 for minimum spacing guidelines based on fire and vessel explosion hazards. Actual spacing shall be in line with project specific QRA report.

Table 2 : Inter-Unit Spacing Recommendations for Oil and Chemical Plants

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 32 of 35

Table 3 : Intra-Unit Spacing Recommendations for Oil and Chemical Plants

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

10.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 33 of 35

PIPE SPACING

Table 4 : Pipe Spacing Chart

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

11.

Page 34 of 39

CLEARANCES FOR PLANT PIPING ITEM

MINIMUM CLEARANCE (m)

Roads, access ways and crane ways (truck or mobile):

5.0*

Headroom for primary access road (where major maintenance vehicles are expected to pass)

5.5

Pump maintenance access-way headroom

3.7

Process area crane-way headroom

5.3

Pump Maintenance access way horizontal clearance, not necessarily in a straight line, Maintenance passageways and walkways:

3.0

Horizontal clearance, not necessarily in a straight line

1.0**

Headroom [except for hand trolleys which may be 2m]

2.2

Pipe on sleepers, Clearance, bottom of pipe to finished grade level Pipe (aboveground), Clearance between outside diameter of flange and the outside diameter of pipe insulation*** Clearance between outside diameter of flange, pipe, or insulation and structural member*** The minimum clearance between the bottom of a drain valve and grade or platform

0.45 30mm 30mm 150mm

Table 5 : Clearances for Plant Piping

* Clearance is defined as the clear space between extreme projections ** For infrequently used access-ways, use 0.75 m. If valves or instruments requiring working space are located in an access-way, minimum clearance shall be one meter. 12.

CLEARANCES FOR SKID PIPING ITEM

Horizontal clearance, not necessarily in a straight line

MINIMUM CLEARANCE (m) 0.75

Headroom

2.2

Clearance, bottom of pipe to skid grating

0.45

Pipe projection for skid / off skid interface based on line size (Refer Annexure-I Case-I) Pipe (aboveground), Clearance between outside diameter of flange and the outside diameter of pipe insulation*** Clearance between outside diameter of flange, pipe, or insulation

300-500(max.) 30mm 30mm

Table 6 : Clearances for Skid Piping

*** The minimum clearance listed is in addition to the clearance required for thermal displacement of the piping.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PIPING DESIGN BASIS

13.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7704-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 35 of 35

CAD STANDARDS Piping drawings shall be prepared according to the 2D & 3D CAD standards drawing procedures ENG-PRC-1104 and AutoCAD customization manual ENG-MAN-1002

14.

SOFTWARE The following applicable Software and related software versions shall be used for the BGC contract as listed below. SOFTWARE NAME

VER

AVEVA E3D

V1.1 / V2.1

CAESAR - II

2016

AUTO CADD

2014

PIPE DATA Pro MATHCAD AUTODESK NAVISWORK FREEDOM AUTODESK NAVISWORK SIMULATOR

V 11.15 3.1

SOFTWARE USED FOR Piping, Equipment modelling and extracting piping Drawings like Isometrics, GA, and etc. Flexibility analysis for Piping system and extract flexibility analysis report Generate / Annotate 2D related Piping drawings Retrieval and Display of Engineering Data Analysis and Solve Engineering Calculation

2016

Model Review

2016

Model Review

Table 7 : List of Software Used

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 2 of 22

INDEX OF CONTENTS 1.

SCOPE............................................................................................................................................. 4

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................... 4

2. 1

Def in i ti o ns : ......................................................................................................................4

2. 2

A bbr e v i at i ons .................................................................................................................4

3.

REFERENCES................................................................................................................................. 6

3. 1

Pr oj ec t s p ec if ic a t io n ....................................................................................................6

3. 2

BG C s pec if ic a t io n .........................................................................................................7

3. 3

In ter n at i o na l C od es a n d S ta n dar ds ........................................................................7

3. 3. 1

Am er ic a n S oc ie t y of M ec h a n ic a l En g in e er s ( A S M E) ........................................7

3. 3. 2

Br it is h S ta n d ar d ( B S) ..................................................................................................8

3. 3. 3

Am er ic a n P etr o l eum I n s ti t ut e ( A P I) ........................................................................9

3. 3. 4

Ma n uf ac t ur er ’s S ta n da r d i za t io n S oc i et y ( M S S) ................................................10

3. 3. 5

Na t io n al As s oc i a ti o n o f Cor r os i on En g i ne er s ( N AC E) ...................................10

3. 3. 6

In ter n at i o na l O r g a n i za ti o n f or St a nd ar d i za t io n ( I SO ) .....................................10

3. 3. 7

Am er ic a n S oc ie t y of T es t i ng Ma te r i a ls ( A ST M) ................................................11

3.3.8

E ng i n eer i ng E qu i pm en t an d M at er i a ls Us er s As s oc i a ti o n ( E E M UA ) .........13

4.

ORDER OF PRECEDENCE .......................................................................................................... 14

5.

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................................... 14

6.

DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES .............................................................................................. 15

7.

PIPE WALL THICKNESS .............................................................................................................. 15

8.

BRANCH CONNECTIONS ............................................................................................................ 15

9.

SELECTION OF PIPING CLASSES / PIPING CLASS IDENTIFICATION .................................... 15

9. 1

P ip i n g C las s N um ber i n g ...........................................................................................15

9. 2

Pr oj ec t S pec if ic P i pi n g C l as s es .............................................................................16

10.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 16

11.

POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT ................................................................................................. 16

12.

MATERIALS FOR SOUR SERVICE.............................................................................................. 17

13.

HARDNESS TESTING................................................................................................................... 17

14.

REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE......................................................................................................... 17

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 3 of 22

15.

REQUIREMENTS FOR FITTINGS ................................................................................................ 18

16.

REQUIREMENTS FOR FLANGES................................................................................................ 18

17.

REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECTACLE BLINDS, SPADE AND SPACERS.................................... 19

18.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GASKETS ............................................................................................... 20

19.

REQUIREMENTS FOR FASTENERS ........................................................................................... 20

20.

REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES .................................................................................................. 21

21.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRE PIPING ............................................................................................ 21

22.

REQUIREMENTS FOR HDPE PIPING.......................................................................................... 21

23.

REQUIREMENTS FOR CLAD/LINED PIPING .............................................................................. 21

24.

PIPING SPECIALITY (SP) ITEMS................................................................................................. 22

25.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MARKING................................................................................................ 22

26.

PAINTING & COATING ................................................................................................................. 22

27.

APPENDICES................................................................................................................................ 22

27 . 1

A P P EN DIX 1 : P I PI NG CL A S S IN D EX ...................................................................22

27 . 2

A P P EN DIX 2 : M AT E RI A L O F CO N ST RU CT IO N FO R V A L V E S ...................22

27 . 3

A P P EN DIX 3 : P I PI NG CL A S S E S ...........................................................................22

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

1.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 4 of 22

SCOPE The objective of this document is to describe piping material requirements for all process and utility piping systems above and below ground, listed in the Piping Class Index for GREENFIELD Projects. This Specification defines Piping Classes, the material requirements for pipes, fittings, flanges, line blinds, bolts, gaskets, and valves for each listed services, and defines the pressure/temperature limitations within which they may be used. Other piping components and in-line components such as strainers, hoses and hose couplings, special fittings, etc., which are defined on Process Data Sheets, shall only be used within the constraints of the Piping Classes to which they are assigned. This specification shall be used for piping designed to ASME B31.3. This specification does not apply to pipeline and instrumentation piping.

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

2.1

Definitions: COMPANY: Basrah Gas Company (BGC) CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR under this CONTRACT and such other SERVICES as are related to or incidental to it. VENDOR / SUPPLIER: The person, firm, company or Corporation to whom the Purchase Order is placed including their assignees. SHALL: The word “shall” is understood to be mandatory to comply with the requirements. SHOULD: The word “should” is understood to be strongly recommended to comply with the requirements Glossary of Terms

2.2

Abbreviations BD

: Blow down Drain (Automatic Process Drain)

BE

: Beveled End

BW

: Butt Weld

CRA

: Corrosion resistant Alloy

CV

: Control Valve

CVA

: Choke Valve

D

: Drains

DEP

: Design and Engineering Practices

FB

: Full Bore

DSS

: Duplex Stainless Steel

EFW

: Electric Fusion Weld

FF

: Flat Face

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 5 of 22

FG

: Fuel Gas

FW

: Fire Water

GO

: Gear Operated

GRE

: Glass Reinforced Epoxy

HC

: Hydro Carbon Condensate

HCV

: Hand Control Valve

HDR

: Header

HDPE

: High Density Polyethylene

IA

: Instrument Air

LP

: Liquid Penetrate Examination

LC

: Locked Closed

LO

: Locked Open

MESC

: Materials and Equipment Standards & Code

MOV

: Motor Operated Valve

MOC

: Material of Construction

MP

: Magnetic Particle Examination

NACE

: National Association of Corrosion Engineers

NC

: Normally Closed

NDE

: Non Destructive Examination

NN

: Nitrogen

NO

: Normally Open

NPS

: Nominal Pipe Size

NPT

: National Pipe Thread

NRV

: Non-return Valve

PA

: Plant Air

PVRV

: Pressure / Vacuum Relief Valve

PWHT

: Post Weld Heat Treatment

R

: Relief (General)

RB

: Reducing Bore

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

3.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 6 of 22

RF

: Raised Face

RO

: Restricting Orifice

RV

: Relief Valve

SC

: Sample Connection

Scrd

: Screwed

SP

: Set Pressure

SW

: Socket Weld

TSO

: Tight Shut Off

UC

: Utility Connections

UXO/ERW

: Unexploded ordnance/Explosive remnants of war

REFERENCES Codes, standards, COMPANY specifications, standard drawings and other related documents shall be as per Section 3.0 of this document. The listing covers the majority of applicable codes, standards, specifications. However, it is not exhaustive. Latest Editions of each publication shall amendment/ Supplements / revisions thereto.

3.1

be

used,

together

with

any

Project specification In conjunction with this specification, international codes, standards, regulations and references listed below shall also be applicable. Equivalent alternatives may be offered; however these shall be identified and based on agreement with Company & Contractor

TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION - VALVES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00001

PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION - PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00002

PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00003

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00002

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00004

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

3.2

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 7 of 22

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00005

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – COMPRESSION FACILITIES IN WEST QURNA

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00006

PROJECT PAINTING SPECIFICATION

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-775400001

EQUIPMENT CRITICALITY PROCEDURE (WOOD GROUP STD)

ENG-PRC-1118

INSPECTION STANDARD (WOOD GROUP STD)

QUA-STD-1003

SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING AND NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING

HOLD

POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

HOLD

BGC specification TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

IRAQ SOUTH GAS TAGGING PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5680-00001

BGC PROJECT TECHNICAL CODES & STANDARDS GUIDELINE

0000-BGC-G000-GE0-G0000-AA-6180-00006

BGC TECHNICAL STANDARDS PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA-4303-00001

3.3

International Codes and Standards

3.3.1

American Soci et y of Mechanical Engineers ( ASM E) ASME B 1.1

: Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR thread form)

ASME B1.20.1

: Pipe Threads General Purpose (Inch)

ASME B16.5

: Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME B16. 9

: Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings

ASME B16.10

: Face to Face and End to End - Dimensions of Valves

ASME B16.11

: Forged Fitting, Socket-Welding and Threaded

ASME B16.20

: Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges - Ring Joint, Spiral wound and Jacketed.

ASME B16.21

: Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

ASME B16.25

: Butt welding Ends

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

3.3.2

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 8 of 22

ASME B16.34

: Valves- Flanged, Threaded & Welding ends

ASME B16.36

: Orifice flanges

ASME B16.47

: Large Diameter Steel Flanges (NPS 26" and Larger)

ASME B16.48

: Steel Line Blanks

ASME B18.2.1

: Square, Hex, Heavy Hex, and Askew Head Bolts and Hex, Heavy Hex, Hex Flange, Lobed Head, and Lag Screws (Inch Series)

ASME B18.2.2

: Nuts for General Applications: Machine Screw Nuts, Hex Square, Hex Flange, and Coupling Nuts (Inch Series)

ASME B31.3

: Process Piping

ASME B36.10M

: Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

ASME B36.19M

: Stainless Steel Pipe

ASME B46.1

: Surface Texture (Surface roughness, waviness, and lay)

ASME VIII

: Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME V

: Non Destructive Examinations

ASME IX

: Welding and Brazing qualifications

British Standard ( BS) BS EN 593

: Industrial Valves - Metallic Butterfly Valves

BS 1868

: Steel Check Valves (flanged and butt-welding ends) for Petroleum, Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries

BS 1873

: Steel Globe and Globe Stop and Check Valves (flanged and butt welding ends) for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS 5154

: Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop and Check, Check and Gate Valves

BS EN ISO 17292

: Metal ball valves for petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries

BS EN ISO 15761

: Steel gate, globe and check valves for NPS 4 and smaller for the petroleum and natural gas industries

BS EN ISO 15848-1

: Industrial Valves – Measurement, test and qualification procedures for fugitive emissions (Classification system and

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 9 of 22

qualification procedures for type testing of valves)

3.3.3

BS EN ISO 15848-2

: Industrial Valves – Measurement, test and qualification procedures for fugitive emissions (Production acceptance test of valves)

BS EN 12266-1

: Industrial valves – Testing of valves: Pressure tests, Test procedures and acceptance criteria Mandatory requirements

BS EN 12266-2

: Industrial Valves - Testing of Valves: Tests, Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria Supplementary Requirements

BS EN ISO 10434

: Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS EN ISO 10497

: Testing of valves Fire type-testing requirements

BS 3799

: Steel Pipe Fittings, Screwed and Socket-Welding for the Petroleum Industry

BS EN 10204

: Metallic Products- Types of Inspection Documents

American Petroleum Institute ( API) API Spec 6A

: Specification for Well head and Christmas Tree Equipment

API Spec5L

: Specification for Line Pipe

API Spec6D

: Specification for Pipeline Valves

API Spec6FA

: Specification for Fire Test for Valves

API Spec6FB

: Specification for Fire Test for End Connections

API STD594

: Check Valves, Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-Welding

API STD598

: Valve Inspection and Testing

API STD600

: Steel Gate Valves Flanged or Butt Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets

API STD602

: Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for NPS 4 and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries

API STD607

: Fire Test for Quarter-turn Valves and Valves Equipped with Nonmetallic Seats

API STD608

: Metal Ball Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End

API STD609

: Butterfly Valves – Double Flanged, Lug and Wafer Type

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

3.3.4

3.3.5

3.3.6

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 10 of 22

Manufacturer’s Standardization Societ y (MSS) MSS SP-6

: Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings

MSS SP-9

: Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges

MSS SP-25

: Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Union

MSS SP-43

: Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings

MSS SP-44

: Steel Pipeline Flanges

MSS SP-55

: Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves

MSS SP-58

: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Material, Design and Manufacture

MSS SP-69

: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application

MSS SP-75

: High Test Wrought Butt Welding Fittings

MSS SP-80

: Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and check Valves

MSS SP-97

: Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings-Socket Welding, Threaded and Butt Welding Ends.

National Association of Corrosion Engi neers ( N ACE) MR 0175/ISO15156

: Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for Use in H2S - Containing Environment in Oil and Gas Production

TM 0177

: Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S Environments

TM 0284

: Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistant to Hydrogen Induced Cracking

International Organization for Standardization (ISO) ISO 9000

: Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards Guidelines for Selection and Use

ISO 9001:2008

: Quality Management Systems - Requirements

ISO 10474

: Steel and Steel Products – Inspection Documents

ISO 5208

: Industrial Valves – pressure Testing of Valves

BS EN 10204

: Metallic Products- Types of Inspection Documents

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

3.3.7

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 11 of 22

BS EN 12266 part 1

: Industrial valves - Testing of valves. Part1: Pressure tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria – Mandatory requirements

BS EN 12266 part 2

: Industrial valves - Testing of valves. Part2: Tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria - Supplementary requirements

American Soci et y of Testing Materials ( ASTM) A105

: Specification for Carbon Steel, Forgings for piping Applications

A106

: Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel pipe for High Temperature Service

A182

: Specification for Forged or Roll Alloy Steel pipe Flanges, Forged fittings and valves and parts for High temperature service

A193

: Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temp or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications

A194

: Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both

A216

: Specification for steel castings, carbon, suitable for fusion welding for high temperature service

A217

: Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service

A234

: Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures

A240

: Heat. Resisting Chromium and Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Fusion - Welded Unfired Pressure Vessels

A262

: Standard practices for detecting susceptibility to inter granular attack in Austenitic Stainless Steel

A312

: Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes

A320

:Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for LowTemperature Service

A333

: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for LowTemperature Service

A350

: Specification for Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring notch toughness testing for piping components

A351

: Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure Containing Parts

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 12 of 22

A358

: Standard Specification for Electric - Fusion -Welded Austenitic ChromiumNickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service and General Applications

A370

: Standard test methods and definition- for mechanical testing of steel Products

A403

: Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A420

: Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low Temperature Service

A453

: Standard Specification for High Temperature Bolting Materials with expansion coefficients comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels.

A516

: Carbon Steel Plate for Moderate and Lower, Temperature Service

A671

: Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Low Temperatures

A744

:Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant for Severe service

A790

: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic & Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe

A815

: Standard Specification for Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic & Austenitic, and Martensitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A890

: Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum, Corrosion Resistant, Duplex (Austenitic / Ferritic) for General application.

A928

: Standard Specification for Ferritic & Austenitic (Duplex) Stainless Steel Pipe Electric Fusion welded with Addition of Filler metal

A995

: Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic - Ferritic (Duplex) stainless Steel for Pressure containing parts

B127

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet and Strip

B148

: Standard Specification for Aluminum–Bronze Sand Castings

B150

: Standard Specification for Aluminum –Bronze Rod, Bar and shapes

B366

: Standard Specification for Factory made Wrought Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings

B423

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

3.3.8

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 13 of 22

B424

: Standard Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) Plate, Sheet and Strip

B443

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Plate, Sheet and Strip

B444

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy Pipe and Tube

B466

: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper-Nickel Pipe and Tube

B564

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy Forgings

B637

: Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Nickel Alloy Bars, Forgings and Forging Stock for High Temperature Service

B705

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625, N06219 and N08825) Welded Pipe

D1784

: Standard Specification for PVC Pipes

F441

: Standard Specification for CPVC Pipes

F439

: Standard Specification for CPVC Fittings

G48

: Standard Test Methods for Pitting and Crevice Corrosion resistance of stainless steels and related alloys by use of Ferric chloride solution

Engineering Equipment and Materials Users Association (EEMU A) EEMUA 144

: 90/10 Copper Nickel Alloy Piping for Offshore Application Specification Tubes, Seamless and Welded

EEMUA 145

: 90/10 Specifications: Flanges, Composite and Solid

EEMUA 146

: 90/10 Specifications: Fittings

EEMUA 182

: Specification for Integral Block and Bleed Valve

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

4.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 14 of 22

ORDER OF PRECEDENCE All detail design and construction shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications, Standards, Codes, Regulations, etc. In any areas of conflict, detail design and construction shall be performed to the following Regulations, codes and standards, which are in order of precedence: 

The Laws, Standards and Regulations of the IRAQ.

    

Project Specific Specifications and data sheets, philosophies, Design basis, etc. International Codes, Standards and Recommended Practices Internationally recognized Oil and Gas Industry sound practices. BGC Procedures and Codes / Standards. Technical Deviations.

In case of conflict between documents in the same level of hierarchy the most stringent requirement shall apply. In such cases VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall provide its interpretation in writing of the most stringent requirement for COMPANY’s approval. 5.

UNITS OF MEASUREMENT All piping component sizes are designated as Nominal Diameter (DN) in mm or Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) in inches. Wall thickness is contained in the schedule number (SCH), i.e. Sch.40 etc. If schedule number is not available, then wall thickness is indicated in mm. Stud bolts diameter is in inches and length is in mm. Nominal pressure ratings for flanges, valves and forged fittings are in pounds rating. Unless approved otherwise by BGC, following range of nominal pipe sizes are used in piping classes: DN 15 (NPS 1/2) DN 20 (NPS 3/4) DN 25 (NPS 1) DN 40 (NPS 1-½) DN 50 (NPS 2) DN 80 (NPS 3) DN 100 (NPS 4) DN 150 (NPS 6)

DN 200 (NPS 8) DN 250 (NPS 10) DN 300 (NPS 12) DN 350 (NPS 14) DN 400 (NPS 16) DN 450 (NPS 18) DN 500 (NPS 20) DN 600 (NPS 24)

DN 750 (NPS 30) DN 900 (NPS 36) DN 1050 (NPS 42) DN 1200 (NPS 48) DN 1400 (NPS 56) DN 1600 (NPS 64) DN 1800 (NPS 72) DN 2000 (NPS 80)

The pipe sizes specified in above table shall be used in accordance with the following limitations.   

Due to their vulnerability to damage and their limited mechanical strength, sizes NPS ½ & ¾ should not be used except for short branch connections. Nominal pipe size in pipe tracks shall not be less than NPS 2. Nominal pipe size in pipe racks shall not be less than NPS 1-½.



NPS 1¼, 2½, 3½, 5, 7, 9 & 22 etc. shall not be used. (Refer Section 7)

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

6.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 15 of 22

DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES The principal dimensions and tolerances of piping components shall be in accordance with applicable standards specified in Piping Material Specification and MESC buying descriptions, unless otherwise specified.

7.

PIPE WALL THICKNESS The pipe wall thickness for root DEP piping classes are used as it is and it is based on ASME B31.3 Process piping. The pipe wall thickness for the project specific piping classes is selected same as specified in root DEP piping classes if the design parameters are the same. If wall thicknesses for new pipe sizes are not available in root DEP piping classes, then wall thickness calculation is done and verified for special requirements (such as vacuum condition) as per ASME B31.3. Refer to Appendix-1 (Index for Piping Classes) for considered vacuum conditions. The pipe wall thickness calculation for non-metallic piping (For Example - GRE, HDPE etc) shall be done by non-metallic piping Supplier /Manufacturer based on process design conditions stated in the preliminary piping classes.

8.

BRANCH CONNECTIONS Type of branch connections shall be in accordance with branch table included in each root Shell DEP Piping Classes and Project Specific Piping Classes. Please note that there are several piping classes which have multiple branch fittings (For Example: Branch Fittings (Olets) Flanged, BW, Plain, SW). The components in the piping class will be added with a note to use them as a default/first preference for CAD coding and other options of similar item shall be treated as an optional and can be used if they particularly required.

9.

SELECTION OF PIPING CLASSES / PIPING CLASS IDENTIFICATION Piping Classes referred in Appendix-1 of this document are derived from root Shell DEP Piping Classes. A new Project Piping Class will be created by using suffix “X”, “Y” & “Z” in case any essential modifications required in root Shell DEP Piping Classes to match with the project specific requirements. Refer to section 10.2 for guidelines to be used for creating Project Specific Piping Class.

9.1

Piping Cl ass Numbering The numbering of piping classes shall be in accordance with Shell DEP 31.38.01.10Gen and further explained as noted below: The piping class number is comprised of three parts. Part 1.

Part 2.

Part 3.

Part 1 indicates the ASME rating class as follows: 1 for ASME rating class 150 3 for ASME rating class 300

9 for ASME rating class 900 15 for ASME rating class 1500

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 16 of 22

6 for ASME rating class 600

25 for ASME rating class 2500

Part 2 is related to the materials selection, as follows: The first digit indicates the general group of selected materials, i.e. 1 - Carbon steels 2 - Low and intermediate alloy steels 3 - Stainless steels 4 - Aluminium and aluminium alloys

5 - Copper and copper alloys 6 - Nickel and nickel base alloys 7 - Non-metallic materials 8 - Carbon steel, lined or galvanized

The next three digits shall be selected from DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen and DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen as applicable. For example, piping class 31412 is ASME rating class 300, Carbon steel. 9.2

Project Specific Pi ping Classes Project Specific Piping Classes will be created in case of any additional requirements which is as below  Additional Pipe sizes and Components which are not available in root Shell DEP Piping Classes.  Calculation of Pipe Wall Thickness for additional sizes or for existing sizes where thickness need to be verified based on project specific requirements (like full vacuum, specific line design conditions etc).  Development of non-metallic Piping Classes based on vendor information.  If there is no root Shell DEP Piping Class available for specific design conditions or specific fluid service then closest root Shell DEP Piping Class will be selected and further modified in accordance with project specific requirements. Project Specific Piping Classes will have suffix “X”, “Y”, “Z” in order to differentiate from root Shell DEP Piping Classes. Changes will be done by red line marked up on root Shell DEP Piping Classes.

10.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS For fabricated pipe works, post weld heat treatment shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3, para 331 and Table 331.1.1. PMI shall be applied prior to shipment from Manufacturer’s / Stockiest yard for all Stainless Steel (SS), Duplex & Super Duplex Stainless Steel (DSS & SDSS), Nickel Alloy, Copper – Nickel Alloy, CRA materials of Alloy 625 and 825. Butt-weld joints shall be used for all pipe sizes, except where socket welded joints are prescribed in the relevant piping classes.

11.

POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT Unless specified in Piping Material Specification, all piping materials shall be stress relieved in accordance with Table 331.1.1 ASME B 31.3 or ASME B31.1 per base material and its thickness.

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 17 of 22

PWHT requirement for piping classes designed for special services (such as caustic, acids, H2S) shall be identified in the Appendix-1 (Index for Piping Classes). For carbon steel piping in sour service, the requirement of NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156 shall be fulfilled for all the Welds. PWHT shall be performed in accordance with ASME B31.3. Welds requiring Post weld Heat Treatment shall be prefabricated as much as possible, minimizing field welds. 12.

MATERIALS FOR SOUR SERVICE Sour Environment or Sour Service is the term traditionally used for environments containing water and H2S in exploration and production services in oil and gas industry. In these services, sour environments are defined as fluids containing water as liquid and Hydrogen Sulphide exceeding the limits set forth in NACE MR0175/ ISO15156. All materials for Piping Classes designed as sour service shall fully meet the requirements of NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156. All chemical restrictions, carbon content, Sulphur content, Carbon equivalent (CE) shall be in accordance with Project specification. Cast iron shall not be used in hydrocarbon service.

13.

HARDNESS TESTING The maximum hardness limit of 248 HV10 in the parent material is acceptable provided the pipe manufacturer demonstrates during the weldability tests that the hardness in the weld and the heat affected zone including the values within 0.5mm from the fusion line do not exceed 248 HV10.

14.

REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPE Pipe shall normally be as specified in the Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. Unless mentioned otherwise, Dimensions of pipes shall be in accordance with the following table. Item Carbon & Low Alloy Steel High Alloy Steel & Stainless Steel

Material

Diameter

Thickness

Tolerance

ASTM or API

ASME B36.10M

ASME B36.10M

Each ASTM or API

ASTM

ASME B36.19M or B36.10M

ASME B36.19M or B36.10M

Each ASTM

All CS / LTCS & SS pipes shall be provided in double random lengths for NPS 3 to 48 and in single random lengths for NPS 2 and smaller, unless otherwise stated in the material requisition scope of supply. All CRA pipes shall be supplied in single random lengths. For specific requirement for Pipes, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION FOR PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-788000002.

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

15.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 18 of 22

REQUIREMENTS FOR FITTINGS Fittings shall be in accordance ASME B16.9, B16.11, MSS SP-75, MSS SP-95, MSS SP-97 or BS3799 unless mentioned in Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. Butt-weld end preparations to be in accordance with ANSI B16.25. Branch connection shall be in accordance with the branch table in applicable pipe classes, Branch connections other than 90° angle, especially for relief systems, shall be provided with reinforcement pads as per ASME B31.3 code requirements. Butt weld elbows are to be long radius type as per ASME B16.9. Short radius elbows shall be treated as special fittings and their usage shall be subject to approval by BGC on a case to case basis. Pipe bends shall not be used, unless approved by BGC. Mitered elbows shall not be used. All caps shall be seamless. Fittings shall be forged to the final shape and size. Fittings shall not be machined from bar stock or solid forged billets. For specific requirement for Fitting, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION FOR PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc. No. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-788000002.

16.

REQUIREMENTS FOR FLANGES Flange NPS 24 and smaller shall be manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.5. Flanges larger than NPS 24 shall be manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.47 Series A unless mentioned in Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. Slip on flanges should not be used in place of weld neck flanges. Flange facing finish shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5 for NPS 24 and smaller and ASME B16.47 Series A for NPS 26 and larger. Raised face and flat face flanges shall have smooth finish in accordance with in accordance with ASME B16.5 or B16.47. Flange bores shall match corresponding pipe inside diameters. Hub connections are not acceptable for any piping class. Only flanged connections shall be used in this project. Flat face flanges shall be provided with full-face gaskets. Flanges mating to equipment with flat face flanges shall also be flat face with appropriate full face gasket. The bore of welding neck flanges shall correspond to inside diameter of the connecting pipe or fittings, permitting a thickness difference up to 1/16” (1 ½ mm). When the difference in wall thickness between the two components being joined exceeds 1/16”, taper boring shall be performed on the component having the heavier wall per ANSI/ASME B31.3 (section 327.3.2). Jack screw flange shall not be used for this project. Flange spreaders shall be used for replacing or turning of orifice flanges, spectacle blinds, paddle blanks & spacers.

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 19 of 22

For specific requirement for Flanges, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION FOR PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc. No. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00002. 17.

REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECTACLE BLINDS, SPADE AND SPACERS Spectacle blinds (figure-8), spades and spacers shall be in accordance with ASME B16.48. For detail refer to MESC number specified in piping classes. Spectacle blinds and spades shall be located so that they are accessible from ground level or from platforms or walkways. The need for scaffolding shall be minimized. For easier handling, spading points should not be installed in vertical piping; if this is unavoidable, special precautions shall be taken to improve access and handling. Personnel should not pull or lift loads exceeding 23 kg (50 lbs). If the required force to turn spectacle blinds exceeds 23 kg (50 lbs), additional mechanical handling equipment and procedures should be implemented to ensure safe turning of the spectacle blind. Alternatively, spades with spacers should be used instead. Spectacle blinds requiring a force of more than 23 kg (50 lbs) are tabulated below ASME rating class

Size

150 300 600 900 1500 2500

DN 300 (NPS 12) and larger DN 250 (NPS 10) and larger DN 200 (NPS 8) and larger DN 200 (NPS 8) and larger DN 150 (NPS 6) and larger DN 150 (NPS 6) and larger

Spacers and spades exceeding a weight of 23 kg (50 lbs) should be provided with a lifting lug. A mobile crane or, if this is not possible, special hoisting facilities should be used for handling such items. Spades having a weight of more than 23 kg (50 lbs) are tabulated below ASME Class rating

Size

150 300 600 900 1500 2500

DN 350 (NPS 14) and larger DN 300 (NPS 12) and larger DN 250 (NPS 10) and larger DN 200 (NPS 8) and larger DN 200 (NPS 8) and larger DN 150 (NPS 6) and larger

For specific requirement for Spectacle blinds, Spades & Spacers, refer PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION FOR PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS. Doc. No. 0000-9500-WGELG000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00002.

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

18.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 20 of 22

REQUIREMENTS FOR GASKETS All metallic or semi metallic Gaskets (such as Spiral Wound or Camprofile) shall be in accordance with ASME B16.20 and non-metallic gaskets shall be in accordance with ASME B16.21 unless mentioned in Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. Full face gaskets shall be used in all flat faced flanged joints. Gaskets for raised face and ring type joints shall be in accordance with the relevant piping class. The use of compressed asbestos fibre gaskets as a jointing material or asbestos in any valve packing is strictly prohibited. Compressed Asbestos Fibre (CAF) and manmade mineral Fibres (MMMF) shall not be used. Insulating gasket kits shall be used for the flanged joints of dissimilar material as specified in the piping and layout design basis. For specific requirement for Gasket, refer PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR GASKET & FASTENERS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-788000003.

19.

REQUIREMENTS FOR FASTENERS Flange bolting shall be provided in accordance with Piping Material Specification for the applicable Piping Class Rating and Service. Stud bolts and nuts shall be completely threaded in accordance with ANSI B1.1. Sizes 25 mm (1 in) and smaller shall be Coarse Thread Series (UNC) and sizes larger than 25 mm (1 in) shall be 8-Thread Series (8 UN). Threads shall be machine cut or rolled. Nuts shall be semi-finished, heavy, hexagon. Nuts shall have a height equal to the bolt diameter and shall be chamfered and faced. The machining and surface condition tolerances applicable to the various treading shall confirm to Class 2A and 2B of ASME B1.1 for stud bolts, screw and nuts respectively. The stud length shall be selected so when nuts are fully engaged the stud projects beyond the nuts but not more than two full threads. Stud bolt diameters shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5 (for flanges NPS 24 & smaller) and ASME B16.47 Series A / MSS SP 44 (for flanges NPS 26 and larger) unless specified in piping classes. Where spectacle blinds, wafer valves, etc., are installed, stud bolt length shall be increased by thickness of such devices and extra gaskets. Hydraulic bolt tensioning shall be applied in the following cases: Service

ASME Rating Classes

Bolt Diameter (in)

All

All

≥2

All

≥ 1500

≥1½

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 21 of 22

Hydrogen

≥ 600

≥1½

Critical applications (to be agreed between the BGC).

All

≥1

Where specified, studs 50 mm (2 in) diameter and larger shall be the larger of one nut thickness or 40 mm (1½ in) longer than normal to permit use of a bolt tensioner. For specific requirement for Bolting, refer PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR GASKET & FASTENERS. Doc No 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-788000003. 20.

REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES Valve types, size range, body, trim materials and face to face dimensions are specified in each piping classes. For detail description, refer to the description of each MESC number specified. For specific requirement for valves, refer Purchase Specification for Valve Doc .No. 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7880-00001.

21.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRE PIPING GRE piping shall be in accordance Shell DEP 31.40.10.19-Gen (GRP Pipeline and Piping systems). GRE Piping shall have adhesive jointing (Bell & Spigot Type). GRE Piping NPS 24 larger shall be supplied with lamination joints. For GRE Piping size range below NPS1, Super Duplex Stainless Steel Piping Components (Pipes, Fittings & Flanges) shall be used. Unless otherwise specified, the wall thickness of GRE piping components (Pipes, Fittings and Flanges) for pipe class to be design for following pressure. ASME Rating

Pipe Class Design Pressure (Barg)

150

22.

20

Hydrostatic Test Pressure (Barg) 30

REQUIREMENTS FOR HDPE PIPING HDPE piping shall be in accordance Shell DEP 31.40.20.39-Gen (High Density Polyethylene Pipeline and Piping systems for Oilfield Applications).

23.

REQUIREMENTS FOR CLAD/LINED PIPING Clad/Lined piping systems requirements shall be as per DEP 61.40.20.36. This DEP specifies requirements and gives recommendations for field welding in the

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 22 of 22

construction and maintenance of corrosion resistant alloy (CRA) clad or lined steel pipelines under both sour and non-sour service conditions. This DEP covers the arc welding of butt welds in CRA clad or lined steel pipelines and related facilities. 24.

PIPING SPECIALITY (SP) ITEMS Special piping items specified in this paragraph are piping components which fall into one of the following categories:

25.



Piping components, which are specified in piping classes, but MESC numbers specified, are project specific MESC numbers (For Example – SBB & DBB etc.)



Piping components, which are not specified in piping classes, such as Strainers, Flame Arrestors, Hose Connectors, Access Fittings, Injection Quill, Adaptors, and Bird Screen etc. shall be as per respective data sheets and Piping Specialty Items List / MTO.

REQUIREMENTS FOR MARKING All piping components shall be legibly marked (stamped/ etched) in accordance with the applicable ASTM or API standard and MSS SP 25. Following information shall be marked in addition to above requirement. MESC No., Manufacturer’s / Vendor’s name or trademark, rating, material designation & grade, nominal size & wall thickness, heat / cast no., direction of flow (if any) etc. shall be integral on the body of each item. Detail marking requirements shall be specified in individual Purchase Specifications.

26.

PAINTING & COATING All piping components shall be externally coated in accordance with Project Painting Specification (Doc. No. 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001).

27.

APPENDICES

27 . 1

A P P EN DIX 1 : P I PI NG CL A S S IN D EX

27 . 2

A P P EN DIX 2 : M AT E RI A L O F CO N ST RU CT IO N FO R V A L V E S

27 . 3

A P P EN DIX 3 : P I PI NG CL A S S E S

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000 01R

Rev No.: Page

1 of 3

APPENDIX-1 INDEX FOR PIPING CLASSES

APPENDIX-1 : INDEX FOR PIPING CLASSES

Root Piping Classes for Sr. Shell DEP GREENFIELD No Piping PROJECTS Classes 1 11001 11001

Services (Note-1)

Rev No H

Instrument Air Tool Air Nitrogen

SERVICR SYMBOLS

Design Code

A G

ASME B31.3

Inspection Service Flange Class per DEP Category per Rating & 31.38.01.31, ASME B31.3 Face table 4.1 D 4d 150# , RF

Corrosion Allowance (mm) 1

DESIGN CONDITIONS

Pressure (barg) 19.6 to 15.8

Temp. (°C) -29 to 150

Vacuum Condition Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) (Note-13)

Material Piping Basic MOC (Piping Group per Class Component Component) ASME B16.5 Size Range Size 2-1.1 1/2" - 48" Carbon Steel Upto 48"

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE Pipes

Fittings

ASTM A106 Gr.B ASTM A672C65 Cl22

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB ASTM A234 Gr.WPBW

Flanges (Note-2) ASTM A105

Gasket

Bolts

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

RT (Note-4) 5%

EXTENT OF NDE ( % ) (Note-3) MT PT (Note-5) (Note-6) 5% NO

VISUAL

PWHT

100%

YES As per B31.3

FERRITE HARDNESS NO. TEST MEASURE MENT NO NO

HIC TEST

PMI TEST

Remarks

NO

NO

Non-Sour

2

11007

11007

G

Amine (rich solvent (Only for releases assessed not very toxic acute)

P

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

3

19.6 to 15.8

-29 to 150

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) Except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.1

1/2" - 24"

Carbon Steel

Upto 24"

ASTM A106 Gr.B

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB

ASTM A105

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

Moderate Sour

3

11008-KS

11008-KS

G

50% Caustic Solution transfer to ISBL

Q

ASME B31.3

N

3d

1 of 3

3

19.6 to 15.8

-29 to 150

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) Except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.1

1/2" - 24"

Carbon Steel

Upto 24"

ASTM A333 Gr.6

ASTM A420 Gr. WPL6

ASTM A350 Gr.LF2 Cl 1

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

Moderate Sour

4

11009

11009

E

Hydrocarbon Vent (from Closed Drain vessel) Hydrocarbon Liquid

B

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# RF

3

19.6 to 13.8

0 to 200

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.1

1/2" - 24"

Carbon Steel

Upto 24"

ASTM A106 Gr.B

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB

ASTM A105

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

Moderate Sour

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

5%

5%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3

NO

NO

NO

NO

Non-Sour

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

Moderate Sour

P

5

11011

11011

J

Water from Closed Drain Vessel

W

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

1

19.6 to 6.5

-29 to 400

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.1

1/2" - 48"

Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A106 Gr.B ASTM A672C65 Cl22

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB ASTM A234 Gr.WPBW

ASTM A105

6

11042

11042

I

Vent from Raw Water pig receiver/launcher PSVs

B

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

3

19.6 to 6.5

-29 to 400

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.1

1/2" - 48"

Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A106 Gr.B ASTM A672C65 Cl22

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB ASTM A234 Gr.WPBW

ASTM A105

7

11176

11176

I

Hydrocarbons (with or without wet H2S)

B

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# RF

3

18.4 to 8.6

-50 to 345

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.3

1/2" - 48" Low Temperature Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A333 Gr.6 ASTM A671CC65 Cl22

ASTM A420 Gr. WPL6 ASTM A420 Gr. WPL6W

ASTM A350 Gr.LF2 Cl 1

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A320L7M /A1947M

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

High Sour

8

11180

11180

E

Flare Sub-Header

B

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

1

18.4 to 8.6

-50 to 345

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) (Note-13)

2-1.3

1/2" - 48" Low Temperature Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A333 Gr.6 ASTM A671CC65 Cl22

ASTM A420 Gr. WPL6 ASTM A420 Gr. WPL6W

ASTM A350 Gr.LF2 Cl 1

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A320L7 /A194-4 ASTM A320L43/A194-4

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

Moderate Sour

9

11432

11432

G

Effluent Water Hydrocarbon Liquids Off Spec Raw Water from RO Package

W P W

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

3

19.6 to 15.8

-29 to 150

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) except DN450 (NPS 18) (Note-14)

2-1.1

1/2" - 48"

Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A106 Gr.B ASTM A672C65 Cl22

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB ASTM A234 Gr.WPBW

ASTM A105

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

5%

5%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3

NO

NO

NO

NO

Non-Sour

10

11450

11450

H

Fuel Gas

F

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

1

19.6 to 13.8

-29 to 200

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) (Note-13)

2-1.1

1/2" - 24"

Carbon Steel

Upto 24"

ASTM A106 Gr.B

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB

ASTM A105

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

5%

5%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3

NO

NO

NO

NO

Non-Sour

11

13032

13032

H

Demin Water Caustic Soda (from Thiopaq Injection)

W Q

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

0

19.0 to 14.8

-29 to 150

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) (Note-13)

2-2.2

1/2" - 24"

Stainless Steel (SS316)

Upto 24"

ASTM A312 Gr. ASTM A403 Gr. TP316L WP316L ASTM A358- ASTM A403 Gr. 316L WP316L-WX

ASTM A182 Gr.F316

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193 B7/A194 2H

5%

NO

5%

100%

NO

NO

10%

NO

YES (Note-12)

Non-Sour

12

13411

13411 (Note-9)

G

Coagulant / Antifoam General Chemicals Deemulsifier, Carbon Dioxide, Citric Acid, Polyelectrolyte, Antiscalant, Sodium Bisulfite, Non Oxidising Biocide, RO Cleaner, Flocculant

Q

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

0

19.0 to 14.8

-29 to 150

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) (Note-13)

2-2.2

1/2" - 48"

Stainless Steel (SS316)

Upto 48"

ASTM A312 Gr. ASTM A403 Gr. TP316L WP316L ASTM A358- ASTM A403 Gr. 316L WP316L-WX

ASTM A182 Gr.F316

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193 B7/A194 2H

5%

NO

5%

100%

NO

NO

10%

NO

YES (Note-12)

Non-Sour

13

16410

16410

D

Sodium hypochlorite (> 10%) Hydrochloric Acid

Q

ASME B31.3

N

3d

150# , RF

0

19 - 18.4

0 to 50

Full vacuum at ambient temp (Size : upto DN600 (NPS 24) (Note-13)

2-2.2

1/2" - 6"

Titanium

Upto 6"

ASTM B363- Expanded PTFE WPT2 + ASTM A182F316 (Lap Joint Flange)

ASTM A193B8M cl 2/A194-8M

10%

NO

10%

100%

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES (Note-12)

Non-Sour

Q

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001 Rev. 01R

AASTM B861 -2

ASTM B363 -WPT2

Page 2 OF 3

APPENDIX-1 : INDEX FOR PIPING CLASSES

Root Piping Classes for Sr. Shell DEP GREENFIELD No Piping PROJECTS Classes 14 17012 17012 (Note-15)

Rev No

Services (Note-1)

SERVICR SYMBOLS

Design Code

D

Raw Water, Fresh Water, Citric Acid, Filtered Water, Sludgy Water, Filtration Backwash Water, Limestone, Potable Water, CPI Seperated Water

W

ASME B31.3

Inspection Service Class per DEP Category per 31.38.01.31, ASME B31.3 table 4.1 D 4d

Flange Rating & Face

Corrosion Allowance (mm)

150# , FF

DESIGN CONDITIONS

0

Pressure (barg) 10

Temp. (°C) 0 to 80

Material Piping Basic MOC (Piping Group per Class Component Component) ASME B16.5 Size Range Size Not Designed 1" - 36" GRVE (Glass Upto 36" (if required, contractor to Reinforced confirm with vendor Vinylester Resin during detail design) Bisphenol A) Vacuum Condition

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE Pipes

Fittings

GRVE

GRVE

Flanges (Note-2) GRVE

Gasket

Ethylene ASTM A193Propylene B7/ASTM Rubber (EPDM) A194-2H

15

17015

17015 (Note-15)

D

Hydrocarbon Drains (for underground systems only)

D

ASME B31.3

D

4d

150# , FF

0

10

0 to 85

Not Designed (if required, contractor to confirm with vendor during detail design)

-

1" - 12"

GRE-Aliphatic amine+alum foil

Upto 24"

GRE-Aliphatic amine+alum foil

16

17133

17133 (Note-15)

A

Caustic Soda, Ferric Chloride, Flocculant

Q

ASME B31.3

D

4d

150# , FF

0

10.0 to 6.9

-5 to 60

Not Designed (if required, contractor to confirm with vendor during detail design)

-

1/2" - 36"

HDPE

Upto 36"

PE4710

PE4710

PE4710 + ASTM A105 (Lap Joint Flange)

Ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM)

17

17135

17135 (Note-15)

A

Water, Fire Fighting

W

ASME B31.3

D

4d

150# , FF

0

16.0 to 11.5

-5 to 60

Not Designed (if required, contractor to confirm with vendor during detail design)

-

1/2" - 24"

HDPE

Upto 24"

PE4710

PE4710

PE4710 + ASTM A105 (Lap Joint)

18

61142

61142

E

Hydrogen Sulphide (Gas, Dry) Hydrocarbons with wet H2S

W

ASME B31.3

M

1b

600# RF

3

102.1 - 67.3

0 to 400

Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition

2-1.1

1/2" - 48"

Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A106 Gr.B ASTM A333-6 ASTM A671CC65 cl 22

ASTM A234 Gr.WPB ASTM A420WPL6 ASTM A420WPL6

ASTM A105

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

19

61176

61176

E

Hydrocarbons (with or without wet H2S)

P (Process Lines B (Vent Lines)

ASME B31.3

N

3d

600# RF

3

102.1 - 73.3

-50 to 345

Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition

2-1.1

1/2" - 48" Low Temperature Carbon Steel

Upto 48"

ASTM A333 Gr.6 STM A671CC65 cl 22

ASTM A420 Gr. WPL6 ASTM A420WPL6W

ASTM A350 Gr.LF2 Cl 1

20

61450

61450

I

Hydrocarbon Drains Fuel Gas

D F

ASME B31.3

N

3d

600# RF

1

102.1 - 87.6

0 - 200

Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition

2-1.1

1/2" - 24"

Upto 24"

ASTM A106 ASTM A234 Gr.B Gr.WPB ASTM A672- ASTM A420 Gr. C65 cl 22 WPL6 ASTM A333-6

ASTM A105

Carbon Steel

Bolts

GRE-Aliphatic GRE-Aliphatic Ethylene amine+alum amine+alum propylene foil foil rubber (EPDM)

RT (Note-4) -

EXTENT OF NDE ( % ) (Note-3) MT PT (Note-5) (Note-6) -

VISUAL

PWHT

100%

-

FERRITE HARDNESS NO. TEST MEASURE MENT NO 10% (Only for SS Valves)

HIC TEST

PMI TEST

Remarks

NO

YES (Note-12) (Only for SS Valves)

Non-Sour

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

-

-

-

100%

-

NO

10% (Only for SS Valves)

NO

YES (Note-12) (Only for SS Valves)

Non-Sour

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

-

-

-

100%

-

NO

10% (Only for SS Valves)

NO

YES (Note-12) (Only for SS Valves)

Non-Sour

Ethylene ASTM A193Propylene B7/ASTM Rubber (EPDM) A194-2H

-

-

-

100%

-

NO

NO

NO

NO

Non-Sour

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

20%

20%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

20%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

Moderate Sour

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite Camprofile SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A320L7M /A1947M

10%

10%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3 (Note-7)

10%

NO

YES (Note-11)

NO

High Sour

Spiral Wound SS316 + Graphite

ASTM A193B7/ASTM A194-2H

5%

5%

NO

100%

YES As per B31.3

NO

NO

NO

NO

Non-Sour

NOTES :1. Services specified in this index are in accordance with DEP 31.38.01.84-Gen. Please refer to notes mentioned against each piping class in DEP 31.38.01.84 while selecting any services. 2. Unless otherwise stated, drilling of flanges shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5 upto 24" or ASME B16.47 Series A for 26" & larger pipe sizes. 3. NDE, Hardness, Ferrite No.(FN) requirements shall be in accordance with DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen_Sept. 2013 (Shop and Field Fabrication of Piping). 4. RT-Radiographic testing is applicable for butt welded joints.Refer to section 4.2.3 of DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen_Sept. 2013 for procedure and acceptance criteria. 5. MT-Magnetic particle examination applicable to fillet and branch welds. Refer to section 4.2.5 of DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen_Sept. 2013 for procedure and acceptance criteria. 6. PT-Dye penetrate examination applicable to fillet and branch welds. Refer to section 4.2.5 of DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen_Sept. 2013 for procedure and acceptance criteria. 7. For carbon steel piping in sour service the requirement of NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156, relevant DEP and MESC specifications shall be fulfilled for all welds. Additionally for CS piping exceeding 20mm wall thickness, PWHT is required as per ASME B31.3, table 331.1.1 8. Impact Testing shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3 & ASTM A370. 9. Pipe Classes shall be restricted to 60 0C if chlorides are present. 10. Ferrite No.(FN) shall be measured in accordance with ASTM E562 / ISO 8249. The FN of the deposited weld metal of all Austenitic Stainless Steel shop and field welds shall be in the range 3 FN to 8 FN. For Super Duplex Stainless Steel, the FN shall be in the range of 40% - 60% for parent metal and Heat Affected Zone (HAZ), and in the range for 35% - 65% for the weld metal. 11. HIC Test is required for longitudinally welded carbon steel pipes. 12. PMI is 100% for Stainless Steel (SS), Duplex & Super Duplex Staniless Steel and CRA materials including valve trim materials. 13. For pipe sizes DN 750 [NPS 30] & larger, if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly. 14. Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly. 15.This is preliminary non-metallic piping class. Detailed piping class shall be developed based on vendor/manufacturer's information during Detail Design Engineering. Suffix "X" shall be used in order to make Project Specific Piping Class (For example - 17012X, 17015X etc).

Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001 Rev. 01R

Page 3 OF 3

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000 01R

Rev No.: Page

1 of 7

APPENDIX-2 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES

APPENDIX-2 : MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES PIPING CLASS

11001

11007

11008-KS

11009

DESIGN LIMIT

19.6Barg - 15.8Barg @ -290C - 1500C

19.6Barg - 15.8Barg @ -290C - 1500C

19.6Barg - 15.8Barg @ -290C - 1500C

19.6Barg - 13.8Barg @ 00C - 2000C

SERVICE

Instrument Air Tool Air Nitrogen

BASIC MOC

Carbon Steel

Amine (rich solvent (Only for releases assessed not Carbon Steel very toxic acute)

50% Caustic Solution transfer to ISBL

Low Temperature Carbon Steel

Hydrocarbon Vent (from Closed Drain vessel) Carbon Steel Hydrocarbon Liquid

FLANGE RATING

150

150

150

150

VALVE TYPE

END CONNECTION

VALVE BODY

TRIM

1/2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 PTFE

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

SWING CHECK

2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

DUAL PLATE CHECK

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS410

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

A105 / A216 WCB

SS410 STELLITE

1/2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 PTFE

8 - 24

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

SWING CHECK

2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

DUAL PLATE CHECK

12 - 24

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

1/2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, PTFE

8 - 24

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

LTCS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

SWING CHECK

2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

DUAL PLATE CHECK

12 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

1/2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

8 - 24

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

SWING CHECK

2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

DUAL PLATE CHECK

12 - 24

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

BALL VALVE (Note-2) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET PISTON CHECK (Note-3)

BALL VALVE (Note-2) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET PISTON CHECK (Note-3)

BALL VALVE (Note-2) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET PISTON CHECK (Note-3)

BALL VALVE (Note-2) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET PISTON CHECK (Note-3)

Rev. 01R Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

SIZE RANGE (NPS)

REMARKS

Page 2 OF 7

APPENDIX-2 : MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES PIPING CLASS

11011

11042

11176

DESIGN LIMIT

19.6Barg - 6.5Barg @ -290C - 4000C

19.6Barg - 6.5Barg @ -290C - 4000C

18.4Barg - 8.6Barg @ -500C - 3450C

SERVICE

BASIC MOC

Water from Closed Drain Carbon Steel Vessel

Vent from Raw Water pig Carbon Steel receiver/launcher PSVs

Hydrocarbons (with or without wet H2S)

Low Temperature Carbon Steel

FLANGE RATING

150

150

150

VALVE TYPE

END CONNECTION

VALVE BODY

TRIM

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410, STELLITE

A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS410

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

LTCS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

Rev. 01R Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

SIZE RANGE (NPS)

REMARKS

Page 3 OF 7

APPENDIX-2 : MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES PIPING CLASS

11180

11432

DESIGN LIMIT

18.4Barg - 8.6Barg @ -500C - 3450C

19.6Barg - 15.8Barg @ -290C - 1500C

SERVICE

Flare Sub-Header

BASIC MOC

Low Temperature Carbon Steel

Effluent Water Hydrocarbon Liquids Carbon Steel Off Spec Raw Water from RO Package

FLANGE RATING

150

150

VALVE TYPE

11450

Fuel Gas

Carbon Steel

150

VALVE BODY

TRIM

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316 STELLITE

ASTM A352-LCC

LTCS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316 STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316 STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

SS316 STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316 STELLITE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 PTFE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS410

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

ASTM A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

BALL VALVE (Note-2) GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

8 - 24

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

12 - 24

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS410

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

Rev. 01R Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

END CONNECTION

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

GLOBE VALVE

19.6Barg - 13.8Barg @ -290C - 2000C

SIZE RANGE (NPS)

REMARKS

Page 4 OF 7

APPENDIX-2 : MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES PIPING CLASS

13032

13411

16410

17012

17015

DESIGN LIMIT

19.0Barg - 14.8Barg @ -290C - 1500C

19.0Barg - 14.8Barg @ -290C - 1500C

19.0Barg - 18.4Barg @ 00C - 500C

10.0Barg @ 00C - 800C

10.0Barg @ 00C - 850C

SERVICE

Demin Water Caustic Soda (from Thiopaq Injection)

BASIC MOC

Stainless Steel (SS316)

Coagulant / Antifoam General Chemicals Deemulsifier, Carbon Dioxide, Citric Acid, Stainless Steel Polyelectrolyte, (SS316) Antiscalant, Sodium Bisulfite, Non Oxidising Biocide, RO Cleaner, Flocculant

Sodium hypochlorite (> 10%), Hydrochloric Acid

Titanium

Raw Water, Fresh Water, Citric Acid, Filtered Water, Sludgy Water, Filtration GRVE (Glass Backwash Water, Reinforced Limestone, Potable Vinylester Resin Water, CPI Seperated Bisphenol A) Water

Hydrocarbon Drains (for underground systems only)

GRE-Aliphatic amine+alum foil

FLANGE RATING

150

150

150

150

150

VALVE TYPE

END CONNECTION

VALVE BODY

TRIM

1/2 - 10

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 PTFE

8 - 24

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, STELLITE

DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

12 - 24

RF, Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316, STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, STELLITE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, PTFE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

BALL VALVE

1/2 - 6

RF, Flanged

ASTM B367-C2

TITANIUM, PTFE

BALL VALVE (Note-2)

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, PTFE

BUTTERFLY CONC LUG TYPE

3 - 36

FF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A536 60-40-18 LINING: EPDM

DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE LINING: EPDM

BALL VALVE (Note-2) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4)

BALL VALVE (Note-2) GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

PISTON & SWING CHECK (Note-3) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4) BALL VALVE (Note-2)

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

3 - 10 12 - 36

FF, Lug Type FF, Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316 EPDM

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, PTFE

BUTTERFLY CONC LUG TYPE

3 - 12

FF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A536 60-40-18 LINING: EPDM

DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE LINING: EPDM

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

3 - 10 12 - 12

FF, Lug Type FF, Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316 EPDM

PISTON & SWING CHECK (Note-3) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

Rev. 01R Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

SIZE RANGE (NPS)

REMARKS

Page 5 OF 7

APPENDIX-2 : MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES PIPING CLASS

17133

17135

61142

DESIGN LIMIT

10.0Barg - 6.9Barg @ -50C - 600C

16.0Barg - 11.5Barg @ -50C - 600C

102.1Barg - 67.3Barg @ 00C - 4000C

SERVICE

Caustic Soda, Ferric Chloride, Flocculant

Water, Fire Fighting

Hydrogen Sulphide (Gas, Dry) Hydrocarbons with wet H2S

BASIC MOC

HDPE

FLANGE RATING

150

VALVE TYPE

SIZE RANGE (NPS)

END CONNECTION

VALVE BODY

TRIM

BALL VALVE (Note-2)

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316, PTFE

BUTTERFLY CONC LUG TYPE

3 - 36

FF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A536 60-40-18 LINING: EPDM

DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE LINING: EPDM

PISTON & SWING CHECK (Note-3) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4) BALL VALVE (Note-2) GATE VALVE (Note-2) HDPE

Carbon Steel

150

600

BUTTERFLY CONC LUG TYPE PISTON & SWING CHECK (Note-3) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4) GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4) GLOBE VALVE

61176

102.1Barg - 73.3Barg @ -500C - 3450C

Hydrocarbons (with or without wet H2S)

Low Temperature Carbon Steel

600

FF, Flanged

ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M

SS316 STELLITE

FF, Lug Type FF, Flanged

A351 CF8M

SS316 EPDM

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM B148-UNS C95400

ALUMINIUM BRONZE, PTFE

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM B148-UNS C95400

ALUMINIUM BRONZE

3 - 24

FF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A536 60-40-18 LINING: EPDM

DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE LINING: EPDM

1-2

FF, Flanged

ASTM B148-UNS C95400

ALUMINIUM BRONZE

3 - 10 12 - 24

FF, Lug Type FF, Flanged

ASTM B148-UNS C95400

ALUMINIUM BRONZE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316, STELLITE

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316, STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316, STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS316, STELLITE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS316 STELLITE

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

8 - 48

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

LTCS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

12 - 48

RF, Flanged

ASTM A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC

SS316, STELLITE

Rev. 01R Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

1-2 3 - 10 12 - 36

REMARKS

Page 6 OF 7

APPENDIX-2 : MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION FOR VALVES PIPING CLASS

61450

DESIGN LIMIT

102.1Barg - 87.6Barg @ 00C - 2000C

SERVICE

Hydrocarbon Drains Fuel Gas

BASIC MOC

Carbon Steel

FLANGE RATING

600

VALVE TYPE

SIZE RANGE (NPS)

END CONNECTION

VALVE BODY

TRIM

1/2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410, STELLITE

A216-WCB/WCC

CS, DUPLEX, STELLITE

GATE VALVE (NOTE-4) BUTTERFLY ECC -TRIPPLE OFFSET (NOTE-4) PISTON CHECK (Note-3) SWING CHECK (NOTE-4) DUAL PLATE CHECK (NOTE-4)

8 - 24

RF, Lug Type / Flanged

1/2 - 1-1/2

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410, STELLITE

2 - 24

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410, STELLITE

12 - 24

RF, Flanged

A216-WCB/WCC

SS410

GLOBE VALVE

1/2 - 8

RF, Flanged

ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC

SS410 STELLITE

REMARKS

NOTES :1. Refer to relevant MESC nos. and technical specifications for design, material and other technical requirements. 2. Full bore valve shall be used for sizes upto NPS 1.5 unless specified in Piping Class. For sizes NPS 2 and above, the full bore ball valve shall be used when indicated in the P&IDs. 3. Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1.1/2] for horizontal mounting only. 4. The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality. 5. Both extended and non-extended bonnet valves are specified in this Piping Class. Non-extended bonnet valves in this piping class are intended for short term low temperature excursion (e.g non-operable during depressurization) (or) non-insulated piping only. Requirement of non-extended bonnet valves shall be reviewed by Contractor during Detail Design Engineering.

Rev. 01R Doc. No.: 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

Page 7 OF 7

BGC CONTRACT PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR GREENFIELD PROJECTS

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

APPENDIX-3 PIPING CLASSES

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 1 of 14

CLASS 11001

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15-1200 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

19.6

19.2

18.4

17.7

16.7

15.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Due to supply chain constraints the wall thickness for pipe DN300 (NPS12) SCH20 (6.35 mm/ 0.25 inch) is ordered as per MESC description with wall thickness 7.14mm (0.281 inch). - API 5L-B welded pipe (erw and saw) is normally the most economic choice - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2]up to/incl DN 600[NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - For hydrotest vent & drains reference is made to standard drawing S.38.154 - Monoflange valves have been listed as an alternative only. Application in process to instrument hook-ups shall be agreed with the principal. - Monoflange slimline valves shall be selected for clean services only. - Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings. In the assemblies as a default, the 1/2" compression tube fitting is listed. However, selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. - Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings.Selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 STD STD

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B D E J M N P U

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P D P D D D D D D D U J

E E E E E D D D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D E D D D D A

E E E E E D B D D D A

E E E E B D B D D A

E E E E B D B D A

E E E B B D B A

E E B B B D A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Pipe to pipe Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11001 CLASS 150 1 mm H 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PISM PIWE PIWS

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw)

DN 15-600 DN 400-1200 DN 100-100 DN 150-500 DN 600-600

ASTM A106-B ASTM A672-C65 cl22 API 5L-B (sml) API 5L-B (erw) API 5L-B (saw)

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-250

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-250

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

MSBG

Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBH

Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBJ

Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

DN 15-20

VSBG

Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBH

Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBJ

Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 15-20

Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 450-1200 DN 450-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

Reducing fittings BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 DN 40-40 DN 40-40

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A105 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST1B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 DN -

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw) Pipe (API 5L-B sml)

743005 0 181 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5 743023 0 743023 1 743023 2 743023 5 743023 6 741314 2 741314 3 741314 4 741314 5 741317 5 741312 1

281

766211 767012 768875 768902 768895 768930 768960 766278 767082

0621

381

581

691 031

491 111

391

791 201

731 211

691 211

691 371 001

581 121

471

781 081

111

391

381

791 191

731 211

691 211 691

491

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

0581

0661

0681

0701

0721

0741

0761

0781

0801

0821

0841

0861

0881

0901

0921

0021

0041

0061

0081

0101

0121

0141

0161

0181

0201

0221

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0021 0021 3521

0041 0041 3541

0061 0061 3561

0081 0081 3581

0101 0101 3101

0121 0121 3121

0141 0141 3141

0161 0161 3161

0181 0181 2081

0201 0201 2101

0221 0221 2121

0241 0241 2141

0261 0261 2161

0281

0301

0321

2181

2201

2241

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

0561 0031

0621 0061

0681 0091

0741 0121

0031

0061

0091

0121

0151

0391

0591

0741

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

763019 763038 763040 763084

0181 5681 5681 5681

0241 5741 5741 5741

0301 5801 5801 5801

0381 5881 5881 5881

0551 6051 6051 6051

0751 6251 6251 6251

0951 6451 6451 6451

1151 6651 6651 6651

1321 6821 6821 6821

1521 7021 7021 7021

770025 774130 776711 771013 771020 773014 773020 778558 778558 778558 778559 778559 778559

0031

0041

0051

0071

0081

0101

0121

0441

0451 0151

0461 0161

0161

1721 7221 7221 7221

1921 7421 7421 7421

2121 7621 7621 7621

2321 7821 7821 7821

2551 8051 8051 8051

2751 8251 8251 8251

6151 1151 8621 1151

7651 2651 8991 2651

8391 3391 9411 3391

8991 3991 9591 3991

0171 0171

0181 0181

0191 0191

0201 0201

0211 0211

0231 0231

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

4481

4541

4601

4661

Valves Ball valve float RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Globe valve flgd Globe valve flgd Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

0031

0041

0051

0071

0031

0041

0051

0071

8701 8721 8711 8701 8711 8721

9201 9221 9211 9201 9211 9221

3041 2521

3061 2541

3081 2561

3121 2581

0081

0121

0161

0181

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151

0091

0101

0121

0141

0151

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

0811 0201 4021

0821

0231

0241

0031

0041

0051

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

4041

4061

4081

3971

3981

4221

4001

4241

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca)

854172 854136 766596 766295 760518 768319

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721371 7630721471 7630721571 7630721671 7630721771 7630721871 7629461921 7630721961 7630722061 7630722261 7630722351 7630722501 7630722651 7630722751 7630722951 7630723051 7630723221 7630723331 7629463401 7630723531 7630723611 7630723861 7630723921 7630724021 7629466001 7630724231 7630724301 7630724421

REEB 7630731371 7630731471 7630731571 7630731671 7630731771 7630731871 7629611921 7630731961 7630732061 7630732261 7630732351 7630732501 7630732651 7630732751 7630732951 7630733051 7630733221 7630733331 7629613401 7630733531 7630733611 7630733861 7630733921 7630734021 7629616001 7630734231 7630734301 7630734421

TERB 7630890351 7630890451 7630890551 7630890751 7630890851 7630891091 7630891181 7630891321 7630891531 7630891651 7630891771 7630891891 7630892101 7630892301 7630892581 7630892761 7630892891 7630893151 7630893261 7630893481

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Length (mm) MESC number 255 7683370321 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311

7630893881 7630894131 7630894391

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7630724541 7630724631 7630724701 7630724821 7630725201 7630725501 7630725811 7630726111 7630726401 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7630734541 7630734631 7630734701 7630734821 7630735201 7630735501 7630735811 7630736111 7630736401 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895031 7630895291 7630895541 7630896021 7630896261 7630896501 7630896741 7630897461 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898661 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629510881

7630787021

7630613041

7630793041

TERB 7630956491 7630957091 7630957601 7630958091 7630963431 7630963491 7630963691 7630964281

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629526301 7629726301 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7630618461 7630798461

TERB 7630967811 7630968091 7630968391 7629896421 7629897021 7629897621 7630969801

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 450 600 1050 600 750 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 450 900 1200 600 900 1200

BN3F 7680370611 7680370631 7680370641 7672292531 7672292541 7680370661 7680370671 7680370691 7672292571 7672292581 7680370731 7680370751 7680370761 7672292611 7672292621 7680370791 7680370801 7680370821 7680370831 7680370851 7672292651 7672292661

BN3P 7680310361 7680310371 7680310381 7672692041 7672692051 7680310401 7680310411 7680310431 7672692091 7672692101 7680310451 7680310461 7680310471 7672692141 7672692151 7680310511 7680310521 7680310531 7680310551 7680310571 7672692191 7672692201

BROB

BRSB

7678312201 7678312241 7678902131 7678312351 7678902201 7678902261

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 600 1050 600 750 900 1050 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 900 1200 600 750 900 1200 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN3F

BN3P

BROB

BRSB 7678312441 7678902391 7678312511 7678902461 7678902491 7678902521

7679001911 7679001941 7678035591 7678035621 7678030411 7678030421 7679002001 7678035721 7678035751 7678030461 7678030471 7678035841 7678035861 7678030511 7678030521 7678035881 7678035901 7678030561 7678030571 7678035921 7678030601 7678030611 7678030631 7678030641 7678030661 7678030671

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901 8138616001 8138617121 8138616961 8138617171

Std boltset lap flg[inst] DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 90 50 4 5/8 x 110

MESC number 8138611551 8138611591 8138612741

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset monoflg. ball DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 1/2 x 70

MESC number 8138611571 8138611551

Std boltset monoflg.sliml DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 100 20 4 1/2 x 100

MESC number 8138611611 8138611611

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 290 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971 8138616081 8138617021 8138617131 8138617151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662783521 8138611531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110621 8541363061 7662783541 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662110681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611571 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.2H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Ball valve float RB flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541363041 7662202081 7700250031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.2I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Ball valve float RB flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541363041 7662202081 7662783521 7700250031 8138611531 8138611551

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.2J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7430050181 7662783521 7700250031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7430050281 7662783541 7700250041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2H DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7700250041 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662202181 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Fittings

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves

Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

Reducing fittings B3ST BR3S CRS3 IRS3 SCBP SEBP TRS3

Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 3000 Insert reducing sw cl 3000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 3000

Valves

Check valve sw Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

50

80

100

150

766270

2011

2021

2031

2041

1051

763422 763426 763435 763435 763480 763485

0081 0081 0081 5081 0081 0081

0121 0121 0121 5121 0121 0121

0161 0161 0161 5161 0161 0161

0181 0181 0181 5181 0181 0181

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

771107 773107 773170

1531 1531 1531

1541 1541 1541

1551 1551 1551

1571 1571 1571

1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

Miscellaneous Plug Bosset sw x thrd

CHVS

40

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 COS3 E4S3 E9S3 TES3 UNS3

25

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11001, rev. H Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 80 450 600 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 80 450 900 1200

B3ST 7680661021 7680661041 7680661061 7680661081 7680661101 7680661121 7680661141 7680661161 7680661181 7680661201 7680661221 7680661241 7680661261 7680661281 7680661301 7680661321 7680661341 7680661361 7680661381 7680661401 7680660431 7680661441 7680661461 7680661541 7680661561 7680661581

BR3S 7673100021 7673100041 7673100061 7673100081 7673100101 7673100121 7673100141 7673100161 7673100181 7673100201 7673100221 7673100241 7673100261 7673100281 7673100301 7673100321 7673100341 7673100361 7673100381 7673100401 7673101481 7673100441 7673100461 7673100541 7673100561 7673100581

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS3 7634270061 7634270231 7634270251 7634270331 7634270351 7634270371 7634270431 7634270451 7634270471 7634270491

IRS3 7634400061 7634400231 7634400251 7634400331 7634400351 7634400371 7634400431 7634400451 7634400471 7634400491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS3 7634810061 7634810231 7634810251 7634810351 7634810371

7634810471 7634810491 7625601811 7625601931 7625602281 7625602401

7625801811 7625801931 7625802281 7625802401

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:58:24

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 1 of 13

CLASS 11007

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 2 of 13 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

19.6

19.2

18.4

17.7

16.7

15.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. -

-

-

Monoflange valves have been listed as an alternative only. Application in process to instrument hook-ups shall be agreed with the principal. Monoflange slimline valves shall be selected for clean services only. Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings. In the assemblies as a default, the 1/2" compression tube fitting is listed. However, selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings.Selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. Welds, attachment welds and cold formed piping parts shall be post-weld heat treated; see DEP 30.10.60.18-Gen. and DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only

Branch Size Run 15 size 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B D E J M N P

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P D D D D D J

E E E E E D D D D D A

E E E E E E D D D A

E E E E E B D D A

E E E E B B D A

E E B B B B A

B B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Pipe to pipe Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule 160 160 160 160 80 80 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20

Carbon steel M-Sour PWHT Class no. 11007 ASME rating CLASS 150 Corrosion allowance 3 mm Revision letter G Revision date 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 3 of 13 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE

Valves Pipe

DN 15-600

ASTM A106-B

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPNF SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-600 --DN 15-400 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-250

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-600

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-600

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-250

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

MSBG

Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBH

Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBJ

Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

DN 15-20

VSBG

Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBH

Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBJ

Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 15-20

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-600 DN 40-600 DN 300-600 DN 400-600 DN 300-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A105 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Miscellaneous GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST3B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 ---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 4 of 13 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743005 0 201 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5

301

401

601

711

766211 768902 768930 768960 766278

0581 0021 0021 0021 4021

0621 0041 0041 0041 4041

0661 0061 0061 0061 4061

0681 0081 0081 0081 4081

0701 0101 0101 0101 3601

0721 0121 0121 0121 3621

0741 0141 0141 0141 3141

0761 0161 0161 0161 3161

0781 0181 0181 0181 2581

0801 0201 0201 0201 2601

0821 0221 0221 0221 2621

0841 0241 0241 0241 2141

0861 0261 0261 0261 2161

763019 763038 763040 763084

0221 5721 5721 5721

0281 5781 5781 5781

0321 5821 5821 5821

0421 5921 5921 5921

0581 6081 6081 6081

0781 6281 6281 6281

0951 6451 6451 6451

1151 6651 6651 6651

1331 6831 6831 6831

1531 7031 7031 7031

1731 7231 7231 7231

1921 7421 7421 7421

770203 774161 776716 771005 773005 778558 778558 778558 778559 778559 778559

0031

0041

0051

0071

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151 0151

0161 0161

0171 6171

0181 6181

6151 6151

6161

091

491 111

411

831 251

731 211

691 211

691

0881 0281 0281

0901 0301 0301

0921 0321 0321

2181

2201

2241

2121 7621 7621 7621

2321 7821 7821 7821

2551 8051 8051 8051

2751 8251 8251 8251

0191 6191

0201 6201

0211 6211

0231 6231

Flanges Blind flange Spacer ring Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Globe valve flgd Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

0031 0031 8701 8721 8711 8701 8711 8721

0041 0041 9201 9221 9211 9201 9211 9221

0051 0051

0071 0071

6081 6081

6101 6101

6121 6121

6141 6141

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 5 of 13 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Miscellaneous Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca)

854136 766596 766296 760518 768319

3041 2521

3061 2541

3081 2561

3121 2581

0081

0121

0161

0181

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

1181 0201 3261

1191

0371

0381

0231

0251

0271

0091

0111

0131

0151

0171

3281

3061

3081

3451

3461

3471

3481

3491

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 6 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721411 7630721511 7630721611 7630721711 7630721811 7630721911 7629461931 7630721991 7630722081 7630722291 7630722371 7630722521 7630722661 7630722761 7630722961 7630723051 7630723241 7630723341 7629463421 7630723521 7630723631 7630723811 7630723941 7630724031 7629466001 7629466451 7630724321 7629467151

REEB 7630731411 7630731511 7630731611 7630731711 7630731811 7630731911 7629611931 7630731991 7630732081 7630732291 7630732371 7630732491 7630732661 7630732761 7630732961 7630733051 7630733241 7630733341 7629613421 7630733521 7630733631 7630733811 7630733941 7630734031 7629616001 7629616371 7630734311 7629616871

TERB 7630890391 7630890491 7630890591 7630890791 7630890891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7630891111 7630891201 7630891331 7630891571 7630891691 7630891811 7630891891 7630892111 7630892311 7630892591 7630892771 7630892901 7630893161 7630893271 7630893491 7630893971 7630894221 7630894481

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 7 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7629468251 7629468701 7630724781 7630724821 7630725321 7630725621 7630725811 7630726111 7630726521 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7629617731 7630734601 7629618751 7630734821 7630735321 7630735621 7630735811 7630736111 7630736521 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895121 7630895381 7630895541 7630896101 7630896341 7630896501 7630896741 7630897541 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898741 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 8 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 50 80 300 80 300 80 100 150 250 500 300 500 350 400 600

-

pipe 50 150 600 50 250 600 250 600 80 100 200 450 600 450 600 350 500 600

BN6F 7672293201 7672293211 7672293221 7672293241 7672293251 7672293261 7672291681 7672293301 7672293321 7672293331 7672293341 7672293351 7672293361

BN6P 7672693511 7672693521 7672693541 7672693561 7672693571 7672693581 7672693611 7672693621 7672693651 7672693661 7672693671 7672693681 7672693691

BR3B

BROB

BRSB

7678311501 7678311541 7678311601 7678311621 7678311651

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 9 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250

Run 300 400 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

-

pipe 350 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BROB

BRSB 7678312391 7678312411 7678312441 7678312471 7678312481 7678312491 7678312501 7678312511

7679001081 7679001091 7678310481 7678310491 7678310541 7678310551

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 10 of 13 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset monoflg. ball DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 1/2 x 70

MESC number 8138611571 8138611551

Std boltset monoflg.sliml DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 100 20 4 1/2 x 100

MESC number 8138611611 8138611611

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 11 of 13 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662784021 8138611531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110621 8541363061 7662784041 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110681 8541363121 8138611571

Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.2H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Ball valve float RB flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541363041 7662202081 7702030031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.2I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Ball valve float RB flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541363041 7662202081 7662784021 7702030031 8138611531 8138611551

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.2J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7430050201 7662784021 7702030031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7430050301 7662784041 7702030041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2H DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7702030041 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 12 of 13

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Bosset sw x thrd Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 6000 Insert reducing sw cl 6000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 6000

50

80

100

150

766270

3011

3021

3031

3041

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

6081

6121

6161

6181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

8081

8121

8161

8181

2051

Fittings Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

Reducing fittings B3ST B6ST BR3S BR6S CRS6 IRS6 SCBP SEBP TRS6

40

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 CAS6 COS3 COS6 E4S3 E4S6 E9S3 E9S6 TES3 TES6 UNS3 UNS6

25

DN 300-600 DN 40-600 DN 300-600 DN 40-600 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

763422 763422 763426 763426 763435 763435 763435 763435 763480 763480 763485 763485

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

Miscellaneous Plug Bosset sw x thrd

768066

8201

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11007, rev. G Page 13 of 13

Branch 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50

Run 40 80 200 50 80 300 80 300 80 100 150 250 500 300 500

-

pipe 50 150 600 50 250 600 250 600 80 100 200 450 600 450 600

B3ST

7680661541 7680661561

B6ST 7680662021 7680662041 7680662061 7680662101 7680662121 7680662141 7680662181 7680662201 7680662241 7680662261 7680662281 7680662301 7680662321

BR3S

BR6S 7673100601 7673100621 7673100641 7673100661 7673100681 7673100701 7673100721 7673100741 7673100761 7673100781 7673100801 7673100821 7673100841

7673100541 7673100561

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS6 7634275061 7634275231 7634275251 7634275331 7634275351 7634275371 7634275431 7634275451 7634275471 7634275491

IRS6 7634405061 7634405231 7634405251 7634405331 7634405351 7634405371 7634405431 7634405451 7634405471 7634405491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS6 7634815061 7634815231 7634815251 7634815351 7634815371

7634815471 7634815491 7625601831 7625601941 7625602291 7625602491

7625801831 7625801941 7625802291 7625802491

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:02:58

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 1 of 12

CLASS 11008-KS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 2 of 12 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

19.6

19.2

18.4

17.7

16.7

15.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. -

-

-

Monoflange valves have been listed as an alternative only. Application in process to instrument hook-ups shall be agreed with the principal. Monoflange slimline valves shall be selected for clean services only. Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings. In the assemblies as a default, the 1/2" compression tube fitting is listed. However, selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings.Selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. Welds, attachment welds and cold formed piping parts shall be post-weld heat treated; see DEP 30.10.60.18-Gen. and DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only

Branch Size Run 15 size 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B E J M N P U

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P U U J

E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E B B B A

E E E E B B B A

E E B B B B A

B B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule 160 160 160 160 80 80 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20

Carbon st F-Gr M-Sour PWHT Class no. 11008-KS ASME rating CLASS 150 Corrosion allowance 3 mm Revision letter G Revision date 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 3 of 12 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE

Valves Pipe

DN 15-600

ASTM A333-6

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPNF SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-600 --DN 15-400 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-250

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-600

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-600

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-250

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

MDBG

Monofl Slimline DBB G 1/2 TubF

DN 15-20

MDBH

Monofl Slimline DBB G 3/8 TubF

DN 15-20

MDBJ

Monofl Slimline DBB G10mm TubF

DN 15-20

VDBG

Monofl ball DBB G 1/2 Tub F

DN 15-20

VDBH

Monofl ball DBB G 3/8 Tub F

DN 15-20

VDBJ

Monofl ball DBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 15-15

VDBJ

Monofl ball DBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 20-20

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-600 DN 40-600 DN 150-600 DN 400-600 DN 300-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6

Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: LTCS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PEEK

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Miscellaneous GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS ST3B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 50-400 ---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 4 of 12 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743017 0 231 743017 1 743017 2

301

381

541

611

691

751

841

931

766212 768902 768930 768960 766282

4581 0021 0021 0021 1821

4621 0041 0041 0041 1841

4661 0061 0061 0061 1861

4681 0081 0081 0081 1881

4701 0101 0101 0101 1601

4721 0121 0121 0121 1621

4741 0141 0141 0141 1141

4761 0161 0161 0161 1161

4781 0181 0181 0181 0581

4801 0201 0201 0201 0601

4821 0221 0221 0221 0621

4841 0241 0241 0241 0141

4861 0261 0261 0261 0161

763118 763138 763139 763184

1721 1721 1721 1721

1781 1781 1781 1781

1821 1821 1821 1821

1921 1921 1921 1921

2101 2101 2101 2101

2301 2301 2301 2301

2461 2461 2461 2461

2661 2661 2661 2661

2831 2831 2831 2831

3041 3041 3041 3041

3261 3261 3261 3261

3451 3451 3451 3451

770014 774162 776720 771007 771033 773036 773037 778558 778558 778558 778559 778559 778559

3031

3041

3051

3071

3081

3101

3121

3141

3151 0151

3161 0161

0171 3171

0181 3181

0161

051

171

291

391

641 041

341

4881 0281 0281

4901 0301 0301

4921 0321 0321

0181

0201

0241

3651 3651 3651 3651

3841 3841 3841 3841

3941 3941 3941 3941

4041 4041 4041 4041

0191 3191

0201 3201

0211 3211

0231 3231

Flanges Blind flange Spacer ring Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Globe valve flgd Globe valve flgd Monofl ball DBB G 1/2 Tub F Monofl ball DBB G 10mm Tub F Monofl ball DBB G 3/8 Tub F Monofl Slimline DBB G 1/2 TubF Monofl Slimline DBB G 3/8 TubF Monofl Slimline DBB G10mm TubF

3031

3041

3051

3071

3031 8801 8821 8811 8801 8811 8821

3041 9301 9321 9311 9301 9311 9321

3051

3071

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 5 of 12 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Miscellaneous Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca)

854136 766596 766296 768319

3041 3021

3061 3041

3081 3061

3121 3081

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

6231 8581

6241 8591

5371 8061

5381 8081

5231 8961

5251 8971

5271 8981

5091 8901

5111 8911

5131

5151

5171

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 6 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7631701411 7631701511 7631701611 7631701711 7631701811 7631701911 7629441931 7631701991 7631702081 7631702291 7631702371 7631702521 7631702661 7631702761 7629442801 7631703051 7631703241 7631703341 7629443421 7631703521 7631703631 7631703811 7631703941 7631704031 7629446001 7629446191 7629446391 7629446591

REEB 7631711411 7631711511 7631711611 7631711711 7631711811 7631711911 7629591931 7631711991 7631712081 7631712291 7631712371 7631712521 7631712661 7631712761 7629592881 7631713051 7631713241 7631713341 7631713461 7631713521 7631713631 7631713811 7631713941 7631714031 7629596001 7629596191 7629596391 7629596591

TERB 7631850391 7631850491 7631850591 7631850791 7631850891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7631851111 7631851201 7631851331 7631851571 7631851691 7631851811 7631851891 7631852111 7631852311 7631852591 7631852771 7631852901 7631853161 7631853271 7631853491 7631853961 7631854211 7631854471

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 7 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7629446841 7629446991 7629447191 7631704821 7631705321 7631705621 7631705811 7631706111 7631706521 7631706701 7631707011 7631707311

REEB 7629596841 7629596991 7629597191 7631714821 7631715321 7631715621 7631715811 7631716111 7631716521 7631716711 7631717011 7631717311

7631708811 7631709111 7631709411

7631718811 7631719111 7631719411

TERB 7631855111 7631855371 7631855541 7631856101 7631856341 7631856501 7631856741 7631857541 7631857701 7631857941 7631858181 7631858741 7631858901 7631859141 7631859381 7631859621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 8 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 50 80 300 80 300 80 100 150 250 500 150 200 300 500 200 250 300 400 600

-

pipe 50 150 600 50 250 600 250 600 80 100 200 450 600 150 250 450 600 200 250 350 500 600

BN6F 7672306801 7672306811 7672306821 7672306841 7672306851 7672306861 7672306881 7672306891 7672306911 7672306921 7672306931 7672306941 7672306951

BN6P 7672579301 7672579311 7672579321 7672579341 7672579351 7672579361 7672708141 7672579411 7672579431 7672579441 7672579451 7672579461 7672579471

BR3B

BROB

BRSB

7679503571 7679503581 7679503601 7679503641 7679503681 7679503691 7679503701 7679503721 7679503751

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 9 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250

Run 300 400 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

-

pipe 350 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BROB

BRSB 7679504491 7679504511 7679504541 7679504571 7679504591 7679504601 7679504611 7679504621

7679041071 7679041091 7679041101 7679041111 7679041171 7679041181

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 10 of 12 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset monoflg. ball DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 1/2 x 70

MESC number 8138611571 8138611551

Std boltset monoflg.sliml DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 100 20 4 1/2 x 100

MESC number 8138611611 8138611611

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 11 of 12 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662124581 8541363041 7662821821 8138611531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662124621 8541363061 7662821841 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124681 8541363121 8138611571

Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.2R DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Lap joint flange 2 Gasket spiral wound 6 Ball valve float RB flgd 4 Studbolt with nuts 16 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662208061 8541363041 7700143031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.2R DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Lap joint flange 2 Welding neck flange 2 Gasket spiral wound 6 Ball valve float RB flgd 4 Studbolt with nuts 16 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662208061 7662821821 8541363041 7700143031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.2S DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Lap joint flange 1 Welding neck flange 1 Pipe 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Ball valve float RB flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662208061 7662821821 7430170231 8541363041 7700143031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2R DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Ball valve float RB flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662208441 8541363061 7700143041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2S DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Lap joint flange 1 Welding neck flange 1 Pipe 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Ball valve float RB flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662208441 7662821841 7430170301 8541363061 7700143041 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662208471 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662208471 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11008-KS, rev. G Page 12 of 12

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:28:21

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 1 of 11

CLASS 11009

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 2 of 11 Design limits Temperature (°C) 0 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

50

100

150

200

19.2

17.7

15.8

13.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. -

Welds, attachment welds and cold formed piping parts shall be post-weld heat treated; see DEP 30.10.60.18-Gen. and DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only For sizes DN 15 to 40 [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] , reduced bore ball valves replaced with full bore valves to meet higher torque requirements

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule 160 160 160 160 80 80 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20

Branch Size Run 15 size 600 C 500 C 450 C 400 C 350 C 300 C 250 C 200 C 150 C 100 C 80 C 50 C 40 C 25 B 20 B 15 A

Code A B C E

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

C C C C C C C C C C C C B B A

C C C C C C C C C C C B B A

C C C C C C C C C C C B A

E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E B B B A

E E E E B B B A

E E B B B B A

B B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch fitting Branch outlet

Carbon steel M-Sour PWHT Class no. 11009 ASME rating CLASS 150 Corrosion allowance 3 mm Revision letter E Revision date 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 3 of 11 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE

Valves Pipe

DN 15-600

ASTM A106-B

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPNF SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-600 --DN 15-400 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

BAFF

Ball valve float FB flgd

DN 15-40

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 50-250

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-600

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-600

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-250

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB

DN 40-600 DN 40-600 DN 150-600 DN 400-600 DN 300-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A105 end flanges ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Reducing fittings Miscellaneous BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS ST3B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 50-400 ---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 4 of 11 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743005 0 201 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5

301

401

601

711

766211 768902 768930 768960 766278

0581 0021 0021 0021 4021

0621 0041 0041 0041 4041

0661 0061 0061 0061 4061

0681 0081 0081 0081 4081

0701 0101 0101 0101 3601

0721 0121 0121 0121 3621

0741 0141 0141 0141 3141

0761 0161 0161 0161 3161

0781 0181 0181 0181 2581

0801 0201 0201 0201 2601

0821 0221 0221 0221 2621

0841 0241 0241 0241 2141

0861 0261 0261 0261 2161

763019 763038 763040 763084

0221 5721 5721 5721

0281 5781 5781 5781

0321 5821 5821 5821

0421 5921 5921 5921

0581 6081 6081 6081

0781 6281 6281 6281

0951 6451 6451 6451

1151 6651 6651 6651

1331 6831 6831 6831

1531 7031 7031 7031

1731 7231 7231 7231

1921 7421 7421 7421

770024 770024 774161 776716 771005 773005

8031

8041

8051

8071 3081

3101

3121

3141

3151 0151

3161 0161

0171 6171

0181 6181

6151 6151

6161

091

491 111

411

831 251

731 211

691 211

691

0881 0281 0281

0901 0301 0301

0921 0321 0321

2181

2201

2241

2121 7621 7621 7621

2321 7821 7821 7821

2551 8051 8051 8051

2751 8251 8251 8251

0191 6191

0201 6201

0211 6211

0231 6231

Flanges Blind flange Spacer ring Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float FB flgd Ball valve float RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Globe valve flgd

3031 0031

3041 0041

3051 0051

3071 0071

6081 6081

6101 6101

6121 6121

6141 6141

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 5 of 11 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Miscellaneous Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca)

854136 766596 766296 768319

3041 2521

3061 2541

3081 2561

3121 2581

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

1181 3261

1191 3281

0371 3061

0381 3081

0231 3451

0251 3461

0271 3471

0091 3481

0111 3491

0131

0151

0171

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 6 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721411 7630721511 7630721611 7630721711 7630721811 7630721911 7629461931 7630721991 7630722081 7630722291 7630722371 7630722521 7630722661 7630722761 7630722961 7630723051 7630723241 7630723341 7629463421 7630723521 7630723631 7630723811 7630723941 7630724031 7629466001 7629466451 7630724321 7629467151

REEB 7630731411 7630731511 7630731611 7630731711 7630731811 7630731911 7629611931 7630731991 7630732081 7630732291 7630732371 7630732491 7630732661 7630732761 7630732961 7630733051 7630733241 7630733341 7629613421 7630733521 7630733631 7630733811 7630733941 7630734031 7629616001 7629616371 7630734311 7629616871

TERB 7630890391 7630890491 7630890591 7630890791 7630890891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7630891111 7630891201 7630891331 7630891571 7630891691 7630891811 7630891891 7630892111 7630892311 7630892591 7630892771 7630892901 7630893161 7630893271 7630893491 7630893971 7630894221 7630894481

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 7 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7629468251 7629468701 7630724781 7630724821 7630725321 7630725621 7630725811 7630726111 7630726521 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7629617731 7630734601 7629618751 7630734821 7630735321 7630735621 7630735811 7630736111 7630736521 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895121 7630895381 7630895541 7630896101 7630896341 7630896501 7630896741 7630897541 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898741 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 8 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 20 20 20 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 50 80 300 80 300 80 100 150 250 500 150 200 300 500 200 250 300 400 600

-

pipe 50 150 600 50 250 600 250 600 80 100 200 450 600 150 250 450 600 200 250 350 500 600

BN6F 7672293201 7672293211 7672293221 7672293241 7672293251 7672293261 7672291681 7672293301 7672293321 7672293331 7672293341 7672293351 7672293361

BN6P 7672693511 7672693521 7672693541 7672693561 7672693571 7672693581 7672693611 7672693621 7672693651 7672693661 7672693671 7672693681 7672693691

BR3B

BROB

BRSB

7678311471 7678311481 7678311501 7678311541 7678311581 7678311591 7678311601 7678311621 7678311651

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 9 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250

Run 300 400 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

-

pipe 350 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BROB

BRSB 7678312391 7678312411 7678312441 7678312471 7678312481 7678312491 7678312501 7678312511

7679001081 7679001091 7678310481 7678310491 7678310541 7678310551

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 10 of 11 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11009, rev. E Page 11 of 11 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.2S DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Lap joint flange 1 Welding neck flange 1 Pipe 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662784021 8138611531

7662202081 7662784021 7430050201 8541363041 8138611531 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110621 8541363061 7662784041 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2R DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202121 8541363061 8138611551 8138611551

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2S DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Lap joint flange 1 Welding neck flange 1 Pipe 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202121 7662784041 7430050301 8541363061 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110681 8541363121 8138611571

Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.2R DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Lap joint flange 2 Gasket spiral wound 6 Ball valve float FB flgd 4 Studbolt with nuts 16 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662202081 8541363041 7700248031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.2R DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Lap joint flange 2 Welding neck flange 2 Gasket spiral wound 6 Ball valve float FB flgd 4 Studbolt with nuts 16 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662202081 7662784021 8541363041 7700248031 8138611531 8138611551

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:55

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 1 of 14

CLASS 11011

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15-1200 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

19.6

19.2

17.7

15.8

13.8

12.1

10.2

8.4

6.5

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Due to supply chain constraints the wall thickness for pipe DN300 (NPS12) SCH20 (6.35 mm/ 0.25 inch) is ordered as per MESC description with wall thickness 7.14mm (0.281 inch). - API 5L-B welded pipe (erw and saw) is normally the most economic choice - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2]up to/incl DN 600[NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - For hydrotest vent & drains reference is made to standard drawing S.38.154 - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P D P D D D D D D D U J

E E E E E D D D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D E D D D D A

E E E E E D B D D D A

E E E E B D B D D A

E E E E B D B D A

E E E B B D B A

E E B B B D A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 STD STD

Code A B D E J M N P U

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Pipe to pipe Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11011 CLASS 150 1 mm J 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PISM PIWE PIWS

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw)

DN 15-600 DN 400-1200 DN 100-100 DN 150-500 DN 600-600

ASTM A106-B ASTM A672-C65 cl22 API 5L-B (sml) API 5L-B (erw) API 5L-B (saw)

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A105 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Miscellaneous Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 450-1200 DN 450-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

Reducing fittings BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

BUTF

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST1B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 ---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw) Pipe (API 5L-B sml)

743005 0 181 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5 743023 0 743023 1 743023 2 743023 5 743023 6 741314 2 741314 3 741314 4 741314 5 741317 5 741312 1

281

766211 767012 768875 768902 768895 768930 768960 766278 767082

0621

381

581

691 031

491 111

391

791 201

731 211

691 211

691 371 001

581 121

471

781 081

111

391

381

791 191

731 211

691 211 691

491

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

0581

0661

0681

0701

0721

0741

0761

0781

0801

0821

0841

0861

0881

0901

0921

0021

0041

0061

0081

0101

0121

0141

0161

0181

0201

0221

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0021 0021 3521

0041 0041 3541

0061 0061 3561

0081 0081 3581

0101 0101 3101

0121 0121 3121

0141 0141 3141

0161 0161 3161

0181 0181 2081

0201 0201 2101

0221 0221 2121

0241 0241 2141

0261 0261 2161

0281

0301

0321

2181

2201

2241

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

0561 0031

0621 0061

0681 0091

0741 0121

0031

0061

0091

0121

0151

0391

0591

0741

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

763019 763038 763040 763084

0181 5681 5681 5681

0241 5741 5741 5741

0301 5801 5801 5801

0381 5881 5881 5881

0551 6051 6051 6051

0751 6251 6251 6251

0951 6451 6451 6451

1151 6651 6651 6651

1321 6821 6821 6821

1521 7021 7021 7021

1721 7221 7221 7221

1921 7421 7421 7421

2121 7621 7621 7621

2321 7821 7821 7821

2551 8051 8051 8051

2751 8251 8251 8251

6151 1151 8621 1151

7651 2651 8991 2651

8391 3391 9411 3391

8991 3991 9591 3991

0151

0161

0171 0171

0181 0181

0191 0191

0201 0201

0211 0211

0231 0231

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

0161 0161

0171 0171

0181 0181

0191 0191

0201 0201

0211 0211

0231 0231

4481

4541

4601

4661

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd Globe valve flgd

774130 776711 771013 771020 772020 773014 773020

0031

0041

0051

0071

3031 0031

3041 0041

3051 0051

3071 0071

0081 0091

0101 0101

0121 0121

0141 0141

0151 0151

0091

0101

0121

0141

0151

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

0811 0201 4021

0821

0231

0241

0031

0041

0051

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

4041

4061

4081

3971

3981

4221

4001

4241

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca)

854172 854136 766596 766295 760518 768319

3041 2521

3061 2541

3081 2561

3121 2581

0081

0121

0161

0181

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721371 7630721471 7630721571 7630721671 7630721771 7630721871 7629461921 7630721961 7630722061 7630722261 7630722351 7630722501 7630722651 7630722751 7630722951 7630723051 7630723221 7630723331 7629463401 7630723531 7630723611 7630723861 7630723921 7630724021 7629466001 7630724231 7630724301 7630724421

REEB 7630731371 7630731471 7630731571 7630731671 7630731771 7630731871 7629611921 7630731961 7630732061 7630732261 7630732351 7630732501 7630732651 7630732751 7630732951 7630733051 7630733221 7630733331 7629613401 7630733531 7630733611 7630733861 7630733921 7630734021 7629616001 7630734231 7630734301 7630734421

TERB 7630890351 7630890451 7630890551 7630890751 7630890851

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7630891091 7630891181 7630891321 7630891531 7630891651 7630891771 7630891891 7630892101 7630892301 7630892581 7630892761 7630892891 7630893151 7630893261 7630893481 7630893881 7630894131 7630894391

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7630724541 7630724631 7630724701 7630724821 7630725201 7630725501 7630725811 7630726111 7630726401 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7630734541 7630734631 7630734701 7630734821 7630735201 7630735501 7630735811 7630736111 7630736401 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895031 7630895291 7630895541 7630896021 7630896261 7630896501 7630896741 7630897461 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898661 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629510881

7630787021

7630613041

7630793041

TERB 7630956491 7630957091 7630957601 7630958091 7630963431 7630963491 7630963691 7630964281

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629526301 7629726301 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7630618461 7630798461

TERB 7630967811 7630968091 7630968391 7629896421 7629897021 7629897621 7630969801

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 450 600 1050 600 750 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 450 900 1200 600 900 1200

BN3F 7680370611 7680370631 7680370641 7672292531 7672292541 7680370661 7680370671 7680370691 7672292571 7672292581 7680370731 7680370751 7680370761 7672292611 7672292621 7680370791 7680370801 7680370821 7680370831 7680370851 7672292651 7672292661

BN3P 7680310361 7680310371 7680310381 7672692041 7672692051 7680310401 7680310411 7680310431 7672692091 7672692101 7680310451 7680310461 7680310471 7672692141 7672692151 7680310511 7680310521 7680310531 7680310551 7680310571 7672692191 7672692201

BROB

BRSB

7678312201 7678312241 7678902131 7678312351 7678902201 7678902261

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 600 1050 600 750 900 1050 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 900 1200 600 750 900 1200 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN3F

BN3P

BROB

BRSB 7678312441 7678902391 7678312511 7678902461 7678902491 7678902521

7679001911 7679001941 7678035591 7678035621 7678030411 7678030421 7679002001 7678035721 7678035751 7678030461 7678030471 7678035841 7678035861 7678030511 7678030521 7678035881 7678035901 7678030561 7678030571 7678035921 7678030601 7678030611 7678030631 7678030641 7678030661 7678030671

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901 8138616001 8138617121 8138616961 8138617171

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 290 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971 8138616081 8138617021 8138617131 8138617151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662783521 8138611531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110621 8541363061 7662783541 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662110681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611571 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541363041 7662202081 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541363041 7662202081 7662783521 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7430050181 7662783521 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7430050281 7662783541 7720203041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7720203041 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662202181 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Fittings

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves

Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

Reducing fittings B3ST BR3S CRS3 IRS3 SCBP SEBP TRS3

Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 3000 Insert reducing sw cl 3000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 3000

40

50

80

100

150

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 COS3 E4S3 E9S3 TES3 UNS3

25

Valves

Check valve sw Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

766270

2011

2021

2031

2041

1051

763422 763426 763435 763435 763480 763485

0081 0081 0081 5081 0081 0081

0121 0121 0121 5121 0121 0121

0161 0161 0161 5161 0161 0161

0181 0181 0181 5181 0181 0181

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

771107 772107 772170 773107 773170

1531 1531 1531 1531 1531

1541 1541 1541 1541 1541

1551 1551 1551 1551 1551

1571 1571 1571 1571 1571

1581 1581 1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

Miscellaneous

CHVS

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11011, rev. J Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 80 450 600 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 80 450 900 1200

B3ST 7680661021 7680661041 7680661061 7680661081 7680661101 7680661121 7680661141 7680661161 7680661181 7680661201 7680661221 7680661241 7680661261 7680661281 7680661301 7680661321 7680661341 7680661361 7680661381 7680661401 7680660431 7680661441 7680661461 7680661541 7680661561 7680661581

BR3S 7673100021 7673100041 7673100061 7673100081 7673100101 7673100121 7673100141 7673100161 7673100181 7673100201 7673100221 7673100241 7673100261 7673100281 7673100301 7673100321 7673100341 7673100361 7673100381 7673100401 7673101481 7673100441 7673100461 7673100541 7673100561 7673100581

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS3 7634270061 7634270231 7634270251 7634270331 7634270351 7634270371 7634270431 7634270451 7634270471 7634270491

IRS3 7634400061 7634400231 7634400251 7634400331 7634400351 7634400371 7634400431 7634400451 7634400471 7634400491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS3 7634810061 7634810231 7634810251 7634810351 7634810371

7634810471 7634810491 7625601811 7625601931 7625602281 7625602401

7625801811 7625801931 7625802281 7625802401

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:01

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 1 of 14

CLASS 11042

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15-1200 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

19.6

19.2

17.7

15.8

13.8

12.1

10.2

8.4

6.5

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 160 160 160 160 80 80 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 STD STD 11.1 XS

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B D E J M N P

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P P D D D D D J

E E E E E E E E E D D D D D A

E E E E E E E E E E D D D A

E E E E E E E E E B D D A

E E E E E E E E B B D A

E E E E E E B B B B A

E E E E B B B B B A

E E E E B B B B A

E E E B B B B A

E E B B B B A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Pipe to pipe Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel M-Sour Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11042 CLASS 150 3 mm I 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe

DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A106-B ASTM A672-C65 cl22

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Fittings

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 300-1200 DN 400-1200 DN 300-900 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A105 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST3B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 ---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743005 0 201 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5 743023 3 743023 4 743023 5

301

401

601

711

766211 767012 768875 768902 768895 768930 768960 766278 767082

0581

0621

763019 763034 763038 763039 763040 763081 763084

0221

0281

0321

0421

0581

0781

0951

1151

1331

1531

1731

1921

2121

2321

2551

2751

5721

5781

5821

5921

6081

6281

6451

6651

6831

7031

7231

7421

7621

7821

8051

8251

5721

5781

5821

5921

6081

6281

6451

6651

6831

7031

7231

7421

7621

7821

8051

8251

5721

5781

5821

5921

6081

6281

6451

6651

6831

7031

7231

7421

7621

7821

8051

8251

091

491 111

411

831 251

731 211

691 211

691 391 021

601 161

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

0661

0681

0701

0721

0741

0761

0781

0801

0821

0841

0861

0881

0901

0921

0021

0041

0061

0081

0101

0121

0141

0161

0181

0201

0221

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0021 0021 4021

0041 0041 4041

0061 0061 4061

0081 0081 4081

0101 0101 3601

0121 0121 3621

0141 0141 3141

0161 0161 3161

0181 0181 2581

0201 0201 2601

0221 0221 2621

0241 0241 2141

0261 0261 2161

0281

0301

0321

2181

2201

2241

0561 0031

0621 0061

0681 0091

0741 0121

0031

0061

0091

0121

0171

0411

0611

0751

6191 1191

7691 2691

8411 3401

9031 4031

5191

6691

7411

8031

1191

2701

3411

4051

Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd

774131 776716 771005 772004 773005

0151

0161

0031 0031 0031

0041 0041 0041

0051 0051 0051

0071 0071 0071

0081 0081 0081

0101 0101 0101

0121 0121 0121

0141 0141 0141

0151 0151 0151

0161 0161

0171 0171 0171 0171

0181 0181 0181 0181

0191 0191 0191 0191

0201 0201 0201 0201

0211 0211 0211 0211

0231 0231 0231 0231

3041 2521

3061 2541

3081 2561

3121 2581

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

0231

0241

0131

0141

0151

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

0121

0161

0181

1051 0201 4261

1061

0081

4281

4061

4081

4451

4461

4471

4481

4491

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

4481

4541

4601

4661

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca)

854172 854136 766596 766295 760518 768319

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721411 7630721511 7630721611 7630721711 7630721811 7630721911 7629461931 7630721991 7630722081 7630722291 7630722371 7630722521 7630722661 7630722761 7630722961 7630723051 7630723241 7630723341 7629463421 7630723521 7630723631 7630723811 7630723941 7630724031 7629466001 7629466451 7630724321 7629467151

REEB 7630731411 7630731511 7630731611 7630731711 7630731811 7630731911 7629611931 7630731991 7630732081 7630732291 7630732371 7630732491 7630732661 7630732761 7630732961 7630733051 7630733241 7630733341 7629613421 7630733521 7630733631 7630733811 7630733941 7630734031 7629616001 7629616371 7630734311 7629616871

TERB 7630890391 7630890491 7630890591 7630890791 7630890891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7630891111 7630891201 7630891331 7630891571 7630891691 7630891811 7630891891 7630892111 7630892311 7630892591 7630892771 7630892901 7630893161 7630893271 7630893491 7630893971 7630894221 7630894481

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7629468251 7629468701 7630724781 7630724821 7630725321 7630725621 7630725811 7630726111 7630726521 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7629617731 7630734601 7629618751 7630734821 7630735321 7630735621 7630735811 7630736111 7630736521 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895121 7630895381 7630895541 7630896101 7630896341 7630896501 7630896741 7630897541 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898741 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629561291

7629761291

7629563451

7629763451

TERB 7629940691 7629940891 7629941091 7629941291 7629942451 7629942651 7629942851 7629943451

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629566101 7629766101 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7629569371 7629769371

TERB 7629944901 7629945501 7629946101 7629947571 7629948171 7629948771 7629949371

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 300 500 1050 350 400 600 750 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 450 900 1200 350 500 600 900 1200

BN6F 7672293201 7672293211 7672293221 7672293231 7672293241 7672293251 7672293261 7672293271 7672291681 7672293301 7672293311 7672293321 7672293331 7672293341 7672293351 7672293361 7672293371

BN6P 7672693511 7672693521 7672693541 7672693551 7672693561 7672693571 7672693581 7672693591 7672693611 7672693621 7672693631 7672693651 7672693661 7672693671 7672693681 7672693691 7672693701

BR3B

BROB

BRSB

7678311501 7678311541 7678901131 7678311601 7678311621 7678311651 7678901201 7678901261

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 300 400 600 1050 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 350 500 900 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BROB

BRSB 7678312391 7678312411 7678312441

7678901391 7678312471 7678312481 7678312491 7678312501 7678312511 7678902461 7678902491 7678901521 7679001081 7679001091 7678310481 7678310491 7678037591 7678037621 7678001651 7678005681 7678310541 7678310551 7678037721 7678037751 7678001781 7678005811 7678037801 7678037851 7678001821 7678005831 7678030541 7678030551 7678000861 7678004851 7678030591 7678000901 7678004871 7678000941 7678004891 7678000971 7678004971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901 8138616001 8138617121 8138616961 8138617171

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 290 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971 8138616081 8138617021 8138617131 8138617151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662784021 8138611531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110621 8541363061 7662784041 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662110681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611571 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541363041 7662202081 7720040031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541363041 7662202081 7662784021 7720040031 8138611531 8138611551

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7430050201 7662784021 7720040031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7430050301 7662784041 7720040041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7720040041 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662202181 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Bosset sw x thrd Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 6000 Insert reducing sw cl 6000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 6000

DN 300-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 300-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

80

100

150

766270

3011

3021

3031

3041

2051

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

6081

6121

6161

6181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

771109 772180 772171 773104 773171

4531 1531 1531 1531 1531

4541 1541 1541 1541 1541

4551 1551 1551 1551 1551

4571 1571 1571 1571 1571

4581 1581 1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

763422 763422 763426 763426 763435 763435 763435 763435 763480 763480 763485 763485

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

Valves Check valve sw Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd Miscellaneous Plug Bosset sw x thrd

CHVS

50

Fittings

Reducing fittings B3ST B6ST BR3S BR6S CRS6 IRS6 SCBP SEBP TRS6

40

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 CAS6 COS3 COS6 E4S3 E4S6 E9S3 E9S6 TES3 TES6 UNS3 UNS6

25

Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11042, rev. I Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 300 500 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 450 900 1200

B3ST

7680661541 7680661561 7680661581

B6ST 7680662021 7680662041 7680662061 7680662081 7680662101 7680662121 7680662141 7680662161 7680662181 7680662201 7680662221 7680662241 7680662261 7680662281 7680662301 7680662321 7680662341

BR3S

BR6S 7673100601 7673100621 7673100641 7673100651 7673100661 7673100681 7673100701 7673100711 7673100721 7673100741 7673100751 7673100761 7673100781 7673100801 7673100821 7673100841 7673100851

7673100541 7673100561 7673100581

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS6 7634275061 7634275231 7634275251 7634275331 7634275351 7634275371 7634275431 7634275451 7634275471 7634275491

IRS6 7634405061 7634405231 7634405251 7634405331 7634405351 7634405371 7634405431 7634405451 7634405471 7634405491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS6 7634815061 7634815231 7634815251 7634815351 7634815371

7634815471 7634815491 7625601831 7625601941 7625602291 7625602491

7625801831 7625801941 7625802291 7625802491

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:00

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 1 of 14

CLASS 11176

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -50 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 18.4 DN 750-1200 18.2

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

340

345

18.4 18.2

18.2 18.1

17.4 17.4

15.8 15.8

13.8 13.8

12.1 12.1

10.2 10.2

8.7 8.7

8.6 8.6

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.3 - Design limits DN750 [ NPS 30} and larger limited by maximum allowable pressure acc. ASME B31.3 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.3 is historically based on the application of ASTM A352 grade LCB valve body material. - Non-extended bonnet valves in this piping class are intended for short term low temperature excursion (e.g non-operable during depressurization) (or) non-insulated piping only. - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 160 160 160 160 80 80 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 10 STD 11.1 11.1

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B D E J M N P

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P D D D D D D J

E E E E E E E E E D D D D D A

E E E E E E E E E D D D D A

E E E E E E E E E D D D A

E E E E E E E E B D D A

E E E E E E B B B D A

E E E E B B B B B A

E E E E B B B B A

E E E B B B B A

E E B B B B A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Pipe to pipe Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel LT H-Sour Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11176 CLASS 150 3 mm I 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe

DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A333-6 ASTM A671-CC65 cl 22

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GANF

Gate valve n-ext flgd

DN 15-40

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: LTCS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Instruments Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A320-L7M/A194-7M

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST3B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 ---

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 350-1200 DN 400-1200 DN 350-900 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743016 0 231 743016 1 743016 2 743021 0 743021 1 743021 2

301

766212 767013 768875 768906 768895 768935 768966 766282 767083

4581

4621

763117 763134 763143 763180

1721 1721 1721 1721

381

541

611

691

751

841

931 051

171

291

391

641 041

341 371 021

601 141

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

4661

4681

4701

4721

4741

4761

4781

4801

4821

4841

4861

4881

4901

4921

0081

0121

0161

0181

0201

0221

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0341

0361

0381

0401

0441

0011 1081 1821

0021 1121 1841

0031 1161 1861

0041 1181 1881

0051 1201 1601

0061 1221 1621

0071 1241 1141

0081 1261 1161

0091 1281 0581

0101 1301 0601

0111 1321 0621

0121 1341 0141

0131 1361 0161

0141

0151

0161

0181

0201

0241

0561 3631

0621 3661

0681 3691

0741 3721

3631

3661

3691

3721

0161

0411

0581

0731

Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

1781 1781 1781 1781

1821 1821 1821 1821

1921 1921 1921 1921

2101 2101 2101 2101

2301 2301 2301 2301

2461 2461 2461 2461

2661 2661 2661 2661

2831 2831 2831 2831

3041 3041 3041 3041

3261 3261 3261 3261

3451 3451 3451 3451

3651 3651 3651 3651

3841 3841 3841 3841

3941 3941 3941 3941

4041 4041 4041 4041

5371 5131 5171 5131

6021 6691 6691 6691

6601 7371 7371 7411

7141 8011 8011 8011

0151

0161

0181 0181 0181

0191 0191 0191

0201 0201 0201

0211 0211 0211

0231 0231 0231

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

3181

3191

3201

3211

3231

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Gate valve flgd Gate valve n-ext flgd Globe valve flgd

774133 776720 771033 772033 772041 772041 773033

0031 0031

0041 0041

0051 0051

0071 0071

3031 0031

3041 0041

3051 0051

3071 0071

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151

0161

0171 0171 0171

3081

3101

3121

3141

3151

3161

3171

6091

6101

6121

6141

6151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca)

854172 854136 766596 766297 760563 768322

4481 3041 3021

3061 3041

3081 3061

3121 3081

0081

0121

0161

0181

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

1121 0201 5261

1131

0241

0261

0141

0151

0161

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

5281

5061

5081

5451

5461

5471

5481

5491

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

4541

4601

4661

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7631661411 7631661511 7631661611 7631661711 7631661811 7631661911 7631661931 7631661991 7631662081 7631662291 7631662371 7631662491 7631662661 7631662761 7629452941 7631663051 7631663241 7631663341 7629453421 7631663521 7631663631 7631663811 7631663941 7631664031 7629456001 7629456351 7631664311 7631664441

REEB 7631751411 7631751511 7631751611 7631751711 7631751811 7631751911 7631751931 7631751991 7631752081 7631752291 7631752371 7631752491 7631752661 7631752761 7629602881 7631753051 7631753241 7631753341 7629603421 7631753521 7631753631 7631753811 7631753941 7631754031 7629606001 7629606351 7631754311 7631754441

TERB 7631880391 7631880491 7631880591 7631880791 7631880891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7631881111 7631881201 7631881331 7631881581 7631881701 7631881811 7631881891 7631882111 7631882311 7631882591 7631882771 7631882901 7631883161 7631883271 7631883491 7631883971 7631884211 7631884471

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7629458131 7631664711 7629458321 7631664821 7631665321 7631665621 7631665811 7631666111 7631666521 7631666711 7631667011 7631667311

REEB 7629608131 7629608251 7629608321 7631754821 7631755321 7631755621 7631755811 7631756111 7631756521 7631756711 7631757011 7631757311

7631668811 7631669111 7631669531

7631758811 7631759111 7631759411

TERB 7631885111 7631885371 7631885541 7631886101 7631886341 7631886501 7631886741 7631887541 7631887701 7631887941 7631888181 7631888741 7631888901 7631889141 7631889381 7631889621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629541271

7629741271

7629543451

7629743451

TERB 7629950671 7629950871 7629951071 7629951271 7629952451 7629952651 7629952851 7629953451

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629546101 7629746101 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7629549351 7629749351

TERB 7629954901 7629955501 7629956101 7629957541 7629958141 7629958741 7629959351

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 350 500 1050 350 400 600 750 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 450 900 1200 350 500 600 900 1200

BN6F 7672306801 7672306811 7672306821 7672306831 7672306841 7672306851 7672306861 7672306871 7672306881 7672306891 7672306901 7672306911 7672306921 7672306931 7672306941 7672306951 7672306961

BN6P 7672579301 7672579311 7672579321 7672579331 7672579341 7672579351 7672579361 7672579371 7672708141 7672579411 7672579421 7672579431 7672579441 7672579451 7672579461 7672579471 7672579481

BR3B

BROB

BRSB

7679503601 7679503641 7679510181 7679503701 7679503721 7679503751 7679510271 7679510291

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 350 400 600 1050 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 350 500 900 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BROB

BRSB 7679504491 7679504511 7679504541

7679510361 7679504571 7679504591 7679504601 7679504611 7679504621 7679511461 7679511491 7679510521 7679041071 7679041091 7679041101 7679041111 7679113591 7679120501 7678282651 7678282681 7679041171 7679041181 7679113721 7679120581 7678282781 7678282811 7679113841 7679120601 7678282841 7678282851 7679118841 7679119971 7679134781 7679135031 7679120091 7679134811 7679135061 7679134841 7679135091 7679134871 7679135121

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138671531 8138671551 8138671551 8138671571 8138672711 8138672731 8138672731 8138673301 8138673301 8138674011 8138674011 8138674691 8138674691 8138675291 8138675301 8138675901 8138676001 8138676901 8138676961 8138677011

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138672781 8138672781 8138672781 8138673351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138672781 8138673351 8138673371 8138673371 8138674091 8138674771 8138675381 8138675401 8138675981 8138676061 8138676031 8138676901

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138671551 8138671571 8138671571 8138671571 8138672731 8138672741 8138672741 8138673321 8138673341 8138674041 8138674061 8138674741 8138674741 8138675331 8138675441 8138675971 8138677021 8138677051 8138677081

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662124581 8541363041 7662821821 8138671531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662124621 8541363061 7662821841 8138671551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124621 8541363061 8138671551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124661 8541363081 8138671551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662124681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138671571 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gate valve n-ext flgd 2 Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

7720413031 8541363041 7662208061 7720330031 8138671531 8138671551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gate valve n-ext flgd Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

7720413031 8541363041 7662208061 7662821821 7720330031 8138671531 8138671551

2 4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662208061 7430160231 7662821821 7720330031 8138671531 8138671551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662208441 7430160301 7662821841 7720330041 8138671551 8138671551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gate valve n-ext flgd 1 Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

7720413041 8541363061 7662208441 7720330041 8138671551 8138671551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662208471 8541363121 7683370321 8138671591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662208471 8541363121 7683370311 8138671591

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Fittings CAS3 CAS6 COS3 COS6 E4S3 E4S6 E9S3 E9S6 TES3 TES6 UNS3 UNS6

DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Reducing fittings B3ST B6ST BR3S BR6S CRS6 IRS6 SCBP SEBP TRS6

Bosset sw x thrd Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 6000 Insert reducing sw cl 6000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 6000

DN 350-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 350-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Valves

40

50

80

100

150

Flanges Flange sw

Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

25

766272

2011

2021

2031

2041

1051

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

6081

6121

6161

6181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

771102 772191 772198 772190 772197 773190 773197

1531 1531 1531 4531 4531 4531 4531

1541 1541 1541 4541 4541 4541 4541

1551 1551 1551 4551 4551 4551 4551

1571 1571 1571 4571 4571 4571 4571

1581

768066

8281

8321

8361

8381

8401

Fittings Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

763423 763423 763425 763425 763436 763436 763436 763436 763479 763479 763486 763486

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

Valves Check valve sw Gate valve n-ext sw Gate valve n-ext sw x thrd Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

1581 4581 4581 4581 4581

Miscellaneous

CHVS

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GANS

Gate valve n-ext sw

DN 15-40

GANT

Gate valve n-ext sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11176, rev. I Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 350 500 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 450 900 1200

B3ST

7680650541 7680650561 7680650581

B6ST 7680651021 7680651041 7680651061 7680651081 7680651101 7680651121 7680651141 7680651161 7680651181 7680651201 7680651221 7680651241 7680651261 7680651281 7680651301 7680651321 7680651341

BR3S

BR6S 7673120601 7673120621 7673120641 7673120661 7673120681 7673120701 7673120721 7673120741 7673120761 7673120781 7673120801 7673120821 7673120841 7673120861 7673120881 7673120901 7673120921

7673120541 7673120561 7673120581

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS6 7634285061 7634285231 7634285251 7634285331 7634285351 7634285371 7634285431 7634285451 7634285471 7634285491

IRS6 7634415061 7634415231 7634415251 7634415331 7634415351 7634415371 7634415431 7634415451 7634415471 7634415491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS6 7634825061 7634825231 7634825251 7634825351 7634825371

7634825471 7634825491 7625651831 7625651941 7625652291 7625652491

7625851831 7625851941 7625852291 7625852491

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:23:56

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 1 of 14

CLASS 11180

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -50 Pressure (Barg) DN 15-1200 18.4

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

340

345

18.4

18.2

17.4

15.8

13.8

12.1

10.2

8.7

8.6

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.3 - Due to supply chain constraints the wall thickness for pipe DN300 (NPS12) SCH20 (6.35 mm/ 0.25 inch) is ordered as per MESC description with wall thickness 7.14mm (0.281 inch). - Bolting material for size <= 2 1/2 inch: ASTM A320-L7/A194-4 - Bolting material for size > 2 1/2 inch: ASTM A320-L43/A194-4 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2]up to/incl DN 600[NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.3 is historically based on the application of ASTM A352 grade LCB valve body material. - Non-extended bonnet valves in this piping class are intended for short term low temperature excursion (e.g non-operable during depressurization) (or) non-insulated piping only. - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 STD STD

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B D E J M N P

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P D D D D D D D D D D J

E E E E E D D D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D D A

E E E E E D D D D D A

E E E E B D D D D A

E E E E B D D D A

E E E B B D D A

E E B B B D A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Pipe to pipe Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel LT M-Sour Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11180 CLASS 150 1 mm E 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe

DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A333-6 ASTM A671-CC65 cl 22

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GANF

Gate valve n-ext flgd

DN 15-40

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: LTCS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Instruments Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A320-L43/A194-4 ASTM A320-L7/A194-4

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST1B STBT STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 -----

Reducing fittings BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 600-1200 DN 600-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743017 0 211 743017 1 743017 2 743021 0 743021 1 743021 2

291

766212 767013 768875 768904 768895 768933 768964 766282 767083

4621

371

531

591

671

751

841

911 031

161

291

391

641 041

341 371 001

581 121

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

4581

4661

4681

4701

4721

4741

4761

4781

4801

4821

4841

4861

4881

4901

4921

0581

0621

0661

0681

0701

0721

0741

0761

0781

0801

0821

0841

0861

0881

0901

0941

0011 1081 1521

0021 1121 1541

0031 1161 1561

0041 1181 1581

0051 1201 1101

0061 1221 1121

0071 1241 1141

0081 1261 1161

0091 1281 0081

0101 1301 0101

0111 1321 0121

0121 1341 0141

0131 1361 0161

0141

0151

0161

0181

0201

0241

0561 2431

0621 2461

0681 2491

0741 2521

2431

2461

2491

2521

0161

0381

0571

0741

5371

6001

6581

7121

5131

6671

7361

7981

5171 5131

6671 6631

7361 7391

8001 7991

Fittings Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

763117 763118 763134 763138 763139 763143 763180 763184

1681

1741

1801

1881

2081

2281

2461

2661

2821

3031

3251

3451

3651

3841

3941

4041

1681 1681

1741 1741

1801 1801

1881 1881

2081 2081

2281 2281

2461 2461

2661 2661

2821 2821

3031 3031

3251 3251

3451 3451

3651 3651

3841 3841

3941 3941

4041 4041

1681

1741

1801

1881

2081

2281

2461

2661

2821

3031

3251

3451

3651

3841

3941

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

4041

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Gate valve flgd Gate valve n-ext flgd Globe valve flgd

774133 776720 771033 772033 772041 772041 773033

0031 0031

0041 0041

0051 0051

0071 0071

3031 0031

3041 0041

3051 0051

3071 0071

3041 3021

3061 3041

3081 3061

3121 3081

0081

0121

0161

0181

0151

0161

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151

0161

0171 0171 0171

0181 0181 0181

0191 0191 0191

0201 0201 0201

0211 0211 0211

0231 0231 0231

3081

3101

3121

3141

3151

3161

3171

3181

3191

3201

3211

3231

6091

6101

6121

6141

6151

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

0881 0201 5021

0891

0241

0261

0031

0041

0051

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

5041

5061

5081

6051

6061

5221

6081

5241

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

4481

4541

4601

4661

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca)

854172 854136 766596 766297 760563 768319

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7631701371 7631701471 7631701571 7631701671 7631701771 7631701871 7629441921 7631701981 7631702061 7631702261 7631702351 7631702501 7631702651 7631702751 7631702951 7631703051 7631703221 7631703331 7629443401 7631703531 7631703611 7631703861 7631703921 7631704021 7629446001 7631704231 7631704301 7631704421

REEB 7631711371 7631711471 7631711571 7631711671 7631711771 7631711871 7629591921 7631711981 7631712061 7631712261 7631712351 7631712501 7631712651 7631712751 7631712951 7631713051 7631713221 7631713331 7629593401 7631713531 7631713611 7631713861 7631713921 7631714021 7629596001 7631714231 7631714301 7631714421

TERB 7631850351 7631850451 7631850551 7631850751 7631850851

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7631851091 7631851181 7631851321 7631851531 7631851651 7631851771 7631851891 7631852101 7631852301 7631852581 7631852761 7631852891 7631853151 7631853261 7631853481 7631853881 7631854131 7631854391

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7631704541 7631704631 7631704701 7631704821 7631705201 7631705501 7631705811 7631706111 7631706401 7631706701 7631707011 7631707311

REEB 7631714541 7631714631 7631714701 7631714821 7631715201 7631715501 7631715811 7631716111 7631716401 7631716711 7631717011 7631717311

7631708811 7631709111 7631709411

7631718811 7631719111 7631719411

TERB 7631855031 7631855291 7631855541 7631856021 7631856261 7631856501 7631856741 7631857461 7631857701 7631857941 7631858181 7631858661 7631858901 7631859141 7631859381 7631859621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629541271

7629741271

7629543431

7629743431

TERB 7629950671 7629950871 7629951071 7629951271 7629952431 7629952631 7629952831 7629953431

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629546081 7629746081 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7629549331 7629749331

TERB 7629954881 7629955481 7629956081 7629957531 7629958131 7629958731 7629959331

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 600 1050 600 750 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 900 1200 600 900 1200

BN3F 7680375411 7680375431 7680375441 7672306021 7672306031 7680375461 7680375471 7680375491 7672306061 7672306071 7680375531 7680375551 7680375561 7672306101 7672306111 7680375591 7680375601 7680375621 7680375631 7680375651 7672306151 7672306161

BN3P 7680315021 7680315031 7680315041 7672579601 7672579611 7680315061 7680315071 7680315081 7672579651 7672579661 7680315111 7680315121 7680315131 7672579701 7672579711 7680315161 7680315171 7680315181 7680315191 7680315201 7672579751 7672579761

BROB

BRSB

7679504321 7679511091 7679504451 7679511211 7679511321

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 600 1050 600 750 900 1050 600 750 900 1050 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 900 1200 600 750 900 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN3F

BN3P

BROB

BRSB 7679504541 7679511391 7679504621 7679511461 7679511491 7679511521

7679041941 7679118781 7679118791 7679119661 7679119681 7679042101 7679118801 7679118811 7679119781 7679119801 7679118821 7679118831 7679119901 7679119921 7679118841 7679118851 7679120011 7679120031 7679118871 7679120131 7679120151 7679120231 7679120251 7679120271 7679120291

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138631531 8138631551 8138631551 8138631571 8138632711 8138632731 8138632731 8138633301 8138633301 8138634011 8138634011 8138634691 8138634691 8138635291 8138635301 8138635901 8138636001 8138637171 8138636961 8138637701

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138632781 8138632781 8138632781 8138633351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138632781 8138633351 8138633371 8138633371 8138634091 8138634771 8138635381 8138635401 8138635981 8138636131 8138636031 8138637171

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 290 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138631551 8138631571 8138631571 8138631571 8138632731 8138632741 8138632741 8138633321 8138633341 8138634041 8138634061 8138634741 8138634741 8138635331 8138635241 8138635971 8138636081 8138636781 8138636791 8138637061

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662124581 8541363041 7662821521 8138631531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662124621 8541363061 7662821541 8138631551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124621 8541363061 8138631551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662124661 8541363081 8138631551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662124681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138631571 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gate valve n-ext flgd 2 Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

7720413031 8541363041 7662208061 7720330031 8138631531 8138631551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gate valve n-ext flgd Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

7720413031 8541363041 7662208061 7662821521 7720330031 8138631531 8138631551

2 4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662208061 7430170211 7662821521 7720330031 8138631531 8138631551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662208441 7430170291 7662821541 7720330041 8138631551 8138631551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gate valve n-ext flgd 1 Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

7720413041 8541363061 7662208441 7720330041 8138631551 8138631551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662208471 8541363121 7683370321 8138631591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662208471 8541363121 7683370311 8138631591

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Fittings CAS3 COS3 E4S3 E9S3 TES3 UNS3

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Fittings

Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 3000 Insert reducing sw cl 3000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 3000

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Valves

CHVS

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

Miscellaneous

GANS

Gate valve n-ext sw

DN 15-40

GANT

Gate valve n-ext sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Reducing fittings B3ST BR3S CRS3 IRS3 SCBP SEBP TRS3 Valves

40

50

80

100

150

Flanges Flange sw

Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

25

Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

Check valve sw Gate valve n-ext sw Gate valve n-ext sw x thrd Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

766272

1011

1021

1031

1041

0051

763423 763425 763436 763436 763479 763486

0081 0081 0081 5081 0081 0081

0121 0121 0121 5121 0121 0121

0161 0161 0161 5161 0161 0161

0181 0181 0181 5181 0181 0181

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

771102 772191 772198 772190 772197 773190 773197

1531 1531 1531 4531 4531 4531 4531

1541 1541 1541 4541 4541 4541 4541

1551 1551 1551 4551 4551 4551 4551

1571 1571 1571 4571 4571 4571 4571

1581

768066

8281

8321

8361

8381

8401

1581 4581 4581 4581 4581

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 11180, rev. E Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 600 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 900 1200

B3ST 7680650021 7680650041 7680650061 7680650081 7680650101 7680650121 7680650141 7680650161 7680650181 7680650201 7680650221 7680650241 7680650261 7680650281 7680650301 7680650321 7680650341 7680650361 7680650381 7680650401 7680650431 7680650441 7680650561 7680650581

BR3S 7673120021 7673120041 7673120061 7673120081 7673120101 7673120121 7673120141 7673120161 7673120181 7673120201 7673120221 7673120241 7673120261 7673120281 7673120301 7673120321 7673120341 7673120361 7673120381 7673120401 7673121481 7673120441 7673120561 7673120581

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS3 7634280061 7634280231 7634280251 7634280331 7634280351 7634280371 7634280431 7634280451 7634280471 7634280491

IRS3 7634410061 7634410231 7634410251 7634410331 7634410351 7634410371 7634410431 7634410451 7634410471 7634410491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS3 7634820061 7634820231 7634820251 7634820351 7634820371

7634820471 7634820491 7625641811 7625641931 7625642281 7625642401

7625841811 7625841931 7625842281 7625842401

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:31:45

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 1 of 14

CLASS 11432

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15-1200 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

19.6

19.2

18.4

17.7

16.7

15.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Use of coated bolt sets should be considered when exposed to marine environments. - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2] up to/incl DN 600 [NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition, except DN450 [NPS 18]. DN450 [NPS 18] with 2.9 mm [0.114 inch]corrosion allowance meets full vacuum at ambient condition. For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - For hydrotest vent & drains reference is made to standard drawing S.38.154 - Monoflange slimline valves shall be selected for clean services only. - Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings. In the assemblies as a default, the 1/2" compression tube fitting is listed. However, selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. - The use of red. bore ball valves is considered most economical. Use full bore ball valves only when necessary for process/operating requirements - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 160 160 160 160 80 80 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 STD STD 11.1 XS

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B E J M N P U

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P P P P P U U J

E E E E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E B B B B A

E E E E B B B B B A

E E E E B B B B A

E E E B B B B A

E E B B B B A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11432 CLASS 150 3 mm G 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PISM PIWS

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B saw)

DN 15-600 DN 400-1200 DN 100-350 DN 400-600

ASTM A106-B ASTM A672-C65 cl22 API 5L-B (sml) API 5L-B (saw)

BAFF

Ball valve float FB flgd

DN 15-150

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-250

BTFF

Ball valve trunn FB flgd

DN 200-600

BTRF

Ball valve trunn RB flgd

DN 300-600

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

MSBG

Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBH

Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBJ

Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

DN 15-20

VSBG

Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBH

Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBJ

Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 15-20

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 150-1200 DN 400-1200 DN 300-900 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPBW

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, filled PTFE Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, filled PTFE Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring Alloy 400/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H Zn-Ni Electro pl + PTFE top coat

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST3B STB1

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 ---

STBT

Studbolt with nuts

---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B saw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw) Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B sml)

743005 0 201 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5 743023 0 743023 1 743023 2 743023 5 743023 6 741317 4 741317 5 741312 1 741312 2 741312 3

301

766211 767012 768875 768902 768895 768930 768960 766278 767082

0621

401

601

711 091

491 111

411

831 251

731 211

691 211

691 391 021

601 161

471

781

191

691

081

381

211

691

0901

0921

491 111

411

831 251

731

0821

0841

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

0581

0661

0681

0701

0721

0741

0761

0781

0801

0861

0881

0021

0041

0061

0081

0101

0121

0141

0161

0181

0201

0221

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0021 0021 4021

0041 0041 4041

0061 0061 4061

0081 0081 4081

0101 0101 3601

0121 0121 3621

0141 0141 3141

0161 0161 3161

0181 0181 2581

0201 0201 2601

0221 0221 2621

0241 0241 2141

0261 0261 2161

0281

0301

0321

2181

2201

2241

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

0561 0031

0621 0061

0681 0091

0741 0121

0031

0061

0091

0121

0171

0411

0611

0751

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

763019 763038 763040 763084

0221 5721 5721 5721

0281 5781 5781 5781

0321 5821 5821 5821

0421 5921 5921 5921

0581 6081 6081 6081

0781 6281 6281 6281

0951 6451 6451 6451

1151 6651 6651 6651

770025 770025 770228 770228 774130 776711 771013 771020 772020 773014 773020 778558 778558 778558 778559 778559 778559

5031 0031

5041 0041

5051 0051

5071 0071

5081 0081

5101 0101

5121 0121

5131 0441

1331 6831 6831 6831

1531 7031 7031 7031

1731 7231 7231 7231

1921 7421 7421 7421

2121 7621 7621 7621

2321 7821 7821 7821

2551 8051 8051 8051

2751 8251 8251 8251

6191 1191 8641 1121

7691 2691 9011 2691

8411 9401 9431 3381

9031 9841 9631 4031

0451 5151

0461 5161

5171 0171 0171 0171

5181 0181 0181 0181

5191 0191 0191 0191

5201 0201 0201 0201

5211 0211 0211 0211

5231 0231 0231 0231

0151

0161

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

0161 0161

0171 0171

0181 0181

0191 0191

0201 0201

0211 0211

0231 0231

4481

4541

4601

4661

Valves Ball valve float FB flgd Ball valve float RB flgd Ball valve trunn FB flgd Ball valve trunn RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd Globe valve flgd Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

0031

0041

0051

0071

3031 0031

3041 0041

3051 0051

3071 0071

8701 8721 8711 8701 8711 8721

9201 9221 9211 9201 9211 9221

3041 0521

3061 0541

3081 0561

3121 0581

0081

0121

0161

0181

0081 0091

0101 0101

0121 0121

0141 0141

0151 0151

0091

0101

0121

0141

0151

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

1051 0201 4261

1061

0231

0241

0131

0141

0151

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

4281

4061

4081

4451

4461

4471

4481

4491

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (3 mm ca)

854172 854136 766496 766295 760518 768319

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721411 7630721511 7630721611 7630721711 7630721811 7630721911 7629461931 7630721991 7630722081 7630722291 7630722371 7630722521 7630722661 7630722761 7630722961 7630723051 7630723241 7630723341 7629463421 7630723521 7630723631 7630723811 7630723941 7630724031 7629466001 7629466451 7630724321 7629467151

REEB 7630731411 7630731511 7630731611 7630731711 7630731811 7630731911 7629611931 7630731991 7630732081 7630732291 7630732371 7630732491 7630732661 7630732761 7630732961 7630733051 7630733241 7630733341 7629613421 7630733521 7630733631 7630733811 7630733941 7630734031 7629616001 7629616371 7630734311 7629616871

TERB 7630890391 7630890491 7630890591 7630890791 7630890891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683375111 255 7683375121 305 7683375131 355 7683375141 405 7683375151 455 7683375161

7630891111 7630891201 7630891331 7630891571 7630891691 7630891811 7630891891 7630892111 7630892311 7630892591 7630892771 7630892901 7630893161 7630893271 7630893491 7630893971 7630894221 7630894481

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7629468251 7629468701 7630724781 7630724821 7630725321 7630725621 7630725811 7630726111 7630726521 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7629617731 7630734601 7629618751 7630734821 7630735321 7630735621 7630735811 7630736111 7630736521 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895121 7630895381 7630895541 7630896101 7630896341 7630896501 7630896741 7630897541 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898741 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629510901

7629710901

7630613031

7630793031

TERB 7630956501 7630957101 7630957611 7629898111 7630963441 7630963501 7630963701 7630964301

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629526321 7629726321 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7629526651 7629726651

TERB 7630967821 7630968141 7630968451 7629896461 7629897061 7629897661 7629898261

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 150 200 300 500 1050 200 250 300 400 600 750 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 150 250 450 900 1200 200 250 350 500 600 900 1200

BN6F 7672293201 7672293211 7672293221 7672293231 7672293241 7672293251 7672293261 7672293271 7672291681 7672293301 7672293311 7672293321 7672293331 7672293341 7672293351 7672293361 7672293371

BN6P 7672693511 7672693521 7672693541 7672693551 7672693561 7672693571 7672693581 7672693591 7672693611 7672693621 7672693631 7672693651 7672693661 7672693671 7672693681 7672693691 7672693701

BR3B

BROB

BRSB

7678311471 7678311481 7678311501 7678311541 7678901131 7678311581 7678311591 7678311601 7678311621 7678311651 7678901201 7678901261

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 300 400 600 1050 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 350 500 900 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BROB

BRSB 7678312391 7678312411 7678312441

7678901391 7678312471 7678312481 7678312491 7678312501 7678312511 7678902461 7678902491 7678901521 7679001081 7679001091 7678310481 7678310491 7678037591 7678037621 7678001651 7678005681 7678310541 7678310551 7678037721 7678037751 7678001781 7678005811 7678037801 7678037851 7678001821 7678005831 7678030541 7678030551 7678000861 7678004851 7678030591 7678000901 7678004871 7678000941 7678004891 7678000971 7678004971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Coated boltset std flange DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 320

MESC number 8138150231 8138150251 8138150251 8138150271 8138150751 8138150771 8138150771 8138151431 8138151431 8138152161 8138152161 8138152991 8138152991 8138153841 8138153861 8138154701 8138154821 8138156411 8138156431 8138156471

Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901 8138616001 8138617121 8138616961 8138617171

Coated boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138150831 8138150831 8138150831 8138151491

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Coated boltset orificeflg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138150831 8138151491 8138151511 8138151511 8138152261 8138153091 8138153961 8138153981 8138154801 8138154841 8138154861 8138156411

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset monoflg. ball DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 1/2 x 70

MESC number 8138611571 8138611551

Std boltset monoflg.sliml DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 100 20 4 1/2 x 100

MESC number 8138611611 8138611611

Coated boltset blind/spc DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 280 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138150251 8138150271 8138150271 8138150271 8138150771 8138150791 8138150791 8138151451 8138151471 8138152201 8138152221 8138153051 8138153051 8138153901 8138153941 8138154781 8138154901 8138156511 8138156551 8138156611

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 290 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971 8138616081 8138617021 8138617131 8138617151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662784021 8138611531

Orif conn.monof.ball DN 15 Fig.AB DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 2 Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 2 Welding neck flange 2 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662110621 8541363061 7662784041 8138611551

Orif conn.monof.slim DN 15 Fig.AB DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 2 8541363041 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 2 7785598701 Welding neck flange 2 7662784021 Studbolt with nuts 8 8138611611

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662110681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611571 Mrun conn.monof.ball DN 15 Fig.AA DN15 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Studbolt with nuts

- 40

Mrun conn.monof.slim DN 15 Fig.AA DN15 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Studbolt with nuts

- 40

2 2 8

2 2 8

8541363041 7785588701 8138611571

8541363041 7785598701 8138611611

8541363041 7785588701 7662784021 8138611571

PI.conn.monofl.ball. DN 15 Fig.AB DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Welding neck flange 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7785588701 8541363041 7662784021 8138611571

PI.conn.monofl.ball. DN 20 Fig.AB DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Welding neck flange 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7785589201 8541363061 7662784041 8138611551

PI.conn.monofl.sliml DN 20 Fig.AB DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Welding neck flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662784041 8541363061 7785599201 8138611611

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683375121 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662202181 8541363121 7683375111 8138611591

1 1 1 4

PI.conn.monofl.ball. DN 20 Fig.AA DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 1 7785589201 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363061 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611551 PI.conn.monofl.sliml DN 15 Fig.AB DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Welding neck flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662784021 8541363041 7785598701 8138611611

PI.conn.monofl.sliml DN 20 Fig.AA DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363061 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 1 7785599201 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611611

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40 DN 50-50 DN 15-40

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Bosset sw x thrd Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 6000 Insert reducing sw cl 6000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 6000

DN 80-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 80-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

Cap sw cl 3000 Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 6000

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

80

100

150

766270

3011

3021

3031

3041

2051

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

6081

6121

6161

6181

1081

1121

1161

1181

1081

1121

1161

1181

771107 772107 772170 773107 773170

1531 1531 1531 1531 1531

1541 1541 1541 1541 1541

1551 1551 1551 1551 1551

1571 1571 1571 1571 1571

1581 1581 1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

763422 763422 763426 763426 763435 763435 763435 763435 763480 763480 763485 763485

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

Valves Check valve sw Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd Miscellaneous Plug Bosset sw x thrd

CHVS

50

Fittings

Reducing fittings B3ST B6ST BR3S BR6S CRS6 IRS6 SCBP SEBP TRS6

40

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 CAS6 COS3 COS6 E4S3 E4S6 E9S3 E9S6 TES3 TES6 UNS3 UNS6

25

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11432, rev. G Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 80 100 150 200 300 500 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 80 100 150 250 450 900 1200

B3ST

7680661461 7680661481 7680661501 7680661521 7680661541 7680661561 7680661581

B6ST 7680662021 7680662041 7680662061 7680662081 7680662101 7680662121 7680662141 7680662161 7680662181 7680662201 7680662221 7680662241 7680662261 7680662281 7680662301 7680662321 7680662341

BR3S

BR6S 7673100601 7673100621 7673100641 7673100651 7673100661 7673100681 7673100701 7673100711 7673100721 7673100741 7673100751 7673100761 7673100781 7673100801 7673100821 7673100841 7673100851

7673100461 7673100481 7673100501 7673100521 7673100541 7673100561 7673100581

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS6 7634275061 7634275231 7634275251 7634275331 7634275351 7634275371 7634275431 7634275451 7634275471 7634275491

IRS6 7634405061 7634405231 7634405251 7634405331 7634405351 7634405371 7634405431 7634405451 7634405471 7634405491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS6 7634815061 7634815231 7634815251 7634815351 7634815371

7634815471 7634815491 7625601831 7625601941 7625602291 7625602491

7625801831 7625801941 7625802291 7625802491

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:00:17

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 1 of 13

CLASS 11450

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 2 of 13 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 19.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

19.6

19.2

18.4

17.7

16.7

15.8

14.8

13.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Due to supply chain constraints the wall thickness for pipe DN300 (NPS12) SCH20 (6.35 mm/ 0.25 inch) is ordered as per MESC description with wall thickness 7.14mm (0.281 inch). - API 5L-B welded pipe (erw and saw) is normally the most economic choice - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Use of coated bolt sets should be considered when exposed to marine environments. - Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition - For hydrotest vent & drains reference is made to standard drawing S.38.154 - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Branch Size Run 15 size 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B E J M N P U

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P U U J

E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E B B B A

E E E E B B B A

E E B B B B A

B B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

11450 CLASS 150 1 mm H 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 3 of 13 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PISM PIWE PIWS

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw)

DN 15-600 DN 400-600 DN 100-100 DN 150-500 DN 600-600

ASTM A106-B ASTM A672-C65 cl22 API 5L-B (sml) API 5L-B (erw) API 5L-B (saw)

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPNF SRNF WNFL

DN 200-600

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-600

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

DN 15-600 --DN 15-400 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

GLVF

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB

Miscellaneous

Reducing fittings BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spacer ring Welding neck flange

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B TEEB

BUTF

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-600 DN 40-600 DN 400-600 DN 150-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600 DN 20-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB

Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400

AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring Alloy 400/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 Sieve: AISI 316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG ST1B STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca) Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 DN 50-400 ---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 4 of 13 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw) Pipe (API 5L-B sml)

743005 0 181 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743005 5 743023 5 743023 6 741314 2 741314 3 741314 4 741314 5 741317 5 741312 1

281

381

581

691

766211 768902 768930 768960 766278

0581 0021 0021 0021 3521

0621 0041 0041 0041 3541

0661 0061 0061 0061 3561

0681 0081 0081 0081 3581

0701 0101 0101 0101 3101

0721 0121 0121 0121 3121

0741 0141 0141 0141 3141

0761 0161 0161 0161 3161

0781 0181 0181 0181 2081

0801 0201 0201 0201 2101

0821 0221 0221 0221 2121

0841 0241 0241 0241 2141

0861 0261 0261 0261 2161

0881 0281 0281

0901 0301 0301

0921 0321 0321

2181

2201

2241

763019 763038 763040 763084

0181 5681 5681 5681

0241 5741 5741 5741

0301 5801 5801 5801

0381 5881 5881 5881

0551 6051 6051 6051

0751 6251 6251 6251

0951 6451 6451 6451

1151 6651 6651 6651

1321 6821 6821 6821

1521 7021 7021 7021

1721 7221 7221 7221

1921 7421 7421 7421

2121 7621 7621 7621

2321 7821 7821 7821

2551 8051 8051 8051

2751 8251 8251 8251

031

491 111

391

791 201

111

391

731 211

691

471

781

211

691

081

381

791 191

731 211

691 211 691

491

Flanges Blind flange Spacer ring Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 5 of 13 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd Globe valve flgd

774130 776711 771013 771020 772020 773014 773020

0031

0041

0051

0071

3031 0031

3041 0041

3051 0051

3071 0071

0151

0161

0171 0171

0181 0181

0191 0191

0201 0201

0211 0211

0231 0231

0161 0161

0171 0171

0181 0181

0191 0191

0201 0201

0211 0211

0231 0231

0081 0091

0101 0101

0121 0121

0141 0141

0151 0151

0091

0101

0121

0141

0151

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

0811 0201 4021

0821

0231

0241

0031

0041

0051

0061

0071

0081

0091

0101

4041

4061

4081

3971

3981

4221

4001

4241

Miscellaneous Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Strainer Y-type (1 mm ca)

854136 766496 766295 760518 768319

3041 0521

3061 0541

3081 0561

3121 0581

0081

0121

0161

0181

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 6 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721371 7630721471 7630721571 7630721671 7630721771 7630721871 7629461921 7630721961 7630722061 7630722261 7630722351 7630722501 7630722651 7630722751 7630722951 7630723051 7630723221 7630723331 7629463401 7630723531 7630723611 7630723861 7630723921 7630724021 7629466001 7630724231 7630724301 7630724421

REEB 7630731371 7630731471 7630731571 7630731671 7630731771 7630731871 7629611921 7630731961 7630732061 7630732261 7630732351 7630732501 7630732651 7630732751 7630732951 7630733051 7630733221 7630733331 7629613401 7630733531 7630733611 7630733861 7630733921 7630734021 7629616001 7630734231 7630734301 7630734421

TERB 7630890351 7630890451 7630890551 7630890751 7630890851

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683375111 255 7683375121 305 7683375131 355 7683375141 405 7683375151 455 7683375161

7630891091 7630891181 7630891321 7630891531 7630891651 7630891771 7630891891 7630892101 7630892301 7630892581 7630892761 7630892891 7630893151 7630893261 7630893481 7630893881 7630894131 7630894391

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 7 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3F BN3P BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7630724541 7630724631 7630724701 7630724821 7630725201 7630725501 7630725811 7630726111 7630726401 7630726711 7630727011 7630727311

REEB 7630734541 7630734631 7630734701 7630734821 7630735201 7630735501 7630735811 7630736111 7630736401 7630736711 7630737011 7630737311

7630728811 7630729111 7630729411

7630738811 7630739111 7630739411

TERB 7630895031 7630895291 7630895541 7630896021 7630896261 7630896501 7630896741 7630897461 7630897701 7630897941 7630898181 7630898661 7630898901 7630899141 7630899381 7630899621

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 8 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 50 80 150 350 80 100 150 300 80 100 150 200 350 150 200 300 500 200 250 300 400 600

-

pipe 40 50 200 600 50 100 300 600 80 100 250 600 80 100 150 300 600 150 250 450 600 200 250 350 500 600

BN3F 7680370611 7680370631 7680370641 7672292531 7680370661 7680370671 7680370691 7672292571 7680370731 7680370751 7680370761 7672292611 7680370791 7680370801 7680370821 7680370831 7680370851

BN3P 7680310361 7680310371 7680310381 7672692041 7680310401 7680310411 7680310431 7672692091 7680310451 7680310461 7680310471 7672692141 7680310511 7680310521 7680310531 7680310551 7680310571

BROB

BRSB

7678312171 7678312181 7678312201 7678312241 7678312281 7678312291 7678312301 7678312321 7678312351

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 9 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250

Run 300 400 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

-

pipe 350 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

BN3F

BN3P

BROB

BRSB 7678312391 7678312411 7678312441 7678312471 7678312481 7678312491 7678312501 7678312511

7679001901 7679001911 7679001921 7679001941 7679001991 7679002001

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 10 of 13 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 11 of 13 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662110581 8541363041 7662783521 8138611531

1 1 1 4

7662110621 8541363061 7662783541 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110621 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110661 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662110681 8541363121 8138611571

Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541363041 7662202081 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541363041 7662202081 7662783521 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7430050181 7662783521 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0H DN40 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7720203031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7430050281 7662783541 7720203041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7720203041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 40 Fig.0H DN20 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363121 7662202181 7720203071 8138611571 8138611571

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683375121 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683375111 8138611591

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 12 of 13

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Fittings

DN 40-600 DN 40-600 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves

Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

Reducing fittings B3ST BR3S CRS3 IRS3 SCBP SEBP TRS3

Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 3000 Insert reducing sw cl 3000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 3000

40

50

80

100

150

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 COS3 E4S3 E9S3 TES3 UNS3

25

Valves

Check valve sw Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

766270

2011

2021

2031

2041

1051

763422 763426 763435 763435 763480 763485

0081 0081 0081 5081 0081 0081

0121 0121 0121 5121 0121 0121

0161 0161 0161 5161 0161 0161

0181 0181 0181 5181 0181 0181

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

771107 772107 772170 773107 773170

1531 1531 1531 1531 1531

1541 1541 1541 1541 1541

1551 1551 1551 1551 1551

1571 1571 1571 1571 1571

1581 1581 1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

Miscellaneous

CHVS

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 11450, rev. H Page 13 of 13

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50

Run 40 50 80 250 50 80 150 350 80 100 150 300 80 100 150 200 350 80 100 150 200 300 500

-

pipe 40 50 200 600 50 100 300 600 80 100 250 600 80 100 150 300 600 80 100 150 250 450 600

B3ST 7680661021 7680661041 7680661061 7680661081 7680661121 7680661141 7680661161 7680661181 7680661221 7680661241 7680661261 7680661281 7680661321 7680661341 7680661361 7680661381 7680661401 7680661461 7680661481 7680661501 7680661521 7680661541 7680661561

BR3S 7673100021 7673100041 7673100061 7673100081 7673100121 7673100141 7673100161 7673100181 7673100221 7673100241 7673100261 7673100281 7673100321 7673100341 7673100361 7673100381 7673100401 7673100461 7673100481 7673100501 7673100521 7673100541 7673100561

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS3 7634270061 7634270231 7634270251 7634270331 7634270351 7634270371 7634270431 7634270451 7634270471 7634270491

IRS3 7634400061 7634400231 7634400251 7634400331 7634400351 7634400371 7634400431 7634400451 7634400471 7634400491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS3 7634810061 7634810231 7634810251 7634810351 7634810371

7634810471 7634810491 7625601811 7625601931 7625602281 7625602401

7625801811 7625801931 7625802281 7625802401

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 18/04/2018 12:59:02

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 1 of 11

CLASS 13032

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 2 of 11 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 19.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

19.0

18.4

17.3

16.2

15.5

14.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 2.2 - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition - For fire protection systems see DEP 80.47.10.31-Gen. - Monoflange valves have been listed as an alternative only. Application in process to instrument hook-ups shall be agreed with the principal. - Monoflange slimline valves shall be selected for clean services only. - Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings. In the assemblies as a default, the 1/2" compression tube fitting is listed. However, selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. - Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings.Selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only

Branch Size Run 15 size 600 C 500 C 450 C 400 C 350 C 300 C 250 C 200 C 150 C 100 C 80 C 50 C 40 C 25 B 20 B 15 A

Code A B C E

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

C C C C C C C C C C C C B B A

C C C C C C C C C C C B B A

C C C C C C C C C C C B A

E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E B B B A

E E E E B B B A

E E B B B B A

B B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch fitting Branch outlet

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule 40S 40S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S

Stainl steel AISI 316 Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

13032 CLASS 150 0 mm H 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 3 of 11 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe

DN 15-300 DN 350-600

ASTM A312-TP316L ASTM A358-316L

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-250

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-600

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-600

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

MSBG

Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBH

Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBJ

Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

DN 15-20

VSBG

Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBH

Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBJ

Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 15-20

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPNF SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-600 --DN 15-400 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A105 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A182-F316

Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 15-150 DN 200-600 DN 15-150 DN 200-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403-WP316L

Reducing fittings BN3P BNLF BROB BRSB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB

Branch fitting plain Branch fitting flgd Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-600 DN 40-600 DN 400-600 DN 150-600 DN 20-150 DN 200-600 DN 20-150 DN 200-600 DN 20-600

ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403-WP316L

Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H Sieve: AISI 316

Miscellaneous GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS STBT STYB

Meterrun Orifice flange set Studbolt with nuts Strainer Y-type

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 --DN 50-400

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 4 of 11 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743633 0 181 743633 1 743634 1

261

331

491

571

651

731

821

911

766510 768915 768950 768981 766579

3121 4081 2521 1581 2621

3141 4121 2541 1621 2641

3161 4161 2561 1661 2061

3181 4181 2581 1681 2081

3201 4201 2601 1701 2101

3221 4221 2621 1721 2121

3241 4241 2641 1741 2141

3261 4261 2661 1761 2161

3281 4281 2681 1781 2181

3301 4301 2701 1801 2201

763319 763337 763341 763384

2861 2861 2861 7861

2961 2961 2961 7961

3041 3041 3041 8041

3241 3241 3241 8241

3341 3341 3341 8341

3541 3541 3541 8541

3741 3741 3741 8741

3931 3931 3931 8931

4041 4041 4041 9041

4171 4171 4171 9171

770322 774431 776814 771303 773303 778558 778558 778558 778559 778559 778559

0031

0041

0051

0071

0081

0101

0121

0441

0451 0151

0461 0161

0151 0151

0161

031

151 271

371

471

571

771

3321 4321 2721 1821 2221

3341 4341 2741 1841 2241

3361 4361 2761 1861 2261

3381 4381 2781

3401 4401 2801

3421 4441 2821

2281

2301

2321

4331 4331 4331 9331

4471 4471 4471 9481

4571 4571 4571 9571

4671 4671 4671 9681

4771 4771 4771 9791

4871 4871 4871 9991

0171 0171 0171

0181 0181 0181

0191 0191 0191

0201 0201 0201

0211 0211 0211

0231 0231 0231

Flanges Blind flange Spacer ring Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Globe valve flgd Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

0031 0031 8701 8721 8711 8701 8711 8721

0041 0041 9201 9221 9211 9201 9211 9221

0051 0051

0071 0071

0081 0081

0101 0101

0121 0121

0141 0141

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 5 of 11 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Miscellaneous Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Strainer Y-type

854136 766596 766592 768321

3041 4021

3061 4041

3081 4061

3121 4081

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

4911 4021

4931 4041

4011 4061

4021 4091

4031 4131

4041 4121

4051 4201

4061 4161

4071 4191

4081

4091

4101

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 6 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7633705661 7633705791 7633705891 7633705991 7633706191 7633706241 7636500901 7633706341 7633706441 7633706741 7633706841 7633706931 7633707041 7633707141 7633707441 7633707541 7633707641 7633707741 7636502501 7633707891 7633708031 7633708161 7633708271 7633708391 7636505301 7633708481 7633708511 7633708631

REEB 7633725661 7633725791 7633725891 7633725991 7633726191 7633726241 7636630901 7633726341 7633726441 7633726741 7633726841 7633726931 7633727041 7633727141 7633727441 7633727541 7633727641 7633727741 7636632501 7633727891 7633728031 7633728161 7633728271 7633728391 7636635301 7633728481 7633728511 7633728631

TERB 7633856181 7633856321 7633856371 7633856491 7633856561

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7633856721 7633856831 7633893521 7633893681 7633893761 7633893841 7633893921 7633894001 7633894081 7633894161 7633894211 7633894261 7633894311 7633894361 7633894411 7633894511 7633894561 7633894611

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 7 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3P BNLF BROB BRSB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7633708691 7633708731 7633708781 7633708921 7636487141 7636487311 7636487481 7636487651 7636488161 7636488331 7636488501 7636488671

REEB 7633728691 7633728731 7633728781 7633728921 7633728971 7633729001 7633729031 7633729141 7633729201 7633729231 7633729251 7633729351

7636489411 7636489611 7636489751

7633729551 7633729651 7633729751

TERB 7633894761 7633894811 7633894861 7633894961 7633895011 7633895061 7633895111 7633895261 7633895311 7633895361 7633895411 7633895511 7633895561 7633895611 7633895661 7633895711

Description Branch fitting plain Branch fitting flgd Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 8 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 50 80 150 350 80 100 150 300 80 100 150 200 350 150 200 300 500 200 250 300 400 600

-

pipe 40 50 200 600 50 100 300 600 80 100 250 600 80 100 150 300 600 150 250 450 600 200 250 350 500 600

BNLF 7680550511 7680550521 7680550531 7680550061 7680550561 7680550571 7680550581 7680550111 7680550611 7680550621 7680550631 7680550141 7680550661 7680550671 7680550681 7680550691 7680550181

BN3P 7680316031 7680316051 7680316071 7672604341 7680316191 7680316201 7680316211 7672604491 7680316241 7680316251 7680316261 7672604541 7680316291 7680316301 7680316311 7680316331 7680316351

BROB

BRSB

7679696381 7679696431 7679696451 7679696481 7679696641 7679696661 7679696691 7679696711 7679696741

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 9 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250

Run 300 400 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

-

pipe 350 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

BNLF

BN3P

BROB

BRSB 7679696911 7679696931 7679696951 7679697111 7679697131 7679697141 7679697151 7679697161

7679684581 7679684601 7679684621 7679684661 7679684781 7679684821

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 10 of 11 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901

Std boltset mrun flg. DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset monoflg. ball DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 1/2 x 70

MESC number 8138611571 8138611551

Std boltset monoflg.sliml DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 100 20 4 1/2 x 100

MESC number 8138611611 8138611611

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 13032, rev. H Page 11 of 11 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7665103121 8541363041 7665792621 8138611531

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7665103141 8541363061 7665792641 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665103141 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665103161 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665103181 8541363121 8138611571

Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.2H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Ball valve float RB flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541363041 7662202081 7703220031 8138611531 8138611551

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.2I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Ball valve float RB flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541363041 7662202081 7665792621 7703220031 8138611531 8138611551

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.2J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363041 7662202081 7436330181 7665792621 7703220031 8138611531 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7436330261 7665792641 7703220041 8138611551 8138611551

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.2H DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Ball valve float RB flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541363061 7662202121 7703220041 8138611551 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370321 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683370311 8138611591

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:56:27

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 1 of 12

CLASS 13411

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 2 of 12 Design limits Temperature (°C) -29 Pressure (Barg) DN 15-1200 19.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

0

50

75

100

125

150

19.0

18.4

17.3

16.2

15.5

14.8

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 2.2 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Use of coated bolt sets should be considered when exposed to marine environments. - 'External protection is required for design temperatures > 50 degr. C [120 °F] in saliferous atmospheres to prevent chloride stress corrosion crackin - When chlorides are present in the process fluid in conjunction with free oxygen, the max. temperature is limited to 50 deg C [ 120 °F], to prevent chloride stress corrosion cracking - Piping class range DN 15 [NPS 1/2]up to/incl DN 600[NPS 24] design meets full vacuum at ambient condition For DN 750 [NPS 30] to 1200 [NPS 48], if vacuum condition can occur, piping to be designed accordingly - Monoflange slimline valves shall be selected for clean services only. - Monoflange valve assemblies are offered fitted with 1/2" BSP to either 1/2", 3/8" or 10mm. compression tube fittings. In the assemblies as a default, the 1/2" compression tube fitting is listed. However, selection of relevant Monoflange valve assembly to be agreed with principal based on associated local instrument tube fitting standard. - The use of red. bore ball valves is considered most economical. Use full bore ball valves only when necessary for process/operating requirements - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 40S 40S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10 8.7 8.7

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 C 1050 C 900 C 750 C 600 C 500 C 450 C 400 C 350 C 300 C 250 C 200 C 150 C 100 C 80 C 50 C 40 C 25 B 20 B 15 A

Code A B C E S

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B A

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B B A

C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C B A

E E E E E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E B B B B A

S S S B B B B B B A

S S S B B B B B A

S B B B B B B A

S B B B B B A

S B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch fitting Branch outlet Welded-in contour insert

Stainl steel AISI 316 Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

13411 CLASS 150 0 mm G 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 3 of 12 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe

DN 15-300 DN 350-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A312-TP316L ASTM A358-316L ASTM A358-316

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-400 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A105 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A240-TP316 ASTM A182-F316

BAFF

Ball valve float FB flgd

DN 15-150

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-250

BTFF

Ball valve trunn FB flgd

DN 200-600

BTRF

Ball valve trunn RB flgd

DN 300-600

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

MSBG

Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBH

Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF

DN 15-20

MSBJ

Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

DN 15-20

VSBG

Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBH

Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F

DN 15-20

VSBJ

Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F

DN 15-20

Fittings CAPB CAPB E45B E45B E45B E90B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-150 DN 200-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-150 DN 200-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403-WP316 ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403 WP316 cl WX ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403 WP316 cl WX ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 WP316 cl WX

Reducing fittings BN3P BNLF BROB BRSB CIWB RECB RECB RECB REEB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting plain Branch fitting flgd Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Contour insert welded-in bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 400-1200 DN 150-1200 DN 900-1200 DN 20-150 DN 200-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-150 DN 200-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403 WP316 cl WX ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 Class WP-S/WX-316L ASTM A403 WP316 cl WX ASTM A403-WP316L ASTM A403 WP316 cl WX

Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, filled PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, filled PTFE Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A182-F316 Trim: AISI 316, PTFE

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring Alloy 400/AISI 316 end flanges ASTM A182-F316 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H Zn-Ni Electro pl + PTFE top coat

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS STB1

Meterrun Orifice flange set Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 ---

STBT STYB

Studbolt with nuts Strainer Y-type

--DN 50-400

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H Sieve: AISI 316

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 4 of 12 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743625 2 743625 3 743625 4 743633 0 181 743633 1 743634 1

431 001

571 111

261

331

491

571

651

731

821

911 031

151 271

371

471

571

771

3341

3361

3381

3401

3421

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

766510 767114 768877 768915 768897 768950 768981 766579 767182

3121

3141

3161

3181

3201

3221

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

763319 763326 763337 763612 763341 763631 763384 763883

2861

2961

3041

3241

3341

3541

3741

3931

4041

4171

4331

4471

4571

4671

4771

4871

2861

2961

3041

3241

3341

3541

3741

3931

4041

4171

4331

4471

4571

4671

4771

4871

2861

2961

3041

3241

3341

3541

3741

3931

4041

4171

4331

4471

4571

4671

4771

4871

7861

7961

8041

8241

8341

8541

8741

8931

9041

9171

9331

9481

9571

9681

9791

9991

4081

4121

4161

4181

4201

4221

4241

4261

4281

4301

4321

4341

4361

4381

4401

4441

2521 1581 2621

2541 1621 2641

2561 1661 2061

2581 1681 2081

2601 1701 2101

2621 1721 2121

2641 1741 2141

2661 1761 2161

2681 1781 2181

2701 1801 2201

2721 1821 2221

2741 1841 2241

2761 1861 2261

2781

2801

2821

2281

2301

2321

4061 0031

4121 0061

4181 0091

4241 0121

0031

0061

0091

0121

8101

8201

8301

8401

0371

1001

1571

2111

0371

1001

1571

2111

0371

1001

1571

2111

0371

1001

1571

2111

Fittings Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 5 of 12 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Valves Ball valve float FB flgd Ball valve float RB flgd Ball valve trunn FB flgd Ball valve trunn RB flgd Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 10mm Tub F Monofl ball SBB G 3/8 Tub F Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G 3/8 TubF Monofl Slimline SBB G10mm TubF

770326 770326 770349 770349 774431 776814 771303 771319 772303 773303 778558 778558 778558 778559 778559 778559

5031 0031

5041 0041

5051 0051

5071 0071

0031 0031 0031 8701 8721 8711 8701 8711 8721

0041 0041 0041 9201 9221 9211 9201 9211 9221

0051 0051 0051

0071 0071 0071

3041 0021

3061 0041

3081 0061

3121 0081

5081 0081

5101 0101

5121 0121

5131 0441

0451 5151

0461 5161

0151

0161

0081

0101

0121

0141

0151

0161

5171 0171 0171 0171 0171

5181 0181 0181 0181 0181

5191 0191 0191 0191 0191

5201 0201 0201 0201 0201

5211 0211 0211 0211 0211

5231 0231 0231 0231 0231

3081 0081

3101 0101

3121 0121

3141 0141

3151 0151

3161

3171

3181

3191

3201

3211

3231

3141

3181

3201

3241

3261

3281

3301

3321

3341

3361

3381

3421

4911 4021

4931 4041

4011 4061

4021 4091

4031 4131

4041 4121

4051 4201

4061 4161

4071 4191

4081

4091

4101

0261 0261

0291 0291

0321 0321

0341 0341

4481

4541

4601

4661

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Strainer Y-type

854172 854136 766496 766592 768321

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 6 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

CIWB

RECB 7633705661 7633705791 7633705891 7633705991 7633706191 7633706241 7636500901 7633706341 7633706441 7633706741 7633706841 7633706931 7633707041 7633707141 7633707441 7633707541 7633707641 7633707741 7636502501 7633707891 7633708031 7633708161 7633708271 7633708391 7636505301 7633708481 7633708511 7633708631

REEB 7633725661 7633725791 7633725891 7633725991 7633726191 7633726241 7636630901 7633726341 7633726441 7633726741 7633726841 7633726931 7633727041 7633727141 7633727441 7633727541 7633727641 7633727741 7636632501 7633727891 7633728031 7633728161 7633728271 7633728391 7636635301 7633728481 7633728511 7633728631

TERB 7633856181 7633856321 7633856371 7633856491 7633856561

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683375111 255 7683375121 305 7683375131 355 7683375141 405 7683375151 455 7683375161

7633856721 7633856831 7633893521 7633893681 7633893761 7633893841 7633893921 7633894001 7633894081 7633894161 7633894211 7633894261 7633894311 7633894361 7633894411 7633894511 7633894561 7633894611

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 7 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3P BNLF BROB BRSB CIWB RECB REEB TERB

CIWB

RECB 7633708691 7633708731 7633708781 7633708921 7636487141 7636487311 7636487481 7636487651 7636488161 7636488331 7636488501 7636488671

REEB 7633728691 7633728731 7633728781 7633728921 7633728971 7633729001 7633729031 7633729141 7633729201 7633729231 7633729251 7633729351

7636489411 7636489611 7636489751

7633729551 7633729651 7633729751

TERB 7633894761 7633894811 7633894861 7633894961 7633895011 7633895061 7633895111 7633895261 7633895311 7633895361 7633895411 7633895511 7633895561 7633895611 7633895661 7633895711

Description Branch fitting plain Branch fitting flgd Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Contour insert welded-in bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 8 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 300 350 400 450 500 600 300 350 400 450 500 600 750

CIWB

RECB

7636350631

REEB

7638470631

TERB 7638840131 7638840231 7638840331 7638840431 7638840531 7638840631

7638471711

7638841111 7638841211 7638841311 7638841411 7638841711

7680020701 7680020781

7636351711

Run 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br x 300 x 350 x 400 x 450 x 500 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 300 x 350 x 400 x 450 x 500 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050

CIWB 7680020161 7680020241

RECB

REEB

TERB

7638842141 7638842241 7638842341 7638842441 7638842741 7636353041 7638473041 7638843041 7680020171 7680020251 7680020321 7680020381 7680020431 7638843771 7638844071 7638844371 7636354671 7638474671 7638844671

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 9 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 1050 50 80 150 350 1050 80 100 150 300 1050 80 100 150 200 350 750 1050 150 200 300 500 1050 200 250 300 400 600 750 1050

-

pipe 40 50 200 900 1200 50 100 300 900 1200 80 100 250 900 1200 80 100 150 300 600 900 1200 150 250 450 900 1200 200 250 350 500 600 900 1200

BNLF 7680550511 7680550521 7680550531 7680550061 7680550051 7680550561 7680550571 7680550581 7680550111 7680550101 7680550611 7680550621 7680550631 7680550141 7680550151 7680550661 7680550671 7680550681 7680550691 7680550181 7680550191 7680550201

BN3P 7680316031 7680316051 7680316071 7672604341 7672604351 7680316191 7680316201 7680316211 7672604491 7672604501 7680316241 7680316251 7680316261 7672604541 7672604551 7680316291 7680316301 7680316311 7680316331 7680316351 7672604591 7672604601

BROB

BRSB

7679696381 7679696431 7679696451 7679696481 7678155131 7679696641 7679696661 7679696691 7679696711 7679696741 7678154201 7678155261

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 10 of 12 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250

Run 300 400 600 1050 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

-

pipe 350 500 900 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

BNLF

BN3P

BROB

BRSB 7679696911 7679696931 7679696951 7678155391 7679697111 7679697131 7679697141 7679697151 7679697161 7678154461 7678154491 7678155521

7679684581 7679684601 7679684621 7679684661 7678150591 7678151621 7678152651 7678153681 7679684781 7679684821 7678150721 7678151751 7678152781 7678153811

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 11 of 12 BOLTING Coated boltset std flange DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 320

MESC number 8138150231 8138150251 8138150251 8138150271 8138150751 8138150771 8138150771 8138151431 8138151431 8138152161 8138152161 8138152991 8138152991 8138153841 8138153861 8138154701 8138154821 8138156411 8138156431 8138156471

Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 60 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110 200 8 3/4 x 110 250 12 7/8 x 120 300 12 7/8 x 120 350 12 1 x 140 400 16 1 x 140 450 16 1 1/8 x 150 500 20 1 1/8 x 160 600 20 1 1/4 x 180 750 28 1 1/4 x 240 900 32 1 1/2 x 290 1050 36 1 1/2 x 300 1200 44 1 1/2 x 330

MESC number 8138611531 8138611551 8138611551 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138612731 8138613301 8138613301 8138614011 8138614011 8138614691 8138614691 8138615291 8138615301 8138615901 8138616001 8138617121 8138616961 8138617171

Coated boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138150831 8138150831 8138150831 8138151491

Std boltset mrun flg. DN nr inch x mm 15 4 5/8 x 130 20 4 5/8 x 130 25 4 5/8 x 130 40 4 3/4 x 140

MESC number 8138612781 8138612781 8138612781 8138613351

Coated boltset orificeflg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138150831 8138151491 8138151511 8138151511 8138152261 8138153091 8138153961 8138153981 8138154801 8138154841 8138154861 8138156411

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 3/4 x 150 150 12 3/4 x 150 200 12 7/8 x 170 250 16 1 x 190 300 16 1 1/8 x 210 350 20 1 1/8 x 220 400 20 1 1/4 x 230 450 24 1 1/4 x 250 500 24 1 1/4 x 260 600 24 1 1/2 x 290

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138613371 8138613371 8138614091 8138614771 8138615381 8138615401 8138615981 8138615861 8138616031 8138617121

Std boltset monoflg. ball DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 1/2 x 70

MESC number 8138611571 8138611551

Std boltset monoflg.sliml DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 100 20 4 1/2 x 100

MESC number 8138611611 8138611611

Coated boltset blind/spc DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 280 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138150251 8138150271 8138150271 8138150271 8138150771 8138150791 8138150791 8138151451 8138151471 8138152201 8138152221 8138153051 8138153051 8138153901 8138153941 8138154781 8138154901 8138156511 8138156551 8138156611

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 80 25 4 1/2 x 80 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 100 80 4 5/8 x 110 100 8 5/8 x 110 150 8 3/4 x 120 200 8 3/4 x 130 250 12 7/8 x 140 300 12 7/8 x 150 350 12 1 x 170 400 16 1 x 170 450 16 1 1/8 x 180 500 20 1 1/8 x 200 600 20 1 1/4 x 220 750 28 1 1/4 x 290 900 32 1 1/2 x 340 1050 36 1 1/2 x 360 1200 44 1 1/2 x 390

MESC number 8138611551 8138611571 8138611571 8138611571 8138612731 8138612741 8138612741 8138613321 8138613341 8138614041 8138614061 8138614741 8138614741 8138615331 8138615251 8138615971 8138616081 8138617021 8138617131 8138617151

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 13411, rev. G Page 12 of 12 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

1 1 1 4

7665103121 8541363041 7665792621 8138611531

Orif conn.monof.ball DN 15 Fig.AB DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 2 Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 2 Welding neck flange 2 Studbolt with nuts 8

7665103141 8541363061 7665792641 8138611551

Orif conn.monof.slim DN 15 Fig.AB DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 2 8541363041 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 2 7785598701 Welding neck flange 2 7665792621 Studbolt with nuts 8 8138611611

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665103141 8541363061 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665103161 8541363081 8138611551

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7665103181 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611571 Mrun conn.monof.ball DN 15 Fig.AA DN15 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F Studbolt with nuts

- 40

Mrun conn.monof.slim DN 15 Fig.AA DN15 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF Studbolt with nuts

- 40

2 2 8

2 2 8

8541363041 7785588701 8138611571

8541363041 7785598701 8138611611

8541363041 7785588701 7665792621 8138611571

PI.conn.monofl.ball. DN 15 Fig.AB DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Welding neck flange 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7785588701 8541363041 7665792621 8138611571

PI.conn.monofl.ball. DN 20 Fig.AB DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Welding neck flange 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7785589201 8541363061 7665792641 8138611551

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662202181 8541363121 7683375121 8138611591

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662202181 8541363121 7683375111 8138611591

1 1 1 4

PI.conn.monofl.ball. DN 20 Fig.AA DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Monofl ball SBB G 1/2 Tub F 1 7785589201 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363061 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611551 PI.conn.monofl.sliml DN 15 Fig.AB DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Welding neck flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665792621 8541363041 7785598701 8138611611

PI.conn.monofl.sliml DN 20 Fig.AA DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 1 8541363061 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 1 7785599201 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138611611 PI.conn.monofl.sliml DN 20 Fig.AB DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Welding neck flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Monofl Slimline SBB G 1/2 TubF 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7665792641 8541363061 7785599201 8138611611

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:59:32

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 1 of 7

CLASS 16410

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 2 of 7 Design limits Temperature (°C) 0 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 150 19.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

50 18.4

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 2.2 - Blind flanges shall be provided with liner - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150

Schedule 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S 10S

Branch Size Run 15 size 150 F 100 F 80 F 50 K 40 L 25 B 20 B 15 A

Code A B F H K L

20

25

40

50

80

100 150

F F F K L B A

H H H K L A

H H H B A

L L L A

L L A

L A

A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Concentric reducer DN40 x branch size Concentric reducer DN50 x branch size Red tee DN50xDN40 + conc red DN40 x branch size Equal tee + concentric reducer

Titanium Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

16410 CLASS 150 0 mm D 09/2013

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 3 of 7 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE

Valves Pipe

DN 15-150

ASTM B861-2

Blind flange Liner for blind flange Lap joint flange

DN 15-150 DN 15-150 DN 15-150

ASTM A182-F316 ASTM B265-1/2 ASTM A182-F316

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Stub end bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-150 DN 15-150 DN 15-150 DN 15-150 DN 15-150

ASTM B363-WPT2 ASTM B363-WPT2 ASTM B363-WPT2 ASTM B363-WPT2 ASTM B363-WPT2

DN 20-150 DN 20-150 DN 20-100

ASTM B363-WPT2 ASTM B363-WPT2 ASTM B363-WPT2

BARF

Ball valve float RB flgd

DN 15-150

Body: ASTM B367-C2 Trim: Titanium, PTFE

DN 15-150 ---

Expanded PTFE ASTM A193-B8M cl 2/A194-8M

Flanges Miscellaneous BLFL FLIN LJFL

GKRF STBT

Gasket flat ring (raised face) Studbolt with nuts

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B STBE TEEB

Reducing fittings RECB REEB TERB

Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 4 of 7 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

Pipe Pipe

747950 0 171

251

331

491

571

651

731

821

766510 766520 768081

3121 4081 0111

3141 4121 0121

3161 4161 0131

3181 4181 0151

3201 4201 0161

3221 4221 0171

3241 4241 0181

3261 4261 0201

762817 762837 762848 762850 762882

2351 2351 0341 2341 0341

2451 2451 0441 2441 0441

2541 2541 0541 2541 0541

2741 2741 0741 2741 0741

2841 2841 0841 2841 0841

3041 3041 1041 3041 1041

3241 3241 1241 3241 1241

3441 3541 1441 3441 1441

770608

0031

0041

0051

0071

0081

0101

0121

0131

854873

3041

3061

3081

3121

3141

3181

3201

3241

Flanges Blind flange Lap joint flange Liner for blind flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Stub end bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float RB flgd Miscellaneous Gasket flat ring (raised face)

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 5 of 7 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150

x Br x 15 x 15 x 20 x 15 x 20 x 25 x 20 x 25 x 40 x 40 x 50 x 40 x 50 x 80 x 80 x 100

Comp.name RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7628700651 7628700751 7628700851 7628701051 7628701151 7628701241 7628701301 7628701341 7628701441 7628701741 7628701841 7628701941 7628702041 7628702141 7628702241 7628702341

REEB 7628800651 7628800751 7628800851 7628801051 7628801151 7628801241 7628801301 7628801341 7628801441 7628801741 7628801841 7628801941 7628802041 7628802141 7628802241 7628802341

TERB 7628928131 7628928231 7628928331 7628928531 7628928631 7628928731 7628928831 7628928931 7628929031 7628929131

Description Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 6 of 7 BOLTING Std boltset lap flange DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 70 20 4 1/2 x 70 25 4 1/2 x 70 40 4 1/2 x 80 50 4 5/8 x 90 80 4 5/8 x 100 100 8 5/8 x 100 150 8 3/4 x 110

MESC number 8138461551 8138461551 8138461551 8138461571 8138462711 8138462731 8138462731 8138463301

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 16410, rev. D Page 7 of 7 ASSEMBLIES

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:23

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 1 of 7

CLASS 17012 THIS IS PRELIMINARY NON-METALLIC PIPING CLASS. DETAILED PIPING CLASS SHALL BE DEVELOPED BASED ON SUPPLIER'S/MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION DURING DETAIL DESIGN ENGINEERING. SUFFIX "X" SHALL BE USED IN ORDER TO MAKE PROJECT SPECIFIC PIPING CLASS 17012X.

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 2 of 7 Design limits Temperature (°C) 0 Pressure (Barg) DN 25- 900 10.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

80 10.0

Notes - Design limits acc. to the nom. pressure of valves - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - For requirements regarding GRP piping systems, see DEP 31.40.10.19-Gen. - Bolts for GRP flanges to be provided with washers - Piping material: glass reinforced vinylester resin Bisphenol A, "post-cured" - Flanges to be drilled acc. to ASME B16.5, class 150 - Bolt sets not shown in piping class; flange thickness differs per manufacturer

Table of schedules DN 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900

Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GRVE-Bisphenol A Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

17012 CLASS 150 0 mm D 09/2013

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 3 of 7 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Valves BARP

Ball valve float RB flgd ff

DN 25-50

BUCL

Butterfly valve conc lug type

DN 80-900

CHDP

Check valve dual plate flgd ff

DN 300-900

CHVP

Check valve flgd ff

DN 25-50

CHWP

Check valve dual plate lug ff

DN 80-250

Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A536 60-40-18 Disc: Aluminium Bronze Lining: EPDM Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, EPDM Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, EPDM

Miscellaneous GKRP

Gasket flat ring (r/f face)

DN 25-900

STBT

Studbolt with nuts

---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM) hardness 70+/-5 shore A ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 4 of 7 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 25 40 MESC

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

Valves Ball valve float RB flgd ff Butterfly valve conc lug type Check valve dual plate flgd ff Check valve dual plate lug ff Check valve flgd ff

770322 775056 776865 776826 771301

3051

0051

3071

0071

3081 5101

5121

5141

5151

5161

0101

0121

0141

0151

0161

5171 0171

5181 0181

5191 0191

5201 0201

5211 0211

5231 0231

5261 0261

5291 0291

0081

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 5 of 7 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 6 of 7 BOLTING

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17012, rev. D Page 7 of 7 ASSEMBLIES

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:57:49

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 1 of 7

CLASS 17015

THIS IS PRELIMINARY NON-METALLIC PIPING CLASS. DETAILED PIPING CLASS SHALL BE DEVELOPED BASED ON SUPPLIER'S/MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION DURING DETAIL DESIGN ENGINEERING. SUFFIX "X" SHALL BE USED IN ORDER TO MAKE PROJECT SPECIFIC PIPING CLASS 17015X.

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 2 of 7 Design limits Temperature (°C) 0 Pressure (Barg) DN 25- 300 10.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

85 10.0

Notes - Design limits acc. to the nom. pressure of valves - Ball valves are in accordance with ISO17292 - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - For requirements regarding GRP piping systems, see DEP 31.40.10.19-Gen. - Bolts for GRP flanges to be provided with washers - Piping material: glass reinforced epoxy resin (GRE) alphatic amine, hot cured, tg > 115 deg C [240°F], all executed with aluminium foil barrier - Flanges to be drilled acc. to ASME B16.5, class 150 - Bolt sets not shown in piping class; flange thickness differs per manufacturer - Piping components for potable water service shall be approved by local health authorities - Under ground carbon steel components (incl. bolting) shall be protected by a coating as per DEP 30.48.00.31-Gen.

Table of schedules DN 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300

Schedule . . . . . . . . .

GRE-Aliphatic amine+alum foil Class no. 17015 ASME rating CLASS 150 Corrosion allowance 0 mm Revision letter D Revision date 09/2013

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 3 of 7 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Valves BARP

Ball valve float RB flgd ff

DN 25-50

BUCL

Butterfly valve conc lug type

DN 80-300

CHDP

Check valve dual plate flgd ff

DN 300-300

CHVP

Check valve flgd ff

DN 25-50

CHWP

Check valve dual plate lug ff

DN 80-250

Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A536 60-40-18 Disc: Aluminium Bronze Lining: EPDM Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, EPDM Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, EPDM

Miscellaneous GKRP

Gasket flat ring (r/f face)

DN 25-300

STBT

Studbolt with nuts

---

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM) hardness 70+/-5 shore A ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 4 of 7 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 25 40 MESC

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

Valves Ball valve float RB flgd ff Butterfly valve conc lug type Check valve dual plate flgd ff Check valve dual plate lug ff Check valve flgd ff

770322 775056 776865 776826 771301

3051

0051

3071

0071

3081 5101

5121

5141

5151

5161

0101

0121

0141

0151

0161

5171 0171

0081

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 5 of 7 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 6 of 7 BOLTING

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17015, rev. D Page 7 of 7 ASSEMBLIES

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:04:04

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 1 of 11

CLASS 17133

THIS IS PRELIMINARY NON-METALLIC PIPING CLASS. DETAILED PIPING CLASS SHALL BE DEVELOPED BASED ON SUPPLIER'S/MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION DURING DETAIL DESIGN ENGINEERING. SUFFIX "X" SHALL BE USED IN ORDER TO MAKE PROJECT SPECIFIC PIPING CLASS 17133X.

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 2 of 11 Design limits Temperature (°C) -5 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 900 10.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

44

50

55

60

10.0

8.6

8.0

6.9

Notes - Bolt sets not shown in piping class; flange thickness differs per manufacturer - HDPE material designation code is according to ASTM 3350 - For requirements regarding HDPE piping systems see DEP 31.40.20.39-Gen - For this piping class the schedule number refers the Dimension Ratio (DR) - Pressure ratings have been calculated according to API 15 LE - Suitability for underground installation shall be accordance to ASTM D2774 - Fittings shall be injection molded only - Reducing branches shall be built from molded equal tees and reducers (Injection molded reducing tees can be used) - The pressure rating and dimension ratio (DR) calculation has been made with a Temperature Service Factor as per API 15LE

Branch Size Run 15 20 size 900 750 600 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 80 50 40 L 25 L 20 A 15 A

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 A A A

L A

L L A

L A

L A

L L A

L A

L A

L L A

L L A

L A

A

A

A

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900

Schedule DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11 DR11

Code A L

Explanation of characters Equal tee Equal tee + concentric reducer

PE4710 Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

17133 CLASS 150 0 mm A 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 3 of 11 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE

Valves Pipe

DN 15-900

PE4710

Flanges LJFL

Lap joint flange

DN 15-900

BARP

Ball valve float RB flgd ff

DN 25-50

BUCL

Butterfly valve conc lug type

DN 80-900

CHDP

Check valve dual plate flgd ff

DN 300-900

CHVP

Check valve flgd ff

DN 25-50

CHWP

Check valve dual plate lug ff

DN 80-250

ASTM A105

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B STBE TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Stub end bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-900 DN 15-900 DN 15-900 DN 15-900 DN 15-900

PE4710 PE4710 PE4710 PE4710 PE4710

Reducing fittings RECB REEB

Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw

DN 25-600 DN 25-600

PE4710 PE4710

Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, PTFE Body: ASTM A536 60-40-18 Disc: Aluminium Bronze Lining: EPDM Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, EPDM Body: ASTM A182-F316/A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A351-CF8M Trim: AISI 316, EPDM

Miscellaneous GKRP

Gasket flat ringd (r/f face)

DN 25-900

STBT

Studbolt with nuts

DN -

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM) hardness 70+/-5 shore A ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 4 of 11 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

Pipe Pipe

748644 4 061

081

101

141

161

201

241

281

301

321

341

361

381

401

421

461

521

581

766220

2081

2121

2161

2181

2201

2221

2241

2261

2281

2301

2321

2341

2361

2381

2401

2421

2441

2461

769516 769536 769537 769582 769587

4061 4061 4061 4061 4061

4081 4081 4081 4081 4081

4101 4101 4101 4101 4101

4141 4141 4141 4141 4141

4161 4161 4161 4161 4161

4201 4201 4201 4201 4201

4241 4241 4241 4241 4241

4281 4281 4281 4281 4281

4301 4301 4301 4301 4301

4321 4321 4321 4321 4321

4341 4341 4341 4341 4341

4361 4361 4361 4361 4361

4381 4381 4381 4381 4381

4401 4401 4401 4401 4401

4421 4421 4421 4421 4421

4461 4461 4461 4461 4461

4521 4521 4521 4521 4521

4581 4581 4581 4581 4581

770322 775056 776865 776826 771301

3051

3071

3081 5101

5121

5141

5151

5161

5171 0171

5181 0181

5191 0191

5201 0201

5211 0211

5231 0231

5261 0261

5291 0291

0101

0121

0141

0151

0161

0051

0071

0081

854810

0081

0121

0141

0181

0201

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0341

0361

0381

0421

0481

0541

Flanges Lap joint flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Stub end bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float RB flgd ff Butterfly valve conc lug type Check valve dual plate flgd ff Check valve dual plate lug ff Check valve flgd ff Miscellaneous Gasket flat ringd (r/f face)

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 5 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 25 40 50 80 100 100 150 200 250 250 300 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 20 40 50 50 80 100 150 150 200 250 300

RECB 7695731561 7695731701 7695731821 7695731961 7695732021 7695732061 7695732121 7695732181 7695732241 7695732261 7695732341 7695732441

REEB 7695741561 7695741701 7695741821 7695741961 7695742021 7695742061 7695742121 7695742181 7695742241 7695742261 7695742341 7695742441

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 6 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 450 450 500 600

x x x x x x x

Br 300 350 350 400 450 500

RECB 7695732521 7695735241 7695732621 7695741141 7695742641 7695732981

REEB 7695742521 7695742541 7695742621 7695742641 7695742761 7695742981

Comp.name Description RECB Reducer concentric bw REEB Reducer eccentric bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 7 of 11

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 8 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 9 of 11 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 10 of 11 BOLTING

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17133, rev. A Page 11 of 11 ASSEMBLIES

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:01:52

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 1 of 10

CLASS 17135

THIS IS PRELIMINARY NON-METALLIC PIPING CLASS. DETAILED PIPING CLASS SHALL BE DEVELOPED BASED ON SUPPLIER'S/MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION DURING DETAIL DESIGN ENGINEERING. SUFFIX "X" SHALL BE USED IN ORDER TO MAKE PROJECT SPECIFIC PIPING CLASS 17135X.

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 2 of 10 Design limits Temperature (°C) -5 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 16.0

Branch connections 90 degrees

44

50

55

60

16.0

14.3

13.4

11.5

Notes - Bolt sets not shown in piping class; flange thickness differs per manufacturer - HDPE material designation code is according to ASTM 3350 - For requirements regarding HDPE piping systems see DEP 31.40.20.39-Gen - For this piping class the schedule number refers the Dimension Ratio (DR) - Pressure ratings have been calculated according to API 15 LE - Suitability for underground installation shall be accordance to ASTM D2774 - Fittings shall be injection molded only - Reducing branches shall be built from molded equal tees and reducers (Injection molded reducing tees can be used) - The pressure rating and dimension ratio (DR) calculation has been made with a Temperature Service Factor as per API 15LE

Branch Size Run 15 20 size 600 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 80 50 40 L 25 L 20 A 15 A

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 A

L A

L L A

L A

L A

L L A

L A

L A

L L A

L L A

L A

A

A

A

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7 DR7

Code A L

Explanation of characters Equal tee Equal tee + concentric reducer

PE4710 Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

17135 CLASS 150 0 mm A 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 3 of 10 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE

Valves Pipe

DN 15-600

PE4710

Flanges LJFL

Lap joint flange

DN 15-600

BARP

Ball valve float RB flgd ff

DN 25-50

BUCL

Butterfly valve conc lug type

DN 80-600

CHDP

Check valve dual plate flgd ff

DN 300-600

CHVP

Check valve flgd ff

DN 25-50

CHWP

Check valve dual plate lug ff

DN 80-250

GAVP

Gate valve flgd ff

DN 25-50

ASTM A105

Fittings CAPB E45B E90B STBE TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Stub end bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

PE4710 PE4710 PE4710 PE4710 PE4710

Reducing fittings RECB REEB

Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw

Body: ASTM B148-UNS C95400 Trim: Aluminium Bronze, PTFE Body: ASTM A536 60-40-18 Disc: Aluminium Bronze Lining: EPDM Body: ASTM B148-UNS C95400 Trim: Aluminium Bronze Body: ASTM B148-UNS C95400 Trim: Aluminium Bronze Body: ASTM B148-UNS C95400 Trim: Aluminium Bronze Body: ASTM B148-UNS C95400 Trim: Aluminium Bronze

Miscellaneous DN 25-600 DN 25-600

PE4710 PE4710

GKRP

Gasket flat ringd (r/f face)

DN 25-600

STBT

Studbolt with nuts

DN -

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM) hardness 70+/-5 shore A ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 4 of 10 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe

748644 0 061

081

101

141

161

201

241

281

301

321

341

361

381

401

421

461

766220

2081

2121

2161

2181

2201

2221

2241

2261

2281

2301

2321

2341

2361

2381

2401

2421

769516 769536 769537 769582 769587

0061 0061 0061 0061 0061

0081 0081 0081 0081 0081

0101 0101 0101 0101 0101

0141 0141 0141 0141 0141

0161 0161 0161 0161 0161

0201 0201 0201 0201 0201

0241 0241 0241 0241 0241

0281 0281 0281 0281 0281

0301 0301 0301 0301 0301

0321 0321 0321 0321 0321

0341 0341 0341 0341 0341

0361 0361 0361 0361 0361

0381 0381 0381 0381 0381

0401 0401 0401 0401 0401

0421 0421 0421 0421 0421

0461 0461 0461 0461 0461

770604 775056 776918 776921 771601 772601

0051

0071

0081 5101

5121

5141

5151

5161

5171 3171

5181 3181

5191 3191

5201 3201

5211 3211

5231 3231

3101

3121

3141

3151

3161

3051 3051

3071 3071

3081 3081

854810

0081

0121

0141

0181

0201

0241

0261

0281

0301

0321

0341

0361

0381

0421

Flanges Lap joint flange Fittings Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Stub end bw Tee equal bw Valves Ball valve float RB flgd ff Butterfly valve conc lug type Check valve dual plate flgd ff Check valve dual plate lug ff Check valve flgd ff Gate valve flgd ff Miscellaneous Gasket flat ringd (r/f face)

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 5 of 10 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 25 40 50 80 100 100 150 200 250 250 300 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 20 40 50 50 80 100 150 150 200 250 300

RECB 7695730061 7695730201 7695730321 7695730461 7695730521 7695730561 7695730621 7695730681 7695730741 7695730761 7695730841 7695730901

REEB 7695740061 7695740201 7695740321 7695740461 7695740521 7695740561 7695740621 7695740681 7695740741 7695740761 7695740841 7695740901

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 6 of 10 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 450 450 500 600

x x x x x x x

Br 300 350 350 400 450 500

RECB 7695731021 7695731041 7695731121 7695731141 7695731261 7695731481

REEB 7695741021 7695741041 7695741121 7695741141 7695741261 7695741481

Comp.name Description RECB Reducer concentric bw REEB Reducer eccentric bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 7 of 10 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 8 of 10 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 9 of 10 BOLTING

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 17135, rev. A Page 10 of 10 ASSEMBLIES

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 11:55:22

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 1 of 14

CLASS 61142

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) 0 50 100 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 102.1 100.2 93.2 DN 750-1200 102.1 100.2 93.2

Branch connections 90 degrees

150

200

250

300

350

400

90.2 90.2

87.6 87.6

83.9 83.9

79.6 79.6

75.1 75.1

67.9 67.3

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 and ASME B31.3 allowable internal pressure - Design limits DN750 [ NPS 30} and larger limited by maximum allowable pressure acc. ASME B31.3 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 160 160 160 160 160 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 30.2 36.0 40.0 46.0

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B E J M N P U

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P P P P P U U J

E E E E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E B B B B A

E E E E B B B B B A

E E E E B B B B A

E E E B B B B A

E E B B B B A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel M-Sour Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

61142 CLASS 600 3 mm E 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe

DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A106-B ASTM A333-6 ASTM A671-CC65 cl 22

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-300 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-450 DN 500-1200 DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

Miscellaneous

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 200-200 DN 150-1200 DN 350-1200 DN 20-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-450 DN 500-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

Fittings CAPB CAPB E45B E45B E45B E90B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB TEEB

BUTF

Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A105 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 ---

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BR6B BROB RECB RECB RECB REEB REEB REEB TERB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

091

831

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743005 0 201 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743017 2 743021 0 743022 3 743022 4

301

766210 767012 768875 768902 768895 768930 768960 766279 767082 767085

2121

401

601

731 091

571 191

551

951 411

911 451

971 141

461 541 411

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

2081

2161

2181

2201

2221

2241

2261

2281

2301

2321

2341

2361

2381

2401

2421

0821

0841

0861

0881

0901

0921

0941

0961

0981

1001

1021

1041

1061

1081

1101

1121

0821 0821 8021

0841 0841 8041

0861 0861 8061

0881 0881 8081

0901 0901 8101

0921 0921 7621

0941 0941 7641

0961 0961 7661

0981 0981 7681

1001 1001 7701

1021 1021 7721

1041

1061

1081

1101

1121

7741

7761

7781

7801

7841

2061 0631

2121 0661

2181 0691

2241 0721

0631

0661

0691

0721

1351

2091

2841

2161

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Fittings Cap bw Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

763019 763115 763118 763038 763134 763138 763145 763040 763139 763143 763147 763084 763180 763184 763191

0221

5721

0281

5781

0321

5821

0421

5921

0621

6121

0781

6281

0981

6481

1181

6681

1391

6891

1601

7101

1831

7331

2021

7521

2221

7721

2441 3991

4101

3991

4101

7411

8091

8831

7021

7701

8441

7021

7701

8441

7021

7701

8441

1261 1261

1291 1291

1321 1321

1341 1341

0481

0541

0601

0661

5331

7941 5361

5721

5781

5821

5921

6121

6281

6481

6681

6891

7101

7331

7521

7721

7941 3991

4101 5501

5721

5781

5821

5921

6121

6281

6481

6681

6891

7101

7331

7521

7721

7941 5351 4001

4101

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd

774131 776716 771005 772004 773005

1151

1161

4031 1031 1031

4041 1041 1041

4051 1051 1051

4071 1071 1071

1081 1081 1081

1101 1101 1101

1121 1121 1121

1141 1141 1141

1151 1151 1151

1161 1161

1171 1171 1171 1171

1181 1181 1181 1181

1191 1191 1191 1191

1201 1201 1201 1201

1211 1211 1211 1211

1231 1231 1231 1231

4041 2731

4061 2751

4081 2771

4121 2791

4141

4181

4201

4241

4261

4281

4301

4321

4341

4361

4381

4421

1071

1081

1091

1101

1111

1121

1131

1141

1151

1161

0121

0161

0181

1421 0201

1061

0081

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT

854172 854136 766596 766295 760518

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721411 7630721511 7630721611 7630721711 7630721811 7630721911 7630721951 7630722011 7630722111 7630722291 7630722381 7630722531 7630722681 7630722771 7630722971 7630723071 7630723271 7630723371 7630723451 7630723581 7630723681 7630723851 7630723981 7630724081 7630724151 7630724241 7630724391 7630724491

REEB 7630731411 7630731511 7630731611 7630731711 7630731811 7630731911 7630731951 7630732011 7630732111 7630732291 7630732381 7630732531 7630732681 7630732771 7630732971 7630733071 7630733271 7630733371 7630733451 7630733581 7630733681 7630733851 7630733981 7630734081 7630734151 7630734241 7630734391 7630734491

TERB 7630890391 7630890491 7630890591 7630890791 7630890891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7630891071 7630891161 7630891381 7630891591 7630891661 7630891781 7630891901 7630892061 7630892261 7630892541 7630892721 7630892931 7630893111 7630893301 7630893521 7630893921 7630894171 7630894431

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BR6B BROB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7630724551 7630724641 7630724751 7630724891 7630725261 7630725561 7630725871 7630726171 7631706461 7631706771 7631707071 7631707371

REEB 7630734551 7630734641 7630734751 7630734891 7630735261 7630735561 7630735871 7630736171 7631716461 7631716771 7631717071 7631717371

7631708871 7631709171 7631709471

7631718871 7631719171 7631719471

TERB 7630895071 7630895331 7630895581 7630896061 7630896301 7630896541 7630896781 7631857501 7631857741 7631857981 7631858221 7631858701 7631858941 7631859181 7631859421 7631859661

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629541441

7629741441

7629553471

7629753471

TERB 7629950841 7629951041 7629951241 7629951441 7629962471 7629962671 7629962871 7629963471

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629556131 7629756131 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7629559401 7629759401

TERB 7629964931 7629965531 7629966131 7629967601 7629968201 7629968801 7629969401

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 150 250 500 1050 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 200 450 900 1200 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 1200

BN6F 7672293601 7672293611 7672293621 7672293631 7672293641 7672293651 7672293661 7672293671 7672292151 7672293701 7672293711 7672293721 7672293731 7672293741 7672293751 7672293761 7672293771

BN6P 7672693511 7672693521 7672693541 7672693551 7672693561 7672693571 7672693581 7672693591 7672693611 7672693621 7672693631 7672693651 7672693661 7672693671 7672693681 7672693691 7672693701

BR3B

BR6B

BROB

7679031001 7679031011 7678903051 7678903131 7678311581 7679031171 7679031181 7679031191 7679031201 7679031211 7679031221 7679031241 7678903201

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BR6B 7679031291 7679031301 7679031311 7679031321 7679031331 7679031351 7678903331 7678903361 7678903391 7678903421

BROB

7679014381 7679014401 7679014421 7679014441 7679014481 7678270461 7678083491 7678085521 7678089551 7679014581 7679014601 7679014621 7679014661 7678270591 7678083621 7678085651 7678089681 7679014781 7679014821 7678270721 7678083751 7678085781 7678089811 7678270841 7678083841 7678085861 7678089841 7678270881 7678083881 7678085901 7678089881 7678083921 7678085921 7678089911 7678085941 7678089941 7678085971 7678089971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset blind flange DN nr inch x mm 750 28 2 x 450 900 28 2 1/2 x 520 1050 28 2 1/2 x 580 1200 32 2 3/4 x 640

MESC number 8138618311 8138837031 8138837091 8138837851

Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 5/8 x 90 25 4 5/8 x 100 40 4 3/4 x 110 50 8 5/8 x 110 80 8 3/4 x 130 100 8 7/8 x 150 150 12 1 x 180 200 12 1 1/8 x 200 250 16 1 1/4 x 220 300 20 1 1/4 x 230 350 20 1 3/8 x 240 400 20 1 1/2 x 260 450 20 1 5/8 x 280 500 24 1 5/8 x 290 600 24 1 7/8 x 330 750 28 2 x 430 900 28 2 1/2 x 490 1050 28 2 1/2 x 570 1200 32 2 3/4 x 630

MESC number 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138613301 8138612741 8138613341 8138614061 8138614751 8138615251 8138615971 8138615981 8138616461 8138616901 8138617221 8138617241 8138617861 8138618131 8138618741 8138837081 8138837841

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 7/8 x 150 20 4 7/8 x 150 25 4 7/8 x 150 40 4 1 x 160

MESC number 8138614061 8138614061 8138614061 8138614721

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 7/8 x 160 150 12 1 x 190 200 12 1 1/8 x 220 250 16 1 1/4 x 240 300 20 1 1/4 x 250 350 20 1 3/8 x 270 400 20 1 1/2 x 290 450 20 1 5/8 x 320 500 24 1 5/8 x 340 600 24 1 7/8 x 390

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138614071 8138614771 8138615401 8138616001 8138615861 8138616411 8138617121 8138617281 8138617321 8138617951

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 90 20 4 5/8 x 100 25 4 5/8 x 110 40 4 3/4 x 130 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 150 100 8 7/8 x 170 150 12 1 x 200 200 12 1 1/8 x 240 250 16 1 1/4 x 260 300 20 1 1/4 x 270 350 20 1 3/8 x 290 400 20 1 1/2 x 320 450 20 1 5/8 x 340 500 24 1 5/8 x 360 600 24 1 7/8 x 420 900 28 2 1/2 x 600 1200 32 2 3/4 x 780

MESC number 8138611591 8138612731 8138612741 8138613341 8138612781 8138613371 8138614091 8138614641 8138615431 8138616031 8138616051 8138616541 8138617001 8138617321 8138617361 8138618021 8138837111 8138837991

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662102081 8541364041 7662798021 8138611571

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662102121 8541364061 7662798041 8138612711

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662102121 8541364061 8138612711

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662102161 8541364081 8138612731

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662102181 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541364121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138613301 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0R DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Lap joint flange 2 Gasket spiral wound 6 Gate valve flgd 4 Studbolt with nuts 16 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662203081 8541364041 7720041031 8138611571 8138611571

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0R DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Welding neck flange 2 Lap joint flange 2 Gasket spiral wound 6 Gate valve flgd 4 Studbolt with nuts 16 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662798021 7662203081 8541364041 7720041031 8138611571 8138611571

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0S DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Lap joint flange 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662203081 7662798021 8541364041 7720041031 8138611571 8138611571

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0S DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Lap joint flange 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662203121 7662798041 8541364061 7720041041 8138612711

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0R DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 3 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8

7662203121 8541364061 7720041041 8138612711

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662204181 8541364121 7683370321 8138613321

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662204181 8541364121 7683370311 8138613321

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 6000

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Fittings

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves

Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 6000

Reducing fittings B6ST BR6S CRS6 IRS6 SCBP SEBP TRS6

Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 6000 Insert reducing sw cl 6000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 6000

40

50

80

100

150

Flanges

Fittings CAS6 COS6 E4S6 E9S6 TES6 UNS6

25

Valves

Check valve sw Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

766270

3371

3381

3391

3401

3411

763422 763426 763435 763435 763480 763485

1081 1081 1081 6081 1081 1081

1121 1121 1121 6121 1121 1121

1161 1161 1161 6161 1161 1161

1181 1181 1181 6181 1181 1181

1201 1201 1201 6201 1201 1201

771109 772180 772171 773104 773171

4531 1531 1531 1531 1531

4541 1541 1541 1541 1541

4551 1551 1551 1551 1551

4571 1571 1571 1571 1571

4581 1581 1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

Miscellaneous

CHVS

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A105 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61142, rev. E Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 80 100 150 200 300 600 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 80 100 150 250 500 900 1200

B6ST 7680662021 7680662041 7680662061 7680662081 7680662101 7680662121 7680662141 7680662161 7680662181 7680662201 7680662221 7680662241 7680662261 7680662281 7680662301 7680662321 7680662341 7680662361 7680662381 7680662401 7680662421 7680662441 7680662461 7680662481

BR6S 7673100601 7673100621 7673100641 7673100651 7673100661 7673100681 7673100701 7673100711 7673100721 7673100741 7673100751 7673100761 7673100781 7673100801 7673100821 7673100841 7673100851 7673100861 7673100881 7673100901 7673100921 7673100941 7673100961 7673100971

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS6 7634275061 7634275231 7634275251 7634275331 7634275351 7634275371 7634275431 7634275451 7634275471 7634275491

IRS6 7634405061 7634405231 7634405251 7634405331 7634405351 7634405371 7634405431 7634405451 7634405471 7634405491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS6 7634815061 7634815231 7634815251 7634815351 7634815371

7634815471 7634815491 7625601831 7625602041 7625602301 7625602511

7625801831 7625802041 7625802301 7625802511

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 01/04/2018 12:05:25

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 1 of 14

CLASS 61176

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 2 of 14 Design limits Temperature (°C) -50 0 50 100 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 102.1 102.1 100.2 93.2 DN 750-1200 92.3 92.3 92.0 90.6

Branch connections 90 degrees

150

200

250

300

340

345

90.2 87.5

87.6 84.8

83.9 81.5

79.6 77.4

76.0 73.8

75.6 73.3

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - Design limits DN750 [ NPS 30} and larger limited by maximum allowable pressure acc. ASME B31.3 - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition - Non-extended bonnet valves in this piping class are intended for short term low temperature excursion (e.g non-operable during depressurization) (or) non-insulated piping only. - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

Schedule 160 160 160 160 160 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 27.0 32.0 36.0 40.0

Branch Size Run 15 size 1200 N 1050 N 900 N 750 N 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

Code A B E J M N P U

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P P P P P U U J

E E E E E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E E B B B B A

E E E E B B B B B A

E E E E B B B B A

E E E B B B B A

E E B B B B A

E E B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel LT H-Sour Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

61176 CLASS 600 3 mm E 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

A

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 3 of 14 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE

Valves Pipe Pipe

DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A333-6 ASTM A671-CC65 cl 22

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-1200

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-1200

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GANF

Gate valve n-ext flgd

DN 15-40

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPFL SPNF SPRT SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spade Spacer ring Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-1200 --DN 15-300 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 15-1200

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: LTCS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1/A352-LCC Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Instruments Fittings CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200 DN 15-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

AISI 316 AISI 316 AISI 316

AISI 316, Graphite SS centring ring AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring AISI 316/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A320-L7M/A194-7M

Miscellaneous GKMG

Gasket camprofile

DN 750-1200

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 ---

Reducing fittings BN6F BN6P BR3B BR6B BROB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 200-200 DN 150-1200 DN 350-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200 DN 20-600 DN 750-1200

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6W

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 4 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

071

801

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe

743016 0 231 743016 1 743016 2 743021 0 743022 3 743022 4

301

766212 767013 768875 768906 768895 768935 768966 766286 767083 767086

5621

381

541

631

691

771

861

981 101

221

351

441

761 141

441 521 391

Flanges Blind flange Blind flange Spacer ring Spacer ring Spade Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Welding neck flange Welding neck flange

5581

5661

5681

5701

5721

5741

5761

5781

5801

5821

5841

5861

5881

5901

5921

1581

1621

1661

1681

1701

1721

1741

1761

1781

1801

1821

1841

1861

1881

1901

1941

0401 4081 2621

0411 4121 2641

0421 4161 2661

0431 4181 2681

0441 4201 2701

0451 4221 1621

0461 4241 1641

0471 4261 1661

0481 4281 1681

0491 4301 1701

0501 4321 1721

0511

0521

0531

0541

0551

1741

1761

1781

1801

1841

2061 4231

2121 4261

2151 4291

2241 4321

4231

4261

4291

4321

1331

2071

2811

7391

8071

8801

7001

7681

8411

7001

7681

8411

7001

7681

8411

2151

Fittings Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

763116 763117 763134 763145 763143 763147 763180 763191

1721 1721

1781 1781

1821 1821

1921 1921

2121 2121

2301 2301

2481 2481

2681 2681

2881 2881

3101 3101

3321 3321

3521 3521

3721 3721

3891 3881

3981 3981

4091 4081

5521 5341

1721

1781

1821

1921

2121

2301

2481

2681

2881

3101

3321

3521

3721

3881

3981

4081

5321

1721

1781

1821

1921

2121

2301

2481

2681

2881

3101

3321

3521

3721

3881

3981

4081

5321

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 5 of 14 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

750

900

1050

1200

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Gate valve flgd Gate valve n-ext flgd Globe valve flgd

774133 776720 771033 772033 772041 772041 773033

1031 1031

1041 1041

1051 1051

1071 1071

4031 1031

4041 1041

4051 1051

4071 1071

4041 3231

4061 3251

4081 3271

4121 3291

0081

0121

0161

0181

1151

1161

1081

1101

1121

1141

1151

1161

1171 1171 1171

1181 1181 1181

1191 1191 1191

1201 1201 1201

1211 1211 1211

1231 1231 1231

4081

4101

4121

4141

4151

4161

4171

4181

4191

4201

4211

4231

7081

7101

7121

7141

7151

4141

4181

4201

4241

4261

4281

4301

4321

4341

4361

4381

4421

1241 0201

1131

1141

1151

1161

1171

1181

1191

1201

1211

1221

1231

1261 1261

1291 1291

1321 1321

1341 1341

0481

0541

0601

0661

Miscellaneous Gasket camprofile Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT

854172 854136 766596 766297 760563

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 6 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7631661411 7631661511 7631661611 7631661711 7631661811 7631661911 7631661951 7631662011 7631662111 7631662291 7631662381 7631662531 7631662681 7631662771 7631662971 7631663071 7631663271 7631663371 7631663451 7631663581 7631663671 7631663851 7631663971 7631664081 7631664151 7631664241 7631664391 7631664491

REEB 7631751411 7631751511 7631751611 7631751711 7631751811 7631751911 7631751951 7631752011 7631752111 7631752291 7631752381 7631752531 7631752681 7631752771 7631752971 7631753071 7631753271 7631753371 7631753451 7631753581 7631753671 7631753851 7631753971 7631754081 7631754151 7631754241 7631754391 7631754491

TERB 7631880391 7631880491 7631880591 7631880791 7631880891

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683370311 255 7683370321 305 7683370331 355 7683370341 405 7683370351 455 7683370361

7631881071 7631881161 7631881381 7631881591 7631881661 7631881781 7631881901 7631882061 7631882261 7631882541 7631882721 7631882931 7631883111 7631883301 7631883521 7631883921 7631884171 7631884431

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 7 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN6F BN6P BR3B BR6B BROB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7631664551 7631664641 7631664751 7631664891 7631665261 7631665561 7631665871 7631666171 7631666461 7631666771 7631667071 7631667371

REEB 7631754551 7631754641 7631754751 7631754891 7631755261 7631755561 7631755871 7631756171 7631756461 7631756771 7631757071 7631757371

7631668871 7631669171 7631669571

7631758871 7631759171 7631759471

TERB 7631885071 7631885331 7631885581 7631886061 7631886301 7631886541 7631886781 7631887501 7631887741 7631887981 7631888221 7631888701 7631888941 7631889181 7631889421 7631889661

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 8 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 750 750 750 750 900 900 900 900

x x x x x x x x x

Br 400 450 500 600 450 500 600 750

RECB

REEB

7629541421

7629741421

7629553451

7629753451

TERB 7629950821 7629951021 7629951221 7629951421 7629962451 7629962651 7629962851 7629963451

Run 1050 1050 1050 1200 1200 1200 1200

x Br RECB REEB x 600 x 750 x 900 7629556111 7629756111 x 600 x 750 x 900 x 1050 7629559371 7629759371

TERB 7629964911 7629965511 7629966111 7629967571 7629968161 7629968761 7629969371

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 9 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 150 250 500 1050 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 200 450 900 1200 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 1200

BN6F 7672307201 7672307211 7672307221 7672307231 7672307241 7672307251 7672307261 7672307271 7672303441 7672307291 7672307301 7672307311 7672307321 7672307331 7672307341 7672307351 7672307361

BN6P 7672579301 7672579311 7672579321 7672579331 7672579341 7672579351 7672579361 7672579371 7672708141 7672579411 7672579421 7672579431 7672579441 7672579451 7672579461 7672579471 7672579481

BR3B

BR6B

BROB

7679073651 7679073691 7679488051 7679488131 7679503681 7679073981 7679074001 7679074021 7679074041 7679074051 7679074061 7679074071 7679488191

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 10 of 14 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 450 450 500 500

Run 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

-

pipe 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 750 900 1050 1200 900 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200

BN6F

BN6P

BR3B

BR6B 7679074111 7679074121 7679074131 7679074141 7679074151 7679074161 7679488331 7679488371 7679488391 7679488431

BROB

7679054381 7679054401 7679054421 7679054441 7679054481 7679138791 7678020491 7678023521 7678025551 7679054581 7679054601 7679054621 7679054661 7679138831 7678020621 7678023651 7678025681 7679054781 7679054821 7679138871 7678020751 7678023781 7678025811 7679138911 7678020881 7678023851 7678025851 7679138951 7678020921 7678023881 7678025881 7678020961 7678023911 7678025911 7678023941 7678025941 7678023971 7678025971

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 11 of 14 BOLTING Std boltset blind flange DN nr inch x mm 750 28 2 x 450 900 28 2 1/2 x 520 1050 28 2 1/2 x 580 1200 32 2 3/4 x 640

MESC number 8138678311 8138947031 8138947091 8138947851

Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 5/8 x 90 25 4 5/8 x 100 40 4 3/4 x 110 50 8 5/8 x 110 80 8 3/4 x 130 100 8 7/8 x 150 150 12 1 x 180 200 12 1 1/8 x 200 250 16 1 1/4 x 220 300 20 1 1/4 x 230 350 20 1 3/8 x 240 400 20 1 1/2 x 260 450 20 1 5/8 x 280 500 24 1 5/8 x 290 600 24 1 7/8 x 330 750 28 2 x 430 900 28 2 1/2 x 490 1050 28 2 1/2 x 570 1200 32 2 3/4 x 630

MESC number 8138671571 8138672711 8138672731 8138673301 8138672741 8138673341 8138674061 8138674751 8138675441 8138675971 8138675981 8138676461 8138676901 8138677221 8138677241 8138677861 8138678281 8138678711 8138947081 8138947841

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 7/8 x 150 20 4 7/8 x 150 25 4 7/8 x 150 40 4 1 x 160

MESC number 8138674061 8138674061 8138674061 8138674721

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 7/8 x 160 150 12 1 x 190 200 12 1 1/8 x 220 250 16 1 1/4 x 240 300 20 1 1/4 x 250 350 20 1 3/8 x 270 400 20 1 1/2 x 290 450 20 1 5/8 x 320 500 24 1 5/8 x 340 600 24 1 7/8 x 390

MESC number 8138672781 8138673351 8138674071 8138674771 8138675401 8138676001 8138676061 8138676521 8138676901 8138677281 8138677321 8138677971

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 90 20 4 5/8 x 100 25 4 5/8 x 110 40 4 3/4 x 130 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 150 100 8 7/8 x 170 150 12 1 x 200 200 12 1 1/8 x 240 250 16 1 1/4 x 260 300 20 1 1/4 x 270 350 20 1 3/8 x 290 400 20 1 1/2 x 320 450 20 1 5/8 x 340 500 24 1 5/8 x 360 600 24 1 7/8 x 420 900 28 2 1/2 x 600 1200 32 2 3/4 x 780

MESC number 8138671591 8138672731 8138672741 8138673341 8138672781 8138673371 8138674091 8138674811 8138675431 8138676031 8138676051 8138676541 8138677001 8138677321 8138677361 8138678021 8138947111 8138947991

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 12 of 14 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662125581 8541364041 7662862621 8138671571

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662125621 8541364061 7662862641 8138672711

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662125621 8541364061 8138672711

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662125661 8541364081 8138672731

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 7662125681 Gasket spiral wound 1 8541364121 Studbolt with nuts 4 8138673301 Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gate valve n-ext flgd 2 Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

7720414031 8541364041 7662208081 7720331031 8138671571 8138671571

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gate valve n-ext flgd Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

7720414031 8541364041 7662208081 7662862621 7720331031 8138671571 8138671571

2 4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541364041 7662208081 7430160231 7662862621 7720331031 8138671571 8138671571

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541364061 7662208091 7430160301 7662862641 7720331041 8138672711

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gate valve n-ext flgd 1 Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7720414041 8541364061 7662208091 7720331041 8138672711

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 1200 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662208971 8541364121 7683370321 8138673321

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

7662208971 8541364121 7683370311 8138673321

1 1 1 4

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 13 of 14

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Fittings CAS6 COS6 E4S6 E9S6 TES6 UNS6

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Fittings

Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 6000 Insert reducing sw cl 6000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 6000

DN 40-1200 DN 40-1200 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

Valves

CHVS

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

Miscellaneous

GANS

Gate valve n-ext sw

DN 15-40

GANT

Gate valve n-ext sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite Body: ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 Trim: AISI 316, Stellite

Reducing fittings B6ST BR6S CRS6 IRS6 SCBP SEBP TRS6 Valves

40

50

80

100

150

Flanges Flange sw

Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 6000

25

Cap sw cl 6000 Coupling sw cl 6000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 6000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 6000 Tee equal sw cl 6000 Union sw cl 6000

Check valve sw Gate valve n-ext sw Gate valve n-ext sw x thrd Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

766272

2371

2381

2391

2401

2411

763423 763425 763436 763436 763479 763486

1081 1081 1081 6081 1081 1081

1121 1121 1121 6121 1121 1121

1161 1161 1161 6161 1161 1161

1181 1181 1181 6181 1181 1181

1201 1201 1201 6201 1201 1201

771102 772191 772198 772190 772197 773190 773197

1531 1531 1531 4531 4531 4531 4531

1541 1541 1541 4541 4541 4541 4541

1551 1551 1551 4551 4551 4551 4551

1571 1571 1571 4571 4571 4571 4571

1581

768066

8281

8321

8361

8381

8401

1581 4581 4581 4581 4581

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.12-Gen Class 61176, rev. E Page 14 of 14

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Run 40 80 200 1050 50 80 300 1050 80 300 1050 80 100 150 250 500 1050 80 100 150 200 300 600 1050

-

pipe 50 150 900 1200 50 250 900 1200 250 900 1200 80 100 200 450 900 1200 80 100 150 250 500 900 1200

B6ST 7680651021 7680651041 7680651061 7680651081 7680651101 7680651121 7680651141 7680651161 7680651181 7680651201 7680651221 7680651241 7680651261 7680651281 7680651301 7680651321 7680651341 7680651361 7680651381 7680651401 7680651421 7680651441 7680651461 7680651481

BR6S 7673120601 7673120621 7673120641 7673120661 7673120681 7673120701 7673120721 7673120741 7673120761 7673120781 7673120801 7673120821 7673120841 7673120861 7673120881 7673120901 7673120921 7673120941 7673120961 7673120981 7673121001 7673121021 7673121041 7673121061

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS6 7634285061 7634285231 7634285251 7634285331 7634285351 7634285371 7634285431 7634285451 7634285471 7634285491

IRS6 7634415061 7634415231 7634415251 7634415331 7634415351 7634415371 7634415431 7634415451 7634415471 7634415491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS6 7634825061 7634825231 7634825251 7634825351 7634825371

7634825471 7634825491 7625651831 7625652041 7625652301 7625652511

7625851831 7625852041 7625852301 7625852511

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 11/04/2018 11:22:41

Metric units

Copyright Shell Group of Companies. No reproduction or networking permitted without license from Shell. Not for res

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 1 of 13

CLASS 61450

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 2 of 13 Design limits Temperature (°C) 0 50 75 Pressure (Barg) DN 15- 600 102.1 100.2 96.7

Branch connections 90 degrees

100

125

150

175

200

93.2

91.7

90.2

88.9

87.6

Notes - Design limits acc. to ASME B16.5 flange rating mat. grp 1.1 - API 5L-B welded pipe (erw and saw) is normally the most economic choice - For bending of pipe see DEP 31.38.01.31-Gen. - For basis of design see DEP 31.38.01.10-Gen. - Piping class design meets full vacuum at ambient temperature condition - For hydrotest vent & drains reference is made to standard drawing S.38.154 - Piston type check valves (DN 15-40) [NPS 1/2-1-1/2] for horizontal mounting only - The use of triple eccentric butterfly valves and dual plate check valves is considered most economical. Use gate valves and swing check valves only where fouling and abrasion are negatively affecting their functionality

Branch Size Run 15 size 600 N 500 N 450 N 400 N 350 N 300 N 250 N 200 N 150 N 100 N 80 N 50 N 40 N 25 M 20 M 15 J

20

25

40

50

80

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

N N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M M J

N N N N N N N N N N N M J

P P P P P P P P P U U J

E E E E E E E E B B A

E E E E E E B B B A

E E E E E B B B A

E E E E B B B A

E E B B B B A

B B B B B A

B B B B A

B B B A

B B A

B A

A

Table of schedules DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

Schedule 80 80 80 80 40 40 40 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Code A B E J M N P U

Explanation of characters Equal tee Reducing tee Branch outlet Equal tee BW (alternative SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative SW) Branch fitting (alternative Branch outlet SW) Branch outlet BW (alternative Branch outlet SW) Reducing tee BW (alternative Branch outlet SW)

Carbon steel Class no. ASME rating Corrosion allowance Revision letter Revision date

61450 CLASS 600 1 mm I 02/2016

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Plant Consignee Engineered by Principal Contr. job no. Project no. Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 3 of 13 COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.) Pipe PIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE PISM PIWE PIWS

Valves Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw)

DN 15-450 DN 400-450 DN 500-600 DN 500-600 DN 100-350 DN 150-200 DN 400-450

ASTM A106-B ASTM A672-C65 cl22 ASTM A333-6 ASTM A671-CC65 cl 22 API 5L-B (sml) API 5L-B (erw) API 5L-B (saw)

Flanges BLFL LJFL SBNF SPNF SRNF WNFL

Blind flange Lap joint flange Spectacle blind Spade Spacer ring Welding neck flange

DN 15-600 --DN 15-300 DN 15-600 DN 15-600 DN 15-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A516-60/65/70 ASTM A105

Fittings CAPB CAPB E45B E45B E90B E90B TEEB TEEB

BUTF

Butterfly valve triple of flgd

DN 200-600

CHDF

Check valve dual plate flgd

DN 300-600

CHVF

Check valve flgd

DN 15-600

GAVF

Gate valve flgd

DN 15-600

GLVF

Globe valve flgd

DN 15-200

Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: CS, Duplex, Stellite Body: ASTM A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite

Instruments TWND TWNS TWNL

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm

DN 40-40 -----

ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400 ASTM B564 UNS N04400

AISI 316, Graphite CS centring-/SS inner ring Alloy 400/ASTM A350-LF2 cl 1 end flanges ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A193-B7/A194-2H

Miscellaneous Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 15-450 DN 500-600 DN 15-450 DN 500-600

ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6

DN 40-200 DN 40-200 DN 250-600 DN 250-600 DN 150-200 DN 250-600 DN 350-600 DN 20-450 DN 500-600 DN 20-450 DN 500-600 DN 20-450 DN 500-600

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A420-WPL6

GKSW

Gasket spiral wound

DN 15-600

MTRR ORFS PLUG STBT

Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT Studbolt with nuts

DN 15-40 DN 50-600 DN 15-50 ---

Reducing fittings BN3F BN3P BN6F BN6P BR3B BR6B BROB RECB RECB REEB REEB TERB TERB

Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 4 of 13 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe Pipe (API 5L-B erw) Pipe (API 5L-B saw) Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B sml) Pipe (API 5L-B sml)

743005 0 181 743005 1 743005 2 743005 3 743005 4 743010 2 743017 2 743023 5 741314 2 741317 4 741312 1 741312 2 741312 3

281

381

581

691

766210 768902 768930 768960 766279

2081 0821 0821 0821 7521

2121 0841 0841 0841 7541

2161 0861 0861 0861 7561

2181 0881 0881 0881 7581

2201 0901 0901 0901 7101

2221 0921 0921 0921 7121

2241 0941 0941 0941 7141

2261 0961 0961 0961 7661

2281 0981 0981 0981 7681

763019 763118 763038 763138 763040 763139 763084 763184

0181

0241

0301

0381

0551

0751

0951

1181

5681

5741

5801

5881

6051

6251

6451

5681

5741

5801

5881

6051

6251

5681

5741

5801

5881

6051

6251

031

491 191

551

951 411

911 451

191

971

601

911

451

921

681 141

931 461

551

491 191

551

951 411

911

2301 1001 1001 1001 7701

2321 1021 1021 1021 7721

2341 1041 1041

2361 1061 1061

2381 1081 1081

2401 1101 1101

2421 1121 1121

7741

7761

7781

7801

7841

1391

1601

1831

2021

2221

2441 3991

4101

6681

6891

7101

7331

7521

7721

7941 3991

4101

6451

6681

6891

7101

7331

7521

7721

7941 3991

4101

6451

6681

6891

7101

7331

7521

7721

7941 4001

4101

Flanges Blind flange Spacer ring Spade Spectacle blind Welding neck flange Fittings Cap bw Cap bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 45 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Elbow 90 deg LR bw Tee equal bw Tee equal bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 5 of 13 PIPING COMPONENTS

Item description

Nominal pipe size 15 20 MESC

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

600

Valves Butterfly valve triple of flgd Check valve dual plate flgd Check valve flgd Check valve flgd Gate valve flgd Globe valve flgd Globe valve flgd

774130 776711 771013 771020 772020 773014 773020

1031

1041

1051

1071

4031 1031

4041 1041

4051 1051

4071 1071

1151

1161

1171 1171

1181 1181

1191 1191

1201 1201

1211 1211

1231 1231

1161 1161

1171 1171

1181 1181

1191 1191

1201 1201

1211 1211

1231 1231

1081 1091

1101 1101

1121 1121

1141 1141

1151 1151

1091

1101

1121

1141

1151

4141

4181

4201

4241

4261

4281

4301

4321

4341

4361

4381

4421

0811 0201

0821

0831

1081

1091

1101

1111

1121

1131

1141

1151

1161

Miscellaneous Gasket spiral wound Meterrun Orifice flange set Plug NPT

854136 766496 766295 760518

4041 0731

4061 0751

4081 0771

4121 0791

0081

0121

0161

0181

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 6 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 80 80 100 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 300 300 350 350 350 350

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 20 25 40 40 50 40 50 80 80 100 100 150 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 300

RECB 7630721371 7630721471 7630721571 7630721671 7630721771 7630721871 7629461921 7630721961 7630722061 7630722261 7630722351 7630722501 7630722651 7630722751 7630722981 7630723081 7630723231 7630723371 7629463461 7630723581 7630723681 7630723851 7630723981 7630724081 7630724151 7630724241 7630724391 7630724491

REEB 7630731371 7630731471 7630731571 7630731671 7630731771 7630731871 7629611921 7630731961 7630732061 7630732261 7630732351 7630732501 7630732651 7630732751 7630732981 7630733081 7630733231 7630733371 7629613461 7630733581 7630733681 7630733851 7630733981 7630734081 7630734151 7630734241 7630734391 7630734491

TERB 7630890351 7630890451 7630890551 7630890751 7630890851

Thermowell flgd DN 40 Length (mm) MESC number 230 7683375111 255 7683375121 305 7683375131 355 7683375141 405 7683375151 455 7683375161

7630891091 7630891181 7630891321 7630891531 7630891651 7630891821 7630891951 7630892131 7630892261 7630892611 7630892721 7630892931 7630893111 7630893301 7630893521 7630893921 7630894171 7630894431

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 7 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Run 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 200 250 300 350 250 300 350 400 300 350 400 450 300 350 400 450 500

Comp.name BN3F BN3P BN6F BN6P BR3B BR6B BROB RECB REEB TERB

RECB 7630724551 7630724641 7630724751 7630724891 7630725261 7630725561 7630725871 7630726171 7631706461 7631706771 7631707071 7631707371

REEB 7630734551 7630734641 7630734751 7630734891 7630735261 7630735561 7630735871 7630736171 7631716461 7631716771 7631717071 7631717371

7631708871 7631709171 7631709471

7631718871 7631719171 7631719471

TERB 7630895071 7630895331 7630895581 7630896061 7630896301 7630896541 7630896781 7631857501 7631857741 7631857981 7631858221 7631858701 7631858941 7631859181 7631859421 7631859661

Description Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch fitting flgd Branch fitting plain Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Branch outlet bw Reducer concentric bw Reducer eccentric bw Tee reducing bw

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 8 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Run 40 50 80 250 50 80 150 250 300 80 100 150 250 300 80 100 150 200 250 500 150 200 250 500 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

-

pipe 40 50 200 600 50 100 200 250 600 80 100 200 250 600 80 100 150 200 450 600 150 200 450 600 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600

BN3F 7680372411 7680372431 7680372441

BN6F

BN3P 7680310361 7680310371 7680310381

7672293621 7680372461 7680372471 7680372491

BN6P

BR3B

BR6B

BROB

7672693541 7680310401 7680310411 7680310431

7672293651 7672293661 7680372531 7680372551 7680372561

7672693571 7672693581 7680310451 7680310461 7680310471

7672292151 7672293701 7680372591 7680372601 7680372621 7680372631

7672693611 7672693621 7680310511 7680310521 7680310531 7680310551

7672293751 7672293761

7672693681 7672693691 7678311471 7678311481 7679031011 7678903051 7678311581 7679031171 7679031181 7679031191 7679031201 7679031211 7679031221 7679031241

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 9 of 13 REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS

Branch 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 250 250

Run 300 350 400 450 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

-

pipe 300 350 400 450 500 600 350 400 450 500 600 400 450 500 600 500 600

BN3F

BN6F

BN3P

BN6P

BR3B

BR6B 7679031291 7679031301 7679031311 7679031321 7679031331 7679031351

BROB

7679014381 7679014401 7679014421 7679014441 7679014481 7679014581 7679014601 7679014621 7679014661 7679014781 7679014821

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 10 of 13 BOLTING Std boltset standard flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 80 20 4 5/8 x 90 25 4 5/8 x 100 40 4 3/4 x 110 50 8 5/8 x 110 80 8 3/4 x 130 100 8 7/8 x 150 150 12 1 x 180 200 12 1 1/8 x 200 250 16 1 1/4 x 220 300 20 1 1/4 x 230 350 20 1 3/8 x 240 400 20 1 1/2 x 260 450 20 1 5/8 x 280 500 24 1 5/8 x 290 600 24 1 7/8 x 330

MESC number 8138611571 8138612711 8138612731 8138613301 8138612741 8138613341 8138614061 8138614751 8138615251 8138615971 8138615981 8138616461 8138616901 8138617221 8138617241 8138617861

Std boltset mrun flg DN nr inch x mm 15 4 7/8 x 150 20 4 7/8 x 150 25 4 7/8 x 150 40 4 1 x 160

MESC number 8138614061 8138614061 8138614061 8138614721

Std boltset orifice flg DN nr inch x mm 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 140 100 8 7/8 x 160 150 12 1 x 190 200 12 1 1/8 x 220 250 16 1 1/4 x 240 300 20 1 1/4 x 250 350 20 1 3/8 x 270 400 20 1 1/2 x 290 450 20 1 5/8 x 320 500 24 1 5/8 x 340 600 24 1 7/8 x 390

MESC number 8138612781 8138613351 8138614071 8138614771 8138615401 8138616001 8138615861 8138616411 8138617121 8138617281 8138617321 8138617951

Std boltset blind/spacer DN nr inch x mm 15 4 1/2 x 90 20 4 5/8 x 100 25 4 5/8 x 110 40 4 3/4 x 130 50 8 5/8 x 130 80 8 3/4 x 150 100 8 7/8 x 170 150 12 1 x 200 200 12 1 1/8 x 240 250 16 1 1/4 x 260 300 20 1 1/4 x 270 350 20 1 3/8 x 290 400 20 1 1/2 x 320 450 20 1 5/8 x 340 500 24 1 5/8 x 360 600 24 1 7/8 x 420

MESC number 8138611591 8138612731 8138612741 8138613341 8138612781 8138613371 8138614091 8138614641 8138615431 8138616031 8138616051 8138616541 8138617001 8138617321 8138617361 8138618021

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 11 of 13 ASSEMBLIES Drain or vent point DN 15 Fig.I DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662102081 8541364041 7662797521 8138611571

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.I DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Blind flange Gasket spiral wound Welding neck flange Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662102121 8541364061 7662797541 8138612711

Drain or vent point DN 20 Fig.H DN50 - 50 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662102121 8541364061 8138612711

Drain or vent point DN 25 Fig.H DN80 - 300 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662102161 8541364081 8138612731

Drain or vent point DN 40 Fig.H DN350 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Blind flange 1 Gasket spiral wound 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

7662102181 8541364121 8138613301

Meter run connection DN 15 Fig.0H DN15 - 40 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound 4 Lap joint flange 2 Gate valve flgd 2 Studbolt with nuts 8 Studbolt with nuts 8

8541364041 7662203081 7720204031 8138611571 8138611571

Orifice connection DN 15 Fig.0I DN50 - 600 Branch: not applicable Gasket spiral wound Lap joint flange Welding neck flange Gate valve flgd Studbolt with nuts Studbolt with nuts

8541364041 7662203081 7662797521 7720204031 8138611571 8138611571

4 2 2 2 8 8

Pressure instr conn DN 15 Fig.0J DN15 - 15 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541364041 7662203081 7430050181 7662797521 7720204031 8138611571 8138611571

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0J DN20 - 40 Branch: according to branch table Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Pipe 1 Welding neck flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541364061 7662203121 7430050281 7662797541 7720204041 8138612711

Pressure instr conn DN 20 Fig.0H DN50 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Gasket spiral wound 2 Lap joint flange 1 Gate valve flgd 1 Studbolt with nuts 4

8541364061 7662203121 7720204041 8138612711

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NL DN150 - 600 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=255 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662204181 8541364121 7683375121 8138613321

Temp instr conn DN 40 Fig.NS DN80 - 100 Branch: branch nipple flanged Lap joint flange Gasket spiral wound Thermowell flgd DN 40 L=230 mm Studbolt with nuts

1 1 1 4

7662204181 8541364121 7683375111 8138613321

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 12 of 13

ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SOCKET WELDED) (For full material description see relevant MESC buying description.)

ALTERNATIVE PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Nominal pipe size 15 20 Item description MESC

Flanges FLWS

Flange sw

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

Flange sw Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50 DN 15-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105

Fittings

DN 40-200 DN 250-600 DN 40-200 DN 250-600 DN 20-50 DN 20-50 DN 80-100 DN 80-100 DN 20-50

ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A234-WPB ASTM A105

Valves

Cap sw cl 3000 Coupling sw cl 3000 Elbow 45 deg sw cl 3000 Elbow 90 deg sw cl 3000 Tee equal sw cl 3000 Union sw cl 3000

Reducing fittings B3ST B6ST BR3S BR6S CRS3 IRS3 SCBP SEBP TRS3

Bosset sw x thrd Bosset sw x thrd Branch outlet sw Branch outlet sw Coupling reducing sw cl 3000 Insert reducing sw cl 3000 Swage concentric bw x plain Swage eccentric bw x plain Tee reducing sw cl 3000

Valves

Check valve sw Gate valve sw Gate valve sw x thrd Globe valve sw Globe valve sw x thrd

Check valve sw

DN 15-50

GAST

Gate valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GAVS

Gate valve sw

DN 15-50

GLST

Globe valve sw x thrd

DN 15-50

GLVS

Globe valve sw

DN 15-50

50

80

100

150

766270

2371

2381

2391

2401

1411

763422 763426 763435 763435 763480 763485

0081 0081 0081 5081 0081 0081

0121 0121 0121 5121 0121 0121

0161 0161 0161 5161 0161 0161

0181 0181 0181 5181 0181 0181

0201 0201 0201 5201 0201 0201

771107 772107 772170 773107 773170

1531 1531 1531 1531 1531

1541 1541 1541 1541 1541

1551 1551 1551 1551 1551

1571 1571 1571 1571 1571

1581 1581 1581 1581 1581

768066

8081

8121

8161

8181

8201

Miscellaneous Plug Bosset sw x thrd

CHVS

40

Flanges

Fittings CAS3 COS3 E4S3 E9S3 TES3 UNS3

25

Body: ASTM A105/A216-WCB/WCC Trim: AISI 410 , Stellite Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6 Body: ASTM A105 (Normalised) Trim: AISI 410/ Stellite 6

Miscellaneous BPST

Plug Bosset sw x thrd

DN 15-50

ASTM A105

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

DEP 31.38.01.15-Gen Class 61450, rev. I Page 13 of 13

Branch 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Run 40 50 80 250 50 80 150 250 300 80 100 150 250 300 80 100 150 200 250 500 80 100 150 200 250 300 600

-

pipe 40 50 200 600 50 100 200 250 600 80 100 200 250 600 80 100 150 200 450 600 80 100 150 200 250 500 600

B3ST 7680661021 7680661041 7680661061

B6ST

BR3S 7673100021 7673100041 7673100061

7680662061 7680661121 7680661141 7680661161

BR6S

7673100641 7673100121 7673100141 7673100161

7680662121 7680662141 7680661221 7680661241 7680661261

7673100681 7673100701 7673100221 7673100241 7673100261

7680662181 7680662201 7680661321 7680661341 7680661361 7680661381

7673100721 7673100741 7673100321 7673100341 7673100361 7673100381

7680662301 7680662321 7680661461 7680661481 7680661501 7680661521

7673100821 7673100841 7673100461 7673100481 7673100501 7673100521

7680662421 7680662441 7680662461

7673100921 7673100941 7673100961

ALTERNATIVE REDUCING/PIPING COMPONENTS (SOCKET WELDED) Run 20 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 80 80 100 100

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Br 15 15 20 15 20 25 15 20 25 40 40 50 40 50

CRS3 7634270061 7634270231 7634270251 7634270331 7634270351 7634270371 7634270431 7634270451 7634270471 7634270491

IRS3 7634400061 7634400231 7634400251 7634400331 7634400351 7634400371 7634400431 7634400451 7634400471 7634400491

SCBP

SEBP

TRS3 7634810061 7634810231 7634810251 7634810351 7634810371

7634810471 7634810491 7625601811 7625601931 7625602281 7625602401

7625801811 7625801931 7625802281 7625802401

This document has been supplied under license by Shell to: [email protected] 28/05/2018 13:32:13

Metric units

Document Review Comments Sheet

PROJECT / ASSIGNMENT : WG0000 / GENERAL

CLIENT : BGC

REVIEWER NAME : PIYUSH

TRANSMITTAL : BGC-WG0000-TR-IFR-0010

REVIEW DUE DATE :

REVIEW DATE : 20-03-2018

DOCUMENT TITLE : PIPE STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

ORIGINATOR :

JOHN PUSHPARAJ

WGPSN DOCUMENT NO. : 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7770-00001

REV NO. :

01R

S.NO

REVIEWER COMMENTS

INITIALS

ACTION UNDERTAKEN (ORIGINATOR)

CLOSED

1

BGC stated that this standard is based on Wood corporate standard for stress analysis. Wood to confirm and include the standard number in list of reference documents.

J.P

Included the wood reference documents based on BGC comments

C

2

Expansion joints shall not be used without approval from BGC.

J.P

Updated as per BGC comments in general design basis section.

C

3

BGC Commented to remove the version of CAESAR

Updated as per BGC comments

C

Updated as per BGC comments in general design basis section.

C

Updated as per BGC comments

C

Updated as per BGC comments in general design basis section.

C

4 5 6 7

In general design basis section BGC commented that “the maximum allowable stress of the piping material should be at all possible operating scenarios” BGC Commented that to consider maximum forces and moments on support as well. In general design basis section BGC commented that “the thermal movement should be at normal and maximum operating conditions” In general design basis section BGC commented that “Flowlines not applicable for BGC Portfolio”

J.P J.P J.P J.P J.P

8

In general design basis section BGC commented that “What is the basis for 155mm. Typically it is 100mm considering shoe length of 300mm

J.P

9

In general design basis section BGC commented that to remove the topic “In exceptional cases such as high pressure system, where minimizing the number of loops is of concern, 250 mm of thermal movement is permitted”

J.P

Form No: ENG-FRM-1148 Rev/Date: C1-14-Jun-2013

This topic removed as per BGC comments in general design basis section. In this case extra shoe length considered before wherever high thermal displacements occurred. Based on BGC comments the thermal movements between anchors shall be limited to 100 mm by considering shoe length of 300 mm” and updated in general design basis section. This topic removed as per BGC comments in general design basis section.

© 2013 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

C

C

C P a g e 1 of 2

Document Review Comments Sheet

10

In general design basis section, in the sub section “Reference Documents” BGC commented that to remove the reference of Shell DEPs.

J.P

In procedure objective section BGC commented that to remove the flowlines as example in Fatigue topic.

J.P

In procedure section to identify and selection of critical lines BGC commented that “It Is assumed that this is in line with wood internal procedures and practice

J.P

13

BGC commented that to remove the preferred spring support software is carpenter & Paterson witch hanger

J.P

14

In pipe stress report section BGC commented that “Why case by case basis? Report should be produced.”

J.P

15

In pipe stress report section BGC commented that “Why referring ENG-PRC-1101”

J.P

16

BGC commented that “Cold spring shall not be used prior to permission from BGC”

17

BGC commented in design consideration sections for pipe supports “The table in appendix 9 shows the load thresholds for civil design, above these loads civil must be informed”

11

12

Form No: ENG-FRM-1148 Rev/Date: C1-14-Jun-2013

J.P

J.P

This topic removed as per BGC comments in general design basis section. The topics based on fatigue in flowlines removed as per BGC comments in objective section. The fatigue section may be added later as per project requirements in onshore piping. In critical line selection section, all selection criteria in align with wood practice and some few additional criteria added based on other company procedures which is applicable in selection of critical lines. Topics removed such as related to Offshore, Flowlines, Blast, Wave, Etc. This topic removed as per BGC comments These wordings removed as per BGC comments in pipe stress report section and included that pipe stress report should be produced for category C lines only. Based on BGC Comments this document number added in the reference documents & also this is a Wood procedure to ensure that the method of originating, checking, approval and authorization of Engineering and Design Master Documentation produced by WG. (Example: Refer the Appendix-5 piping stress analysis checklist) Updated as per BGC comments in design consideration section. As discussed with civil the load transfer from piping to civil format has been changed and this (appendix 9) table loads for preliminary blanket load design for the non-critical lines also for civil preliminary design. This Appendix-9 will be under hold and it will be modified based on civil requirement in next issue of the revision

© 2013 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

P a g e 2 of 2

Document Review Comments Sheet

18

19

20

21

22

In design consideration sections for pipe loads / structural displacements at directional restrains from equipment shall not exceed the span divided by 150 (H/150). BGC commented What is the basis? Has it been agreed with Civil In design consideration sections for pipe load conditions BGC commented that to use Maximum Operating condition Not Normal Operating case In design consideration sections, Sub section 6.18 flare piping BGC commented about SIF values for branch angle 60,45 & 30 Degree

Based on the IDC comments from civil this value has been provided.

C

J.P

Updated as per BGC comments in design consideration section.

C

J.P

In Fatigue Analysis topic BGC commented to include Appendix C of PD5500

J.P

BGC commented to remove the Section 6.33 - Snow Load

J.P

23

In design consideration sections, Sub section 6.35 BGC commented that Section on Bellows is being repeated

24

BGC commented that Is there any Wood standard drawings made in line with EI guidelines for the section 8.1 (Small Bore Connections)

25

26

J.P

BGC commented to remove the Section 8.3 - Flowline Design In section 8.4 (Reciprocating pump & compressors) BGC commented about stiffness values for support on grade level up to one metre elevation on concrete plinth that is this figure based on wood standard

Form No: ENG-FRM-1148 Rev/Date: C1-14-Jun-2013

J.P J.P

J.P

J.P

This topic in that section will be removed based on the references from BP’s standard spec and Wood recommended that FEA analysis to calculate the SIF for different angle connection apart from 90 Degree As per Wood corporate standard PD 5500 is not considered for onshore process pipe work and this Fatigue section is removed. Whenever in any particular case if fatigue analysis required it will be captured on next revision This topic removed as per BGC comments This topic have a one line introduction in General Design Basis section and briefed in Design Condition section There is no wood standard drawing in line with Energy Institute guidelines. Need to develop small bore weld / Bolted brace supports for vibration issues in line with EI guidelines.

C

C

C C

C

This topic removed as per BGC comments

C

This topic in that section will be removed based on the references from other company standards

C

© 2013 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

P a g e 3 of 2

Document Review Comments Sheet

27

BGC commented that static equipment allowable nozzle loads for tanks, vessels, columns, exchangers & package unit loads - Has it been agreed with Static / Rotating discipline

J.P

The allowable provided in the pipe stress procedure was agreed by Mechanical

C

28

BGC commented that this section is not clear in Appendix-3 (Range of stress analysis) In (Notes 2) regarding the critical line identification of cryogenic lines

J.P

Some Typo error has been rectified and correspondingly in sec 5.3 (Critical Line Selection) cryogenic piping criticality selection topic was updated

C

J.P

Span chart for Change in direction has been added as per BGC comments.

C

J.P

This topic removed as per BGC comments

C

29 30

BGC commented in Appendix-11 (Recommended Span for CS) that “Wood to explain how change in direction of pipe is factored in design wrt. to spans in appendix 11) BGC commented to remove the topics in Section 6.13 – buried piping that “All UG piping below EL150 mm from grade is the civil or Fire water groups responsibility”

Form No: ENG-FRM-1148 Rev/Date: C1-14-Jun-2013

© 2013 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

P a g e 4 of 2

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 2 of 54

1.0

Purpose .......................................................................................................... 6

2.0

Scope .............................................................................................................. 6

3.0

General Design basis .................................................................................... 6 3.1

References .................................................................................................................................... 8

3.2

Abbreviations & Glossary............................................................................................................... 9

3.3

Terminology ................................................................................................................................. 10

4.0

Roles & Responsibilities ............................................................................. 10

5.0

Procedure ..................................................................................................... 11 5.1

Objective ...................................................................................................................................... 11

5.2

Identification of Critical Lines ....................................................................................................... 11

5.3

Critical Line Selection .................................................................................................................. 12

5.4

Methods of Stress Analysis / Stress Approval ............................................................................. 13

5.5

By comparison ............................................................................................................................. 14

5.6

By inspection ............................................................................................................................... 14

5.7

Formal Stress Analysis ................................................................................................................ 14

5.8

Stress Sketch / Isometric ............................................................................................................. 15

5.9

Completion Advice ....................................................................................................................... 16

5.10

Pipe Stress Report. ...................................................................................................................... 16

5.11

Management of Change .............................................................................................................. 17

5.12

Repair Orders .............................................................................................................................. 17

5.13 Local regulatory requirements ..................................................................................................... 17

6.0

Design Considerations ............................................................................. ..17 6.1

Temperatures to be used for stress analysis ............................................................................... 17

6.2

Thermal stress range ................................................................................................................... 18

6.3

Thermal loads on equipment ....................................................................................................... 19

6.4

Temperatures for standby equipment .......................................................................................... 19

6.5

Steam Out Conditions .................................................................................................................. 19

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 3 of 54

6.6

Sustained Stress, SH, for Pipe Subject to Vacuum...................................................................... 19

6.7

Cold spring ................................................................................................................................... 19

6.8

Pipe supports ............................................................................................................................... 20

6.9

Pipe loads .................................................................................................................................... 20

6.10

Pipe spans ................................................................................................................................... 20

6.11

Load Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 21

6.12

Bowing of piping........................................................................................................................... 21

6.13

Buried Piping ............................................................................................................................... 21

6.14

Spring Supports and Slide Plates ................................................................................................ 22

6.15

Complex Piping Items .................................................................................................................. 22

6.16

Thin wall piping ............................................................................................................................ 22

6.17

Branches...................................................................................................................................... 23

6.18

Flare Piping .................................................................................................................................. 23

6.19

Friction ......................................................................................................................................... 23

6.20

Flare Radiation ............................................................................................................................ 23

6.21

Settlement.................................................................................................................................... 23

6.22

Flange leakage ............................................................................................................................ 24

6.23

Vibration....................................................................................................................................... 24

6.24

PSV / rupture disc reaction forces ............................................................................................... 24

6.25

Creep ........................................................................................................................................... 25

6.26

Fire Water Piping ......................................................................................................................... 25

6.27

Surge ........................................................................................................................................... 25

6.28

Slug.............................................................................................................................................. 26

6.29

Wind............................................................................................................................................. 27

6.30

Earthquake .................................................................................................................................. 28

6.31

Hydrostatic Testing ..................................................................................................................... 28

6.32

Bellows or Expansion Joint .......................................................................................................... 28

6.33

Control valve Piping ..................................................................................................................... 28

6.34

Local attachment stresses ........................................................................................................... 29

6.35

Interfaces with existing and future piping ..................................................................................... 29

6.36

Spool replacement ....................................................................................................................... 29

6.37

Piping at Pumps ........................................................................................................................... 29

6.38

Piping at Centrifugal Compressor and Steam Turbines ............................................................... 30

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

7.0

8.0

9.0

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 4 of 54

6.39

Piping at Reciprocating Compressor............................................................................................ 31

6.40

Boiler and Power Piping............................................................................................................... 31

6.41

Transfer Lines From Heaters ....................................................................................................... 31

6.42

Piping at Storage Tanks............................................................................................................... 32

6.43

Piping at Air Cooler ...................................................................................................................... 33

Computer Modelling Considerations ......................................................... 33 7.1

Units............................................................................................................................................. 33

7.2

Friction modelling ......................................................................................................................... 33

7.3

Lift off at supports ........................................................................................................................ 33

7.4

Gaps at supports.......................................................................................................................... 34

Vibration Induced Fatigue Considerations................................................ 34 8.1

Small bore connections................................................................................................................ 34

8.2

Flow-induced vibration ................................................................................................................. 35

8.3

Reciprocating pumps and compressors ....................................................................................... 35

8.4

Acoustic vibration ......................................................................................................................... 36

Mechanical Equipment Nozzle Loads ........................................................ 36

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 5 of 54

INDEX OF APPENDICES Appendix 1 - Static Equipment Loadings: Tanks .................................................................................... 37 Appendix 2 - Static Equipment Loadings: Vessels, Columns, Exchangers and Packaged Units. ........... 38 Appendix 3 - Range of Stress Analysis - Piping connected to Pressure Vessels, Exchangers & Tanks. 41 Appendix 4 - Range of Stress Analysis - Piping connected to Rotating Equipment or Air Fin Coolers. .. 42 Appendix 5 – Piping Stress Analysis Check List ..................................................................................... 43 Appendix 6 – Pipe Stress Sketch / Isometric Symbols............................................................................ 44 Appendix 7 – Nomograph for Manual Method Verification ...................................................................... 45 Appendix 8 – Special Differential Settlement Consideration (HOLD) ...................................................... 47 Appendix 9 – Pipe Support Load Limits Transmittal to Civils (HOLD) ................................................... 48 Appendix 10 – Preliminary Estimated Support Loads ............................................................................. 49 Appendix 11 – Maximum Recommended Spans .................................................................................... 50 Appendix 12 – Site Design Conditions and Governing Codes ................................................................ 53 Appendix 13 – Stress Analysis Reports Submittal .................................................................................. 54

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

1.0

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 6 of 54

Purpose

This procedure is to ensure that Pipe Stress Analysis within Wood for BGC Project is carried out in a consistent, repeatable & traceable manner. The aim of this document is to identify a set of guidelines for Pipe Stress Analysis. Additionally it will indicate the Engineering and Designer responsibilities including activities to be performed in order to satisfy the scope of work for detail engineering of the project and hence ensure the structural and functional integrity of the piping system in accordance with the relevant Codes and Standards.

2.0

Scope

This document applies for BGC Project. These notes establish the range of piping to be analysed, and the permissible equipment loadings. The notes also outline the responsibilities of Piping Engineering and list the documentation to be prepared for the project. Reference is also made to the use of Expansion Bellows and Spring Supports with particular reference to the terminal connection at various pieces of equipment.

3.0

General design basis

It is the responsibility of the Stress Engineer to ensure that piping is routed and supported correctly so that no damage occurs to pipe and associated equipment due to the effects of thermal growth, weight, pressure, slug flow, wind, earthquake, vibration, shock, foundation settlement or any detrimental external loads. Every relevant mode of operation for stress critical piping systems shall be examined and every displacement stress range difference shall be considered. Piping systems shall be adequately flexible and wherever possible it should be achieved by the natural flexibility of the piping. If necessary the route of the piping should be modified or expansion loops incorporated to obtain sufficient flexibility. Only in cases where it is impractical to increase the flexibility to reduce the equipment nozzle loads to an acceptable level, should a bellows expansion joint be considered as a design solution. Any use of bellows must be discussed with the Lead Piping Engineer and approved by the client. When carrying out flexibility analysis, the worst process conditions shall be considered. Process conditions which give rise to impulse loading such as pressure surge or two phase flow should also be taken into account. Strain sensitive equipment (vessels, heat exchangers, reactors, tanks) at which pipe runs terminate shall normally be considered rigid for pipe stress analysis. The loads shall be calculated at the vessel shell / nozzle intersection for all classes of vessel or heat exchanger. Where a vessel or heat exchanger nozzle is modelled within the piping analysis, this shall be treated as rigid. If allowable loads cannot be met, nozzle stiffness should be modelled within the analysis following discussion with the appropriate equipment discipline. For tanks, nozzle stiffness to API 650 shall be used along with the allowable nozzle load approval method Expansion loops and/or offsets shall be provided in piping systems where improved flexibility is required. Expansion joints or swivel joints may be installed only where loops or offsets cannot be used (e.g., due to limited space) or will not give sufficient flexibility. Expansion joints or swivel joints shall not be used if the fluid fouling properties make them ineffective or will lead to leakage. Under special circumstances, an expansion joint may be considered for other services provided that all alternatives without this represent a greater safety risk. The proposal to use expansion joints or swivel joints shall be presented to the Client for review and approval prior to detailed design development. Expansion joints shall not be used without approval from BGC

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 7 of 54

Expansion joints shall be provided with guides and anchors to withstand forces generated by the internal pressure. Where an irregular flow is possible, additional supports and/or anchors should be installed to protect the expansion joints. The stresses, forces and movements on expansion joints shall be within the limits stated by the Manufacturer/Supplier. Information about expansion joints and about the location of supports in pipes with expansion joints is given in the EJMA standard. Expansion joints SHALL not be used in very toxic services or in systems where they would be subjected to torsional loads. Swivel joints SHALL not be used in very toxic services or in systems where they would be subjected to bending loads. Acceptable comprehensive methods of analysis include computer and analytical methods which include stress intensification and flexibility factors for all components other than pipe and provide an evaluation of the forces, moments and stresses caused by piping displacement. The project approved program for the purpose of computer analysis is "CAESAR II". This program computes complete stress analysis to the requirements of the ASME B 31.1, ASME B 31.3 and CODETI codes and several other relevant codes. The program provides a Code Compliance Report, when requested. If the line is in vapour service, or in liquid service with density less than water, hydrostatic test weight shall also be considered in the analysis. The minimum criteria for defining the acceptable flexibility are: 

The maximum allowable stress range of the piping material at all possible operating scenarios



The maximum allowable forces and moments on the equipment to which the pipe is connected.



The maximum displacements are acceptable.



The maximum forces and moments on support as well



Other criteria will be considered if relevant

The reaction loads resulting from thermal movement shall include the effects of friction of the pipe or pipe shoes on the pipe supports. Lateral guides shall be provided as necessary to control pipe movements and to prevent buckling. For piping connected to rotating equipment, pipe stress analysis SHALL be based on the following considerations: • •

Piping loads on rotating equipment nozzles shall be calculated and combined in accordance with API methods. A static, pulsation and mechanical analysis shall be conducted on piping systems for reciprocation machinery or machinery subject to pulsating flows.

Calculation of piping loads shall include the following considerations: • •

• • • • • •

Weight of the piping system and its contents Thermal movement of the pipe and machinery due to process fluid temperature changes, including startup, shutdown, clean-out, and off-design operation, as well as the normal and maximum operating temperature cases, Movement of the pipe, machinery, and support systems due to thermal distortion from the sun, weather, radiant heating from nearby equipment, and process flow effects, Heat tracing Differential settlement of foundations and/or frost heaving Reactions from restraints such as anchors, pins and ties Other attached piping that may exert significant loading Adjacent equipment attached to the same header

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 8 of 54

When applicable or when specified, the following considerations shall also be included in the analysis: • • • • • •

Friction forces from piping supports, guides and restrictions Unsteady operation, such as two phase flow or vibration & Pulsating Wind loading or seismic loads Maintenance requirements, including the installation & blind removal, start up strainers, etc. Steam-out conditions Equipment (such as instruments) supported by the piping

Thermal movements between anchors shall be limited to 100mm. Thermal movements at bends and branch connections should be limited to 75mm. Extra-long shoes shall be requested where movement will be excessive. Considerable care should be taken when completing stress sketches, to inform the piping designers of all large piping movements (>100mm), so that suitable spacing can be provided. Significant Support loads and/or Special Support requirements shall be added to a copy of the stress sketch and transmitted to the civil/structural group. At connection points between battery limits and Main service pipe racks, care should be taken to accommodate thermal expansion of both pipes. It is good practice to provide at least a line stop at battery limits and the implications of this must be designed for. Notably the ambient temperature is set according to the site conditions.

3.1

References

Procedural References: TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

PIPING SUPPORT STANDARD

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-2358-00001

PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7704-00001

ORIGINATING, CHECKING, APPROVAL AND AUTHORISATION OF ENGINEERING AND DESIGN

ENG-PRC-1101

DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURE PIPE STRESS INTERFACE PROCEDURE

ENG-PRC-1136

PIPE STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

ENG-PRC-1137

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS PROCESSING INFRASTRUCTURE BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00002 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00003 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00004 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00005

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 9 of 54

External References ASME BPV

Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code

ASME B31.3

Process Piping

ASME B31.4 ASME B31.8 ASME B16.5

Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and Other Liquids Gas Transmission & Distribution Piping Systems Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ASME B16.47

Large Diameter Steel Flanges (26” & Above)

API RP-520

Recommended Practice for Design of Pressure Relieving Systems

API 610

Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas

API 674

Reciprocating Positive Displacement Pumps

API 620 / API 650

Storage Tanks

PD5500

Specification for Unfired Fusion Welded Pressure Vessels

WRC 107

Local Stresses In Spherical and Cylindrical Shells Due to External Loadings Local Stresses In Cylindrical Shells Due to External Loading on Nozzles

WRC 297 ISBN 978 0 85293 463 0 DNV-RP-D101

3.2

The Energy Institute’s “Guidelines for The Avoidance of Vibration nd Induced Fatigue in Process Pipework” 2 edition. Structural Analysis of Piping Systems – Recommended Practice.

Abbreviations & Glossary

CMS CAESAR II DCC EI

Content Management System Computer program for piping stress analysis (produced by COADE Engineering Software) Document Control Centre Energy Institute

EJMA

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association

FEED

Front End Engineering Design

IBC

International Building Code

PED

Pressure Equipment Directive (EU only)

P&ID

Piping & Instrument Diagram

PMA

Particular Material Appraisal

PSV

Pressure Safety Valve

PTFE

Teflon (Polytetrafluoroethylene)

SBC

Small Bore (Branch) Connection

SoR

Statement of Requirements

WRC

Welding Research Council

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

3.3 Shall: Should:

4.0

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 10 of 54

Terminology Stated requirement is mandatory. Stated requirement is preferred, recommended or is considered best practice

Roles & Responsibilities

Responsible Pipe Stress Engineer shall:  Prepare or agree estimates for stress reviews / stress analysis.  Progress or agree progress for stress reviews / stress analysis.  Identify criticality criteria for indication on the process line list and also based on pipe specification.  Review & agree the pipe stress analysis request / scope of work form.  Carry out stress review / stress analysis as requested / as required.  Liaise with piping for any changes required to pipe routing and support locations / types.  Where required, liaise with structural with respect to significant displacements or loads.  Where required, liaise with mechanical with respect to allowable nozzle loadings.  Apply the checking and approval process to stress calculations and stress reports.  Provide completion advice to piping including restraint / nozzle loads and moments.  Verify AFC isometrics against the final stress analysis.  Approve AFC isometrics / pipe support details (where required) for pipe stress  Where required, prepare and issue formal or informal stress report  Maintain a master copy of all documents provided to / from piping.  Issue support loads from pipe stress to structural.  Issue nozzle loadings from pipe stress to mechanical. Principal / Lead Piping Engineer shall:  Review / approve pipe stress analysis request / scope of work form.  Where required, approve AFC isometrics / pipe support details for pipe stress.  Where required, verify that repair orders are ‘like for like’ replacements. Responsible Process Engineer shall:  Produce job specific process line list or supply process data for specific lines.  Indicate critical lines on the process line list.  Where required, liaise with pipe stress regarding process design conditions. Responsible Mechanical Engineer shall:  Where required, liaise with pipe stress with respect to allowable nozzle loadings  Ensure Vendor anchors pipework at the package boundary and issue Wood. piping loads to vendor for anchor design. Responsible Structural Engineer shall:  Where required, liaise with pipe stress with respect to significant displacements or loads. Document Control shall:  As required, distribute pipe stress reports.  Maintain file copy of pipe stress reports within CMS.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

5.0

Procedure

5.1

Objective

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 11 of 54

The objective of a piping stress analysis is to obtain a safe and economical piping layout whilst ensuring that the following areas have been considered: Stress Vibrations

The stresses in excess of those listed in the reference design code and standards in Section 3. Piping damaging vibrations due to pressure pulsations, multiphase flow, pressure let down or external forces, Flow induced vibrations, Vortex shedding etc. Loads Forces and moments on equipment and terminal points in excess of those listed in design codes and Appendix I: Excessive loads on pipe supports and anchors Deflection Sag in piping spans, particularly those requiring a drainage slope. Expansion Unintentional disengagement of piping from its supports and excessive movements hitting other pipes and structures. Flange Leakage Excessive loading on flanges or connectors which may cause flange, bolt or gasket failure resulting in leakage. Buckling Buckling collapse due to vacuum or local loads Blast (HOLD) Explosion overpressure and drag loads should not cause loss of containment of hydrocarbons or other flammable substances.

5.2

Identification of Critical Lines

At the beginning of a job, pipe stress should review the process line list and identify all lines within the work scope that are stress critical (with Piping and Process if possible). The criteria for inclusion as a critical line shall be as per Selection 5.3. This should include existing lines that are associated with piping tie-ins. This review is usually carried out / checked / verified at the start of the normal design process. It should be noted that process P&IDs will be required to supplement the line list for this review. This review should be facilitated by the responsible piping engineer. All critical lines shall be identified to process and indicated as such in the appropriate column on the process line list, together with the reason for inclusion as a critical line. A separate critical line list will only be required in exceptional circumstances, such as where the process line list is a client document and Wood. have no input into it. In these instances, the critical line list will be based on the client’s process line list. Where a job specific process line list does not exist (such as for repair orders) this review may be carried out by the responsible piping engineer and verified by the Lead Piping Engineer as part of the approval of the Isometric. The Responsible Piping Engineer / Designer shall maintain a Piping Master Copy of the Job Specific Process Line List. Where a Job Specific Piping Line List is not available, the required information shall be requested / formally provided by Process and a file copy retained by the Responsible Piping Engineer. All revisions to the Process Line List should be reviewed by the Responsible Piping Engineer and any changes that may affect the stress analysis of a critical line / system shall be advised to Pipe Stress.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

5.3

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 12 of 54

Critical Line Selection

Critical lines are those which require special attention during piping layout due to temperature, pressure, material, fluid service and connection to strain sensitive equipment. Refer Appendix 3 & 4 for the detail selection criteria. The selection of a line as being stress critical shall be based on the following criteria: a)

Lines connected to equipment.  Lines connecting to strain sensitive equipment (pumps, compressors, air coolers, blowers, fiscal meters etc.)  Lines  4” nb connecting to pressure vessels, exchangers and tanks above with a design temperature of 80°C and above  Lines  2” nb connecting to rotating equipment above with a design temperature of 80°C and above

b)

Lines connecting high external movements. Lines connecting with high external movements, lines connected to a flare tip, lines connected to Christmas trees, branches from headers on pipe racks, etc. Where movements are large due to extraneous causes, e.g. differential settlement of foundation or frost heaving, etc. Lines subject to large displacement imposed on them by the movements of other lines or equipment to which they are connected may be assessed comprehensively even though they may be below the limits shown in Appendices 3 and 4

c)

Process generated dynamic loads Lines subjected to slugging, blow down, two phase flow, PSV reaction force, water hammer, flashing.

d)

Temperature  Lines  10” NB with a thermal range of 80°C. 

Lines  6” NB with a thermal range of 100°C.



Lines  4” NB with a thermal range of 150°C.



All lines with a thermal range of 180°C.



Lines 1.1/2" NB and below shall be considered on their merits but in general a visual inspection only will be sufficient. Lines 1.1/2 “and less, below 80°C will not be considered for analysis.

e)



Lines Connected to and from boilers and heaters



Fired heater lines  3"NB.



Cryogenic piping systems (Refer Appendix - 3)



Pipes subject to steam out

Material Lines  6” NB in high alloy, corrosion resistant alloy & non-ferrous metals / alloys with a design temp  70°C. Lines  12” NB in GRE / GRP Lines  6” NB in GRE / GRP with a design temp  70°C.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 13 of 54

f)

Pressure Lines  2” NB Piping subjected to vacuum or rated at 1500# and more.

g)

Thickness All piping where 100 < D/t < 10. Thin walled vessels (e.g. corroded thickness less than 5mm) with a design temperature of 80 °C and above. All piping with a wall thickness greater than standard weight, considered on it’s individual merit. Vent silencer lines. Silencers tend to be thin walled, bolted to support structure and generally cannot withstand high loadings therefore piping must be designed with this in mind.

5.4

h)

Severe cyclic conditions Lines  2” NB subject to severe cyclic conditions, as defined in ASME B31.3. i.e. >7000 cycles.

i)

Category M fluid service Lines identified as Category M Service, as defined in ASME B31.3.

j)

Others  If pipe stress calculations require the approval of national or local authorities, they shall be performed by methods approved by those authorities  Pipes where engineered items are required like spring supports, expansion joints, snubbers, Etc.  Glass Reinforced Plastic piping  Pipes subject to steam out  Jacketed piping  Any other lines specified by the client or lead piping stress engineer.

Methods of Stress Analysis / Stress Approval

During a study or a FEED, stress critical lines may be subject to a stress review or formal stress analysis if required by the scope of work for the study / FEED. During detail design, all stress critical lines (refer to Section 5.3) shall be subject to a stress review or formal stress analysis Generally, pipe stress will decide whether a stress review or formal stress analysis is required, although client or third party requirements may dictate that a formal stress analysis is required. Category “C” denotes formal computer analysis based on Appendix-3 & Appendix-4 Category “B” denotes approximate computer analysis or Use of charts / Formulae or through Nomograms as per Appendix-7. Category “A” denotes visual inspection in order to prove flexibility is adequate and also considering the other factors such as adequate pipe span, sagging within limits, Proper Directional Restrains Etc. Where the stress sketches / isometrics are preliminary, or the information that the stress sketches / isometrics were based on is preliminary, the stress analysis will also be preliminary. The preliminary stress analysis will supply loads, moments and deflections for supports or vessel nozzles, but these will also be preliminary. For a study or FEED, a formal stress analysis may be preliminary, or for shape approval only. For a preliminary stress analysis, the full suite of runs and supplementary calculations may not be required

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 14 of 54

The lines identified as critical shall be approved using one of the following methods in sections 5.5 to 5.8 inclusive. The estimate for a job should be based on the use of one or more of these methods. Since the critical lines are not usually identified at the estimating stage, the estimate should be qualified accordingly. AFC Isometrics for stress critical lines shall have the stress box ‘wet signed’ by pipe stress (preferred), or by the approval authority on behalf of pipe stress. Where wet signed by the approval authority on behalf of pipe stress, this shall be based on a review of the yellow lined copy of the AFC Isometric, stamped and signed by pipe stress or by the responsible Piping Engineer (Refer to Section 5.9). AFC Isometrics for non-stress critical lines shall have the stress box ‘wet signed’ by the approval authority, based on a review of the flexibility and support of the pipework in question. The review should include flexibility for thermal expansion, support spans, support types and requirements for small bore bracing. Where wet signed by the approval authority on behalf of pipe stress, this shall be based on a review of the pipe support function against the final stress analysis. Subsequent revisions should also be ‘wet signed’ by pipe stress, or by the approval authority, as appropriate.

5.5

By comparison

At the discretion of pipe stress, pipework may be approved by comparison with a similar previously analysed system. Pipework that duplicates or replaces a system operating with a successful service record does not require further analysis. E.g. as defined in ASME B31.3 319.4.1

5.6

By inspection

Pipework that is subject to moderate conditions and is not connected to strain sensitive equipment can be approved by inspection, supported as required by hand / spreadsheet based calculations. The empirical equation given in Section 319.4 of ASME B31.3 shall not be used due to its inaccuracy and the restrictions on its use within the code.

5.7

Formal Stress Analysis

Formal stress analysis shall be carried out using proprietary stress analysis software, supported as required by supplementary calculations or finite element analysis for flange leakage, vibration, pipe support attachments, branch reinforcements, nozzle flexibility, reactive loads, slugging loads etc. and proprietary spring support software for constant and variable load springs, as required. The preferred software is specified below:   

The preferred stress analysis software is Caesar II 2017. The preferred finite element analysis software is FE Pipe V6.6. The preferred spreadsheet based calculation software is MathCAD or MS Excel.

The use of any other software requires the approval of the regional Head of Piping. Where formal stress analysis is carried out, the stress file name shall follow the current system used for the specific assignment / asset.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 15 of 54

Where a numbering system has not been established, the stress file name shall be based on the principal line number of the system being analysed.

5.8

Stress Sketch / Isometric

Pipe Stress Analysis may be based on piping sketches, piping isometrics, pipe stress isometrics, or from data imported direct from a 3D Model via a Pipe Stress Interface programme Piping Sketches may be manual sketches from studies, site sketches or mark ups of existing / vendor drawings. Piping sketches are usually used for preliminary stress analysis / approval. Piping Isometrics may be manual 2D isometrics or isometrics generated from a 3D model. These will usually be used for formal / final stress analysis / approval. Piping isometrics are usually used for formal stress analysis / approval. AFC Piping isometrics are also validated against the final stress analysis prior to formal approval and sign off. The 3D Model Pipe Stress Interface will import a pipe route and pipe support locations direct from a 3D Model into a Pipe Stress Analysis package. This may be used for preliminary or formal stress analysis / approval. Note 1: To ensure the accuracy of the stress analysis, the existing pipework and supports should be detailed up to the first anchor point. Where this is not possible, or if no anchor is available, a suitable termination point shall be agreed with pipe stress. Note 2: The symbols in Appendix – 6 should be used on all isometrics produced. Note 3: Vessel nozzles should be dimensioned to the vessel centre line(s) and fixed support point(s). Where this is not possible, it shall be discussed and agreed with pipe stress. During / after stress analysis, the stress sketch / isometric should be marked up by responsible pipe stress engineer to show:       

Note!

Node numbers (as many as necessary to identify the system but not confuse the drawing) Caesar II coordinate system with respect to north Nozzle movements Pipe movements at all openings / penetrations Pipe support locations (type as modelled within Caesar II). Special requirements regarding installation i.e., non-standard gaps at supports Any other information deemed relevant by the responsible pipe stress engineer

Supports are initially assumed to be rigid UNO. Pipe support types are defined within the Caesar II model / output Large movements (>25mm) are defined within the Caesar II output Spring data is as supplied within the Caesar II output

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

5.9

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 16 of 54

Completion Advice

On completion of a Pipe Stress Analysis, the Responsible Pipe Stress Engineer shall e-mail the Responsible Piping Engineer advising:  Stress Report Reference.  A statement that the pipe route and supports satisfy the design code and project specification(s) as appropriate.  Node Numbers (usually as a Stress Model Output Sketch).  Forces and Moments and Deflections at specific Nodes (usually as a Restraint Summary).  Deflections at specific Nodes (where deflections are considered significant).  Any other Information requested / deemed relevant. Once the stress analysis has been finalised and the AFC isometrics are finalised & ready for issue, pipe stress should formally verify the AFC Isometrics against the final stress analysis prior to formal approval and sign off. This should be recorded on a copy of the AFC isometric, yellow lined, stamped, signed & dated by the responsible pipe stress engineer, and retained within the Pipe Stress Working Files. Where required, the Stress Report Number should be added to the AFC isometric Where any of this information is preliminary, it is important that this is advised to Piping within the completion advice. There is no requirement for any other information to be supplied to the Responsible Piping Engineer at this time. Where the verification is not carried out by pipe stress, it shall be carried out by the responsible Piping Engineer against the latest information provided to pipe stress. Where the completion advice is preliminary, or contains preliminary information, it shall be re-issued once final information is available. The information within the completion advice shall be used to finalise the piping design and develop / finalise the pipe support design. The loads from the pipework on to existing / new structures shall be provided to structural, either stand alone or as part of the pipe support design. The responsible pipe stress engineer shall maintain an audit trail of all documentation to Piping within the Pipe Stress Working Files.

5.10

Pipe Stress Report.

Where a formal pipe stress analysis has been carried out, the requirement for a Pipe Stress Report is to be determined only for Category “C” (Refer Section 5.4). Where formal stress analysis has not been carried out, there is no requirement to produce a formal Pipe Stress Report. A formal Pipe Stress Report shall be produced by Pipe Stress when it is a Client Requirement, when design information has to be passed to the Client or to an external third party, or when deemed to be required by the Lead Stress Engineer.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 17 of 54

Where a formal Pipe Stress Report is produced, it shall be formally checked and approved in accordance with ENG-PRC-1101: Originating, Checking, Approval and Authorisation of Engineering Design Documentation and as per appendix - 5 It is important that any additional modifications required to the pipework or supports, or changes to information already supplied as part of the completion advice, is formally advised to the responsible Piping Engineer as soon as possible. The completed Pipe Stress Report should be formally issued by piping via DCC and a copy retained within the CMS. (Refer Appendix 13)

5.11

Management of Change

It is important that any formal or informal design changes are reviewed to determine the full impact of the change. If a design change results in a change that affects stress analysis (e.g. additional lines or changes to pipe size / wall thickness, route changes, support locations, valves etc.), these shall be subject to the full design process, including pipe stress analysis.

5.12

Repair Orders

Repair orders (or similar) that are deemed to be like-for-like replacements of stress critical pipework may be considered / processed as non-critical pipework subject to the size, shape, material type, wall thickness, pipe support type / location, connector type / location and design conditions being unchanged from the original installation. For these, the isometric (or similar) should still state ‘Critical Line’, but it should also state ‘Like for Like Replacement’. As part of the approval check, the Piping approval authority shall verify that the repair order can be deemed to be ‘like-for-like’ and shall ‘wet sign’ the stress box. If any of the stated elements are changed from the original installation, the repair order shall be processed as critical pipework, unless it has been formally discussed and agreed with pipe stress.

5.13 Local regulatory requirements The Pipe Stress Engineer shall determine whether local regulatory requirements of the country in which the plant will operate, have more stringent requirements than the codes and standards stated within this standard. In these instances, the local regulatory requirement shall govern.

6.0

Design Considerations

6.1

Temperatures to be used for stress analysis

The design temperature specified on the line list should be used to determine the thermal stress range. This should be based on the normal operating temperature plus a margin for process upsets. Where there is a considerable difference between the operating temperature and the design temperature the process information should be challenged.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 18 of 54

For projects in hot countries the solar temperature should also be considered as it may exceed the process temperatures. For pipework local to the flare / flare tip, the radiated temperature from the flare tip should also be considered as it may exceed the process temperatures. Maximum temperature shall be taken as the greater of:1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

6.2

Design temperature. Normal operating temperature Start-up temperature Shut down temperature Transient temperature Steam out temperature Solar Radiation

Thermal stress range

Within Caesar II, the expansion / contraction from the ambient temperature is used to calculate the loads on equipment and the thermal stress range. Each assignment / asset should have a maximum & minimum ambient temperature defined, plus an installation ambient temperature. This may be specified within the Design Specifications for the Asset / Project or obtained from the Client. Where the installation temperature is defined, the Caesar ambient temperature should be set to the installation temperature. Where it is not defined, and the ambient stress range is small the Caesar II ambient temperature should be set to the minimum ambient temperature (or maximum ambient temperature for cold systems). The code displacement stress range is the difference between the cases T1 and T2 as shown in figure 1. This case must be defined in the Caesar II load case spreadsheet as it is not one of the cases automatically generated by the software. Max. Design Temperature (T1)

Stress Range

Installation Temperature

Min. Design Temperature (T2) Figure 1 - Code Stress Displacement Range For locations with high ambient temperature ranges, the client may require that the loads on equipment and stresses incorporate the range in ambient temperature. For process piping the default allowable displacement stress range formula (1a), as stated in paragraph (d), of section 302.3.5 of ASME B31.3, shall be generally used. The liberal code equation formula (1b) should only be used where extreme temperatures are encountered, design pressures are moderate in relation to the capacity of the pipework and there is no other means of satisfying the process requirements or layout constraints imposed.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 19 of 54

Any special conditions i.e. lines subjected to multi-operating (temperature switching), severe cyclic conditions, upset conditions like start-up, shutdown, steam-out, decoking, loss of coolant etc. shall be considered in the thermal analysis.

6.3

Thermal loads on equipment

Equipment nozzle and piping restraint loads shall be calculated from the installation temperature. ASME B31.3 allows the use of the hot elastic modulus for nozzle loadings. Nozzle loadings on rotating equipment where the concern is shaft alignment can be based on normal operating temperatures where excursions from the normal operating temperature are short-term.

6.4

Temperatures for standby equipment

The maximum thermal stress range in systems which have standby equipment such as pumps and filters requires careful consideration to ensure that the full stress range has been considered. The stress range for “A hot B cold” to “A cold B hot” may exceed the case of both trains hot.

6.5

Steam Out Conditions

For lines which are subject to steam out and are connected to equipment, the following shall apply: Vessels Connected piping may be steamed out with the vessel or independently. The vessel may equally be steamed out whilst connected piping remains. Wherever possible a one-off worst case of the following shall be run. Line Hot, Equipment Cold, OR Equipment Hot, Line Cold Exchangers shall be considered to be steamed out with the connected pipe, thus an "ALL HOT" case is to be considered. In the case of stacked exchanger, all the exchangers shall be considered hot at the same time, for steam out design purposes. All the pumps in a set including the standby pump will be simultaneously steamed out up to the first block valve with the nozzles connected. The nozzle loads generated should be below twice the allowables stated in API 610 10th edition, Table 2-1 (the guidance in API 610 Appendix F must be followed).

6.6

Sustained Stress, SH, for Pipe Subject to Vacuum

For pipe subject to full or partial vacuum pressure, sustained stresses shall be limited to ½SH i.e. half the allowable. This is especially relevant to the large bore lines but also to steam and condensate piping. Lines subject to vacuum will be noted on the line list. Larger diameter thin wall ( 6” NB 10s wall thickness) pipework subject to vacuum shall be analysed for buckling in accordance with ASME BPV Section IIX Part UG-28 and reinforced as necessary.

6.7

Cold spring

Cold spring in piping is not recommended to reduce thrust and moments on flanged joints or equipment nozzles (refer to para. 319.2.4 in ASME B31.3). If it is to be used a construction procedure to ensure it is correctly implemented should be prepared. Cold spring shall not be used prior to permission from BGC.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.8

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 20 of 54

Pipe supports

Refer to Pipe Support Specification document 0001-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-2358-00001 . Special pipes supports shall at all times be minimised, however where it is practical and/or the use of standard pipe supports is not possible or will lead to onerous, unduly large/complex arrangements, the use of special pipe supports is permitted. Special pipe supports shall be identified on piping isometrics with a unique special pipe support (SPS) number. Where pipe supports are required and will, because of bearing capacity, be outside the limits of the pipe support standard, the Stress Engineer shall transmit the appropriate stress sketch and/or piping isometric including support requirements and bearing load to the Lead Structural engineer for design. The appropriate inter-office transmittal shall be used. The table in appendix 9 (Hold) shows load thresholds for civil design, above these loads civil must be informed. A marked up drawing including loads or where more appropriate a marked up drawing and accompanying table (see Appendix 9 (Hold)) shall be sent to civil using a transmittal. Where possible support selection shall follow the typical support selection diagram in the attachments section of the pipe support standard. Piping lift offs shall be carefully considered, it may be necessary to remove the support for sustained load calculations.

6.9

Piping loads

Pipe support loads estimated minimum for design outlines support loads to be used in the absence of stress isometrics which give precise restraint loads. This table should be checked and updated against the stress analyses as the job progresses. Once the stress isometrics have been issued, loads on them shall be checked against loads in Appendix 10, any differences noted and transmitted to Civil/Structural. Structural displacements at all line stops and guides next to equipment shall not exceed one (1) millimetre. Structural displacements at all line stops and guides remote from equipment shall not exceed length of span divided by 150 (H/150).The Engineer is responsible for advising Civil/Structural of any line stops where a displacement of less than H/150 is required.

6.10

Pipe spans

Pipe spans for general pipework shall be limited by bending stress (25% hot allowable), by deflection (12mm) or by localised stresses at the support point (67% hot allowable).

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.11

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 21 of 54

Load Conditions

Caesar II has the capability to calculate many load cases, however every effort should be made to minimise these, as it is time consuming to review them. A sufficient number of calculations shall be made to establish the most severe combinations of loading conditions which result in the highest combined piping stresses at various locations, the highest equipment loads, and the highest loads on anchors, connected equipment, guides, and stops. The following are the minimum required load cases for analysis: Maximum operating cases for displacements, equipment and support loads. Maximum operating + occasional loads for equipment and support loads. Expansion cases for code compliance. Sustained case for code compliance, equipment and support loads. Occasional load types (When applicable) e.g. 1). 2). 3). 4). 5).

Surge. Wind. Discharge of PSVs. Seismic. Slugging.

Allowable equipment nozzle loads under maximum operating + occasional loads may be higher than those under normal operating conditions subject to Vendor approval.

6.12

Bowing of Pipe

Due to pipelines being subjected to unequal heating across the pipe wall along its length the pipe will bow. This type of bowing is unrelated to column instability resulting from compressive axial loads. Bowing may occur when the flowing medium, which may be hot or cold, partially fills the pipelines or the sun’s radiation heats the top of large empty pipelines which lay close to frozen ground. The requirement to include bowing in the analysis should be considered if the differential temperature across the pipe wall is 50 °C or greater.

6.13

Buried Piping

Buried piping will expand or contract with temperature changes in the flowing medium or the surrounding soil. This movement will occur regardless of the burial depth or the soil type. The total change in length of the pipeline is dependent on the soil friction and the passive resistance.

Underground piping shall be checked for the effect of soil load, thermal expansion, live loads, bowing, buoyancy and internal pressure.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.14

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 22 of 54

Spring Supports and Slide Plates

Spring supports fulfil a very important need in the supporting of piping systems. They should be avoided as an easy solution for piping which is affected by vertical thermal expansions or mechanical movements. An alternative to repositioning supports is re-routing the piping. If spring supports are necessary in a pump system, the pre-set reaction force is set to the value required when the system is filled with liquid. Prior to start-up this reaction could be applied to an empty piping system. If the pump or piping is unable to accept such loading the spring must be pre-set at a value between the piping system being full and empty. If this still fails to meet the acceptable loads, the piping will require re-routing. Lateral movement of base type spring support shall be minimised by use of PTFE slider pads or rollers if the lateral loads exceed 25% of the maximum working load on up to 70mm vertical movement springs and 15% of the maximum working load on longer vertical movement springs. When this lateral movement is larger than 6 mm, the centre guided load column shall also be considered. The maximum angle from the vertical for rod and spring hanger shall be no more than 4 degrees. Spring supports are ideal for situations where vertical expansions or mechanical movements are restricted by solid supports, which results in unacceptable reactions or stresses. Spring supports must be used on hot piping systems adjacent to pumps, turbines and compressors when solid supports prove to be unsatisfactory. Care should be taken that springs are accessible for the release of ‘gags’ during commissioning. Spring support units shall be detailed by Wood. and each one given a unique spring hanger (SH) - number. PTFE Slide units are permitted to reduce friction effects to strain sensitive equipment and should be called up as using a unique slide unit (SU) number. Stress engineers should fill in a “Slide unit summary sheet” stating slide unit number, size, operating range and line/drawing number. In case where a spring support exists within the fire exposure region, a fireproofed catch beam is required local to the spring hanger (under the pipe) to act in an emergency case, where the spring support has failed.

6.15

Complex Piping Items

If there is an apparent need to use complex piping items such as bellows, expansion joints or snubbers the Stress Engineer shall investigate all possible means of eliminating these devices. Equipment Engineers shall be requested to supply strengthened nozzles, Process requested to minimize excessively conservative design temperatures and pressures and Projects should be made aware of such devices and the circumstances which result in these items being specified.

6.16

Thin wall piping

Large diameter thin wall (D/T>100) piping shall be analysed for crushing loads at local stress points and reinforced as necessary. Thin walled piping is to be considered for shortened support spans and wear plates. For large bore thin-walled elbows with D/t >100 stress intensification factors should be determined by finite element analysis.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.17

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 23 of 54

Branches

Branches at angles other than 90 degrees are not addressed by the piping codes. For flexibility purpose, testing has shown that these branches act like unreinforced connections. In the absence of applicable data or rigorous analysis, these branches may be modelled by doubling the default stress intensification factor for an unreinforced fabricated tee. FE Pipe software should be used for more detailed analysis.

6.18

Flare Piping

Flare systems must be reviewed with consideration given to the full temperature range, and the possibility of slugging and shock loading criteria. Unless process requirements dictate otherwise branch connections and tieins for flare systems should be at 90 degrees to give maximum strength for stress analysis. Where the branch cannot be made finite element analysis should be used to calculate stress intensification factors for both small & large bore thin-walled branches.

6.19

Friction

The following coefficients of static friction shall be used to determine forces at sliding surfaces: PTFE on PTFE PTFE on Polished stainless steel Steel on Steel Steel on Concrete

6.20

0.1 0.1 0.3 0.6

Flare Radiation

Piping exposed to flare radiation, stress analysis shall consider the increase in temperature of the piping system due to flare radiation. The piping connected to flare tips, additional thermal cases (low pressure flare piping system subjected to radiation due to high pressure flare piping system and vice versa) shall be considered. Piping shall be designed to withstand the flare tip thrust forces. The small bore piping connected to the flare tip shall be designed to withstand the flare radiation temperature and flare tip thermal movement.

6.21

Settlement

Settlement of equipment and foundations is a one off displacement stress range. Although this may lead to high localised stresses, the absence of a reversal results in no significant effect on fatigue life, but the increased loads on supports and equipment should be considered in the design. Differential settlement of, for example, discrete foundations and paving or equipment such as tanks must be considered in piping stress analysis. Supports terminating at grade may have to be of the adjustable type. Where possible piping such as valve sets will be located adjacent to equipment or rack columns with the intention of incorporating pipe support foundation requirements with the equipment or rack foundations. Consequently differential settlement should be minimal. Intermediate supports on paving, for piping systems, should be avoided or kept to a minimum.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 24 of 54

If it is difficult for the Civil Group to estimate differential settlement with any accuracy, the approach to minimise pipe stress caused by differential settlement shall be as follows as Route piping over piled foundations. If a pipe is susceptible to differential settlement and the routing dictates the Pipe support must be away from a piled foundation the Stress Section should request a piled foundation from the Civil Group, for the particular support. Any anticipated rack sway shall be obtained from the structural department. As a first pass, in the absence of any additional information from the civil group, piping shall be designed according to the figures given in appendix 8. As foundations calculations progress the civil group shall be consulted on likely settlements AFTER/DURING piping installation. Distinction should be made between settlement that occurs under equipment and foundation loading, and has therefore passed by the time piping installation takes place, and settlement that occurs after piping installation.

6.22

Flange leakage

CAESAR II has an in-built input method to check the bending moments and forces and flanges. This shall be used for all pipe sizes to ensure that leakage does not occur due to the combined effects of internal pressure and external loads. ASME BPV Section III NC-3658.1 is the acceptable method of assessment for process pipework.

6.23

Vibration

Vibration is the major cause of failure on Brownfield pipework. As flow rates in pipework increase it is also a major concern in Greenfield projects. Vibration is not addressed in detail in the major piping design codes. Further guidance is given in Section 8: Vibration Induced Fatigue Considerations.

6.24

PSV / rupture disc reaction forces

Relief valve reaction forces should be requested from the instrument group early in the design process, so they may be considered in the stress calculations. If required, the pipe stress engineer will calculate the reaction force using the method given in API RP 520 – Part II. The calculated reaction force shall be used in static analysis at PSV using a dynamic load factor of 2. Consideration should be given to the temperature drop across the Relief Valve (Joule Thompson effect) when building the load cases. Impulse loading to relief valve discharge is to be considered and suitable restraints called for. Relief Valve forces are supplied by Instrument Department after valve throat sizing. Constant RV loads associated with discharging to atmosphere shall also be considered. For relief valve discharges relieving into a closed vent or flare header, impulse loadings can be ignored.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 25 of 54

If the inlet/outlet Piping associated with relief valve is altered for any reason then it is the Stress Engineers responsibility, through the Lead Piping Engineer, to liaise with the Lead Process Engineer and ensure that their calculations are updated.

6.25

Creep

Equipment and piping operating at temperatures within the creep range is subject to creep design and stress engineers shall be mindful of this. Every effort shall be made to ensure that the attached piping is adequately supported such that the nozzle loads are minimised in the sustained case.

6.26

Firewater Piping

Firewater systems, whilst not subject to significant thermal loads, are subject to high surge loads. The piping must, therefore, be restrained frequently.

6.27

Surge

Check the possibility of surge occurring in off-site lines as a result of valve closure. Detailed information of surge forces to be supplied by process. Install line stops at changes of direction to withstand surge forces and consequent movement of the pipe. Loads due to surge pressure caused by the opening or closing of valves in long circuits containing liquids shall be taken into consideration in the elbows as local effect on piping components and their restraints. If process data on surge is not available, the following formula can be used to estimate surge forces present in a pipe:

∆P = rc∆v

g

where: ∆P = pressure change that occurs in a system during surge c

= speed of sound in the fluid

r

= density of fluid

∆v = change in velocity of the fluid g

= acceleration due to gravity and for liquids:

c

=

Eg r

1 2

where:

E

= bulk modulus of the liquid The following formula may be applied to calculate the force acting on elbows:

Fr = 2 Sin(θ 2). ∆P.A Where A = cross-sectional area of pipe

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.28

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 26 of 54

Slug

Where indicated on the Line List / P&ID, lines subject to slugging / two phase flow should have slug reaction forces calculated and applied in static analysis at elbows. The following are conditions that should be considered for slug flow:  Slug development due to start-up/shutdown.  Slug build-up in condensate lines.  Slug development in relief flares systems (liquid relief). Lines with slug potential shall be highlighted on the project line list by the Process Department. A slug of liquid, with a mass (kg) and velocity (m/s), being driven along a piping system has a momentum, and if it travels around a sharp bend or elbow, there is a change in momentum. The following formula may be applied to calculate the force acting on elbows:

Fr = 2 Sin(θ 2). ρa v g where Fr = resultant force as slug strikes elbow θ= bend angle = density of fluid a = internal cross sectional area v = velocity at which the slug is travelling g = acceleration due to gravity

ρ

F

It should be remembered that this force generated is an impact force and it is suggested that the above formula should be factored by a dynamic load factor of 2. Therefore:

Fr = 2 2 Sin(θ 2). ρa v g Fr =

4 Sin(θ 2). ρa v G

[kgf]

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 27 of 54

A full dynamic analysis should not be attempted if a system is acting close to slug flow condition due to the complexity of predicting the ‘time period’ of slug generation. However, an attempt should be made to increase the first mode of vibration (natural frequency) to a value above 5Hz. The following data will be supplied by Process:

6.29

 

liquid density mixed fluid phase speed rate



If the slug occurs only during turndown.



If the two-phase flow of slug type exists only during turndown, the slug force will be calculated considering the mixed phase speed rate reduced of 50%.

Wind

Piping exposed to wind shall be assessed to ensure that stress levels do not exceed the allowable occasional stresses. Small bore pipework that can be assessed to be adequately supported for wind does not require a formal analysis. Exposed pipework on regularly spaced supports such as vent stack piping shall be assessed for vortex shedding. The piping code ASME B31.3 paragraph 301.5.2, ‘Wind’, states ‘The effect of wind loading Shall be taken into account in the design of exposed piping. The wind force on piping systems subjected to wind loading (NPS 10” and larger lines) shall be included in the formal analysis. Wind speed/pressure values and direction will be defined from ASCE 7- 2005 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. Wind return period of 50 years. Sand storm is covered by wind analysis.       

Basic Wind Speed = 41 m / sec (3 sec Gust speed for 50 year return period) Exposure Category = C Importance Factor = 1.15 Occupancy Category = III Wind directionality factor Kd = 0.85 (also refer to Table 6.4 ASCE 07-05) Topographic Factor Kzt = 1 Gust Effect Factor G = As per Clause 6.5.8 ASCE 07-05

Wind Elevation in m. 0 - 4.6 6.1 7.6 9.1 12.2 15.2 18 21.3 24.4 27.4 30.5

Wind Pressure 2 in kN/m 0.86 0.91 0.95 0.99 1.05 1.10 1.14 1.18 1.22 1.25 1.27

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.30

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 28 of 54

Earthquake loads

The earthquake load shall be computed in accordance with the IBC (International Building Code) for the relevant seismic zone. The method of determination seismic forces and stresses shall be in accordance with IBC while the limitation, i.e. Maximum allowable stress, shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3 for occasional loads. Earthquake loads shall be taken into consideration, if any, as local effect on piping components and their restraints, for lines NPS above 10”. Earthquake static equivalent acceleration values will be defined from ASCE 7-2010 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. No vertical seismic component shall be considered for pipe stress analysis. The values of “G” factor for piping stress analysis input considered are given below for:   

6.31

Site Class “C” = 0.12 Site Class “D” = 0.15 Site Class “E” = 0.2

Hydrostatic Testing

Consideration should be made of the additional loads imposed on equipment and support structures during the hydrostatic testing of large bore lines, especially vapour service lines. In some cases temporary supports may be required or in extreme circumstances a pneumatic test may be an alternative. Pneumatic testing will only be carried out with the prior approval of the client.

6.32

Bellows or Expansion Joints

In cases where it is impractical to increase the flexibility of a pipeline to reduce the stress range and/or terminal loads to an acceptable level the Stress Engineer may specify the use of Bellows or Expansion Joints as a design solution. It is necessary to obtain written confirmation for the use of Bellows or Expansion Joints from the client prior to proceeding with the requisitions. .Expansion joints shall not be used without approval from BGC

6.33

Control valve piping

Final weights of large valves including actuators should be obtained, prior to finalizing stress runs and data sheets, for the purposes of ordering spring supports. The instrument department should be informed of this requirement by the stress lead. Control or let down valves cause vibrations in connecting piping and may sometimes reach dangerous amplitudes or destructive frequencies. In general the connecting pipelines should be guided whenever possible to eliminate such large amplitude vibrations. Rigid attachments should be avoided if: 

Pipelines are subjected to sonic vibrations with high-energy input.



Where the pipe wall tends to oval.



Wave patterns develop circumferentially.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.34

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 29 of 54

Local attachment stresses

Local attachments differing from the project pipe support standard, or identified as having high loadings, should be verified by using approximate methods or use FE Pipe. The attachment size should be shown on the stress sketch. No reinforcing pads are to be specified on elbows unless requested by the stress engineer.

6.35

Interfaces with existing and future piping

The stress engineer should take any battery limit interfaces with existing piping/ future phases for plant expansion into consideration and give consideration to temporary pipe support requirements. All interface piping between different areas should be discussed to determine optimal piping and supporting arrangements.

6.36

Spool replacement

Where piping spools are being replaced analysis may be required if additional flanges in the new system have a marked effect on the stiffness and weight of the pipework. The analysis shall cover the new spool and existing pipe work and supports up to the first anchor including any equipment. The piping induced load on nozzles shall be reviewed and documented.

6.37

Piping at Pumps

Piping at locations with multiple pumps shall be analysed for all possible operating conditions, including operating and standby pairs of pumps. The final mandatory check that the Stress Engineer must perform is a case with the nozzles disconnected. Deflections at the free flanges must be less than 2mm in any direction. This will ensure a relatively easy alignment of rotating equipment, as very low loads will be imposed on the pump due to the weight case. Refer to WRC Bulletin 449, Guidelines for the design and Installation of Pump Piping Systems for further information. Piping connected to pumps shall be analysed with both pumps in operation first. A further one-off case, one pump in operation/one pump on standby shall be run after consideration has been given to which of the pumps operating will produce the worst case. The temperature of the line to the standby pump shall be considered as either: 

75% operating temperature where check valve by-pass is specified.



Minimum maintained temperature where specified in line list.



Minimum ambient temperature.

Where applicable the maximum piping load allowed at the operating pump nozzle must conform to API 610. This is a pump manufacturer’s standard, which allows the Engineer to double the permitted piping loads in accordance with Appendix F. For large pumps that are outside the scope of API 610, refer to NEMA Std SM23 (Steam Turbines for Mechanical

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 30 of 54

Drive Service) and the allowable nozzle loads have to be increased by at least a factor of 1.8. (Note this factor may be increased on negotiation with the Vendor). Allowable loadings must be requested at an early date from the pump manufacturer. When in doubt about allowable piping loads on pump nozzles, the calculated loads resulting from the desired piping arrangement should be sent to the manufacturer for approval. In situations where space restrictions make it especially difficult to achieve satisfactory nozzle loadings the following measures can be considered: 

A bleed to maintain temperature in the stand-by pump piping thus reducing the differential expansion in the piping legs to the two (or three) pumps.



Eliminating or reducing any difference in size between the pipe and the pump nozzle. Either case must be addressed to the Project Engineer. At pumps having end suction nozzles it may be possible to support the piping close to the pump. However this support should not be more than 1 metre from the fixed point of the pump casing and should be designed such that adjustment can be made when bolting the pipe flange to the pump nozzle. Loads on the support must be minimised by the location of guides further upstream e.g. in the piperack. This design option should be used with care as poor support specification and installation can generate large forces. Refer to the section 6.14 on spring supports for details of the use of springs on pump piping

6.38

Piping at Centrifugal Compressors and Steam Turbines

In order to develop the most severe loadings on the equipment, all possible operating and upset scenarios shall be considered. Design temperatures for each operating condition under consideration shall be used in analyses. The support and anchor displacements resulting from the expansion or contraction of the compressors and attached equipment due to temperature changes shall be included in the analysis. Displacements of the equipment nozzles shall be based on Vendor supplied data. Operating pressures for each operating condition under consideration shall be used in analyses. For large diameter piping pressure effects (e.g. pressure stiffening, Bourdon effects, etc.) can be considerable and shall be considered in the analyses. Sustained stress shall be calculated using design pressure. A friction and non-friction analysis shall be considered for all large compressors. Stresses shall be calculated and evaluated according to the formulae and procedures outlined in the ASME B31.3. The final mandatory check that the Stress Engineer must perform is a case with the nozzles disconnected. Deflections at the free flanges must be less than 2mm in any direction. This will ensure a relatively easy alignment of piping, as very low loads will be imposed on the equipment due to the weight case.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.39

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 31 of 54

Piping at Reciprocating Compressors

The lead stress engineer shall be actively consulted in the review of reciprocating compressor piping, due to the vibration issues associated with this equipment. It is generally considered good practice to restrain piping after every change in direction, to maximise the natural frequency of the piping system. Sufficient spacing should be ensured to facilitate this. If an acoustic analysis is not required Acoustic Hold Down pipe supports shall be used between the compressor and connections to static equipment of significant volume. i.e. knockout drums etc. Since the simplest way to dampen vibration in this piping is by adding significant mass therefore larger beam sections and bigger foundations shall be used. Consultation with the civil and structural group shall be paramount during support design. In most cases stress approved line routings complete with supports will need to be sent away for an acoustic study at either the vendor or a specialist company. It is desirable that minimum changes are required as a result of this analysis and in order to ensure this, a natural frequency dynamic analysis shall be performed in Caesar. All natural frequencies of the piping should be above the frequency (f) below: f=N x RPM 60 Where: N = number of compressor stages RPM = Motor RPM at operation. It has been proven that use of the Acoustic Hold Down pipe support (HOLD Appendix HOLD) support and obtaining natural frequencies above f, results in minimum design change after the acoustic study.

6.40

Boiler and Power Piping

Due care shall be taken to ensure that all P&IDs are checked for ASME piping code splits around steam generation systems and other power related piping. The Process Engineering Department will mark up P&IDs to show where the B31.1 transition occurs. The applicable code should be selected as appropriate within the Caesar II model. B31.1 has significantly higher levels of conservatism and stress allowables are dramatically reduced as well as other factors.

6.41

Transfer Lines from Heaters

These require special attention and a computer analysis should be considered as routine practice. The vendor usually specifies allowable loads conservatively on heater nozzles. If these cannot be achieved, submit calculated loads back to the vendor. Lateral movement of the connecting piping can, to some extent,

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 32 of 54

be absorbed by allowing the terminal tubes to shift a small amount (approx. 25 mm). The vendor should be asked to include this feature in their design. Vertical movement of piping connections to horizontal tubes can be similarly incorporated in the heater design by pre-setting the tube upwards, i.e. lifting it off the nearest supports. Check also the location of the fixed ends of the tubes to determine the movement of the heater terminals and whether a change in the heater design would reduce the problems resulting from overall expansion of the pipe and tubes. Transfer lines carrying a mixed phase fluid can be subjected to severe vibrations. Check this possibility by reference to the Process Engineer and if necessary add restraints to prevent movement from this source. Depending upon the type and function of the heater, the contents of the transfer line may be vapour during operation, but liquid during start-up or shutdown when the operating temperature is less than normal. The design and location of supports to meet the two weight conditions must be taken into account when designing and analysing the transfer line. Information with regard to the weight of liquid and the temperature of transition to vapour can be obtained from the Process Engineer.

6.42

Piping at Storage Tanks

Differential settlement at tanks is particularly important and data must be obtained prior to the design of piping on the following: 

Amount of settlement.



The period of time over which settlement occurs.



Amount of settlement and recovery that occurs following construction and hydro test.

When large storage tanks are filled, the walls bulge and nozzles located in the lower course are rotated downwards. Any restraint to this rotation by the stiffness of the connected piping will cause a stress in the tank shell, which must be limited to values defined by the Vessel Engineer. It is imperative for design to proceed that the values of tank bulge and nozzle rotation and the methods of calculation to be used are agreed early in the project. The definition of these values is the responsibility of the Vessel Engineer. The combined effects of settlement and nozzle rotation may suggest supporting the piping on springs. However, before pursuing this course a check should be made on the possibility of the line becoming drained during a normal operation cycle. If this should occur the supporting springs may impose an excessive upward force on the tank nozzle. Where the line can only be drained when the tank is out of service, instructions shall be issued for the springs to be locked before draining.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

6.43

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 33 of 54

Piping at Air Cooler

Analysis shall include headers taking into account friction effect and tube bundle resistance Clearance at header ends to accommodate thermal expansion shall be checked, Pre-setting of header shall be indicated on vendor drawing if required Loads calculated shall be according to applicable code as per cooler vendor Vendor shall tabulate allowable header box movement and nozzle loads in the general arrangement drawing.

7.0

Computer Modelling Considerations

7.1

Units

Unless the client requirements state otherwise, the piping stress reports where required shall be presented using the following units. Length mm Wind Speed m/s 2 Wind Load KN / m Pressure bar (g) 2 Stress N / mm Force N Moments Nm Mass Kg To enable these units to be correctly implemented the appropriate CAESAR II units file shall be stored in CAESAR II system directory.

7.2

Friction modelling

Friction can be modelled in CAESAR II, however for the results to be correct all of the concurrent load cases must be present in the run. Friction is also very sensitive to modelling and can produce erroneous results usually leading to the underestimation of equipment loadings. The friction considered in Wood. stress analysis is defined in section 6.19 Special attention should be given while evaluating rotating equipment nozzle loadings.

7.3

Lift off at supports

The many possible combinations of loading can lead to the lifting off of supports. Where lift-off is assumed to reduce thermal loading great care in modelling is required to ensure that the correct loads on equipment from combinations of loadings are considered. It is suggested that the piping system shall be checked for hot sustained stresses either by building a load case or removing the support. This is also important for spring selection.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

7.4

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 34 of 54

Gaps at supports

The standard gap at support points is 2mm to avoid the support binding due to parallelism issues at temperature. In order to reduce the thermal equipment loading, gaps at restraints can be modelled in Caesar II; but this requires that all concurrent load cases be considered. In general it is recommended that modelling gaps at supports is avoided, as the assumption of free movement may not be valid once the pipework has cycled thermally. The modelling of lines subject to flow-induced vibration is particularly susceptible to the support condition especially at high frequencies. In order to make the assumption that there is no movement at support points valid, the use of supports lined with anti-vibration material should be considered.

8.0

Vibration Induced Fatigue Considerations.

Although ASME B31.3 is used throughout the offshore industry, its requirements regarding the treatment of fatigue have been developed from onshore refineries where pipework fatigue is dominated by thermal cycling over relatively few cycles. This emphasis on low cycles fatigue can make the code overestimate the performance of materials at high cycles especially in high yield materials such as duplex and 6Mo. There are two aspects to the control of piping vibration: 

Consideration must be given in the design phase to ensure that pipework is adequately supported and restrained. Where vibration is reported on existing pipework, a thorough survey of the pipework should be undertaken before recommending remedial measures.



The survey should ensure that the pipework and supports conform to the design, and that there has been no deterioration / changes to the support arrangement or changes in process conditions.

The basis for the review of the design, the vibration survey and any corrective actions should be the Energy Institute’s “Guidelines for the Avoidance of Vibration Induced Fatigue Failure in Process Pipework (EI Guidelines). The following sections describe how vibration should be addressed on different piping configurations.

8.1

Small bore connections

The majority of fatigue failures leading to the release of hydrocarbons occur at small bore branch connections. To prevent these failures, all unconnected small bore connections in process pipework shall be braced back to the header in two directions. The design of the braces should be in accordance with the requirements of Technical Module T11 within the EI Guidelines. Welded braces should be in accordance with Figures T11-5, T11-6 or T11-7, and should be detailed on the isometrics and reviewed / approved as part of the stress review. Where small bore bracing on existing pipework cannot be welded, bolted bracing should be used. The use of bolted bracing is not preferred as the effectiveness of the bracing is dependent on the tightness of the bolting, which requires inspection and maintenance. Bolted braces should be in accordance with Figures T11-2, T11-3 or T11-4, and should be detailed as pipe support details and reviewed / approved as part of the stress review.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

8.2

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 35 of 54

Flow-induced vibration

On older platforms very little consideration of vibration-induced fatigue caused by high flow rates was made during design. Pipework can consequently be relatively under-supported. Where vibration problems are identified or where existing pipework is to be used at increased flow rates, the following steps should be taken:   

The fundamental frequencies of the pipework shall be assessed by analysis. This is used to categorise the pipework as stiff, medium or flexible as defined in the EI Guidelines. The likelihood of failure shall be calculated from the stiffness and the flow rates in accordance with the EI Guidelines.

Rectification can be made by increasing the number of supports and supporting local to valves and changes in direction to increase the lowest natural frequency of the system or by adding dampers to the system. In cases where modifications are not possible due to lack of available steelwork, or to confirm the effectiveness of modifications, third party companies may be brought in to measure vibration and stress levels.

8.3

Reciprocating pumps and compressors

Reciprocating pumps and compressors cause two related vibration problems that can impact for large distances within piping systems: mechanical vibration local to the pumps and pressure pulsations within the pipework. Where reciprocating pumps and compressors are used, a pulsation study to identify frequencies and forces within the pipework is to be carried out. Modern pumps run at relatively high frequencies and generally are variable speed. With old facilities and pipework it is generally impossible to raise the natural frequency of the pipework above the driving frequency of the pumps for the full range of flowrates. To mitigate against this problem the pipework shall be restrained using unequal pipe support spacing, so that if resonance does occur it occurs only in localised areas reducing the resonant mass and the effect on the structure. To provide damping of the vibration and to reduce the transmission to the structure, rubber shall be used as a clamp lining material. Where it is necessary to assess the adequacy of existing supports and small bore connections, site surveys shall be carried out. In reciprocating compressor the specific support stiffness’s have been developed in the past to model the Acoustic Hold Down pipe support (type HOLD) located in various positions. i.e. on solid concrete foundation or mid span on a steel beam. These help to overcome differences in vibration associated forces and the larger thermal expansion forces:

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

8.4

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 36 of 54

Acoustic vibration

Where acoustic vibration is identified as an issue on the process line list, assessments shall be made in accordance with the EI Guidelines. Mitigating measures include replacing thin wall pipework with stiffer thicker pipework and removing / replacing circumferential discontinuities such as small bore branch connections, fabricated tees and welded pipe supports. Where it is necessary to locate welded pipe supports on pipework that is subject to acoustic vibration, full encirclement reinforcement should be used.

9.0

Mechanical Equipment Nozzle Loads

All mechanical equipment nozzle loads shall be checked against the allowable loads and moments given in the design standard / specification or provided by the vendor. Initial analysis / review should consider the nozzle junction to be an anchor, but take into account the impact of any fixed and sliding saddle locations. For static equipment only, where the allowable nozzle loads are not given in the design standard / specification, or not provided by the vendor, the allowable loads for static equipment may be taken from the tables in Appendix 1 or Appendix 2 as appropriate. If the calculated vessel nozzle loads and moments on vessels exceed the allowable loads and moments, the calculated loads and moments shall be submitted to the mechanical department for vendor/client approval. If results are not acceptable, nozzle flexibility values will then be advised to pipe stress and taken into consideration in the analysis / review. The revised loads and moments should then be re-submitted for further assessment by the mechanical department (or vendor). Where required, the nozzle flexibility may be calculated from WRC 297 and the nozzle stresses checked to WRC 107 to ensure these are within acceptable limits. Where nozzle loadings cannot be reduced sufficiently to satisfy the allowable loadings, finite element analysis of the vessel nozzle using FE/Pipe should be considered. Alternatively, reinforcement of the nozzles should be discussed with the mechanical department (or vendor) Sway criteria for vertical vessels are to be supplied to the stress engineer on an individual case basis by mechanical, if either mechanical or civil/structural considers it necessary. Pumps, compressors, turbines, furnaces, should not exceed the nozzle allowable loads given in the design standard or by the vendor. Where the piping cannot be designed within the allowable, approval must be sought for an increased allowable from the vendor via the Mechanical department. In the case of API 674 pumps the allowable loadings are extremely low. Modifications to the pumps to bring the acceptable loadings up to API 610 should be discussed with the mechanical department (or vendor) early in the project. For small pumps, a trunnion below the suction nozzle will sufficiently strengthen the pump and be a cheaper option than extended stress analysis.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 37 of 54

Appendix 1 - Static Equipment Loadings: Tanks Where the allowable nozzle loads are not given in the design standard / specification, or not provided by the vendor, the following maximum allowable loads shall be complied with for flat sided tanks. Maximum allowable nozzle loads for flat sided storage tanks. Nozzle Direct Loads (N) Moment Loads (Nm) Size (NB) F Axial F Shear M Torsion M Bending 1 1/2" 2" 3" 4" 6" 8"

750 750 1500 2000 3000 3500

750 750 2000 3000 5000 6000

150 150 750 1400 3000 4500

150 150 450 750 2000 3000

Notes: All loads stated above act at the tank plate/nozzle intersection and are to be assumed to act simultaneously. The Tank Supplier shall provide sufficient local reinforcement to ensure that stress due to pressure head, radial load and applied moment does not exceed 1.5 times the allowable design stress for the plate.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 38 of 54

Appendix 2 - Static Equipment Loadings: Vessels, Columns, Exchangers and Packaged Units. Where the allowable nozzle loads are not given in the design standard / specification, or not provided by the vendor, the following maximum allowable loads shall be complied with for vessels, columns, exchangers and packaged units. For other equipment, maximum allowable loads shall be agreed with the mechanical department or vendor at an early stage in the project. Nomenclature Axis A is the nozzle centre line Axis B and C are mutually perpendicular to axis A FA, FB and FC are component allowable forces (N) MA, MB and MC are component allowable moments (Nm) FR and MR are resultant Force (N) and resultant moment (Nm) Values for axial force are +/-. Flange ratings are in accordance with ASME B.16.5, except where 2500# in excess of 12 in. n.b. In this case an equivalent wall thickness has been used to derive allowable loads. Nozzle Size (in) 1.5"

Flange Rating 150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

2"

3"

FA

FB, FC

FR

MA

MB,MC

MR

720 960 960 960 1270 1270

880 1180 1180 1180 1560 1560

1440 1930 1930 1930 2550 2550

190 240 240 240 280 280

130 170 170 170 200 200

270 340 340 340 400 400

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

1000 1000 1480 1480 1790 1790

1220 1220 1820 1820 2200 2200

2000 2000 2970 2970 3590 3590

350 350 470 470 520 520

240 240 330 330 370 370

490 490 660 660 740 740

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

1510 1510 2040 2850 3700 3700

1850 1850 2500 3490 4530 4530

3020 3020 4080 5710 7400 7400

820 820 1060 1380 1640 1640

580 580 750 970 1160 1160

1170 1170 1500 1950 2320 2320

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 39 of 54

Nozzle Size (in)

Flange Rating

FA

FB, FC

FR

MA

MB,MC

MR

4"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

2150 2150 2980 3780 5480 5480

2630 2630 3650 4630 6720 6720

4300 4300 5970 7570 10970 10970

1540 1540 2040 2480 3250 3250

1090 1090 1440 1750 2300 2300

2180 2180 2890 3510 4600 4600

6"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

3780 4590 5690 7250 10590 10730

4620 5630 6970 8880 12970 13150

7560 9190 11380 14500 21190 21470

4070 4860 5860 7180 9600 9690

2880 3430 4140 5080 6790 6850

5760 6870 8290 10160 13580 13710

8"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

5690 6060 7100 12090 16000 17860

6960 7420 8690 14810 19600 21880

11380 12120 14200 24190 32010 35730

7610 8070 9320 14780 18410 19950

5380 5700 6590 10450 13020 14100

10770 11410 13180 20900 26040 28210

10"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

8060 10900 12830 17790 22920 27140

9880 13350 15720 21790 28070 33250

16130 21810 25670 35580 45840 54290

12750 16810 19450 25740 31540 35780

9010 11880 13750 18200 22300 25300

18030 23770 27500 36410 44610 50610

12"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

9870 10660 17660 25000 32920 37620

12090 13060 21630 30620 40330 46080

19750 21320 35330 50010 65850 75250

17510 18820 29830 40230 50140 55380

12380 13300 21090 28450 35460 39160

24770 26610 42190 56900 70920 78320

14"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

10870 12640 21140 30050 41830 61180

13310 15480 25900 36800 51230 74930

21740 25280 42290 60100 83660 122360

19860 22890 36630 49580 64460 83340

14040 16180 25900 35060 45580 58930

28090 32370 51810 70120 91170 117870

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 40 of 54

Nozzle Size (in)

Flange Rating

FA

FB, FC

FR

MA

MB,MC

MR

16"

150#

12460

15270

24930

24340

17210

34420

300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

16490 27220 38340 52080 74140

20200 33340 46960 63790 90810

32980 54440 76690 104160 148290

31690 50120 67400 86170 110390

22410 35440 47660 60930 78060

44820 70890 95320 121870 156120

18"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

14060 20850 34050 48640 65850 93190

17220 25540 41710 59580 80650 114140

28130 41710 68110 97290 131700 186380

28660 41620 65200 88760 113180 144460

20260 29430 46110 62760 80030 102150

40530 58870 92220 125530 160060 204310

20"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

15050 21810 37000 52500 67170 99120

18430 26710 45320 64300 82270 121400

30100 43620 74000 105000 134340 198240

35170 50020 81250 110050 134460 178050

24870 35370 57450 77820 95080 125900

49740 70740 114900 155640 190160 251810

22"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

15620 22100 38860 54790 74980 107150

19140 27070 47600 67110 91840 131240

31250 44210 77720 109580 149960 214310

41790 58120 97640 131600 169580 218390

29550 41090 69040 93060 119910 154420

59100 82190 138090 186120 239820 308850

24"

150# 300# 600# 900# 1500# 2500#

16670 22750 39400 57040 76250 108900

20410 27870 48250 69860 93400 133380

33340 45510 78800 114080 152510 217810

50950 68470 113440 156390 197660 254540

36030 48410 80220 110590 139760 179990

72060 96830 160440 221180 279530 359990

Note: For nozzles greater than 24", maximum allowable loads shall be agreed with the mechanical department or vendor at an early stage in the project.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 41 of 54

APPENDIX 3 RANGE OF STRESS ANALYSIS (Piping Connected to Static Equipment’s & Tankages) T °C

400

C&B

300

200 T  150 °C T  80 °C

T  70 °C

100 A 0 0

4

2

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24 & ABOVE

Nominal Pipe Size (Inches)

LEGEND:

C&B

Indicates computer analysis / approximate computer analysis required

Indicates visual inspection is adequate

A

Notes 1)

Chart is based on standard wall thickness.

2)

Pipelines sizes at the following negative temperatures are to be specified as category C & B lines Size <4 >4 >18

Operating Temperature less than o

<18

-70 C o -60 C o -30 C

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 42 of 54

APPENDIX 4 RANGE OF STRESS ANALYSIS (Piping connected to Rotating Machinery or Air Fin Coolers) T °C

400 B

C

300

T  180 C

200

T  180 C

B 100 A

T  80 C T  80 C

B

0 0

4

2

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24 & ABOVE

Nominal Pipe Size (Inches)

LEGEND:

C

Indicates computer analysis required

B

Indicates approximate computer analysis required or chart / nomograph analysis is adequate

A

Indicates visual inspection is adequate

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 43 of 54

APPENDIX 5 PIPING STRESS ANALYSIS CHECK LIST Assignment

Item

Project No.

Description

1

Does the Pipe Data Comply with Latest P&ID Information? & Piping Material Specification and Pipe Routing Comply with latest design?

2

Pipe diameter / wall thickness / corrosion allowance/mill tolerance?

3

Pipe insulation / pipe contents / fluid SG / Insulation density?

4

Maximum & Minimum Design / Operating Temperature?

5

Design / Hydro test Pressure?

6

Stresses acceptable to Code? / All stress intensification factors applied?

7

Bourdon effect / Pressure stiffening / Thermal Bowing applied?

8

Referred latest Process Line List(s) / Piping Material Specification(s)?

9

Two phase flow / Slug flow /Surge / PSV's / bursting discs?

10

Settlement Live deflections case / Imposed deflections / radiant temperatures / friction considered?

11

Springs - operating / cold / hot loading condition?

12

Nozzle movements / flexibility Considered?

13

Wind / blast / earthquake considered?

14

Pipe support data agrees with Stress Isometric(s) / Stress Sketch(es).

15

Loads within allowable limits? / Loads on equipment tabulated?

16

Equipment Data Sheets & PSV / Instrument Data Sheets?

17

Flange / mechanical joint check?

18

Excessive loads passed to Mechanical / Structural group?

19

Displacements > 25mm identified?

20

Applicable calculation sheets if any?

Calculation No.

Design Code / Comments

ENG. ORIG.

ENG. CHK.

ENG. APP.

21 23 10.0

Other Identified Checks.

Engineering Originator (Note 2)

(Name / Initials)

Engineering Checker (Notes 1 & 2)

(Date)

(Name / Initials)

Engineering Approver (Notes 1, 2 & 3)

(Date)

(Name / Initials)

(Date)

Notes 1) Where an earlier check item is found to be incorrect, feedback MUST be given to the Originator / Checker. 2) All Line Items to be marked with Y, N, N/A or H (Hold). All Holds should be recorded on original document until formally resolved. 3) Engineering Approver to carry out a nominal 10% sample check of ‘critical’ elements & indicate the elements checked.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 44 of 54

APPENDIX 6 Pipe Stress Sketch / Isometric Symbols. Description Pipe Anchor

Pipe Stress Sketch / Isometric Symbol Preferred Alternative or

Pipe Support – Rest only

or

Pipe Guide (± 2mm Gap UNO)

or

Spring Hanger

Pedestal Spring

Line Stop (± 2mm Gap UNO)

U-Bolt (Grip or Non Grip) (Type to be specified) Point Force

Fabricated Tee with Reinforcement (Pad Thickness = Pipe Wall Thickness UNO)

Duck Foot

Duck Foot with Reinforcement (Pad Thickness = Pipe Wall Thickness UNO)

or

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 45 of 54

APPENDIX 7 Nomogram For Manual Method Verification

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001 -

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 46 of 54

APPENDIX 7 (Cont.) LOOP SIZING CHARTS AND STRESS NOMOGRAPH

Nomograph scanned from: Sam Kannappan, (1986) – Introduction to Pipe Stress Analysis

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 47 of 54

APPENDIX 8 – (HOLD) SPECIAL DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT CONSIDERATIONS Differential settlement must be taken into account in piping stress analysis when the following values are exceeded: Pumps to pipe racks Pumps to drums and storage tanks Pumps to shell and tube exchangers Pumps to columns Turbines to pipe racks Shell and tube exchangers to pipe racks Shell and tube exchangers to drums Shell and tube exchangers to columns Columns to pipe racks Columns to air cooler exchangers

5 mm 10 mm 10 mm 5 mm 5 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm

Where it is necessary to design for greater settlements, the initial amount occurring during construction and testing may be ignored. In such cases it should be clearly noted that piping connections must be made after hydrostatic testing. It is the responsibility of the civil group to inform the piping group where settlement figures are greater than the table given above. Piping design shall proceed on the basis of settlement not exceeding the above table until additional information is forthcoming from the civil Engineering group. Piping at Storage Tanks Differential settlement at tanks is particularly important and data must be obtained prior to the design of piping on the following: 1.

Amount of settlement.

2.

The period of time over which settlement occurs.

3.

Amount of settlement and recovery that occurs following construction and hydro test.

When large storage tanks are filled, the walls bulge and nozzles located in the lower course are rotated downwards. Any restraint to this rotation by the stiffness of the connected piping will cause a stress in the tank shell, which must be limited to values defined by the Vessel Engineer. It is imperative for design to proceed that the Vessel Engineer shall be consulted during the design of all lines to tanks to ensure adequate provisions are made. The combined effects of settlement and nozzle rotation may suggest supporting the piping on springs. However, before pursuing this course a check should be made on the possibility of the line becoming drained during a normal operation cycle. If this should occur the supporting springs may impose an excessive upward force on the tank nozzle. Where the line can only be drained when the tank is out of service, instructions shall be issued for the springs to be locked before draining.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 48 of 54

APPENDIX 9 – (HOLD) PIPE SUPPORT LOAD LIMITS FOR TRANSMITTAL TO CIVILS

SINGLE PIPES The table below shows the limits for pipe forces, above which, loads MUST be transmitted to civils, according to to section 13.1.3 According Section 6.8

NB Upto 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12"

Pipe Diameter in mm Fx in kN 60.3 0.9 101.6 1.5 114.3 1.7 168.3 2.5 219.1 3.2 273.1 4.0 323.9 4.8

Fy in kN 1.8 3.0 3.4 5.0 6.4 8.0 9.5

Fz in kN 0.9 1.5 1.7 2.5 3.2 4.0 4.8

14" and above ALL loads to be transmitted to civils.

MULTIPLE PIPES For multiple pipes on one support/beam etc. use the following formula to find the limits for horizontal and vertical loads

Fx = 1.5 x 9.81 x D Fy = 3 x 9.81 x D

D = Sum of Pipe Diameters. Not to exceed 300mm D = Sum of Pipe Diameters. Not to exceed 300mm

Where The sum of the pipe diameters exceeds 300mm use the figure

8829

Newtons

If The above limits are exceeded the loads must be transmitted to civils in all cases.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 49 of 54

APPENDIX 10 PIPE SUPPORT LOADS: ESTIMATED MINIMUM FOR DESIGN

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 50 of 54

APPENDIX 11 MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED SPANS – Carbon Steel

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 51 of 54

APPENDIX 11 (Cont.) MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED SPANS – Stainless Steel, Hastalloy.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 52 of 54

APPENDIX 11 (Cont.)

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 53 of 54

APPENDIX 12 SITE DESIGN CONDITIONS AND GOVERNING CODES

INSTALLATION TEMP:

21°C

MINIMUM AMBIENT DESIGN TEMP:

REFER PARTICULAR PROJECT BASIS OF DESIGN DOCUMENT

MAXIMUM AMBIENT DESIGN TEMP:

REFER PARTICULAR PROJECT BASIS OF DESIGN DOCUMENT

SOIL PARAMETERS:

REFER PARTICULAR PROJECT BASIS OF DESIGN DOCUMENT

WIND LOADS:

REFER SECTION 6.31

EARTHQUAKE:

REFER SECTION 6.32

SETTLEMENT:

SEE APPENDIX 8

PIPING DESIGN CODE:

ASME B31.3

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7770-00001

Job No. Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure

-

Rev No.:

02R

Page

Page 54 of 54

APPENDIX 13 STRESS ANALYSIS REPORTS SUBMITTAL

The Stress analysis report shall include the following where applicable. 1.

An electronic copy of the input files for all cases evaluated. a) Complete print out of the input files.

2.

Isometric drawing should include the following: a) Node numbering. b) Dimensions (which should be consistent with modelling unit system). c) Material specifications. d) Details of the restraints.

3.

Summary report highlighting the following: a) Maximum stresses and code comparison for all cases (Sustained, Thermal and Occasional load cases) b) Maximum displacements. c) Equipment loads. d) Spring hanger reports. e) Maximum restraint forces and moments. f) Flange leakage calculations if any g) Compliance report of actual piping loads on nozzle loads w.r.t. allowable loads h) Equipment general arrangement drawings with allowable nozzle loads i) Relief valve thrust force data sheets (if any) j) Slug force calculations (if any) k) Modal analysis results (if any) l) Base support (trunnion support) design calculations (if any)

4.

The manufacturer data sheets for the following, as applicable: a) Expansion Joints. b) Spring hangers. c) Process equipment nozzle allowable stresses. d) Rotating equipment nozzle allowable load as per the manufacturer data sheet

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 2 of 34

INDEX 1.0

Purpose .......................................................................................................... 3

2.0

Scope .............................................................................................................. 3

3.0

4.0

5.0

2.1

Scope of Work ............................................................................................................................... 3

2.2

Exclusions...................................................................................................................................... 3

Pipe Support and Design Details Standard ................................................. 3 3.1

Codes and Standards .................................................................................................................... 3

3.2

Reference Documents ................................................................................................................... 4

3.3

Design............................................................................................................................................ 5

3.4

Materials (HOLD) ........................................................................................................................ 12

3.5

Fabrication Guidance ................................................................................................................... 16

Piping / Structural Interface ........................................................................ 18 4.1

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 18

4.2

Purpose ....................................................................................................................................... 18

4.3

Responsibilities ............................................................................................................................ 18

Execution and Interface .............................................................................. 19 5.1

Methodology ................................................................................................................................ 19

5.2

Interdiscipline Check .................................................................................................................... 19

Appendix 1 – Pipe Support Symbols for Horizontal Pipes / G.A’s ..................... 20 Appendix 2 – Pipe Support Symbols for Vertical Pipes / G.A’s ......................... 21 Appendix 3 – Pipe Stress Nomenclature for Stress Isometrics & Sketches ..... 22 Appendix 4 – Recommended Support Span for GRP Pipes ............................... 23 Appendix 5 – Recommended Support Span for C.S / S.S / Hastalloy Pipes ..... 24 Appendix 6 – Pipe Supports Standard Index & Drawings .................................. 28

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

1.0

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 3 of 34

Purpose

The purpose of this document is to provide the standard for the design, materials, fabrication and installation of pipe supports designed within Wood, for BGC project. Where client requirements differ, these are to take precedence, unless previously agreed otherwise.

2.0

Scope

This standard is intended to form an integral part of any contract for under taking the piping fabrication and erection work as described within the relevant documentation to which this standard is attached. At the discretion of the individual project the use of this standard may be extended to cover specialty piping areas or areas within the confines of vendor supply packages. As the project is further defined this standard may be added to so as to encompass these developments.

2.1

Scope of Work

These Standards are to be used for supporting the following service categories: a) All piping including 2" NB and smaller. b) Items of equipment where the impact on supporting structure is limited and where there is a design data handling saving c) All stress critical Pipework (of any size)

2.2

Exclusions

Unless noted otherwise supports for the following are excluded from these standards: a) All instrument control tubing downstream of the Piping/Instrument interface. b) Riser and pipeline piping below the Jacket/Topside interface. c) HVAC equipment (including Fan Units/ HVAC ducting and cable racking). d) Pipe supports within vendor packages. e) Temporary Supports for Lifting

3.0

Pipe Support and Design Details Standard

3.1

Codes and Standards

All piping components, systems and designs shall, as a minimum meet the requirements of the latest editions, addenda or supplements unless stated otherwise, of the following codes and standards as applicable. In the event that any of the codes conflict, then the most stringent requirements shall prevail. International Standards: ASME B31.3

Process Piping

European Standards: BS EN ISO 898-1:2009

ISO Metric Precision Hexagon Bolts, Screws (Grade 8.8)

BS EN ISO 898-2:2009

NUTS (Grade 8)

BS 449 Part 2, 1969 (incl. Amendments)

The use of Structural Steel in Buildings

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 4 of 34

BS 3974 Parts 1, 2 and 3

Specification for Pipe Supports

BS4-1:2005

Structural Steel sections. Specification for hot rolled sections

BS EN10025 1-6:2004

Hot rolled Products of Structural Steels.

BS EN10210-2:2006

Hot finished structural hollow sections, Tolerances, dimensions and sectional properties.

BS10225:2001

Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed Offshore Structures.

SI 1977 No.1232

The Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 (Applications outside G.B.) Order 1977.

BS EN13480 1-5:2002

Metallic Industrial Piping

BSI PD 8010 1&2

Code of Practice for Pipelines

BS 6399-2:1997 or CP3: Chapter V-2:1972 Wind Loads BS 3692:2001

Specification for Bolting Materials.

BS4320:1968

Metal Washers for General Engineering Purposes.

BS EN ISO 1461:1999

Hot dipped Galvanised Coatings on fabricated iron and Steel Articles.

BS 7371 1&6

Coatings on Metal fastenings (incl. Galv’d)

EEMUA 197:1999

Specification for the Fabrication of Non-Primary Structural Steelwork.

3.2

Reference Documents TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

PIPE STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7770-00001

PIPING DESIGN BASIS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-7704-00001

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS PROCESSING INFRASTRUCTURE BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00002 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00003 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00004 0000-9500-WGEL-ISGP-G00000-MP-7737-00005

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.3

Design

3.3.1

General Pipe Support Workflow

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 5 of 34

At the commencement of a project, it is essential that early engineering and design co-ordination between the pipe support group and other disciplines is established to ensure rationalisation of pipe supports, racking/tray, and ducting supports whilst maintaining overall structural integrity of the design, thus avoiding potential clashes and layout issues. The Piping Layout Dept. shall be responsible for initiating this co-ordination and ensuring it is maintained throughout the project engineering and design phase. The Piping Dept. shall seek advice from the structural discipline where required for design of supports and shall issue all pipe supports to the structural discipline for comment. The interface between the Piping Layout Dept. and the Structural Department will be in accordance with Section 4.0. All Pipe Supports will be indicated on the Piping Isometrics, Welded attachments will be detailed on the Pipe Stress Analysis Procedure. All Pipe Supports shall have a design co-ordinate ‘Reference Point’ for location to the pipework being supported.

3.3.2

Pipe Support Criticality

The supports covered by this specification fall into three categories Category 1 – Stress Critical Lines (all sizes) Category 2 – Non-Critical Lines (all sizes) Category 3 – Supports for Non-Metallic piping

3.3.2.1 Category 1 Pipe Supports – Stress Critical Pipework. Stress critical lines shall be defined in the Pipe Stress Report. A critical line list shall be compiled for all pipework requiring stress analysis. The Designated Pipe Support Engineer in consultation with the Structural Engineer shall check pipe supports for these lines. The interface between the Pipe Support Group and the Stress Department will be in accordance with Section 4.0. Pipe supports for lines with slugging, Surge, or any critical occasional loads shall be designed in conjunction with the Stress Dept. and if required the Structural Dept.

3.3.2.2 Category 2 Pipe Supports – Non Stress Critical Pipework. Pipe Supports shall be designed utilising good Engineering Practices. All Pipework shall be supported by utilising designs that will include allowances for the weight of pipe when full of liquid (water can be used as a default). Care should be taken to ensure that thermal expansion and contraction is taken into account and all Pipe Supports are designed with these movements in mind.

3.3.2.3 Category 3 Pipe Supports - Non-Metallic Pipework. The design of pipe supports for Non-Metallic piping shall be in accordance with the manufacturers engineering guidelines.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.3.3

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 6 of 34

Design Criteria

Piping shall be properly supported, stopped, guided or anchored to prevent undue stresses, deflection or excessive vibration and to protect both piping and connected equipment from excessive loadings which may be due to thermal, weight, displacement effects etc. slugging and expansion stresses. Pipe support design shall take into account loads caused by lifting or transportation but shall not consider Sea fastening requirements. Pipe spans shall not exceed the lengths given in the pipe support span tables. See Appendix 5. Spans shall be reduced if the line:  has a flowing medium with a specific gravity greater than 1.00  includes a change in direction or overhang  includes heavy items i.e. valves, strainers, etc.  is on a floating structure to compensate for vessel motion Vertical and Horizontal guide spacing shall be as shown in Appendix 5. Location of guides should take into account thermal movement of pipe. Avoid guiding too close to branch connections or any change in direction in the line. Maximum guide spacing shall be reduced as noted for floating structures. Support systems shall be designed for the full water condition, except those cases when the specific gravity of the flowing medium is greater than 1.00, then the actual operating load shall be applied. Where wind or blast overpressures are to be considered the Stress Department will supply loading for support positions. Bolted connections shall be designed with a minimum of two bolts. Maximum use should be made of proprietary pipe support components. Special items should not be used unless essential to the design. Pipe supports should not encroach on headroom clearances and escape routes. Supporting pipework from other pipework shall be permitted only with approval by the Lead Piping Engineer. Supporting of lines from Stress Critical lines shall be permitted only with the approval of the Stress Dept. In grated areas pipe work shall be supported directly from structural members which support the grating. In solid plated areas, it is acceptable for supports to rest on the plate, provided that the support load does not exceed 300kg spread over an area 250 x 250mm. The Structural Dept. should be consulted regarding any loadings above this value Torsional loads shall not be applied to open section structural steelwork, unless agreed by the Structural Dept. Floor/wall cut-outs and additional minor steel modifications shall be subject to agreement with the Structural Dept.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 7 of 34

Pipe Supports shall where possible be attached to structural steel beams. Pipe supports shall not be attached to cast pad ears or truss nodes. Supports shall not be connected to Primary Steel, Primary Steel Nodes, Blast Walls, and Crane Pedestals without the agreement of the Structural Dept. Pipes passing through fire division walls, floors and roofs shall have pipe sleeves with flexible seals, as required, to give fire protection to the same standards as the wall floor or roof. Where seals are necessary they will be indicated on the penetration schedule. Where the seal is combined with a pipe support it will also be shown on the main pipe support schedule for reference only. Supporting from mechanical equipment or vessels shall be avoided wherever possible. When such locations have to be used, their effect shall be discussed and agreed with the Mechanical Dept. The welding of pipe supports directly to vessels shall not be allowed. Where a support from a vessel is required, a clip shall be incorporated in the vessel design. The minimum size of fillet weld shall be 6mm unless otherwise agreed with the Structural Dept. Intermittent or stitch welding is not allowed. Supports shall be designed to eliminate crevices and interstitches, which are possible sources of corrosion in a saline environment. Attachments to alloy steel, galvanised, and stress relieved piping shall preferably be clamped. Where welded attachments are necessary they will be indicated on the isometric. They shall be in accordance with Para 5.4 and attached prior to stress relieving, galvanising, etc. Alloy stainless steel and Cu/Ni lines shall be isolated from carbon steel supports. All lines that operate at a temperature below –10ºC shall have an insulating barrier between the line and the support. Requirements for lines subject to transitory low temperatures shall be considered individually. Piping which has to be disconnected for the routine maintenance of equipment shall be supported as close to the equipment as possible, such that the need for temporary supports is eliminated. Supports local to rotating equipment e.g. Compressors or Pumps, shall be of an adjustable design type to aid in the equipment alignment upon installation/maintenance. Any spring support design local to rotating equipment e.g. Compressors or Pumps, shall be of a Constant Load Spring Type. Supports local to pumps shall have adjustable supports where possible; otherwise have a cut to fit length or sitedrilled boltholes to assist field alignment. Generally, control valve sets shall be anchored or box guided at one end and guided longitudinally at the other. Allowance shall be made for free expansion of the set. Where anchoring is impractical, two guides shall be used. Pipe lines shall be supported in groups at a common support elevation with a resting type support (inverted goal posts, etc.) where practicable. Hanger rods shall only be used where no other means of support is possible. Rods shall be secured with a nut and locknut.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 8 of 34

Lines which are subject to vibration or pulsation shall be isolated from the support by use of anti-vibration pads. These supports shall be secured with self-locking nuts as required. Irregular support spans are to be used. Supports shall be protected against corrosion. Hollow sections shall be blanked off to prevent the ingress of moisture. Vent holes shall be provided for closed welded sections and sealed with mastic after fabrication. If possible vent holes to be located at bottom/underside of section. Where an anchor support has to be removed during maintenance, bolted connections to steelwork shall be provided. Bolts shall be secured with a nut and 2 pairs of Nord-lock NL-SP washers. Plated nuts shall not be tack-welded. Structural pipe support bolting shall be to BS EN ISO 898-1:2009 grade 8.8 unless otherwise specified. High Strength Friction Grip bolts shall be avoided where possible. To minimise cost, Welding, NDT etc, clamped items should be used where practical. Utilise standard PSUP components (Type A) wherever possible. Re-pads on elbows are non-preferred. (Relocate support or increase elbow wall thickness.) Trunnions on thin wall pipe will be reinforced using re-pad type RPW-02. For definition of thin wall pipe see project standard RPW-02. Any max loads shown on the standards for stops and guides are for the direct shear load only. Welded attachments to the pipe need to be checked independently by means of the PSN Standard calculation methods. Supports & restraints are to be positioned in a manner as to keep loadings/ Pipe stress to a minimum and adequately protect equipment nozzles. If in doubt, discuss with the Stress dept. If any local bending moments are induced due to the design of the support then the allowable stop and guide loads need to be calculated. U-Bolts are generally not to be used inverted or rotated on their sides for the purpose of supporting Horizontal pipes. For Blast conditions the design Philosophy is to be discussed and agreed with the Piping Stress and Structural Disciplines. For Cryogenic conditions discuss with the process dept. the extent of the cold shoe requirements.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.3.4

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 9 of 34

Design Criteria – Steelwork (HOLD)

AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings shall be used as the design code: a) Sections: BS EN10225:2009 S355G1 + N b) Plates: BS EN10225:2009 S355G2 + N

3.3.5

Designers Guide to Thermal Expansion

Anchors, guides and hangers (to be specified by the Stress Dept.) shall be utilised to control the movements caused by thermal expansion, contraction or vibration. Special review and consideration shall be made regarding the supporting of small bore vents and drains, particularly systems that are subject to vibration / reciprocating machinery or where any high capacity pressure reduction is undertaken, the Stress Dept. should be consulted where any of the above named occurs. In order to obtain a piping arrangement that should be generally acceptable prior to a specialist stress review, a first pass “analysis” will be carried out by the piping designer. It is emphasised that this is a first pass review and any doubts should be discussed with the Stress Engineer particularly on piping connected to strain sensitive equipment. The aid presented for this purpose is a nomograph, (see page 11) whereby for a given main piping run, line size and temperature, the required length of piping perpendicular to the main run, can be determined in order to achieve a flexible pipe routing. This nomograph indicates the expansion of the main leg, which is also useful to the designer for determination of the line clearances to be allowed. Whilst it is readily applied, this graphical method for general drawing office use, has certain limitations which must be clearly understood. It applies only to carbon steel pipe to ASTM A-106 Gr. B API 5L or equal. It is not suitable for use with thin or extra thick walled piping. It indicates only that the stress in the pipe itself is acceptable and gives no indication of the end reactions. When these are critical the nomograph could lead to over-optimistic conclusions. When using the Nomograph method pipework ends are assumed to be straight pipe anchored or connected to a flanged joint, without a reducer. If one end consists of a tee the stress intensification factor of the tee is not included, and the nomograph is unreliable. The nomograph indicates thermal movement only and does not take into account structural deflections; offshore lifting is one example. The actual output of the nomograph is: The amount of expansion of a given length of carbon steel from an installation temperature of 21ºC to a higher design temperature. The length of pipe, considered as a guided cantilever, required to absorb the given deflection without overstress. It is useful to know the deflections themselves for checking pipe clearances and for retaining a hold on common sense; deflections of less than 3mm can usually be ignored. Installation temperatures lower than 21ºC should be covered by adding the difference to the design temperature.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 10 of 34

Although based on an L-shape, the use of the nomograph can be extended by the application of a simplified guided-cantilever approach. Using the arrangement shown in Fig 4.1 for example, the deflection may not be due totally to pipe expansion, it may be due to vertical and radial expansion of a vessel. The required length, from the nomograph, based on the equivalent expansion leg, gives the amount of pipe required at right angles to the direction of the expansion, which should ideally consist of a single straight leg, however for use in this way, adjacent legs may be added together, legs which are not adjacent may not.

L1 and L2 may be added to absorb expansion of L3 L2 and L3 may be added to absorb expansion of L1 L1 and L3 may not be added to absorb expansion of L2 The reason that L1 and L3 cannot be considered as acting together is, other things being equal, stress is inversely proportional to the square of the length and L12 + L22 is less than (L1 + L3)2. From this it follows, when a layout is too tight, it is always preferable to increase the existing leg at right angles to the principal expansion rather than to introduce a new one. The use of the nomograph may be further extended by the introduction of imaginary anchors. For example, if any imaginary anchor is placed at a point in L2 and the two separate L-bends so formed are acceptable, then the 3-plane shape without the anchor is certainly acceptable. This is a very conservative approach used for accepting but not rejecting an arrangement.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.3.6

Thermal Growth Nomograph

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 11 of 34

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Job No.

Pipe Support Standard

3.4

Materials (HOLD)

3.4.1

Fabrication Materials

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 12 of 34

All Carbon steel sections for fabrication of the pipe supports in this document shall be in accordance with the Specification BS EN 10225:2009 Gr S355G1+N. All Carbon steel plates for fabrication of the pipe supports in this document shall be in accordance with the Specification BS EN 10225:2009 Gr S355G2+N or equivalent – up to and including 20mm. All stainless steel sections and plates shall be ASTM A240 TP 316 or equivalent. Cold Service Supports below –20 deg. C shall use BS EN 10225 S275K2G3 Standard supports shall only be used within the temperature limits of –20 deg C to +200 deg C. When cold isolation material is employed the upper limit is reduced to +150 deg C. If the standard supports are to be used outside these limits, reference will be made to the Stress Department. Cold isolation shall be used for all lines at a temperature of –50 deg C or below. Where Pipe Design temperatures are below -20 degrees Celsius, Clamp parts which are in direct contact with the pipe should be low temperature steel in accordance with BS EN 10028:part 3 NL2 or equivalent. Doubler plates etc are generally made from parent pipe and therefore shall conform to the same Specification as the pipe.

3.4.2

Steel Section Sizes

Sections in bold type are the preferred section sizes.

3.4.2.1

Range of Sections. (HOLD) Table A - Equal Angles

Section Modulus Section Size

Area (cm2)

Minimum Radius of Gyration (cm)

50x50x8

7.41

60x60x8

Major Axis (cm3)

Minor Axis (cm3)

0.96

4.68

4.68

9.03

1.16

6.89

6.89

60x60x10

11.1

1.16

8.41

8.41

80x80x8

12.30

1.56

12.60

12.60

80x80x10

15.10

1.55

15.40

15.40

100x100x10

19.20

1.96

24.80

24.80

100x100x12

22.70

1.94

29.10

29.10

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 13 of 34

Table B - Unequal Angles

Section Modulus Section Size

Area (cm2)

Minimum Radius of Gyration (cm)

100x65x8

12.7

125x75x8 150x75x10

Major Axis (cm3)

Minor Axis (cm3)

1.40

18.90

8.54

15.5

1.63

29.60

11.6

21.6

1.6

51.80

14.60

Table C - Channels

Section Modulus British PFC

Area (cm2)

100x50x10

13.00

125x65x15

Minimum Radius of Gyration (cm)

Major Axis (cm3)

Minor Axis (cm3)

D/T

1.58

41.50

9.89

11.76

18.80

2.06

77.30

18.80

13.15

150x75x18

22.80

2.40

115.00

26.60

15.00

150x90x24

30.4

2.89

155

44.40

12.5

200x75x23

29.90

2.39

196.00

33.80

16.00

Table D - Beams

Section Modulus British UB

Area (cm2)

203x133x30

38.2

254x146x37

47.2

Minimum Radius of Gyration (cm)

Major Axis (cm3)

Minor Axis (cm3)

D/T

3.17

280.00

57.5

21.54

3.48

433.00

78.00

23.48

Table E - Columns

Section Size

Area (cm2)

152X152X23

29.8

Minimum Radius of Gyration (cm)

3.68

Section Modulus Major Axis (cm3)

Minor Axis (cm3)

165.7

52.95

D/T

22.30

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.4.3

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 14 of 34

152X152X30

38.20

3.82

221.20

73.06

16.80

152X152X37

47.40

3.87

274.20

91.78

14.00

203X203X46

58.80

5.11

449.20

151.50

18.50

254X254X73

92.9

6.46

894.5

305.00

17.90

Interface Materials.

Interface materials where specified on the service support drawings shall, be as follows or similar but subject to approval: Viscoelastic material for noise and vibration damping shall be cork rubber to approved specification suitable for temperatures between -50 degrees C and 300 degrees C with low conductivity; min hardness, 5 sec, 80 Shore A; UTS 7.2 MPa approx. Inert liner material for clamp supports on GREP lines shall be rubber to approved specification, suitable for temperatures between -50 degrees C and 100 degrees C with low conductivity, min hardness, 5 sec, 45 shore A; UTS 1.2 MPa approx. Low friction interface material shall be PTFE faced as in the standard detail design herein by stainless steel 316, polished. High-density load bearing interface material where specified shall be TUFNOL which shall be glued to the cleaned steel surface by an approved adhesive pack. Where there arises an interface between dissimilar materials, for instance between carbon steel deck structure / supports, or between proprietary stainless steel support systems in use by the Contractor and the carbon steel deck structure / starter brackets. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide an insulating membrane between the full areas of contact surface of minimum specification 2mm thick NEOPRENE extending 5mm on all sides. This applies both to interfaces in rooms and externally.

3.4.4

Welded Attachments

Pipe supports shall be designed using the range of material types and sizes given in individual project specifications. Welded attachments to piping shall be made from:  Pipe of the same specification as the parent pipe, or  Pipe of a compatible specification, subject to the approval of Wood. Supplied by the pipe fabricator.  Plate of a compatible specification, subject to approval of Wood. Supplied by the pipe fabricator.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.4.5

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 15 of 34

Materials for Supporting Non-Metallic Piping

Pipe supports shall be designed using the range of material types and sizes in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.4.6

Bolting / Hanger Components

All threads shall be Metric Coarse Pitch –Right Hand Thread u.n.o. All components (excluding bolts) to be hot dipped galvanised to BS EN ISO 1461 C u.n.o. All bolts, nuts & washers to be hot spun galvanised to BS 7371 u.n.o. All bolts to be supplied complete with nut, locknut & 2 no. plain washers u.n.o. (Set screws to be adopted where shim packs are utilised). Bolts to be to BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 u.n.o. Nuts & locknuts to be to BS 3692 Gr. 8 u.n.o. Washers to be to BS 4320 Table 1 u.n.o. For bolting of S.S. items, bolts & nuts to ASTM A320 L7/A194 Gr4 (hot Spun galv’d) Stainless Steel washers to be Gr316 Hollo and Lindi Bolts are cavity fixings supplied by Lindapter, refer to Manufacturer catalogue for details.

3.4.7

Isolation Material

Isolation material for cold service lines (e.g. Type MSI-05) to be ‘ASEPLAS 1010 SWA’ by Atlantic Supports Eng Limited, or similar approved. All Duplex, Super Duplex, stainless steel, Ni alloy and Copper Alloy pipes shall be isolated from carbon steel supports to prevent galvanic reaction, using Comlin, Tico, Tufnol pads. Fibaroll or Equivalent. The selected material must be suitable for temperatures up to 150°C & should be water resistant. Clamp insert strips to be made from HT/FR Silicone Rubber Elastomer.

3.4.8

Acoustic Material

Acoustic substrate to be Tico RF/PA, bearing capacity 7MN/m^2, temp range -40°C to +80°C

3.4.9

Trunnion material

The material specification for trunnions attachments will replicate that of the parent pipe. The wall thickness of the trunnion attachment may, if proved by calculation be reduced for practical reasons. i.e. to minimise cost, Welding etc.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.5

Fabrication Guidance

3.5.1

General Notes

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 16 of 34

All dimensions are in millimetres u.n.o. All welds to be 5mm continuous fillet u.n.o. Suitable electrodes to be used for dissimilar welds. All holes in structural sections to be to standard back mark / centres u.n.o. All weep holes to be sealed with Dow Corning 7091 RTV adhesive / sealant or equivalent. All clearance holes shall be drilled 2mm oversize up to & incl. M24; and 3mm oversize for M30 and over. Gaps for Stops and Guides will be 2mm Unless Noted Otherwise on the Pipe Support drawing or Iso.

3.5.2

Tolerances

The fabrication tolerances for pipe supports shall not exceed ± 2.0mm. Tolerance for bolt hole centres shall be ± 1.5mm. The tolerance for proprietary items shall be equal to the manufacturer’s standard tolerances. The tolerance on the installation of Stops and Guides shall be +1/-0.

3.5.3

Welding.

Welding pipe support attachments to the pipework shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3, Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping. Other welding, including supports to structure, shall conform to the Structural Fabrication Specification applicable to the contract. Where possible, service support attachments shall be welded to surfaces before painting, to avoid re-painting. Where a complete circumferential weld cannot be achieved (on guides, stops etc.) the crevice should be sealed against the ingress of moisture with mastic. Welding shall not be permitted on lined or galvanised pipework, unless performed prior to lining or galvanising. Wrapper plates shall conform to the contours of the parent pipe. Gaps of 1.6mm or larger between the two shall be brought to the attention of the company's representative for approval of weld procedure. Wrapper plates, trunnions and other enclosed attachments to pipes shall have a 6mm diameter weep hole provided which shall be sealed with mastic after welding. Weep hole should be located in lowest possible position. Weld Pipe Support Attachments to pipe before Stress relieving and before Hydro testing. NDT requirements to be in-line with EEMUA 197:1999

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

3.5.4

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 17 of 34

Coating

Unless otherwise stated on pipe support detail drawings and except for spring units and other items with approved proprietary finish, external pipe support surfaces shall be coated in accordance with the Specification for Painting and Coating applicable to the contract and as follows: a) Galvanising to BS EN ISO 1461: 2009 shall be to a density of 305 grams/m 2 centrifuged. b) Bright electroplated Zinc finish shall be to BS EN 12329: 2000 grade FeZn 25, passivated to class 2D. c) Where Zinc plated bolts are in contact with stainless steel materials e.g., clamps, the bolt surface in contact shall have two coats PTFE. d) Paint primer finish shall be Zinc Phosphate, one coat, in accordance with the project coatings specification. e) Where dissimilar metals are welded to each other care must be taken to ensure that the weld and 100mm (min) either side of the weld, where possible is protected with a suitable paint finish to prevent galvanic action. f) Stainless steel supports will not be painted unless specifically instructed otherwise. g) Spring cans to be hot dipped galvanised and Helical coils to be plastic coated U.N.O h) Where dissimilar metals are welded to each other care must be taken to ensure that the weld a) and 100mm (min) either side of the weld, where possible is protected with a suitable paint finish to prevent galvanic action. Where a complete weld closure cannot be achieved (e.g. on guide’s etc.) the crevice should be sealed against the ingress of moisture with paint or mastic.

3.5.5

Inspection

The Company's Representative has the right to inspect all aspects of the fabrication work at any time. This right also applies to the inspection of proprietary items, which may be inspected at the manufacturer's works. For essential inspection and test procedures, refer to relevant specifications and documents.

3.5.6

Onshore Installation

Pipe supports shall be installed in accordance with this specification. The fabricator shall not make any changes in the location or fixing of pipe supports without the prior approval of WG Ltd. Any shims or packers required to correctly align the pipework in its installed position shall be indicated on the Pipe Support drawing and supplied by the Fabricator. The Fabricator shall make good all damage to paint and protective coatings caused by the site welding of pipe supports. Spring supports shall be left ‘gagged’ with cold load pre-set bars or pins during transit and installation. Under no circumstances shall these be removed from the spring supports until after Hydrostatic Testing, cleaning, etc. has taken place. Prior to commissioning a check is to be carried out to ensure that these bars/pins have been removed and that all supports within a piping configuration have been installed.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 18 of 34

4.0

Piping / Structural Interface

4.1

Introduction

This section of the procedure describes the method used by Wood. to control the interface between Piping and Structural disciplines, for the design of Pipe Supports, in a manner which is consistent, repeatable and traceable

4.2

Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that the method used by Wood to control the Interface between Piping and Structural meets its required objectives, which are:  

provide a definition of the load / style of Pipe Supports which require design input from Structural, provide a system to control the flow of information between Piping and Structural, Ensure that all Pipe Supports are reviewed for their adequacy by a competent person, prior to the Issue for Fabrication / Construction.

4.3

Responsibilities

4.3.1

Piping Design Engineer

The Piping Design Engineer is responsible for:i. The design of the pipe routes and for identifying possible pipe support locations. ii. Cross referencing the proposed pipe routing and support locations with the appropriate structural framing plan. iii. Providing survey information of attachment steelwork (if reference drawings are not available) from point of attachment to steelwork for which reference drawings are available. iv. Determining pipe loadings at support locations in all directions of restraint, worst case(s) should be considered, e.g. hydro test. Loads may be obtained via formal analysis from the Stress Group or by hand calculation. Loads are to be advised to Structural Discipline. v. Directing the designs of all pipe supports carrying vertical loads in excess of 1000kg and all pipe supports carrying horizontal loads in excess of 250kg to the Structural Section for review. vi. Directing the designs of all pipe supports carrying loads under 1000kg that are considered complex or are subjected to slugging, wave or blast loads to the Structural Section for review. vii. Designing all pipe supports carrying loads under 1000kg and not considered complex. viii. Designing all pipe supports that are reviewed by Structural Section and redirected to the Piping Section. ix. Issue on Interdiscipline Check the design of all pipe supports designed by the Piping Section. Loads to be hand drafted on these drawings for structural review. x. Review all documentation issued on IDC by the Structural Section.

4.3.2

Structural Engineer

The designated Structural Engineer shall be responsible for:i. ii. iii. iv.

Reviewing all proposed pipe support configurations advised by the Piping Design Engineer. Directing supports reviewed to either the Structural Design Section or to the responsible Piping Design Engineer. The engineering of Pipe Supports with loading over 1000kg vertically or 250kg horizontally, or deemed complex. Issuing on Interdiscipline Check, all pipe supports designed by the Structural Section.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

v. vi.

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 19 of 34

Reviewing all pipe support designs issued on Interdiscipline Check by the Piping Section. Advising Piping Design Engineer of support displacements under loading conditions, if requested by Piping.

5.0

Execution and Interface

5.1

Methodology

A simple flow chart is provided (Attachment 1) showing clearly the interface between Piping Section and Structural Section.

5.2

Interdiscipline Check

Upon completion of design, either by the Piping Design Section or the Structural Design Section, ALL pipe supports shall be issued on Interdiscipline Check to Pipe Stress and Structural Sections as a minimum. (See Procedure Inter Discipline Check (IDC) Procedure ENG-PRC-1117).

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 20 of 34

Appendix 1 – Pipe Support Symbols for Horizontal Pipes / G.A’s

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 21 of 34

Appendix 2 – Pipe Support Symbols for Vertical Pipes / G.A’s

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 22 of 34

Appendix 3 – Pipe Stress Nomenclature for Stress Isometrics & Sketches Description

“Isometric Symbol”

Pipe Anchor

Pipe Support - Slipper/Support Point

Pipe Guide (± 2mm Gap U.N.O.)

Spring Hanger

Pedestal Spring

Line Stop (± 2mm Gap U.N.O.)

Grip or Non Grip U-Bolts (with type to be specified)

Point Force

Fabricated Tee with Reinforcement (Pad Thickness = Wall Thickness U.N.O.)

Duck Foot

Duck Foot with Reinforcement (Pad Thickness = Pipe Wall Thickness U.N.O.)

Note: Any additional limit of movement may be shown as an arrow, with gaps specified i.e.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 23 of 34

Appendix 4 – Recommended Support Span for GRP Pipes

PIPE INSIDE DIA. (mm)

NOMINAL THICKNESS (mm)

WEIGHT (Kg/m)

MAX SPAN (m)

NOM OUTSIDE DIA (mm)

25

5.1

1.59

2.0

39

40

6.3

3.22

2.5

57

50

3.8

3.57

3.0

62

80

3.8

7.28

3.5

90

100

4.5

11.8

4.0

115

150

6.1

26.2

4.5

173

200

7.5

44.3

5.0

226

250

9.1

69.9

5.5

284

300

10.6

99.1

6.0

338

350

11.5

119.4

6.0

371

400

12.9

155.7

6.0

423

450

14.1

187.1

6.0

466

500

15.5

232.4

6.0

518

600

18.4

337.7

6.0

621

Notes: 1) Diameters, thickness and pipe weights have been supplied by Ameron and the weight of contents calculated assuming pipes full of seawater of specific gravity 1.026. 2) Pipe spans have been calculated using the formulae contained in Appendix C of Ameron Bondstrand Engineering Guide. 3) For Pipe sizes above 12”, the span for 12” is to be used, as indicated. 4) The Standard Spans shown on the Chart are suitable for fixed platforms. 75% of the indicated values shall be used for floating structures to compensate for vessel motion. The Stress Engineer shall advise special requirements. Verification from other manufacturers should be obtained prior to use.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 24 of 34

Appendix 5 – Recommended Support Span for C.S / S.S / Hastalloy Pipes Spans are limited to the lesser span resulting from:  Mid-span deflection of 8mm for pipe 2” and below. 10mm for pipe 3” and above  Maximum bending stress of 30 Mpa for carbon and stainless steel.  Maximum bending stress of 15 Mpa for Cu-Ni.  Span weights for each load combination are the highest from new and corroded wall thickness, based on the span derived above.  The Standard Spans shown on the Charts are suitable for fixed platforms. 75% of the indicated values shall be used for floating structures to compensate for vessel motion. The Stress Engineer shall advise any special requirements. Maximum Guide Spacing Chart

Maximum Guide Spacing Pipe Size NB (inches)

Vertical Lines (metres)

Horizontal Lines (metres)

2” 3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”

7.3 8.2 8.8 10.1 11.3 12.5 13.7 14.3 15.3 16.2 17.1 18.3

6 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24

Notes: 1) The above table is applicable to fixed structures only and relates to straight runs. 2) The guiding requirements for floating structures are more stringent because of vessel motion. This becomes more significant at greater distances from the assumed roll centre of the vessel. As a general rule, halve the maximum guide spacing values shown above when considering floating structure’s piping. The Stress Engineer shall advise special requirements. 3) In locating guides full consideration must be given to the dangers of local increase in loads and stresses within pipe or equipment. 4) Guide spacing for pipes in excess of 24” shall be advised by the stress department. 5) These values relate to CS and SS piping only.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 25 of 34

A. Recommended Maximum Span for Stainless Steel / Hastalloy

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 26 of 34

B. Recommended Maximum Span for Carbon Steel

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

Job No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001 WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 27 of 34

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 28 of 34

Appendix 6 – Pipe Supports Standard Index & Drawings Clamps Description

Rev.

CLP-01

Pipe Clamp 2 Bolt (C.S and L.T.C.S Lines ½” – 24” NB Incl.) :-Light Series

G1

CLP-02

Pipe Clamp 2 Bolt (C.S and L.T.C.S. lines 1½” – 36” NB Incl.) :-Heavy Series

G1

CLP-03

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt (C.S. and L.T.C.S Lines 1½” – 36” NB Incl.) :-Moderate series

G1

CLP-04

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt (C.S. and L.T.C.S Lines 6” – 36” NB Incl.) :-Heavy series

G1

CLP-05

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt (Alloy Lines 1½”-36" NB Incl.) :-Moderate Series

Hold

CLP-06

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt Heavy Duty (Lines 6" - 24" NB Incl.)

Hold

CLP-07

Pipe Clamp 2 Bolt, Lined (Galv'd, S.S., Duplex and 6MO Lines ½" - 30" NB Incl.)

G1

CLP-08

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt, Lined (Galv'd, S.S., Duplex and 6MO Lines ½" - 12" NB Incl.)

Hold

CLP-09

Pipe Clamp 2 Bolt, Lined (Cu-Ni Lines ½" - 12" NB Incl.)

Hold

CLP-10

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt (Lined) (Cu-Ni Lines ½" - 12" NB Incl.)

Hold

CLP-11

Pipe Clamp 2 Bolt (S.S and Duplex lines ½” – 24” NB Incl.) :-Light Series

G1

CLP-12

Pipe Clamp 2 Bolt (S.S and Duplex. lines 1½” – 36” NB Incl.) :-Heavy Series

G1

CLP-13

Pipe Clamp 4 Bolt, Lined (Cu-Ni Lines 10" - 24" NB Incl.)

Hold

Pipe Clamp 3 Bolt (Alloy Lines 6”-36" NB Incl.) :-Heavy Series

Hold

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 29 of 34

P.S. Misc. Items

MSA-01

Acoustic Sliding Support For Shoes or Trunnions (Welded)

G1

MSA-02

Acoustic Pad (C.S.Bolted)

Hold

MSA-03

Acoustic Pad (S.S.Bolted)

Hold

MSA-04

Acoustic Sliding Support For Shoes or Trunnions (Welded)

Hold

MSA-05

Acoustic Pad for C.S. Lines (Welded)

Hold

MSA-06

Acoustic Pad for S.S. Lines (Welded)

Hold

MSA-07

Acoustic Sliding Unit For Shoes or Trunnions (2 Bolt)

G1

MSA-08

Acoustic Sliding Unit For Shoes or Trunnions (4 Bolt)

G1

MSA-09

Acoustic Pad (S.S.Welded)

Hold

MSA-10

Acoustic Pad (C.S.Welded)

Hold

Acoustic Pad for S.S. Lines (Welded)

Hold

MSG-01

Beam Attachment Welded Lug

Hold

MSG-02

Beam Hanger Attachment Plate

Hold

MSG-03

Laminate Pack For Elevation Adjustment (4-Bolt)

G1

MSG-04

Laminate Pack For Elevation Adjustment (2-Bolt)

G1

MSG-05

Laminate Pack For Elevation Adjustment (Bonded)

Hold

MSI-01

Isolation Pad (Lines 1" - 24" NB Incl.) :- Non- Metal (Bolted)

G1

MSI-02

Heavy Duty Isolation Pad (S.S. Lines 2" - 24" NB Incl.)

G1

MSI-03

Isolation Pad (S.S. and Duplex Lines 1” to 24” NB Incl.)

G1

MSI-04

Isolation Clamp Strip (Insert for Shoes and Straps)

G1

MSI-05

Cold Isolation (Lines 2" - 20" NB Incl.) :- Aseplas 1010 SWA

G1

MSI-06

Cold Isolation Block

Hold

MSI-07

Insulation Block (Cold)

Hold

MSI-08

Insulation Block (Hot)

Hold

MSI-09

Fibaroll, (Lines 1”-16”NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

MSS-01

Slide Unit (Single PTFE Plate.)

G1

MSS-06

Slide Unit (Double PTFE Plates.)

Hold

Re-Pads Trunnion Reinforcing Pad, (Not Thin Wall) Straight Pipe. (Lines 1½" 30" NB Incl.) Trunnion Reinforcing Pad (Thin wall pipe) Straight Pipe. (Lines 2” – 30”

G1

RPW-02 RPW-03-A

NB WearIncl.) (or Doubler) Pad (Lines 2” – 42” NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

RPW-03-B

Wear (or Doubler) Pad for Guide Support (Lines 2” – 42” NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

RPW-04

Reinforcing Pad on Elbow

Hold

RPW-05

Full Encirclement Wrapper Plate (BS8010)

Hold

RPW-01

G1

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 30 of 34

P.S Stops & Guide SGB-01

Bolted Guides for Pipe (C.S. Lines 1½" - 18" NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-02

2-Bolt Mounting Plate for Pipe with Stops (C.S. Lines 2” - 8” NB Incl.)

G1

2-Bolt Mounting Plate with Guides for Pipes with Stops (C.S. Lines 2” - 8” SGB-03

NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-04

4-Bolt Mounting Plate with Guides for Pipe (C.S. Lines 2” - 18” NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-05

4-Bolt Mounting Plate for Pipe with stops (C.S. Lines 2” - 18” NB Incl.)

G1

4-Bolted Mounting Plate with Guides for Pipes with Stops (C.S. Lines 2” SGB-06

18” NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-07

2-Bolt Mounting Plate & Guides for Pipe (C.S. Lines 2” - 8” NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-08

Spare

SGB-09

Spare

Hold

4-Bolt Mounting Plate & Guides for Pipe Shoes (Lines 2” - 18” NB Incl. :- All SGB-10

materials)

SGB-11

4-Bolt Mounting Plate for Pipe Shoes with Stops (Lines 2” - 18” NB Incl. :All Materials)

SGB-12

G1

G1

4 Bolt Mounting Plate Stops & Guides for Pipe Shoes (Lines 2” - 18” NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

2 Bolt Mounting Plate for Pipe Shoe with Stops (Lines 2” - 8” NB Incl. :- All SGB-13 SGB-14

SGB-15

materials)

G1

2 Bolt Mounting Plate & Guides for Pipe Shoe with Stops (Lines 2” - 8” NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

Bolted Guides for Pipe Shoes (Lines 1½" - 18" NB Incl. :- All materials)

G1

Bolted Hold Down/Guide for Shoes (Lines 1½" - 24" NB Incl. :- All SGB-16

Materials)

G1

SGB-17

Bolted Hold Down/Guide for Shoes (Lines 1" - 8" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

SGB-18

Bolted Guides for Pipe Shoes (Lines 1" - 16" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

SGB-19

Bolted Shoe Guides ( Lines 1½ - 10" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

Hold

SGB-20

Bolted Box Guide for Adjustable Duckfoot

Hold

Bolted Mounting Plate & guides for Trunnion Base Plate. (Trunnion Dia 1½” SGB-21

- 18”NB Incl. :- All materials)

G1

Bolted Mounting Plt & Stops for Trunnion Base Plate. (Lines 1½” - 18” NB SGB-22

Incl.)

SGB-23

Bolted Mounting Plt, Stops & Guides For Trunnion Base Plate. (Dia 1½" 18" NB Incl.:-All Materials)

SGB-24 SGB-25

Hold

G1 Hold

Bolted Hold down/Guide for Trunnions (Trunnion Dia 1½" - 24" :- All

G1

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 31 of 34

Materials) SGB-26

Hold

SGB-27

Hold

SGB-28

Hold

SGB-29

Hold

SGB-30

Vibration Constraint

Hold

SGB-31

Vibration Constraint

Hold

SGB-32

Hold

SGB-33

Bolted pipe Guides (C.S. Lines 2” – 6” NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-34

Bolted pipe Guides (C.S. Lines 2”, 3” & 4” NB)

G1

SGB-35

Bolted Pipe Guides (C.S. Lines 6” & 8” NB Incl.)

G1

SGB-36

Bolted Pipe Guides (C.S. Lines 8” & 10” NB incl.)

G1

SGW-01

Shear Lug (C.S. Lines 1" - 3" NB Incl.)

G1

SGW-02

Shear Lug (S.S. Duplex & 6MO Lines 1" - 3" NB Incl.)

G1

SGW-03

Line Stops (C.S. Lines 2" - 42" NB Incl.)

G1

SGW-04

Line Guides (C.S. Lines 2" - 24" NB Incl.)

G1

SGW-05

Welded Shoe Stops (Lines1½" - 42" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 32 of 34

P.S Stops & Guides (Cont’d)

SGW-06 SGW-07 SGW-08 SGW-09 SGW-10

Welded Shoe Guides (Lines 1" - 42" NB Incl. :- All Materials) Welded Shoe Guide/ Hold -Down (Lines 2" - 28" NB Incl.) Welded Duckfoot Stops (Lines 2" - 36" NB Incl. :- All Materials) Welded Stop or Guide, For Duckfoot ( Dia 1½" to 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials) Welded Box Guide, For Duckfoot (Di 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials) Welded Stop or Guide, For Adjustable Duckfoot (Dia 1½" - 24" NB Incl. :- All

SGW-11

G1 Hold G1 G1 G1 G1

Materials) Welded Box Guide, For Adjustable Duckfoot (Dia 1½" to 24" NB Incl. :- All

SGW-12 SGW-13 SGW-14 SGW-15

Materials) Welded Duckfoot Guide/ Hold- Down (Dia 1½" to 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1 G1

Box Guide/ Hold -Down, For Adjust’ Duckfoot (Dia 1½" to 30" NB Incl.:- All Materials) Adjustable Guide. (Line or Trunnion Dia 2" - 24" NB Incl.)

G1

SGW-17

Shoe Stop With Cold Block (S.S. & 6MO Lines 2” - 24” NB Incl.)

G1 Hold

SGW-18

Adjustable Line stop (Lines 10" - 16" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

SGW-19

Adjustable Guide (Lines 10" - 16" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

P.S Shoes

SHC-01

Clamped Pipe Shoe (C.S. Lines 1" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

SHC-02

Clamped Pipe Shoe (C.S. Lines 10" - 36" NB Incl.)

G1

SHC-03

Clamped Pipe Shoe (Galv’d, S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1" - 8" NB Incl.)

SHC-04

Clamped Pipe Shoe (Galv’d, S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 10" - 30" NB Incl.)

G1 G1

SHC-05

Clamped Pipe Shoe. (High/Low Temp: - S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1 - 8" NB

G1

SHC-06

Incl.) Clamped Pipe Shoe. (High/Low Temp:- S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 10" - 24"

G1

SHC-07

NB Incl.) Pipe Shoe. (Cu-Ni Lines 1” - 8" NB Incl.) Clamped

Hold

SHC-08

Clamped Pipe Shoe (Cu-Ni Lines 10" - 28" NB Incl.)

Hold

SHC-09

Clamped Cold Isolation Shoe. (Lines 2" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

SHC-10

Clamped Cold Isolation Shoe. (Lines 10" - 20" NB Incl.)

G1

SHW-01

Welded Pipe Shoe. (C.S. Lines 1" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

SHW-02

Welded Pipe Shoe. (C.S. Lines 10" - 36" NB Incl.)

G1

SHW-03

Welded Pipe Shoe. (S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 2" - 8" NB incl.)

G1

SHW-04

Welded Pipe Shoe. (S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 10" - 36" NB Incl.)

G1

SHW-05

Welded Pipe Shoe. (Cu-Ni Lines 2”- 8” NB Incl.)

Hold

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 33 of 34

SHW-06

Welded Pipe Shoe. (Cu-Ni Lines 10” - 18” NB Incl.)

Hold

SHW-07

Welded Shoe with Cold Block For Stops. (C.S. Lines 2" - 24" NB Incl.)

G1

SHW-08

Welded Shoe with Cold Block For Stops. (S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 2" - 24"

G1

NB Incl.) Pipe Shoe (Cu-Ni Lines 2" - 8" NB Incl.)

Hold

Pipe Shoe (Cu-Ni Lines 10" - 42" NB Incl.)

Hold

Straps STG-01

Pipe Strap - Gripping (C.S. Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

STG-02

Pipe Strap -Gripping - Lined (Galv’d., S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1½" to 8" NB Incl.)

G1

STG-03

Pipe Strap - Gripping (S.S. Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

STG-04

Pipe Strap - Gripping - Lined (CuNi Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

Hold

STN-01

Pipe Strap – Gripping – Lined (C.S., Galv’d., S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1½" to 8" NB Incl.) Anti-Vibration Pipe Strap – Gripping - Lined (C.S., Galv’d., S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1½" to 8" NB Pipe Incl.) Strap – Guide (C.S. Lines1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

STN-02

Pipe Strap – Guide - Lined (Galv’d., S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

STN-03

Pipe Strap – Guide (S.S. Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

STN-04

Pipe Strap - Gripping – Lined (Cu-Ni Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

Hold

STN-05

Anti-Vibration Pipe Strap – Guide - Lined (C.S., Galv’d., S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

STG-05 STG-06

G1 G1 G1

Trunnions

TRW-01

Duckfoot Attachment . (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials.)

G1

TRW-02

Duckfoot Attachment on Elbow. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

TRW-03

Trunnion Attachment. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :-All Materials)

G1

TRW-04

Trunnion Attachment on Elbow. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

TRW-05

Double Trunnion Attachment. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

TRW-06

Adjustable Trunnion Attachment. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 24" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

TRW-07

Adjustable Trunnion Attachment on Elbows. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 24" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

Pipe Support Standard

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-2358-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

01R

Page

Page 34 of 34

TRW-08

Duckfoot Attachment- Anchor. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

TRW-09

Trunnion Attachment-Anchor. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

TRW-10

Duckfoot Attachment-Anchor. (Attachment Dia 1½" - 30" NB Incl. :- All Materials)

G1

U-Bolts UBG-01

‘U’ bolt – Gripping – (C.S. Lines ½" - 6" NB Incl.)

G1

UBG-02

Insulated 'U' Bolt – Gripping (Galv’d, S.S., Duplex & 6MO Lines ½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

UBG-03

Insulated 'U' Bolt – Gripping (CuNi Lines ½" - 8" NB Incl.)

Hold

UBN-01

U' Bolt - Non Gripping (C.S. Lines ½" - 8" NB Incl.)

G1

UBN-02

Insulated 'U' Bolt - Non Gripping Lines Galv’d, S.S., Duplex & 6Mo ½" - 8" NB Incl.

G1

UBN-03

Covered 'U' Bolt - Non Gripping (Cu-Ni Lines ½" - 8" NB Incl.)

Hold

No req’d

Adjustable Base for Duckfoot (Lines 10" to 24" NB Incl.)

Hold

No req’d

Adjustable Base for Duckfoot (Lines 10" to 24" NB incl.)

Hold

No req’d

Elbow Attachment Lug (All Materials)

Hold

No req’d

Bearing Support Installation Details (Notes)

Hold

No req’d

Bearing Support Installation Details (Data Table)

Hold

No req’d

Elbow Attachment Lug (All Materials)

Hold

No req’d

Bearing Support Installation Details (Notes)

Hold

No req’d

Bearing Support Installation Details (Data Table)

Hold

No req’d

Acoustic Hold-Down Lines 1½" - 8" NB Incl.

Hold

No req’d

Structural Attachment for Rigid Struts

Hold

FOR GUIDE

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 2 of 33

Index of Contents 1.

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 4

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .............................................................................. 4 2. 1

Def in i ti o ns : ...................................................................................................................... 4

2. 2

A bbr e v i at i ons ................................................................................................................. 4

3.

REFERENCES ................................................................................................................... 5 3. 1

Pr oj ec t s p ec if ic a t io n .................................................................................................... 5

3. 2

BG C s pec if ic a t io n ......................................................................................................... 6

3. 3

In ter n at i o na l C od es a n d S ta n dar ds ........................................................................ 7

3. 3. 1 Am er ic a n S oc i e t y of M ec h a n ic a l En g in e ers ( A S M E) ........................................ 7 3. 3. 2 Br it is h S ta n d ar d ( B S) .................................................................................................. 7 3. 3. 3 Am er ic a n P etr o l eum I n s ti t ut e ( A P I) ........................................................................ 8 3. 3. 4 Ma n uf ac t ur er ’s S ta n da r d i za t io n S oc i et y (M S S) .................................................. 8 3. 3. 5 Na t io n al As s oc i a ti o n o f Corr os i on En g i ne ers (N AC E) ..................................... 8 3. 3. 6 In ter n at i o na l O r g a n i za ti o n f or St a nd ar d i za t io n ( I SO ) ....................................... 9 3. 3. 7 Am er ic a n S oc ie t y of T es t i ng Ma te ri a ls (A ST M) .................................................. 9 3. 3. 8 E ng i n eer i ng E qu i pm en t an d M at er i a ls Us ers As s oc i a ti o n ( E E M UA ) ......... 11 4.

GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 12 4. 1

O rd er of Pr ec e d enc e ................................................................................................. 12

5.

QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL.............................................................. 12

6.

SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................................................... 12 6. 1

Doc um en ts t o b e s u b m itte d b y t he S up p l ier ...................................................... 12

6. 2

Doc um en ts t o b e r e ta i ne d b y t h e S up p l ie r ......................................................... 14

6. 3

Pr ot ec t i o n ...................................................................................................................... 15

6. 4

T agg i n g, M ar k i ng , a nd I de n tif ic a t io n ................................................................... 15

6. 5

P ac k ag i ng a n d S h ip p i ng ........................................................................................... 16

7.

DESIGN ............................................................................................................................ 16 7. 1

Pr im ar y Cr i t er i a ........................................................................................................... 16

7. 2

G e ner a l D es i g n Cr it er i a ............................................................................................ 19

7. 3

A ux i l i ar y C on n ec t i ons , T aps a n d B yp as s es ....................................................... 22

7. 4

V al v e F ea tur es a n d G en er a l Re q u irem en ts ....................................................... 22

7. 4. 1 G at e a n d G l ob e V a l v e s ............................................................................................. 22

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 3 of 33

7. 4. 2 Ch ec k V a l v es ............................................................................................................... 22 7. 4. 3 B al l Va l v es .................................................................................................................... 23 7. 4. 4 B ut ter f l y V a l ves ........................................................................................................... 25 7. 4. 5 Fu gi t i ve Em is s i o ns : .................................................................................................... 25 8.

GEAR OPERATION ......................................................................................................... 26

9.

MODIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................. 27

10.

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................. 27 10 . 1 G e ner a l .......................................................................................................................... 27 10 . 2 B od y ................................................................................................................................ 27 10 . 3 T rim ................................................................................................................................. 28 10 . 4 St em P ac k in g ............................................................................................................... 28 10 . 5 B on n et a n d Co v er G as k ets ...................................................................................... 28 10 . 6 B on n et , Ca p a n d B od y B o lt i n g ............................................................................... 29

11.

NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION ............................................................................. 29

12.

CERTIFICATION .............................................................................................................. 29 12 . 1 T he M an uf ac tur er s h a l l pr o v id e t he f o l lo wi n g c er t if ic at es : .......................... 29

13.

EXAMINATION & TESTING ............................................................................................. 30 13 . 1 G e ner a l .......................................................................................................................... 30 13 . 2 Ex am in at i on .................................................................................................................. 30 13 . 3 Pr es s ur e T es t i ng ......................................................................................................... 30 13 . 4 Fir e T es t in g .................................................................................................................. 31

14.

INSPECTION & REJECTION/RE-WORK ........................................................................ 31 14 . 1 Ex am in at i on , Ins p ec t i o n a nd Ac c e pt a nc e Cri t er ia ........................................... 31 14 . 2 Def ec t R em ov a l an d R ep a ir .................................................................................... 32 14 . 3 Da ta F ur nis h ed b y th e C on tr ac t or ......................................................................... 32 14 . 4 S pec if ic a t io n d e v ia t io n / c o nc es s i o n c o ntr o l ..................................................... 32 14 . 5 Rej ec t i on / R e wor k ..................................................................................................... 32

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

1.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 4 of 33

SCOPE This specification defines the requirements for the purchase of valves for the BGC Facilities. The objective of this document is to describe the minimum requirements for design, manufacturing, inspection, testing, certification and supply of valves for all process and utility piping systems above and below ground. This specification shall be used for piping designed to ASME B31.3. This specification does not apply to pipeline and instrumentation Valves.

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

2.1

Definitions: COMPANY: Basrah Gas Company (BGC) CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR under this CONTRACT and such other SERVICES as are related to or incidental to it. VENDOR / SUPPLIER: The person, firm, company or Corporation to whom the Purchase Order is placed including their assignees. SHALL: The word “shall” is understood to be mandatory to comply with the requirements. SHOULD: The word “should” is understood to be strongly recommended to comply with the requirements Glossary of Terms

2.2

Abbreviations BGC:

Basrah Gas Company

BE:

Beveled End

BW:

Butt Weld

CRA:

Corrosion resistant Alloy

CVA:

Control Valve

CW:

Choke Valve

CSO:

Car Seal Open

CSC:

Car Seal Close

DGS:

Degassing Station

ENP:

Electro Nickel Plating

FB:

Full Bore

GO:

Gear Operated

HCV:

Hand Control Valve

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 5 of 33

HSE:

Health, Safety & Environment

LC:

Locked Closed

MOV:

Motor Operated Valve

NC:

Normally Closed

NO:

Normally Open

PVRV:

Pressure / Vacuum Relief Valve

PWHT:

Post Weld Heat Treatment

RB:

Reducing Bore

RO:

Restriction Orifice

RV:

Relief Valve

SC:

Sample Connection

Scrd:

Screwed

SW:

Socket Weld

TSO:

Tight Shut Off

UC:

Utility Connections

UXO/ERW: Unexploded ordnance/Explosive remnants of war

3.

REFERENCES Codes, standards, COMPANY specifications and other related documents shall be as per Section 3.0 of this document. The listing covers the majority of applicable codes, standards, specifications. However, it is not exhaustive.

3.1

Latest Editions of each publication shall be used, together with any amendment/ Supplements / revisions thereto. Project specification In conjunction with this specification, international codes, standards, regulations and references listed below shall also be applicable. Equivalent alternatives may be offered; however these shall be identified and based on agreement with Company & Contractor

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 6 of 33

TITLE PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION - VALVES PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

DOCUMENT NUMBER 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001 0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00003

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7737-00001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7737-00002

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS PROCESSING INFRASTRUCTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7737-00003

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7737-00004

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7737-00005

EQUIPMENT CRITICALITY PROCEDURE (WOOD GROUP STD)

ENG-PRC-1118

INSPECTION STANDARD (WOOD GROUP STD)

QUA-STD-1003

SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING AND NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING

HOLD

POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

HOLD

3.2

BGC specification TITLE

IRAQ SOUTH GAS TAGGING PHILOSOPHY TAGGING TAXONOMY FOR COMPRESSOR STATION BGC PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS BGC PROJECT TECHNICAL CODES & STANDARDS GUIDELINE BGC TECHNICAL STANDARDS PHILOSOPHY

DOCUMENT NUMBER 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-568000001 6500-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-598000001 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-775400001 0000-BGC-G000-GE0-G0000-AA-618000006 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA-430300001

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 7 of 33

3.3

International Codes and Standards

3.3.1

American Soci et y of Mechanical Engineers ( ASM E)

3.3.2

B16.20

Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

B16.21

Non-metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

B1.20.1

Pipe Threads General Purpose (Inch)

B16.5

Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS ½ through 24

B16. 9

Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt-welding Fittings

B16.10

Face to Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves

B16.11

Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded

B16.25

Butt-welding Ends

B16.34

Valves- Flanged, Threaded & Welding ends

B16.36

Orifice flanges

B16.47

Large Diameter Steel Flanges (NPS 26 and Larger)

B16.48

Steel Line Blanks

B31.3

Process Piping

B36.10M

Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

B36.19M

Stainless Steel Pipe

B46.1:

Surface Texture (Surface roughness, waviness, and lay)

ASME VIII

Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME V

Non Destructive Examinations

ASME IX

Welding and Brazing qualifications

British Standard ( BS) BS 3799

: Steel Pipe Fittings, Screwed and Socket- Welding for the Petroleum Industry

BS 1868

: Steel Check Valves (flanged and butt-welding ends) for Petroleum Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries

BS 1873

: Steel Globe and Globe Stop and Check Valves (flanged and butt welding ends) for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS 5154

: Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop and Check, Check and Gate Valves

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

3.3.3

3.3.5

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 8 of 33

American Petroleum Institute ( API) API RP 582

: Welding guidelines for the chemical, oil, and gas industries

API 594

: Check Valves, Wafer, Wafer-Lug and Double- flanged Type

API 598

: Valve Inspection and Testing

API 600

: Steel Gate Valves Flanged or Butt Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets

API 602

: Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries

API 607

: Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves

API 608

: Metal Ball Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End

API 609

: Butterfly valves- Double flanged, Lug and wafer type

API6D

: Specification for Pipeline and Piping Valves

API 6FA

: Specification for Fire Test for Valves

API 6FB 3.3.4

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

: Specification for Fire Test for End Connections

Manufacturer’s Standardization Societ y (MSS) MSS SP-6

: Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and

MSS SP-9

: Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges

MSS SP-25

: Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Union

MSS SP-43

: Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings

MSS SP-44

: Steel Pipeline Flanges

MSS SP-55

: Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and other piping components: Visual for Evaluation of Surface Irregularities

MSS SP-80

: Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and check Valves

National Association of Corrosion Engi neers ( N ACE) MR.0175/ ISO15156

: Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for Use in H2S Containing Environment in Oil and Gas Production

TM 0177

: Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S Environments

TM 0284

: Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistant to Hydrogen Induced Cracking

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

3.3.6

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 9 of 33

International Organization for Standardization (ISO) ISO 9000

:

Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standard Guidelines for Selection and Use

ISO 9001:2008

:

Quality Management Systems – Requirements

ISO 10474

:

Steel and Steel Products – Inspection Documents

ISO 5208

:

Industrial Valves – Pressure Testing of Metallic Valves

ISO 17292

:

Metal ball valves for petroleum, petrochemical and allied Industries:

ISO 15761

:

Steel gate, globe and check valves for sizes DN 100 and smaller, for the petroleum and natural gas industries

BS EN 10204

:

Metallic Products- Types of Inspection Documents

BS EN 12266 part 1

:

Industrial valves - Testing of valves. Part1:Pressure tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria – Mandatory requirements

BS EN 12266 part 2

3.3.7

Industrial valves - Testing of valves. Part2:Tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria - Supplementary requirements

America n Societ y of Testing Materials ( ASTM) A105

: Specification for Carbon Steel, Forgings for piping applications

A106

: Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel pipe for High Temperature Service

A182

: Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy Steel pipe Flanges, Forged fittings and valves and parts for High temperature service

A193

: Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temp or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications

A194

: Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service or Both

A216

: Specification for steel castings, carbon, suitable for fusion welding for high temperature service

A217

: Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High- temperature Service.

A234

: Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures

A240

: Heat. Resisting Chromium and Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Plate,

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 10 of 33

Sheet and Strip for Fusion - Welded Unfired Pressure Vessel A262

: Standard practices for detecting susceptibility to inter granular attack in Austenitic Stainless Steel

A312

: Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes

A333

: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for LowTemperature Service

A350

: Specification for Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring notch toughness testing for piping components

A351

: Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure Containing Parts

A352

: Steel Castings Ferrite and Martensitic for Pressure Containing Parts Suitable for Low Temperature Service

A358

: Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High- Temperature Service and General Applications

A370

: Standard test methods and definition- for mechanical testing of steel Products

A403

: Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A420

: Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low Temperature Service.

A516

: Carbon Steel Plate for Moderate and Lower, Temperature Service

A671

: Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Low Temperatures

A672

: Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures'

A790

: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic & Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe

A815

: Standard Specification for Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic & Austenitic, and Martensitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A890

: Standard Specification for Castings, Iron- Chromium-NickelMolybdenum, Corrosion Resistant, Duplex (Austenitic / Ferritic) for General application.

A928

: Standard Specification for Ferritic & Austenitic (Duplex) Stainless Steel

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 11 of 33

Pipe Electric Fusion welded with Addition of Filler metal

3.3.8

B148

: Standard Specification for Aluminum–Bronze Sand Castings

B423

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube

B424

: Standard Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) Plate, Sheet and Strip

B443

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Plate, Sheet and Strip

B444

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium- Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys and Nickel- Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy Pipe and Tube

B466

: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper- Nickel Pipe and Tube

B564

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy Forgings

B637

: Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Nickel Alloy Bars, Forgings and Forging Stock for High Temperature Service

B705

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625, N06219 and N08825) Welded Pipe

G48

: Standard Test Methods for Pitting and Crevice Corrosion resistance of Stainless steels and related alloys by use of Ferric chloride solution

Engineering Equipment and Materials Users Association (EEMU A) EEMUA 144 : 90/10 Copper Nickel Alloy Piping for Offshore Application. Specification Tubes, Seamless and Welded EEMUA 145 : 90/10 Specifications: Flanges, Composite and Solid EEMUA 146 : 90/10 Specifications: Fittings EEMUA 182 : Specification for Integral Block and Bleed Valve.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00001

Job No. PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

WG0000

Rev No.: Page

4.

GENERAL

4.1

Order of Precedence

01R Page 12 of 39

All detail design and construction shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications, Standards, Codes, Regulations, etc. In any areas of conflict, detail design and construction shall be performed to the following Regulations, Codes and Standards, which are in order of precedence: 

The Laws, Standards and Regulations of the IRAQ



Project Specific Specifications and data sheets, philosophies, Design basis, etc.



International Codes, Standards and Recommended Practices



Internationally recognized Oil and Gas Industry sound practices



BGC Procedures and Codes / Standards



Technical Deviations

In case of conflict between documents in the same level of hierarchy the most stringent requirement shall apply. In such cases VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall provide its interpretation in writing of the most stringent requirement for COMPANY’s approval. 5.

QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL The vendors shall operate a quality system and shall submit a copy of their certification. The Manufacturers shall identify in documents to its suppliers and subcontractors all applicable QA/QC requirements imposed by the COMPANY/EPC CONTRACTOR, and shall ensure compliance for all levels of its activity. The level of inspection shall be as defined in the relevant Material requisition in vendor quality requirement form. The inspection assignment shall be based on criticality rating and inspection Class in accordance with Project Quality System Requirements (Equipment Criticality Procedure-Wood Group STD Doc No- Eng-Prc-1118 & Inspection Standard Wood Group STD Doc No-Qua-Std-1003). VENDOR shall conduct all the tests required by any contractual documents including specifications, codes and standards, data sheets and VENDOR’s ITP approved by CONTRACTOR/COMPANY.

6.

SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITIES

6.1

Documents to be submitted by the Supplier 1. The documentation stated on Supplier Drawing will be required as part of the Requisition. The Supplier shall include the cost for these requirements in the quotation at the time of submittal. a.

Supplier shall provide manufacturer’s instruction for installing and welding all socket welding and butt welding end valves. This shall include

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 13 of 33

instructions for disassembly and re-assembly of valves when required. Where manufacturers do not require special procedures, a written certification indicating this shall be provided with the valves. Instructions for possible stress relieving of valves by others shall also be included. b.

Supplier shall provide manufacturer’s instructions with respect to the preferred installation of valves. This applies to valves that are bidirectional but have a preferred installation (i.e. high-performance butterfly valves, ball valves) and to valves that have stems with restricted orientations to operate properly.

2. The Supplier’s drawings shall include revision boxes to describe the latest revision in full detail. The Supplier shall identify all drawings and data with the following: a.

Drawing title, drawing number, and revision number, if applicable

b.

The Contractor’s project number.

c.

The Contractor’s requisition and requisition numbers

d.

The Contractor’s valve tag and commodity code number (identification number)

3. Spare Parts: Supplier shall include the recommended spare parts list and unit cost in the quotation at time of submittal 4. In addition to the information furnished in the quotation, as a supplier the Supplier shall submit for planning, layout, installation, maintenance, and record purposes, certified outline drawings indicating the following: a.

Principle dimensions, including the face to face or end to end dimension and actuator outline dimension as applicable.

b.

Clear identification of end flange standard (i.e. ASME B16.47 Series A), and clear identification of end flange finish (i.e. raised face, ring type joint) of the valve, the size, type and style.

c.

Pressure-Temperature rating of the valve and limiting factor (i.e. temperature of Elastomeric seal /seat). For valves containing elastomers, thermoplastics, or any “soft goods” the maximum temperature that the valve is rated to full pressure class ratings shall be clearly stated.

d.

Body and seat test pressure and test standard applied.

e.

Weight of the valve

f.

Materials of construction

g.

Design standard

5. For valves being offered which are not covered by the requirements of this specification, the Supplier shall supply complete information on valve dimensions, pressure-temperate ratings, and hydrostatic test pressure and leakage rates across the disc. This information shall be supplied with the quotation.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

6.2

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 14 of 33

Documents to be retained by the Suppl ier 1.

All documents to be retained by the Supplier shall be available for examination by the Contractor or the Contractor’s representative at the time and place of the inspection, whether at the point of manufacture or distributor’s location. a.

All drawings and data shall be identified as indicated in paragraph 3.1.

b.

All documents shall be kept for a minimum of five years after the valve is shipped.

c.

The Supplier shall also submit these documents to the Contractor if so specified in the Requisition. This submittal may be for the Contractor’s records only, or for review and approval by the Contractor, as specified in the Supplier Data Requirement Form or elsewhere in the Requisition.

2.

Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS), and the Procedure Qualification Records (PQR), if applicable, shall be completed before fabrication begins and shall be retained by the Supplier. These documents shall be available to the Contractor or the Contractor’s inspector at all times prior to and during fabrication.

3.

Welder or welding operator qualification test results shall be retained.

4.

Nondestructive examination procedures, procedure qualifications, and personnel certifications shall be retained for all applied nondestructive testing.

5.

Certified statements that relate the results of required nondestructive testing shall be retained.

6.

Radiographic film shall be retained in the shop for review by the Contractor’s Inspector or the Contractor’s third party Inspector.

7.

Detailed records shall be retained for all heat treatment performed, such as stress relieving, normalizing, and heating for forming.

8.

A detailed description of any casting repairs that are classified as major by the product specification shall be retained, which includes a sketch, photo or drawing indicating the location and size of the excavated area.

9.

Include the date of the test, testing fluid, duration of the test, temperature of the test fluid, test pressure, a description of the item tested, traceable identification number and the signature of the manufacturer’s shop inspector witnessing the test.

10. All material records shall be fully identified with the specific materials they represent. a.

Material records shall be retained when specified by the applicable code, material specification or the Requisition.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

b.

6.3

6.4

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 15 of 33

Material test reports for pressure boundary components shall be retained for: i.

All impact tested materials. The report shall include the impact test temperature and the result of the impact tests.

ii.

All stainless steel materials.

iii.

All valve materials requiring positive material identification.

iv.

All materials specified with supplementary or special material requirements.

v.

Certificates of conformance are required in addition to Material Test Reports when heat treatment information is missing, provided the governing code or specification allows certification

Protection 1.

After inspection and test, the inside of valves shall be completely free of debris and water, dried and prepared for shipment. Protection shall be provided against mechanical damage and atmospheric corrosion in transit, and for at least eighteen (18) months outdoor storage at job-site prior to installation. Manufacturer standard heavy duty coating or painting shall be submitted to the Contractor for approval.

2.

Valve ends shall be suitably protected against damage and the entrance of debris and water. End protection being offered shall be in accordance with one of the following. a.

All socket welding ends and plain ends shall be closed with metal or plastic protectors that fit either inside or outside to prevent damage and entrance of foreign materials.

b.

Threaded openings shall be plugged with threaded plastic plugs.

c.

Flanged openings shall be protected against damage in shipment by plastic. Plastic flange covers may be attached with plastic bolts/inserts, minimum of four bolts/inserts.

3.

All openings shall be covered or plugged with plastic, securely fastened to prevent damage and entrance of foreign materials and suitable for prolonged exposure until final installation.

4.

The gasket contact surfaces shall be properly protected with a rust inhibitor to ensure the serrations are not damaged during shipping and storage period. Rust inhibitor compound shall be submitted to the Contractor for approval.

Tagging, Marking, and Identification 1.

The Supplier shall mark all valves in accordance with the industry standard to which they are manufactured. However, if no marking criteria exist, MSS-SP25 shall be used as the minimum guideline. In addition, the Supplier shall permanently attach to each valve a stainless steel valve tag with the Contractor’s identification stamped or engraved on the tag. The height of the

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 16 of 33

alpha-numeric identification number shall be a minimum of 4.8 mm (3/16 inches).

6.5

2.

The marking and tagging shall be legible and conspicuous. All valves shall be marked with the valve tag and commodity code number.

3.

Stainless steel wire (type 316L) used to attach the valve tag shall be a minimum U.S. Standard 16 gauge (1.5 mm).

4.

All valves having a preferred direction of flow shall have their bodies legibly marked with an arrow cast on the valve body.

5.

Butt-welding end valves, in addition to other required markings, shall have the pipe wall thickness or schedule (i.e. 1.062 inch (27 mm) wall, S/40, S/80S, STD, XXS, etc.) marked as a suffix to the Contractor’s valve tag. Pipe wall thickness marking identification shall be in accordance with ASME B36.10 or ASME B16.9 as applicable.

6.

Stamping or engraving shall not infringe on the minimum required wall thickness of the valve.

Packaging and Shipping 1.

The Supplier shall be responsible for suitably packaging the valve to protect it from damage or loss during handling and shipment and for the storage requirements specified in the requisition. In addition to the requirements stated herein, shipping and packaging shall be in accordance with the instructions stated in the Purchase Order.

2.

Ball and plug valves shall be shipped in the fully open position. All other valves (gate, globe, and butterfly) shall be shipped in the closed position. All actuated valves shall be maintained in the de-energized position

7.

DESIGN

7.1

Primary Criteria Unless otherwise specified, steel valves shall conform to ASME B16.34. However, all materials, design, and fabrication of valves, including examination and testing shall be in accordance with the minimum requirements and limitations of ASME B31.3 or ASME B31.1, as applicable; this includes any maximum temperature limitation for a material or rule governing the use of a material at the minimum temperature. In addition to these codes and standards, the valves shall conform to the applicable standards as shown in Table-1.

PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

VALVE TYPE(S)

GATE, GLOBE, ANGLE (See Note 8)

CHECK (See Notes 8 and 10)

BALL

BODY MATERIAL

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 17 of 33

NOTES

Steel

1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Non- Metallic

6, 7

Steel

Non- Metallic

Steel

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT

REFERENCE STANDARDS

F-F/ END-TO-END DIMENSIONS

GOVERNING STANDARDS (MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS) (Note 13)

API 598, API 600, BS 1873, ISO 15761

ASME B16.10

API 600, 602 / ASME B16.34

Manufacturer's Standard

Manufacturer's Standard

-

1, 3, 4, 6, API 598/ API 594 7, 10 6, 7

ASME B16.10

Manufacturer's Standard

-

MSS SP-72 / 5, 6, 7, 11 API 598, 14 API 607, 608, 6D,ISO17292

ASME B16.10

API 600, 602 / ASME B16.34 / API 594 Manufacturer's Standard

ASME B16.34, API-6D

(See Note 11) Non- Metallic

PLUG (See Note 9)

Steel Non- Metallic

Steel

-

3, 6, 7

ASME 16.34

6, 7

-

5, 6, 7

BUTTERFLY (See Note 12)

Non- Metallic and Plastic Lined

Manufacturer's Standard

6, 7

6, 7

ASME B16.10 Manufacturer's Standard

ASME B16.10 / API API 609 / MSS SP- 67, 68 609 / MSS SP-67, 68

-

Manufacturer's Standard

Table - 1

Manufacturer's Standard API 599 Manufacturer's Standard ASME B16.34 / AWWA C504

Manufacturer's Standard

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 18 of 33

Notes: 1.

Compact steel valves shall have pressure-temperature ratings and minimum wall thicknesses in accordance with API 602.

2.

Cast iron and ductile iron AWWA butterfly valves shall have minimum wall thicknesses in accordance with AWWA C504.

3.

Face-to-face, end-to-end, and center-to-face dimensions of flanged and buttweld valves shall be in accordance with ASME B16.10, unless otherwise specified.

4.

Minimum wall thickness criteria for steel valves shall be as referenced in valve description.

5.

The Supplier shall follow the most severe design criteria derived from the referenced valve Standards, unless otherwise specified.

6.

All valve dimensions outside the scope of the applicable standard shall be certified by the Supplier and provided to the Contractor at the time of the quotation.

7.

Valve ends or flange facing shall be as referenced in the corresponding valve description.

8.

Optional manufacturer’s dimensions that apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves or to valves with flanged bonnets shall be stated in the quotation.

9.

The patterns (regular, short, venture, full bore) for plug valves shall be as specified in the valve purchasing description/datasheet.

10.

The design of check valves (lift, titling disc, wafer/lug, swing) shall be stated in the valve purchasing description.

11.

The pattern (long or short) for ball valves shall be stated in the valve purchasing description/datasheet.

12.

The design for butterfly valves [flanged (narrow or wide); lug/wafer (narrow, wide or extra wide); steel offset seat (lug or wafer); and steel groove end] shall be stated in the valve purchasing description.

13.

All carbon and low alloy steel valves, NPS 24 (DN 600) and smaller shall have minimum wall thicknesses per API 600. All carbon and low alloy steel valves in sizes larger than NPS 24 (DN 600) and all austenitic stainless steel valves shall have minimum wall thicknesses per ASME B16.34. Wall thickness requirements different than those previously stated shall be specified in the Valve Purchasing Description.

14.

Flanged and butt-welding end ball valves shall conform to comparable gate valve face-to-face or end-to-end dimensions, unless otherwise specified.

15.

All welded attachments to valves shall be considered as a part of the valve assembly and shall be subject to all applicable design, fabrication, material, examination, inspection, and testing requirements.

16.

In addition to the above requirements, all cast, forged and fabricated steel valves shall be manufactured as “Standard Class” valves in accordance with ASME B16.34, except as modified herein or in the Requisition documentation

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

7.2

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 19 of 33

General Design Criteria 1.

Material supplied shall be strictly in accordance with the Company standards, and referred International codes and standards specified in the Material Requisition/Datasheet.

2.

The requirements for Valves as detailed in subsequent clauses shall supplement the codes / standards and other project specifications.

3.

All valves shall be designed, manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with data sheets / buying descriptions, referenced international standards, piping classes, BGC standards & Specifications. Valves shall be designed for a 25 years of design life.

4.

Valves shall meet the class rating requirements of ASME B16.34 as applicable, except where otherwise noted in the Material Requisition

5.

Flanged ends shall be integral with the body. Flange gasket contact surface finish, in accordance with ASME B 46.1 shall be 3.2 to 6.3 µm for raised face flanges unless otherwise specified.

6.

Copper alloy valves designed to the standard BS 5154 shall be supplied with flanges drilled to ASME B16.5 unless otherwise specified.

7.

End flanges of NPS 24" and smaller valves shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5 and NPS 26" & higher shall be in accordance with ASME B16.47 Series A.

8.

Bolt holes shall straddle the neutral axis for flanged valves.

9.

Face-to-face dimensions of steel flanged valves shall conform to ASME B16.10 to the extent covered.

10.

For valves not covered in ASME, Supplier shall furnish certified dimensional drawings.

11.

ASME Class 1500 flange and higher for size larger than NPS 24 (DN 600) shall be specifically designed to comply with ASME Section VIII, DIV 1, Appendix 2.

12.

Flange facing finish on flanged valves shall adhere to requirements as set forth in ASME B16.5, unless otherwise specified in the valve purchasing descriptions.

13.

Unless otherwise specified, socket welding bores shall be to manufacturer's standard and shall conform to ASME B16.11.

14.

Butt-welding end valves shall be furnished with ends to match pipe schedule. End preparation shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25, Figure 2A or 3A. The inside contour shall be sloped a minimum of 14 degrees (1:4) when the thickness is greater than the matching pipe.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 20 of 33

15.

Full vacuum service valves shall be certified and tested by the valve manufacturer.

16.

The ends of threaded valves and all tapped connections shall be provided with tapered pipe threads. NPT in accordance with the requirements of ASME B1.20.1 and ASME B16.11.

17.

Valves with non-metallic seats shall meet the fire-safe requirements of API 6FA or API STD 607.

18.

Valves with metal / metal seating shall be considered fire safe if the stem seal has flexible graphite packing. For other stem seal materials, the valve manufacture shall submit fire test data for the proposed material.

19.

All body and trim components of a valve shall be suitable for the full range of temperatures expected in service. This shall apply to all non-metallic (soft) materials, such as seat / stem sealing materials used within the valve.

20.

Valve I.D. numbers with “(L)” added to the end shall be provided with the capability of being locked either in the fully open or fully closed position.

21.

Cast gate valves shall be in accordance with API STD 600. Additionally cast globe and swing check valves shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of API STD 600 (such as wall thickness, body / trim materials, testing, etc.). Valves supplied in corrosion resistant materials and in carbon steel services where the corrosion allowance is 1.25 mm (0.05 in) or less, shall be in accordance with ASME B16.34, except leakage testing shall meet the requirements of API STD 598.

22.

All welding (seal weld for welded bonnets, seal weld on pressure seal bonnets, body casting repairs) shall comply with ASME Section IX, Welding Procedure and Procedure Qualification Requirements.

23.

End and bonnet flanges shall be cast or forged integrally with the valve body. Conversion of butt-weld end design (API 600, ASME B16.34) to flanged end design by welding on flanges is not permitted.

24.

Valves with bonnets U-bolted to the bodies are not acceptable.

25.

Valves shall be in full compliance with the requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 when it is required by the valve’s purchase description.

26.

Threaded connections are prohibited for valves in sour service.

27.

Forged body valves are acceptable in place of cast body and vice-versa is not acceptable. Stem shall be made from forgings / bars.

28.

Forged body valves shall be forged close to final shape.

29.

Wherever corrosion allowance is specified in data sheets / buying descriptions, the wall thickness of valve body and other pressure containing parts shall include corrosion allowance over and above to the minimum

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 21 of 33

pressure wall thickness required as per ASME B16.34. However the minimum wall thickness in any case shall not be less than the wall thickness specified in the design standards as per data sheets / buying descriptions. 30.

CS / LTCS forgings shall be fully killed, fine grained and shall be supplied in the normalized or normalized & tempered condition

31.

CS / LTCS castings shall be fully killed and shall be supplied in the normalized or normalized & tempered condition.

32.

For sour service application, all process wetted and pressure containing parts formed from plate shall be resistant to HIC and same shall be demonstrated.

33.

Austenitic and duplex stainless steel items shall be supplied in solution annealed and quenched condition as per the relevant ASTM standard

34.

Bidder shall submit the calculations for body design, for lifting lug design for stem design etc. If requested by client.

35.

All material including miscellaneous material shall be suitable for minimum and maximum design temperature stated in the data sheet.

36.

Valves installed in insulated lines will have box type insulation. Hand wheel or lever for such valves shall be outside the insulation for all quarter turn valves. Bidder shall indicate the maximum thickness of insulation which can be applied without interfering with the lever or gear hand wheel.

37.

Post weld heat treatment requirements shall be as per ASME B31.3.

38.

For the offered seal materials, bidder to furnish the maximum permissible percentage of H2S, C02, Water, NaCI, Amine (Sulphinol), Methanol, Glycol and 2.5% BTX (benzene, Toluene & Xylenes) in the process streams, seal / seat supplier's catalogues indicating the limitations on the above constituents / suitability shall be enclosed with the offer. However the valve supplier shall verify the suitability of offered seal / seat material for the pressure & temperature conditions (stated in the data sheets).

39.

Bidder shall be submitting the offer with detailed drawing for every item in this requisition. The drawing shall show the constructional features and enlarged views for stem and seat areas. In the absence of the drawings & catalogues the offer shall be considered as an incomplete offer. Bidder shall ensure that the drawings can be correlated with the items in the material requisition.

40.

Bidder shall compile spare parts for commissioning, initial spares for 1 year operation and normal operation spares for 2 years after completion of 1st year of operation.

41.

All uni-directional valves or valves with preferred direction of flow shall have a flow direction arrow cast or stamped on the body.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

42.

7.3

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 22 of 33

Carbon steel forgings to condition or quenched accordance with ASTM condition, shall at least condition

ASTM A105 shall be furnished in the normalized and tempered condition. Forgings produced in A105 furnished in the quenched and tempered show a microstructure equal to the normalized

Auxiliary Connections, Taps and Bypasses Valves requiring auxiliary connections or taps shall be bossed, if required, and drilled, and plugged in accordance with ASME B16.34.

7.4

Val ve Features and General Requirements

7.4.1

Gate and Globe Val ves

7.4.2

1.

NPS 1-1/2 (40 mm) and smaller sizes steel valves in piping classes covering ratings ASME Class 1500 and under shall be in accordance with API 602, unless otherwise specified.

2.

NPS 2 (50 mm) thru NPS 24 (600 mm) steel valves shall be in accordance with Note 14 of Paragraph 4.1. (1).

3.

Gate valves, NPS 1-1/2 (40 mm) and smaller, shall be conventional port, unless otherwise specified.

4.

All globe valves shall be permanently marked with a flow arrow indicating the direction of flow, which results from pressure under the valve seat or plug, unless otherwise noted. Arrows shall preferably be cast or forged in the valve body (Low stress stamping shall not affect the pressure rating).

5.

All gate and globe valves shall provide with back seats features.

6.

Gates, in wedge gate valves shall be forged or cast. Welded fabrication is not acceptable.

7.

Globe valves shall be provided with guided plug type disc for classes 6 00 and higher and for sizes 4" and higher unless otherwise specified.

8.

All through conduit gate valves shall be of double block and bleed design.

9.

Gate & globe valves shall be suitable for adding locking device to prevent operation in the locked open/closed position.

Check Val ves 1.

Swing check valves shall be provided with limit stops to prevent discs from remaining in the open position.

2.

Wafer check valves shall be designed to have independent plate closing action and shall be manufactured in accordance with API 594, unless otherwise specified in the purchasing description.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

7.4.3

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 23 of 33

3.

All wafer check valves specified with through bolt holes shall be provided with solid lugs or double flanged valves (preferred), in sizes where available.

4.

Piston type check valves in sizes NPS 1 ½ (40 mm) and smaller shall be designed (with springs) for installation in the horizontal or upward flow positions.

5.

Swing or dual plate check valves shall be designed for installation in both horizontal and vertical up flow positions, unless otherwise specified.

6.

Swing check valves and wafer/lug check valves shall be of retainer less design, unless otherwise specified. Seal welded retainer plugs may be quoted as an alternate but shall only be used with Company approval.

7.

All check valves shall be suitable for horizontal and vertical installation with flow upwards.

Ball Val ves 1.

Stems of ball valves shall be blowout-proof (contained within the valve body casting) and shall be furnished with anti-static devices. Packing glands shall not be used to provide blowout-proof protection.

2.

The operating levers or handles on ball valves shall indicate, by their position, whether the valve is open or closed. The open position shall be indicated when the lever or handle points in a direction parallel to the flow through th e valve. In addition, it shall be impossible to reverse the indicating position inadvertently during re-assembly of the valve.

3.

Ball valves shall be suitable for bi-directional flow.

4.

All resilient seated, “fire-safe” steel ball valves shall be tested and certified as meeting all the requirements of API-607, unless otherwise noted.

5.

Ball valve I.D. numbers with “(T)” added to the end shall be provided as top entry only. End entry shall not be acceptable.

6.

Ball valve I.D. numbers with “(M)” added to the end shall be provided with metal seats for abrasive service. Seat material, coating specifications and maximum seat leakage shall be submitted with the manufacturer’s quotation for Company approval.

7.

The following are temperature limitations for soft seated ball valve materials required to match the limits of the flange pressure rating. These temperature limitations shall not be exceeded unless approved by the Contractor after reviewing the valve manufacturer’s pressure/temperature curves for soft goods to determine the extent of pressure derating that is required.

8.

a.

Teflon: 148°C (298°F) RPTFE: 176°C (350°F) Nylon: 121°C (250°F)

b.

Viton GLT: 176°C (350°F) PEEK: 260°C (500°F)

At the time of bid, valve suppliers bid shall identify all elastomer and nonmetallic materials proposed for use in their valves for Company

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 24 of 33

review/approval. At a minimum the elastomer (or nonmetallic material) manufacturer and compound number shall be identified for each component. 9.

Soft seated valves in Class 300 and higher pressure ratings shall have soft materials that are Explosive Decompression Resistant (EDR). EDR criteria are an 80% to 85% seat groove fill and ability to withstand multiple decompression cycles of 20 bar/min. with no impact to the integrity or sealing performance of the soft materials.

10.

Socket weld soft seated valves shall be provided with 150 mm (6 in.) long body extensions or welded- on nipples or to avoid disassembly and reassembly during fabrication/installation. The material of the extension shall be the same as body material. If nipples are use the material shall be as defined in the Valve Purchasing Description.

11.

Double Block and Bleed valves shall be provided with body cavity relief.

12.

For ball valves designed in accordance with ISO 17292 or IS014313 / API 6D, hand wheel diameter shall not exceed the face-to-face or end-to-end length of the valve, or 750mm, whichever is smaller unless otherwise specified.

13.

For lever operated ball valves, lever length shall not exceed 450mm.

14.

All soft seated ball valves shall be of fire tested design in accordance with API6FA / API 607 / BS EN ISO 10497 codes as specified in the valves data sheets / buying descriptions. Vendor shall furnish the fire test certificate for the offered valves. Metal seated valves shall be of fire safe design.

15.

All trunnion mounted ball valves shall be provided with stem & seat sealant injection connection and shall be suitable for injecting sealant / grease with the valve in operating condition.

16.

Ball valves 6” and larger shall be furnished with SS sealant inj ection connectors at both seat and stem areas (to stop the respective leakages while the valves are in service). Such connectors are not required on Metal Seated Ball valves. Note that valves are not to be shipped or tested with sealant injected into the valves.

17.

Ball valves when specified for gas service in class 900 rating and above shall be metal seated.

18.

For ball valves, ball shall be one piece solid construction, either cast or forged. Welded construction is not acceptable.

19.

Valve body design shall be of split body / end entry type unless specifically indicated as top entry type in the valve data sheet.

20.

Lever operated valves shall be provided with permanent stops on the valve body at the full open and full closed positions.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

7.4.4

7.4.5

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 25 of 33

21.

For metal-to-metal seated ball valves, the ball, seat, seat holders and trunnion shall be Tungsten Carbide hard facing.

22.

Ball valves shall have automatic body cavity pressure relief seat to prevent over pressurization when the valve is in the closed position. Valves shall not have hole in the ball to equalize the pressure with body cavity while in the closed condition.

23.

All ball valves in wet sour service shall be provided with upper and lower trunnion bearings of equivalent trim material. Torque calculations shall consider the friction coefficient of bearing material.

Butterfl y Val ves 1.

Resilient seated steel butterfly valves specified as “fire-safe” design shall be tested and certified as meeting all requirements of API 607.

2.

Unless otherwise noted, high performance, trunnion mounted, resilient seated butterfly valves shall be manufactured in accordance with MSS-SP-68 or API 609 Category B. and shall be of “fire-safe” design per API 607.

3.

Stem of valve shall be blow-out proof. Packing glands shall not be used to provide this protection.

4.

Unless otherwise noted, butterfly valves shall be designed for the full rated system pressure.

5.

Buna-N seats and EPDM seats shall be limited to 82°C (180 °F) and 105°C (220°F) respectively.

6.

Butterfly Valves bidirectional and tight shut-off requirement to be refereed from the designated data sheet.

7.

Butterfly valves shall be equipped with adjustable mechanical stop limiting devices to prevent over travel of the valve disc in open and closed position.

8.

For gear operated valves, it should be possible to hold the valve disc of butterfly valve in any intermediate position under all operating conditions.

Fugiti ve Emissions: Any requirement for valves to conform to low emission or to be tested to fugitive emission testing standards shall be mentioned in the valve datasheets or specified by the contractor in the purchase order. However, BGC may waive production testing, in either of the following cases: 1.

The valve has successfully passed the fugitive emission prototype testing in accordance with ISO15848-1.

2.

Production testing has been carried out on the same valve type, design, pressure class, size, fugitive emission class and under the same test conditions, with consistent quality over the last 6 months.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

8.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 26 of 33

GEAR OPERATION 1.

A gear operator shall be provided for all valves in the sizes listed below. Sizes smaller than those shown may be hand wheel / lever operated, provided the torque to break open or close the valve at maximum differential pressure does not exceed 205 N-m (150 lb-ft). The hand wheel / lever shall be sized so that a force of no more than 35 kg (75 lbs) on the end of lever or hand wheel will open /close the valve.

2.

All manually operated valves shall be provided complete with handle / hand wheel. The maximum lever length shall be 500 mm (20 in) for hand operated valves. For valves with hand wheels, the hand wheel diameter shall not exceed the valve face-to-face dimensions. Gear operator shall be used on valves that cannot meet the above requirements.

3.

Gear operators shall be self-locking type and totally enclosed weather proof type packed with a suitable lubricant, and fitted with a grease nipple. Provide gear operators for the following NPS (inch/ (mm)) and larger size valves given in Table-2.

Class

150

Gate

14 (350)

Globe

10 (250)

Ball

Ball

Plug

Butterfly

(Floating)

(Trunnion)

8 (200)(RP)/

8 (200)

8 (200)

8 (200)

8 (200)

8 (200)

8 (200) 6 (150)

6(150) (FP) 300

12 (300)

8 (200)

6 (150)

600

8 (200)

4 (100)

-

6 (150)

-

900

6 (150)

3 (80)

-

4 (100)

-

-

1500

4 (100)

3 (80)

-

3 (80)

-

-

2500

4 (100)

3 (80)

-

2 (50)

-

-

RP = Regular (Reduced) Bore / FP = Full Bore Table - 2 4.

Gear operators shall be supplied complete with hand wheels and position indicator.

5.

Bidder to ensure that the gear hand-wheel attachment is such that it will not interfere with the body of the valve itself in the installed condition.

6.

All ball and butterfly valves (lever and / or gear operated) shall be supplied with a locking device suitable for a heavy duty padlock to prevent operation in the locked open / closed position.

7.

If valve interlocks are applicable, valve manufacturer shall provide valve top work dimensions upon request from the Company /Interlock supplier.

8.

Valve assemblies of more than 250kg shall be provided with two lifting lugs as minimum.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

9.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 27 of 33

MODIFICATIONS 1.

2.

Supplier shall, under no circumstances, modify a valve to bring it into conformance with valve requirements without the approval of the Contractor. The Supplier shall provide written authorization to the Contractor from the valve manufacturer for the modification. Examples of modifications are as follows: a.

Addition of extended bonnet (gas column) to standard valve

b.

Inserting resilient seats

c.

Revising trim

d.

Modifying flanged end valves to butt-welding end (machining off flanges)

e.

Changing bolting and / or packing seat/seal material

f.

Weld repair to castings and any subsequent heat treatment

g.

Modifying a butt-welding end valve to threaded or socket weld ends

h.

modifying a threaded end valve to socket weld ends

Authorization shall consist of written manufacturer’s approval of the shop performing the modification and of the shop procedure being used to perform the modification.

10.

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

10.1

General

10.2

1.

Material shall be new, non-surplus and free of defects in accordance with the specifications referenced herein. Valve materials shall be in accordance with the requirements and limitations of ASME B31.3 or ASME B31.1, as applicable, unless otherwise specified in the Requisition documents. All materials shall be suitable to fulfill all requirements specified in the Requisition. Substitution shall not be permitted without prior written approval from the Contractor. Only materials, which can be identified by manufacturer, are permitted for use by the Contractor.

2.

Valves furnished through second and/or third party distribution, and brokerage houses, shall not be accepted without original Material Test Reports and the Contractor’s written authorization.

Bod y 1.

Butt-welding, socket welding and threaded end carbon steel valves shall have a 0.35 percent maximum carbon content; free machining steel shall not be used.

2.

Valve materials specified to ASME "S" (i.e., SA182) designation shall meet the requirements and certification of ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 28 of 33

Sec. I and the Supplier shall supply a certificate of compliance for the pressure boundary component materials.

10.3

10.4

3.

Unless otherwise specified, all austenitic stainless steel materials (300 series) shall be furnished in the solution annealed condition. Repairs, if any, shall be made prior to solution annealing.

4.

Plugs for body taps shall be of the same nominal analysis as the body material.

Trim 1.

Supplier shall comply with "Valve Trim" defined as all wetted internal parts of the valve.

2.

Where trim number 5 per API 600 or 602 is specified, all seating surfaces shall be hard faced.

3.

Where trim numbers 8, 8A, 11, 12, or 14 are specified, the hard facing material shall be applied to the seat.

Stem Packing 1.

2.

10.5

Valve packing / stem material for “sliding-stem” valves (for example gate and globe) shall be flexible graphite. The packing configuration shall consist of two end retainer rings made of braided graphite and three intermediate rings made from die-formed flexible graphite with a density of 1120 to 1280 kg/ m3 (70 to 80 lb / ft3). a.

Valve packing / stem material for “rotary-stem” valves (for example ball, butterfly and plug valves) used in hydrocarbon service shall satisfy the fire test requirements of API STD 607 or API SPEC6FA. Additionally, the stem seal design and materials shall minimize fugitive emissions.

b.

Teflon packing may be used in Category D service or in certain chemical services when approved by the Company.

Graphite material shall be chloride free, i.e. leachable chloride shall be less than 100 ppm. The packing material shall be fully described in Supplier’s quotation and shall be approved by the Contractor’s piping specification engineer.

Bonnet and Cover Gaskets 1.

Bonnet gaskets shall be manufacturer's standard (non-asbestos), unless otherwise specified in the valve purchasing description, and shall be fully described in the quotation.

2.

Metallic and nonmetallic bonnet and cover gaskets shall have corrosion resistance equal, at least, to that of the body and bonnet material.

3.

Unless otherwise specified, the bonnet and cover gaskets shall be suitable for the following temperatures:

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 29 of 33

a. Solid metal: same temperature rating as body and bonnet materials b.

Spiral wound metal with filler: same temperature as body and bonnet materials

c. Teflon or Teflon-based: -196ºC (-321 °F) to 204ºC (400 °F).

10.6

4.

Metal windings of austenitic stainless steel spiral wound gaskets shall be limited to a maximum hardness of 160 BHN.

5.

Rings, for valves with ring-joint type bonnet or cover shall have a maximum hardness in accordance with the following: a.

Soft Iron- 90 BHN (56 RB) and material identification is “D”.

b.

316 SS- 160 BHN (83 RB) and material identification is “S316”.

Bonnet, Cap and Body Bolting Bolting shall be in accordance with the standard to which the valve is manufactured unless otherwise specified on the corresponding valve purchasing description.

11.

NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION All Non-destructive examinations shall be in accordance with the Project Specification for Welding and Non-Destructive Testing along with applicable International Codes/Standards. VENDOR shall conduct all the tests required by any contractual documents including specifications, codes and standards, data sheets and VENDOR’s ITP approved by CONTRACTOR/COMPANY.

12.

CERTIFICATION

12.1

The Manuf acturer shall pro vide the follow ing certificates: 1.

All pressure containing parts (viz., body, bonnet and cover), as well as closure member, seat rings (if applicable), stem and bellows (if applicable) shall have an inspection certificate in accordance with ISO 10474 type 3.1 or EN 10204 type 3.1.

1.

All non-metallic materials shall have a certificate of compliance in accordance with ISO 10474 type 2.1 or EN 10204 type 2.1.

2.

All testing and examination shall have an inspection certificate in accordance with ISO 10474 type 3.1 or EN 10204 type 3.1.

3.

The PMI certificate shall include the following: a. Manufacturer/Fabricator's name. b. Date(s) of testing. c. Name of person and company performing the test and the qualifications of PMI technician. d. Material Manufacturer, MTR number, heat number and lot number, as applicable.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 30 of 33

e. Type of analyzer and alloy analyzer calibration records and results. f.

Chemical elements verified by PMI and the percentage of the elements in accordance with Table-6.

g. Reports downloaded from the alloy analyzer are acceptable. 4.

The finished valve shall have an inspection certificate in accordance with ISO 10474 Type 2.1 or EN 10204 Type 2.1, demonstrating that it complies with all requirements.

13.

EXAMINATION & TESTING

13.1

General

13.2

1.

Testing Criteria: All tests shall be performed per ASME standard specifications, and other applicable attachments referenced in the requisition.

2.

Documentation: The Contractor shall provide documentation of examination, inspection and testing as specified per ASME standard specifications. All test documentation shall be certified by the Supplier.

3.

Sub-Suppliers: The Supplier shall assure that the Contractor’s examination, inspection and testing requirements are included in all Requisitions to Sub-Suppliers and shall require the Sub-Suppliers to provide access to the Contractor’s representatives.

Examination 1.

Inspection of pressure castings of valves shall be performed in accordance with, “Pressure Casting Inspection” specification as follows: a.

13.3

Pressure casting of all low temperature carbon steel valves shall be performed per Quality Level II. b. Pressure casting of all stainless steel valves shall be performed per Quality Level II. c. Positive Materials Identification (PMI) shall be performed on all stainless steel valves per “Positive Materials Identification “specification. Pressure Testing 1. As a minimum, all valves shall be pressure tested in accordance with API Standard 598, unless otherwise specified in the standard to which they are manufactured. 2. Each valve shall be subjected to a shell pressure test. 3. Any optional backseat, low-pressure closure or high-pressure closure test shall be clearly identified and the Supplier shall obtain written approval for such tests from the Contractor. 4. Butterfly valves shall be shell and seat tested in accordance with the referenced design standards, unless otherwise specified. Seat tests, if

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 31 of 33

required, for MSS-SP-67 shall be specified on the valve purchasing description. 5. Wafer type check valves shall be shell and seat tested in accordance with API 594. 6. Resilient seated valves shall show no leakage during the low pressure seat test. 7. Pressure testing shall not be conducted through a connection in the bonnet of the valve. 8. Pressure testing of austenitic stainless steel valves shall conform to the following: a.

Water having a maximum of 50 ppm chloride content shall be used for pressure testing.

b.

After pressure testing, test water shall be immediately drained and valves shall be fully dried by blowing with oil-free dry air or dry nitrogen (-29ºC (-20ºF) dew point) at a temperature not to exceed 60ºC (140ºF).

9. The type or style of valve stem packing (or seals) used during pressure testing shall be the same as that specified to be supplied with the valve. 10. Metal seated ball and high pressure (offset seat) butterfly valves shall meet the seat leakage criteria of Fluid Controls Institute (FCI) 70 Class 4, unless otherwise noted. 13.4

Fire Testing 1.

All soft seated steel ball and butterfly valves noted as “fire-safe” shall be certified by Suppliers as conforming to all requirements of API 607 or API 6FA.

2.

All soft seated (sleeve lined) plug valves noted as “fire-safe” shall be certified by the Supplier as conforming only to the external leakage requirements of API 607 or API 6FA.

14.

INSPECTION & REJECTION/RE-WORK

14.1

Examination, Inspection and Accepta nce Criteria 1.

All Supplier facilities, materials, and fabrication work shall be subject to inspection by the Contractor or its representative.

2.

All shop drawings of valves requiring inspection shall be available to the Contractor’s inspector at the time of the inspection. Surfaces shall not be painted nor the valve shipped until the inspection is complete.

3.

Examination, inspection and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with ASME B31.3, unless otherwise specified in the requisition documents.

4.

Each valve shall have both in-process and final inspection by the Manufacturer.

5.

General inspection of each valve shall include all internal and external surfaces for the following items:

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

14.2

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 32 of 33

a.

Cast carbon and alloy steel surfaces shall meet MSS SP-55

b.

Forged steel and alloy steel surfaces shall meet workmanship finish and appearance requirements of the applicable ASTM Standard.

c.

Gasket seating Surfaces (bonnet and end connections) shall have no scratches, pin holes, dents, or other type of damage. Serrations shall be clearly defined on flange faces.

d.

Stems shall be free of scratches, dents, or other types of damages.

e.

All welds shall be visually examined to meet the requirements of ASME B31.3 Table 341.3.2 for Normal Service.

f.

Threads shall be free of defects or damage.

Defect Removal and Repair Defects in cast or forged valve pressure boundary parts may be repaired in accordance with the applicable ASTM standard. If weld repairs are required on any austenitic stainless steel casting, solution annealing shall be performed after such repairs are completed. However, repairs shall not be permitted on any cast iron materials. Repair welds in carbon and low alloy steel shall be post weld heat treated in accordance with the requirements of ASME SEC VIII D1 C PT UCS or ASME B31.3 or applicable standard and the most stringent shall be applied. Welding Procedures shall meet the requirements of ASME B31.3, Sections 323 and 328.

14.3

Data Furnished by t he Contractor The Contractor shall furnish the Supplier with a purchasing valve description and pertinent data applicable to the valves. Project specific requirements and instructions are contained herein and/or in other

14.4

Specification devi ation / concession control Suppliers shall clearly define, in their quotations, any deviations from the requirements of the material requisition and/or from the requirements of any reference specification, code or standard noted in, or attached to the material requisition. These deviations shall be listed in a separate section of the quotation entitled "Deviations and Exceptions list form". Where there are no deviations, bidders shall state in their quotations "No Deviations". Once a Purchase Order/ Purchase requisition has been awarded, no deviations, other than those that were listed in the Purchase requisition as "Agreed deviations" and as accepted by the COMPANY& CONTRACTOR in writing shall be considered.

14.5

Rejection / Rew ork 1.

Valves containing defects originating with the Supplier’s design, materials, or workmanship, or that are not in complete compliance with the requirements of the Requisition shall be rejected.

2.

Discovery of conditions warranting rejection, after inspection and acceptance of the valves by the Contractor, does not relieve the Supplier of the responsibility to comply with the Requisition.

BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

3.

Doc. No.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP7880-00001

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 33 of 33

Valves not in accordance with the original Inquiry may be rejected after award if the Supplier is discovered not to have submitted a proper base quotation or if all alternatives were not properly indicated.

4. Any items rejected because of defects shall be repaired or replaced, and reexamined to the extent and by the methods and criteria that applied to the original work, in accordance with this specification and the applicable standard and code.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 2 of 22

INDEX OF CONTENTS 1.

SCOPE ............................................................................................................................... 4

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .............................................................................. 4 2. 1

Def in i ti o ns : ...................................................................................................................... 4

2. 2

A bbr e v i at i ons ................................................................................................................. 4

3.

REFERENCES ................................................................................................................... 5 3. 1

Pr oj ec t s p ec if ic a t io n .................................................................................................... 5

3. 2

BG C s pec if ic a t io n ......................................................................................................... 6

3. 3

In ter n at i o na l C od es a n d S ta n dar ds ........................................................................ 6

3. 3. 1 Am er ic a n S oc ie t y of M ec h a n ic a l En g in e ers ( A S M E) ........................................ 6 3. 3. 2 Br it is h S ta n d ar d ( B S) .................................................................................................. 6 3. 3. 3 Am er ic a n P etr o l eum I n s ti t ut e ( A P I) ........................................................................ 7 3. 3. 4 Ma n uf ac t ur er ’s S ta n da r d i za t io n S oc i et y (M S S) .................................................. 7 3. 3. 5 Na t io n al As s oc i a ti o n o f Corr os i on En g i ne ers (N AC E) ..................................... 7 3. 3. 6 In ter n at i o na l O r g a n i za ti o n f or St a nd ar d i za t io n ( I SO ) ....................................... 7 3. 3. 7 Am er ic a n S oc ie t y of T es t i ng Ma te ri a ls (A ST M) .................................................. 8 3. 3. 8 E ng i n eer i ng E qu i pm en t an d M at er i a ls Us ers As s oc i a ti o n ( E E M UA ) ......... 10 4.

GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 10 4. 1

O rd er of Pr ec e d enc e ................................................................................................. 10

5.

SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL............................................ 11

6.

QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL .............................................................. 11

7.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................... 11 7. 1

Re q ui r em en ts f o r P ip e s ............................................................................................ 12

7. 2

Re q ui r em en ts f o r F i tt i n gs ........................................................................................ 12

7. 3

Re q ui r em en ts f o r F l a n ges , S p ec t ac le B li n ds , S p ac e rs an d Bl i n ds ............ 13

8.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................... 14 8. 1

S our Se r vic e R eq u ir e m ents ..................................................................................... 14

9.

INSPECTION AND TESTING .......................................................................................... 15

10.

SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................................................... 15 10 . 1 Doc um en ts t o b e s u b m itte d b y t he S up p l ier ...................................................... 15 10 . 2 Doc um en ts t o b e r e ta i ne d b y t h e S up p l ie r ......................................................... 16

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 3 of 22

11.

NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION ............................................................................. 17

12.

MARKING AND COLOUR CODING ................................................................................ 17

13.

PACKING AND PRESERVATION .................................................................................... 17

14.

APPENDIX 1. SPECTACLE BLINDS FOR ASME FLANGES ......................................... 18

15.

APPENDIX 2. SPADES AND SPACERS ......................................................................... 19 15 . 1 S pa d es Dr a wi n g .......................................................................................................... 19 15.2 S pac er Dr a wi n g ........................................................................................................... 20 15 . 3 Dim ens i o ns f or S pa d e an d S p ac ers ..................................................................... 22

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

1.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 4 of 22

SCOPE This specification defines the requirements for the purchase of Pipe, Fitting & Flanges for the BGC Facilities. The objective of this document is to describe the minimum requirements for design, manufacturing, testing and supply of Pipe, Fitting & Flanges for all process and utility piping systems above and below ground. This specification shall be used for piping designed to ASME B31.3. This specification does not apply to pipeline and instrumentation Piping.

2. 2.1

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS Definitions: COMPANY: Basrah Gas Company (BGC) CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR under this CONTRACT and such other SERVICES as are related to or incidental to it. VENDOR / SUPPLIER: The person, firm, company or Corporation to whom the Purchase Order is placed including their assignees. SHALL: The word “shall” is understood to be mandatory to comply with the requirements. SHOULD: The word “should” is understood to be strongly recommended to comply with the requirements Glossary of Terms

2.2

Abbreviations BGC

: Basrah Gas Company

BE

: Beveled End

BW

: Butt Weld

CRA

: Corrosion resistant Alloy

CS

: Carbon Steel.

LTCS

: Low Temperature Carbon steel.

NPS

: Nominal Pipe Size.

SS

: Stainless Steel.

SDSS

: Super Duplex Stainless Steel.

UXO/ERW

: Unexploded ordnance/Explosive remnants of war

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

3.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 5 of 22

REFERENCES Codes, standards, COMPANY specifications, standard drawing and other related documents shall be as per Section 3.0 of this document. The listing covers the majority of applicable International codes, Project standards& specifications. However, it is not exhaustive. Latest Editions of each publication shall be used, together with any amendment/ Supplements / revisions thereto.

3.1

Project specification In conjunction with this specification, international codes, standards, regulations and references listed below shall also be applicable. Equivalent alternatives may be offered; however these shall be identified and based on agreement with Company & Contractor TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-788000001

PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-788000003

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-773700001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-773700002

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS PROCESSING INFRASTRUCTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-773700003

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-773700004

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-MP-773700005

EQUIPMENT CRITICALITY PROCEDURE (WOOD GROUP STD)

ENG-PRC-1118

INSPECTION STANDARD (WOOD GROUP STD)

QUA-STD-1003

SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING AND NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING

HOLD

POSITIVE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

HOLD

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

3.2

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 6 of 22

BGC specification TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

IRAQ SOUTH GAS TAGGING PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5680-00001

TAGGING TAXONOMY FOR COMPRESSOR STATION

6500-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

BGC PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

BGC PROJECT TECHNICAL CODES & STANDARDS GUIDELINE

0000-BGC-G000-GE0-G0000-AA-6180-00006

BGC TECHNICAL STANDARDS PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA-4303-00001

3.3

International Codes and Standards

3.3.1

American Soci et y of Mechanical Engineers ( ASM E)

3.3.2

B1.20.1

: Pipe Threads General Purpose (Inch)

B16.5

: Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

B16. 9

: Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings

B16.11

: Forged Fitting, Socket-Welding and Threaded

B16.25

: Butt welding Ends

B16.36

: Orifice flanges

B16.47

: Large Diameter Steel Flanges (NPS 26" and Larger)

B16.48

: Steel Line Blanks

B31.3

: Process Piping

B36.10M

: Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

B36.19M

: Stainless Steel Pipe

B46.1

: Surface Texture (Surface roughness, waviness, and lay)

ASME VIII

: Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

ASME V

: Non Destructive Examinations (NDE)

ASME IX

: Welding and Brazing qualifications

British Standard ( BS) BS 3799

: Steel Pipe Fittings, Screwed and Socket- Welding for the Petroleum Industry

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 7 of 22

BS EN 10204: Metallic Products – Types of Inspection Documents 3.3.3

3.3.4

3.3.5

3.3.6

American Petroleum Institute ( API) Spec 6A

: Specification for Well head and Christmas tree Equipment

Spec 5L

: Specification for Line Pipe

Manufacturer’s Standardization Societ y (MSS) MSS SP-6

: Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings

MSS SP-9

: Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges

MSS SP-25

: Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Union

MSS SP-43

: Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings

MSS SP-44

: Steel Pipeline Flanges

MSS SP-55

: Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves

MSS SP-58

: Pipe Hangers and Supports - Material, Design and Manufacture

MSS SP-75

: High Test Wrought Butt Welding Fittings

MSS SP-83

: Class 3000 Steel Pipe Unions Socket Welding and Threaded

MSS SP-97

: Integrally Reinforced Forged Branch Outlet Fittings-Socket Welding, Threaded and Butt Welding Ends.

National Association of Corrosion Engi neers ( N ACE) MR 0175/ISO15156

: Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for Use in H2S - Containing Environment in Oil and Gas Production

TM 0177

: Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S Environments

TM 0284

: Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistant to Hydrogen Induced Cracking

International Organization for Standardization (ISO) ISO 9000

: Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards Guidelines for Selection and Use

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

3.3.7

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 8 of 22

ISO 10474

: Steel and Steel Products – Inspection Documents

ISO 14692

: Petroleum and natural gas industries Glass- reinforced plastics (GRP) piping

ISO 9001:2008

: Quality Management Systems - Requirements

American Soci et y of Testing Materials ( ASTM) A105

: Specification for Carbon Steel, Forgings for piping Applications

A106

: Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel pipe for High Temperature Service

A181

: Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping

A182

: Specification for Forged or Roll Alloy Steel pipe Flanges, Forged fittings and valves and parts for High temperature service

A193

: Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temp or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications

A194

: Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both

A216

: Specification for steel castings, carbon, suitable for fusion welding for high temperature service

A217

: Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service

A234

: Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures

A240

: Heat. Resisting Chromium and Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Fusion - Welded Unfired Pressure Vessels

A262

: Standard practices for detecting susceptibility to inter granular attack in Austenitic Stainless Steel

A312

: Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes

A333

: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for LowTemperature Service

A350

: Specification for Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring notch toughness testing for piping components

A351

: Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure Containing Parts

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 9 of 22

A352

: Steel Castings Ferrite and martensitic for Pressure Containing Parts Suitable for Low Temperature Service

A358

: Standard Specification for Electric - Fusion -Welded Austenitic ChromiumNickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service and General Applications

A370

: Standard test methods and definition- for mechanical testing of steel Products

A403

: Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A420

: Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low Temperature Service

A516

: Carbon Steel Plate for Moderate and Lower, Temperature Service

A671

: Standard Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Low Temperatures

A790

: Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic & Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe

A815

: Standard Specification for Wrought Ferritic, Ferritic & Austenitic, and Martensitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

A890

: Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel-Molybdenum, Corrosion Resistant, Duplex (Austenitic / Ferritic) for General application.

A928

: Standard Specification for Ferritic & Austenitic (Duplex) Stainless Steel Pipe Electric Fusion welded with Addition of Filler metal

B127

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet and Strip

B148

: Standard Specification for Aluminum–Bronze Sand Castings

B150

: Standard Specification for Aluminum –Bronze Rod, Bar and shapes

B366

: Standard Specification for Factory made Wrought Nickel and Nickel Alloy Fittings

B423

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tube

B424

: Standard Specification for Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Alloy (UNS N08825 and UNS N08221) Plate, Sheet and Strip

B443

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloy (UNS N06625) and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy (UNS N06219) Plate, Sheet and Strip

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

3.3.8

4. 4.1

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 10 of 22

B444

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Columbium Alloys and Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Silicon Alloy Pipe and Tube

B466

: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper-Nickel Pipe and Tube

B564

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy Forgings

B637

: Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Nickel Alloy Bars, Forgings and Forging Stock for High Temperature Service

B705

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Alloy (UNS N06625, N06219 and N08825) Welded Pipe

G48

: Standard Test Methods for Pitting and Crevice Corrosion resistance of stainless steels and related alloys by use of Ferric chloride solution

Engineering Equipment and Materials Users Association (EEMU A) EEMUA 144

: 90/10 Copper Nickel Alloy Piping for Offshore Application Specification Tubes, Seamless and Welded

EEMUA 145

: 90/10 Specifications: Flanges, Composite and Solid

EEMUA 146

: 90/10 Specifications: Fittings

EEMUA 182

: Specification for Integral Block and Bleed Valve

GENERAL Order of Precedence All detail design and construction shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications, Standards, Codes, Regulations, etc. In any areas of conflict, detail design and construction shall be performed to the following Regulations, codes and standards, which are in order of precedence: 1. The Laws, Standards and Regulations of the IRAQ. 2.

Project Specific Specifications and data sheets, philosophies, Design basis, etc.

3.

Internationally recognized Oil and Gas Industry sound practices.

4.

International Codes, Standards and Recommended Practices

5.

BGC Procedures and Codes / Standards.

6.

Technical Deviations.

In case of conflict between documents in the same level of hierarchy the most stringent requirement shall apply. In such cases VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall provide its interpretation in writing of the most stringent requirement for COMPANY’s approval conditions.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

5.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 11 of 22

SPECIFICATION DEVIATION / CONCESSION CONTROL Suppliers shall clearly define, in their quotations, any deviations from the requirements of the material requisition and / or from the requirements of any reference specification, code or standard noted in, or attached to the material requisition. These deviations shall be listed in a separate section of the quotation entitled "Deviations and Exceptions list form”. Where there are no deviations, bidders shall state in their quotations "No Deviations". Once a Purchase Order/ Purchase requisition has been awarded, no deviations, other than those that were listed in the Purchase requisition as "Agreed deviations" and as accepted by the COMPANY/ CONTRACTOR in writing shall be considered.

6.

QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL The Manufacturers shall identify in documents to its suppliers and subcontractors all applicable QA/QC requirements imposed by the COMPANY/ CONTRACTOR, and shall ensure compliance for all levels of its activity. The level of inspection shall be as defined in the relevant Material requisition in vendor quality requirement form. The inspection assignment shall be based on criticality rating and inspection Class in accordance with Project Quality System Requirements (Equipment Criticality Procedure-Wood Group STD Doc No- Eng-Prc-1118 & Inspection Standard Wood Group STD Doc No-Qua-Std-1003). VENDOR shall conduct all the tests required by any contractual documents including specifications, codes and standards, data sheets and VENDOR’s ITP approved by CONTRACTOR/COMPANY.

7.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.

Material supplied shall be strictly in accordance with the Company standards, and International codes and standards as referred in the Material Requisition. The requirements for pipes, fittings and flanges as detailed in subsequent clauses shall supplement the codes / standards and other project specifications.

2.

All items shall be supplied in accordance with the wall thickness or schedule as stated in material / purchase requisition. Wall thickness heavier or thinner than specified tolerance shall not be acceptable.

3.

For all piping components, material type and grade together with NPS and schedule / wall thickness shall be as specified in the description within the Material requisition - Scope of Supply.

4.

Butt weld end preparation for pipes, fittings and flanges shall be as per ASME B16.25.

5.

Repair welding for parent plate / weld end flange is not permitted.

6.

For all SS, SDSS, Copper- Nickel, CRA materials of Alloy 825 and 625, PMI (Positive Material Identification) shall be applied prior to shipment from manufacturer's / stockiest yard.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

7.1

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 12 of 22

Requirements for Pipes 1.

Technical requirement of all pipes shall be strictly in accordance with the buying description.

2.

Dimensions of Carbon steel / Stainless steel / Alloy steel pipe shall comply with ASME B36.10M or ASME B36.19M as applicable.

3.

All CS,LTCS and SS pipes shall be supplied in double random lengths for pipe sizes 3" NB to 48" NB, and in single random lengths for pipe sizes 2" NB and smaller, unless otherwise stated in the material requisition scope of supply.

4.

For welded CS Pipe exceeding 19.05 mm wall thickness, PWHT is required as ASME B31.3.

5.

All SDSS, CRA pipes shall be supplied in single random lengths , unless otherwise stated in the material requisition scope of supply.

6.

All pipes shall be plain end up to size 1-1/2” NB and shall be beveled end above size 2” NB.

7.

Plain end pipes shall have Ends Square cut with burrs removed.

8.

Each length of the threaded pipe shall be supplied with full coupling screwed hand tight at one end. Threaded end of pipe shall be NPT in accordance with ASME B1.20.1.

9.

Pipes shall be heat treated in accordance with product requirements after completion of all forming and welding operations.

specification

10.

CS and LTCS Pipes shall be fully killed and fine grained and supplied in normalized or normalized and tempered condition. All stainless steel pipes shall be supplied in solution annealed condition.

11.

All CS/LTCS pipes shall be seamless up to size 24" NB and shall be welded construction starting from sizes above 24" NB, unless otherwise stated in the Material requisition scope of supply.

12.

All SS pipes shall be seamless up to size 8" NB and shall be welded construction starting from above size 8" NB, unless otherwise stated in the Material requisition scope of supply.

13.

All Welded pipes up to 36" NB shall be supplied with single straight seam weld and sizes above 36" NB shall be with double seam. Spiral seam welds are not acceptable.

7.2

Requirements for Fittings 1.

Technical requirement of all fittings shall be strictly conform to the buying description (including the mandatory additional requirements mentioned in buying descriptions).

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 13 of 22

2.

Dimensions of butt welded fittings shall be in accordance with ASME B16.9. Forged threaded and socket welded fittings shall be in accordance with ASME B16.11. Other fittings dimensions shall comply with MSS SP- 75, MSS SP-95, MSS SP-97 or BS 3799 as applicable. Vendor shall provide calculations as per ASME B31.3 for the fittings not covered under the above mentioned standards.

3.

All screwed fittings shall be threaded NPT in accordance with ASME B1.20.1

4.

Branch reinforcing fittings (i.e. Weldolets.) Shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31.3. The vendor shall submit drawings during bid stage and calculations for review and approval after award of contract.

5.

Swage nipple fittings and Socket Weld Fittings are prohibited unless specified in the respective piping materials classes’ specification.

6.

Butt weld elbows shall be long radius type (radius =1.5 nominal pipe size). Short radius elbows are not permitted.

7.

For reducing fittings specified with two schedules in the Material / Purchase requisition the first schedule refers to the larger end or run pipe, the second schedule refers to the smaller end or branch pipe.

8.

Fittings shall be forged to the final shape and size. Fittings shall not be machined from bar stock or solid forged billets without specific approval.

9.

All reduction sizes for tees and reducers to be in accordance with ASME B16.9.

10.

CS and LTCS Pipe fittings shall be fully killed and fine grained and supplied in normalized or normalized and tempered condition. All SS fittings shall be supplied in solution annealed condition.

11.

Union dimension shall be in accordance with BS 3799.

12.

Galvanizing of fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM A153. Thread portion of fitting shall be supplied with Thread free Galvanizing

13.

All caps shall be seamless.

14.

All Welded pipe fittings up to 36" NB shall be supplied with single straight seam weld and sizes above 36" NB shall be double seam. Spiral seam welds are not acceptable.

15.

All Fitting shall be Seamless or Forged.

16.

All ASTM A105A and 105M fitting shall be normalized.

7.3

Requirements for Flanges, Spect acle Blinds, Spacers and Blinds 1.

Technical requirement of all flanges, spectacle blind, spacers and blinds shall be strictly conform to the buying description.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

8. 8.1

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 14 of 22

2.

All flanges NPS 24" NB and smaller shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5. All flanges NPS 26" NB and larger shall comply with ASME B16.47 Series "A" unless otherwise specified. Any flanges not covered by ASME B16.5, ASME B16.47 Series “A", as specified, shall be specially designed in accordance with ASME VIII Division I. The supplier shall submit calculations and detailed dimensional drawings for all such flanges with the bid.

3.

Where a flat face flange is specified, all dimensions shall be to the designated standard, except that the flange shall be supplied without the raised face.

4.

Spectacle blinds / spades and spacers shall be in accordance with ASME B16.48 for sizes up to 24" NB. Sizes 26" NB and above shall match

5.

ASME B16.47 series "A" flanges and the design shall be as per ASME B31.3 Para 304.5.3. Vendor shall submit calculations after award of contract for review and approval.

6.

Jack screw flange shall not be used for this project, Flanged spreader is acceptable.

7.

Hub connections are not acceptable for any piping class. Only Flanged connections shall be used in this project.

8.

Thickness of CS and LTCS Spectacle blinds shall be with corrosion allowance specified in the Material / Purchase requisition.

9.

Spectacle blinds dimension shall be in accordance with Appendix 1. Spades and Spacer dimension shall be in accordance with Appendix 2.

10.

Raised face and flat face surface finish for steel flanges shall be in accordance with ASME B16.5. The resultant surface finish, in accordance with ASME B46.1 shall have 3.2 to 6.3 µm Ra (smooth finish) for all pipe classes.

11.

Flange bores shall match corresponding pipe inside diameters.

12.

All forgings shall be furnished in normalized condition.

13.

Blind flanges shall be designed to match the dimension of the Welding neck ring joint flanges. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS Sour Service Requi rements All materials specified for sour service shall fully meet the requirements of NACE MR0175 / ISO 15156.The carbon equivalent (CE) shall be 0.43 maximum and shall be determined by the following formula:

Where the above values are in %. All chemical restrictions, carbon content, Sulphur content, carbon equivalent (CE) shall be in accordance with the project specifications. All casting and forging shall be

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 15 of 22

in the normalized or quenched and tempered condition. Cast iron shall not be used for hydrocarbon service. 9.

INSPECTION AND TESTING 1.

All items shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the relevant product standard and as stated in the Purchase requisition.

2.

Pressure testing of stainless steel products where required by the standard shall be performed using potable water having chlorides content 50 mg/kg or less.

3.

All welds in pipes and fittings shall be 100% radiographed / Ultrasonic tested in accordance with the individual ASTM Standard.

4.

Examinations and / or tests may be reviewed and / or witnessed by the Contractor or their authorized third party inspector at the vendor's facility.

5.

The vendor is responsible for informing the Contractor about the availability of goods for inspection and testing.

6.

Inspection shall be performed as per Vendor Quality Requirement form attached with the Material / Purchase requisition. The manufacturer shall submit the certificate of conformity of the material duly certified by inspector.

10.

SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITIES Documents to be submitted by the Supplier

10.1 1.

The documentation stated on Supplier Drawing will be required as part of the Requisition. The Supplier shall include the cost for these requirements in the quotation at the time of submittal.

2.

The Supplier’s drawings shall include revision boxes to describe the latest revision in full detail. The Supplier shall identify all drawings and data with the following: a. Drawing title, drawing number, and revision number, if applicable b. The Contractor’s project number. c. The Contractor’s requisition and requisition numbers Spare Parts: Supplier shall include the recommended spare parts list and unit cost in the quotation at time of submittal.

3. 4.

In addition to the information furnished in the quotation, as a supplier the Supplier shall submit for planning, layout, installation, maintenance, and record purposes, certified outline drawings indicating the following: a. Principle dimensions including the face to face or end to end dimension as applicable. b. Clear identification of end flange standard (i.e. ASME B16.47 Series A), and clear identification of end flange finish (i.e. raised face, ring type joint), the size, type and style. c. Pressure-Temperature rating d. Weight of the flange or fitting used. e. Materials of construction f. Design standard

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

10.2

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 16 of 22

Documents to be retained b y the Supplier 1.

All documents to be retained by the Supplier shall be available for examination by the Contractor or the Contractor’s representative at the time and place of the inspection, whether at the point of manufacture or distributor’s location. a. All documents and data shall be identified as indicated in paragraph 3.1 b. All documents shall be kept for a minimum of five years after the valve is shipped c. The Supplier shall also submit these documents to the Contractor if so specified in the Requisition. This submittal may be for the Contractor’s records only, or for review and approval by the Contractor, as specified in the Supplier Data Requirement Form or elsewhere in the Requisition

2.

Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS), and the Procedure Qualification Records (PQR), if applicable, shall be completed before fabrication begins and shall be retained by the Supplier. These documents shall be available to the Contractor or the Contractor’s inspector at all times prior to and during fabrication.

3.

Welder or welding operator qualification test results shall be retained

4.

Nondestructive examination procedures, procedure qualifications, and personnel certifications shall be retained for all applied nondestructive testing.

5.

Certified statements that relate the results of required nondestructive testing shall be retained.

6.

Radiographic film shall be retained in the shop for review by the Contractor’s inspector or the Contractor’s third party inspector.

7.

Detailed records shall be retained for all heat treatment performed, such as stress relieving, normalizing, and heating for forming.

8.

A detailed description of any casting repairs that are classified as major by the product specification shall be retained, which includes a sketch, photo or drawing indicating the location and size of the excavated area.

9.

Include the date of the test, testing fluid, duration of the test, temperature of the test fluid, test pressure, a description of the item tested, traceable identification number and the signature of the manufacturer’s shop inspector witnessing the test.

10.

All material records shall be fully identified with the specific materials they represent. a. Material records shall be retained when specified by the applicable code, material specification or the Requisition. b. Material test reports for pressure boundary components shall be retained for: c. All impact tested materials. The report shall include the impact test temperature and the result of the impact tests. d. All stainless steel materials. e. All valve materials requiring positive material identification. f. All materials specified with supplementary or special material requirements.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

g.

11.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 17 of 22

Certificates of conformance are required in addition to Material Test Reports when heat treatment information is missing, provided the governing code or specification allows certification

NON-DESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION All Non-destructive examinations shall be in accordance with the Project Specification for Welding and Non-Destructive Testing along with applicable International Codes/Standards. VENDOR shall conduct all the tests required by any contractual documents including specifications, codes and standards, data sheets and VENDOR’s ITP approved by CONTRACTOR/COMPANY.

12.

MARKING AND COLOUR CODING 1.

Marking of the piping components shall be done as per applicable codes and standards in addition to piping item / part number, purchase order number specified in Material requisition Scope of supply.

2.

Color coding of piping components shall be done based on the material categories as identified in the BGC specifications

3.

For traceability purposes, manufacturer shall ensure that each pipe is stamped with a unique identifying number, each fitting and flange is required documentation in accordance with EN10204.

13.

PACKING AND PRESERVATION 1.

Material shall be packed ready for export in a manner which allows easy handling and prevents damage. Vendor shall submit their standard packing procedure to purchaser for approval.

2.

Pipe ends shall be protected as per the details given below, • For sizes below 16" NB, protected with plastic end caps • For sizes 16" to 24" NB, protected with heavy duty plastic end caps • Sizes above 24" NB, protected with steel bevel protector. For beveled ends, the bevel protector shall cover the full area of the bevel. Thin wall pipes shall not be overloaded with multi-layer of pipes while shipping. All thin wall pipes shall be braced suitably at the end to avoid ovality.

3. 4.

Open ends of fittings and flanges shall be protected as per the details given below. • For beveled ends, the caps shall protect the full area of the bevel. • For sizes below 16" NB, protected with plastic end caps • For sizes 16" to 24" NB, protected with heavy duty plastic protective plugs or end protector.

5.

Water proof barrier material shall be used for stainless steel materials to protect against chlorine attack by exposure to salt water atmosphere.

6.

Carbon steel and stainless steel items are not allowed to be stored together and shall be packed separately.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

14.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 18 of 22

APPENDIX 1. SPECTACLE BLINDS FOR ASME FLANGES

NOTES 1. Spectacle blind dimension is in line with the Fig. 1 2, All Dimensions are in mm. 3. Material as per purchase order. 4. Welded fabrication for two or three pieces is permissible. 5. Thickness calculations based on ASME B31.3, Section 304.5.3 6. Heat number and material grade to be marked on spectacle blind. 7. Corrosion allowance (#) is included as below; 8. Material “Others” are including SS, Alloy 825 and etc. ASME CLASS 150 300

E

600

150

DN

PLATE THICKNESS: t

NOMINAL SIZE

D

ASME CLASS

C

CS/LTCS

Other

DN 15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350

15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

45 54 64 83 102 133 171 219 276 337 406 448 511

14 21 27 44 55 81 106 157 216 268 317 349 400

60 70 79 98 120 152 190 241 298 362 432 476 540

20 20 20 22 22 26 26 30 30

26 32 38 52 64 86 114 148 188 154 190 208 176

6 6 6 6 7 9 10 13 16 19 22 24 26

5 5 5 5 6 8 9 12 15 18 21 23 25

15 20 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300

51 64 70 92 108 146 191 264 318 397 454

14 21 27 44 55 79 103 155 206 255 307

66 82 89 114 127 168 216 292 349 432 489

20 22 26 30 33 36 36

30 36 42 58 68 96 126 116 140 128 114

9 10 11 13 15 19 22 28 35 42 48

5 6 7 9 11 15 18 24 31 38 44

300

NOMINAL SIZE

ASME CLASS

B

Material CS/LTCS Others 3mm

ASME CLASS 900

3mm

1500

3mm

# Supplier to revert back to Contractor in case corrosion allowance is found to be more than 3 mm.

Fig. 1

A

Material CS/LTCS Others 3mm

A

51 64 70 92 108 146 176 247 305 359 419 483

B

14 21 27 44 55 81 106 157 216 268 317 349

C

66 82 89 114 127 168 200 270 330 387 451 514

D

20 22 22 22 26 30 33 33

E

30 36 42 58 68 96 118 112 138 118 138 124

PLATE THICKNESS: t

CS/LTCS

Other

6 6 6 8 9 12 14 19 24 28 33 36

5 5 5 7 8 11 13 18 23 27 32 35

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Job No.

1500

15.

NOMINAL SIZE

ASME CLASS

Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 19 of 22

PLATE THICKNESS: t

A

B

C

D

E

CS/LTCS

Other

15

60

14

82

-

34

7

6

20

67

21

89

-

40

9

8

25

76

27

101

-

44

10

9

40

96

41

124

-

56

14

13

50

140

52

165

26

90

17

16

80

171

79

203

33

110

22

21

100

206

98

241

36

134

28

27

150

279

147

317

39

118

38

37

200

349

197

393

45

150

48

47

250

432

246

482

52

188

59

58

DN

APPENDIX 2. SPADES AND SPACERS

15.1

Spades Draw ing

Fig. 2

Notes 1) 2) 3) 4)

WG0000

Spades drawing in line with STD DRG S.38.042. Material as per purchase Dimensions in mm. One side of the handle shall be marked with: - The word “spade”. - The nominal size (mm). - The material standard and grade. The opposite side of the handle shall be marked with: - The charge or heat number of the base material.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 20 of 22

- The type of heat treatment. - The manufacturer symbol. Die stamping with a letter height of Approx. 5 mm shall be used. Plate-thickness 0.7t : however min. 3mm and max.12mm. The handle may made by integral with the spade, if t= max. 6mm. Thickness calculations based on ASME B31.3 Section 304.5.3. Do NOT drill a hole because a hole would indicate a spacer rather than a spade. (ASME B16.48 Section Material “Others” are including SS, Alloy 825 and etc. Corrosion allowance (#) is included as below; Material Material ASME ASME CLASS CS/LTCS Others CLASS CS/LTCS Others 150 3mm 900 3mm 300 3mm 1500 3mm # Supplier to revert back to Contractor in case corrosion allowance is found more than 3 mm.

15.2

Spacer Draw ing

Fig. 3

Notes 1) 2) 3) 4)

Spacers drawing in line with STD DRG S.38.043. Material as per purchase Dimensions in mm. One side of the handle shall be marked with: The word “spade”. The nominal size (mm).

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002 WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 21 of 22

The material standard and grade. The opposite side of the handle shall be marked with: The charge or heat number of the base material. The type of heat treatment. The manufacturer symbol. Die stamping with a letter height of Approx. 5 mm shall be used. Plate-thickness 0.7t: however min. 3mm and max.12mm. The handle may by made integral with the spade, if t= max. 6mm. Thickness calculations based on ASME B31.3 Section 304.5.3. A hole of 12mm dia shall be drilled as an identification-mark for spacers. Material “Others” are including SS, Alloy 825 and etc. Corrosion allowance (#) is included as below; Material Material ASME ASME CLASS CS/LTCS Others CLASS CS/LTCS Others 150 3mm 900 3mm 300 3mm 1500 3mm # Supplier to revert back to Contractor in case corrosion allowance is found more than 3 mm.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00002

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT Job No. Purchase Specification for PIPE , FITTINGS & FLANGES

15.3

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 22 of 22

Dimensions for S pade and Spacers

150

Ⅲ

300

Ⅲ

600

Ⅲ

900

HANDLE TYPE

Ⅲ

1500

ASME CLASS

Ⅲ

2500

Ⅲ

NOMINAL SIZE

A

B

C

E

DN

PLATE THICKNESS: t CS/LTCS

Others

450

546

449

150

80

29

28

500 600 750 900 1050 1200 400 450 500 600 700 750 900 1050 1200 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 900 1050 1200 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 300 350 400 450 500 600

603 714 879 1045 1216 1381 536 594 651 772 895 949 1115 1162 1321 489 562 610 680 787 816 968 1127 1216 1387 495 518 572 635 695 835 1007 1197 1299 1483 185 195 200 215 225 245

500 603 755 905 1060 1210 400 449 500 603 705 755 905 1060 1210 343 389 438 489 591 698 755 905 1060 1210 292 321 375 425 482 590 755 905 1060 1210 292 321 368 425 476 578

155 160 160 170 170 175 170 175 175 185 185 190 190 195 195 165 170 175 175 185 185 190 190 195 195 165 170 175 185 190 210 220 240 260 280 185 195 200 215 225 245

80 80 100 100 100 100 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 115 115 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 115 115 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 80 80 90 100 100 115

32 38 42 49 57 64 40 45 50 59 63 68 80 92 105 52 59 65 72 85 91 98 115 132 150 55 60 67 76 84 100 116 136 157 179 70 76 86 97 107 128

31 37 41 48 56 63 39 44 49 58 62 67 79 91 104 48 55 61 68 81 87 94 111 128 146 54 59 66 75 83 99 115 135 156 178 69 75 85 96 106 127

300

546

292

215

100

90

86

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 2 of 17

INDEX OF CONTENTS 1.

SCOPE ...............................................................................................................................4

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ..............................................................................4 2. 1

Def in i ti o ns : ......................................................................................................................4

2. 2

A bbr e v i at i ons ..................................................................................................................4

3.

REFERENCES ...................................................................................................................5 3. 1

Pr oj ec t s p ec if ic a t io n ....................................................................................................5

3. 2

BG C s pec if ic a t io n .........................................................................................................6

3. 3

In ter n at i o na l C od es a n d S ta n dar ds ........................................................................6

3. 3. 1 Am eric a n S oc ie t y of M ec h a n ic a l En g in e ers ( A S M E) .........................................6 3. 3. 2 Br it is h S ta n d ar d ( B S) ...................................................................................................7 3. 3. 3 Am eric a n P etr o l eum I n s ti t ut e ( A P I) ........................................................................7 3. 3. 4 Na t io n al As s oc i a ti o n o f Cor r os i on En g i ne ers (N AC E) ......................................8 3. 3. 5 In ter n at i o na l O r g a n i za ti o n f or St a nd ar d i za t io n ( I SO ) .......................................8 3. 3. 6 Am eric a n S oc ie t y of T es t i ng Ma te ri a ls (A ST M) ..................................................8 4.

GENERAL .........................................................................................................................11 4. 1

O rd er of Pr ec e d enc e ..................................................................................................11

4. 2

O th er G e n er al r eq u ir e m ent: ....................................................................................11

5.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................................................12 5. 1

Ma t er ia ls ........................................................................................................................12

5. 2

Corr os i on Pr o t ec t i on ..................................................................................................12

5. 3

A dd i ti o n al r eq u ir em ent f or F as te n ers : .................................................................12

5. 4

T ec hn ic a l r e qu ir em en t f or G as k et : ........................................................................13

5. 5

S our Se r vic e R eq u ir e m ent .......................................................................................15

6.

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ................................................................................15 6. 1

Ins p ec t i on ......................................................................................................................15

6. 2

P os i t i ve Ma t er ia l I de n t if ic at i o n ( P MI) ...................................................................15

6. 3

Ma i nt e n anc e .................................................................................................................15

7.

MARKING .........................................................................................................................15 7. 1

Ma rk in g ...........................................................................................................................15

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

8.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 3 of 17

QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................16 8. 1

Q u al i t y Co n tr o l .............................................................................................................16

9.

INSPECTION AND TEST PLANS ....................................................................................16

10.

PACKING AND PRESERVATION ....................................................................................17

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

1.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 4 of 17

SCOPE This specification defines the requirements for the purchase of Fasteners and Gasket for the BGC Facilities. The objective of this document is to describe the minimum requirements for design, manufacturing, testing and supply of Fasteners and Gasket for all process and utility piping systems above and below ground. This specification shall be used for piping designed to ASME B31.3. This specification does not apply to pipeline and instrumentation Piping.

2.

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

2.1

Definitions: COMPANY: Basrah Gas Company (BGC) CONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR under this CONTRACT and such other SERVICES as are related to or incidental to it. VENDOR / SUPPLIER: The person, firm, company or Corporation to whom the Purchase Order is placed including their assignees. SHALL: The word “shall” is understood to be mandatory to comply with the requirements. SHOULD: The word “should” is understood to be strongly recommended to comply with the requirements Glossary of Terms

2.2

Abbreviations BGC

: Basrah Gas Company

CAF

: Compressed Asbestos Fiber.

CRA

: Corrosion resistant Alloy

CP

: Cathodic Protection.

CVN

: Charpy V-Notch

DN

: Diameter Number (mm)

ITT

: Invitation to Tender.

RTJ

: Ring Type Joint

NACE

: National Association of Corrosion Engineers

NPS

: Nominal Pipe Size (Inches)

QAP

: Quality Assurance Program

SMYS

: Specified Minimum Yield Strength

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

3.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 5 of 17

REFERENCES Codes, standards, COMPANY specifications, SHELL standard drawings and other related documents shall be as per Section 3.0 of this document. The listing covers the majority of applicable codes, standards, specifications. However, it is not exhaustive. Latest Editions of each publication shall be used, together with any amendment/ Supplements / revisions thereto.

3.1

Project specification In conjunction with this specification, international codes, standards, regulations and references listed below shall also be applicable. Equivalent alternatives may be offered; however these shall be identified and based on agreement with Company & Contractor. TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER

PURCAHSE SPECIFICATION - PIPES, FLANGES & FITTINGS.

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00002

PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR VALVE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7880-00001

GREENFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00001

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS CAPTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00002

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – GAS PROCESSING INFRASTRUCTURE

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00003

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – PROCESSED GAS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00004

BROWNFIELD PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION – LIQUID EXPORT

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000MP-7737-00005

POSITIVE MATERAIL IDENTIFICATION

HOLD

EQUIPMENT CRITICALITY PROCEDURE (WOOD GROUP STD)

ENG-PRC-1118

INSPECTION STANDARD (WOOD GROUP STD)

QUA-STD-1003

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

3.2

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 6 of 17

BGC specification TITLE

DOCUMENT NUMBER 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JAIRAQ SOUTH GAS TAGGING PHILOSOPHY 5680-00001 TAGGING TAXONOMY FOR 6500-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JACOMPRESSOR STATION 5980-00001 BGC PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA7754-00001

BGC PROJECT TECHNICAL CODES & STANDARDS GUIDELINE

0000-BGC-G000-GE0-G0000-AA-618000006

BGC TECHNICAL STANDARDS PHILOSOPHY

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA4303-00001

3.3

International Codes and Standards

3.3.1

American Soci et y of Mechanical Engineers ( ASM E) B1.1

: Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)

B1.2

: Gages and Gaging for Unified Inch Screw Threads

B16.5

: Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

B16.20

: Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

B16.21

: Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

B16.47

: Large Diameter Steel Flanges (NPS 26" and Larger)

B18.2.1

: Square and Hex Bolts and Screw (Inch Series)

B18.2.2

: Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)

B46.1

: Surface Texture (Surface roughness, waviness, and lay)

B31.3

: Process Piping

B1.13M

: Metric Screw Threads: M Profile

B16.34

: Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End

SEC VIII D1 : BPVC Section VIII - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels - Division 1 SEC VIII D3 : BPVC Section VIII - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels - Division 3 Alternative Rules for Construction of High Pressure Vessels PCC-1

: Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

3.3.2

3.3.3

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 7 of 17

British Standard ( BS) BSI BS EN ISO 898-1

:Mechanical Properties of Fasteners Made of Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel - Part 1: Bolts, Screws and Studs with Specified Property Classes

BSI BS EN ISO 3506-1

:Mechanical Properties of Corrosion-Resistant Stainless Steel Fasteners - Part 1: Bolts, Screws and Studs

BSI BS EN 10269

:Steels and Nickel Alloys for Fasteners with Specified Elevated and/or Low Temperature Properties

BSI BS EN 1515-1

:Flanges and Their Joints - Bolting - Part 1: Selection of Bolting

BSI BS EN 1515-2

:Flanges and Their Joints - Bolting - Part 2: Classification of Bolt Materials for Steel Flanges, PN Designated

BSI BS EN 1515-3

:Flanges and Their Joints - Bolting - Part 3: Classification of Bolt Materials for Steel Flanges, Class Designated

BS 4882

:Specification for Bolting for flanges and pressure containing purposes

BS 381C

:Specification for Colors for identification, coding and special purposes

EN 10204

: Metallic Products - Type of Inspection Documents

American Petroleum Institute ( API) API RP 582

: Welding guidelines for the chemical, oil, and gas industries

API 594

: Check Valves, Wafer, Wafer-Lug and Double- flanged Type

API 598

: Valve Inspection and Testing

API 600

: Steel Gate Valves Flanged or Butt Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets

API 602

: Steel Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries

API 607

: Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves

API 608

: Metal Ball Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

3.3.4

3.3.5

3.3.6

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 8 of 17

API 609

: Butterfly valves- Double flanged, Lug and wafer type

API6D/ISO 14313

: Specification for Pipeline Valves Spec

API 6FA

: Specification for Fire Test for Valves.

API 6FB

: Specification for Fire Test for End Connections

API 6A

: Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Equipment.

National Association of Corrosion Engi neers ( N ACE) MR 0175/ISO15156

: Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for Use in H2S - Containing Environment in Oil and Gas Production

TM 0177

: Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking and Stress Corrosion Cracking in H2S Environments

TM 0284

: Evaluation of Pipeline and Pressure Vessel Steels for Resistant to Hydrogen Induced Cracking

International Organization for Standardization (ISO) ISO 9000

: Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards Guidelines for Selection and Use

ISO 9001:2008

: Quality Management Systems - Requirements

American Soci et y of Testing Materials ( ASTM) ASTM A 193/A 193M

: Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications.

ASTM A 194/A 194M

: Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both

ASTM A 276

: Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes

ASTM A 307

: Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 psi Tensile Strength

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 9 of 17

ASTM A 320/A 320 M

: Standard Specifications for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for Low- Temperature Service

ASTM A 325

: Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength

ASTM A 354

: Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners

ASTM A 385

: Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip)

ASTM A 449

: Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated,120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use

ASTM A 453/A 453M

: Standard Specification for High-Temperature Bolting Materials, with Expansion Coefficients Comparable to Austenitic Stainless Steels

ASTM A 463/A 463M

: Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminium-Coated, by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A 540/A 540M

: Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Special Applications

ASTM A 563

: Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts

ASTM A 564/A 564M

: Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished AgeHardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes

ASTM A 962/A 962M

: Standard Specification for Common Requirements for Steel Fasteners or Fastener Materials, or Both, Intended for Use at Any Temperature from Cryogenic to the Creep Range

ASTM A 1014/A 1014M

: Standard Specification for Precipitation-Hardening Bolting Material (UNS N07718) for High Temperature Service

ASTM B 122/B 122M

: Standard Specification for Copper-Nickel-Tin Alloy, CopperNickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver), and Copper-Nickel Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar : Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy Rod, Bar, and Wire

ASTM B 164

ASTM B 166:

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloys (UNS N06600, N06601, N06603, N06690, N06693, N06025, N06045, and N06696)* and Nickel- Chromium- CobaltMolybdenum Alloy (UNS N06617) Rod, Bar, and Wire

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 10 of 17

ASTM B 265

: Standard Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate

ASTM B 408

: Standard Specification for Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy Rod and Bar

ASTM B 473

: Standard Specification for UNS N08020, UNS N08024, and UNS N08026 Nickel Alloy Bar and Wire

ASTM B 564

: Standard Specification for Nickel Alloy Forgings

ASTM B 574

: Standard Specification for Low-Carbon Nickel-ChromiumMolybdenum, : Low-Carbon Nickel-Molybdenum-Chromium-Tantalum, LowCarbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum- Copper and LowCarbon Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Tungsten Alloy Rod

ASTM B 633

: Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel

ASTM B 637

: Standard Specification for Precipitation-Hardening Nickel Alloy Bars, Forgings, and Forging Stock for High-Temperature Service

ASTM B 805

: Standard Specification for Precipitation Hardening Nickel Alloys Bar and Wire

ASTM F 467:

: Standard Specification for Nonferrous Nuts for General Use

ASTM F 468:

: Standard Specification for Nonferrous Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs for General Use

ASTM F 562:

: Standard Specification for Wrought 35Cobalt-35Nickel20Chromium-10Molybdenum Alloy for Surgical Implant Applications (UNS R30035)

ASTM F 594.

: Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts

ASTM F 606:

: Standard Test Methods for Determining the Mechanical Properties of Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners, Washers, Direct Tension Indicators, and Rivets

ASTM F 2281:

: Standard Specification for Stainless Steel and Nickel Alloy Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs, for Heat Resistance and High Temperature Application.

ASTM F A262:

: Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels1.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

4.

GENERAL

4.1

Order of Precedence

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 11 of 17

All detail design and construction shall be performed in accordance with the Specifications, Standards, Codes, Regulations, etc. In any areas of conflict, detail design and construction shall be performed to the following Regulations, codes and standards, which are in order of precedence: 1.

The Laws, Standards and Regulations of the IRAQ.

2.

Project Specific Specifications and data sheets, philosophies, Design basis, etc.

3.

International Codes, Standards and Recommended Practices

4.

Internationally recognized Oil and Gas Industry sound practices.

5.

BGC Procedures and Codes / Standards.

6.

Technical Deviations. In case of conflict between documents in the same level of hierarchy the most stringent requirement shall apply. In such cases VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall provide its interpretation in writing of the most stringent requirement for COMPANY’s approval.

4.2

Other General requirement:

1.

All items shall be supplied in accordance to the material / purchase requisition.

2.

Gaskets and Fasteners made of Austenitic stainless steel shall be capable of passing an inter-granular corrosion test in accordance with ASTM A262, Practice E.

3.

For all SS, SDSS, Copper-Nickel, CRA materials of Alloy 825 and 625, PMI (Positive Material Identification) shall be applied prior to shipment from manufacturer’s / stockiest yard.

4.

Fasteners, Gasket and other criteria covered by this specification shall meet or exceed the requirements of any codes referenced herein or in the Contract Documents. In case of conflict, the specific requirements stated herein shall govern over referenced specifications. Any such conflict between the requirements of this specification and related codes, standards, drawings, Contract Documents, etc., shall be referred to Company for written clarification and resolution prior to fabrication.

5.

Contractor shall not make any assumptions regarding information not furnished by Company. Contractor is required to obtain all necessary documentation from Company.

6.

Contractor's base technical proposal in response to the ITT Package shall include full compliance with this specification.

7.

Contractor shall list and fully describe all modifications or deviations from this specification and the related codes in an alternate technical proposal to the ITT Package. Alternate technical proposals shall include all relevant technical information, for each

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 12 of 17

modification or deviation, such that the technical merit of each modification or deviation can be assessed at the bid stage on a case-by-case basis. 8.

Company reserves the right to withdraw approval of documents that exhibit poor performance, including high inaccuracies or poor usability characteristics in production

5.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

5.1

Materials

1.

Materials and fasteners supplied to this specification shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A962/A 962M or an equivalent standard. These requirements include test methods, finish, thread dimensions, marking, certification, optional supplementary requirements, etc. In general, bolting shall meet the respective mechanical properties required per the applicable standard, and alternate materials may be used provided they comply with any Design Codes, and the properties shown in the tables of the relevant standards. Dimensions and thread pitch shall be in accordance with ASME B1.1 and ASME B1.13M.

2.

High strength bolting materials, i.e., with allowable stresses more than those for ASTM A 193/A 193M Grade B7 can be used in any flanged joint. For intermediate strength materials, the same general application rule can be used; however, the Contractor shall verify the ability of the flanged joint to maintain a seal with the gasket under anticipated operating conditions.

3.

Thread rolling is a cold forming process imposing a surface layer of compressive stress to the bolt material. Machined threads are typically used for larger bolts; however, there is no preference for the manufacturing process although there are some exceptions for sour service requirements.

4.

Hex head bolts shall not be machined from bar stock.

5.2

Corrosion Protection

1.

For bolting materials with inadequate corrosion resistance, corrosion, resistant coatings shall be used.

2.

The corrosion protection for fasteners shall be as specified by Company in Table A-4. The relevant coating specification is subject to approval regarding type of coating, thickness, location, modification of dimensions, and hydrogen bake-out procedures.

5.3

Additional requirement for Fasteners:

1.

Technical requirement of all stud bolts shall be strictly in accordance with the buying description.

2.

Diameters and lengths of stud bolts shall be in accordance with material requisition and shall comply with standards ASME B16.5 (for flanges 24" and smaller), ASME B16.47 Series A (for flanges 26" and larger) and ASME B18.2.1.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 13 of 17

3.

For Stud bolts diameter shall be inches and length shall be in millimeter. All Nuts shall be heavy hexagonal with dimensions in accordance with ASME B18.2.2. The nuts shall be one side machined & other side chamfered.

4.

Stud bolt lengths shall be the effective thread length excluding the end points, in accordance with ASME B16.5. The lengths mentioned in the requisition are service lengths that do not include the dimensions of the end bevel.

5.

Stud bolts shall be threaded full length. Threads shall be in accordance with ASME B.1.1, confirming to : a. UNC series for size up to 1" diameter. b. 8 UN for diameter 1 1/8" and above.

6.

Thread fits shall be Class 2A for stud bolts and 2B for nuts.

7.

All Stud bolts shall be supplied complete with two heavy hexagonal nuts.

8.

All Alloy and Stainless steel bolts shall be supplied in accordance with ASTM A193.

9.

All Carbon and Alloy steel nuts shall be supplied in accordance with ASTM A194.

10.

Hardness of bolts / nuts materials shall be as per the applicable ASTM standards and shall comply with the requirements of ISO 15156 for sour service bolts / nuts materials.

11.

ASTM A320 grades L7 and L7M bolting material shall be impact tested in accordance with ASTM A320.

12.

Stud bolts to ASTM A320-L7M with sizes over 2½ inch can be supplied with guaranteed mechanical properties as referenced in ASME B31.3.

13.

For Nuts as per ASTM A194 nuts grades 4, 7 and 7M, Supplementary requirement S3 shall apply.

14.

The following are to be included on the supplied certificates as a minimum: a. Purchase requisition no. & the item no: b. Company Part number; If Any. c. Size and length d. Heat no. & Traceability no e. Impact test results-where applicable f. Hardness test results g. NDE results h. Heat analysis

15.

Material certifications for Stud bolts and Nuts shall be as per BS EN 10204, 3.1.

5.4

Technical requirement for Gasket:

1.

Technical requirement of all gaskets shall be strictly in accordance with the buying description.

2.

Spiral wound gaskets with inner and outer ring shall be manufactured in accordance with. ASME B16.20.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 14 of 17

3.

Spiral wound gaskets shall be 4.5mm thick and dimensions in accordance with ASME B16.20.

4.

CAF and manmade mineral fibers (MMMF) shall not be used for non-metallic gaskets or part of metallic gaskets. Use of asbestos in any form is strictly prohibited.

5.

All exfoliated Graphite gaskets shall be full face gaskets with thickness 3mm. Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASME B16.21

6.

Refer ASME B16.5 for flanges sizes up to 24" and ASME B16.47 Series A for flanges sizes 26" and above.

7.

GASKET CAMMPROFILE type to be used for the gasket 26” Above line size.

8.

Non-metallic flat gaskets with or without insert shall be manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.21

9.

Gasket components made from austenitic stainless steel to ASTM A240- TP316 (L) as applicable wherever, the product shall be in a solution annealed condition, before assembly.

10.

Gaskets made of austenitic stainless steel shall be capable of successfully passing Inter Granular Corrosion test in accordance with ASTM A262, practice E.

11.

Acceptable filler materials for spiral wound gaskets are Exfoliated Expanded Graphite.

12.

Carbon steel centering ring protective coating, plating or paints shall not contain zinc or cadmium.

13.

Flange gasket contact surface finish, in accordance with ASME B46.1 shall have 3.2 to 6.3µ m Ra (smooth finish) for raised face flanges.

14.

Graphite based gaskets or where this material is used for filler material in spiral wound designs shall be suitable for temperatures up to 400°C.

15.

Material certifications for gasket shall be as per BS EN 10204, 3.1 even though individual buying descriptions refer to ISO 10474, 3.18.

16.

The following are to be included on the supplied certificates as a minimum: a. Purchase requisition no. & the item no: b. Company Part number; if any. c. Size and Rating d. Heat no. & Traceability no e. Hardness test results f. NDE results

17.

The centering ring of the spiral wound gaskets shall be executed with a colour coding, according to ASME B16.20 for filler and winding materials.

18.

Paint shall not be applied on seating surface of gaskets.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

19.

5.5

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 15 of 17

The requirements of marking of non-metallic flat gaskets, as per ASME B16.21 to be complied. Sour Service Requi rement All materials specified for sour service shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.

6.

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE The bolted connections are subjected to an inspection and maintenance program.

6.1

Inspection 1.

Inspection of existing bolted joints comprises visual inspections as well as materials identification or verification examinations. The inspection shall also identify any bolt loosening or gaskets defects and/or damages. Any build-up of corrosion products or dirt within the bolted joint shall be removed and the bolts and gasket surfaces cleaned and they may be wax sprayed or otherwise protected against corrosion.

2.

Visual inspection should be supplemented by a comparison of the markings on the Gasket, bolts and/or nuts and the documentation regarding the properties of a bolted joint.

6.2

Positi ve Material Identification (PMI) 1.

PMI shall be performed in accordance with as per Company/Project Specification.

2.

Alloy and CRA fastener (bolts and nuts) for general service applications require a random PMI inspection:

3.

A random inspection sample shall be 100 percent for a lot of five (5) pieces or less, the greater of five (5) pieces or 5 percent for a lot of six (6) pieces to two hundred(200) pieces, and the greater of ten (10) pieces or 3 percent for a lot greater than two hundred (200) pieces.

6.3

Maintenance Proper installation and maintenance of fasteners is required for a leak tight flanged joint. Adequate maintenance of bolted connections includes routine visual inspections to identify bolts coming loose or ongoing corrosion of bolts and/or nuts threatening the integrity (leak tightness) of the connection.

7.

MARKING

7.1

Marking 1.

All studs, bolts, and nuts shall be permanently marked as defined in the applicable fastener materials standard, e.g., ASTM A 962/A 962M. Only rounded face low stress stamp techniques shall be applied. The following information shall be included: a. Manufacturer's identification mark and/or code b. Steel grade. c. Property class

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 16 of 17

2.

Marking of gaskets shall be done as per applicable codes and standards in addition to Manufacturer’s identification, Material designation, Item No, Size, length and Rating ( where as applicable), product standard.

3.

The centering ring of the spiral wound gaskets shall be executed with a color coding, according to ASME B16.20 for filler and winding materials.

8.

QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.

Contractor shall utilize a written Quality Assurance Program (QAP) formalized and documented in accordance with ISO 9001 or equivalent standard approved by Company.

2.

Contractor shall meet requirements for its QAP as per Company/Project Specification.

3.

This QAP shall be available for Company review upon request.

4.

A Vendor Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) shall be submitted to Company for review and approval at least 30 days prior to fabrication.

8.1

Qualit y Control 1.

As a minimum, the Vendors' quality control procedures for the following additional elements shall be submitted for Company review and approval: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

2.

9.

Control of materials, including receipt, storage, and issue. Product identification and traceability Inspection and Test plans Calibration of inspection and test equipment Control of special processes Maintenance and traceability of inspection and test records Surface treatment and coating inspection

Contractor shall provide additional procedures for the proper control of work quality when Company deems necessary. INSPECTION AND TEST PLANS

1.

All Fasteners and gaskets shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the relevant product standard.

2.

Examinations and / or tests may be reviewed and / or witnessed by the contractor or their authorized third party inspector at the vendor's facility. The vendor is responsible for informing the contractor about the availability of goods for inspection and testing.

3.

The manufacturer shall submit the certificate of conformity of the material duly certified by inspector.

4.

The Inspection & test plan must include scheduling of tests, scope of test, standard followed for test, acceptance criteria, Hold and witness points, packing etc.

Doc. No. BGC CONTRACT PURCHASE SPECIFICATION FOR FASTNERS & GASKETS

0000-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-MP-7880-00003

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 17 of 17

5.

Prior to commencement of work on the related activities, Vendor shall submit information regarding inspection and testing for Company review and approval. Such information may be included as part of, or in addition to, the Contractor's Quality Assurance Program.

6.

This information, provided in the form of a matrix, shall be titled "Inspection and Test Plan” (ITP).

7.

At Company discretion, a separate ITP shall be furnished to address discipline activities.

8.

The ITP format shall include the following: a. Activity and associated procedure or specification reference governing the activity b. Acceptance criteria. c. Responsibility for execution. d. Verifying document to be used for recording inspection and test results. e. Vendor participation at the inspection and test stages, to include stages of the work those are the Vendor’s responsibility to monitor.

9.

10. 10.

The ITP shall address all manufacturing sequences, reference to the appropriate procedures, extent of inspection, standard and acceptance criteria, and hold/witness/review points specified by the Company and the Classification Society. Company participation to be completed by Company PACKING AND PRESERVATION

1.

Material shall be packed ready for export in a manner which allows easy handling and prevents damage. Vendor shall submit their standard packing procedure to purchaser for approval.

2.

Water proof barrier material shall be used for stainless steel materials to protect against chlorine attack by exposure to salt water atmosphere.

3.

Carbon steel and stainless steel items are not allowed to be stored together and shall be packed separately.

4.

Cleanliness shall be achieved by prevention of dirt & moisture entering stud bolts and nuts during manufacturing stage at the stud bolts and nuts manufacturer's shop.

5.

The packing of the stud bolts and nuts shall be such that the ingress of dirt & moisture to the inside of the stud bolts and nuts is prevented.

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 1 of 22

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER & CONTROL CABLE

CLIENT

:

BASRAH GAS COMPANY (BGC)

ENGINEER

:

WORLEYPARSONS

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 3 of 22

CONTENTS 1

INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................... 5 1.1

Project Overview ................................................................................................................................................ 6

1.2

Scope ................................................................................................................................................................. 6

2

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................. 7

3

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS............................................................................................................................. 9 3.1

Project Reference Documents ........................................................................................................................... 9

3.2

Codes and Standards ........................................................................................................................................ 9

3.5

Deviation .......................................................................................................................................................... 12

4

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................... 13 4.1

Operation & Design Life ................................................................................................................................... 13

4.2

Environmental Conditions ................................................................................................................................ 13

4.3

Power Supply ................................................................................................................................................... 13 4.3.1

Main Power ......................................................................................................................................... 13

4.4

Materials ........................................................................................................................................................... 13

4.5

Excluded Cables .............................................................................................................................................. 13

5

DESIGN REQUIREMENT................................................................................................................................ 14 5.1

General ............................................................................................................................................................ 14

5.2

Earthing Cables ............................................................................................................................................... 15

5.3

Rated Voltage .................................................................................................................................................. 15

5.4

Conductors ....................................................................................................................................................... 15

5.5

Insulation .......................................................................................................................................................... 16

5.6

Screening ......................................................................................................................................................... 16

5.7

Fillers ................................................................................................................................................................ 16

5.8

Swell Tapes...................................................................................................................................................... 16

5.9

Inner sheath ..................................................................................................................................................... 16

5.10 Metallic Armour ................................................................................................................................................ 16 r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 4 of 22

5.11 Outer Sheath .................................................................................................................................................... 16 5.12 Colour of Outer sheath ..................................................................................................................................... 17 5.12.1 LV Cables ............................................................................................................................................ 17 5.12.2 Earthing Cables ................................................................................................................................... 17 5.13 Identification ..................................................................................................................................................... 17 5.14 Marking ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 5.15 Bending Radius ................................................................................................................................................ 18 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................................................................................. 19 5.16 Inspection ......................................................................................................................................................... 19 5.17 Tests ................................................................................................................................................................ 19 5.17.1 Type Tests........................................................................................................................................... 19 5.17.2 Special Type Tests.............................................................................................................................. 19 5.17.3 Factory Acceptance Tests................................................................................................................... 20 5.17.4 Tests on Sample of all LV Cables ....................................................................................................... 20 5.17.5 Tests on all Drums of all LV Cable ...................................................................................................... 20 6

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN (ITP) ............................................................................................................. 21 6.1

7

Site Support ..................................................................................................................................................... 21 PACKING ......................................................................................................................................................... 22

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

1

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 5 of 22

INTRODUCTION

Basrah Gas Company (BGC) is implementing a phased-approached programme of rehabilitation, rejuvenation and expansion projects in South Iraq. BGC is a 25-year joint venture with state run South Gas Company holding a 51% stake, Shell 44% and Mitsubishi 5%. This JV is designed to capture, treat and monetize associated gas currently being flared from three southern oilfields. During the initial Rehabilitation phase, BGC intends to return the existing non-operational facilities to work in a safe manner, in the short term. The Rejuvenation work shall return the assets to reliable and efficient operation for the duration of the venture, and address further operational improvements. The Expansion phase will see additional Gas Gathering (compression), Gas Processing and Power Generation facilities. The associated gas produced in Southern Iraq is separated at most field sites in large gas-oil-separator plants commonly referred to as degassing stations. The gas from these stations is either flared or collected and transported in the South Iraq gas network systems. Some 1,000 MMscfd of gas is currently produced in South Iraq with an estimated 700 MMscfd is currently being flared. Basrah Gas Company (BGC) handles the gas produced in four oil fields in the South of Iraq included in the Licence Round 1 (LR1) held by the Iraqi government. These fields are: •

West Qurna 1 operated by Exxon Mobil and partners;

•

North Rumaila operated by BP and partners;

•

South Rumaila operated by BP and partners;

•

Zubair operated by ENI and partners.

BGC intend to collect the excess gas from the above fields, i.e. gas that would otherwise be flared, and export it to other facilities for further processing and distribution. Remote oil production stations at Zubair field currently produce oil and flare the associated gas. The associated gas from each station is to be compressed and dried to the pipeline specification at each IPF (Integrated Production Facility) and sent to KAZ NGL plant for NGL recovery via the existing pipeline network. The existing stations comprise Hammar, Hammar Mishrif, Zubair, Zubair Mishrif and Rafadiya and each station is to have a standalone compression and glycol dehydration unit. There is another option to route South Rumaila station gas to KAZ NGL plant. The first phase is to capture current gas production and to process at KAZ NGL plant. The second phase will be IPF expansion at three stations Hammar, Zubair Mishrif and Rafadiya. The last phase will be installation of degassing stations at Hammar Mishrif, Zubair Mishrif and Rafadiya where oil separator operating pressures will be reduced to boost the production. The project will install TEG dehydration units and possibly compression at each gas gathering station. The first IPF to be modified will be the installation of permanent dehydration facilities at Hammar. r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

1.1

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 6 of 22

Project Overview

The objectives of the Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration project are to install new dehydration facilities on a new Greenfield Hammar Dehydration Facility site to remove water from the HP & LP compressed gas streams from Hammar IPF prior to export to the existing 24" gas export line to KAZ. The Hammar Dehydration Facility (HDF) will receive wet gas from the upstream Hammar Integrated Production Facility (IPF). Hammar IPF is a new oil production facility on the Zubair oil field in Basrah, Iraq. This facility is currently under construction and is expected to come on-stream in Q4 2014. The IPF includes gas compression equipment, with the compressed gas available at the IPF fenceline. Gas from Hammar IPF will be exported to the existing main 24" gas pipeline transporting gas to the BGC NGL processing plant at Khor al Zubair (KAZ). The Hammar Dehydration Facility will remove water from the HP & LP compressed gas streams from Hammar IPF prior to connecting into the 24" gas export line to KAZ. These facilities will include the following: Process Systems •

Inlet separator

•

Gas dehydration (including TEG Regeneration)

•

Condensate dehydration facilities

Utility Systems •

Electrical Power

•

Fuel Gas

•

Flare System

•

Process Drains

•

Open Drains

•

Diesel System

•

Instrument Air

•

Potable Water System

The Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration Facility shall be designed with a view to serve the requirements for stable and safe operation of the facility with the necessary infrastructure.

1.2

Scope

This Specification covers the minimum project requirements for the design, materials, marking, inspection, testing, documentation and preparation of shipment for the supply of low voltage power and control cables to be installed as part of “Hammar Permanent TEG Dehydration Facility”, Project. .

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

2

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVI ATIONS

2.1

Abbreviations

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 7 of 22

AC

-

Alternating Current

ASTM

-

American Society for Testing and Materials

BGC

-

Basrah Gas Company

DEP

-

Design Engineering Practice

DEM

-

Design Engineering Manual

EC

-

European Community

EEMUA

-

Engineering Equipment and Materials Users Association

Hz

-

Frequency (Hertz)

IEC

-

International Electro technical Commission

ISO

-

International Organisation for Standardisation

ITP

-

Inspection and Test Plan

kV

-

Kilo Volt

LV

-

Low Voltage

NFPA

-

National Fire Protection Association

PMT/PMC

-

Project Management Team/Project Management Consultant

PQP

-

Project Quality Plan

PVC

-

Polyvinyl Chloride

QMS

-

Quality Management System

SI

-

International System for Units

TPA

-

Third Party Agency

TQ

-

Technical Query

U

-

Rated Power frequency cable design voltage between conductors

Um

-

Highest value of the system voltage that can occur for prolonged period

U0

-

Power frequency voltage between conductor and earth or metallic screen for which

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 8 of 22

the cable is designed UV

-

Ultra Violet

V

-

Volt

VE

-

Value Engineering

WP

-

Worley Parsons Engineering Pty Ltd

WPMP

-

Worley Parsons Project Management Process

XLPE

-

Cross linked polyethylene

2.2

Definitions

COMPANY

-

BASRAH GAS COMPANY (BGC)

ENGINEER

-

Worley Parsons Engineering Pty. Ltd (WP)

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR

-

Contractor performing the construction work described under the contract with the COMPANY

MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER/ VENDOR

-

The party, which manufactures and/ or supplies, equipment and services to perform the duties as specified by CONTRACTOR in the scope of supply

-

Any other party appointed by CONTRACTOR for supply of any services

“Shall”

-

The word ‘shall’ indicates a requirement

“Should”

-

The word ‘should’ indicates a preference

“Site”

-

New Permanent TEG unit at Hammar

SUBCONTRACTOR

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

3

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

3.1

Project Reference Documents

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 9 of 22

• 3000-SABZ-G000-ZUBA-G00000-AA-7704-00002 Design

Hammar Site Permanent Dehydration Basis of

• 6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-5507-40001

Electrical Design Basis

• 6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-2105-40059

Data Sheet for LV Power and Control Cable

3.2

Codes and Standards DOCUMENT NO.

DOCUMENT TITLE

IEC 60038

IEC standard voltage

IEC 60060-1

High-Voltage test techniques Part-1: General definition and test requirements

IEC 60183

Guide to the selection of high-voltage cables

IEC 60227

PVC insulated cables of rated voltage up to and including 450/750V

IEC 60228

Conductors of insulated cables

IEC 60230

Impulse tests on cables and their accessories

IEC 60287-1

Electric Cables - Calculation of the Current Rating part 1

IEC 60287-2

Electric Cables - Calculation of the Current Rating part 2

IEC 60287-3

Electric Cables - Calculation of the Current Rating part 3

IEC 60331

Tests for electric cables under fire conditions

IEC 60332

Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions Part 1-1: Test for vertical flame propagation for a single insulated wire or cable Apparatus

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 10 of 22

IEC 60502-1

Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV part 1

IEC 60502-2

Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV part 2

IEC 60502-4

Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV part 4

IEC 60811-1

Common Test Methods for Insulating and Sheathing Materials of Electric and Optical Cables part 1

IEC 60811-2

Common Test Methods for Insulating and Sheathing Materials of Electric and Optical Cables part 2

IEC 60811-3

Common Test Methods for Insulating and Sheathing Materials of Electric and Optical Cables part 3

IEC 60885

Electrical test methods for electric cables

IEC 60853

Calculation of the cyclic and emergency current rating of cables

IEC60949

Calculation of thermally permissible short circuit currents, taking into account non adiabatic heating effects

IEC 61034

Measurement of smoke density of cables burning under defined conditions

IEC 60445

Basic and safety principles for Man machine interface marking and identification – identification of conductor by Color or alphanumeric

ASTM D2863

Standard Test Method for Measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration to Support Candle-Like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen Index)

EEMUA PUB No 133

Specification for Underground Armoured Cable Protected Against Solvent Penetration and Corrosive Attack - Formerly OCMA Specification ELEC4

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

BS 5467

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 11 of 22

Electrical Cables, thermosetting insulated, armoured cables for voltages of 600/1000V and 1900/3300V.

All the relevant parts of the latest revision of above mentioned IEC shall be applicable.

3.3 Shell DEPs DEP 33.64.10.10-Gen.

Electrical Engineering Guidelines

3.4 Order of Precedence The design and engineering shall conform to the latest editions of the relevant listed codes and standards. The following order of precedence shall apply specifically to electrical equipment. • Project Datasheet • Electrical Design Basis • Project Specifications and Standards • Shell DEP (DEM 1 DEPs mandatory all other DEPs for reference only) • International Standards • Service Authority Standards In the event of an inconsistency, conflict or discrepancy between any of the Standards, Specifications and Statutory requirements, the most stringent and safest requirement applicable to the project will prevail to the extent of the inconsistency, conflict or discrepancy. Any inconsistencies, critical to the design, shall be brought to the attention of COMPANY for resolution. Although not supplied for installation in a member country of the European Union, the equipment shall be supplied in accordance with the following European Community Directives: • 2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive • 2006/95/EC Low Voltage Directive The cables shall be designed, manufactured and tested according to the requirements of the relevant applicable IEC (International Electro technical Commission and ISO (International Standards Organization) standards. Should no IEC or ISO standard be available in any case, relevant British (BSI) or national standards shall apply. In case none of the above standards would be available, additional standards might be considered among those listed below: ANSI

American National Standards Institute

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

API

American Petroleum Institute

IEEE

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

NEMA

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

NFPA

National Fire Protection Association

UL

Underwriters Laboratories

3.5

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 12 of 22

Deviation

Deviations from the specification is only acceptable where the Vendor has listed in his quotation the requirements he cannot OR does not wish to comply with and COMPANY/CONTRACTOR has accepted in writing the deviations before the order is placed. In absence of list of deviations it will be assumed that the Vendor has complied fully with this specification.

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

4

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 13 of 22

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1

Operation & Design Life

Cables shall be designed and constructed to provide a design life of 25 years in the environment and operating conditions specified.

4.2

Environmental Conditions

All the electrical equipment shall be designed for operation in the environmental conditions as defined in Electrical Basis of Design Doc No.6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-5507-40001

4.3

Pow er Supply

4.3.1

Main Pow er

The cables shall have the following ratings a. LV Cables

: 400 V (3 Phase),50Hz

b. Control cables

:

230 V (1 Phase) ,50Hz

4.4 Materials All materials shall be as detailed on the material take off and specifications. When materials are not specified the Vendor may offer standard materials suitable for the environment and operating/design conditions, with prior approval from the COMPANY. All materials shall be new and free of defects.

4.5 Excluded Cables Following types of cables have been excluded from this specification: a) Instrumentation Cables (Fire and Gas, Telecoms, PA System) b) Cables for Heat Tracing c) Fiber Optic Cables

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

5

DESIGN REQUIREMENT

5.1

General

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 14 of 22

Power cables shall be capable of continuous operation at the highest system voltage as specified with a maximum conductor operating temperature of 90ºC and a maximum temperature under fault conditions of 250ºC. Current rating of cables shall be in accordance with IEC 60287. AC cables shall be designed for voltage and frequency variation of ± 5 % ± 2% respectively. Vendor shall state the detailed construction of each type and size of cable, informing in particular the material / construction of the fillers and bedding. Vendor shall clearly state / highlight deviations to the specified construction details. Each layer of material shall have a smooth external surface free of indentations, ripples etc. Cables shall be supplied in continuous drum lengths without any cable or conductor joints. All new cables shall be run in continuous unbroken lengths and joints will not be permitted unless for very long runs of cables exceeding the maximum possible drum length prescribed by the cable vendor. No negative tolerance on drum length is permissible. The required cable length to be supplied for each type and size of cable as indicated in the project Bill of Material. The total length required and the individual drum lengths shall be optimised in accordance with the project Cable Schedule to minimize wastage on each drum. Conductors for multicore LV cables shall have a circular cross section, however, LV cables having conductors of size 2 greater than 50 mm can be sector shaped. Cables shall be suitable for the following kinds of installation: • Underground concrete trenches • Underground directly buried in non-paved area. • In PVC conduit duct bank for road crossing • Underground metal conduit • Cable Tray, conduit systems and open air installation in hazardous (Zones 1 and 2, Zones 21 and 22) and unclassified areas. All LV Power and control cables in general shall be XLPE insulated, steel wire armoured for multi-core and nonferrous metal wire armoured for single core cables with overall PVC insulation. All cable shall be longitudinally protected against moisture. Conductor shall be plain annealed stranded copper as per IEC 60228, class 2. Insulation shall be XLPE meeting the requirements as per IEC 60502-1. r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 15 of 22

Armour shall be galvanised round or flat steel wire type for multicore cable and aluminium core type for single core cable. Ground wire shall be single core copper conductor with heat resistant PVC sheath. Outer sheath colour shall be Green and Yellow stripes.

5.2

Earthing Cables

Earthing cable shall be single core, copper conductor; PVC sheathed. The conductors shall be circular and composed of stranded annealed copper wires. Over sheath shall be of extruded green/yellow PVC, 0.6/1.0 kV Voltage grade (in accordance with IEC 60228) having oxygen index not less than 30. Earthing Cables shall be capable of continuous operation with a maximum conductor temperature of 70ºC and a maximum temperature under fault conditions of 160ºC.

5.3

Rated Voltage

The voltage designation of the cables shall be Uo/U (Um) as defined in IEC 60502-2 System voltage

Rated Voltage U0 /U(Um)

LV(control)

600/1000V (1200V)

LV(<1000) Power and lighting

600/1000V (1200V)

5.4

Conductors

For all cables, conductors shall be class 2 for fixed installations as per IEC 60228. Cable conductors shall be of high conductivity, stranded plain annealed copper with circular or shaped cross-section. Minimum cross-sections authorised are: •

LV Power

2.5 mm

•

Lighting

2.5 mm

2

•

Control

2.5 mm

2

2

For low voltage the following cross sections shall in general not be exceeded: • 240 mm² for a cable whether armored or not, up to a maximum of three conductors • 1000 mm² for single core cables.

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

5.5

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 16 of 22

Insulation

Power, lighting and control cables shall be XLPE insulated in accordance with IEC 60502. The insulation shall have 0 0 a minimum continuous rating of 90 C and short circuit rating of 250 C.

5.6 Screening All cables shall have a metallic layer surrounding the cores, either individually or collectively. Screening of individual cores in single or three-core cables, when required, shall consist of a conductor screen and an insulation screen as specified in IEC 60502-2.

5.7 Fillers Not Applicable.

5.8 Sw ell Tapes Swell tapes to prevent water ingress shall be applied in cable.

5.9 Inner sheath Inner sheath shall be extruded PVC type and provided over laid up cores.

5.10 Metallic Armour When required, the metallic armour shall be made of single galvanised steel wire (round or flat) for multi core cables or aluminium wire for single core cable. Minimum armour resistance shall be as per BS 5467. Armour may be supplemented by copper wires.

5.11 Outer Sheath Outer jacket shall be made of flame retardant, oil and sunlight (ultraviolet) resistant polyvinyl chloride extruded compound, having electrical and physical characteristics that meet or exceed requirements of IEC 60502. Flame retardant characteristics shall be in accordance with IEC 60332-1 and 60332-2-24.(category c) The required colour for outer jacket is black. The outer sheath shall be an extruded layer of low smoke PVC compound with the necessary additives to obtain the following characteristics: •

Flame retardant as per IEC 60332

•

Minimum production of noxious gases and fumes in the event of fire (Applicable for halogen free cables)

•

Oxygen index: minimum = 30

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE

BGC

HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY Work Order No.:

Document No.:

Rev. 02A

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Date: 06-11-14 Page 17 of 22

•

Acid gas generation as per IEC 60754-1 (Applicable for halogen free cables)

•

Withstand aliphatic hydrocarbons. PVC compound shall meet the requirements of IEC 60227-1 (For Halogen free cables)

•

Termite protected

5.12 Colour of Outer sheath Following shall be the colour of the outer sheath for LV Power/ Control and Earthing Cables.

5.12.1 LV Cables Colour of Outer sheath of LV cables shall be Black.

5.12.2 Earthing Cabl es Earthing cables shall be green/yellow striped.

5.13 Identification The core of power / earth cables shall be identified by coloured insulation as follows in accordance with IEC 604452010:

Cables without Earth Conductor (PE)

Alphanumeric notations Colour Conductors

Terminals

Line 1

Brown

L1*

U

Line 2

Black

L2*

V

Line 3

Grey

L3*

W

Neutral

Blue

N

N

Protective Earth

Y/G

PE

PE

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

Positive

Negative

Brown

Grey

Rev. 02A

L+

+

L-

-

Date: 06-11-14 Page 18 of 22

Single core cable shall be White. Bi-colour insulation green-and-yellow cannot be used for conductors without having protective function. Control and signalling cables: Black coloured cores with white numeric numbering on them along the length of each core at 150mm intervals as a minimum. Core numbering shall be of non-fading type.

5.14 Marking Cables shall be identified throughout the length by indelible marks on the outer sheath carrying as a minimum, the manufacturer’s name or trade mark, rated Voltage, Cable type, type of insulation, number of conductors and cross sectional are, year of manufacture, the word ELECTRIC at two meters (maximum) intervals along the entire length.

5.15 Bending Radius All cables shall be capable of bending to a minimum radius without affecting their electrical characteristics in any way, or causing the damage to armour. Vendor to specify minimum bending radius for the cable in the quotation.

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

6

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 19 of 22

QUALITY ASSURANCE

The SUPPLIER shall demonstrate that they operate a quality system in accordance with an internationally recognized standard. The effectiveness of the quality system and the SUPPLIER's compliance with it shall be subject to monitoring by CONTRACTOR and in addition, may be audited following an agreed period of notice. The SUPPLIER shall submit a quality control program for CONTRACTOR review at the time of Tender. The SUPPLIER shall provide facilities for, and cooperate with, CONTRACTOR and Inspectors during manufacturing, assembly and testing.

6.1 Inspection The Purchaser or its authorised representatives shall be permitted at all times free access to all parts of Vendor’s workshops that concern the construction and testing of the Power and Control cables. Inspection and certification requirements for the Cables shall be as per Third Party Inspection and Certification Requirements. Any defects noticed in the course of manufacture shall be brought to the attention of the Purchasers Inspection Engineer who shall decide whether faulty material or workmanship shall be repaired or replaced. All shop work and testing shall be carried out to the complete satisfaction of the Inspector. However his inspection and agreement to ship does not relieve the Vendor of his responsibilities under the guarantees covered in this specification and terms of the Purchase Order. The cost of rectification and repair of defects discovered during inspection shall be at Vendors expense. Any rejection made by the Inspector may, if necessary, be reconsidered by the Purchaser’s Project Manager whose decision will be final.

6.2 Tests Tests on the Power and control cable shall be conducted at the manufacturer's works in accordance with the codes and standards specified and witnessed by the Purchaser representative.

6.2.1 Type Tests Type tests shall be as per IEC 60502-1. Type test certificates to be furnished from recognized testing authority.

6.2.2 Speci al Type Tests Special Type tests shall include the following: •

Flame Retardant test

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

•

Oxygen Index Test

•

Smoke Emission test (for Halogen free Cables)

•

UV ray withstand test on outer sheath

•

Aliphatic hydrocarbon withstand (Applicable for Halogen Free Cables Only)

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 20 of 22

6.2.3 Factory Acceptance Tests All routine and acceptance test as per IEC to be performed on all finished cables and test certificate shall be furnished.

6.2.4 Tests on Sampl e of all LV Cables a)

Flame-retarding tests for sheath - except for cable to be laid totally buried.(Underground application)

b)

Oil immersion test for sheath

c)

Ageing test

d)

Hot set test

e)

Conductor examination and check of dimension

6.2.5 Tests on all Drums of all LV Cable a)

Voltage tests

b)

Conductor resistance tests

c)

Insulation resistance tests

d)

Armour Resistance Test

e)

Measurement of cable dimension

HCL (Hydrochloric Acid) emission tests shall be conducted in accordance with IEC 60754-1 requirements. Flame Retardant cables shall pass the tests in IEC 60332 Part 3 for cables with overall diameter smaller than 50 millimetres. After testing the ends of the cable shall be sealed by an approved method to prevent the ingress of moisture.

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

7

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 21 of 22

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN (ITP)

Inspection and tests shall be carried out on the Cables. These shall include but not be limited to the following: a)

Visual inspection of the cable or its parts and accessories may be required by the Company / Engineer or authorized inspector during the various stages of construction as identified in the ITP.

b)

Material shall be subject to inspection and testing at any reasonable time by the Purchaser's representatives and/or representatives of their Certifying Authority, to satisfy themselves that the ordered material is constructed and tested to meet the requirements of the Purchaser's specification, drawings and governing codes.

c)

This inspection shall in no way release Supplier from final guarantee with regard to materials, workmanship and performance of the material inspected.

d)

A proforma of test reports shall be presented with the bid for approval before placing the order. The Supplier shall propose during the bidding stage the list of tests to be carried out and the minimum acceptance values in accordance with relevant international or manufacturer’s standards for each test item for Company / Engineer review and approval.

e)

Before commencement of any test, copies of all relevant drawings, certificates and specifications shall be made available.

f)

Provision of suitable test gear for the test shall be the technical and financial responsibility of the Supplier. Detailed records of all tests by Contractors, Vendors or Field Engineers shall be provided and shall become the property of the Purchaser.

7.1 Site Support The Vendor, in their tender, shall provide details of their after sales support capability. Vendors shall advise their nearest service representative and nearest service facility to the project fabrication yard and the facility location.

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

BGC

SPECIFICATION FOR LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE HAMMAR PERMANENT TEG DEHYDRATION FACILITY

Work Order No.:

Document No.:

WO#018

6500-WOP-D001-ISGP-U13000-EA-777140029

8

Rev. 02A

Date: 06-11-14 Page 22 of 22

P ACKING

Each length of completed cable shall be coiled carefully on strong drums. Cables shall be supplied on non-returnable drums with a maximum drum diameter of not more than 3m. The maximum drum length for each cable type shall be advised by seller. The cable ends shall be sealed to prevent ingress of moisture. A weatherproof metal or plastic tag shall be attached to each cable drum and list the following information: a)

Voltage Rating

b)

Cable size

c)

Number of cores

d)

Length of cable

e)

Drum numbers (Purchaser and Vendor's numbers)

f)

Net weight of cable and gross weight with drum

g)

Vendor’s name and Purchase order number

h)

Year of Manufacture

i)

Purchase order number and item number

j)

Item code number and drum number

k)

The cable drum shall also be stencilled on each side of drum in approximately 50 mm high lettering.

r:\50666-shell-basra_gas_additional_engineering\work scope 018 hammar ipf\12 transmittals\02 outgoing\403050-00135-dc-wo18-tre-00070\6500-wop-d001-isgpu13000-ea-7771-40029_02a.doc

The information contained on this page is subject to the disclosure on the front page of this document

D Document R Review Com mments She eet                                                           

 

 

 

  PROJECT / ASSIGNMENT : BASR RAH NGL PROJEC CT TRANSMITTAL : BGC-WG0011-TR T B R-IFR-0048 D DOCUMENT TITLE E: CIVIL & STRUCT TURAL DESIGN BASIS W WGPSN DOCUMENT NO. : 0011-9500-WGEL L-G000-ISGP-G000 000-CX-7704-00001 SECTION

CLIEN NT : BGC

REV VIEWER NAME : Niilesh

REVIE EW DUE DATE :26 6/03/2018

REV VIEW DATE : 27/03 3/2018

ORIGIINATOR :

P. AM MARNATH SANTH H

REV NO. N :

01R

REVIEWER CO OMMENTS

INITIA ALS

Resolution R on n c conflict Clause 1.4

Comments rec ceived from BGC on 19/03/2018 Via a Email. Shell DEP ca an be used where e ever a good a alternative international co ode reference is nott available.

Nilesh

Site S Surveys s C Clause 3.1 S Site Surveys s C Clause 3.1 D Dead load Clause e 3 3.7.1 D Dead load Clause e 3 3.7.1

Iraq a very flat land, Having conto our @ 0.5m int may y not be a e decent elevation range r like say 1m. good idea, give Also talk about horizontal control, at what interval you want the data points for survey? The abbreviations used shall be consistently use ed in the loads and load combination tables s, This description is not consistentt with load and LC C tables in Appendix A

Dead D Surface e C Clause 3.7.1.1 E Electrical E Equipment Clause e 3 3.7.1.4 S Surge Load Clause e 3 3.7.2.3

add "only after shall be in the sen ntence to make it absolutely a f clear the intentions of use of this factor.

Test Loads Clause T e 3 3.7.3 Impact load clause e 3 3.7.6 Form No: ENG-FRM-114 F 48 R Rev/Date: C1-18-Dec-20 017

 

Nilesh

ACTION UNDERTAKEN U (ORIGINATOR)

Incorporated ntours at 0.5m It is suggessted to have con intervals to cover local undulations in the 0014 is an example e). ground (WG0 Included

Nilesh Nilesh

Nilesh Nilesh

CLOSED

Closed

Closed Closed

Incorporated

Closed

Incorporated

Closed

Incorporated

Closed

Counted severa al times in other se ection also

Nilesh

Air conditioniing equipment is re emoved

Closed

(?) abbreviation n

Nilesh

Closed

Is this water loa ad only or equipme ent empty is also co onsidered in this, make it very clear based on the Load table.

Nilesh

Abbreviation is incorporated Test Load is for the content load d only. Empty load will allow w for self weight of pipe / equipment; iss not considered in test load. This is appropriate ely covered in load combinations also.

ces. Remove the Liffting lug design forc

Nilesh

Incorporated.

Closed.

© 2013 Wo ood Group Limited This docum ment is uncontrolled once e printed. Check iMAP fo or the current version.

Closed

D Document R Review Com mments She eet                                                           

 

 

 

  Equipment Therma E al ( (ETL) Load d C Clause 3.7.8.3 V Vehicular Load d C Clause 3.7.15 P Paving/GradeSlabs s C Clause 6.2

How are these reflected in the e load table. if no ot please remove and ad dd in relevant sectio on

Nilesh

Load table up pdated.

Closed

Put the data in Appendix II

Nilesh

Incorporated

Closed

Update as per DEP or provide callculations to justify. The DEP gives s classification as Light duty for 100 0 mm and heavy duty for 150 mm.

Nilesh

Incorporated p DEP. 2 types of Paving included as per

Closed Closed

Two layers off 7mm dia mesh @ 200c/c is req quired for 150mm thick pa aving instead of 10 0 7mm dia mesh @ 200c/c.

Paving/GradeSlabs P s C Clause 6.2

Lets have the e nomenclature as a per DEP. The 200 mm paving shall be e marked as special paving for specific c areas.

Nilesh

J Joints Clause 6.2.1 1

DEP says max 8m why such low value v is proposed? ?

Nilesh

Vibration V 6 6.5

3.7.12, 13, and 14 gives requirrements for dynam mic loads, Ensure the two o sections do not co ontradict each otherr. ving, roads, watertight Slabs, area pav concrete, mach hinery foundations, and concrete expos sed to severe freezing and thawing conditions 28 MPa ade C25/30 (4000 psi), Gra Structures and their foundations and a for pment foundations except stationary equip jetties 28 MPa (4000 psi), Gra ade C25/30 Seal Slab or Blinding concrete, an nd crete fill miscellaneous non-structural conc 14 MPa (2000 psi) Grad de C16/20 Concrete envellopes for undergrou und electrical ducts and cover slabs fo or

Nilesh

Clause e

Grade of Concrete G C Clause 7.1.1 Form No: ENG-FRM-114 F 48 R Rev/Date: C1-18-Dec-20 017

 

6m is adopte ed for spacing of control c joints for better crack ccontrol. escribes dynamic amplitudes 3.7.12 de (displacemen nts) and 3.7.13 describes frequency. 3.7.14 is for seismic c load. All above are different and not contradicting. Incorporated. Since underrground concrete is coated with bituminous paint, p these concrrete grades are applicable fo or all projects as discussed with BGC on 16-0 04-2018.

Nilesh

© 2013 Wo ood Group Limited This docum ment is uncontrolled once e printed. Check iMAP fo or the current version.

Closed

Closed BGC to confirm

D Document R Review Com mments She eet                                                           

 

 

 

  direct-buried ca ables 14 MPa (2000 psi) Grad de C16/20 Pre-stressed co oncrete structures and a reinforced conc crete of marine stru uctures 41 MPa (6000 psi) Grad de C35/45 PlantDrainage and P d h hydraulic design n C Clause 9.0 C Culverts Clause e 9 9.1.7 U Underground piping g g gravity systems s C Clause 9.2

Nilesh on to drainage mastter plan document Shift this sectio min velocity sh hall be 0.9m /sec as a we have greaterr chances of siltation.

Nilesh 150 mm or 6 " min pipe dia. Check DEP statements.

requirements

an nd

capture

stan nd

alone

Closed

Incorporated.

Closed

Nilesh

Nilesh Manhole M vents s C Clause 9.2.4

There is no separate s deliverable e for drainage master plan.

Revised as 1 150mm for branche es and 200mm s. for main lines Vent pipes ca an be 3m high base ed on practical conditions. There T is no guideline available in DEP.

 

Form No: ENG-FRM-114 F 48 R Rev/Date: C1-18-Dec-20 017

 

© 2013 Wo ood Group Limited This docum ment is uncontrolled once e printed. Check iMAP fo or the current version.

Closed

Closed

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 2 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

Table o of Conte ents  

1.  INT TRODUCT TION 1.1.  PU URPOSE OF O THE DO OCUMENT T 1.2.  FIE ELD DESC CRIPTION 1.3.  DE EFINITIONS S 1.3.1 CO ONTRACTU UAL 1.4.  RE ESOLUTIO ON OF CON NFLICT 1.5.  UN NITS OF MEASUREM MENT 1.6.  HE EALTH SAF FETY AND D ENVIRON NMENT REQUIREM MENTS 1.7.  AB BBREVIATIIONS 2.  CO ODES AND D STANDA ARDS 3.  BA ASIC ENGINEERING INFORMA ATION 3.1.  SIT TE SURVE EYS 3.2.  GE EOTECHNICAL SUR RVEY DATA A 3.3.  EN NVIRONME ENTAL DA ATA 3.4.  WIND DATA 3.5.  SE EISMIC DA ATA 3.6.  DE ESIGN LIFE E TIME 3.7.  DE ESIGN LOA ADS 3.7.1 DE EAD LOAD (D): 3.7.1.1  SELF-W WEIGHT (D DSW) 3.7.1.2  SUPER IMPOSED D DEAD LO OAD (DS) 3.7.1.3  FIREPR ROOFING (DFP) ( TABLE 3 3.2 B FIRE EPROOFIN NG MATER RIAL WEIG GHT 3.7.1.4  ELECTR RICAL EQU UIPMENT (DEL) 3.7.1.5  PIPING LOAD (DP P) 3.7.1.6  EQUIPM MENT EMP PTY LOAD D (DE) 3.7.1.7  ICE LOA AD (IL) 3.7.1.8  SNOW LOADS L (S) 3.7.2 OP PERATING G LOAD (F)): 3.7.2.1  EQUIPM MENT OPE ERATING L LOAD (FEO O): 3.7.2.2  PIPING OPERATING LOAD (FPO) 3.7.2.3  SURGE LOAD (SU U L)    

7  7  7  9  9  9  10  10  10  11  15  15  15  15  15  15  16  16  16  16  17  17  17  18  18  18  18  18  18  18  18  19 

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 3 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

3.7.3 TEST LOADS S (F) 3.7.3.1  PIPING TEST LOA AD (FPT) 3.7.3.2  EQUIPM MENT TES ST LOAD (F FET) 3.7.4 LIV VE LOADS S (L): 3.7.4.1  MINIMU UM FLOOR R LIVE LOA ADS (LF) 3.7.4.2  ROOF LIVE L LOAD DS (LR) 3.7.5 CR RANE LOA ADS (CR) 3.7.6 IMP PACT LOA ADS (IL) 3.7.7 WIND LOADS S (W): 3.7.8 THERMAL LO OADS (L): 3.7.8.1  PIPE AN NCHOR FO ORCE (TA A): (TF) 3.7.8.2  PIPE TH HERMAL FRICTION F 3.7.8.3  EQUIPM MENT THE ERMAL LO OAD (ETL) 3.7.9 MA AINTENAN NCE LOADS (HEAT E EXCHANG GERS) – (M ML): 3.7.9.1  BUNDLE E PULL LO OAD (BP) 3.7.10  ERECTIION LOAD DS (ERL) 3.7.11  EQUIPM MENT INDU UCED DYN NAMIC LO OADS 3.7.12  DYNAM MIC AMPLIT TUDES 3.7.13  BALANC CE GRADE E OF THE EQUIPME ENT: 3.7.14  SEISMIC C LOADS (E): 3.7.15  VEHICU ULAR LOAD (VL): 3.7.15.1  PAVING G AND TRE ENCH COV VER LOAD DS 3.7.16  BLAST LOAD L FOR R BUILDIN NGS (BL) 3.7.17  EARTH PRESSUR RE (EP) 3.7.18  LIQUID PRESSUR RE (LP) 3.7.19  CONSTRUCTION LOADS (C CL) 4.  LO OAD COMB BINATIONS S 4.1.  FO OR GROUN ND SUPPO ORTED ST TORAGE TANKS T 4.2.  FO OR CULVERTS AT ROAD R CRO OSSING 5.  DE ESIGN MET THODOLO OGY 5.1.  EN NGINEERIN NG SOFTW WARE 6.  DE ESIGN PAR RAMETER R 6.1.  FO OUNDATIO ON DESIGN N 6.1.1 MIN NIMUM FO OUNDATIO ON DESIG N PARAMETER 6.1.2 ST TABILITY CHECK C    

19  19  19  19  20  21  21  23  24  24  25  25  25  26  26  27  28  29  29  30  32  33  33  33  36  36  37  38  38  38  38  39  39  39  39 

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 4 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

6.1.3 BE EARING PR RESSURE 6.1.4 FLA AT BOTTO OMED STO ORAGE TA ANK FOUN NDATIONS S 6.1.5 PIL LE FOUND DATIONS 6.1.6 PIL LE FOUND DATION DE ESIGN CO ONSIDERA ATIONS 6.2.  PA AVING / GR RADE SLA ABS 6.2.1 JOINTS 6.3.  GR ROUTING & CONTAC CT PRESS SURE UND DER BASE E PLATES 6.4.  PE ERMISSIBL LE DEFLECTION 6.4.1 BE EAM DEFLE ECTIONS 6.5.  VIB BRATION 6.5.1 SU UPERSTRU UCTURE VIBRATION V N 6.5.2 DY YNAMIC AN NALYSIS 6.5.3 NO ON-DYNAM MIC ANALY YSIS 6.6.  DE ESIGN CRIITERIA FO OR PIPE R RACKS 6.6.1 PIP PING LOAD DS 6.6.2 PIP PE DEAD LOADS L (DP) 6.6.3 PIP PE OPERA ATING LOA ADS (FPO) 6.6.4 PIP PE THERM MAL LOADS (L) 6.6.4.1  FRICTIO ON FORCE ES (TF) 6.6.4.2  PIPE AN NCHOR & GUIDE FO ORCES (TA A) 6.6.5 PIP PING TEST T LOADS (FPT) ( 6.6.6 CA ABLE LOAD DS (DEL) 6.6.7 LO ONGITUDIN NAL TIE BE EAMS 6.6.8 WIND LOAD ON PIPE RACKS (W W) 6.6.9 SE EISMIC DESIGN OF PIPE P RAC CKS 6.6.10  LOADIN NG COMBINATIONS 6.6.11  STRUCT TURAL SY YSTEM 6.6.11.1  PIPE RA ACKS / BR RIDGE RAC CKS 6.7.  PIP PE SLEEPERS 6.8.  PIP PE SUPPO ORTS 7.  ST TRUCTURA AL CONCR RETE 7.1.  GE ENERAL 7.1.1 GR RADE OF CONCRET C TE 7.1.2 GR RADE OF REINFORC R CEMENT B BARS 7.1.3 PR ROTECTIVE COATIN NG TO SUR RFACES OF O CONCR RETE    

41  41  42  42  43  43  44  44  44  47  47  48  48  49  49  50  50  50  50  51  51  52  52  52  53  54  54  54  54  54  55  55  55  56  57 

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 5 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

7.1.4 CO ONCRETE COVER 7.1.5 AN NCHOR BO OLTS 8.  ST TRUCTURA AL STEEL 8.1.  MA ATERIAL 8.1.1.  STRUCTU URAL STEEL SECTI ONS AND D PLATES 8.1.2.  STRUCTU URAL STEEL PIPES 8.2.  CO ONNECTIO ONS 8.2.1.  STRUCTU URAL BOL LTS 8.2.2.  WELDING G 8.3.  CO OATINGS 8.3.1.  GALVANIS SATION 8.3.2.  PAINTING G 8.4.  MIS SCELLANEOUS STR RUCTURA AL STEEL 8.4.1.  LADDERS S 8.4.2.  PLATFOR RMS, WALK KWAYS & ACCESS WAYS 8.4.3.  HANDRAILS 8.4.4.  GRATING GS 8.4.5.  FLOOR PLATE 8.5.  PA ASSIVE FIR RE PROTE ECTION R EQUIREM MENTS 9.  PLA ANT DRAIINAGE & HYDRAUL H LIC DESIGN 9.1.  SU URFACE DRAINAGE SYSTEM (CLEAR RAIN R WAT TER - CR) 9.1.1.  GENERAL L 9.1.2.  RUNOFF COEFFICIENT: 9.1.3.  FLOW CA ALCULATIO ON: 9.1.4.  MANNING G COEFFIC CIENTS FO OR VARIO OUS SECT TIONS (K): 9.1.5.  DITCHES 9.1.6.  CATCH BA ASIN – MA ANHOLE N NETWORK KS: 9.1.7.  CULVERT TS 9.2.  UN NDERGRO OUND PIPING-GRAV VITY SYST TEMS 9.2.1.  SEWER PIPING G (ACC CIDENTALL LY CONTAMINA ATED CO ONTINUOU USLY CON NTAMINAT TED – AC, CC) 9.2.2.  CATCH BA ASINS AN ND AREA D DRAINS 9.2.3.  MANHOLE ES 9.2.4.  MANHOLE E VENTS 9.2.5.  CLEANOU UTS    

57  58  58  58  58  58  59  59  59  59  59  59  59  60  60  60  61  61  61  61  62  62  62  63  64  64  64  64  65  AND A 65  66  66  66  67 

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 6 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

9.2.6.  DRAWING GS 9.3.  SA ANITARY SEWERS S (DS – DOM MESTIC SE EWAGE) 9.4.  PR ROCESS SEWERS S 9.5.  WA ASTE TRE EATMENT AND DISP POSAL 9.5.1.  SEWAGE DISPOSA AL 9.5.2.  RETENTIO ON POND 10.  EA ARTHWOR RKS 11.  RO OADS 11.1. PLA ANT ROADS 11.1.1.  GENER RAL 11.1.2.  DESIGN N LOADING G 11.1.3.  ROADW WAY CROW WN 11.1.4.  DEGREE OF CUR RVATURE 11.1.5.  GRADIE ENTS TE FACILIITIES ACC 11.2. FIE ELD GATH HERING AN ND OFFSIT CESS ROA ADS 11.2.1.  GENER RAL 11.2.2.  DESIGN N LOADING G 11.2.3.  PAVEMENT STRU UCTURES S 11.2.4.  ROADW WAY CROW WN 11.2.5.  DEGREE OF CUR RVATURE 11.2.6.  GRADIE ENTS 11.3. AR REA PAVIN NG 11.3.1.  CONCR RETE PAVIING 11.3.2.  ASPHAL LT AREA PAVING P 11.3.3.  PAVING G 11.3.4.  FENCIN NG 11.3.5.  ELECTR RICAL OHL CABLE C CLEARAN NCES 12.  AP PPENDIX A - LOAD COMBINAT C TIONS 13.  AP PPENDIX B – VEHICLE LOAD

   

67  67  67  68  68  68  68  68  68  68  69  69  69  69  70  70  70  70  70  70  70  70  70  71  71  71  71  73  74 

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 7 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

1. 1.1.

INTRODUCTION Purpose e of the Doc cument The purp pose of this design bassis is to se et forth gene eral Civil annd Structural Engineering g design crriteria for BGC C Oil and Ga as plant facilities. Analysis and design shall follow e established principles of mechanics and enginee ering practice e specific to the needs of the regio on. The crite eria containe ed herein shaall apply to design d of all foundatio ons and struc ctures includiing the 

B Buildings



P Process struc ctures



P Pipe racks, Pipe P & Cable Tray Supports

 

Ware Houses W s & Worksho ops S Shelter Structures



E Equipment Fo oundations



E Earthwork



R Roads

 

Paving P F Fencing



O Other miscellaneous strucctures

 

The Vend dor / Contrac ctor shall co omply fully with the provis sions laid doown in this Design D Basiss. Any exce eption must be b authorized d in writing by y BGC. 

1.2.

Field Des scription BGC is involved in utilizing u the g gas which is burnt in flarres of Basraa Oil process sing facilitiess. Refer to Figure F 1.1 for approximatte location off Basra Field.

   

  011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GP00 G00000-CX--7704-00001

GC CONTRAC CT BG

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 8 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Figure 1.1 Ba asra Field

 

   

  Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 9 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    1.3. 1.3.1

00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Definitio ons Contractu ual

wing Definitio ons shall app ply for this do ocument The follow Shall - Th he word 'sha all' is to be un nderstood as s mandatory. Should - The word 'should' is to b be understoo od as strongly y recommendded. derstood as indicating a possible p courrse of action. May - The word 'may' is to be und Company

-

asrah Gas Co ompany (BGC C). Ba

LC -Enginee ering, Procurrement & Services Contra actor. Wood PL Contractt

- A contra act agreemen nt entered be etween the Company C andd Contractor

Contracttor - A nominated party by Compan ny who shall be responssible for prov viding design n engineeriing, procurem ment and con nstruction se ervice under the contract.. Vendor /Supplier /M Manufacture er – is the party (partties) which manufactures and / or supplies materials, equipment, e te echnical doc cuments or drawings d andd/ or service es to perform m the duties specified by b the Wood d PLC / Conttractor in the e scope of suupply & serv vices. Sub-Con ntractor - Any A other pa arty appointe ed by Wood PLC/ Conttractor for supply of anyy work/servvices. Inspecto or - Any person/party ccertified as acting a for and on behaalf of BGC or o Contracto or to inspect items to be purchased a and/or the work done by the Vendor. ntractor shalll submit in writing w to thee BGC, for approval, a anyy Substitutions - The Vendor/Con aterials or cchanges to the proposed d proposalss for substitutions due tto non-availability of ma design, prior p to the co ommenceme ent of work.

1.4.

Resolution of Confflict In the evvent of any conflict c betw ween this De esign Basis, Engineeringg drawings and a the Data a Sheets, or o with any applicable a Co odes and Sttandards, Co ontractor/Venndor/Supplierr shall inform m BGC and d obtain wrritten clarificcation or au uthorization before procceeding witth the workk.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 10 0 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Normally the most stringent s sp pecification shall s prevail in case off conflict. In n general, the e order of precedence p would w be ide entified by Co ompany Stan ndard guideli nes;  

Iraqi Statu utory Law & R Regulations



M-2 Shell DEM



ndards BGC Stan

nal Standard ds  Internation s can be use ed wherever a good alte ernate internaational code reference iss Shell DEP standards able.  not availa

1.5.

Units of Measurem ment In genera al, SI units sh hall be used..

1.6.

Health Safety S and Environme E ent Require ements The Hea alth, Safety and a Environ nment requirrements rem main the highhest priority for all BGC C projects. The local requirements sshall prevail, however an nd the most sstringent will apply. All Contra actors / Vend dors shall strrictly comply y with HSE re equirements ..

1.7.

Abbrevia ations

  BGC BDEP DEP HSE ACI AISC ASCE ASTM EN AREMA A MOE QRA

 

   

Basrah G Gas Compan ny Basic De esign & Engineering Pac ckage Design a and Engineering Practice e Health, S Safety and Environment E America n Concrete Institute I America n Institute off Steel Consttruction America n Society of Civil Engine eers America n Society of Testing Matterials Europea an Norm America n Railway Engineering and a Maintena ance-of-Way y Association n Ministry of Electricity y Quantita ative Risk Assessment

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 11 1 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

2.

CODES AND A STAN NDARDS The latesst edition of the t following standards, codes c and specificationss shall apply::

Loads and a Combin nations ASCE-7 -05 only)

Minimum M Dessign Loads fo or Building and a Other Sttructures (Fo or wind loadss

ASCE-7 -10 than wind d)

Minimum M Dessign Loads fo or Building and Other Strructures (Fo or loads other

ASCE

Wind W Loads fo or Petro Che emical and Other O Industriial Facilities

ACI 318

Bu uilding Code Requiremen nts for Structtural Concreete

AISC 360 0

Sp pecification ffor Structural Steel Buildings

API STD 650

Welded W Steel Tanks for Oil O Storage

AASHTO O

Sttandard Spe ecification forr Highway Brridges

IBC

In nternational B Building Cod de

API STD 620

Design and C Construction of Large, We elded, Low-P Pressure Sto orage Tanks

Concrette Works and Founda ations

   

ACI 117

Sp pecification ffor Tolerance es for Concre ete Construcction and Ma aterials

ACI 201.2 2

Guide to Dura able Concrette

ACI 201.1

Guide for Con nducting a Viisual Inspecttion of Concrrete

ACI 207.3 3

Practice for E Evaluation of o Concrete in Existing Massive Structures S for Service Cond itions

ACI 209

Prediction of Creep, Shrinkage and d Temperatuure Effects in Concrete e Sttructures

ACI 211.1

Sttandard Pracctice for Sele ecting Propo ortions for Noormal, Heav vyweight, and d Mass M Concrette

ACI 212.3 3

Chemical Adm mixtures for Concrete C

ACI 214.4 4

Guide for Obttaining Cores s and Interprreting Comprressive Stren ngth Resultss.

ACI 215

Consideration ns for Design of Concre ete Structurees Subjected to Fatigue e Lo oading.

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 12 2 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

   

ACI 216

Guide for Dete ermining the e Fire Endura ance of Conccrete Elemen nts

ACI 221

Guide for Usse of Norm mal Weight and Heavy--Weight Aggregates fo or Concrete.

ACI 224

Control of Cra acking in Con ncrete Structtures.

ACI 213

Sttandard Pracctice for the Use of Shrin nkage-Comppensating Co oncrete.

ACI 228.2 2

Non-destructivve Test Meth hods for Eva aluation of Cooncrete in Sttructures.

ACI 301

Specification ffor Structura al Concrete.

ACI 302.1

Guide for Con ncrete Floor and Slab Co onstruction.

ACI 304

Guide for Mea asuring, Mixiing, Transpo orting and Plaacing Concre ete.

ACI 305.1

Hot Weather C Concreting

ACI 306R R

Guide to Cold d Weather Co oncreting

ACI 308

Sttandard Pracctice for Curing Concrete e.

ACI 315

Details and D etailing of Concrete Rein nforcement.

ACI 318

Building Code e Requireme ents for Struc ctural Concreete.

ACI 325.9 9

Guide for Con nstruction of Concrete Pa avements annd Concrete Bases.

ACI 336.2 2

Fo oundations.

ACI 343.2 2

Analysis and Design of Reinforced R Co oncrete Briddge Structure es.

ACI 347

Guide to Form mwork for Co oncrete

ACI 350

Environmenta al Engineerin ng Concrete Structure

ACI 351

Fo oundation fo or Dynamic Equipment. E

ACI 352

Recommenda ations for Design D of Beam-Colum B mn Joints in n Monolithicc Reinforced Co oncrete Structures

ACI 364.1

Guide for Eva aluation of Co oncrete Structures beforee Rehabilitattion

ACI 504

Guide to Sealling Joints fo or Concrete Structures S

ACI 515.1

A Guide to tthe Use of Water-prooffing- Damp-pproofing, Prrotective and d Decorative Ba arrier System m for Concrete

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 13 3 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    ACI 546.2 2

Guide to Unde erwater Repair of Concre ete

ACI 546.3 3

Guide for the Selection off Materials fo or Repair of C Concrete

ACI 546.4 4

Concrete Rep pair Guide

ASTM D1557

Standard S Te est Methods for Laboratory Coompaction Ch haracteristicss off Soil Using M Modified Effo ort

ACI 325.9 9R

Guide for C Construction of Concre ete Pavemeents and Concrete Basses

ASTM A123

Sttandard Speccification forr Zinc (Hot-D Dip Galvanizeed) Coatings s on Iron and d Stteel Productts

Structurral Steel Works W AISC 360 0

Specificatio on for Structu ural Steel Bu uildings

EN 10025 5

Hot Rolled Products of Structural Steel

ASTM A 563

Standard S Specification for Carbon and a Alloy Steeel

ASTM F--436

Standard S Specification for hardened d steel washhers

ALI A14.3 3

Safety Req quirement forr Fixed Ladders

ASSE A1 1264.1

ASTM A3 36M

Safety Req quirements for Workpllace Walkinng/Working Surfaces S and d their Accesss; Workplac ce Floor, Wall W and Rooof Opening; Stairs and d Guardrails S Systems Standard S Specification for Structura al Steel

ASTM A193/A193M A Standard Specificatio on for Alloy-Steel & Stainless Steel S Bolting g Materials fo for High Tem mperature Service ASTM A307-04 A

Standard Specification for 60,000 PS I Tensile Strrength

ASTM A325M A

Standard Specification for High Strength Boolts for Stru uctural Stee el Joints, (Inccluding Suita able Nuts & Plain P Hardenned Washers s)

ASTM A490M A

Standard S Specification n for High-Sttrength Steeel Bolts, Cla asses 10.9 & 10.93 for S Structural Ste eel Joints (Metric)

Carbon C

Steeel

Bolts

ASTM A5 572/A572M Standard Specification n for High Strength Low Alloy

   

&

Studss,

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 14 4 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Columbium m - Vanadium m Steels of Structural S Quuality ASTM A1011/A1011 A 1M

Standa ard Specifica ation for Stteel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- Rolled d, Carbon , Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloyy and High-S Strength Low wAlloy wiith Improved Formability

AWS D1.1

Structurral Welding Code C

Occupa ational Safe ety and Hea alth Admin nistration (O OSHA) OSHA 29 9 CFR1910

Occupa ational Safety y and Health h Standards

BGC & DEP D Stand dard Speciffications (T To be used as Guideliine) DEP 34.0 00.01-30

Structura al Design and Engineerin ng of Onshorre Structures s 

DEP 34.0 00.01-10

Earthqua ake Design for f Onshore Facilities

DEP 34.1 11.00-12

Geotech nical and Fo oundation En ngineering – Onshore

DEP 34.1 19.20-31

Onshore e Concrete Design D and Construction C

DEP 34.2 28.00-31

Onshore e Steel Structtures

DEP 34.1 17.10.32

Design o of buildings – Onshore

DEP 34.1 14.20.31

Drainage e systems an nd Primary Treatment T faccilities

DEP 80.0 00.10.11

Layout off Onshore fa acilities

DEP 30.0 00.60.20

Human fa actors Engin neering – Phy ysical works pace design

DEP 34.1 11.00.11

Site prep paration and earth works including Taank foundatio ons and Tank farm ms

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-A AA-4303-00001 BGC Te echnical Stanndards Philo osophy GC-G000-GE E00-G00000--AA-6180-00 0006 BGC Prrojects Tech nical Codes & Standardss 0000-BG Guideline 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-A AA-7880-00001 BGC 3D D Modelling S Specification n 00-G00000-A AA-3323-00017 Security y Infrastructuure Informatio on 7000-BGC-N004-GE0

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 15 5 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

3.

BASIC ENGINEER E RING INFO ORMATION

3.1.

Site Surrveys Engineering shall be based on the e most recen nt topographic survey avaailable. Horiz zontal contro ol shall be based b on the e plant grid ssystem which h is tied to th he geodetic ccoordinate sy ystem, WGS S84 (EGM M 2008) Univ versal Transsverse Merca ator, UTM (Z Zone 38N). Vertical con ntrol shall be e generallyy based on EG GM 2008 or an established benchmark for the plaant. Elevation n contours sh hall be at 0. 5 m intervals within the plant area aand 1.0 m in nterval in the e immediatte surroundin ngs. Levels sshall be taken n at spacing of 10m c/c foor topographic surveys. In n steeply sloping s terraiin, these co ntour interva als may be doubled. Ouutside this area, a large er contour in nterval may be used, pa rticularly in rugged r counttry or over w water. Route profiles shall be drawn n to an accura acy of 0.1 m in elevation.

3.2.

Geotech hnical Surve ey Data A geotecchnical evaluation of tthe relevantt site shall be conduccted by an independen nt Consultan nt / Contrac ctor. All C Civil and Strructural design shall be in accordance with the e recomme endations con ntained in the e geotechnic cal report pre epared by thee geotechnical Consultan nt / Contracctor. In the absence of geotechnical g investigatio on, reasonab ble soil desiign parametters shall be e assumed for non-critiical structure e / foundations and the same s shall bbe recorded in respective e project de esign basis.

3.3.

Environm mental Data According g to Metocean Referencce Document for Ar Rata awi NGL Plaant (Doc No. 7000-SGI N004-GE E00-G00000--CX-8380-00 0001 R02) 

3.4.

Maximum m Ambient Te emperature

52 degree C

Minimum Ambient Temperature

-4 Degree C

m daily rain fa all Maximum

54mm

Maximum m hourly rainffall

53mm

Max. Dessign Rainfall Intensity:

our 53 mm/ho

Wind Da ata Refer to Section S 3.7.7 7 for wind Da ata

3.5.

Seismic Data Refer to Section S 3.7.14 for seismicc Data.

   

  Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 16 6 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    3.6.

00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Design Life L Time All Structtures/foundattions shall be e designed fo or 50 years life. This shaall be ensured d by adequate inspection n / maintenance of the sttructures and d foundations s.

3.7.

Design Loads L All structures and fou undations sh hall be desig gned to resis st the minim mum loads de efined in thiss section. In addition to o the loads in n this section n, other load ds shall be cconsidered as s appropriate e including: hydrostatic c, dynamic, e earth pressu ure, buoyanc cy, erection eetc. The des sign shall be e adequate e for the structure’s inten nded use in accordance a with w commonnly accepted d engineering g practice and a the requirement of th is section.

3.7.1

D Dead Load (D):

elf-Weight (DSW) 3.7.1.1 Se Dead loads are the ac ctual weight o of materials forming f the structure s andd foundation. Density of o general construction ma aterials shalll be according to Table C C3-2 of ASCE E 7-10 and ass listed in Table T 3.1 below. Table e 3.1 Densitty of Materia als  

 

Material  Compacte ed Soil 

Dens sity ( kN/m3)   19.00 

Reinforced d Concrete

25.0

Plain Concrete

24.0 

Structural Steel

78.5

Aluminium m

27.0

Water

10.0

Crude Oil

9.0

Brick mas sonry with 1 12 mm thk. 20.0 plaster on both faces Gas in a gas filled line underr 0.54 pressure Weight of Hollow Con ncrete Blockk wall per 1 inch i thicknes ss shall be 334.7 Kg/m2 (m measured on n elevation).

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 17 7 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    NOTE: The self-weight of structurral steel elem ments shall be b provided w with a contin ngency of 5% % of total dead weight for f framed sttructures and d 15% of tota al dead weigght for lattice ed structuress. (This factor shall only be consid dered in the self-weight generation ccommand off STAAD Pro o software.)

3.7.1.2 Super Impose ed Dead Loa ad (DS) Buildings and shelter structures sshall be desiigned for super imposedd dead loads s as given in n Table 3.2A A. HVAC du uct load can be classified d as Super im mposed deadd load. Table 3.2A A Dead Load d on floor an nd roof  

 

Type of Dead L Load  HVAC C duct load o n ceiling 

Uniform m Load (kN / m2)  0.5 

False Ceilin ng  Weight of o Partitions (llightweight) applied d as floor loa ad in plan Profile ed steel roof a and side cladding

0.25 1.00 

Shelter roof light fittiings and cables Grating

0.10 0.03 As per manufacturer m r data

3.7.1.3 Fiireproofing (DFP) The Fire proofing p loads shall be co onsidered forr the design of Pipe rack,, protected equipment e with respect to o the material under conssideration for fire proofing g form Table 3.2 B.

able 3.2 B F Fireproofing Material We eight Ta  

 

Material  Fire proofing with i) Light weightt concrete e ex xpanded cclay, shale, slag, or slate or sintered fly y ash, ii) Vermiculite & perlite

Dens sity ( kN/m3)   18.40

4.8

2 Insulating g boards (0.5 5 inch) shall h have the den nsity of 3.4 Kg/m K .

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 18 8 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    3.7.1.4 Electrical Equ uipment (DE EL) The weig ght of Electrical equipme ent permane ently attached to the struucture such as electrica al feeders and a other equipment like Heaters are e considered included in tthis category y. The weigh ht of these shall s be suita ably assumed d or to be obtained from manufacturer m r.

3.7.1.5 Piping load (D DP) e Self weightt of the pipe, all the pipe fittings attacched to pipe, and the pipe e The load includes the ulation. covering such as insu

3.7.1.6 Eq quipment Empty load (D DE) This inclu udes weight of the equiipment or ve essel, includ ding all attacchments, trays, internalss, insulation n, packing, ag gitators, pipin ng, ladders, platforms p etc c.

3.7.1.7 Ic ce load (IL) This load is not applic cable to BGC C project.

3.7.1.8 Snow loads (S) This load is not applic cable to BGC C project.

3.7.2

O Operating Lo oad (F):

The Operating content inside the e plant equip pment and associated pi ping shall be considered d under diffferent service e conditions as follows:

3.7.2.1 Eq quipment Operating O Lo oad (FEO): Equipmen nt Operating g Load is th he weight of operating contents duuring normal operationa al conditionss.

3.7.2.2 Piping Opera ating Load (F FPO) udes weight of o any liquidss or solids wiithin piping and a online eqquipment durring operating g This inclu condition. NOTE: Fo or pipe ways s, vertical and d horizontal loads caused d by pipe exxpansion and d anchor shall ng loads. be consid dered as a pa art of operatin

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 19 9 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    3.7.2.3 Surge Load (S Su L) ads may occ cur in some vessels or equipment. e In such caases, the magnitude and d Surge loa direction of the load will be givven in the equipment e sp pecification. For all ma ajor equipme ent, the equip pment loads from vendor drawing shaall be used in the design.

3.7.3

Test Load ds (F)

  Vessels, tanks & pip ping shall b be assumed d to be te ested with ttest fluid while w on itss supports.. Structural members an nd foundatio ons shall be e designed ffor this condition with a combinattion of other loads. Each vesssel on a com mbined structture with more than one vessel shall be assumed d to be tested d one vesssel at a time, unless oth herwise state ed on drawin ngs, data sheeets etc.

3.7.3.1 Piping Test Load L (FPT) est Load is th he weight off test medium m contained in the system m. Equipme ent and pipess Piping Te which ma ay be simulta aneously testted shall be in ncluded. Loc cal Structuraal steel beam m design shalll be perforrmed and no foundation cchecks are re equired for te est loads for Pipe rack fo oundation.

3.7.3.2 Eq quipment Te est Load (FE ET) This inclu udes the weig ght of Test m medium conta ained in the equipment e /V Vessel, testin ng fluid in the e attached piping as per the piping la ayout.

3.7.4

Live Loads (L): Live loads are those gravity loadss produced by b the use an nd occupanccy of the stru ucture. These e include th he weight off all movable e loads; inclu uding person nnel, tools, m miscellaneous equipmentt, movable partitions, wh heel loads, p parts of disma antled equipm ment, stored material etc c. Areas forr maintenanc ce use (e.g. heat exchan nger tube bu undle serviciing) shall be e designed to o support th hese loads. The design live load ds for floors,, platforms, walkways and stairs shhall not be le ess than the e following uniformly dis stributed and d concentrate ed loads:

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 20 0 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    3.7.4.1 Minimum M Floor Live Load ds (LF) Table 3.3 3 provides miinimum floor live loading 3.3 Minimum m Floor Live loading Table 3 Uniform m Live Load (kN N/m2)

Structu ure Office Build dings  

3.0 0

8.9

IT, Computter room

5.0 0

8.9

First Aid Ro oom, Clinic, Laboratory L R Room

3.0 0

4.5

Canteen, Lunch L Rooms s, Large Pub blic gathering g areas Staircase and a ramps for buildings

5.0 0

8.9

5.0 0

1.5

Plant Staircase

3.0 0

1.5

Walkwayss not used as s operating p platforms

2.5 5

1.5

Operating g Platforms other than com mpressor and generatorr platforms

5.0 0

5.0

10..0

5.0

Operating Platforms generator platforms p Fire Escape

for

compressor

Light Storage Heavy / Bu ulk Storage Control Room

an nd

5..0 5..0

8.9

12.0 or as estim mated 7..5

8.9

Battery Roo om / Substattion

10 0.0

Pump Room

10 0.0

Workshop Trench Covver (non-vehicular) Trench Covver (Vehicula ar Access) Handrails

   

Co oncentrated d Livve Load (kN N)

12.0 or as estim mated 5..0

13.4 2.0

Refer Clause 33.7.15.2. 0.73 kN N / m on any dirrection

0.85 on any y direction

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 21 1 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Fixed Ladd der

-

1..33 kN for ev very 3m height of o ladder

Note: 1. Location n of concentrrated Load sh hall be for the maximum effect on struuctural eleme ent 2. Unless otherwise o no oted concentrrated load sh hall be assum med to be disstributed over 762mm x 762mm m area. 3. Uniform load and Co oncentrated L Load need not be applied d together.

3.7.4.2 Roof Live Loa ads (LR) The below w Table 3.4 prrovides minim mum roof live e loads;

Table 3.4 4 Minimum Roof R Live Lo oads

Type of o Structure

Load (kN N/m2)

Roof with Parapet and d Personnel A Access

1.500

Corrugate ed Roof

1.0

Other Roo ofs without Access A or Pa rapets

1.0

Note: 1. 2.

3.7.5

Flat roofs shall s be desig gned for san d load of 0.7 75 kN/m2 con nsidering the sand thickne ess of 50 mm. e above table e shall not be e combined with other liv ve loads. The roof livve loads indiicated in the The Live lo oads that hav ve special occcupancy purrpose shall be b designed ffor the releva ant loads as per ASC CE 7-2005.

Crane Load ds (CR) onorails, dav vits and theeir connectio ons shall be e Structural members supporting cranes, mo designed for followiing minimum m loads un nless otherw wise specificcally define ed by crane e manufactturer.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 22 2 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Vertical Load L Vertical lo oad shall be Static whee l load as perr crane manu ufacturer dataa with appro opriate impacct factor bellow; Lateral Lo oad (perpend dicular to dire ection of trav vel) For Overrhead & Monorail crane s with electrrically powerred trolleys = 20% of sum s of rated d capacitty of crane and the e weightt of hoist and trolley. For Overrhead & Monorail cranes w with chain op perated trolle eys = 10% oof sum of rate ed capacity of o crane and the we eight of hoisst and troolley. Longitudinal Load (alo ong the direcction of travel) For Overrhead & Mon norail craness with electric cally powere ed trolleys = 10% of Maximum Staticc Wheel Loa ad For Overrhead & Mon norail craness with chain operated o trolleys =5% oof Maximum Static Whee el Loadd Memberss Supporting Crane Stopp per Longitudinal force actting along the e crane track k produced by b impact of ooverhead tra avelling crane e on end sttopper is calc culated by th e following fo ormula F = M * V2 / ∆ Where V = Spee ed at which th he crane is trravelling at th he moment of o impact (in m / sec) ∆ = maxim mum shorten ning of end sstop (in Meterr) = 0.1 m for cranes with w flexible load suspen nsion and ma aximum Safee Working Lo oad (SWL) 50 0 tonnes = 0.2 m for all other cranes M = Redu uced Crane mass m ( t sec2 / m)

   

  Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 23 3 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

g = Accelleration due to t gravity (9. 81 m / Sec2) Ph = Cran ne Bridge We eight (in tonss) Pt = trolle ey Weight (in tons) k = Coeffficient = 0 fo or cranes with h flexible load suspension = 1 for cranes with h rigid suspen nsion Q = Safe Working Loa ad of Crane ( in tons) Lk = Span n of Crane be etween rails (in meter) l = Dista ance of trolley y from Crane e runway bea am

3.7.6

Impact Load ds (IL)

  Any live load that can producce a dynam mic effect (s such as a moving loa ad) shall be e increased d by an impa act factor. Structura al elements carrying c live loads that cause c impac ct shall be deesigned for not less than n the follow wing percenta age increase es in the mov ving load: Tablle 3.5 Impac ct Loads  

Struc ctural Eleme ent

Perc centage Incrrease

Elevator supports

100

Cab ope erated or rem motely opera ated bridge crane supportts

25

Pendan nt operated bridge b crane ssupports

10

Jib cran nes, hoists, and a davits

25

Monorail Crane supports (Powerred)

25

Monorail Crane supports (chain operated)

10

Lifting/ ja acking lugs/ pad eyes an nd all structu ural members s transmittinng lifting forces within the e structure and directly connected tto the Lifting// jacking lugs s/ padeye shhall be designed for a 2.0 0

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 24 4 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    impact fa actor. All other structurall members transmitting lifting forces shall be designed using g impact fa actor of 1.3. Shackless should have e a nominal ffactor of safe ety of 5:1. (M Minimum Breaaking Load - MBL: Working Load Limit -W WLL)

3.7.7

ds (W): Wind Load

  Wind loa ad on struc ctures and e equipment, shall be co omputed annd applied according a to o procedures outlined in n ASCE 07-2 2005. Basic Wind Speed = 41 m / sec (3 3 sec Gust speed s for 50 year return pperiod) Exposure e Category = C Importan nce Factor = 1.15   Occupan ncy Category y = III Wind dire ectionality factor Kd = 0.8 85 (also referr to Table 6.4 4 ASCE 07-005) Topograp phic Factor Kzt = 1 Gust Effe ect Factor G

= As per Clause 6.5.8 8 ASCE 07-0 05

For pipe racks, wind load l shall be e computed as a given under Section 6..6.8 of this document.

3.7.8

Thermal Lo oads (L): Thermal Expansion: Due to wide w range of o temperaturre occurring throughout the year, exxpansion join nts are to be e provided at convenien nt locations. Maximum m and minim mum ambientt temperature are given in Section 33.3 Therma al loads on n structuress shall be calculated c o on the basis of differe ence betweeen ambient temperature e and insta alled tempera ature. The follo owing data to be used for therma al loading calculation whhen more sp pecific data iss not availa able: Maximum m Temperature Difference e (∆t)

= +/+ 25° C

Linear Exxpansion Coe efficient (αc) for Concrete e = 1.0 x 10-55 / oC Linear Exxpansion Coe efficient (αs) for steel

   

= 1.2 x 10-5 / oC

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 25 5 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Such datta can be neglected n fo or concrete structures s with w expansioon joints pro ovided at 30 0 meters maximum m disttance. This data shall be e used to determine sizee of expansio on joint with a minimum m joint width of o 20mm. Thermal loads from constrained c e expansion or contraction of structure iitself does no ot need to be e included in structural analysis and d design if the length of steel s pipe racck is less than 42m. The Pipe supports sh hall be checkked when the e Pipe Ancho or forces, Fricction forces are a known;

3.7.8.1 Pipe Anchor force (TA): Anchored d pipe suppo orts shall be e designed fo or the ancho or forces speecified in stre ess analysis report or based on the e input from piping, in the e absence off stress analyysis report.

3.7.8.2 Pipe Thermall Friction (TF F) Friction fo orces caused d by hot liness sliding acro oss a pipe su upport duringg start-up and shut-down are assumed to be partially p resissted by adjac cent cold line es. The resuultant longitudinal friction force, how wever, shall be taken as the larger off the following g: 

1 10% of the to otal operating g weight of alll lines tributa ary to the suppport.



30% of the total 3 t operatin ng weight off those lines s tributary too the supporrt, which will e expand or co ontract simulttaneously. 5% of pip pe weight shall be consid dered as fricttion in lateral direction of pipe.

3.7.8.3 Eq quipment Th hermal Load d (ETL) Additiona al stresses due to tem mperature lo oads shall be estimateed due to variation off temperatture, when th he structure o or any part thereof t is not free to exppand or contrract or when any equip pment expan nds causing d deflections to o the supportts. Piping, vessels, v fired d equipment, ducts and heat h exchangers on struuctural suppo orts shall be analysed d for thermal forces to be e resisted by y the structu ures and proovision shall be made to relieve fo orces too larg ge for the equ uipment or th he supporting g structure. Friction loads cause ed by therm mal expansio on shall be e determinedd using the e appropriate e coefficien nt of friction. Some comm monly used coefficients c shall be takenn as follows:

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 26 6 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Table T 3.6 Friiction Coeffiicients

Contact Surfaces Steel to t Steel Rusted d steel to rus sted steel

oefficient off Static Friction (µ) Co 00.4 0.44 - 0.5

Stainle ess Steel to Stainless S Ste eel

00.15

“Lubritte” to Steel

00.15

Oxidizing Steel

00.5

PTFE to Stainless s Steel / PT TFE to

00.05

PTFE Steel to t Concrete or o Grout Teflon to Teflon

3.7.9

00.6 0.08 or ass per anufacturer’ss ma reco ommendationn

Maintenance Loads (H Heat Exchan ngers) – (ML L): Areas spe ecified for maintenance ((e.g., heat ex xchanger tub be bundle serrvicing) shall be designed d to supporrt the live loads.

3.7.9.1 Bundle Pull Load L (BP) al Bundle pullling (BP) forrce shall be taken t as the weight of buundle if loose ening devicess Horizonta are suppllied and used d (minimum vvalue: 9 kN). Horizonta al bundle pulling force sh hall be taken as 150% of the weight oof bundle if no loosening g devices are a provided (minimum va alue: 9 kN). Horizonta al pulling forc ce shall be a assumed to act a at centre line of the eexchanger. The T portion of o bundle pu ull load at sliiding end su pport shall equal e to lesse er of the fricttion force or half the tota al bundle pu ull load. The remainder o of bundle pull load shall be b resisted att fixed end support. d, the forc When exchangers e are stacked ce shall be e taken ass acting att the upper exchange er centre line e, with the low wer exchang ger bundle ha aving been reemoved. Bundle pulling p force for heat exxchangers will w be cons sidered as a short-term m load during g maintena ance for design of equipm ment supporrts only if the e bundles aree removed strictly s by the e use of bu undle extracto or attaching directly to th he exchangerr (such that tthe bundle pull load is no ot transferre ed to the stru ucture or fou undation). If this conditio on is not asssured by ope erations, then n

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 27 7 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    the supp ports and foundations s hall be designed for bu undle pull looad. In this case (being g temporarry), the safe bearing b capa acity of soil can c be increa ased by 25% %. Simultane eous bundle pulling on sa ame structurre shall not be b consideredd as a design case.

3.7.10

Erection Loads (ERL) e Temporary large point loads shall be considered on structuural frames during the on of equipment on structtures or foundations. installatio Vertical vessel v f o u n d a t i o n s s h a l l be desiigned for ma aximum-overt rturning loads s considering g vessels are a at minimu um vertically loaded cond dition. Large rotary equipm ment part loa ads shall be e investigate ed on framinng members s (e.g. rotorss during ma aintenance or o installation n). Lifting Pa ad eyes and d supporting members shall be desig gned for imppact load as s specified in n Section 3.7.6. 3 Lifting Pa ad eyes shall be designe ed for a min nimum out off plane load of 5% of maximum load d being lifte ed. Unless ottherwise spe ecified by sep parate barge e analysis, following minim mum transpo ortation loadss shall be considered c fo or sea transp portation. Roll (Transverse Acc celeration)

: 0.5 g at the bottom of thee module inc creasing m 0.015g each metre abovee bottom of module

ongitudinal Ac cceleration) Pitch (Lo

: 0.3g 0 at the bottom b of the module incrreasing 0.01g each metre above bbottom of mo odule

Heave (V Vertical Acce eleration)

: Maximum M 1.3 g & minimuum 0.63g

“g” denottes total weig ght of module e. The follow wing minimum transporta ation loads sh hall be considered for inlaand transporrtation;

   

Roll (Tran nsverse acce eleration)

: 0.5 g

Pitch (Fro ont Longitudinal accelera ation)

: 1.0 g

Pitch (Ba ackwards acc celeration)

: 0.5 g

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 28 8 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    3.7.11

Equipment Induced Dynamic Load ds

Machine (such as reciprocating g or rotary compressorrs, horizontaal pumps, engines e and d turbines) vendor shall provide follo owing inform mation. 

An arrangement drawing showing ove A erall dimensions of the reequired conc crete supporrt fo or the machine with locattion and size e of opening, holes and ggrooves.



L Location of base plate, an nchor bolts, grout g pocket sizes

 

Operating speed range off machine O W Weight and centre c of gravvity



S Static load ac cting at each support



W Weight and centre c of gravvity of each rotating r mass s.



D Dynamic forc ces and mom ments with relevant point of o applicationn

 

Short circuit forces S f acting g at each sup pport P Permissible amplitudes of vibration, allowable settlement and any other o specificc re equirement by b vendor.

In defaultt of requirem ments from m manufacturerr for rotating g machines tthe dynamic load can be e estimated d as F = e * ω2 * M * 10-6 Where F = Centtrifugal rotating force (N) e = Ecce entricity of the e centre of g gravity of rota ating parts (µ µ m) ω = Angular speed of o rotation (ra ad / sec) M = Rota ating mass (k kg) In operating condition ns the eccenttricity “e” can n be calculated as followss a) For electric e motorrs Table T 3.7 Ec ccentricity off rotating mass

   

Ro otation Spee ed (RPM)

µ m) e (µ

≤ 100 0 1001 – 1 1500 1500 - 3 3000 ˃ 300 00

38 3 32 3 25 2 13

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 29 9 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    b) For centrifugal c co ompressors a and pumps e = 25.4 2 * Sqrt (1 12000/ N) where N = RPM of o machine c) For fa ans, the data a shall come from vendorr d)

For all a other case es e = (500 * 10-6) / N2 where N = RPM of o machine

Only 50% of the bearin ng capacity sshall be cons sidered for th he dynamic looads conside eration.

3.7.12

D Dynamic am mplitudes

Dynamic amplitudes (peak to pe ak amplitude e) of any part of the fou ndation shall not exceed d the lowerr of the follow wing values:   

The maximu T um allowab ble values stated by the Manuffacturer/Supp plier of the e e equipment; 5 μm value; 50 T calculate The ed amplitude e (single amp plitude) that does not ca use the effective velocityy o vibration to of o exceed anyy of the follow wing; o o

2 mm/s (0.08 in/s) at the location of the mach hine-bearing housings; 2.5 mm/s s (0.1 in/s) att any location n of the struc cture.

The effecctive velocitty is defined d as the square root off the averagge of the sq quare of the e velocity, velocity beiing a functio on of time. In the case e of a puree sinusoidal function the e effective velocity is 0.71 times the e peak value e of the veloc city.

3.7.13

B Balance grad de of the eq quipment:

  Many rottating machines are bala anced to an initial balan nce quality eeither in acco ordance with h the manu ufacturer’s procedures p o or as specifiied by the purchaser. p IS SO 1940 an nd ASA/ANS SI S2.19 de efine balance e quality in tterms of a co onstant emωo. The norm mal balance quality Q for

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 30 0 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    parts of process-pla ant machine ery shall be e referred with table 3.1 of ACII 351.3R.04 4, Foundatio on for Dynam mic equipme ent.

3.7.14

S Seismic Loa ads (E): a) Seism mic Paramete ers; Seismic loads on stru uctures and e equipment sh hall be comp puted and appplied accord ding to ASCE E s.  07-2010, based on following basicc parameters celeration Pa arameter at short s periods s SS Mapped Spectral Acc

= 0.3771g

celeration Pa arameter at period p of 1 sec S1 = 0.0888g Mapped Spectral Acc Long-perriod transition period TL = 8.41 sec The abovve parameterrs Ss, S1 valu ues are for re eturn period 2475 years bbased on Cla ause 5.2.1 of o report 70 000-ARUP-N004-ISGP-G G00000-HX-0 0505-00001, Rev A (Fattal flaw stud dy & PSHA)), Phase – I, Issued on 13 Mar 2014 4 – Iraq South h gas projectt area NGL A Ar Ratawi. NGL site at A Ar Ratawi loc cation Site Classs = C for BN Risk Cate egory = Risk category d depends on function f of bu uildings and other structu ures and riskk associate ed with unac cceptable pe rformance. Refer R Table 1.5-1 of ASC CE 7-2010 fo or risk categoryy. Importan nce Factor, I = Importancce factor dep pends on risk k category of buildings and structures. Refer Ta able 1.5-2 of ASCE 7-201 10 for importtance factor correspondin c ng to risk cattegory. on factor, R = Refer table e 12.2-1 of ASCE A 7- 201 0 for Response Responsse modificatio modificattion factor. r to report 7000--ARUP-N004 4-ISGPFor struccture like refrrigerated sto rage tanks, reference G00000-HX-0505-000 001, Rev A ((Fatal flaw study & PSHA A), Phase – I, Issued on 13 Mar 2014, shall be made. m For all other o projec ct locations, respective site class shall be ussed as perr geotechniccal investiga ation report recommenda ations. The following ta able describees the nece essary seism mic paramete ers with resp pect to Site cclass C, D & E cases. Site classs C D E

Fa

Fv

SMSS

SM1

SDS

SD1

To

Ts

SDC*

1.20 1.50 2.11

1.7 2.4 3.5

0.445 5g 0.558 8g 0.784 4g

0.150g 0.211g 0.308g

0.297g 0.371g 0.522g

0.100g 0.141g 0.205g

0.0667 0.0 76 0.0 78

0.336 0.379 0.392

B C D

Where e, SDC* – Seismic Desig gn Category (Values of SDC S shown iin table are for f risk catego ory I to III on nly. Code sha all be referre ed for risk category IV) These given parametters shall be e used for seismic base shear s methodd.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 31 1 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Where a design resp ponse spectru um is require ed and site-s specific grouund motion procedures arre not used, the design response sp pectrum curv ve shall be developed ass per ASCE 7-10. 7 b) Seism mic design of Concrete Liq quid retaining structures Seismic design d of con ncrete liquid retaining structures shall be as per A ACI 350.3. c) Seism mic design of Oil & Liquid Gas Storage e Tanks Seismic design of Oil O & Liquid Gas storag ge tanks sh hall be as pper API 650 0 & API 620 0 respectivvely. d) Seism mic design of earth retainiing Structure es Earth Pre essure due to o seismic loa ad shall be calculated c as per Mononoobe – Okabe method Resultantt

dynamic c

active

thrust

Pae

on

a

yielding

Point of application a off this active fforce is H/3 above a base of o wall. Kh = 0.15 Kv

   

= 0.1 11

wall

is

given

ass

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 32 2 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    e) Seism mic design of earth retainiing Structure es Seismic design d load due to pipin ng weight is normally pro ovided by pippe stress rep port. Seismicc forces of structures shall be calcu ulated by eith her equivalen nt base sheaar method orr by response e spectrum m method. 

3.7.15

V Vehicular Lo oad (VL):

oads to be applied on briidges, culverrts and relate ed retaining sstructures sh hall be as per Vehicle lo AASHTO O LRFD Bridg ge Design Sp pecifications Vehicle lo oads shall be e based on th o loaded lanes and approopriate multiple presence e he number of factor. g on the road dways of brid dges or simila ar structure iss designated d as HL-93 in n Vehicularr live loading AASHTO O which consists of a com mbination of  

ndem and Design truck or design tan D D Design Lane Load

Design Truck T Load Design Truck T load is given in App pendix - B. Design ta andem Load Design tandem t load d consists o of a pair of 25 kip (=110 kN) axlee load spac ced at 1.2m m longitudin nally and 1.8m laterally. T This load has s to be allowed for dynam mic effects. Detail of tandem t load is given in A Appendix - B. B Design Lane Load Design la ane load consists of an un niform load of o 9.3 kN/m applied a in 3m m width of loa aded lane. No dynam mic increase is required ffor lane load. Design Rail R Loading For railwa ay equipmen nt that operattes on tracks s, loads shall be accordinng to AREMA A Manual for Railway Engineering, E unless speccified otherwise.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 33 3 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    As per AASHTO A LR RFD Bridge Design Spe ecifications standard, s thee following Impact Load d Percent value v shall be e considered d for the desiign of culvertts; IM =33 %

P and Trench T Cove er Loads 3.7.15.1 Paving

Concrete e paving (Heavy duty pavving) and co over slabs in n main roaddways shall be designed d for 145 kN k axle load d spaced at 4 4300 mm ce entre with a maximum m of 4 wheels pe er axle (Refe er Appendixx B). Contact area of whe eel on paving g or covers sh hall be 510 x 250 mm. Concrete e paving (Lig ght duty paviing) and tren nch covers in other areaas with vehicular accesss shall be designed d forr a minimum m loading of 60 kN wheel loads as per Appendiix B. Contacct area of wheel w on paviing or coverss shall be 213 3 x 213 mm. Cover sla abs in off-sitte and unpavved areas with w no vehic cular accesss must be de esigned for a 2 uniform lo oading of 5 kN/m k . Concrete e paving subjject to vehicu ular traffic within w industrial buildings shall be des signed taking g into acco ount applied loads and their freque encies with minimum m datta mentioned d above.

3.7.16

B Blast Load for f Buildings s (BL)

Blast ove er-pressure and blast d duration if any a shall be e used durring analysis s and design n of releva ant buildings. Blast ressistant desig gn and blastt load combbinations with h other loadss shall be in accorda ance with A ASCE Public cation, “Des sign of Blasst Resistantt Building in n Petrochemical Facilities.” Blast forrce shall be as per recommendations in lin ne with Tecchnical Safetty philosophyy and Quan ntitative Risk k Analysis Re eport.

3.7.17

E Earth Pressu ure (EP)

  Earth pre essure exerte ed on retainin ng walls and d other underrground strucctures shall be b calculated d as below. Lateral ea arth pressure e at any deptth “h” from grround level shall be calcuulated as P=K*ᵧ*h

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 34 4 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

ᵧ = Density of soil h Pressure Coefficient C K = Earth Active earth pressu ure coefficien nt

Ka = (1 – Sin ϕ) / (1 + Sin ϕ)

Passivve earth press sure coefficie ent Kp = (1 + Sin ϕ) / (1 – Sin ϕ) At Resst earth press sure coefficie ent Ko = (1 – Sin ϕ) Where ϕ = Angle of Internal frictio on of soil as defined by geotechnical g investigation n report If no geo otechnical inv vestigation re eport is available for spe ecific locatioon, reasonable value of ϕ shall be assumed. a Active ea arth pressure e due to line e load and concentrated c e load shall bbe calculated as per the Figure 3.1 For Earth h pressure du uring seismicc conditions refer to section 3.7.14.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 35 5 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Fig 3.1 Lateral L Earth h Pressure d due to Line Load L and Concentrated d Load

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 36 6 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    3.7.18

L Liquid Press sure (LP) The pressure exerted d by the liquiid contents and/or a groun nd water shaall be conside ered. Vertica al pressure exerted by the liquid con ntent shall be e considered as dead loaad.

3.7.19

C Construction n Loads (CL L) Constructtion loads sh hall be as perr ASCE 37.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 37 7 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

   

4.

LO OAD COMB BINATIONS Load Co ombinations are as per Chapter 2 of ASCE-07 7. Refer to Appendix – A for load d combinattions. Ultimate load comb binations sh hall be use ed for mem mber strengtth check. Service S load d combinattions shall be e used for fo oundation be earing pressure, stabilityy check and serviceabilityy checks. DSW - Self Weight DS

ead Surface - De

DFP - Firre Proofing DEL - De ead Weight of o Electrical E Equipment DP - Pip ping load DE - Eq quipment Empty Load DI

- Ice e Load

S

- Sn now load

FEO - Eq quipment Operating Load d F

- Te est Load

FPT - Pip ping test Load FET - Eq quipment testt Load ETL - Eq quipment The ermal Load

   

L

- Livve Load

LF

- Flo oor live Load

LR

- Ro oof Live Load d

CR

- Crane Load

IL

- Im mpact Load

W

- Wind load

L

- Th hermal load

TA

- Pipe Anchor Force

TF

- Pip pe Thermal Friction F Force e

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 38 8 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    E

- Se eismic load

VL

- ve ehicular load

BL

- Bla ast Load

EP

- So oil Pressure

ML

- Maintenance Load L

BP

- Bu undle Pull Lo oad

ERL - Ere ection Load CL - Co onstruction Lo oad LP - Liq quid Pressure e (Storage wa ater) SuL- Surrge Load For all lo oad combinations, refer A Appendix A.

4.1.

For Grou und supported Storag ge Tanks Load Com mbinations shall s be as pe er API 650 & API 620.

4.2.

For Culv verts at roa ad crossing g AASHTO O load combinations sha ll be followed d.

5.

DESIGN METHODO OLOGY The follow wing design methodologiies shall be adopted: a Limit State design, considering p partial factors s of safety fo or loads, shaall be used in the design n of concre ete structures s. Design an nd detailing of structural concrete woorks to be in n accordance e with ACI 318 and other related Am merican Stan ndards. Ultimate limit states of o strength a and stability, considering g factored loaads shall be e used in the e design of steel struc ctures. Strucctural steel work w shall be designed, fabricated & erected in n accordan nce with AISC C 360 and otther relevant American Standards.

5.1.

Engineering Software Following g Engineering g software sh hall be used

   



S Staad Pro V8 8i



M Mathcad spre ead sheets

 

Excel Spread E d Sheets A Autocad

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 39 9 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    

E E3D for 3D modelling m

6.

D DESIGN PARAMETE P ER

6.1.

F Foundation n Design

6.1.1

M Minimum Fo oundation De esign Param meter

  a) Found dations shall be design ned in acc cordance with the projject specific geotechniccal invesstigation repo ort. b) Foun ndations for structures s sh hall be sized d and stabilitty determinattions shall be b made usin ng service loads only y. Load facto ors shall not be b included in these desiggn operation ns. ect geotechn nical report, individual fo oundations are a c) Unless there is a conflict wiith the proje mally used forr major equip pment. If combined foundations are aappropriate, the centroid of norm the bearing b area should coinccide with the resultant of the t applied looad. d)

Spre ead footings, combined footings, and mats should be desiggned assum ming linear soil presssure distributtion.

e) Found dations shall be proportio oned so as to o minimize ov verall and difffferential settlements. g) Wherre seasonal changes c in ssoil moisture content are extreme at a site, special details ma ay be re equired to minimize m fou undation mo ovements. Control C of ffoundation movements m is especcially critical for f masonry sstructures. h) Allow wable settlem ment for eq quipment shall be obtained from tthe equipme ent vendors / disciplines.

6.1.2

S Stability Che eck a) The foundation stability s checcks and bea aring capacity checks shhall be based on service e loadss. Safety facttors are listed d in the below w table;   Stability check with w respec ct to

   

Safe fety Factor

Slidin ng

1.5

Overrturning

1.5

Upliftt

1.5

Upliftt during cons struction

1.1

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 40 0 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    b) The overturning o and resistin g moments shall be co omputed abbout the most critical axis of o rotation off the foundatiion block at the t soil-conc crete interfacce. There may be more than one axis of rotation. r o of retainin ng walls bas sed on service loads shhall not be le ess than the e a) The stability ratio wing; follow

Stability check for f Retainin ng wall

Safeety Factor

desig gn Susta ained Loadin ng against O Overturning

1.5 for Cohesion less soil 2.0 for Cohesive so oil

For Sustained S Lo oading with te emporary loa ad again nst Overturniing

Slidin ng

1.4 for C Cohesion les ss soil 1.8 for C Cohesive so oil 1.5 (reefer point d) (Slidinng resistance e developed by eithher friction be etween the footingg and soil)

Slidin ng

2.0 (S Sliding resista ance is develooped by a co ombination of frictionn and passiv ve resistaance)

d) For all a service loa ad combinatiions, the slid ding resistanc ce of foundattions, especially retaining g walls, shall be at least equal to 1.5 times the applied lateral loadss. Sliding res sistance shall be de eveloped by friction f betwe een the footin ng and the soil. e) Stability calculatio ons describe ed above sha all include th he weight off the foundattion concrete e and th he soil immediately abovve the footing g(s). The effe ects of buoyaancy on the concrete and d soil weights w shall be considerred. Passive earth pressures shall noot be include ed in stabilityy calculations, exce ept in the d design of rettaining walls s with keys.. In this cas se, only tha at pressu ure acting on n the key facce shall be co onsidered.  f)

   

Foundation botto om level sha all be define ed taking into consideraation the fin ndings of the e geote echnical repo ort and any other releva ant factors and a shall be clearly iden ntified on the e drawings.

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 41 1 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    6.1.3

B Bearing Pres ssure

Shallow reinforced r co oncrete found dations like is solated pad foundations, f raft foundations and strip p foundatio ons with or without w tie be eams shall be adopted fo or all foundattion works, based b on the e geotechn nical investiga ation report. Bearing pressure p checks shall be carried out fo or:   

6.1.4

Net allowable N e bearing pre essure when wind/seismic c is not conssidered. In ncreased ne et allowable bearing pres ssure when wind/seismi c is conside ered (A Allowable be earing pressu ure can be in ncreased by 25%) A Allowable Gro ound Bearing g Pressure may m not be in ncreased for test loading by 25% u unless otherw wise specified d.

F Flat Bottome ed Storage Tank T Found dations

  Type of fo oundation for flat bottome anks shall in generally bee as per Tab ble 6.1 unlesss ed storage ta specificallly required by b tank vendo or.   Ta able 6.1 Storrage Tank Foundation F Types T

Tank Diam meter

Founda ation Type

10 m or o more

Ring Wall W (Only if anchor bolt rrequired)

Less than 10 m, ov ver 2.5 m

Ring Wall W or concrrete pad

2.5 m or less

Solid Octagon O or Solid S Squaree

  Large tan nks (> 10m diam.) shall rest on eartth pad found dations restra rained by a concrete c ring g wall. The e recommend dations of the e tank manu ufacturer should also be cconsidered in the design n. For Tankks with diam meter more th han 10m, su uggestions made m in geootechnical report shall be e studied and a most su uitable found dation type shall s be ado opted in connsultation with Companyy Represen ntative Engin neer. The Tankk bottom / Top T of grout on the concrete ring wall w shall be 300mm min nimum above e adjacent finished grad de. Bottom off ring wall sh hall extend 70 00 mm minim mum below finished grade e in filled areas a and 300mm 3 in cu ut areas. La ateral pressu ure against the ring wall due to the e confined fill with surch harge shall b be calculated in accordanc ce with the reelevant soil parameters. p Foundatio ons for stee el tanks 2.5m m in diametter or less and a for fibreeglass tanks s shall be of o concrete slab type. Tank T bottom m / Top of grout g on the concrete rinng wall shall be 300mm m

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 42 2 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    minimum above finish hed grade. F Foundation may m consist of o a 150mm m minimum cen ntre slab with h perimeterr thickened to o depth of 30 00mm below w grade. Rein nforcement foor temperature, shrinkage e and continuity shall be e provided. Tank basse shall be on a 50mm thick bitumin nous sand la ayer. Grouting or skimming of tank base es shall not be b permitted. Earth fill material, compaction c of earth an nd preparatio on of sub-ggrade shall comply with h recomme endations in the Project S Specification for Earth Works W (0011-99500-WGEL-G000-ISGP PG00000-C CX-7880-000 001). Earth hwork must be b adequate to support thhe tank witho out exceeding g the allowable soil pressure, and to o hold settlement within recommendeed limits und der hydro-tesst or operatting loads. The specified density for tank pads shall apply too all earth material m within n the confin nes of the fulll height of th he ring wall.

6.1.5 6

Pile Found dations

Pile found dations shalll be adopted at the follow wing situation ns for the heeavily loaded structures at a the follow wing instance es; 

L Low bearing capacity c of ssoil

 

Non availabiliity of proper bearing strattum at shallo N ow depths H Heavy loads from f the Sup per structure for which, sh hallow foundaation is not fe easible.

Pile load Capacity: The Loa ad magnitud de that can n be carried d by the pile p without undergoing g continuouss displacem ments for in nsignificant lload increm ments by virtue of its bboundary co ondition (soil condition) and not by y virtue of itss structural strength. The basis for thhis assumptio on is that the e surroundiing soil fails prior p to the fa ailure of pile material especially in casse of concrette piles. The ultim mate pile load d capacity sh hall be calcula ated by Geotechnical Suubcontractor based on the e Cohesion n C, angle of internal frictiion ᶲ, adhesio on factor bettween soil annd pile, SPT values. v Allowable e load Pile ca apacity = Ulti mate load ca apacity / Factor of Safety..

6.1.6 6

Pile found dation Desig gn Considerrations

owable loadss, and estima ated penetrations shall bee in accorda ance with the e The type of piles, allo ation approve ed by the Coompany. Spa acing of piless results off a geotechnical engineerring investiga shall take e into conside eration the po otential for ca ausing uplift or damage to previously driven piles.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 43 3 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Center-to o-center spac cing of piles in a group shall s not be less than 3 ttimes the dia ameter of the e shaft or diagonal d of a pile, or less than 750 mm m. For tapered piles, thee diameter sh hall be taken n 1 m (3 ft) below the cu ut off. All piles capped c with concrete sh all extend 75 5 mm (3 in) minimum intto the cap. Piles P shall be e considere ed fixed at th he top only w when sufficien nt reinforcem ment is providded in a conc crete cap, orr section modulus m in a steel cap, a nd sufficient anchorage to t the cap iss provided to develop the e resulting bending mom ment. s be conssidered when determining the load-ccarrying capa acity of a pile e Pile group efficiency shall group.

6.2.

P Paving / Grrade Slabs Floor slabs on grade e shall be iso olated from all adjacent foundations , trench walls and grade e beams. a) Light Duty For lightly l loade ed grade sla abs and with hout vehicle e movementt, a minimum m of 100mm m thickn ness of slab shall be con nsidered. Forr details, refe er standard D Drawing No: 0011-9500WGE EL-G000-ISG GP-G00000-C CX-8380-00 0004. b) Heavvy Duty Conccrete grade slabs s with he eavy vehicle e load shall be b designed for the load upto 150 kN N axle load. For details, reffer standard d Drawing No: 0011-99500-WGEL--G000-ISGPG000 000-CX-8380 0-00004.

The 200 mm m paving th hickness shalll be considered as special paving and to be provide ed for specificc areas, if re equired. Edge es of all grad de slabs shall be thickene ed.

6.2.1

Joints wing types off joints shall be provided in building slabs s and fouundations: The follow a) Isolation Joints r whe ere floor slab bs must be is solated structturally from other o building g These joints are required eleme ents to avo oid differentia al horizontal and vertic cal movemennts caused by vibrating g equip pment. Isolattion joints sh hall be place ed at junctions with walls s, columns, machine fou undations, or o pointss of restrain nts, such ass drain pipes s and piers projecting thhrough slabs. b) Contro ol or Contrac ction Joints

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 44 4 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    These joints shall be used to o control sla ab or structu ure cracking by providing a plane of o weakkness in the concrete ele ement at ma aximum 6m for long met ethod of cons struction with h maxim mum width of o 6 m centre s. c) Expan nsion Joints Expansion joints shall s be as s hown in relev vant detail drrawings. g slabs max m spacing shall be 18m m in both directions. For grade For details d of the ese joints, reffer ‘’Standarrd details for Paving’’ draawing 0011-9 9500-WGEL LG000 0-ISGP-G000 000-CX-8380 0-00004.

6.3.

G Grouting & Contact Pressure P un nder Base Plates Grouting shall be carried c out in accorda ance with th he BGC Sppecification for Concrete e G000-ISGP-G G00000-CX-7 7880-00002). (0011-9500-WGEL-G nk cementitiious grout ssupplied by an approv ved manufaccturer shall be used at a Non-shrin foundatio ons of steel structures, vvessels, skid ds and all non-vibrating n g equipment foundationss. Non shrin nk cement grrouts shall be e in accordan nce with AST TM C1107/C C1107M. Non-shrin nk, epoxy re esin based, free-flowing grout from an approveed manufactu urer shall be e and any othe used for all a compress sors, pumps a er vibrating machinery. m The minimum thickne ess of any n on-shrink grrout shall be 25 mm andd the maximu um thicknesss under the e lowest poin nt of base pla ates shall be 50 mm for base b plates uup to1250 mm m wide. Maximum m Concrete bearing stresss shall be as per Section J8 – AISC 3360.

6.4.

P Permissible e Deflectio on The follo owing sectio ons give norrmally perm missible defle ection limits for steel and a concrete e structuress. The func ctional requirrements of th he structure may imposee stricter limits. Systemss should be b reviewed for possible e incompatib ble deflectio on behaviourr in piping, equipment e o or building components c and support deflections.

6..4.1 Beam m Deflections s The maximum permis ssible deflecctions under service load ds for normaal operation and a test load d combinattions are as follows: f a) Verticcal

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 45 5 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Tab ble 6.2 Maxim mum Permis ssible vertic cal deflectio ons

Element E Purlin ns supporting g roof spans

L / 2000

Beam ms supporting g Concrete flloors

L / 3660

Beam ms supporting g equipment

L / 5000

Beam ms Supportting non-sttructural elements sensitive to deflectio on

L / 5000

Beam ms Supportting non-sttructural elements, not sen nsitive to defllection

L/2440

Pipe Bridges

L / 3000

Pipe rack pipe support beamss

L / 2440

Pipe rack cable trray support b beams

L / 2000

Cantiilever beams s

L / 2000

Crane gantry support girders

L / 7550

Overhead runway y beams

L / 5000

Cantiilever runway y beams

L / 2550

ere L = Span Length Whe

   

Deflection Limit

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 46 6 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    b) Horizontal H de eflection due to wind The deflection d due to wind sh all not excee ed the following:  

Ta able 6.3 Ho orizontal De eflection Limits due tto wind Element E

Deflection D Limit

Pipe racks

H / 1000

Equip pment suppo orting Structu ures

H / 3000

Occupied Building gs

H / 2000

Steel frames without equipme ent

H / 2000

Strucctural Steel sheds covere ed with Profiled Metal she eeting

H/1000

Horizzontal deflection horizo ontal crane lo oads

H / 5000

du ue

to

ht of individua al storey or overall o structu ure Wherre H = Heigh These limits apply y to sway be etween storey ys and to the e structure ass a whole. H driift due to Seiismic Load c) Horizontal Horizzontal deflecttion due to se eismic load shall s be calculated using strength lev vel load witho out reducing for f allowable e stress levell as per Secttion 12.8.6 off ASCE 07-2 2010. Allow wable storey drift d due to S Seismic load shall be as per p Table 122.12-1 of ASC CE 07-2010. Allow wable storey drift d for Risk Category III as per Table e 12.12-1 of ASCE 07-20 010 is summ marised in Ta able given in Table 6.4 below

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 47 7 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    able 6.4 Ho orizontal Drrift Limit du ue to Seism mic Load Ta S Structure (R Risk Categ gory III)

Deflection D Limit

Strucctures other th han masonryy shear wall structtures, 4 storie es or less ab bove the base e as de efined in Secttion 11.2 of A ASCE 072010 with interior walls, partitio ons, ceiling e walls that have be een designed d and exterior to acccommodate storey s drift

H / 500

All Otther structure es except ma asonry structtures and as defined abovve.

H / 677

ht of individua al storey or overall o structu ure Wherre H = Heigh

6.5.

V Vibration

6.5.1

S Superstructu ure Vibration The primary source of o vibration in n superstructures is harm monic unbalannced forces generated g byy rotating or o reciprocatting equipme ent. The final design sh hould be succh that vibra ations will be e neither in ntolerable no or troublesom me to perso onnel, and will w not causee damage to the machine e or structu ure. As a gen neral rule, no one of the na atural freque encies of the structure shhould be with hin a band of o the opera ating frequen ncy of the su upported mac chinery. Th he foundationns shall hav ve the natura al frequencyy outside the range of 0 0.75 - 1.25 times t operatting frequenccy of the eq quipment. Alll translatio onal and rota ational mode s of vibration should hav ve frequencyy ratios outs side the band d described d above as long as a p practical and d economica al design is achievable.. If such a design cannot c reaso onably be a attained, the e limits can be exceedeed as long as analysess demonstrrate that the amplitudes o of vibration meet m the requ uirements beelow.  All natura al frequencie es below 2 tim mes the ope erating freque ency for reciiprocating eq quipment and d below 1.5 5 times the operating freq quency for rotating equipm ment shall bee calculated. It shall be e demonstra ated that the amplitudes of the natural frequenciees between 0.35 and 1.5 5 times the e operating frequency a are within the allowable values evenn assuming that, due to o difference es between the actual sttructure and the assume ed model, reesonance does occur. In n this case a reasonable amount of damping sho ould be estim mated.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 48 8 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Resonant condition requires r a de etailed dynamic analysis s. Once a m model analys sis has been n performed, a harmon nic response e analysis ca an be performed relativeely inexpens sively. The e response e analysis will indicate antticipated amplitudes of viibration, veloocity, and acc celeration, ass well as magnitudes m off forces in strructural mem mbers. From m the above innformation, the t adequacyy of the dessign can be evaluated, e an nd, if necessary, modifica ations can bee made. The maxiimum vibratio on amplitude e of the equip pment shall be b considereed as the max ximum single e amplitude e that will nott exceed the "Easily Notic ceable to Perrsons" rangee per Figure 6.1. 6 The depth of a steel beam b suppo orting large open floor are eas free of ppartitions or other o sourcess of dampin ng should no ot be less tha an 1/20 of th he span to minimize perce ceptible trans sient vibration n due to pe edestrian trafffic.

6.5.2

D Dynamic Analysis all be perform med for the ex xpected dyna amic loads too design the support Dynamic analysis sha structuress or foundatio ons for 

C Centrifugal machinery m gre eater than 37 75KW (500HP P), or

 

Reciprocating R g machinery greater than 150 KW (20 00HP), or O Other machin nery specified d by the Com mpany.

Foundatio on vibration generally invvolves a gra ade foundatio on designed to support one o or more e reciproca ating or rota ating machin nes. Generally the sam me considerrations for superstructure e vibration also apply to o foundation vibration. The T primary differences d aare that these e foundationss are often n rigid block ks and that soil behaviour must be e consideredd. Rigid foundationss supportin ng only one major machiine can read dily be analy ysed using hhand calculattions and the e concept of o elastic halff-space theorry. Where dynamic anallysis is perfo ormed, the level of vibration shouldd not exceed d the "Easilyy Noticeable to Persons s" range per Figure 6.1.

6.5.3

N Non-Dynamiic Analysis

  For installations that do not warra ant a dynam mic analysis, the mass raatio concept is commonlyy used. In the de esign of eq quipment fo oundations subject s to vibratory lo oading where e dynamic analysis is not n performed d, foundation ns shall be proportioned aas indicated below. Rotating equipment mass m ratio = Weight of Fo oundation / Weight W of Macchine > 3 Reciproca ating equipm ment mass ra atio = Weightt of Foundatio on / Weight oof Machine > 5

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 49 9 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Figure 6.1 – Limits of Vibra ation Ampliitude for a Particular Frequency y

  6.6.

D Design Critteria for Pip pe Racks

6.6.1

P Piping loads s

  Piping loa ads in genera al shall be co onsidered as s defined below: a) Pipe Dead Load (DP): Pipe dead load shall includ de the weig ht of all pip pes including g valve es, fitting and d insulation. b) Pipe Operating O Lo oad (FPO): IIt is the maximum weightt of operatingg contents off the pipes. c) Pipe Test T Load (F FPT): Test lo oad shall be dead d load off pipe and weeight of test medium in the piping.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 50 0 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Vertical lo oads shall be e computed a according to size, distribution and seervice conditio ons of pipes, which are e supported.

6.6.2

P Pipe Dead Loads (DP)

o giv ven in the pip ng minimum piping dead d load shall be b pe stress report, followin Unless otherwise considere ed. A minimu um pipe dec ck load of 1..10 kN/m2 shall be used d for the dessign of pipe racks. This is equivalen nt to 8 inch dia d Sch 40 piipes spaced at 0.381m. For pipess larger than n 8”, the dead pe shall be calculated annd applied as s concentrate ed d load of pip load on pipe p rack.

6.6.3

P Pipe Operatiing Loads (F FPO)

  Unless otherwise o given in the pip pe stress report, following g minimum ppiping conten nt load shall be b considere ed. A minimu um pipe dec ck load of 0 0.81 kN/m2sh hall be used for the dessign of pipe racks. This is equivalen nt to 8 inch dia d Sch 40 piipes spaced at 0.381m. For pipe es larger than 8”, the content loa ad of pipe shall be caalculated an nd applied as a concentrated load on n pipe rack.

6.6.4

P Pipe Therma al Loads (L)

  Following g are the com mponents of Pipe therma al load  

6.6.4.1

Pipe Friction fforces es Pipe Anchor & Guide force

F Friction Forc ces (TF)

  Unless otherwise o given in the pip pe stress rep port, following g minimum ppiping friction n load shall be b considere ed.  

   

10% of total piping 1 p weigh ht 3 30% of pipes s which expa and or contract simultaneously

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 51 1 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    Pipe Fricction forces shall s not be ccombined witth Wind or Se eismic Loadss. Pipe Fricction force shall s be com mbined with Operating Load but withh load factor same as for f Dead Loa ads. The 10% % of the total piping weig ght shall be taken as an n estimated longitudinal friction force es (FF) applied only to lo ocal supportiing beams. % of total pip pe weight sh hall be cons sidered as frriction force and accum mulated for th he Only 5% design off strut, colum mn tie, bracin ngs and found dations. 5% of pip pe weight shall be consid dered as fricttion in lateral direction of pipe. Howeverr for design of o foundation ns for pipe sleeper suppo orts and “T” supports, full friction forcce shall be considered. c Under no ormal loading conditionss with multiplle pipes, tors sional effectss on the loc cal beam nee ed not be co onsidered be ecause the p pipes supported by the beam b limit thhe rotation of o the beam to the exten nt that the torrsional stressses are minim mal. This frictiion load shall be applied on top flang ge of the supporting beam m and check ked using th he propertie es of top flang ge alone.

6.6.4.2

P Pipe Anchorr & Guide Fo orces (TA) Pipe stre ess report pro ovides ancho or and guide forces. Pipe rack beams, struts, column ns, braces and foundatio ons shall bee designed to o resist actu ual hor and guid de loads. pipe anch Anchor & guide forc ces (except their friction n componen nt) shall be combined with w wind an nd seismic loads. gn consider only the top p flange as acting a in horiizontal bending unless th he For local beam desig hor engages s both flangess of beam. pipe anch Load facttor for ancho or & guide forrces shall be e same as de ead loads.

6.6.5

P Piping Test Loads (FPT))

and confirme ed during con nstructabilityy reviews. Hy ydro test load ds Pipe testt loads shall be agreed a shall be used for local l design ns when it comes to structures s ssupporting multiple m pipe es/ ent. Only a local design shall be do one in such cases. For individual eq quipment/Pip pe Equipme supports, Global desiign shall be d done includin ng foundation checks.

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 52 2 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    6.6.6

Cable Loads s (DEL) A minimu um cable tray y load of 1.0 kN/m2 per la ayer of tray shall be conssidered.

6.6.7

L Longitudinal Tie Beams s ed pipe rackss shall be ca alculated, in addition a to thhe above, forr the following: Tie girders for elevate  

6.6.8

Vertical load of 15kN at m V mid span. C Compression n load equal to 15% of the t maximum m load on addjacent colum mn, generate ed d to combination of De due ead, Live and d operating lo oad.

W Wind Load on o Pipe Racks (W)

  Wind loa ad shall be computed c wiith respect to o ASCE, Wind loads forr Petrochemical and other Industrial facilities as follows: pes a) Tributtary Area for Wind on Pip Tributary Area forr wind load o on pipes for each e level of pipe rack = (ø + 0.1 w) L, Where,

ø = Diameter D of the t largest piipe of the lev vel with a min nimum valuee of 250 mm w = Width W of the Pipe P rack/Pip pe bridge frame perpendicular to pipee axis L = Length of zon ne, along the pipe, being considered able Trays b) Tributary Area for Wind On Ca on cable trays s for each level of pipe raack or cable rack Tributary Area forr wind load o = ( h + 0.1 w) L Where, H of talle est cable trayy h = Height w = Width W of the Pipe P rack/Pip pe bridge frame perpendicular to pipee axis L = Length of zon ne, along the cable tray, being b considered ay posts shal l be calculate ed and adde ed. Wind on cable tra e Coefficient for Pipes = 0 0.7 Force Force e Coefficient for Cable Trray = 2.0

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 53 3 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    c) Longittudinal Wind On Horizonttal Pipes Flp = qs kt w L Wherre, kt = 0.10 0 for the to op level = 0.05 for lowerr levels W of pipe rack frame e (piping corridor and sttructure) perrpendicular to pipe axis w = Width L = Length of zon ne, along the pipe, being considered nd pressure ffor the corres sponding heiight qs = Dynamic win d) Longiitudinal Wind d On Vertical Pipes FIpv = qs A Wherre, A = surface s area in the plane of wind qs = Design wind pressure forr the corresp ponding heigh ht e) Longiitudinal Wind d On Cable T Tray The same metho od as for pip en above forr “Longitudinnal Wind on pes as give Horizzontal Pipes”, with kt = 0. 10 f) Longitu udinal Wind On O Structure Wind load shall be ca alculated con nsidering  

6.6.9

A the columns All The principal transversal members co T orresponding to the first tw wo portals an nd last two p portals of the e section of th he pipe rack being consid dered.

Seismic Des sign of Pipe e Racks

14 for seismiic design of pipe p racks an nd pipe suppport structure es. Refer to Section 3.7.1

   

  00 011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISG GPG00000-CX--7704-00001

BG GC CONTRAC CT

Doc c. No.

BASR RA GAS COMP PANY PROJECTS

Job b No.

WG00 000

Rev v No.:

02A A

P age

Page 54 4 of 76

Civil & Structural Design D Basis

    6.6.10

L Loading Com mbinations

  For load combination ns, refer to Ap ppendix A off this docume ent.

6.6.11

S Structural Sy ystem

6.6.11.1 P Pipe Racks / Bridge Rac cks Pipe racck/bridge rac ck structure s shall be three dimensional fram me structure es capable of o resisting the lateral lo oad in transve on by a moment resisting frame syste em, and the e erse directio lateral lo oads in long gitudinal dire ection shall be suitably transferred tto the braced d bays. Pipe rackk/bridge rack k structural fframes need d not be che ecked simulttaneously for longitudina al frictional loads and transverse friction load ds. Howeverr, each of tthese loads shall act in n conjunctio on with anch hor loads an nd guide forc ces (acting in all the threee orthogonal directionss) furnished d by the Pipin ng specialist. Length off pipe rack/b bridge rack in n the longitud dinal directio on shall be lim mited to arou und 30.0m to o 42.0m wiith a single braced b bay, wherever fe easible, to restrict higher stresses in the structure e due to tem mperature lo oads. Expansio on joints in sttructures sha all be provide ed at every 50 meters appproximately. 6.7.

P Pipe Sleeperrs Reinforce ed concrete Pipe sleeperrs shall be either e pre-cas st or cast in--situ. Top of sleeper shall be 450m mm (minimum) above ffinished grade level un nless otherw wise required d by piping g. Sleepers shall generrally be placced at least 600mm below the finisshed grade level in filled d areas, orr less in cut areas if req quired, and shall s consist of a spreadd footing with h rectangula ar pedestal. Insert plate es shall be in ncluded to provide p a sm mooth surfacee on which to t rest pipess. For slopin ng pipelines, a 20mm dia a bar shall be e welded on top of the inssert plate.  Pipe slee epers need not be ch hecked simu ultaneously for f longitudiinal frictiona al loads and d transversse friction loa ads. Howeve er, each of these loads shall act in conjunction n with ancho or loads and d guide forces (acting in n all the thre ee orthogona al directions)) furnished by b the Piping g specialistt.

6.8.

P Pipe Supporrts Isolated structural steel s pipe ssupports (eiither portals s or T-suppports) shall be provided d where the e bottom of the pipe is grreater than 750mm 7 above e the finishedd grade leve el. Pipe sup pports need d not be ch hecked simultaneously for longituddinal friction nal loads an nd transversse friction lo oads. Howevver, each off these loads s shall act iin conjunctio on with Guid de forces (acting in all a the thre ee orthogonal directions) furnishedd by the Piping grou up.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 55 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

   

7.

STRUCTURAL CO ONCRETE

7.1.

General The Fo ollowing pro ovisions are applicable to foundations, concreete structure es, ring walls an nd other structural concre ete work.  Design of co oncrete elem ments shall be e as per ACI 318.  All Concrette works sha all comply with w Specifica ation for Conncrete works s 00119500-W WGEL-G000--ISGP-G0000 00-CX-7880--00002.  All above and a below g ground conc crete expose ed to weatheering, excep pt water retainin ng basins, sh hall be desig gned in acco ordance with ACI 318 butt with a limittation of crack width w to 0.3 mm. m  Design of water w retaini ng basins shall h a v e a maximum ddesign surfac ce crack o 0.1mm as per p ACI 224R R-01. width of

7.1.1

Grade of Concrete C Table 7.1 Grades of Concrete e

 

Type e of Work

Seal slab or Blindin ng ete Concre

ement Type of Ce

Su ulphate Resiistant Portlan nd C ement

mpressive Com Cylind der Strength h at 28 Days

al Nomina Aggregate Size

14 N N/mm2 20

( 20000 psi)

Masss Concrete

Concre ete envelopes for underg ground electriccal ducts and d cover slabs fo or direct-b buried cables s

   

O Ordinary Portlland C ement for boveground and ab Su ullphate resistant for be elow ground. Ordinary Portland O bove C ement for ab ullphate grround and Su re esistant for be elow grround

14 N N/mm2 20

( 20000 psi)

14 N/m mm2 (2000 psi)

20

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 56 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    Structtural Concrette for foundations and below ground (Refer Notte1 )

S Sulphate Resistant Portla and C Cement AST TM C150 or

N/mm2 28 N

T Type V or BS S 4207 or e equivalent

(40000 psi)

Structtural Concrette for Superr Structure

O Ordinary Porrtland Cemen nt cconforming to t ASTM C15 50 ,

N/mm2 28 N

T Type-I or BS S EN 197-1

(40000 psi)

S Sulphate Resistant Portla and Pre-stressed concrete C Cement AS STM C150 or structures and reinforced Type V or BS 4207 or concrette of marine structures T e equivalent

41 N N/mm2

20

20

20

(60000 psi )

Note 1. 

bs, area paving, roads, w watertight co oncrete, machinery founddations, and concrete Slab expo osed to seve ere freezing a and thawing conditions.



uctures and their foundatiions and for stationary eq quipment fouundations except Stru Jettiies.   

Oher elastic properrties and the ermal expans sion of normal concrete sshall be con nsidered as follow ws:  

n’s ratio: Poisson Shear Modulus M (G)::

0.20 0.42 Ec

us of elasticity of concrette. Where, Ec = Modulu

7.1.2

Grade of Reinforceme R ent Bars

  Reinforrcing bars sh hall be unco oated high yield y deformed bars (HY YSD) conforming to 2 Grade 60 with a specified s yielld strength 420 4 N/mm (60,000 lb//in2) in acco ordance with AS STM A615. Steel wires w for spira al reinforcem ent shall be cold drawn as a per ASTM M A82 Steel fa abric shall be e in accordan nce with AST TM A185/AST TM A496 or B BS 4483.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 57 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    The modulus m of elasticity a and therma al expansion n of reinfoorcement sh hall be generallly as follows s: Modulus of Elasticity y (Es) = 200 kN / mm2 ar Thermal E Expansion (αs) = 12 x 10-6 / °C Co-efficcient of Linea

7.1.3

Protective Coating to Surfaces off Concrete

Concre ete protectio on shall be as per Sp pecification 0011-9500-W WGEL-G000 0-ISGPG00000 0-CX-7880-0 00003.

7.1.4

Concrete Cover C

  Concrete cover is the depth to all stee el reinforcem ment includinng links. Fo or both cast-in--situ and pre e-cast concrrete, minimum concrete (clear) coveer to the outside of all reinfforcements shall s be as de etailed in AC CI 318 -11 or as per Tablee 7.2. Table 7.2 2 Concrete Cover C Depth hs  

Desc cription

M Minimum Cllear Cover (mm)

Concrete cast in contact with h ground / so oil and in foun ndations up to o base plate level

75

Concrete expose ed to saline w water

75

Form med concrete e surfaces exxposed to we eather 50 Form med concrete e surfaces no ot exposed to o weather (inte erior) and nott in contact w with ground / soil

40

 

Horizon ntal re-bar in walls and fa aces of large e elements sh hall preferabbly be on the outside of the vertical v reinfo orcement for more effectiv ve crack con ntrol.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 58 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    7.1.5

Anchor Bo olts

  Anchor Bolts shall conform c to A ASTM F 1554 4 grade 36 or o BS 7419 G Grade 4.6. Minimum M mns and typical equipme ent shall be 20mm. 16mm bolts size of bolts for structural colum e used for sm mall pumps, handrails, la adder, stair base etc. Annchor bolts shall s be may be galvanizzed in accord dance with A ASTM A123/ ASTMA143 or as per BS S EN ISO 146 61. All deta ails, notes and a specifica ation for Anc chor Bolts to o be followeed as mentio oned in Project Standard drrawings.

 

8.

Structura al Steel The folllowing provis sions are app plicable to stteel pipe racks, steel struuctures and building platform ms, walkways s, stairways and other miscellaneous s steel work. The design detaiils, fabricatiion and erection of structural ssteel shall be in for Structu accorda ance with Specification S ural Steel works w specifi cation, 0011-9500WGEL--G000-ISGP--G00000-CX X-7880-00003 3.

8.1.

Material Elastic properties off steel used a are: Steel sp pecific gravitty: Young’ss modulus: Poisson n’s ratio:

8.1.1.

7850 kkg/m3 20500 00000 kN/m2 0.3

Structural Steel Sectio ons and Pla ates s plattes shall confform to ASTM M 36 or equiivalent grade e. All strucctural steel sections, If the design d requires higher grade, then n the same shall be sppecified in contract c drawing gs.

8.1.2.

Structural Steel Pipes s Structural steel pipe es where de esignated sh hall be Grade e A53 Type E or S Grade B or ASTM 106 1 M Grade e B or equiva alent. or submerge Steel pipes shall be e seamless o ed arc welde ed (SAW), orr electric res sistance welded (ERW). Pipes for han ndrails shall conform to ASTM A533, Grade B. Spiral welded pipes shall not n be used.

   

  D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 59 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    8.2.

0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

Connectio ons All connections sha all be of field d bolted. Sitte welding shall s be keptt to minimum m when bolted connections c are not feas ible. Gusset plates and stiffeners s sha all be minimu um 10mm thick.

8.2.1.

Structural bolts Minimum size of structural boltss shall be M16. M However smaller diaameter bolts can be used fo or smaller ste eel sections a as applicable e. Structural bolts shall be galvani sed high stre ength conforrming to AST TM A325. Nu uts shall be as per p ASTM A5 563 DH and w washers as per p ASTM F4 436 respectivvely. ASTM A490 A bolts iff used shall n not be hot dip galvanized d and shall nnot be used in highly corrosivve environments. Compa atible nuts fo or ASTM A4 490 bolts shaall be as perr ASTM A563 DH D and washers shall be ASTM F436.

8.2.2.

Welding Welding g shall be ca arried out in ccompliance to t all the req quirements s pecified in AWS A D1.1 /D1.1M or BS EN 1011(Parts 1 1 & 2), refer Specification n for Structuural Steel Wo orks Doc. 11-9500-WG GEL-G000-IS GP-G00000-CX-7880-00 0003. No: 001 All butt welds shall be full penettration butt welds w unless noted otherw rwise. Minimu um size of fillet weld w shall be e 6mm unlesss noted othe erwise.

8.3.

Coatings

8.3.1.

Galvanisattion All ha andrails/safetty ladders/la adder cage es/open grid d flooring/sttair treads/s structural connecction bolts an nd holding do own bolts with assemblie es shall be hhot dip galva anized as per ASTMA123/A123M/A143 a and the External Painting g Specificatioon, 1000-BG GC-G000G00000-RA-7754-00001 ISGP-G

8.3.2.

Painting uctural steel members, e except those e mentioned above, shaall be protec cted from All stru corrosio on by coatin ng the surfacce of membe er as per the e External P Painting Spec cification, 1000-B BGC-G000-IS SGP-G00000 0-RA-7754-0 00001.

8.4.

Miscellan neous Struc ctural Stee l All design shall conform to the e safety req quirements published p byy OSHA in 29 2 CFR 1910.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 60 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    8.4.1.

Ladders Fixed steel ladderrs including g safety cag ge (if required), shall be arrange ed and constru ucted to the fo ollowing requ uirements an nd as per pro oject standardd drawings. The reccommended vertical rise for fixed stee el ladders for access to oor exit from elevated e structurres for plan nt, shall no ot rise more than 6m without thhe provision of an interme ediate rest pla atform. The cle ear width bettween the sttringers shou uld be 450 mm m maximum m and the minimum m size forr stringers shall be 65mm m x 10mm flatt MS bar. Spacing g between ru ungs shall be e 250 mm ma aximum

8.4.2.

Platforms, Walkways & Access W Ways Minimum width of walkways, sstairs, landin ngs, stiles or o other acccess ways shall s be 700mm m. Platform frraming mem mbers, includ ding columns s and bracinng shall be clear c of piping, vessels and d/or related insulation by y a minimum m of 75mm both vertica ally and ntally. horizon Walkwa ays on elev vated work platforms fo or vessels/co olumns/toweers (except storage spheress) shall have e a minimum m of 900mm clear access s between a ny object (in ncluding installattion and clad dding) and th he guard rail. Flooring g for steel frramed platfo orms, walkwa ays, access ways and sstair treads shall s be serrated d welded ste eel bar gratin ng. Load bea aring bars sh hall be minim mum 5mm thick with anti-slip p serrated to op edge. De epth shall be determine ed based onn span and loading criteria subject to a minimum of 25mm. Lateral restraint sha all be provide ed by 6 x 6m mm twisted transverse baars at 100mm m pitch. Transve erse bars sh hall be welde ed to the up pper edge off the load beearing bars. Grating shall be e secured to o framing b by grate clam mps or by saddle s clips anchored with w selfweld orr power tool fasteners. f Nomina al tread size shall be folllowed as pe er the DEP Specification S n DEP 30.00 0.60.20Human factors Eng gineering – Physical wo orkspace des sign. Also reefer Steel sttaircase std. Drg g. 0011-9500 0-WGEL-G00 00-ISGP-G0 00000-8380-0 00005-002.

 

8.4.3.

            

Handrails r provid ded around the outer edge e of elev vated proceess plant pla atforms, Hand railing opening gs and stairrways should d following requirements s and as peer project standard drawing gs.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 61 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    Standard handrails s shall be of the tw wo-rail type with the ccentre of the t top 0mm above platform le evel, or on the t stairway ys 900mm m minimum me easured rail1100 vertical from the pitc ch line. ail posts shalll be pitched a at a maximum distance of o 1500mm. Handra Hand rails r details shall s be as per DEP Sp pecification, 34.28.00.333, Onshore Ancillary A Steel sttructures and d Project Dra awing, 0011--9500-WGEL L-G000-ISGP P-G00000-CS S-838000003. 8.4.4.

Gratings Grating shall conforrm to ASTM A1011/A101 11M. Grating g and fixing materials shall s be hot dip galvanized as a per ASTM MA123/A123M M/A143 or as s per BS EN ISO 1461.

8.4.5.

Floor plate e Solid flo oor plate shall have a rraised patterrn affording a non-slip suurface and shall s be 6mm minimum m thic ckness exclu usive of pattern. Plate material m shalll conform to o ASTM A786/A A786M or BS EN 10025.

8.5.

Passive Fire F Protecttion require ements Fireproo ofing shall be e carried outt in accordan nce with the Specificationn for Structurral Steel Fabrica ation and Ere ection, 0011-9 9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX X-7880-00003 3 & Fire Protection Philoso ophy docum ment 0011-7 7000-WGEL-N004-BNGLL-G00000-HX X-551100001. The provisio ons of ISO 1 3702, where e applicable to t onshore sstructures, sh hall also be conssidered.

9.

PLANT DRAINA AGE & HY DRAULIC DESIGN Plant drainage netw work shall be e capable off collecting and handling the design flows f of the spe ecific effluents through grravity flow. The T most effic cient and praactical routing of the networkks to the plan nt drainage ssystem shall be taken. Depend dent upon source, typ pe and lev vel of contamination, effluents sh hall be classifie ed into variou us categorie s and shall be b routed by means of drrainage netw works to selected treatment facilities and d/or discharg ge points. Dra ainage of vaarious effluen nts shall be as per p Project Drainage Philo osophy. e prepared to achieve an econom Hydraulic calculatio ons shall be mical and effective e drainag ge network design. All d rainage pipin ng, sewers shall s be desiggned in acco ordance with acccepted stand dard formulae e and calcula ation method ds.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 62 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    9.1.

Surface Drainage D Sy ystem (Cle ar Rain wa ater - CR)

9.1.1.

General In designated area as where run noff from firrewater is to o be collecteed, uncontam minated rainwatter/firewater runoff shall generally flo ow overland to the plannt perimeter. Runoff shall then discharge e into the nattural drainage pattern of the surroundding terrain. Grading g to facilitate e surface wa ter drainage e shall be con nsidered durring site prep paration / site grrading studie es. Clear Storm S waterr shall run o off into local swales and undergrouund drain sy ystems. Quantitties for the plant p areas sshall be dete ermined by use u of the raational formu ula. For maximu um rainfall in ntensity, refe r section 3.3 3.

9.1.2.

Q

=

C* I * A

Q ra in 

=

er Runoff in m3/ hr Quantity of Rainwate

C

=

Runoff Coefficient C

I

=

Design Rainfall R Inten nsity in m / hrr

A

=

Catchme ent Area und der Considera ation in m2

efficient: Runoff Coe Table 9.1 9 lists typical runoff ccoefficients which w should d be used inn drainage network n design for various types t of surfa face finishes. The runoff coefficients are expressed as a percenttage of the ra ainfall. Table 9.1 Runoff Coe efficients Area Plant are ea/utility area a (paved)

   

Runoff Co oefficient 1.0

Manifold d and pump sslab areas

1.0

Roads and a road sho oulders

0.95

Brick roa ads/tiled area as

0.75

Pipe trac cks (general )

0.50

Pipe trac ck concrete ffinish

0.90

Bund wa alls (average e)

0.55

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 63 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

   

9.1.3.

Bund wa alls with seep page prevention

0.90

Tank roo ofs

1.0

Tank co ompounds are eas (unpave ed)

0.30

Tank co ompound are eas with seepage e prevention

0.90

Grassed d areas (sand dy soil, flat) Grassed d areas (clayyey soil, flat)

0.10 0.50

Flow calcu ulation: The sto orm water flow w velocity thrrough pipes & swales is worked w out w with the help of Mannin ng sticklers fo ormula as givven below: V= ((K) (R) 2/3 (S)) ½

Where, V = Velocity of o the flow th rough sectio on. K = Manning Stickler Coe efficient for th he flow. R = Hydraulic c radius of th e section. S = Longitudinal slope of the Pipe / Sw wales. Discharg ge capacity of o the section n Q = Ap x V Where, A = Area of the flow in p ipe /swale Ap Underg ground gravity y flow draina age piping sh hall meet the following veelocity ranges s for the design rainfall intens sity: Vmax ≤ 0.9 m/s Vmin > 0.3 m/s

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 64 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    A minim mal longitudin nal slope of 1:300 should d be used. For F CR netwoorks slopes of up to 1:1000 may be used d if constructtion avoids lo ow spots and d possible poonding. 9.1.4.

Manning coefficients c for f various sections (K K): The followin ng Coefficien nts shall be u used in the velocity v of flow w calculationns suitably; M Material Concrete Swale

9.1.5.

Manning g Stickler Coeffficient 70

UPVC Pipes P

100

HDPE pipes p

80

Concrete Pipes

66

Stonewa are pipes

70

Ditches manent ditch hes (swales) shall have a V-shape. Side S slopes shall be no steeper All perm than 2.5 5:1. 1m Wide e swale shalll be provided at the periphery of the road surfaces, with longitud dinal slope 0.1% to 0.15% %. Ditchess shall have a maximum m velocity off 0.9 metres per secondd, and be fu urnished with ero osion protecttion if require ed.

9.1.6.

Catch basiin – Manhole Networks : Storm water w from unpaved u ope en area is co ollected into catch basinss. Storm watter from building g roofs is collected throug gh UPVC do ownspouts up p to the grouund surface where w it under seepage s in the earth orr it is caugh ht by the cattch basin syystem. These catch basins are connected to each other with the help of undergrounnd pipes of various diamete ers dependin ng on discha rge quantity.. This collection catch baasin will contrribute to the Man hole where e from it will be delivered d to the Low w lying area oor to the des signated Storm water w recipient points.

9.1.7.

Culverts hould be rein nforced conc crete pipe. Reinforcemen R nt shall be specified Culvert material sh aced as nece essary for sttrength and corrosion re equirements. A minimum culvert and pla diamete er of 457mm m shall be u used. Smaller culverts may m be useed where conditions dictate upon BGC’s approval.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 65 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    Culvert minimum gradients g sh hall be determined using the desiggn flow rate and a minimum velocity of 0.90 mettres per sec cond. Culverts shall be sized so o as to preventt headwater depths that w will cause flo ooding within n the plant faacilities. In general, g a minim mum gradien nt of 1.0 pe er cent (1 in 100) shalll be provideed where possible. Otherw wise, the slope of the upsttream or dow wnstream cha annel shouldd be matched d. The cullvert at a roa ad intersectio on should be aligned with h the ditch annd located as s nearly perpend dicular to the e road as posssible. Culvert headwalls shall s be used d where required for flow w and erosioon control. Plain or flared-e end culverts may be used d with consid deration given n to traffic annd hydraulic design.

9.2.

Undergro ound Piping g-Gravity S Systems

9.2.1.

Sewer Pip ping (Accidentally con ntaminated and contin nuously con ntaminated – AC, CC) Design for sewer systems s exce ept the sanitary sewer shall s be in aaccordance with w the requirem ments shown on the eng gineering and/or utility flo ow diagramss. The requirrements of the DEP D specification – DEP P 34.14.20.31 1, Drainage systems s andd Primary Tre eatment facilitiess shall be ad dhered in all rrespects. Enginee ering and/o or utility flow w diagrams shall indicate any g ravity sewe er pipe systemss which are to be liquid d-sealed. When W this is s required, ppipe soffits shall s be submerrged by a minimum m of 1 00 mm. Finalization off the need foor liquid-filled d sewer pipe syystems shall be establish ed by the prrocess and environmenta e al groups during the start of design stage e for enginee ering. Materia als for sewerr systems exxcept the sa anitary sewerr shall be ass delineated on the enginee ering and/or utility flow diagrams. Materials fo or the sanitaary sewer shall s be determiined during the design ph hase of the project. p Minimum pipe size e will not be e less than 150 (6’’) mm diameterss for branch hes and 200 (8’’) mm diame eters for ma ains and slop pe will not be b less than 1.00% and 0.30%, respecttively. Cover for f sewer lin nes shall be determined by the resp pective pipe material sta andards conside ering bedding g type and d design loadings. Minimum cover shhall be at least 450 m depth can mm. Concrete C encasement sh hould be considered wh here minimum nnot be met. m shall not n be locate ed under buildings or permanent strucctures of any y kind. Sewer mains Flexible e joints for sewers sh hall be eith her bell and spigot oor plain end ds with couplings, both hav ving elastome eric seals.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 66 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    Manholle and catch h basin frame es and cove ers shall be cast c iron, duuctile iron or carbon steel. Special cond ditions shall be investiga ated by the CONTRACT TOR to inclu ude, but not be limited l to the e type of sew wer systems, live loads, and chemical attack to de efine the proper material to use. u 9.2.2.

Catch Basins and Are ea Drains Catch basins b and area drains shall be us sed for colle ection of surf rface drainag ge from kerbed and diked areas. Catch basins b and area a drains sshall not be located directly beneathh equipment or pipe racks.

9.2.3.

Manholes minimum acc cess opening of 600 mm . Manholle covers shall have a m For sew wer pipe larg ger than 300 0mm diamete er, sewer ma anholes shalll be provided d at the junction n of all sewe er mains an nd at change es in gradient, size of m mains, or ho orizontal alignme ent. However, if such ch hanges do not n occur, the e manholes shall be loc cated at intervals not to exc ceed 90 m ffor sewers 610mm 6 or le ess in diameeter, and 150 m for sewers larger than 610mm in d iameter. Fo or sewer lines 305mm diaameter and smaller, s cleanou uts can be us sed in place of manholes s. Manholle design shall s take iinto conside eration mon nolithic strucctures as well w as precastt manholes. Provisions sshall be made for embedment of pipees into walls for both types of o manholes s to ensure proper sea aling around d pipes. Reefer clause 9.2.4for requirements regard ding the ventting of man holes. h

9.2.4.

Manhole Vents V Processs or sanitary y sewer man nholes that fa all within pro ocess areas, and within 30 3 m of fired he eaters or ope en flames, sshall have so olid covers and a vented ppipes in acco ordance with the e engineering g flow diagra ams. Vent pip pes shall be extended a minimum of 3 m above grade. g A vennted manhole within 7.5 m of o an operating platform sshall have th he vent pipe extended a minimum off 3.5 m above the operating platform . Vent pip pe size sha all be a miinimum of 100 mm diamete er. Vent lin nes shall not terminate w within 30 m of fired heaters or open fl ames becau use they could cause ignition n of sewer ga ases.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 67 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    9.2.5.

Cleanouts Cleanouts shall be provided on n all laterals s for process sewers annd sanitary sewers. s Clean-o out cover shall be a min nimum of 50 mm above grade. Forr process se ewers in non-trafffic areas, cle eanouts mayy be extende ed 300 mm above grade. Cleanouts shall be e provided a at the upstre eam end of all sewer l aterals that do not termina ate with a manhole. Cleanouts, for sewer laterals shaall be provided at bends, and running g cleanouts, (in-line clea anouts), shall be furnisheed at approx ximately 30 m in ntervals in strraight runs.

9.2.6.

Drawings The Civvil discipline shall prepa re composite e underground piping pllans along with w and details required to describe d thesse undergrou und systems s. Interfacingg shall be ma ade with the app propriate disc ciplines.

9.3.

Sanitary Sewers S (DS S – Domesttic Sewage e) Sanitaryy sewers sh hall form a separate sy ystem into which w no oil or chemical waste should be discharged. Design ffor sanitary sewers s shall be based oon good engineering practice e. Sanitaryy sewer ma ains shall ha ave a minim mum diamete er of 100mm m, and a slo ope that will pro ovide a minim mum flow ve elocity of 0.6 60 metres pe er second. F For requirem ments of sanitaryy sewer man nholes, see Section 9.2.3. Venting requirements r s for sanitary y sewer manholles are coverred in section n 9.2.4. Piping for domestic c sewer sysstems from buildings sh hall be HDP PE or an equivalent materia al. Average e Daily flow rate r / day of sewage = 19 90 Litres / day / Person Maximu um daily flow w rate/day

9.4.

= F x 190 Litres s / day / Persson

Process Sewers S Processs sewers co onsist of all or part of th he following systems: accid, amine, caustic, cryogen nic, hydrocarrbon, liquid ssulphur, and oily-water.  All proccess system sewers shalll be collecte ed independe ently and direected to appropriate sumps as indicated on the engin neering and/or utility flow w diagrams. Runoff from within n process kkerbed-in areas shall be includedd in the oilly-water sewer system ess waste, wash-down s along with proce w water spills,, and contam minated

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 68 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    runoff. Flow fro om this sysstem will be b processe ed through an API oil/water o separattor. Open process p sewe ers shall nott be used in this project.. Diameterss for closed process p sewers shall be as indicated i on the engineering and/or utility u flow diaagrams. Processs sewers sh hall be desi gned in acc cordance with the approopriate engineering and/or utility flow diagrams d forr each syste em including g both closeed and open n sewer systemss.

9.5. 9.5.1.

Waste Treatmentt and dispo osal

Sewagge disposal The san nitary waste generated fr from all areas s of the plant shall be coollected to a sewage s treatme ent plant. The T quantityy of sewage e will be estimated e froom the ma anpower expecte ed at the site e and unit flo ow based on the Uniform Plumbing C Code. Treatment and disp posal of sewa age shall com mply with loc cal Iraqi reguulations.

9.5.2.

Retentio on Pond Effluentt from treated process drrains will be discharged to a retentioon pond. The e size of the rete ention pond shall s be base ed on the rate e of evaporattion and infloow. Effluent from f the sewage e treatment plant will be e discharged d to a natura ally occurrin g drainage area or water course adjace ent to the site e. The rettention pond shall be du ug on relative ely level gro ound. If bundds are neces ssary, it shall be e 600m wide at the top w with side slope 1.5:1. The pond shall bbe lined with cement stabilize ed sand or other suitab ble material for containm ment and eroosion contro ol. Bund ended in the compacction shall be e as recomme e Soil Report.

10.

EARTHW WORKS Earthwo orks and site s prepara ation shall be as per the BGC C Specificattion for 0011-95 500-WGEL-G G000-ISGP-G G00000-CX--7880-00001.

11.

ROADS

11.1.

Plant Roa ads

11.1.1. General All road d constructio on shall be carried out in conforma ance with thhe Specifica ation for Roads and Paveme ents, 0011-95 500-WGEL-G G000-ISGP-G G00000-CX-77880-00004..

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 69 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    In sum mmary, the primary p plantt access roa ad shall hav ve an asphaalt wearing surface that is 8 m wide with 2.5 m wid de shoulders s. Internal plant access rroads shall have h an asphaltt wearing surface that iss 6 m wide with w 2 m wid de shoulderss. Secondary plant roads shall s be 4 m wide with 1.5m sho oulders. For crossings oof roads of unequal u width, the narrower road shall d determine the e radius of th he curvature.. Road Inters sections shall be e designed with w a minim mum radius of curvature liisted in the bbelow table which w is to be considered c along a the p pavement ed dge. Design life of Asphhalt roads shall s be conside ered as 20 ye ears. Ro oad width in m 3 m wide Parto ol road 4 m wide road 6 m wide road 8 m wide road

Radius of Curvature inn m. 6.0m 7.5m 10m 12m

11.1.2. Design Loa ading Genera ally, plant roa ads shall be d designed forr a wheel Axle load of 1455 kN with res spect to the HL 93 design tru uck loads. S ingle wheel load of 72.5 kN shall be cconsidered to t act at a of 510mm x 250mm. an area All the materials to be used for construction n have to be certified by the manufac cturer to be workkable betwee en a tempera ature range of o -18°C to +4 45°C. Speciall traffic trave elling areas fo for transport trucks, cranes, special eequipment, and a fork lift truckks shall be de esigned usin ng manufactu urer's loading g for anticipaated equipme ent. 11.1.3. Roadway Crown C The acccess road shall s have a minimum crown c slope of 1:50 (2% %). Shoulder shall have a sideways slope of 1:25 5 (4%). Plan nt roads, both primary aand seconda ary shall match the t slope of the ground surface. Ape ex level of th he road shalll be 100mm m higher than the e finished gro ound level. 11.1.4. Degree of Curvature The deg gree of curva ature for horrizontal curve es relative to various dessign speeds shall s be based on o AASHTO requirementts. 11.1.5. Gradients um gradients s for main pllant roads an nd access ro oads shall noot be more than t 10 Maximu per cen nt; maximum m gradient o n all other roads r shall be b not moree than 12 pe er cent. Ramp design d gradie ents shall be e based on the t capacity of the equippment to be used. A minimum of 30 m vertical v curve e shall be pro ovided where e change in road slopes exceed 5 per ce ent.

   

  D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 70 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    11.2.

0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

Field Gath hering and Offsite Fa acilities Acc cess Roads

11.2.1. General New acccess roads to t remote offfsite facilities s shall have a travel surfaace that is 4 m wide with no o shoulders. Intersection ns with existing public an nd private hi ghway shall have a minimum of 15 m tu urning radiuss. 11.2.2. Design Loa ading Genera ally these ac ccess roadss shall be designed d forr light trafficc as defined d under plant ro oads. Verification of load ding and frequency is required during final design. 11.2.3. Pavement Structures ent structures shall be e taken from m the soils s report Recommendations for paveme ed by the geotechnical cconsultant. The T type of pavement p sttructure depe ends on prepare locally available a ma aterials, soil cconditions an nd design loa ading. 11.2.4. Roadway Crown C In gene eral, roads shall s have a minimum crown c slope of 1:50 (2% %). Shoulder shall have a side slope of 1:25 (4%). 11.2.5. Degree of Curvature The deg gree of curva ature for horrizontal curve es relative to various dessign speeds shall s be based on o AASHTO requirementts. 11.2.6. Gradients Maximu um gradients s for these ro oads shall not be more than 15 per ceent. Ramps shall s be used to o access plattform levels. The ramps can be cons structed as coompacted fill slopes adjacen nt to existing drop-offs orr by cutting ra amps into the e existing rocck cliffs and banks.

11.3.

Area Paviing

11.3.1. Concrete Paving P Concrete paving shall be provvided around d the equipment in areeas where potential p contam mination of storm s water run-off or wash w down exists in acccordance with w the relevan nt standard drawings. Paving shall consis st of a reinfo orced concre ete slab, minimum 100 m mm thick on a base adequa ately prepare ed to suppo ort it. Pavin ng around equipment e sserviced by mobile equipm ment shall be 150 mm thicck. The top surface shall be an anti-skkid type finish.

   

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 71 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

    Area pa aving shall have h a minim mum slope of o 1:100. Pav ving shall bee sloped so that t any spills arre drained aw way from the e equipment.. The edges of roads andd access ways shall be high h points. If neede ed, provide concrete c kerb bs around iso olated pump equipment aand tankage. 11.3.2. Asphalt Arrea Paving Asphaltt paving shall be provided d where designated on th he plot plan. Paving shall consistt of 50 mm a asphalt cours se on not less s than 300 m mm thick base. Base thickness may be re educed by uttilizing a geo otextile underr the base. Base and su ubgrade compacction shall be in confo ormance witth Specification for Roaads and Pave ements, 0011-95 500-WGEL-G G000-ISGP-G G00000-CX--7880-00004 4. 11.3.3. Paving Kerbed concrete paving p shall be provided within LP PG or other storage are eas, as directed d by the Client. 11.3.4. Fencing Fencing g shall be in accordancce with the guidelines of BGC Seccurity Infrastructure Informa ation Doc. No o: 7000-BGC C-N004-GE00 0-G00000-AA A-3323-000117. 11.3.5. Electrical OHL O cable Clearances C The below section provides p info ormation abo out the 132 KV K lines and mandatory distance d by MOE E with the roa ad, railway, p pipeline and other importtant facilities ; The folllowing separration distancce shall be fo ollowed betw ween the 1 - 1132 KV cable e and other fa acilities;        

Minimum he eight from the e ground leve el 6m. Minimum he eight from the e main road 8.8 m. Minimum he eight from the e sub road 8.8m. Minimum he eight from the e railway 16.5m. Minimum he eight from an nother electric cal OHL 3m. Minimum he eight from the e river 10m. Minimum he eight from the e oil and gas s pipelines 8.8 m. Minimum he eight from the e communica ation cables 3m.

ollowed betw ween the 2 - 1132 KV cable e in The folllowing separration distancce shall be fo parallel and other fa acilities;  

   

Minimum dis stance betwe een centre off OHL and th he railway 500m. Minimum dis stance betwe een centre off OHL and th he main roadd 100m.

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 72 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

      

.

   

Minimum dis stance betwe een centre off OHL and th he bridge 1000m. Minimum dis stance betwe een centre off OHL and th he oil and gaas pipelines 100m. 1 Minimum dis stance betwe een centre of o OHL and the t communnication and electrical lines 50m.

  0011-9500-W WGEL-G000-IS SGPG00000-C CX-7704-000011

B BGC CONTRA ACT

D Doc. No.

BAS SRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS S

J Job No.

WG G0000

R Rev No.:

02A 0

Page

Page 73 of 76

Civill & Structurall Design Basis

   

12.                                                  

APPEND DIX A - LOA AD COMB BINATIONS S

Table 1 - Primary Loads

PROJECT NAME:

BASRAH GAS COMPANY PROJECTS

Load Combinations shall be derived by using these Primary Loads These Combinations to be utilized to determine reactions to Foundation Design

SELF WEIGHT

302

ELECTRICAL

303

EMPTY

0.6

304

OPEARTING

0.4

305

TEST

306

LIVE

307

ROOF

308

ANCHOR

309

FRICTION

310

MAINTENACE

311

BUNDLE PULL

312

CRANE

315

WIND X

316

WIND Z

317

EX OPERATING X DIR.

318

EZ OPERATING Z DIR.

319

EX EMPTY X DIR.

320 321 322

EZ EMPTY X DIR. WATER PRESSURE - LP SOIL PRESSURE - EP

TA

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

22

WZ

EXO

EZO

17, 18

ML

BP

CR

BL

WX W

Soil Pressure

LR

21

16

Storage Water

LF

20

15

EARTH LOAD

Seismic along STAAD Z (Empty)

FET

19

14

WATER LOAD

Seismic along STAAD X (Empty)

FPT F

13 TF / ETL L

EMPTY

Seismic along STAAD X (Opearting) Seismic along STAAD Z (Opearting)

12

OPERATING

Wind Load Along STAAD Z

11

WATER EARTH PRESSURE PRESSURE

SEISMIC LOADS

Wind Load Along STAAD X

10

Blast

9

WIND

BLAST

Crane Load

8

MISC

Bundle Pull

7 FPO / FEO

D

301

313, 314 BLAST

Pipe Anchor

DE

DFP

Roof Live Load

DP

DS

Floor Live Load

DEL

DSW

Equipment Test Content

Equipment Empty 6

2

Pipe Test Content

Piping 5

1

THERMAL

Piping /Equipment Operating Content

Dead Electrical 4

Super Imposed Dead Load

3

Self Weight

Fire Proofing

FLOOR ROOF

WIND LOADS

Maintenace

DEAD LOAD

LOAD NAME COMB. NO. REACTIONS FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN

LIVE LOADS

TEST (CONTENTS)

Thermal Friction / Equipment Friction

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

23

24

25

26

EXE

EZE

LP H

EP H

E

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

TABLE 2 - FOUNDATION CONCRETE DESIGN - LRFD

PROJECT NAME:

BASRAH GAS COMPANY PROJECTS

LOAD COMBINATIONS FOR STRENGTH DESIGN 1 2 3 4 5 6

Combinations are In accordance with ASCE 7 -05, Section 2.3. All loads shall be calculated as per ASCE 7-10 except wind load which is calculated as per ASCE7-05 Live load is permitted to be reduced to 50% based on ASCE 7 -10. Section 12.4.2.3. However live load that exceeds 4.8 kN/Sqm (100 psf) shall not be reduced. For uplift conditions, (empty conditions) 60% of operating pipe or Electrical load is considered. (Table 1 considers only 100 % of Electrical load) Large Pipe empty loads and contents shall be computed separately. (It is recommended to use DE and FEO load cases for large pipe loads to distinguish from small bore pipes) 50% of Wind load is considered for Hydro test load Orthogonal interaction effects in seismic combination cases shall not be considered for structures not having irregularities. Engineers are advised to refer ASCE 7-10 for Structures having irregularities and structures having seismic design class C to F.

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS TEST (CONTENTS) FLOOR & ROOF

OPERATING

Roof Live Load

Pipe Anchor

Thermal / Equipment Friction

Maintenance

Bundle Pull

Crane Load

Blast X Direction

Blast Z Direction

Wind Load along STAAD X

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

302 4 DEL D

303 5,6 DE

304 7 FPO/FEO

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

306 10 LF

307 11 LR

308 12 TA

309 13 TF / ETL

310 14 ML

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

F

L

W

E

1001 1002 1003 1004 1005

Pipe rack Steel Structure & Foundation : Operating 1.4 (D + F) 1.4(D + F + TA + TF) 1.2 (D + F + TA + TF) + 1.6 LF 1.2 (D + F + TA + TF) + 1.6 LR 1.2 (D + F + TA + TF) + 1.6 LF +0.5 LR

1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013

Operating + Wind 1.2 (D + F + TA) + 1.6 WX + 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) + 1.6 WX - 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) - 1.6 WX + 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) - 1.6 WX - 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) + 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) + 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) - 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F + TA) - 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6 0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

0.8 -0.8 0.8 -0.8 1.6 -1.6 1.6 -1.6

1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021

1.2 (D + F - TA) + 1.6 WX + 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) + 1.6 WX - 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) - 1.6 WX + 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) - 1.6 WX - 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) + 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) + 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) - 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F - TA) - 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

-1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6 0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

0.8 -0.8 0.8 -0.8 1.6 -1.6 1.6 -1.6

1022

Hydro Test 1.4 (D+ FPT + FET)

1.4

1.4

1.4

1023 1024 1025 1026

Hydro Test + Wind 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) + 0.8 WX +0.4 WZ 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) + 0.8 WX -0.4 WZ 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) - 0.8 WX +0.4 WZ 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) - 0.8 WX -0.4 WZ

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

0.4 -0.4 0.4 -0.4

1027 1028 1029 1030

1.2 (D + FPT + FET) + 0.4 WX + 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) + 0.4 WX - 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) - 0.4 WX - 0.8 WZ 1.2 (D + FPT + FET) - 0.4 WX + 0.8 WZ

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20

0.4 0.4 -0.4 -0.4

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

A)

EMPTY

Floor Live load

BLAST

EARTH PR.

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

MISC

WATER PR.

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

THERMAL

SEISMIC LOAD

(WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS)

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD NAME COMB. NO. STRENGTH LOAD COMBINATIONS (LRFD)

Electrical

Structural Member Weight

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS

1.6 1.6

1.6 0.5

1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.4

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS TEST (CONTENTS) FLOOR & ROOF

OPERATING

Roof Live Load

Pipe Anchor

Thermal / Equipment Friction

Maintenance

Bundle Pull

Crane Load

Blast X Direction

Blast Z Direction

Wind Load along STAAD X

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

EMPTY

Floor Live load

BLAST

EARTH PR.

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

MISC

WATER PR.

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

THERMAL

SEISMIC LOAD

(WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS)

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

302 4 DEL D

303 5,6 DE

304 7 FPO/FEO

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

306 10 LF

307 11 LR

308 12 TA

309 13 TF / ETL

310 14 ML

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

Electrical

Structural Member Weight

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS

F

L

W

E

1031 1032 1033 1034

Operating + Wind + Live 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 1.6 WX+0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 1.6 WX-0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 1.6 WX+0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 1.6 WX-0.8WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 0.8 -0.8

1035 1036 1037 1038

1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 0.8 WX +1.6WZ 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 0.8 WX -1.6WZ 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 0.8 WX -1.6WZ 1.2 (D+F+TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 0.8 WX +1.6WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046

1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 1.6 WX+0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 1.6 WX-0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 1.6 WX+0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 1.6 WX-0.8WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 0.8 WX +1.6WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR + 0.8 WX -1.6WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 0.8 WX -1.6WZ 1.2 (D+F-TA)+1.0 LF+ 0.5 LR - 0.8 WX +1.6WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

-1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2 -1.2

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6 0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

0.8 -0.8 0.8 -0.8 1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1047 1048 1049 1050

Empty + Wind 0.9 DE + 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ 0.9 DE + 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 0.9 DE - 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 0.9 DE - 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1051 1052 1053 1054

0.9 DE + 0.8 WX +1.6 WZ 0.9 DE + 0.8 WX -1.6 WZ 0.9 DE - 0.8 WX -1.6 WZ 0.9 DE - 0.8 WX +1.6 WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1055 1056 1057

Maintenance 1.2 (D+ F) + 1.6 (LF) +1.6 ML 1.2 DE + 1.6 LF +1.6 BP 1.2 (D+F) + 1.6 LF +1.6 CR

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2

1058 1059 1060 1061

Operating + Earthquake X Dir 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F-TA) - 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F+TA) - 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F-TA) + 1.0 EXO

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 -1.2 1.2 -1.2

1062 1063 1064 1065

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F-TA) - 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F+TA) - 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F-TA) + 1.0 EZO

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 -1.2 1.2 -1.2

1066 1067 1068 1069

Operating + Earthquake X Dir + Live 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) + 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F-TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) - 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) - 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F-TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) + 1.0 EXO

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2

1.6 1.6 1.6

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.6 1.6 1.6

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.2 -1.2 1.2 -1.2

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS

B)

Bundle Pull

Crane Load

Blast X Direction

Blast Z Direction

Wind Load along STAAD X

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

EMPTY

Maintenance

304 7 FPO/FEO

OPERATING

Thermal / Equipment Friction

303 5,6 DE

BLAST

Pipe Anchor

302 4 DEL D

MISC

EARTH PR.

Roof Live Load

NAME

THERMAL

WATER PR.

Floor Live load

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

301 1,2,3 DSW

Structural Member Weight

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

DEAD LOAD

SEISMIC LOAD

(WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS)

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

TEST (CONTENTS) FLOOR & ROOF

WIND LOADS

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

306 10 LF

307 11 LR

308 12 TA

309 13 TF / ETL

310 14 ML

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

F

L

W

E

1070 1071 1072 1073

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir + Live 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) + 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F-TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) - 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) - 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F-TA) + 1.0 (LF+LR) + 1.0 EZO

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.2 -1.2 1.2 -1.2

1074 1075 1076 1077

Operating + Earthquake X Dir (Uplift Case) 0.9 (D+F) + 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) + 1.0 EXO 0.9 (D+F) - 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) + 1.0 EXO 0.9 (D+F) - 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) - 1.0 EXO 0.9 (D+F) + 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) - 1.0 EXO

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.2 -1.2 -1.2 1.2

1078 1079 1080 1081

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir (Uplift Case) 0.9 (D+F) + 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) + 1.0 EZO 0.9 (D+F) - 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) + 1.0 EZO 0.9 (D+F) - 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) - 1.0 EZO 0.9 (D+F) + 1.2 TA + 1.0 (LF + LR) - 1.0 EZO

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.2 -1.2 -1.2 1.2

1082 1083

Empty + Earthquake X Dir 0.9 DE+ 1.0 EXE 0.9 DE- 1.0 EXE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

1084 1085

Empty + Earthquake Z Dir 0.9 DE+ 1.0 EZE 0.9 DE- 1.0 EZE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

1086 1087 1088

STRENGTH LOAD COMBINATIONS (LRFD) Dead Load 1.4 D 1.2 D + 1.6 LF +0.5 LR 1.2 D + 1.6 LR +1.0 LF

1.4 1.2 1.2

1.4 1.2 1.2

1.6 1.0

0.5 1.6

1089

Dead + Operating load + Crane Load 1.2 D + 1.6CR + 1.6 LF + 0.50LR

1.2

1.2

1.6

0.5

1.6

1090 1091 1092 1093

Dead + Operating + Crane + Wind 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR+ 1.6WX +0.8WZ 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR+ 1.6WX -0.8WZ 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR- 1.6WX -0.8WZ 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR- 1.6WX +0.8WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1094 1095 1096 1097

1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR+ 0.8WX +1.6 WZ 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR+ 0.8WX -1.6 WZ 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR - 0.8WX -1.6 WZ 1.2 D+ 1.0L + 1.0 CR + 0.5LR - 0.8WX +1.6 WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1098 1099

Dead + Operating + Crane + Seismic 1.2 D+ 1.0 L + 1.0 CR + 1.0 EXO 1.2 D+ 1.0 L + 1.0 CR - 1.0 EXO

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1100 1101

1.2 D+ 1.0 L + 1.0 CR + 1.0 EZO 1.2 D+ 1.0 L + 1.0 CR - 1.0 EZO

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

Load Combinations for Building / Shelters:

1.0 -1.0 1.0 -1.0

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS TEST (CONTENTS) FLOOR & ROOF

C)

OPERATING

Roof Live Load

Pipe Anchor

Thermal / Equipment Friction

Maintenance

Bundle Pull

Crane Load

Blast X Direction

Blast Z Direction

Wind Load along STAAD X

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

303 5,6 DE

304 7 FPO/FEO

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

306 10 LF

307 11 LR

308 12 TA

309 13 TF / ETL

310 14 ML

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

F

L

W

E

1102 1103 1104 1105

Dead Load + Live + Wind load in X Dir 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR + 1.6 WX +0.8WZ 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR + 1.6 WX -0.8WZ 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR - 1.6 WX -0.8WZ 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR - 1.6 WX +0.8WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1 1 1 1

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1106 1107 1108 1109

1.2 D + 1.2 D + 1.2 D + 1.2 D +

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1 1 1 1

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1110 1111 1112 1113

Dead Load + Wind load 0.9 D + 1.6 WX + 0.8 WZ 0.9 D + 1.6 WX - 0.8 WZ 0.9 D - 1.6 WX - 0.8 WZ 0.9 D - 1.6 WX + 0.8 WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1114 1115 1116 1117

0.9 D + 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ 0.9 D + 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ 0.9 D - 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ 0.9 D - 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1118 1119

Dead Load + Live + Earthquake X Dir 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.0 EXE 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR - 1.0 EXE

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1120 1121

Dead Load + Live + Earthquake Z Dir 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.0 EZE 1.2 D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR - 1.0 EZE

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1122 1123

Dead Load + Earthquake X Dir 0.9 D+ 1.0 EXE 0.9 D - 1.0 EXE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

1124 1125

Dead Load + Earthquake Z Dir 0.9 D+ 1.0 EZE 0.9 D - 1.0 EZE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

1.0 LF + 0.5 LR + 0.8 WX + 1.6WZ 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR + 0.8 WX -1.6WZ 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR - 0.8WX -1.6WZ 1.0 LF + 0.5 LR - 0.8 WX +1.6WZ

EMPTY

Floor Live load

302 4 DEL D

BLAST

EARTH PR.

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

MISC

WATER PR.

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

THERMAL

SEISMIC LOAD

(WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS)

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

Structural Member Weight

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

Load Combinations for Vessles. Static skid mounted equipment and Supporting structures:

1126 1127

Operating 1.4 (D + F) + 1.4 TF 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.6 LF + 1.2 TF

1.4 1.2

1.4 1.2

1.4 1.2

1.4 1.2

1128 1129 1130 1131

Operating + Wind 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 1.2 (D + F ) - 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 1.2 (D + F ) - 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1132 1133 1134

1.2 (D + F ) + 0.8 WX + 1.6WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 0.8 WX - 1.6WZ 1.2 (D + F ) - 0.8 WX - 1.6WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2

0.8 0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6

1.6

1.4 1.2

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS TEST (CONTENTS) FLOOR & ROOF

OPERATING

Roof Live Load

Pipe Anchor

Thermal / Equipment Friction

Maintenance

Bundle Pull

Crane Load

Blast X Direction

Blast Z Direction

Wind Load along STAAD X

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

303 5,6 DE

304 7 FPO/FEO

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

306 10 LF

307 11 LR

308 12 TA

309 13 TF / ETL

310 14 ML

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

1.2

1.2

1.2

301 1,2,3 DSW

Electrical

Floor Live load

EMPTY

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

BLAST

EARTH PR.

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

MISC

WATER PR.

302 4 DEL D 1.2

Structural Member Weight LOAD NAME COMB. NO. 1135 1.2 (D + F ) - 0.8 WX + 1.6WZ

THERMAL

SEISMIC LOAD

(WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS)

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS

F

L

W

E

-0.8

1.6

1136

Hydro Test 1.4 (D+ FPT + FET)

1.4

1.4

1.4

1137 1138 1139 1140

Hydro Test + Wind 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) + 0.8 WX + 0.4WZ 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) + 0.8 WX - 0.4WZ 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) - 0.8 WX - 0.4WZ 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) - 0.8 WX + 0.4WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

0.4 -0.4 -0.4 0.4

1141 1142 1143 1144

1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) + 0.4 WX + 0.8WZ 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) + 0.4 WX - 0.8WZ 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) - 0.4 WX - 0.8WZ 1.2 D + 1.2(FPT/FET) - 0.4 WX + 0.8WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

0.4 0.4 -0.4 -0.4

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1145 1146 1147 1148

Operating + Wind X Dir + Live 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF + 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF + 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF - 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF - 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.6 1.6 -1.6 -1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 0.8

1149 1150 1151 1152

1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF + 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF + 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF - 0.8 WX - 1.6 WZ 1.2 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF - 0.8 WX + 1.6 WZ

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1153 1154 1155 1156

Empty + Wind X Dir 0.9 DE + 1.6 WX + 0.8WZ 0.9 DE + 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 0.9 DE - 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ 0.9 DE + 1.6 WX - 0.8WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

1.6 1.6 -1.6 1.6

0.8 -0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1157 1158 1159 1160

0.9 DE + 0.8 WX + 1.6WZ 0.9 DE + 0.8 WX - 1.6WZ 0.9 DE - 0.8 WX - 1.6WZ 0.9 DE - 0.8 WX + 1.6WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.8 0.8 -0.8 -0.8

1.6 -1.6 -1.6 1.6

1161 1162

Operating + Earthquake X Dir 1.2 (D+F) + 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F) - 1.0 EXO

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1163 1164

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir 1.2 (D+F+TA) + 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F-TA) - 1.0 EZO

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1165 1166

Operating + Earthquake X Dir + Live 1.2 (D+F) + 1.0 LF + 1.0 EXO 1.2 (D+F) + 1.0 LF - 1.0 EXO

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0

1167 1168

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir + Live 1.2 (D+F) + 1.0 LF + 1.0 EZO 1.2 (D+F) + 1.0 LF - 1.0 EZO

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.0 1.0

1.4

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS TEST (CONTENTS) FLOOR & ROOF

D)

OPERATING

Roof Live Load

Pipe Anchor

Thermal / Equipment Friction

Maintenance

Bundle Pull

Crane Load

Blast X Direction

Blast Z Direction

Wind Load along STAAD X

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Seismic Load along STAAD X

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

EMPTY

Floor Live load

BLAST

EARTH PR.

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

MISC

WATER PR.

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

302 4 DEL D

303 5,6 DE

304 7 FPO/FEO

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

306 10 LF

307 11 LR

308 12 TA

309 13 TF / ETL

310 14 ML

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

F

1169 1170

Empty + Earthquake X Dir 0.9 DE+ 1.0 EXE 0.9 DE- 1.0 EXE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

1171 1172

Empty + Earthquake Z Dir 0.9 DE+ 1.0 EZE 0.9 DE- 1.0 EZE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

L

W

E

1.0 -1.0

1.0 -1.0

For Heat Exchangers and Supporting Structures other than those of vessel Load Combinations, the following Bundle pull load case to be considered. 1173 1174

E)

NAME

THERMAL

SEISMIC LOAD

(WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENTS)

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

Structural Member Weight

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS

1.2 DE + 1.6 LF +1.6 BP 0.9 DE + 1.6 BP

1.2 0.9

1.2 0.9

1.2 0.9

1.6

1.6 1.6

For UG Structures :-

1175

Empty Condition + Earth pressure 1.2 D + 1.6 EP

1.2

1.2

1.2

1176

Dead + Storage Water 1.4 D + 1.4 LP

1.4

1.4

1.4

1177 1178

Empty Condition + earthquake in X Dir + Earth pressure 0.9 D + 1.6 EP + 1.0 EXE 0.9 D + 1.6 EP - 1.0 EXE

0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.6

0.5

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.0

1.0

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.20 1.20

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.20 1.20

1.6

1.4

1.0

1.6 1.6

-1.0

Operating Condition + Live + Earth pressure 1179

1.2D + 1.6 LF + 0.5 LR + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.6 EP

1.2

1.6

1.0

1.2

1.0

-1.0

1.2

1.0

1.0

1.2

1.0

-1.0

1.2

1.0

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

1.2 1.2

Operating Condition + Live + Earth Quake in X Dir + Earth Pressure 1180 1181

1.2D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.0 EP + 1.0 EXO 1.2D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.0 EP 1.0 EXO Operating Condition + Live + Earth Quake in Z Dir + Earth Pressure

1184 1185

1.2D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.0 EP + 1.0 EXO 1.2D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.0 EP 1.0 EZO Operating Condition + Earth Quake in X Dir + Earth Pressure 1.2D + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.2 EP + 1.0 EXO 1.2D + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.2 EP - 1.0 EXO

1186 1187

Operating Condition + Earth Quake in Z Dir + Earth Pressure 1.2D + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.2 EP + 1.0 EZO 1.2D + 1.2 FEO + 1.2 WP + 1.2 EP - 1.0 EZO

1182 1183

1.000 -1.000

1.000 -1.000

TABLE 3 - FOUNDATION CONCRETE DESIGN WITH UNFACTORED LOADS

PROJECT NAME:

BASRAH GAS COMPANY PROJECTS

BASIC LOAD COMBINATIONS FOR SERVICEABILITY CHECK Combinations are In accordance with ASCE 7 -05, Section 2.3. All loads shall be calculated as per ASCE 7-10 except wind load which is calculated as per ASCE7-05 Live load is permitted to be reduced to 50% based on ASCE 7 -10. Section 12.4.2.3. However live load that exceeds 4.8 kN/Sqm (100 psf) shall not be reduced. For uplift conditions, (empty conditions) 60% of operating pipe or Electrical load is considered. (Table 1 considers only 100 % of Electrical load) Large Pipe empty loads and contents shall be computed separately. (It is recommended to use DE and FEO load cases for large pipe loads to distinguish from small bore pipes) 50% of Wind load is considered for Hydro test load Orthogonal interaction effects in seismic combination cases shall not be considered for structures not having irregularities. Engineers are advised to refer ASCE 7-10 for Structures having irregularities and structures having seismic design class C to F. DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0 0.75

1.0 0.75

1.0 1.0

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E

1.0 1.0 1.0

2005 2006 2007 2008

Operating + Wind 1.0 (D + F + TA) + 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ 1.0 (D + F + TA) + 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 1.0 (D + F + TA) - 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 1.0 (D + F + TA) - 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2009 2010 2011 2012

1.0 (D + F + TA) + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F + TA) + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F + TA) - 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F + TA) - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2013 2014 2015 2016

1.0 (D + F - TA) + 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ 1.0 (D + F - TA) + 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 1.0 (D + F - TA) - 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 1.0 (D + F - TA) - 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

-1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2017 2018 2019 2020

1.0 (D + F - TA) + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F - TA) + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F - TA) - 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F - TA) - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

-1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.0

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

0.25 -0.25 -0.25 0.25

2021 2022 2023 2024 2025

Hydro Test 1.0 (D + FPT + FET) Hydro Test + 50% Wind 1.0 (D + FPT + FET )+ 0.5 WX + 0.25 WZ 1.0 (D + FPT + FET )+ 0.5 WX - 0.25 WZ 1.0 (D + FPT + FET )- 0.5 WX - 0.25 WZ 1.0 (D + FPT + FET )- 0.5 WX + 0.25 WZ

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

WATER PR.

Wind Load along STAAD Z

306 10 LF

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD X

Thermal / Equipment Friction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

OPERATING

Blast Z Direction

Pipe Anchor

304 7 FPO/FEO

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Roof Live load

303 5,6 DE

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Crane Load

Floor Live load

MISC

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

302 4 DEL D

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD NAME COMB. NO. SERVICEABILITY LOAD COMBINATIONS A) Pipe rack Steel Structure & Foundation: Operating 2001 1.0 (D + F) 2002 1.0 (D + F + TA + TF) + 1.0 LF 2003 1.0 (D + F + TA + TF) + 1.0 LR 2004 1.0 (D + F + TA + TF) + 0.75 LF + 0.75LR

Electrical

Structural Steel Weight

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Bundle Pull

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Maintenance

1 2 3 4 5 6

LIVE LOADS

1.0 (D + FPT + FET )+ 1.0 (D + FPT + FET )+ 1.0 (D + FPT + FET )1.0 (D + FPT + FET )-

0.25 WX + 0.5 WZ 0.25 WX - 0.5 WZ 0.25 WX - 0.50 WZ 0.25 WX + 0.50 WZ

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

W 0.25 0.25 -0.25 -0.25

0.50 -0.50 -0.50 0.50

E

2030 2031 2032 2033

Operating + Live + Wind 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0.75WX+0.375WZ 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0.75WX-0.375WZ 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.75WX-0.375WZ 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.75WX+0.375WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 -0.75 -0.75

0.375 -0.375 -0.375 0.375

2034 2035 2036 2037

1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0.375WX+0.75WZ 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0375WX-0.75WZ 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.375WX-0.75WZ 1.0(D+F+TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.375WX+0.75WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.375 0.375 -0.375 -0.375

0.750 -0.750 -0.750 0.750

2038 2039 2040 2041

1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0.75WX+0.375WZ 1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0.75WX-0.375WZ 1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.75WX-0.375WZ 1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.75WX+0.375WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 -0.75 -0.75

0.375 -0.375 -0.375 0.375

2042 2043 2044 2045

1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0.375WX+0.75WZ 1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR+0375WX-0.75WZ 1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.375WX-0.75WZ 1.0(D+F-TA)+ 0.75 LF+0.75 LR-0.375WX+0.75WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

-1.0 -1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.375 0.375 -0.375 -0.375

0.750 -0.750 -0.750 0.750

2046 2047 2048 2049

Empty + Wind Load 0.9 DE + 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ 0.9 DE + 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 0.9 DE - 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 0.9 DE - 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ

0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2050 2051 2052 2053

0.9 DE + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 0.9 DE + 0.5 WX - 1.0WZ 0.9 DE - 0.5 WX - 1.0WZ 0.9 DE - 0.5 WX + 1.0WZ

0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 1.0 1.0

2054 2055 2056

Maintenance 1.0 (D+ F) + 1.0 LF +1.0 ML 1.0 DE + 1.0 LF +1.0 BP 1.0 (D+F) + 1.6 LF +1.6 CR

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00

2057 2058 2059 2060

Operating + Earthquake in X Dir 1.0 (D+F+TA) + 0.7 EXO 1.0 (D+F-TA) - 0.7 EXO 1.0 (D+F-TA) + 0.7 EXO 1.0 (D+F+TA) - 0.7 EXO

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00

1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

WATER PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD Z

306 10 LF

OPERATING

Wind Load along STAAD X

Thermal / Equipment Friction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast Z Direction

Pipe Anchor

304 7 FPO/FEO

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Roof Live load

303 5,6 DE

MISC

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Crane Load

Floor Live load

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

302 4 DEL D 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO. 2026 2027 2028 2029

Electrical

Structural Steel Weight

DEAD LOAD

Maintenance

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Bundle Pull

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

0.7 -0.7 0.7 -0.7

LIVE LOADS

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E

2061 2062 2063 2064

Operating + Earthquake in Z Dir 1.0 (D+F+TA) + 0.7 EZO 1.0 (D+F-TA) - 0.7 EZO 1.0 (D+F-TA) + 0.7 EZO 1.0 (D+F+TA) - 0.7 EZO

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2065 2066

Dead + Operating + Earthquake 0.9 D + 0.6 D0 + TA + 0.7 EXO 0.9 D + 0.6 D0 - TA - 0.7 EXO

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

0.6 0.6

1.0 -1.0

2067 2068

0.9 D + 0.6 D0 + TA + 0.7 EZO 0.9 D + 0.6 D0 - TA - 0.7 EZO

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

0.6 0.6

1.0 -1.0

2069 2070 2071 2072

Operating + Live + Earthquake in X Dir 1.0 (D+F+TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) + 0.525 EQX 1.0 (D+F-TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) - 0.525 EQX 1.0 (D+F-TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) + 0.525 EQX 1.0 (D+F+TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) - 0.525 EQX

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2073 2074 2075 2076

Operating + Live + Earthquake in Z Dir 1.0 (D+F+TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) + 0.525 EQX 1.0 (D+F-TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) - 0.525 EQX 1.0 (D+F-TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) + 0.525 EQX 1.0 (D+F+TA) + 0.75(LF+LR) - 0.525 EQX

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2081 2082 2083 2084

Empty + Earthquake in X Dir 0.9D +0.7EXE 0.9D -0.7EXE Empty + Earthquake in Z Dir 0.9D +0.7EXZ 0.9D -0.7EXZ Empty + Wind 1.0 D +1.0 DE + 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ 1.0 D +1.0 DE + 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 1.0 D +1.0 DE - 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 1.0 D +1.0 DE - 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ

2084 2085 2086 2087

1.0 D +1.0 DE + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 1.0 D +1.0 DE + 0.5 WX - 1.0WZ 1.0 D +1.0 DE - 0.5 WX - 1.0WZ 1.0 D +1.0 DE - 0.5 WX + 1.0WZ

2077 2078 2079 2080

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

WATER PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD Z

306 10 LF

OPERATING

Wind Load along STAAD X

Thermal / Equipment Friction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast Z Direction

Pipe Anchor

304 7 FPO/FEO

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Roof Live load

303 5,6 DE

MISC

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Crane Load

Floor Live load

302 4 DEL D

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

Structural Steel Weight

DEAD LOAD

Maintenance

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Bundle Pull

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

0.7 -0.7 0.7 -0.7

0.7 -0.7 0.7 -0.7

0.525 -0.525 0.525 -0.525

0.525 -0.525 0.525 -0.525

0.7 -0.7 0.7 -0.7

LIVE LOADS

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

WATER PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD Z

306 10 LF

OPERATING

Wind Load along STAAD X

Thermal / Equipment Friction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast Z Direction

Pipe Anchor

304 7 FPO/FEO

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Roof Live load

303 5,6 DE

MISC

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Crane Load

Floor Live load

302 4 DEL D

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

Structural Steel Weight

DEAD LOAD

Maintenance

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Bundle Pull

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E

B) Load Combinations for Building / Shelters:

2088 2089 2090 2091

Dead Load 1.0 D 1.0 D + 1.0 LF 1.0 D + 1.0 LR 1.0 D + 0.75 LF +0.75 LR

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75

2092 2093

Dead + Operating load + Crane Load 1.0 D + 0.75CR + 0.75 LF + 0.75LR 1.0 D + 1.0CR + 1.0 LF

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 1

0.75

0.75 1.00

2094 2095 2096 2097

Dead + Operating + Crane + Wind 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR+0.75WX +0.375WZ 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR+0.75WX -0.375WZ 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR-0.75WX -0.375WZ 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR-0.75WX +0.375WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 -0.75 -0.75

0.375 -0.375 -0.375 0.375

2098 2099 2100 2101

1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR+0.375WX +0.75WZ 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR+0.375WX -0.75WZ 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR-0.375WX -0.75WZ 1.0 D+0.75L+0.75 CR+ 0.75LR-0.75WX +0.375WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.375 0.375 -0.375 -0.375

0.75 -0.75 -0.75 0.75

2102 2103

Dead + Operating + Crane + Seismic 1.0 D+ 0.75L + 0.75 CR + 0.75LR+ 0.525EXO 1.0 D+ 0.75L + 0.75 CR + 0.75LR - 0.525EXO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75

2104 2105

1.0 D+ 0.75L + 0.75 CR + 0.75LR+ 0.525EZO 1.0 D+ 0.75L + 0.75 CR + 0.75LR - 0.525EZO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75

2106 2107 2108 2109

Dead Load + Live + Wind 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.75 WX + 0.375WZ 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.75 WX - 0.375WZ 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR - 0.75 WX - 0.375WZ 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR - 0.75 WX + 0.375WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 -0.75 -0.75

0.375 -0.375 -0.375 0.375

2110 2111 2112 2113

1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.375 WX + 0.75WZ 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.375 WX - 0.75WZ 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR - 0.375 WX - 0.75WZ 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR - 0.375 WX + 0.75WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.375 0.375 -0.375 -0.375

0.75 -0.75 -0.75 0.75

2114 2115 2116 2117

Dead Load + Wind load 0.9 D + 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ 0.9 D + 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 0.9 D - 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 0.9 D - 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2118 2119 2120 2121

0.9 D + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 0.9 D + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 0.9 D - 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 0.9 D - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 0.75

0.525 -0.525 0.525 -0.525

LIVE LOADS

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E

2122 2123 2124 2125

Dead Load + Wind load 1.0 D + 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ 1.0 D + 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 1.0 D - 1.0 WX - 0.5 WZ 1.0 D - 1.0 WX + 0.5 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 0.5 -0.5 0.5

2126 2127 2128 2129

1.0 D + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 1.0 D + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 D - 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 D - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2130 2131

Dead Load + Live + Earthquake X Dir 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.525 EXE 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR - 0.525 EXE

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75

2132 2133

Dead Load + Live + Earthquake Z Dir 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.525 EZE 1.0 D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR - 0.525 EZE

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75

0.75 0.75

2134 2135

Dead Load + Earthquake X Dir 0.9 D+ 0.7 EXE 0.9 D- 0.7 EXE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

2136 2137

Dead Load + Earthquake Z Dir 0.9 D+ 0.7 EZE 0.9 D- 0.7 EZE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.525 -0.525

0.525 -0.525

0.7 -0.7

0.7 -0.7

C) Load Combinations for Vessles. Static skid mounted equipment and Supporting structures:

2138 2139

Operating 1.0 (D + F + 1.0 TF) 1.0 (D + F ) + 1.0 LF + 1.0 TF

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

2140 2141 2142 2143

Operating + Wind 1.0 (D + F ) + 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 1.0 (D + F ) - 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 1.0 (D + F ) - 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2144 2145 2146 2147

1.0 (D + F ) + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) - 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2148

Hydro Test 1.0 (D+ FPT + FET)

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

WATER PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD Z

306 10 LF

OPERATING

Wind Load along STAAD X

Thermal / Equipment Friction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast Z Direction

Pipe Anchor

304 7 FPO/FEO

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Roof Live load

303 5,6 DE

MISC

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Crane Load

Floor Live load

302 4 DEL D

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

Structural Steel Weight

DEAD LOAD

Maintenance

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Bundle Pull

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

1.0 1.0

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

LIVE LOADS TEST (CONTEN TS)

0.75 0.75 -0.75 -0.75

0.375 -0.375 -0.375 0.375

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

0.375 0.375 -0.375 -0.375

0.75 -0.75 -0.75 0.75

2157 2158 2159 2160

1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF + 0.375 WX + 0.75 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF + 0.375 WX - 0.75 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF - 0.375 WX - 0.75 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF - 0.375 WX + 0.75 WZ Empty + Wind 0.6 DE + 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ 0.6 DE + 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 0.6 DE - 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 0.6 DE - 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2161 2162 2163 2164

0.6 DE + 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ 0.6 DE + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 0.6 DE - 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 0.6 DE - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2165 2166 2167 2168

Empty + Wind 0.9 DE + 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ 0.9 DE + 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 0.9 DE - 1.0 WX - 0.5WZ 0.9 DE - 1.0 WX + 0.5WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

1.0 1.0 -1.0 -1.0

0.5 -0.5 -0.5 0.5

2169 2170 2171 2172

0.9 DE + 0.5 WX + 1.0WZ 0.9 DE + 0.5 WX - 1.0 WZ 0.9 DE - 0.5 WX -1.0 WZ 0.9 DE - 0.5 WX + 1.0 WZ

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

1.0 -1.0 -1.0 1.0

2173 2174

Operating + Earthquake X Dir 1.0 (D+F) + 0.70 EXO 1.0 (D+F) - 0.70 EXO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

2175 2176

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir 1.0 (D+F) + 0.70 EZO 1.0 (D+F) - 0.70 EZO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

2177 2178

Operating + Earthquake X Dir + Live 1.0 (D+F) + 0.75 LF + 0.525 EXO 1.0 (D+F) + 0.75 LF - 0.525 EXO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75

2179 2180

Operating + Earthquake Z Dir + Live 1.0 (D+F) + 0.75 LF + 0.525 EXO 1.0 (D+F) + 0.75 LF - 0.525 EXO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

0.75 0.75

2153 2154 2155 2156

Soil Pressure

0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

F

Storage Water

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Seismic Load along STAAD X

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Operating + Wind + Live 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF + 0.75 WX + 0.375 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF + 0.75 WX - 0.375 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF - 0.75 WX - 0.375 WZ 1.0 (D + F ) + 0.75 LF - 0.75 WX + 0.375 WZ

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

2149 2150 2151 2152

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

EARTH PR.

Wind Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

WATER PR.

Wind Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

EMPTY

Blast Z Direction

306 10 LF

OPERATING

Blast X Direction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

SEISMIC LOADS

Crane Load

304 7 FPO/FEO

SEISMIC LOADS

Bundle Pull

Thermal / Equipment Friction

303 5,6 DE

NAME

Maintenance

Pipe Anchor

302 4 DEL D

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

301 1,2,3 DSW

Structural Steel Weight

Roof Live load

BLAST

Floor Live load

MISC

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

DEAD LOAD

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E

0.70 -0.70

0.70 -0.70

0.525 -0.525

0.525 -0.525

LIVE LOADS

Empty + Earthquake X Dir 0.6 DE+ 0.7 EXE 0.6 DE- 0.7 EXE

0.6 0.6

0.36 0.36

0.6 0.6

2183 2184

Empty + Earthquake Z Dir 0.6 DE+ 0.7 EZE 0.6 DE- 0.7 EZE

0.6 0.6

0.36 0.36

0.6 0.6

2185 2186

Empty + Earthquake X Dir 0.9 DE+ 0.7 EXE 0.9 DE- 0.7 EXE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

2187 2188

Empty + Earthquake Z Dir 0.9 DE+ 0.7 EZE 0.9 DE- 0.7 EZE

0.9 0.9

0.54 0.54

0.9 0.9

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F

2181 2182

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD X

309 13 TF/ETL

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

308 12 TA

WATER PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

307 11 LR

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Thermal / Equipment Friction

306 10 LF

OPERATING

Wind Load along STAAD X

Pipe Anchor

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast Z Direction

Roof Live load

304 7 FPO/FEO

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Floor Live load

303 5,6 DE

MISC

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Crane Load

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

302 4 DEL D

Electrical

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

THERMAL

301 1,2,3 DSW

Structural Steel Weight LOAD COMB. NO.

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

DEAD LOAD

Maintenance

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Bundle Pull

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E 0.7 -0.7

0.7 -0.7

0.7 -0.7

0.7 -0.7

D) For heat Exchangers and Supporting Structures other than those of vessel Load Combinations, the following Bundle pull load case to be considered. 2189 2190

1.0 DE + 1.0 LF +1.0 BP 1.0 DE + 1.0 BP

1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00

1.00 1.00

1.0

1.0 1.0

E) For UG Structures :-

2192

Empty Condition + Earth pressure 1.0 D + 1.0 EP Dead + Storage Water 1.0 D + 1.0 LP

2193 2194

2191

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

Empty Condition + Earthquake in X Dir + Earth pressure 1.0 D + 1.0 EP + 0.7 EXE 1.0 D + 1.0 EP - 0.7 EXE

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

2195 2196

1.0 D +0.7 EZE + 1.0 EP 1.0 D -0.7 EZE + 1.0 EP

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

2197

Operating Condition + Live + Earth pressure 1.0D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.75

0.75

1.0

1.0

2198

1.0D + 1.0 LF + 1.0 LR + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.00

0.75

0.75

0.525

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.00

0.75

0.75

-0.525

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.00

0.75

0.75

0.525

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.00

0.75

0.75

-0.525

1.0

1.0

2199 2200

2201 2202

Operating Condition + Live + Earth Quake in X Dir + Earth Pressure 1.0D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.75 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP + 0.525 EXO 1.0D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 0.75 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP - 0.525 EXO Operating Condition + Live + Earth Quake in Z Dir + Earth Pressure 1.0D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP + 0.525 EZO 1.0D + 0.75 LF + 0.75 LR + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP - 0.525 EZO

1.0 1.0

0.7 -0.7

1.0 1.0 0.7 -0.7

1.0 1.0

LIVE LOADS

2203 2204

Operating Condition + Earth Quake in X Dir + Earth Pressure 1.0D + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP + 0.7 EXO 1.0D + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP - 0.7 EXO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.00 1.00

2205 2206

Operating Condition + Earth Quake in Z Dir + Earth Pressure 1.0D + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP + 0.7 EZO 1.0D + 1.0 FEO + 1.0 WP + 1.0 EP - 0.7 EZO

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.00 1.00

Storage Water

Soil Pressure

F

310 14 ML L

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

309 13 TF/ETL

Seismic Load along STAAD X

308 12 TA

EARTH PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD Z

307 11 LR

WATER PR.

Seismic Load along STAAD X

306 10 LF

EMPTY

Wind Load along STAAD Z

Thermal / Equipment Friction

305 8, 9 FPT/FET

OPERATING

Wind Load along STAAD X

Pipe Anchor

304 7 FPO/FEO

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast Z Direction

Roof Live load

303 5,6 DE

BLAST

SEISMIC LOADS

Blast X Direction

Floor Live load

302 4 DEL D

MISC

WIND LOADS (WIND STRUCTURE, COMPONENETS)

Crane Load

Pipe / Equipment Test Content

301 1,2,3 DSW

THERMAL

Piping / Equipment Operating Content

NAME

FLOOR & ROOF

Empty Pipe/ Equipment

LOAD COMB. NO.

Electrical

Structural Steel Weight

DEAD LOAD

Maintenance

TEST (CONTEN TS)

Bundle Pull

DEAD OPERATING LOAD

311 15 BP

312 16 CR

313 17 BLX

314 18 BLZ

315 19 WX

316 20 WZ

317 21 EXO

318 22 EZO

319 23 EXE

320 24 EZE

321 25 LP H

322 26 EP H

W

E

0.700 -0.700

0.700 -0.700

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

1.0 1.0

Doc. No.

BASRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 75 of 76

Civil & Structural Design Basis

13.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7704-00001

BGC CONTRACT

APPENDIX B – VEHICLE LOAD Figure B.1 HL 93 Truck Load

This load has to be allowed for dynamic effects. This load shall be applied at the centre of loaded lane.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7704-00001

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

BASRA GAS COMPANY PROJECTS

Job No.

WG0000

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 76 of 76

Civil & Structural Design Basis

Figure B.2 HL 93 Tandem Load

Document Review Comments Sheet

PROJECT / ASSIGNMENT : BASRAH NGL PROJECT TRANSMITTAL : BGC-WG0011-TR-IFR-0003 DOCUMENT TITLE : STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS SPECIFCIATIONS WGPSN DOCUMENT NO. : 0011-9500-WGEL-N004-ISGP-G00000-CX-7880-00003 SECTION

Codes standards Clause 2.0

CLIENT : BGC

REVIEWER NAME : Nilesh

REVIEW DUE DATE :18-Jan-18

REVIEW DATE : 20-March-18

ORIGINATOR :

P. AMARNATH SANTH

REV NO. :

01R

REVIEWER COMMENTS

INITIALS

ACTION UNDERTAKEN (ORIGINATOR)

CLOSED

Only for reference Which grade of steel is to be used, what Fy , do we accept lower grade steels , What if vendors supply material with EN compliance. Include list with BSEN and EN complaint material. Mention the grades you want to allow. This comment apply to all other sections. Provide reference to standard grating drawing. Mention use of Electro-forged grating only As most of the facilities are gas facilities, use of chequered plates shall be only with prior approval Add requirements for Sandwich panels and insulated sound absorbing panels.

Nilesh

Implemented.

Closed

Nilesh

Implemented.

Closed

Nilesh Nilesh

Implemented.

Closed

Implemented.

Closed

Implemented.

Closed

Inclueded in Section 3.10. Document Number is changed from 00119500-WGEL-N004-ISGP-G00000-CX-788000003 to 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003.

Closed

and

Structural Steel Sections and Plates Clause 3.2 Gratings Clause 3.7 Chequered Plates Clause 3.8 Cladding Materials Clause 3.10 Miscellaneous Structural Steel Clause 3.12

Nilesh Nilesh

Add details for Eves , Gutter, ventilators, aluminum panels etc as required. Nilesh

Document Number

Form No: ENG-FRM-1148 Rev/Date: C1-18-Dec-2017

© 2013 Wood Group Limited This document is uncontrolled once printed. Check iMAP for the current version.

Closed

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 2 of 34

Table of Contents 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS 1.4 RESOLUTION OF CONFLICT 1.1. UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 1.2. HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT REQUIREMENTS 2. CODES AND STANDARDS 3. MATERIALS 3.1. GENERAL 3.2. STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS AND PLATES 3.3. STRUCTURAL STEEL PIPES 3.4. STRUCTURAL BOLTS 3.5. ANCHOR BOLTS 3.6. ELECTRODES 3.7. GRATINGS 3.8. CHEQUERED PLATES 3.9. HEADED STUDS 3.10. CLADDING MATERIALS 3.11. CORROSION PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL 3.12. MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 4. DESIGN 4.1. DESIGN LOADS 4.2. LOAD COMBINATIONS 4.2.1. LADDERS 4.2.2. PLATFORMS, WALKWAYS & STAIRS 4.2.3. HAND RAILS 5. CONNECTION DESIGN & DETAILING 5.1. GENERAL 5.2. BOLTED CONNECTIONS

5 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 18 18

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 3 of 34

5.3. WELDED CONNECTIONS 5.4. BRACING CONNECTIONS 5.5. CONNECTIONS FOR CONCRETE FIREPROOFED MEMBERS 6. FABRICATION & ERECTION 6.1. FABRICATION DRAWINGS 6.2. HANDLING, SHIPPING AND DELIVERY 6.3. TOLERANCES 6.4. ERECTION DRAWINGS 6.5. ERECTION REQUIREMENTS 6.6. SETTING OUT 6.7. ALIGNMENT AND FIT-UP 6.8. ERECTION TOLERANCE 6.9. TEMPORARY BRACINGS 6.10. FIELD HOLES AND OPENINGS 6.11. SITE WELDING 7. WELDING 7.1. GENERAL 7.2. WELDING PROCEDURES 7.3. WELDING REQUIREMENTS 7.4. WORKMANSHIP 7.5. TACK WELDS 7.6. GAPS AND BUTTERING 7.7. ACCEPTANCE OF WELDS 7.8. APPROVED WELDING PROCESSES 7.9. BACKING BARS, RUNOFF TABS 7.10. WELDING CONSUMABLES 8. PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS 9. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL 9.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE 9.2. QUALITY CONTROL 9.3. INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN 9.4. GENERAL 9.5. QUALITY PLAN 9.6. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSPECTION

20 20 21 21 22 23 23 23 24 25 25 25 25 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 31

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 4 of 34

9.7. SHOP INSPECTION 9.8. VISUAL INSPECTION 9.9. DIMENSIONAL MEASUREMENT 9.10. NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTS 10. DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 10.1. GENERAL 10.2. WORK RECORDS AND REPORTS 11. DELIVERABLES 12. WARRANTY

31 32 32 32 33 33 33 34 34

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 5 of 34

1.

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Scope of the Document This Specification covers the minimum requirements for the material, connections, detailing, fabrication and erection including welding, inspection, testing, painting and galvanisation and delivery of structural and miscellaneous steel works of BGC onshore projects.

1.2

Definitions The following Definitions shall apply for this document Shall – The word ‘shall’ is to be understood as mandatory. Should – The word ‘should’ is to be understood as strongly recommended. May – The word ‘may’ is to be understood as indicating a possible course of action. Company -

Basra Gas Company (BGC)

Consultant - A contracted party by BGC who shall be responsible for providing Project Management and other related consultancy services under the contract. Contract

- A contract agreement entered between the Company and Contractor

Contractor – A contracted party by BGC who shall be responsible for providing design engineering, procurement and construction service under the contract. Vendor /Supplier /Manufacturer – A party responsible for the manufacturing and/or supply of equipment, materials or product-related services in accordance with this Specification and its referenced standards and data sheets. Sub-Contractor – An authorized organization or personnel from Contractor/Vendor/ Supplier to carry out activity related to work. Inspector – Any person/party certified as acting for and on behalf of BGC or Contractor to inspect items to be purchased and/or the work done by the Vendor. Substitutions – The Vendor/Contractor shall submit in writing to the BGC, for approval, any proposals for substitutions due to non-availability of materials or changes to the proposed design, prior to the commencement of work.

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT

1.3

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 6 of 34

Abbreviations

BGC

Basra Gas Company

BDEP

Basic Design & Engineering Package

DEP

Design and Engineering Practice

HSE

Health, Safety and Environment

AISC

American Institute of Steel Construction

ASTM

American Society of Testing Materials

ANSI

American National Standards Institute

AWS

American Welding Society

ACI

American Concrete Institute

ITP

Inspection and Test Plan

ERW

Electric Resistant Welding

PQR

Procedure Qualification Record

WPS

Welding Procedure Specification

SI

International System of Units

SMAW

Shielded Metal Arc Welding

SAW

Submerged Arc Welding

CVN

Charpy V - Notch

1.4 Resolution of Conflict In the event of any conflict between this specification and the Data Sheets, or with any applicable Codes and Standards, Contractor/Vendor/Supplier shall inform BGC and obtain written clarification or authorization before proceeding with the work. Normally the most stringent specification shall prevail in case of conflict. In general, the order of priority for the document shall be:

BGC CONTRACT

1.1.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 7 of 34



Iraqi Statutory Law & Regulations



Shell DEM-2



BGC Standards and Drawings



International Standards

Units of Measurement In general SI units shall be used for the entire project.

1.2.

Health Safety and Environment Requirements The Health, Safety and Environment requirements remain the highest priority for all BGC projects. The local requirements shall prevail, however and the most stringent will apply. The supplier shall ensure that the item supplied is designed to operate safely at the prescribed operating conditions at all stages of operation and shutdown.

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT

2.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 8 of 34

CODES AND STANDARDS The latest edition of the following standards, codes and specifications shall apply: ASTM A6

Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use

ASTM A36

Specification for Structural Steel

ASTM A53

Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, ZincCoated, Welded and Seamless.

ASTM A106

Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service

ASTM A108

Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished

ASTM A123

Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A143

Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedures for Detecting Embrittlement

ASTM A193

Specification for Alloy-Steel and stainless steel Bolting Material for High Temperature or high pressure Service

ASTM A276

Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes

ASTM A384

Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion during Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies

ASTM A385

Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip)

ASTM A500

Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes

ASTMA501

Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing

ASTM A 563

Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel

ASTM A563

Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts

ASTMA653

Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 9 of 34

ASTM B695

Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel

ASTM E376

Measuring Coating Thickness by Magnetic Field or EddyCurrent (Electromagnetic) Test Methods

ASTM F-436

Standard Specification for hardened steel washers

ASTM A307

Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts & Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength

ASTM A325

Standard Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints, (Including Suitable Nuts & Plain Hardened Washers)

ASTM A490

Standard Specification for High-Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 & 10.93 for Structural Steel Joints (Metric)

ASTM A500

Specification for Vanadium Steels

High

strength

Low–Alloy

Columbium-

ASTM F738

Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Metric Bolts, Screws, and Studs

ASTM A 786

Specification for Rolled Steel Floor Plates

ASTM A830

Specification for Plates, Carbon Steel Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements

ASTM F836

Standard Specification for Style 1 Stainless Steel Metric Nuts (Metric)

ASTM F959

Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners

ASTM A992

Specification for Steel Structural Shapes

ASTM A 1011

Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability

ISO 13702

Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries - Control and Mitigation of Fires and Explosions on Offshore Production Installations - Requirements and Guidelines

AWS D1.1

Structural Welding Code

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 10 of 34

AWS D1.3

Structural Welding Code – Sheet Steel

AWS D1.4/D1.4

Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel

API Spec2B

Specification for Fabrication of Structural Steel Pipe

AWS A5.1/5.1

Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding

AWS A5.17

Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding

AWS A5.5

Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding

ASTM F606

Standard Test Methods for Determining the Mechanical Properties of Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners, Washers, and Rivets

ASTM F959

Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners

ASTM F1554

Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 105 ksi Yield Strength

AWS QC1

Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors NAAMM MBG 531 Metal Bar Grating Manual

RCSC

Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts

SDI

SDI Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof Decks No.30

AASHTO

Standard Specification for Highway Bridges

AISC 303

Code of Standard practice for Steel Buildings and bridges

AISC 360

Specification for Structural Steel Buildings

AISC 325

Steel Construction manual (13th Edition)

AISI

Cold Formed Steel Design Manual

RCSC

Specification for structural joints by using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 11 of 34

British Standards EN 10025

Hot Rolled Products of Structural Steel

EN 10210

Structural Hollow Sections

EN 10326

Continuously hot dip coated sheets

BS 4-1

Structural Steel Sections - Part 1: Specification for Hot-rolled Sections

BS EN 440

Welding Consumables – Wire Electrodes and Deposits for Gas Shielded Metal Arc Welding of Non Alloy and Fine Grain Steels – Classification

BS EN 499

Welding Consumables – Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc Welding of Non Alloy and Fine Grain Steels – Classification

BS 2853

Specification for the design and testing of steel overhead runway beams

BS 3692

ISO metric precision hexagon bolts, screws and nuts Specification

BS 4592-0

Industrial type flooring and stair treads. Common design requirements and recommendations for installation

BS 4592-1

Industrial type flooring and stair treads. Metal open bar Gratings specification

BS 4604

Specification for the use of high strength friction grip bolts in structural steelwork. Metric series.

BS 5950-1

Structural use of steelwork in building. Code of practice for design. Rolled and welded sections

BS 7419

Specification for holding down bolts

BS EN 1011

Welding. Recommendations for welding of metallic materials.

BE EN 10025

Hot rolled products of structural steels (Parts 1 to 6)

Doc. No.

BGC CONTRACT

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 12 of 34

BS EN 10029

Specification for tolerances on dimensions, shape and mass for hot rolled steel plates 3mm thick or above

BS EN 10034

Structural steel I and H sections. Tolerances on shape and dimensions

BS EN 10055

Hot rolled steel equal flange tees with radiused root and toes. Dimensions and tolerances on shape and dimensions

BS EN 10056

Specification for structural steel equal and unequal angles.

BS EN 10210

Hot finished structural hollow sections of non-alloy and fine grain steels (Parts 1 & 2)

BS EN 10219

Cold formed welded structural hollow sections of non-alloy and fine grain steels

BS EN 10279 mass

Hot rolled steel channels. Tolerances on shape, dimension and

BS EN 14399

High-strength structural bolting assemblies for preloading (parts 1 to 5)

BS EN ISO 898-1

Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel. Bolts, screws and studs

BS EN ISO 1461

Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles. Specifications and test methods

ISO 8501-1

Rust grades and preparation of grades of uncoated steel substrates and of steel substrates after overall removal of previous coatings.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) OSHA 29 CFR1910

Occupational Safety and Health Standards.

DEP Standard Specifications (Only for Reference)

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 13 of 34

DEP 34.00.01-30

Structural Design and Engineering of Onshore Structures.

DEP 34.19.20-31

Onshore Concrete Design and Construction.

DEP 34.28.00-31

Onshore Steel Structures.

DEP 30.48.00.31

Protective Coatings for Onshore and Offshore Facilities.

DEP 34.19.20.11

Passive Fire Proofing Systems.

BGC Standards & Project Specifications: 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA4303-00001

BGC Technical Standards Philosophy

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-AA6180-00006

BGC Projects Technical codes & Standards Guidelines

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7704-00001

Civil & Structural design basis

0011-9500-WGEL-G000 -ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00002

Concrete Work Specifications

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA7754-00001

External painting Specifications

Standard Drawings 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00001 General Notes – Structural Steel Work 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00002 - Standard Details for Grating 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00003 - Standard Details for Hand Rails 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00004 - Standard Details for Ladders 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00005 - Standard Details for Stairs 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-8380-00002 - Standard Details for Fencing 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-8380-00003 - Standard Details for Gates

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 14 of 34

Any technical deviations to the Purchase order and its attachments including, but not limited to, the Data Sheets and Narrative Specifications shall be sought by the CONTRACTOR only through CONCESSION REQUEST format. CONCESSION REQUESTS require COMPANYreview/approval, prior to the proposed technical changes being implemented. Technical changes implemented prior to COMPANY approval are subject to rejection.

3. MATERIALS 3.1.

General All structural steel materials shall comply with this section. For using any alternate equivalent material by contractor / vendor, prior written approval from BGC is required.

3.2.

Structural Steel Sections and Plates All structural steel sections shall conform to ASTM A36 or S275 JR to EN 10025. Structural Steel plates shall conform to ASTM A36 or EN10029. Angle sections shall conform to ASTM A36 or EN 10056. If the design requires higher or special grade, then the same shall be specified in contract drawings.

3.3.

Structural Steel Pipes Structural steel pipes shall be Grade hot finished and conform to A53 Grade B Type E or S or ASTM 106 M Grade B or S275 EN confirming to EN 10210. Steel pipes shall be seamless or submerged arc welded (SAW), or electric resistance welded (ERW).

3.4.

Structural bolts Structural bolts shall be galvanised high strength conforming to ASTM A325 or Grade 8.8 to BS 3692. Nuts shall be as per ASTM A563 DH or BS3692 or EN ISO 898. Washers shall be as per ASTM F436 or BS 4320 respectively. ASTM A490 bolts if used shall not be hot dip galvanized and shall not be used in highly corrosive environments. Compatible nuts for ASTM A490 bolts shall be as per ASTM A563 DH. Washers shall be as per ASTM F436 or BS 4320 respectively.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 15 of 34

Ordinary bolts when used for non-structural elements shall be as per ASTM A307 or Grade 4.6 to BS 4190. Nuts shall be as per EN ISO 898. Washers shall comply with BS 4320 or ASME B18.21.1 All bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanised.

3.5.

Anchor bolts Foundation anchor bolts shall be in accordance with ASTM F1554, grade 36 with coarse metric thread conforming to ASME B1.13 Class 6G, nuts shall be as per ASTM A563 property class 9 / BS 3692 and washers shall be as per ASTM F436 or BS 4320. If higher grade anchor bolts are required, the same shall conform to ASTM A354 Grade BC, nuts to ASTM A563 Grade DH heavy hex and washers to ASTM F436.

3.6.

Electrodes Arc welding electrodes shall be in compliance with AWS as follows: For manual shielded metal arc welding (SMAW): E70XX as per AWS A5.1 For automatic or semi-automatic submerged arc welding (SAW) : F7XEXXX as per AWS A5.17. Electrodes with low hydrogen covering shall be purchased in a hermetically sealed container. Electrodes shall be dry and in suitable condition for use.

3.7.

Gratings Gratings shall be serrated and comply with ASTM A1011 and galvanised in accordance with ASTM A123. Gratings shall be electro forged. Stair treads shall have abrasive or chequered plate nosing. Standard Drawing 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00002 shall be referred for gratings.

3.8.

Chequered Plates Chequered floor plates shall comply with ASTM A786 pattern 4 or pattern 5 and ASTM A36 or approved equivalent. Use of Chequered plates shall be only with prior approval by COMPANY.

BGC CONTRACT

3.9.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 16 of 34

Headed Studs All headed studs shall conform to ASTM A108 Grade 1010 through Grade 1020, AWS D1.1M Section 7, Type B.

3.10. Cladding Materials Cladding for shelters shall be of color coated hot dip galvanised steel profiled sheets with a minimum thickness of 0.8mm and conforming to BSEN 10326 – S280 Z275. 2

Minimum yield strength of steel shall be 280 N/mm . 2

Galvanisation shall be to a minimum zinc coating mass of 275 grams / m (total for both faces). Color of coating shall be approved by BGC. Wherever insulated sandwich panels and sound absorbing panels are required, they shall be as per approved design drawings and from approved vendors.

3.11. Corrosion Protection of Structural Steel Refer to BGC Specification “External Paiting Specification – 1000-BGC-G000-ISGPG00000-RA-7754-00001 for painting requirements”.

3.12. Miscellaneous Structural Steel All design shall conform to the safety requirements published by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910. Metal decking for composite floors shall comply with BS EN 10346 S280 GD+Z275 with minimum proof strength of 280 N/mm2 and zinc coating of total mass 275 kg/m2 (including both sides). Eaves, gutter, flashings, louvers and ventilators shall be as per approved design drawings and from approved vendors.

4.

DESIGN

4.1.

Design Loads Design loadings shall be as specified in Project Specification for Civil / Structural design basis - 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7704-00001.

4.2.

Load Combinations Load Combinations shall be as specified in Project Specification Civil / Structural design basis - 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CX-7704-00001.

BGC CONTRACT

4.2.1.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 17 of 34

Ladders Fixed steel ladders including safety cage (if required), shall be arranged and constructed to the following requirements and as per project standard drawings. Ladders from small-elevated platforms shall be caged. Where the height between platforms will not permit access to a full cage, partial caging permitting side entry shall be provided. Standard Drawing 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00004 shall be referred for ladders.

4.2.2.

Platforms, Walkways & Stairs Minimum width of walkways, stairs, landings, stiles or other access ways shall be 1200mm and wherever it is not feasible to have 1200mm , this shall be 900mm. Platform framing members, including columns and bracing shall be clear of piping, vessels and/or related insulation by a minimum of 75mm both vertically and horizontally. The minimum head room for platforms shall be 2200mm. Flooring for steel framed platforms, walkways, access ways and stair treads shall be serrated welded steel bar grating. Load bearing bars shall be minimum 5mm thick with antislip serrated top edge. Depth and spacing shall be determined based on span and loading criteria subject to a minimum of 25mm. Lateral restraint shall be provided by 6 x 6mm twisted transverse bars at 100mm pitch. Transverse bars shall be welded to the upper edge of the load bearing bars. Grating shall be secured to framing by grate clamps or by saddle clips anchored with self-weld or power tool fasteners. Openings in the floor for piping or equipment shall be sized to avoid fouling of insulation/Pipe flange or other ancillaries. The flooring shall split on the centre of the opening to permit removal and shall be banded around the opening to provide a toe plate. Stairways shall be provided for access to platforms serving equipment, which requires regular and frequent operational attendance or rapid escape or access in the event of an emergency. Stairs shall be arranged with the angle of slope between 30° and 40° to the horizontal. Stair handrails shall be continuous with platform handrails. Stairs shall be in accordance with Standard drawing 0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CS-8380-00005.

BGC CONTRACT

4.2.3.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 18 of 34

Hand rails Handrail details shall be in accordance with Standard Drawing 0011-9500-WGEL-G000ISGP-G00000-CS-8380-00004 and shall be bolted or welded to supporting members.

5.

CONNECTION DESIGN & DETAILING

5.1.

General All steel connections shall be of shop welded and field bolted. Site welding shall be kept to minimum when bolted connections are not feasible. The Fabricator shall prepare all connection design and details which are not provided in Engineering drawing and get approval from BGC before proceeding for fabrication drawings. All connection design shall comply with AISC 360 & RCSC specification for structural steel Joints using ASTM A325 & A490 or approved equivalent bolts. A307 bolts shall be used at secondary connections. Welded and bolted connection cannot be combined to share loading in the design unless slip critical bolts are used. The structure shall be stable at all stages of fabrication and erection. The Fabricator shall prepare the fabrication drawings and shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of all the shop and / or field details of structural steelwork. Approval of Connection design and fabrication drawings by BGC does not relieve the fabricator’s responsibility. Fabricator shall supply 5% additional quantities of bolts, washers, nuts, screws and other fasteners, grating clamps and all other accessories for structural connections and other fixings.

5.2.

Bolted Connections All bolted connections shall be made with minimum two (2) bolts with minimum bolt sizes as indicated 

For main connections: M20 high-strength bolts ASTM A325 or A490 as specified.



For secondary connections: M16 ordinary bolts ASTM A307.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 19 of 34

The following guidelines shall be used only when design drawings do not include these details. 

Washers parallel or tapered to suit rolled steel sections being connected shall be provided under each nut.



Edge distances from the centre of bolt holes to the edge of any connected member shall be at least the minimum shown in AISC 360 Specification unless detailed in the design drawings.



Double angle members shall have bolted fillers spaced in accordance with the AISC 360 Specification.



Runway beams and structural members to be periodically removed for maintenance purposes shall be connected to main framework with bolts ASTM 325 or equivalent. Lock nuts shall be provided for all bolts securing runway beams to main framing.



Each bolt component shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer’s identification.



Unless otherwise specified all bolted connections shall be bearing type with threads included in shear plane.

The diameter of all holes shall not exceed:  

The diameter of the bolts + 2 mm for bolts < 24 mm The diameter of the bolts + 3 mm for bolts larger than ≥ 24 mm.

The threaded portion of each bolt shall project beyond the nut by at least 3 threads. As required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart R, when two structural members on opposite sides of a column web, or a beam web over a column, are connected sharing common connection holes, the Fabricator shall provide a means of supporting one member while erecting the other member. Unless the means of support is indicated in the Contract Documents, the Fabricator may provide one additional row of bolts in the member to be erected first, an erection seat for the member to be erected first, or other suitable means. Unless additional loading is indicated, the erection seat shall be sized and attached to the column or supporting beam web with sufficient bolts to support the dead weight of the member. See the OSHA document for additional information.

BGC CONTRACT

5.3.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 20 of 34

Welded Connections Detailing and fabrication of welded connections shall be in accordance with the AISC 360, Steel Construction Manual, as noted in the Contract Documents.

5.4.



All welding symbols shall conform to AWS D1.1.



All welds shall be continuous fillet welds of minimum six (6) mm size (leg length), unless otherwise indicated in the drawings.



Seal welds shall be 3 mm (1/8-inch) minimum fillet weld.



Butt welds shall be used, where specifically indicated in the drawings. Splices in structural steel shall be full penetration butt welds and shall be subject to acceptance of BGC.



The Fabricator shall design and install erection clips for field-welded connections.



In areas of high humidity (within 30 km of the shoreline) continuous seal welding shall be used for non-self-draining locations or those openly visible for maintenance. In instances where seal welding is not practical, alternative methods of sealing shall be used.



Gusset plates and stiffeners shall be minimum 10 mm thick. Welded end plates shall be minimum 12 mm thick.



Welds to connection plates embedded in concrete shall be deposited in a sequence that limits the distortion of the embedment to less than 3mm.

Bracing Connections All cross bracing shall have minimum two bolts. All heavy bracing connections, including gusset plates, shall be designed according to AISC 360. All gusset and stiffener plates shall be of 10 mm minimum thickness. All vertical bracing and knee bracing shall have gusset plates on column center lines, unless noted otherwise on the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise noted on the Contract Documents, the following working points shall be used: 

For vertical bracing at the intersection of a column, beam, and brace, the gusset plate shall be connected to both the beam and column. The work point shall be the point at which the beam and the column center lines intersect.



For the connection of K-braces to nominal beams 250 mm (10 inches) or smaller, the working point shall be the intersection of the horizontal center line of the beam

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 21 of 34

and the centreline of the bay. 

5.5.

For the connection of K-braces to nominal beams 300 mm (12 inches) or larger, the working point shall be the intersection of a horizontal line 125 mm (5 inches) below the top flange when the brace is above the beam, or 125 mm (5 inches) above the bottom flange when the brace is below the beam and the center line of the bay.

Connections for Concrete Fireproofed Members Connections for members fireproofed with concrete shall be detailed to minimize block-outs in shop-applied fireproofing. Gusset plates for vertical or horizontal bracing members and single-plate shear connections for beams shall extend outside fireproofing for a sufficient length to make the connection with the fireproofing in place. Handrails shall not be connected to fireproofed columns.

6.

FABRICATION & ERECTION Fabrication contractor shall prepare fabrication shop and Erection drawings based on BGC Engineering drawings based on AISC documents listed in this Specification. Substitutions of member sizes or changes in details or dimensions shall not be permitted without written authorization from the company. The method for fastening grating shall be as specified on the Contract Documents. A minimum of two fasteners per panel shall be used at each support, with a minimum of four fasteners per panel. The Fabricator shall supply the fasteners, including 5% extra to cover losses. Grating/chequered - plate openings dimensioned on the Contract Documents shall be cut and banded in the shop by the fabricator. Un-dimensioned grating/ chequered - plate openings will be cut in the field by others. Joints perpendicular to the span of grating and chequered-plate flooring shall occur only over support members. Erection Contractor if different from Fabrication contractor shall make sure that all fabricated materials and bolts are received from fabrication contractor. All erection method statement shall be submitted by erection contractor for BGC approval.

BGC CONTRACT

6.1.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 22 of 34

Fabrication Drawings Fabricator shall submit fabrication and erection drawings for BGC approval prior to start of the works. A minimum of 10 working days is required by BGC for review of fabrication & erection drawings. Surface preparation and shop-applied coatings including areas to be masked, and fireproofing block outs, shall be noted on the fabrication drawings. In addition to all the indications required for correct construction, the shop fabrication drawings shall include the following information: 

Company’s purchase order number



Marks and positions.



Bolt list and a list of other fasteners showing the number, grade, size, and length of field bolts and other fasteners for each connection. The same shall be shown in fabrication drawings or in separate sheets. Fabricator shall prepare a bolt list for the following categories; o Beam to column connections. o

Beam to beam connections.

o

Column splices.

o

Bracing to column connections.

o

Bracing to beam connections.



Indications about chamfers for welding.



Type and location of shop welds.



Shop and Field connections



Shop and Field splices



Material specification and grade of each steel member.



Reference to the relevant assembly erection drawing.

Where a connection is detailed in the design drawings, the connection shall be fabricated exactly as shown. In the event that drawing revisions are necessary, the fabricator shall clearly identify all changes on the fabrication and erection drawings in the latest revisions. If during the development of the shop drawings, the dimensions of some pieces should exceed those allowed for normal transportation; the Steelwork fabrication Contractor shall

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 23 of 34

consult the Erection Contractor in order to agree on the solution to be adopted before issuing the drawings and beginning shop fabrication.

6.2.

Handling, shipping and delivery Delivery of steel shall be made in the order needed for erection. The delivery sequence for the fabricated steel shall be arranged by the Fabrication Contractor unless specifically defined in Material Requisition. All bolts, washers, and nuts shall be packaged and delivered in rigid (not cardboard), weatherproof containers. Railcars and/or trucks shall be loaded so that others may readily unload them. Items shall be loaded in such a manner that continuous drainage will occur.

6.3.

Tolerances Tolerances on sections, plates, and other structural members shall be in accordance with the codes and standards applicable to the project. Fabrication tolerances shall be as In accordance with AISC 303 “Code of standard practice for steel building and Bridges”. In all cases, fabrication tolerances shall be such as to ensure the correct assembly of structural members manufactured in accordance with Contractor’s standards and design drawings.

6.4.

Erection Drawings Assembly drawings concerning the erection of steelwork shall include, in addition to all indications for correct assembly, the following information: 

Company’s purchase order number



Identification mark for each piece or structural member made up of several pieces.



Welds to be performed on site



Numbers, bolt diameter, length and position of each member at various connections.



Bolt pre-tension (the latter when specified on design drawings)



Erection sequences (if any)



Reference to the corresponding design drawings



Reference to the shop fabrication drawings correlated to the assembly erection drawing.



Temporary bolts used only for erection shall be listed & shown separately.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 24 of 34

Building accessory items, if any, shall require dedicated erection drawings; these shall be issued to detail cladding and roofing (fixing, overlaps, trims, flashing, ridges, eaves, down spouts, etc.), doors, windows, openings, louvers, etc. Erection and fabrication drawings shall be grouped in sets and identified separately for each building, structure, or yard area. Quantities of both common and high strength bolts shall include 5 per cent extra per size and length, to cover requirements for fit-up and erection. Fabricator shall also include for secondary steel to accommodate roof mounted equipment and side wall openings for louvers. Bolts, washers and nuts shall be separated according to sizes and types in clearly marked watertight containers capable of carrying the weight of the bolts therein. Because the lubricants used on nut/bolt assemblies are water soluble, fabricator shall pack bolts, washers and nuts in plastic bags inside wood or metal containers as specified in the Supplier Data Requirements List (SDRL). A bill of material in standard format shall be the integral part of each fabrication drawing(s) listing all material and fittings with weight(s) of each member summarizing into actual "weighing up" of the structure. Otherwise, a separate bill of materials shall be furnished by the Fabricator.

6.5.

Erection requirements Prior to erection, all fabricated parts of structures shall be transported safely by the Fabricator from the fabrication yard to the installation Site without any visible abrasion, distortion, bending, buckling or other damage to any of the structural members. The Erection Contractor shall provide all labour, tools, cranes, equipment and scaffolding to execute the erection work as per the BGC approved method statements. All tools, tackles and equipment shall be of sufficient capacity and suitable for the loads and sizes of the structures or their parts to be erected. They shall be in sound condition, free from defects and shall be regularly tested. The test certificates shall always be available at Site for inspection by BGC. Erection Contractor shall be responsible for all preparatory works for bringing materials and erection works. The Erection Contractor is responsible to familiarize with the brownfield conditions of all existing services above and below ground and shall take all necessary precautions to ensure that no damage will occur thereto existing structure / property during execution of the Work. No props or supports shall be attached or affixed to such services.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 25 of 34

ASSE A10.13 for steel erection shall be adhered to for all safety requirements; and modern techniques & lifting equipment(s) shall be utilized. A job safety analysis shall be submitted to BGC for review prior to the structural steel erection and installation at site.

6.6.

Setting Out Before commencing erection of any major structures, all foundations including anchor bolts shall be checked for accuracy; and it shall be confirmed that the structure(s) shall be in place within the permissible deviations as specified in AISC-303. Setting out shall be carried out for all column bases and column tops for accurately positioning, plumbing, aligning and levelling of all other members of structures in accordance with BGC approved fabrication drawings and to BGC’s satisfaction.

6.7.

Alignment and Fit-up All structural members shall be erected in a sequential order which shall ensure safety as well as speedy progress of work. The method of handling, lifting and fixing shall be approved by BGC. Members shall not be permanently fixed before checking their correct positions and alignments. Minor misfits shall be remedied by means of drifting, moderate reaming, grinding, chipping or cold cutting of the members as necessary. If any major misfits and misalignments of members occur due to fabrication errors, they shall be rectified to a practical and satisfactory solution subject to BGC approval. If the safety of any part of structural work is in doubt due to these misalignments and misfits or the solutions outlined by the Fabricator / Erector are not acceptable to BGC, that part of structural work or the individual affected members shall be removed and replaced by the new members.

6.8.

Erection Tolerance Unless otherwise noted, erection tolerances shall not exceed those given in AISC-303.

6.9.

Temporary Bracings Adequate numbers of temporary guys and bracings shall be provided wherever necessary to withstand all loads including erection load during erection. Such bracing(s) shall remain in place to maintain the safety and stability of the structures until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing systems. Crane(s) and heavy equipment shall not be tied to the structure, until permanent bracing systems (vertical and horizontal) with tie members are fixed to the structure.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 26 of 34

6.10. Field Holes and Openings Field holes required to be made shall be drilled, cleaned of burrs or rough edges and countersunk, if necessary. No burning or punching shall be allowed unless otherwise authorized. Openings in gratings/open grid floorings and floor plates not indicated in the drawings shall be cut and banded by the erection contractor. Banding of field cut-outs (piping, conduit, equipment penetration etc.) shall be done as per the details shown in the drawings. All field connections shall be with minimum two (2) Nos. M20 bolts, unless otherwise specified.

6.11. Site Welding Site welding, whenever specified, shall be carried out in accordance with the details shown on the erection drawings after setting out and aligning the members to their positions and providing the field connections. All welds, except fillet welds, shall be full penetration welds unless noted otherwise. No site welding shall be done on structural steelwork after surface preparation or painting has been carried out unless specifically permitted by BGC.

7.

WELDING

7.1.

General All structural welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1M and this specification. Unless otherwise specified, all welds shall be full penetration welds. All WPS and supporting PQR shall be submitted to Company for review and approval at least one (1) month in advance before commencing fabrication works. Mechanical testing and non-destructive examination for welding procedure qualification shall be done by Independent Testing Laboratory approved by BGC. All welding work shall be carried out by the skilled and qualified welders. Welders shall be pre-qualified and approved by BGC through Welder Qualification tests as per AWS D1.1. All welding procedures shall be in accordance with ANSI / AWS D1.1 or Client approved equivalent. Records of all these qualification tests and certificates of qualification of personnel shall be maintained for the entire period of fabrication work. All welding shall be performed in areas protected from rain, wind and airborne dust and sand.

BGC CONTRACT

7.2.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 27 of 34

Welding Procedures Written welding procedures shall be prepared and tested accordance with ANSI / AWS D1.1. All weld procedures shall be qualified to suit the design temperature specified in AWS D 1.1. This procedure shall identify material, weld geometric, tolerances, welding process, pre-heat temperature and welding position to be used.

7.3.

Welding Requirements All items of electrodes, welding wires, fluxes and welding equipment shall be capable of producing sound and satisfactory welds, when used by a qualified welder or welding operator using qualified welding procedures. Structural fabrication shall generally be made by manual shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) with E70XX electrodes. However, submerged arc welding (SAW) with F7X-EXXX electrodes may be used for automatic or semi-automatic welding of long runs of welds for built-up sections and crane girders. All SMAW electrodes to be used shall be low hydrogen with E70 filler metals for fabrication of structural steel work.

7.4.

Workmanship All structural welds shall be made in accordance with the sizes and types of welds (fillet, butt or groove) as shown in drawings or relevant standards. All structural tubular members shall be connected with full penetration groove welds as shown in the contract drawings or in accordance with AWS prequalified tubular joints. Partial penetration groove welds shall not be allowed. Structural parts to be welded shall be properly prepared and shall be firmly held in position prior to welding to avoid warping and buckling. If joined by fillet welds, the parts shall be brought as close as practicable to a separation distance for root opening not exceeding 5 mm (3/16"). If the separation is more than 1.6 mm (1/16") or greater, the leg of the fillet weld shall be increased by the amount of root opening. If post-weld heat treatment is required, welds shall be stress relieved in accordance with AWS D1.1. Welding inspection and testing shall be in conformity with the relevant section of AWS D1.1 and shall meet the requirements as specified in this specification.

7.5.

Tack Welds All tack welds shall be carried out by qualified welders and/or weld operators and shall be subject to the same quality requirements as the final welds as specified in AWS D 1.1, Section 3. Tack welds may be used judiciously to retain the parts in alignment during welding and shall be removed, if not to be included in the final welds of the welded joint.

BGC CONTRACT

7.6.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 28 of 34

Gaps and Buttering As part of the welding procedure specification, Contractor shall include a procedure for repair of wide gaps. Such procedure shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1M. Company authorization shall be required prior to buttering any member in place with a root gap greater than the thickness of the member or 20 mm (0.75 in.), whichever is less.

7.7.

Acceptance of Welds Welds shall be examined by visual inspection for inadequate penetration, incomplete fusion, burned-through areas, slag inclusions, gas pockets, undercutting and improper weld geometry. If these or any other defects are found, which in the opinion of BGC are detrimental to the integrity of the structure, all such welds shall be repaired or replaced by the Fabricator at no cost to BGC. The Fabricator shall submit repair procedure(s) to BGC for review and shall commence rectification of defective welds only after obtaining approval of BGC to proceed with the work. Routine repairs should not need case by case approval to proceed; however, it shall be recorded and reported to BGC. The repaired welds, depending on the types, shall be tested for soundness as per methods of testing (UT, MPI or radiographic) as specified in this specification. Welds shall be deemed to be acceptable, when the results are found to be satisfactory after random checks and tests in accordance with this specification. However, BGC has the right to reject any weld under the conditions as below:

Welds that do not conform to AWS D1.1 and this specification.



Welds that do not conform to the approved fabrication drawings or relevant standard drawings.



Welds that have caused distortion and shrinkage of the adjoining members.



Any weld that impairs the safety of the member or structure.

Unless otherwise noted in the project documents, the following non-destructive examinations will be carried out on all fields welding: 

All complete and partial penetration welds shall have 100% ultrasonic testing (UT).



All fillet welds shall have 10% magnetic particle inspection (MPI), except fillet welds on lifting lugs which shall have 100% MPI. The 10% MPI inspection requirements shall apply to 10% of the total welds, not 10% of each weld.

The above NDE requirements do not apply to secondary or miscellaneous members such as handrail. All ragged edges or welds that might cause injury to personnel shall be avoided, or if required, ground smooth.

BGC CONTRACT

7.8.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 29 of 34

Approved Welding Processes Approved welding processes are as follows: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)

7.9.

Shielded metal arc Welding (SMAW) Submerged arc Welding (SAW) Gas metal arc Welding (GMAW) Flux-core arc Welding Gas shielded - FCAW-G Flux Core arc Welding - Self Shielded - FCAW-S Gas tungsten arc Welding - GTAW

Backing Bars, Runoff Tabs Backing bars, rings, or strips shall not be used for any primary structural component. Backing may only be used for non-primary structural components; however, all backing shall be removed. Backing proposed to be left in place shall be specifically approved by Company. In this case, the backing shall not interfere with other connections or generate a stress riser. Additionally, backing that remains shall be entirely seal welded. Runoff tabs may be used for fabrication but shall be removed upon completion of the weld. The ends of the weld shall be ground smooth and flush.

7.10. Welding Consumables Welding consumables that have been removed from the original package shall be protected and stored so that the welding properties are not affected. If electrodes have not been properly stored, or if the sealed container shows evidence of damage, the electrodes shall be discarded. The electrodes shall be dry and in suitable condition for use. The welding electrodes used to weld steels shall have been tested and certified by the Manufacturer to meet or exceed the base material CVN requirements (e.g., equal or greater energy value, equal or lower test temperature). This shall be supported by the Materials Test Report from the Manufacturer. Electrodes shall be consumed immediately after opening, within the allotted hours per AWS D1.1M requirements. Alternatively, electrodes may be stored in a holding oven at a temperature of 120°C (250°F) or be held in a heated portable rod oven. Low hydrogen electrodes shall be used for welding when Charpy impact testing is required. For gas-shielded processes (FCAW-G, GTAW, and GMAW), the wind speed adjacent to the arc shall be a maximum of 8 km/hr (5 mph), to allow adequate gas coverage of the

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 30 of 34

molten puddle. For all outside welding, suitable windshields shall be furnished to limit wind speed adjacent to the arc. Consumables shall be in accordance with Table 3.1 of the AWS D1.1M. Filler metal shall have minimum tensile strength of 483 Mpa (70,000 psi) unless the procedure qualification record indicates a lower strength is acceptable.

8.

PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS Fireproofing shall be carried out as per the recommendation of fire protection philosophy document and BGC painting specification 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001. The provisions of ISO 13702, where applicable to onshore structures, shall also be considered.

9.

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL

9.1.

Quality assurance The Fabricator & Erector shall maintain an effective quality system that complies with project requirements as well as those of ISO-9001. QA and QC key personnel in-charge shall have adequate qualification and subject to BGC approval. Their CV shall be submitted to BGC for approval. Contractor shall submit all the quality assurance documents as required in the Material Requisition.

9.2.

Quality control Fabricator shall submit the Preliminary Quality Control Plan in his offer and the same shall be firmed up within 2 weeks from the placement of order. The Quality Control Plan shall be approved by BGC prior to the commencement of work.

9.3.

Inspection and Test plan

9.4.

General Contractor / Fabricator shall perform at all stages of the Work, all the responsibilities and duties of inspection and testing through his qualified and BGC approved inspectors, to meet fully the requirements of fabrication, welding and erection as laid down in AWS D1.1 and this specification. However, BGC reserves the right of independent inspection of the material and workmanship at all times to assure conformance to the relevant drawings, approved fabrication drawings, standards and specifications.

BGC CONTRACT

9.5.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 31 of 34

Quality Plan Contractor / Fabricator shall prepare and submit a detailed quality plan for BGC approval prior to implementation. The quality plan shall consist of the following: Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) The ITP shall list the sequence of all inspection and testing activities. The plan shall include inspection & testing of fabrication, assembly, and packing for shipment in a chronological order, showing the frequency of control, the acceptance criteria, and the governing code and whether a document or report is produced for each activity. Pre-inspection Meeting (PIM) PIM shall be held by the Contractor / Fabricator at their premise with BGC before commencing of the fabrication work. During the PIM the Contractor / Fabricator and BGC will review and finalize the mark-up of the ITP, confirm the requirements for witnessing (W), surveillance (S), monitoring (M), reviewing (R), in the plan. The approved quality plan shall be strictly adhered to throughout the entire fabrication, assembly, inspection, and testing period.

9.6.

Material and Equipment inspection All materials shall be inspected from time to time for safe keeping and shall be properly laid out on wooden supports clear of the soil and shall be covered with plastic sheets. Care shall be taken to ensure that no damage or harmful sand or water ingress occurs. The Fabricator shall keep the mill certificates and shop material test reports of all approved materials to be used or used in the fabrication work available for BGC inspection whenever needed. All equipment to be used for site welding and field erection shall be inspected to ensure compliance with the BGC Fire and Safety Regulations. All structural steel materials shall be traceable with appropriate tag / punched markup for heat number / mill certificate or any other test certificates.

9.7.

Shop inspection Shop fabrication inspection and tests shall be performed by the Contractor / Fabricator in accordance with ITP prior to assembly, during assembly, during welding and after welding to ensure that materials and workmanship shall meet the requirements of this specification and approved drawings.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 32 of 34

BGC may additionally employ the services of inspectors, as deemed appropriate; to witness the required inspection and testing of materials and workmanship after getting proper advance notice from the Contractor / Fabricator. Welds shall be inspected regularly by the Contractor / Fabricator according to AWS requirements with respect to technique, equipment, acceptance criteria and personal qualifications. All welds shall be subject to random visual inspection according to Section 8.15 of AWS D1.1. The Fabricator shall be responsible for quality control of the work. All work shall be subject to inspection. It is the Fabricator’s responsibility to request inspection prior to proceeding with further work that would make parts of work inaccessible for inspection. Fabricator should inform BGC on receipt of material so that heat numbers can be verified against mill test reports. Inspection by BGC is not to be presumed to relieve in any degree the responsibilities of the Fabricator.

9.8.

Visual inspection All structural steel welding shall be subjected to close visual inspection by the qualified welding inspectors of the Contractor as the work progresses; and all deficiencies, faults or bad practices shall be corrected as soon as possible. Miscellaneous steel welding shall also be visually inspected as per ITP as specified. In particular, main structural welds shall be examined after thorough cleaning for faults such as lack of fusion, surface inclusions and undercutting. Visual inspection shall be aided by a strong light, magnifiers or such devices which are helpful to detect visually cracks in welds, and base metals and other discontinuities in the welding.

9.9.

Dimensional Measurement Dimensional measurement of structural components shall be made with tapes for length & breadth, screw gauges / Vernier caliper for thickness. Elevations shall be checked with theodolite & dumpy levels. The tolerance mentioned shall be strictly followed. For fillet weld, throat thickness measurement shall be performed with measuring steel gauges fabricated for this purpose similar to Vernier caliper. All dimensional check of fabricated elements shall be recorded.

9.10. Non-destructive Tests Non-destructive examinations (NDE) of structural welds, whenever required, shall be conducted by means of ultrasonic (UT), magnetic particle (MP), dye penetrant (DP) or radiography tests to evaluate the soundness of weld metal for the integrity of structural welded connections and critical joints.

BGC CONTRACT

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 33 of 34

Testing shall be in random spots and as per AWS D1.1. Location of the spot testing shall be determined by BGC. All full & partial penetration butt welds used in splicing members shall have visual inspection and shall also be inspected by non-destructive tests by ultrasonic tests as follows:

Ultrasonic tests shall be carried out on the entire length of butt weld including the webs as per Part C, Section 6 of AWS D1.1.

All welds shall be inspected and accepted by MP or DP tests as per Section 6 of AWS D1.1. Welds, if found to be unsatisfactory and unacceptable, shall be subjected to the requirements of this specification and shall be repaired as per AWS D1.1.

10.

DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS

10.1. General All correspondence, instructions, data sheets, drawings or any other written information shall be in English language. In case of dual languages, one language shall be English. All dimensions, units of measurement, physical constants etc. shall be in SI units unless otherwise specified. (Nominal bore pipe sizes to be generally mentioned in inches). All documents (text, data sheets, specifications etc.) shall be provided with electronic files in the approved and widely used software (MS Word, Excel, Auto Cad etc.). All calculations shall be submitted in approved and widely used software(s) agreed upon by BGC.

10.2. Work records and reports Contractor / Fabricator shall operate a detailed recording and reporting system on all aspects of structural steelworks including inspection and testing. All relevant information shall be set out on a Site Record for fabrication and erection within 24 hours of carrying out a specific work. All test results and certificates of materials required for satisfactory execution of the Works shall be submitted to BGC for review and approval within the stipulated period as specified in the Contract documents. All equipment and machinery, associated with cutting, welding, handling, transporting, erecting and painting the structural steel, shall have the latest fitness test reports certifying that they are in good working conditions and shall be submitted to BGC for further inspection, if necessary, as per BGC regulations. All inspection reports including NDE reports shall be submitted to BGC for review and acceptance within 72 hours of completion of tests.

BGC CONTRACT

11.

Doc. No.

0011-9500-WGEL-G000-ISGPG00000-CX-7880-00003

BASRA NGL PROJECT

Job No.

WG0000

Structural Steel Works Specifications

Rev No.:

02A

Page

Page 34 of 34

DELIVERABLES Contractor / Fabricator shall submit the necessary documents as a minimum to BGC for review and acceptance as given below, but is not limited to the following only:  

      

12.

Construction drawings of plan, elevations and details outlining sizes, dimensions, materials and connections. Fabrication drawings showing member sizes and exact cut lengths, connection details including bolt sizes and lengths, type of welds and weld lengths with shop and field weld symbols, erection markings and bill of materials for all fabricated items. Erection plans including list of equipment and tools to be used. Certified mill test and shop test reports for all steel materials specified. Material safety data sheets for paints/galvanizing and safety precautions to be taken. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQR). (For approval) Inspection and test plan (ITP) and QA/QC procedures. (For approval & mark-up) Welder qualification test records. (For review only) Inspection and non-destructive examination (NDE) records. Weld quality surveillance records. Repair procedures - As-built drawings.

WARRANTY The Vendor/Contractor shall warrant all materials and services supplied against any defect for a minimum of twelve (12) months after commissioning or twenty four (24) months from the date of delivery of fabricated components to site, whichever is the longer period, or for the period stipulated in the Purchase Order/Contract. Should any item be found defective, the Vendor/Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with restoring it to the standard specified by the Purchase order/Contract.

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

External Painting Specification for Equipment, Structural Steel and Piping

Project Originating Company Document Title

Iraq South Gas Basra Gas Company External Painting Specification

Document Number

1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Document Revision

04 A

Document Status

AFU

Originator / Author Security Classification ECCN Issue Date

Restricted EAR 99

9 June 2014

Revision History is shown next page Revision History Rev #

Date of Issue

Status Description

Originator

Checker

01R

First Draft

E. Pieterse

A.Siddiqui

02R

Update procedure

E. Pieterse

M.Woodford

Approver

03A

DRAFT

For Use

M.Woodford

M. Nandakumar E. Schermerhorn

J.Hogendoorn

04A

9 June 2014

Approved for Use

M.Woodford

M. Nandakumar E. Schermerhorn

J.Hogendoorn

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 1 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Rev #

Reason for Issue / Change

R01

First Draft for Review.

R02

Update draft after review by TA2s and Quality Engineers

03A

Approval on specification

04A

Delete word ‘DRAFT’

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Revision: 04A

Page 2 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Table of Contents 1.

2.

3.

4. 5.

6.

INTRODUCTION 1.1. Scope 1.2. Exclusions 1.3. Definitions 1.4. Definitions and Abbreviations 1.5. References 1.6. Industry Standards 1.7. Environmental Conditions 1.8. Exceptions SUMMARY 2.1. Subcontractor/Supplier Responsibility 2.1.1. General 2.1.2. Safety and Environment 2.1.3. Hazardous Coating Components 2.1.4. Personnel 2.1.5. Protection of Equipment and Structural Members 2.1.6. Blasting and Spraying of Equipment 2.1.7. Access 13 2.1.8. Handling of Coated Parts/Components 2.1.9. Weather Protection 2.1.10. Warranty 2.2. Surface Preparation: 2.2.1. General 2.2.2. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: 2.2.3. Abrasive: 2.3. Coating Applications: 2.3.1. Safety and Environmental: 2.3.2. Storage: 2.3.3. Mixing and thinning: QUALIFICATIONS 3.1. Documentation 3.1.1. Procedure 3.1.2. Qualification of Procedure 3.1.3. Coating Procedure Test (CPT) 3.1.4. Coating Applicator Qualification: SURFACE PREPARATION: PAINTING: 5.1.1. General: 5.1.2. Coating Over Existing Paint Systems: 5.1.3. Thickness of Paint Film 5.1.4. Mechanical Components: 5.1.5. Touch-up HOT DIPPED GALVANIZING

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

5 5 5 5 6 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 16 18 18 18 19 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 25 25 27 27 27 28 28

Page 3 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

7.

8. 9.

INSPECTION AND TESTING 7.1.2. Inspection item, Method, Extent and Criteria 7.1.3. Documentation of the Work 7.1.4. Paint Specimens COATING SYSTEM SELECTION COATING SYSTEM DETAILS 20.1.1. Major Wrapping and Coating Supplier 20.1.2. Check List for Vendor’s Painting Procedure 20.1.3. Colour Code Identification Band System 20.1.4. Colour Code Bands 20.1.5. Content Labelling and Safety Warning Signs 20.1.6. Line Numbering

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Revision: 04A

29 29 38 38 40 44 46 46 47 54 57 57

Page 4 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

1. Introduction 1.1. Scope This specification covers the general requirements for the selection and application of exterior paint for new construction above ground piping and underground piping including steel piles & grillage, structural steel items and equipment for BGC construction projects, and requirements for the surface preparation. The scope includes onshore and submerged painting activities.

1.2. Exclusions All the metallic surfaces will be painted except the one listed below. The following materials do not require external painting unless otherwise specified by the COMPANY: •

Duplex Stainless steel surface operating below 80 deg C;

•

Super Duplex stainless steels / Incoloy-825/Inconel 625;

•

Non-ferrous metals;

•

Concrete structures and foundations;

•

Plastic and plastic coated materials;

•

Flare tip area (due to higher temperatures).

This specification is not applicable to: • • •

Internal coating of pressure vessels and storage Buried pipelines; Fusion bonded powder coatings.

1.3. Definitions The definitions given Table 1-1 shall apply for the purpose of this specification.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 5 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Table 1-1 Definitions Name

Definition

COMPANY

COMPANY shall mean the Basrah Gas Company (BGC)

CONTRACTOR

Contractor is the party that carries out all or part of the design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning or management of a project or operation of a facility. The COMPANY may undertake all or part of the duties of the Contractor.

MANUFACTURER

Manufacturer is the party that manufactures the paint and supplies to Supplier/Subcontractor to perform the duties specified by the Contractor.

VENDOR/SUPPLIER

Supplier is the party that supplies equipment and services to perform the duties specified by the Contractor.

SUB CONTRACTOR

Any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation or combination thereof (not being an employee of Contractor), including vendors to whom any part of the works has been subcontracted by Contractor

INSPECTION AGENCY

Inspection agency shall mean any third party inspection service provided by the Contractor

• •

The word shall indicate a requirement. The word should indicate a recommendation.

1.4. Definitions and Abbreviations Table 1-2 Specific definitions Name

Definition

Abrasive blast Cleaning

The impingement of a high kinetic-energy stream of blast cleaning abrasive onto the surface to be prepared.

Amb

Ambient

Chalking

The appearance of a loosely adherent fine powder on the surface of a paint coating, arising from the degradation of one or more of its constituents, typically caused by UV attack.

CS

Carbon Steel

Cracking

The splitting of a dry paint film.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 6 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

CPF

Central Processing Facility

CRA

Corrosion Resistant Alloy

CUI

Corrosion Under Insulation.

Dew point

The temperature of a given air/water-vapor mixture at which, under atmospheric pressure, condensation starts.

DFT

Dry Film Thickness; the thickness of the dried or cured paint or coating film

Duplex System

Hot dip galvanized steel plus coating.

Flaking

The detachment of pieces of the paint film itself either from its substrate or from paint previously applied. Cracking or blistering usually precedes flaking.

Grit

Particles that are predominantly angular have fractured faces and sharp edges and are less than half round in shape.

Hot dip galvanizing

Formation of a coating of zinc and/or zinc-iron alloys produced by dipping prepared steel in molten metallic zinc.

HSE

Health, Safety and Environment.

MSDS

Material Safety Data Sheet.

NDFT

Nominal (specified) Dry Film Thickness.

Pore

Pinhole or very small size defect in a coating system, penetrating the entire thickness of the coating.

Pot life

The time interval, after mixing of paint or coating materials, during which the mixture can be applied without difficulty or loss of final coating quality.

Shop primer

Primers applied in a shop or manufacturing facility to provide temporary protection to steel sheet or components during transport and/or fabrication.

Shot

Particles that are predominantly round, that have a length of less than twice the maximum particle width and that do not have edges, broken faces or other sharp surface defects.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 7 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Surface roughness SS TDFT

Thinner VOC CPT WFT

Revision: 04A

Contour of a blast-cleaned surface on a plane perpendicular to the surface. Stainless Steel Total Dry Film Thickness; the overall thickness of the total number of coats in a paint system.

Volatile liquid added to lower the viscosity of the paint to ease application. Volatile Organic Compound. Coating Procedure Test Wet Film Thickness; the thickness of the wet paint or coating.

1.5. References The following codes and standards, and project specifications will be taken into account. Table 1-3 Project specifications applicable for this specification Sr no 1.

Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000AA-7205-00001

Document title BGC Technical Query and Deviation Procedure

2.

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000HX-6019-00002

BGC Medical Emergency Response Procedure

3.

1000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000HX-6180-00001

BGC Contractor HSSE Management

4.

0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000QA-5798-00001

BGC Overarching Project Quality Plan

1.6. Industry Standards The following codes, specifications and standards shall be interpreted as the minimum requirements applicable to the surface preparation and painting/protective coating applications related to the WORK, and no statement contained in this specification shall be construed as limiting the work to such minimum requirements. The latest editions of the referenced documents shall govern all work to be performed regarding surface preparation and painting/protective coating application. Table 1-4 Project specifications applicable for this specification Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A 123/A 123M

Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware

ASTM A 153

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 8 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of HotDip Galvanized Coatings

ASTM A 780

Standard Practice for Measuring MEK Resistance of Ethyl Silicate (Inorganic) Zinc-Rich Primers by Solvent Rub

ASTD D4752

Standard Specification for Zinc Dust Pigment

ASTM D 520

Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test

ASTM D 3359

Standard Practice for Qualification of Coating Applicators for Application of Coating to Steel Surfaces

ASTM D 4228

Standard test method for indicating oil or water in compressed Air

ASTM D 4285

Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel

ASTM D 4417

Standard test method for pull-off strength of coatings using portable adhesion testers

ASTM D 4541

Standard Practices for Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of Nonconductive Protective Coating on Metallic Substrates

ASTM D 5162

Standard Practices for Assessing the Solvent Resistance of Organic Coating Using Solvent Rubs

ASTM D 5402

Standard Testing for Evaluating Adhesion by Knife

ASTM D 6677

Standard Specification for Wire Cloth and Sieves for Testing Purposes

ASTM E 11

Fabrication Details, Surface Finish Requirements, and Proper Design Considerations for Tanks and Vessels to be Lined for Immersion Service

NACE RP0178

Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates

NACE RP0188

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 9 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Visual Standards for New Steel Surfaces Blast Cleaned with Sand Abrasive

NACE TM-01-70

Visual Standards for New Steel Surfaces Blast Cleaned with Mineral Slag Abrasive

NACE TM-01-75

Mineral and Slag Abrasives

SSPC AB 1

Cleanliness of Recycled Metallic Abrasives

SSPC AB 2

Newly Manufactured or Re-Manufactured Steel Abrasives

SSPC AB 3

Solvent cleaning

SSPC-SP 1

Power tool cleaning

SSPC-SP 3

White metal blast cleaning (NACE NO. 1)

SSPC-SP 5

Brush-off blast cleaning

SSPC-SP 7

Near-white metal blast cleaning (NACE NO.2)

SSPC-SP 10

Power tool cleaning to bare metal

SSPC-SP 11

Surface preparation and cleaning of metals by water jetting prior to recoating

SSPC-SP 12

Guide and reference photographs for steel surfaces prepared by wet abrasive blast cleaning

SSPC-VIS 5

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 10 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Field Methods for Retrieval and Analysis of Soluble Salts on Steel and Other Nonporous Substrates

SSPC GUIDE 15

Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting Steel

SSPC PA 1

Measurements of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gauges

SSPC PA 2

Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles Specifications and test methods

ISO 1461

Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products – Visual assessment of surface cleanliness

ISO 8501

Paints and varnishes – Cross cut test

ISO 2409

Paints and varnishes – Determination of film thickness

ISO 2808

Paints and varnishes - Pull-off test for adhesion

ISO 4624

Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products – Tests for the assessment of surface cleanliness Part 3: Assessment of dust on steel surfaces prepared for

ISO 8502-3

painting (pressure-sensitive tape method) Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products – Surface roughness characteristics of blast cleaned steel substrates – Part 5: Replica tape method for the

ISO 8503-5

determination of the surface profile Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related products – Surface preparation methods Part 2: Abrasive blast-cleaning

ISO 8504-2 ISO 8504-3

Part 3: Hand- and power-tool cleaning Surface Preparation of Protective Coating, Fifth Revision

NORSOK M 5015

In case of conflict between codes, referenced standards or technical specification the most stringent shall prevail. CONTRACTOR shall give notice of conflict and shall seek approval of COMPANY.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 11 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

1.7. Environmental Conditions The site environmental conditions are mentioned below for coating selection consideration. Maximum air temperature (design): 50 deg C; Minimum air temperature (design): -4 deg C; Black bulb temperature: 84 deg C; Maximum relative humidity: 87 %; Minimum relative humidity: 23%.

1.8. Exceptions Any deviations from the requirements of this specification and its referenced documents shall require COMPANY approval.

2. Summary 2.1. Subcontractor/Supplier Responsibility 2.1.1. General The Subcontractor/Supplier, in addition to his responsibilities under the general conditions of the contract, is responsible for the quality of the work which shall be performed in strict accordance with this specification and all other relevant documents, such as site regulations, safety rules and requirements, product data sheets, referenced standards and codes. The Subcontractor/Supplier is fully responsible for all Quality Assurance and Control activities. For all coating/painting works, the Subcontractor/Supplier shall submit work programmes, method statements, and quality plans with testing methods & procedures for implementing the requirements of this specification for review and approval by COMPANY. Before work commences, a pre-job conference shall be conducted to introduce contacts for Contractor and COMPANY and their project management and inspection representatives. The purpose of the meeting will be to resolve all issues related to safety, specification requirements, applicator’s procedures, inspection procedure, acceptance criteria, delineation of responsibility, and special job requirements.

2.1.2. Safety and Environment The Subcontractor/Supplier shall be responsible for all aspects of safety and personal protection related to the painting work to be done. Environmental regulations and rules shall be met. All personnel shall be provided with personnel protection, e.g. protective clothing, safety glasses, safety shoes, hard hats, goggles, respirators, earplugs, fresh air-fed hood and any other necessary safety equipment.

2.1.3. Hazardous Coating Components The Subcontractor/Supplier shall ensure that all layers of a coating system and all abrasive blasting materials comply with any local and/or regional standards or regulations on banned materials such

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 12 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

as lead, chromate and crystalline silica. Coatings shall contain a maximum 0.1 % (by mass) monomeric isocyanate at the time of painting. Handling and disposal of hazardous waste resulting from the Subcontractor's/Supplier painting activities shall be in accordance with local regulations.

2.1.4. Personnel Only professional, skilled blasters and painters shall be used. Blasters and painters working on every painting job should be certified in accordance with a scheme approved by COMPANY.

2.1.5. Protection of Equipment and Structural Members The painting Contractor shall protect all equipment, structures and any other areas from mechanical damage, environmental damage, blockage or obstruction and damage caused by over blasting, dripping paint, paint splashes and overspray.

2.1.6. Blasting and Spraying of Equipment The blasting and spraying equipment to be used is in good condition and well maintained. Blasting and painting equipment shall fully comply with the local and/or regional regulations. The compressed air shall be free of water and oil. The presence of oil and water shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4285. The air discharge temperature shall not exceed 100 °C. Blasting nozzles shall be replaced when the specified minimum blast pressure, surface cleanliness or surface roughness can no longer be achieved. Blasting equipment and the equipment being blasted shall be properly earthed to prevent the occurrence of electrostatic discharges. When working in confined spaces, adequate ventilation and intrinsically safe lighting shall be used.

2.1.7. Access Access for coating work should be constructed so as to provide easy and sufficient access for surface preparation, painting and inspection of all surfaces. Scaffolding shall be constructed in accordance with local regulations and the requirements of COMPANY.

2.1.8. Handling of Coated Parts/Components To minimise the risk of damage, no lifting, transportation, erection or fabrication operations shall be done before the paint has been fully dried and/or cured. Non-metallic, e.g. canvas, or nylon slings shall be used for lifting, and wooden blocks shall be applied during transportation.

2.1.9. Weather Protection Unless otherwise agreed, the Subcontractor/Supplier shall supply all the weather protection, scaffolding and any other equipment necessary to ensure that the work is carried out in accordance with this specification and the agreed programme. This includes, for example, heating and dehumidification equipment. Painting shall not be done if the material surface temperature range exceeds the limits specified by the paint manufacturer. Along with the temperature, humidity and weather condition shall be checked before start of work.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 13 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

2.1.10.

Revision: 04A

Warranty

Contractors undertaking painting and/or coating work shall guarantee the quality of their coating work in due consultation with coating materials Manufacturer and Principal. Before any painting or coating work shall commence, the warranty period and associated coating condition shall be agreed with the Principal by the Contractor. The warranty period for liquid coating systems for external atmospheric exposure is minimum 3 years.

2.2. Surface Preparation: 2.2.1. General All edges shall be processed to achieve a minimum 2 mm radius, except that surfaces subjected to immersion shall have a radius of 3 mm. Welds in immersion service shall be processed as required to conform, as a minimum, to NACE RP0178 Section 5 and Appendix, Preparation Designation “C” If grinding of welds is required, such grinding shall be performed in accordance with procedures, including appropriate precautions, approved by the vendor of the welds. Weld grinding shall be subjected to inspection and/or control by a qualified individual approved by the vendor of the weld. Repaired areas shall have the surface profile suitably restored. Cleaning of surfaces shall be done by dry blast cleaning as outlined in ISO 8504-2. The surface cleanliness and surface roughness shall be in accordance with the requirements in this specification. Stainless steel surfaces shall not be treated with carbon steel cleaning tools or any tools previously used on carbon steel. 2.2.1.1.

Cleaning

Prior to blast cleaning and/or painting operation, the surface shall be free of contamination and rust scale shall be removed. When emulsion or detergent type degreasers are used, this shall be followed by copious rinsing using fresh and clean potable water. All degreasers shall be proven to be biologically degradable. Detergent cleaners compounded from phosphates, synthetic detergents, and alkalis are recommended for CS/SS items. Manufacturers should be consulted and their recommendations followed whenever using cleaners of this kind. After cleaning with detergent, rinse thoroughly with clean potable water (which should contain chlorides 25 ppm maximum). Cleaning with chloride containing detergents is not allowed. Welding spatter, slivers, laminations and underlying mill scale not removed during fabrication and exposed before and during blast cleaning operations shall be removed. Where rectification has been necessary on blast-cleaned surfaces, the dressed areas shall be precleaned as initially specified and re-blasted to the initially specified surface cleanliness and surface roughness. Galvanized surface shall be bright zinc immediately prior to cleaning.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 14 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

2.2.1.2.

Revision: 04A

Protecting Machined Surfaces and opening

Machined surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP1 before the application of temporary protective coating. Machined surfaces shall be protected from damage due to cleaning and coating operation. The machined portion of the pipe flange mating face shall be masked with fire-retardant plywood or plastic to protect the gasket surface and internal components. The remaining part of the flange face (including bolt holes) shall then be blast cleaned and coated. Equipment shall have all openings temporarily plugged, masked, and/or blinded before abrasive blasting. Protection shall be removed by the Contractor after the coating application is completed. 2.2.1.3.

Steel Which Has Been Shop Primed Only

All oil and grease shall first be removed in accordance with SSPC SP1. Following solvent cleaning, all loose dirt, chalk, salt, and other contamination shall be removed by water wash. The salt concentration on the surfaces sampled in accordance with COMPANY approved procedure shall not exceed limits set in Table 1, the Residual Salt Contamination. After erection and/or installation but before painting, the following requirements shall be met: • •

•

•

Items previously primed shall be examined for damage and for un-primed areas. Prior to application of finish coats, rusty spots (including white rust on zinc-rich shop primers, and un-rimed and uncoated areas) shall be removed by spot abrasive blast cleaning. Traces of preexisting primers may remain. Overlap zones between pre-existing primer and repair primer shall be thoroughly and uniformly abraded and feathered. For splash-zone and immersion coating systems, prior to application of the specified coating system, all traces of prior primer shall be removed by abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with SSPCC SP 5 Adjacent areas shall be shielded to prevent over-blast damage during spot blast cleaning.

2.2.2. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: 2.2.2.1.

General

To prevent dust and abrasive contamination, blast cleaning shall not be carried out adjacent to painting operations or wet (painted) surfaces. Environmental restrictions shall be observed. Abrasive blast cleaning and coating operations should be carried out during daylight hours. However, grit blasting and coating may be carried out at night providing the lighting and environmental conditions are acceptable. Minimum lighting requirements for abrasive blasting, painting and inspection are 500 lux. Blast cleaned steel surfaces shall not be touched by bare hands. If the surface being cleaned is adjacent to a coated surface, the blast cleaning shall cut into the coated surface by at least 50 mm. The edges of the existing coating system shall be feathered. The remainder of the existing coated surface shall be properly protected with shields or screens to prevent any over blast damage.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 15 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

2.2.2.2.

Revision: 04A

Residual Salt Contamination

The maximum total allowable soluble salts level on the surface is listed in Table 1. The salt level shall be assessed in accordance with ISO 8502-6 and ISO 8502-9. Table 2-1 Maximum total soluble salt’s Coating category

New construction

Maintenance

Internal surfaces of vessels and tanks

25 mg/m

2

25 mg/m2

External carbon steel surfaces

25 mg/m2

50 mg/m2

Stainless steels

20 mg/m2

20 mg/m2

Testing of the level of salts shall be carried out on each component and at least once per 100 m² (1076 ft²). The tests shall be carried out a minimum of three times per day during the progress of the work. Special attention shall be given to areas where water has been trapped and dried out. 2.2.2.3.

Surface Profile and Roughness

The surface roughness profile for carbon steel and low alloy steels to be coated shall be in accordance with the written recommendations of the paint Manufacturer. When not specified by the paint Manufacturer or otherwise specified in this specification, the surface roughness profile for carbon steel surfaces shall be between 40 μm and 50 μm. If stainless steel or hot dip galvanised metal surfaces are to be painted then blast cleaning shall be carried out by sweep blasting, using a fine non-iron containing abrasive. On galvanised surfaces, the zinc layer shall not be damaged; a smooth uniform surface roughness shall be achieved. No defects such as break through or crisping of the zinc layer shall occur. The surface roughness shall be in the range of 20 μm to 30 μm or as agreed with the paint Manufacturer. Abrading with sandpaper or light grinding with a suitable (flexible) disc may be used for surface preparation where sweep blasting is impractical. In addition, when galvanised components are to be painted, zinc or aluminium corrosion products (white rust) and/or rust present shall be removed. The surfaces of carbon and low alloy steel for new construction shall be blast-cleaned to the visual standard of Sa 2½ in accordance with ISO 8501-1 at the time of coating. This will be dependent of the requirements of the coating system Manufacturer, which shall be followed at all times.

2.2.3. Abrasive: 2.2.3.1.

Abrasive Types and Applicable Standards

Abrasives for use in blast cleaning steels shall be in accordance with ISO 8504-2/SSPC AB-1/2/3. Some of the recommended abrasives are mentioned in the table 2.1. Sand blasting shall not be used for the surface preparation. Table 2-2 Abrasives for surface preparation

Type Metallic

Generic Name Iron grit

Standard ISO 11124-2

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Applicable Item surfaces CS Only Page 16 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Natural Mineral Synthetic Mineral

2.2.3.2.

Steel grit Staurolite Garnet

ISO 11124-3 ISO 11126-9 ISO 11126-10

CS Only CS/SS CS/SS

Aluminium oxide

ISO 11126-7

CS/SS

Revision: 04A

Selection of Abrasives

Abrasives used at site shall be in accordance with local regulations, environmental limitations. Steel or iron grit is commonly used as recyclable abrasives. When steel shot is used, it shall be used together with steel grit. The shot content of such a mix shall not exceed 67 %. For blasting stainless steel, non-(free) iron containing abrasive shall be used, e.g. Garnet, coal slag, or aluminium oxide. Abrasives used for blast cleaning shall be free from oil, grease, moisture, chloride contamination etc, and supplied with certification documentation traceable to batches of material. 2.2.3.3.

Compressed Air

Compressed air shall be clean, dry, and oil-free. Traps (in addition to oil and water extractors mounted on the compressor) shall be used in compressed air lines to remove oil and moisture from air close to the point of use. 2.2.3.4.

Power-Tool Cleaning:

Power-tool cleaning should be confined to minor areas. Only those surface preparation tools and materials identified in the approved WCP will be allowed. The only power tool alternatives to abrasive blast cleaning is SSPC SP11 Power tools used to clean carbon steel shall not be used to clean stainless steel. Metals contacting stainless steel in the process of power tool cleaning shall be CRA, not carbon steel. Care shall be taken to ensure that power-tool cleaning does not polish the steel surface. If it is impractical to do blast cleaning, due to limited access or where only small surface areas for touch-up/repair maintenance are involved, alternative surface preparation methods, hand tool cleaning and/or power tool cleaning, can be used. If power-tool cleaning is not feasible, the surface cleanliness shall, as a minimum, meet the visual standard PSt 3 in accordance with ISO 8501-2 at the time of coating. Hand-tool cleaning is permitted prior to power-tool cleaning. If the surface being prepared lies adjacent to a coated surface, the power tool cleaning shall cut into the coated surface by at least 25 mm and the edge of the existing coating shall be feathered.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 17 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

2.3. Coating Applications: The requirements for the coating systems in this specification cover their application to surfaces prepared by dry blast cleaning. The Manufacturer’s product data sheets and specifications for mixing, application and curing shall be considered an integral part of this specification. The Subcontractor/Supplier shall be responsible for obtaining the product and safety data sheets. Coating systems shall be applied in accordance with this specification and the paint Manufacturer's instructions and data sheets. Zinc rich primers shall only be applied over abrasive blast cleaned carbon and low alloy steel surfaces. Contrasting colours shall be used for each coat of paint. If zinc rich primers are used, care shall be taken to avoid any possibility of over spraying or dripping onto austenitic stainless steel, duplex stainless steel, nickel alloy or 9% nickel steel components. To ensure that only correctly blasted surfaces are coated, a minimum of 100 mm around the edges of abrasive blasted areas shall be left uncoated, unless adjoining a coated surface. No coating shall be applied within 50 mm of areas that are to be later welded.

2.3.1. Safety and Environmental: All surface preparation coatings work, and waste disposal shall be in accordance with governing Federal, State, and local safety and environmental requirements. Contractor shall propose alternative coatings and solvents for COMPANY approval if the coatings herein specified do not comply with VOC limits applicable at the Contractor's shop locale. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be available for review at sites and shops where coating is applied. All Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) requirements stated in the MSDS shall be met when working with coatings, solvents, abrasives, or any expendable products used in performing the coating work. Excess or used solvents, paint, waste materials, and cleaning materials shall be handled in strict accordance with MSDS requirements and applicable Federal, State, and local disposal procedures. Such materials shall not be dumped on the ground or emptied into sewers or adjacent waters.

2.3.2. Storage: Paints shall be stored as follows: 1. Paints shall be stored in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions and any local laws or regulations. 2. In principle, paints shall be stored in a separate warehouse. However, only a short period of outdoor storage may be allowed when provisions for weather protection and provisions for cover from direct sun light are made. 3. Paints shall not be stored together with other dangerous and inflammable materials. 4. The duration of storage allowed for paints shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations. 5. The painting shall be handled on a First-in, First-out basis.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 18 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

2.3.3. Mixing and thinning: Mixing and thinning of paint shall be done in the following manner: 1. Prior to opening the can, the product name, packing style, and the term of storage validity for the paints shall be checked. 2. Only paint of which the manufacturing date is within the shelf life period shall be used. 3. Mechanical stirrers shall preferably be used for mixing. Manual mixing is only allowed with special permission. 4. Special paints, such as “epoxy resin paint”, and “zinc rich paint”, which are supplied as two or more components in separate containers shall be mixed together immediately before use. The mixed paints shall be kept in the mixing drum during their aging time, and shall be applied only within their pot life. 5. Paint, which tends to separate easily, shall frequently be mixed by a mechanical agitator or stirrer during its use. 6. Mixing and thinning shall be done in a well-ventilated place with no open flames in the proximity. 7. Thinners shall not be added to primers and paint unless necessary for proper application according to the paint manufacturer's instructions. The type of thinners used must comply with the paint manufacturer's instructions. When use of thinners is permitted, it must be added to the primer or paint during mixing. 8. No mixing paints from different manufacturers shall be permitted.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 19 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

3. Qualifications 3.1. Documentation The following documentation is required and is subject to COMPANY review and approval. Testing shall comply with industry standards and the requirements of Table 8: Performance test and acceptance criteria

3.1.1. Procedure A written coating procedure (WCP) based on the requirements of this document for each paint system to be applied. Any conflicts between Coating Manufacturer recommendations, the WCP and this document shall be submitted in writing to COMPANY for resolution. A proposed daily inspection record shall be completed and submitted for each item coated.

3.1.2. Qualification of Procedure The Written Coating Procedure (WCP) shall contain the following: •

• • •

Identification of the structures, systems and components to be coated, the coating system and finish coat color to be applied, and the specific coating products to be used for each coat of each system Product data sheets Safety data sheets for each product Personal protective equipment to be used

The WCP shall describe the following processes/procedures 1. Coating material handling and storage and inventory controls. 2. Salt contamination control. • Metal preparation at welds and edges, both prior to blast cleaning and, to the extent that surfaces anomalies are revealed during blasting, following the blast. Describe the tools, methods, materials, and sequencing. • Surface preparation. A description of the specific type/configuration of tools to be used for any alternative surface preparation techniques other than abrasive blasting. • A description of the type and capacity of dehumidification/humidification equipment. 3. Scaffolding: • The objective of the scaffold plan required below is to address constructability issues affecting coating and lining work. Other aspects of the scaffolding plan (e.g., safety) may require review by COMPANY functions responsible for different areas of expertise. • A scaffolding plan shall be provided showing layout and construction/dismantling sequences. Materials for and type of framing and planks and clearances between scaffold and work surfaces shall be indicated. 4. Illumination: The type for general area and blast hose lighting shall be indicated. 5. Application, touch-up, and curing. 6. Techniques to correct out-of-spec film thickness and surface treatment processes for "freshening" coatings that have exceeded their recoat windows. 7. Inspection.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 20 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

8. Disposal of waste, debris, and unconsumed coating materials. The COMPANY-approved WCP shall be followed during all coating work. COMPANY's approval does not relieve the Contractor of its obligation to perform the coating work in accordance with the requirements of this specification. Any change of coating material, methods, or equipment for surface preparation and coating application shall require that the WCP be revised and re-approved.

3.1.3. Coating Procedure Test (CPT) A pre-production CPT shall be used to qualify all coating procedures using a test panel. The test panel referenced in Section 10.3 of NORSOK M-501 Revision 5, ASTM D 4228, or a comparable type and size of panel approved in advance by COMPANY, may be used. Alternatively, the CPT may be performed in a suitable location on the component to be coated. A CPT shall be performed for each coating system expected to be applied. Environmental conditions, surface preparation, coating application equipment and procedures shall be similar to those anticipated for the actual coating work. All coating application shall be as required in this document. "Coating application" shall include the following: • • • •

Repairs, including ‘Step’ masking Intercoat techniques, including mist coating for silicate-type inorganic zinc and recoat window refresher sweep blasting for epoxies Curing Inspection Testing requirements for the CPT, including acceptance criteria

The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that each component of each batch of each product used during production application is identical in formulation to those applied during the CPT.

3.1.4. Coating Applicator Qualification: Inspection personnel shall be individually certified by a recognized organization (NACE International or equivalent) approved by the Principal. Personnel shall have relevant knowledge of health and safety hazard, use of protection equipment, application attributes of coating materials, mixing and thinning of coatings, coating pot-life, surface requirements, etc. Each candidate coating applicator's qualifications will be reviewed by the COMPANY resident inspector or his designee to ensure sufficient documented records are available to support a determination of proficiency. Any candidate applicator lacking sufficient documented proficiency will be required to perform a proficiency demonstration. That demonstration shall be the performance of CPTs per the requirements of the preceding paragraph for each coating system to be applied. Proficiency will be judged on the candidate's ability to apply the coating system(s) in full compliance with the requirements of this practice. The Contractor shall submit an applicator qualification procedure. A provisional qualification certificate shall be issued by COMPANY's coating inspector to document the applicator's qualifications with respect to each coating system or cleaning process successfully demonstrated. Qualified applicators shall demonstrate control of the applied dry film thickness (DFT) and film quality in accordance with this Specification and SSPC guidelines

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 21 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

4. Surface Preparation: The grade of surface preparation for each painting system shall be in accordance with Table 2.1. Contractor together with the paint manufacturer's representative shall carry out a survey at their discretion prior to the start of the blasting operation. Where environmental circumstances and/or CONTRACTOR’s program and/or construction methods require weather protection of all or part of the structure, CONTRACTOR shall provide protective equipment such as tents, dehumidification equipment, heating and ventilating facilities, scaffolding, etc. After blasting, the blasted surfaces shall be examined for traces of oil, grease, or other contamination. Surface preparation shall be as follows: 1. The method of surface preparation shall be selected from the following SSPC Specification. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i)

SP 1 Solvent cleaning SP 2 Hand tool cleaning SP 3 Power tool cleaning SP 5 White metal blast cleaning SP 6 Commercial blast cleaning SP 7 Brush-off blast cleaning SP 8 Pickling SP 10 Near-white metal blast cleaning SP 11 Power tool cleaning to bare metal

2. The details of surface preparation (anchor pattern) shall be in accordance with Swedish Standard SIS 05 59 00. Where this is conflicting with above mentioned SSPC standards, the more stringent shall prevail. Generally SIS standards are used in this text to describe the actual surface preparation. 3. When it is impractical or difficult to apply the specified surface preparation, a similar grade of surface preparation shall be applied. For example, where SSPC SP 3 is specified, SSPC SP 2 may be used for the in accessible parts subject to approval by COMPANY. 4. In preparing any surface to be coated, all loose paint, dirt, grease, rust, scale, weld slag or spatter or any other extraneous material shall be removed and defects repaired, so as to obtain a clean, dry, even surface to receive the priming or finishing coat(s) as called for in the painting schedules. Sharp edges shall be rounded. 5. Oil, grease, soil, cement, salts, acids or other corrosive chemicals shall be cleaned from steel surfaces, by the use of solvents, emulsions or cleaning compounds. The final wiping shall be with clean solvent and clean rags or brushes. There shall be no detrimental residue left on the surface. 6. No acid washer or other solvent or cleaning solutions shall be used after blasting or fresh water washing. This includes inhibitive solutions intended to prevent rust. The paint manufacturer's representative shall approve all solvents used. Special attention shall be paid to bolt holes and any area where access is limited. 7. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for adequately protecting all surfaces, structures and equipment that should not be blasted. All machined surfaces, including flange faces (gasket contact surface), shall be given special attention. Special care shall be taken for ring type flanges.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 22 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

8. Blasting shall be done during daylight hours and on surfaces that will not be wet before painting. In case COMPANY approves blasting at night, the surfaces shall be swept clean and bright the next morning, with fresh light abrasive, to provide a “near white” blasted surface. 9. Spaces with difficult access shall be blasted as much as possible. Power hand tool preparation shall only be used after careful assessment. 10. Blasting shall continue a minimum of 10 cm into adjoining coated surface. 11. Fresh Water Washing - To remove contaminants, salt, loose or perished paint, fouling, grit, dust, etc. fresh water washing shall be applied. The pressure shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturers’ requirements and shall be agreed with COMPANY. 12. Machine brushing is to be used where blasting or fresh water washing are not practicable subjected to COMPANY's approval. However, this is to be assessed on site. Machine brushing shall be considered as an exceptional case and shot blasting shall be used as the principle preparation. The use of steel wire brushes shall be restricted to cleaning of welds. 13. The abrasives used for blast-cleaning shall be graded flint, grit, shot or other abrasives and shall be such that they will produce an average keying profile on the blast-cleaned surface not less than 40 microns, and not exceed maximum size specified by the paint manufacturer. 14. If applicable: The abrasive for stainless steel shall be suitable, such as aluminum oxide (corundum), VASILGRIT, Garnet. COMPANY's PMT shall approve abrasive materials. 15. After blast-cleaning, all accumulated grit, sand, dust, etc., must be removed leaving the surface clean, dry and free of mill scale, rust, grease and other foreign matter. In particular, the pipe spools shall be blown clean inside until all blasting grid is removed. All cleaned surfaces shall be primed after surface preparation in accordance with coating manufacturer's specifications and before rust bloom occurs. 16. Surface preparation of new shop primed structure shall be as follow: j) k) l) m) n) o) p) q)

Removal of zinc oxides by washing; Cleaning of grease or oil with solvents or detergents followed by fresh water rinse Brushing of slightly corroded areas Cleaning of welds, arc strikes, etc. using power discs, power brushes or grit blasting to SA 2½ as required. Grinding of sharp edges, grinding flush of all flame cut areas Sweep blast entire structure to SA 1 Primer touch up Build up of the primer coat to the required thickness.

17. Overspray and dry spray of inorganic zinc shall be removed prior to application of topcoats. Overspray shall be removed with a stiff wire brush or wire screen. Large areas may require the inorganic zinc primer to be completely removed by blasting. 18. Blasting shall be performed only by experienced operators using approved equipment. All safety regulations shall be complied with.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 23 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

19. All pipe spools shall be closed with plastic caps before application of painting. The non-painted area of the ends shall be min. 3 x pipe material thickness. 20. All pipe fittings in spools which need chemical cleaning shall be blast cleaned inside before shop welding to remove black varnish. 21. The following testing is to be performed and certified by the abrasives supplier: a) As defined in SSPC AB 1, "qualification tests" are those tests initially run to show conformance with the standard while "conformance tests" verify that production run material provided under a given abrasive order meets the original material qualification test criteria. The supplier of mineral and slag types of abrasive shall certify that the abrasive supplied conforms to the qualification and conformance test criteria stipulated in SSPC AB 1. b) For ferrous metallic abrasive, qualification testing shall consist of all of the testing set forth in Section 4 of SSPC AB 3 while conformance testing may be limited to size, conductivity and cleanliness. An inspection lot for conformance testing shall constitute each 15,000 kg or each manufacturing batch, whichever is less. c) Testing to verify compliance with SSPC AB 2 is the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the abrasive materials testing and documentation required by the applicable SSPC abrasive specifications is obtained from the abrasive supplier and is available to the COMPANY's site representative

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 24 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

5. Painting: 5.1.1. General: Paint application shall be performed in accordance with this specification and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. All materials applied to any one surface or piece of equipment shall be products of a single Coating Manufacturer. Compatibility between products of more than one Coating Manufacturer (to be applied to the same surfaces) shall be proven by the application of a test patch followed by adhesion assessment per ASTM D 3359 Method A or ASTM D 6677 before application by the Contractor. Acceptance criteria shall be as established by the Coating Manufacturer of the overcoat(s) and shall be subject to COMPANY approval. The Contractor is responsible for passing through to the Coating Manufacturer the requirement that retains must be available for each part (i.e., for base & hardener for two part materials) of each batch of coating material applied under this specification, including CPT materials. Retains shall be kept for 24 months. The volume of retained material must be at least 0.5 liter. Contractor shall obtain and furnish COMPANY with certifications from the Coating Manufacturer of each coating material applied showing that materials used contain no elements or compounds of lead, chrome, cadmium, tin, or other hazardous metals. This includes pigments used to obtain specific colors. In any case, incidental traces of lead and other heavy metals shall not exceed 0.01% total by weight of the coating's composition in the dried film. This limit is based on COMPANY maintenance safety guidelines. Only ASTM D 520 Type II or Type III zinc shall be used in the manufacture of zinc-rich primers. Paint application shall be started, interrupted, and completed at a proper time taking into consideration the schedule for the related work so that it never has a detrimental effect on the overall schedule or the schedule for the related work. All surfaces to be coated shall be cleaned, prior to application of any paint. Cleaning shall remove mill scale, rust, old paint, grease, oil etc. Methods to be used are fresh water washing, solvent cleaning, blast cleaning and power tool cleaning, ref. Section 2.2 Surface Preparation. The following special precautions shall be taken into consideration: 1. For pipe spools and support structures the paint application of a full paint system shall directly start after completion in the shop of the particular pipe section or structural part prior to final installation. 2. On pipe spools with field welds the paint system shall be repaired after the installation and pressure test. Special attention shall also be given to bolt holes of the flanges. Bolt holes require a full paint system. 3. Stripe coating shall be applied on all painted surfaces in accordance with good painting practices (e.g. at difficult edges, weld seams, etc. and at frames and stiffeners in tanks) 4. Provisions shall be made to prevent painting of nameplates, couplings, shafts, other mechanically finished surface (valve stems, bearings, flange facings etc.), vent openings, equipment designation markings, adjacent painted surfaces, or the inner surfaces. Any paint spots or streaks, which may have formed, shall be removed immediately. 5. Painted surfaces shall not be handled until the paint has dried thoroughly. 6. If the surface has been contaminated with chloride during its transportation and storage, the surface to be painted shall be washed with fresh water. This criterion shall be in accordance with the paint

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 25 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

7.

8. 9.

10.

11.

12.

13. 14. 15.

16.

Revision: 04A

manufacturer's instruction subject to COMPANY’S approval. Chloride contamination shall be checked by a BRESLE TEST. Chloride deposits shall be less than 30 mg/m2. Paints containing low melting point metal pigments, such as metallic aluminum, cadmium, or zinc shall not be applied in proximity to stainless steel where the stainless steel could be contaminated with molten, elemental aluminum, or zinc as a result of welding or fire. For stainless steel, the paint shall have a low chloride content after curing. Provisions shall be made to protect workmen from toxic hazards and to prevent fires and explosions. The paint manufacturer shall have a representative at the site during surface preparation and application of the paint to cover questions and problems which might arise and check the execution of the work. The painting shall not be done if the material surface temperature range exceeds the limit specified by the paint manufacturer. Along with the temperature, humidity and weather condition shall be checked before start of the work. Completely fabricated packages/items shall be fully prepared and painted prior to transportation to site. CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate protection and packing during transportation to site and storage on site and exercise due care in handling and installation so as to ensure that damage to the paint coating is kept to the absolute minimum. CONTRACTOR shall repair any damage after installation. Stainless steel (≤ AISI 316) piping > or = ½ inch diameter or plate exposed to a marine environment for high temperature service (<65°C) shall be protected with a suitable paint system. Special care shall be taken for protection of stainless steel and high alloy materials from blasting and overspray with non-suitable paints. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws, regulation, etc. of the city, country, state or province to this work and paint. The work described shall be performed by CONTRACTOR and all tools, equipment, etc. necessary to complete the work shall be furnished by him. All containers of paint (tightly sealed) shall be clearly marked or labeled to show their paint identification, date of manufacture, batch number, order number, color, special instructions and pot life; all of which must be legible at the time of their use. The Contractor shall furnish the paint manufacturer's certificates to show that materials used contain no compounds of lead, chrome, tin, or other hazardous compounds. This includes pigments used to obtain specific colors. Only ASTM D 520 Type II or Type III zinc shall be used in the manufacture of zinc primers.

5.1.1.1.

Paint Application:

In principle, conventional airless spray as approved by the paint manufacturer shall be used for all coatings. If allowed by the paint manufacturer, roller brush or other methods such as dip coating may be used only with COMPANY’s prior written approval. All doors, stairways, handrails (where painted), bolt-holes, flanges and equipment supports shall be finish-painted by brush or spray. Spray guns shall not be used outside in windy weather or near surfaces of a contrasting color unless the latter are properly protected from the spray.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 26 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

5.1.1.2.

Revision: 04A

Drying of the Paint

No coat shall be applied until the preceding coat has dried. The CONTRACTOR is to prescribe the minimum drying time. No paint shall be force dried under conditions which will cause checking, wrinkling, blistering, formation of pores, etc. No drier shall be applied to the paint on the job unless specified by the CONTRACTOR. Paint shall be protected from rain, condensation, contamination, snow and freezing until the entire painted surface has dried. Forced ventilation shall operate continuously throughout the paint application and curing period for internal surfaces.

5.1.2. Coating Over Existing Paint Systems: 5.1.2.1.

Outside

When an existing paint system requires only local repair of the topcoats, the area shall be prepared as per Section 3.1.11. Touch-up. If required, the area shall then be lightly sweep blasted to SA 1 for proper bonding of the new coats. 5.1.2.2.

Inside

Any Paint, damaged by repair work (drilling, burning, welding, etc.), shall be repaired as follows: 1. Cleaning of all debris, dust, etc., as far as possible using a vacuum cleaner. 2. Solvent washing of the whole surface, overlapping by at least 30 cm on the intact paint. 3. Application of the same (or compatible) paint system as the existing one.

5.1.3. Thickness of Paint Film The thickness of the paint film shall be as follows: 1. The paint shall be applied evenly to produce a smooth coating of the required uniform thickness and free of pores. Extra care shall be taken when applying paint to the edges of plates, corners, welded parts, and crevices in order to obtain the required thickness. Overspray, skips, runs, sags and drips should be kept to a minimum. 2. For high build paint systems, such as epoxy resin paint, the required thickness can be obtained by either decreasing the amount of thinners or increasing the number of coats. This should be done only with prior approval by the paint manufacturer. 3. The dry film thickness shall not be less than 90% of that specified in Table 4. If the specified dry film thickness has not been met, additional coat(s) shall be applied until the specified dry film thickness is in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations. For inorganic paint and high heat resistance paint, special care should be taken not to exceed the dry film thickness. 4. The wet film thickness shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. 5. Each coat of paint shall be applied within the allowable painting interval.

5.1.4. Mechanical Components: All sealing and bearings surfaces and the cavities shall BE PROTECTED against blasting.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 27 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

5.1.5. Touch-up 5.1.5.1.

General Notes

Any defect or damage that may occur shall be repaired before the application of further coats. If necessary the particular surfaces(s) shall be made paint-free. Areas, which are to be over-coated, shall be thoroughly cleaned and made free from grease, oil and other foreign matter and shall be dry. The surface shall be prepared to the standard as originally specified, or prepared to the highest possible standard using mechanically operated tools. Subsequently additional compatible coats shall be applied, until they meet the specification. These additional coats shall blend in with the final coating on adjoining areas and overlap the intact paint by at least 30 cm. In principal, primed areas, which suffer damage, must be blasted on site before touching-up. In cases where the shop primer of prefabricated sections is damaged for more than 20% due to welding, flame cutting etc. and/or due to exposure to weather, CONTRACTOR shall blast the entire structure to SA 2½ and provide a new shop primer.

6. HOT DIPPED GALVANIZING Requirements for Hot Dip Galvanizing shall be per ASTM A123/A123M.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 28 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

7. INSPECTION AND TESTING 7.1.1.1.

General

COMPANY’s PMT shall have free access at all time to the work being performed by CONTRACTOR. All aspects of the job shall be accessible to COMPANY's PMT. COMPANY's PMT shall have the authority to inspect any materials, tools and/or equipment used in the coating procedures and surface preparation operations. COMPANY's PMT shall have the right to condemn any and all material, work or equipment, which does not comply with this specification. COMPANY's PMT shall be given at least two days notice prior to the initial starting of any work covered by the specifications. No surface preparation and/or coating application shall be done in the absence of COMPANY's PMT without their knowledge or consent. If the COMPANY's PMT is unable to be on the site after reasonable notice has been given, CONTRACTOR may begin the work without COMPANY's PMT. All work not done in accordance with the specifications shall be redone or repaired by CONTRACTOR at no cost to COMPANY. Prior to commencing the work, tests shall be carried out on a part of the structure, for each system, to demonstrate that the proposed equipment and method can achieve the required performance to the satisfaction of COMPANY's PMT and the paint manufacturer's representative. CONTRACTOR shall, together with the paint manufacturer's representative, supply an Inspection and Test Plan as part of the Quality plan, detailing all activities and acceptance criteria for painting, together with witnessing interfaces with COMPANY's PMT in accordance with this specification.

7.1.2. Inspection item, Method, Extent and Criteria Inspection item, method, extent and criteria shall be as follows: Table 7-1 Surface Preparation No. 1

Inspection Item Cleanliness-Removal of rust and harmful materials

Method • Visual- SSPC VIS 1 or ISO 8501 • For Dust-ISO 8502-32

Extent All surfaces. Spot checks, but not less than 1 per 10m².

Criteria Requirements of painting System Max quantity and size rating 2

Soluble Salts1,2

2

Surface roughness only for blast surface

Extraction: ISO 8502-6 (Bresle) Assessment: ISO 8502-9 (Conductometric) Per ASTM D 4417 or ISO 8503

6 samples / 2000 m2 of fabrication 4 samples / 2000 m2 of fabrication

Note 1

Each component,

As specified

or once per 10 m2

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 29 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

-Visual -Using profile gauge

Per the paint manufacture’s instruction

Random

Notes: 1. When COMPANY's PMT requests a chloride check, CONTRACTOR shall perform a Bressle test where Chloride deposits shall be < 30 mg/m2 for immersion surfaces and <40 mg/m2 2. Specific location to be determined by COMPANY Inspector

Table 7-2 Paint No.

Inspection Item

Method

Extent

Criteria

1

Kind of paint

Check by label indication

All

--

2

Condition of paint

Visual or mixing with stirrer

Random (min 20%)

The following condition shall be a minimum: -Gel -Skinning -High Viscosity -Sedimentation

3

Shelf Life

Check by label indication

All

Within the shelf life

4

Extent of inter-coat cure

Perform solvent rub test to ensure:

Perform 3

(a) verage resistance rating not less than 4

a) Inorganic zinc is fully cured per ASTM D 4752 and

m² of surface to be coated

tests per 500

b) Epoxy for immersion, splash zone exposure, or under insulation recoatable Per ASTM D 5402. Unless otherwise instructed, in writing, by the Coating Manufacturer, perform 50 double rubs using MEK

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

(b) Discoloration must be visible on the rub cloth, or…Thumbnail indentation at the centre of the rub path must be possible, or Reduction in gloss must be visually discernible (a) Inadequately cured IZ: Take action to enhance level of cure (e.g., water misting). If ineffective, remove and reapply

Page 30 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

inadequately cured IZ. (b) Over cured Epoxy: Sweep blast using reduced nozzle pressure and fine abrasive 5

Compatibility

Apply test patch and test per ASTM D 3359, Method A or ASTM D 6677. Patch may be as small as 200 cm2.

(With Vendor Standard Coating)

Apply 1st coat of overcoat system only

One for each

As established by the

component coated with

Coating Manufacturer of the overcoat(s)

Vendor standard,

Remove incompatible

except one in 25 for identical components.

coating before applying specified system ("L"). Use liquid stripper or SSPC SP 11

Table 7-3 Paint Film Thickness No.

Inspection Item

Method

Extent

Criteria

1

Wet film thickness

By wet film thickness gauge¹

Random

As per paint manufacturer’s instructions.

2

Dry film thickness

By dry film thickness gauge²

Random³

More than 90% of the specified value at any point4

Notes: 1. Thickness gauge shall be set perpendicular to the surface to be measured (e.g. wet film thickness comb). 2. The dry film thickness shall be measured with an electro-magnetic coating thickness meter (e.g. Inspector, Minitector, Minitest, Certotest, and Mikrotest). The measurement shall be in accordance with SSPC PA2 or Vendor instructions. 3. The dry film thickness shall be measured for the primer coat, intermediate coat and the finished coat, after the paint film is completely dry or cured. Frequencies of the measurement are to be agreed with COMPANY. It is understood that CONTRACTOR shall carry out any additional checks as required by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall issue reports on a weekly basis. 4. The maximum dry film thickness shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's specification / recommendations but shall not exceed 150% of the specified value.

Table 7-4 Appearance of Paint Film Inspection Item

Method

Extent

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Criteria

Page 31 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Colour difference

Visual

100% of surface after each coat

Mottling Sagging

Revision: 04A

There is no remarkable difference between colour specimen and actual paint film.

Blistering Cracking Flaking Foreign Matter Cosmetic Finish Holiday Detection

NACE RP0188Sect 3 or ASTM D5162- Method A

No Holidays

Table 7-5 Environmental Conditions Inspection Item

Method

Extent

Criteria

Atmospheric temp

Measurement by thermometer

Min. 4 times per day

Subsection 3.1.5

Relative Humidity

Measurement by Hygrometer

Min. 4 times per day

Max 85%

Surface to be painted

Measured by surface thermometer

Min. 4 times per day

Dew point temp. +3C° and over.

Other weather condition such as rain, sandstorm, etc.

Visual

Min. 4 times per day

No bad weather.

Table 7-6 Compressed Air/Abrasive Inspection Item

Method

Extent

Criteria

Compressed air Quality

ASTM D4285

Min. 4 times per day

Drying.

Visual with white cloth.

And at each change in compressed air resource

Abrasive Testing/Certification

SSPC AB1/AB3 Water Test

Lesser of each 15,000kg Section 5 of SSPC AB1 or batch and section 4 SSPC AB3

Oil.

Certificate

Min 2 times per day.

Oil, Etc.

No Detection

No Detection

Material

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 32 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Table 7-7 Performance tests and acceptance criteria Performance tests (1)

Acceptance criteria

Ageing resistance ISO 20340 (4200 h)

< 3 mm (0.1 in) for zinc primed and < 7 mm (0.27 in) for non-zinc primed coating systems.

Sea water immersion in accordance with ISO 20340 No blisters, rusting, flaking or cracking. (4200 h) Cathodic disbonding in accordance with ISO 20340 Diameter of cathodic disbondment shall be (6 months) < 20 mm (0.78 in). Impact resistance

> 2 J(17.7 pound force/inch), no evidence of cracking

Thick film cracking

No cracking

Overcoatability and drying properties

To meet the manufacturer’s test certificate. Touch dry of primer for offshore maintenance painting: maximum 2 hours. Over coating interval for top layer on prefabrication primer for new construction painting shall be 6 months.

Application

No defects according to ISO 20340:2009 Clause 7.

Resistance to hot services < 120 °C (248 °F)

No flaking, cracking discolouration.

Heat resistance > 120 °C to 600 °C

No flaking, cracking or disbonding.

or

disbonding

and

(248 °F to 1112 °F ) Adhesion (Both virgin and after testing) ISO 4624 Requirement before testing- (virgin sample): (pull-off test) Applicable to DFT > 150 µm (6 mils) • Minimum 5 MPa (725 psi) for zinc primed coating systems; •

Minimum 7 MPa (1015 psi) for non zinc primed coatings for external services;

•

Minimum 10 MPa (1450 psi) for internal tank coatings. Requirement after testing

•

Minimum 5 MPa (725 psi) or 70 % of the initial value.

•

Minimum 5 MPa (725 psi) for non zinc primed coatings for external services;

Minimum 7 MPa (1015 psi) for internal tank coatings.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 33 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Requirement before testing- (virgin sample) Applicable to DFT < 150 µm (6 mils) and high Class 0 temperatures Requirement after testing ISO 2409 (crosscut)

Minimum. Class 2 or 70 % of the initial value. Performance tests

(1)

Acceptance criteria

Wave/condensation - (This test is applicable only No defects. The condensation test according to for coatings used for offshore facilities) ISO 6270-1 and ISO 6270-2 and a wave tank test with natural seawater (artificial seawater as defined in ISO 15711 may be used instead).The wave test includes cold wall effect and resistance to cathodic disbonding. Optional testing (2) Ageing resistance in accordance with: < 1.5 mm (0.06 in) for zinc primed and NACE TM0404, Section 7and NACE TM0304, < 3.5 mm (0.14 in) for non-zinc primed coating Section 7 systems. NOTES: 1. If required by the Principal, the paint Manufacturer shall provide evidence that its proposed coating systems shall have minimum edge retention of 50 %. A test method is described in NACE TM0304 and NACE TM0404. The applicable coating systems shall be subject to the approval of the Principal.

2.

If approved by the Principal, ISO 20340 ageing testing may be replaced by ageing resistance testing in accordance with NACE TM0404 for new construction coatings and NACE TM0304 for maintenance coatings.

Table 7-8 Inspection and Testing Plan Test Type

Method

Frequency

Acceptance Criteria

Consequence

Environmental Conditions

Ambient and steel temperature Relative humidity Dew point spread

Before start of each shift + min twice per shift

In accordance with specified requirements

No blasting or coating

Testing & Certification of Abrasive Materials

SSPC AB 1

Each 15,000 kg, or manufacturing batch, whichever is less

Qualification & conformance testing per Section 5 No Blasting or of SSPC AB 1

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 34 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Coating Qualification (I.e. “preliminary acceptance”) testing as per Section 4 of SSPC AB 3 & conformance testing as per 4.1.1 and 4.2.2 & 4.2.3 of SSPC AB 3

SSPC AB 3

Compressed Air Quality

ASTM D 4285

Before start of each shift or change in compressed air source & @ 4 hr intervals thereafter

Per the Standard (No visible contamination)

Service, clean and replace hoses, filters, KO pots, aftercoolers, Pressure wash with cleanser and reblast contaminated surfaces.

Visual Examination

Visually, for sharp edges, weld spatter, slivers, rust grade, ect

100% of all surfaces

No defects, refer to specified requirements

Defects to be repaired

(a) 100% Visual of all surfaces

(a) In accordance with specified requirements

(a) Re-blasting

Surface Cleanliness (a) SSPC VIS 1 or ISO 8501 a) Visual b) For dust (b) ISO 8502-3

(b) Spot checks, but not less than 1 per 10m²

(b) Re-cleaning and retesting until acceptable

Specified location to be determined by COMPANY inspector

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 35 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Soluble Salts

Extraction:

(a)Immersion ISO 8502-6 (Bresle) surfaces (includes underwater Assessment: insulation) ISO 8502-9 6samples/2000m² (Conductometric) of fabrication Or Extraction: Specific location to SSPC GUIDE 15 be determined by Section 4.6 COMPANY (Elcometer 130 SC inspector (1) 400) (b)Atmospheric Assessment: Surfaces: SSPC GUIDE 15 Section 5.3

4samples/2000m²

(Conductometric)

of fabrication Specific location to be determined by COMPANY inspector (1)

(a)Average Conductivity corresponding to ≤ 20mg/m² (2 µg/cm²) and Max conductivity to ≤ 30 mg/m² water soluble salt(s)

Revision: 04A

Steam or clean water washing and re-testing until entire 2000 m² test area is acceptable

(b)Average conductivity corresponding to ≤ 30 mg/m² and Max conductivity corresponding to ≤ 40 mg/m² water soluble salt(s)

Roughness

Per ASTM D 4417 or ISO 8503

Each component or once per 10 m²

As Specified

Re-blasting using courser or harder abrasive and/or more nozzle pressure.

Test Type

Method

Frequency

Acceptance Criteria

Consequence

Extent of Intercoat Cure

Perform solvent rub test to ensure: (a)Average resistance rating not less than 4

(a)Inadequately cured IZ:

(a)Inorganic zinc is fully cured per ASTM D 4752

Perform 3 tests per 500 m² of surface to be coated

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Take action to enhance level of cure (e.g. water missing) If ineffective remove and reapply inadequately Page 36 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

cured IZ. (b)Epoxy for immersion, splash zone exposure, or under insulation is recoatable per ASTN D 5402. Unless otherwise instructed, in writing, by vendor perform 50 double rubs using MEK

(b)Discolouration must be visible on the rub cloth, or... Thumbnail indentation at the centre of the rub path must be possible, or...

(b)Overcured Epoxy: Sweep blast using reduced nozzle pressure and fine abrasive.

Reduction in gloss must be visually discernable

Compatibility (With Vendor Standard Coating)

Apply test patch and test per ASTM D 3359. Method A or may be as small as 200 cm². Apply 1st coat of overcoat system only

One for each component coated with Vendor standard, except one in 25 for identical components

As established by the Coating Vendor of the overcoat(s)

Remove incompatible coating before applying specified system (“L”) Use Liquid stripper or SSPC SP 11

Visual Examination of Coating

Visual to confirm absence of contamination, solvent pinholes/popping, sagging, or other surface defects

100% of surface after each coat.

According to specified requirements

Repair of defects

Test Type

Method

Frequency

Acceptance Criteria

Consequence

Holiday Detection

NACE RP0188-Sect 3 or ASTM D 5162 Method A

All surfaces that will be in splash zones

No Holidays

Repair and retesting.

Film Thickness

SSPC PA 2 – calibrate on smooth surface

Per SSPC PA 2

SSPC PA 2

Repair, additional coats, or recoating as appropriate

Adhesion

ISO 4624 or ASTM D 4541 using selfaligning device, and performed when system are

Spot checks

Min 7MPa for epoxy:

Coating to be rejected

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Min 5MPa for Zinc primed systems

Page 37 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

fully cured

Table 7-8 Notes: (1) To prevent subsequent contamination of abrasive, salt contamination of received plate/pipes shall be verified by testing of top and bottom stacks for each shipment. Additional testing and cleaning may be required. No item shall indicate and average contamination exceeding the limit stipulated in this Table for the applicable service.

7.1.3. Documentation of the Work For each system the results of the tests mentioned above shall be recorded in a painting report.

7.1.4. Paint Specimens For all coating work, paint specimens must be taken and retained at the site for possible reference in the event of coating failure. Retained paint specimens must be kept at least until the warranty period has expired. For these paint specimens a record shall be kept of paint system and color. Specimens shall always be stored in a dark, dry, and cool place. Unless otherwise specified, paint specimens shall be prepared as follows: Specimen shall be fully compatible with the actual paint system used

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 38 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

7.1.4.1.

• •

Revision: 04A

PAINT SPECIMEN DIMENSIONS

Dimension: 75 mm X 150 mm X 3 mm thick Material: steel plate blasted or prepared to be representative representative for correct surface preparation prior to painting.

Specimen shall be fully compatible with actual paint system used.

Figure 7-1 paint specimen dimensions

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000 G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 39 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

8. Coating System Selection Final coating system selection shall be as specified below, unless otherwise specified by COMPANY. Table 8-1 Coating System Selection for External Metallic Surfaces Item Description

Maximum operating temperature,

14 Insulated /

Surface

Coating

preparation/

system no

Uninsulated

profile(µm)

Note 17

CS-1 CS-2 CS-3

Remarks

deg C

Carbon steel and Low alloy steel Items Vessels, piping, storage tanks, Exchangers, Air Coolers

Valves (see 16)

Amb to 100

Uninsulated

101 to 200

Uninsulated

Sa 2½, SP 10,

201 to 400

Uninsulated

40-50

-40 to 180

Insulated14

CS-4

-40 to 180

Insulated14

CS-4.115

181 to 400

Insulated14

<400

For both

Note-

Flare stacks

CS-5 SP10 Sa 2½;

CS-5

40-50 <400

Un insulated

SP10 Sa 2½;

CS-5

40-50 Structural steel Items

Amb to 100

Uninsulated

SP10 Sa 2½; 40-50

Amb to 100

Uninsulated

SP10; 2½; 40-50

Sa

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

CS-1

For Non Fireproofed See note-3

CS-1 : Primer

For Fireproofed

only

See Note 3.b

Page 40 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

ladders, cages, handrails, grating, structural bolting and

Amb to 100

Uninsulated

SP10 Sa 2½;

Revision: 04A

Galvanised

See Note-10

40-50

structural steel Galvanised steel items

Amb to 100

Uninsulated

SP 7; 20-30

CS-6

See Note-11

Underside of Storage Tank bottom plate

Amb to 100

Not Applicable

SP 10; 50-75

CS-7

See Note 20

Buried Piping, piles

-20 to 80

Not Applicable

SP 10; 50-75.

CS-8 CS-8.1

See Note-18, 19

Buried Piping Wrapping

-20 to 70

Not Applicable

St2-St3 according to ISO 8501-3

CS-9

See Note-21

Steel in submerged zone (e.g. jetty piles, structures)

-10 to 50

Not applicable

SP10 Sa 2½; 40-50

CS-10

See Note-22

SS-1

See Note 13, 23, 24

CS7.1

Stainless Steel Items Amb to 60 Vessels, piping, 61 to 110 Chemical storage 111 to 200 tanks,

A1.1.1.1. Uninsulated Uninsulated Uninsulated

Air coolers

Uninsulated

SS Valves (see 16)

201 to 400

SP 7, 20-30

SS-1 SS-2 SS-3

14

-50 to 200

Insulated

Upto 200

For both

Note-

SS-4 SP 7;

SS-2

20-30

DSS Items

Upto 80

Uninsulated

SP 7; 20-30

No painting

See Note-12 & 13

Buried

-20 to 80

Not

SP 10;

CS-8

See Note-18, 19

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 41 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Piping, piles Buried Piping

-20 to 70

General Category Items Rotating NA Equipment

Revision: 04A

Applicable

50-75

CS-8.1

Not Applicable

St2-St3 according to ISO 8501-3

CS-9

See Note-21

NA

SP 10 for CS; SP 7 for SS

Manufacturer std.

See Note-8

Electrical Items

Amb to 100

NA

SP 10 for CS; SP 7 for SS

Manufacturer std.

See Note-8

Instrument Items

Amb to 100

NA

SP 10 for CS; SP 7 for SS

Manufacturer std.

See Note-8

Fire proofed items

NA

NA

SP 10 for CS; SP 7 for SS

NA

See Note-1

Pipe supports

NA

NA

SP 10 for CS; SP 7 for SS

NA

See Note-6

Notes for Table 8-1 Notes for Error! Reference source not found. 1.

Supports to be fireproofed with an intumescent/ fendolite/ concrete fireproofing material shall be coated as recommended by the fireproofing manufacturer. All steelwork to be fireproofed shall first be prepared and primed as per the applicable paint specification/ fireproofing vendor recommendation before fireproofing application is applied. Fireproofing materials may be applied over galvanized steel; where needed. The DFT shall be as recommended by the fireproofing manufacturer;

2.

Stacks shall be painted with the applicable aviation colour coding system when required by local regulations. Selection of coating materials shall take into consideration maximum substrate temperature;

3.

Structural steel shall normally be painted using Zinc Rich Epoxy + Epoxy MIO + Polyurethane as specified in coating system-CS-1. Gratings, Handrails, Ladders and Stair Threads shall be galvanized. a.

Structural steel integral with equipment shall be coated the same as the equipment;

b.

Fireproofed structural steel to be prepared and primed before fireproofing. Steel fireproofed with proprietary materials shall be primed as recommended by the fireproofing manufacturer;

c.

Embedments in concrete may be either hot-dip galvanized or epoxy coated.

4.

Aluminium shall not be in direct contact with concrete. Suitable barrier coatings, such as epoxy or coal tar epoxy, shall be used to isolate aluminium from concrete;

5.

Non-metallic materials such as HDPE, PVC, CPVC and FRP may require additional protection from ultraviolet rays for outdoor above grade exposure;

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 42 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

6.

Pipe supports welded to pipe shall be coated the same as the pipe. On insulated pipe, weld-on pipe supports shall be considered as protrusions through the insulation system and painted accordingly if not galvanized. All weld-on, galvanized pipe supports shall have the pipe coatings extended a minimum 50 mm onto the pipe support;

7.

Individual components of skid mounted and packaged units consisting of piping and equipment (such as boilers, refrigeration packages) shall be coated as noted for each item listed in the schedule in table 6.1. The manufacturer's standard coating system may be submitted for review and approval by the Contractor and/or Company;

8.

Manufacturer’s standard paint systems for external painting shall be followed. The manufacturer's standard coating system datasheets shall be submitted for review and approval by the Contractor and/or Company;

9.

Deleted;

10. Hot-dip galvanizing for CS hardware such as fasteners shall be as per ASTM A153 and other structural steel items

such as ladders, cages, handrails, and grating shall be as per ASTM A 123/ISO 1461. Galvanized steel that is damaged by welding and/or cutting portions shall be cold repaired using an organic zinc rich coating if the damaged area is small (If the damaged area is more than cold repair is not allowed and repair shall be by redipping the member in the zinc bath). Metallic zinc content in cold repair paint used for galvanizing repair shall be >85 % by weight for smaller area. The galvanizing repair shall be as per ASTM A780 or ISO 1461. 11. Coating system ‘CS-6’ for galvanised items will be applicable when specified in this document by Contractor

and/or Company; 12. Duplex Stainless steel items shall not be painted up to operating temperatures of 80 deg C. where DSS item

operating above 80 deg C shall be painted as per the coating systems specified for Stainless Steel items with respective operating temperature SS-1 to SS–4. 13. Unpainted DSS components/Items shall be pickled and passivated in accordance with ASTM A380; 14. Where the specified insulation type is PP (Personnel Protection) for piping & equipment, then coating system

selection shall be as per “uninsulated” item as the PP type insulation is provided through physical barrier such as open mesh guard up to 250 deg C operating temperatures. 15. Coating System ‘CS-4’ needs extreme care during application caused by high temperature and high relative

humidity variations, whereas, Coating System ‘CS-4.1’ is more tolerant to extreme meteorological parameters. A Contractor who can successfully demonstrate use of Coating System ‘CS-4’ may continue using Coating System ‘CS-4’. Use of Coating System ‘CS-4’ or ‘CS-4.1’ should be decided by the results obtained during Cross Cut test as per ISO 2409 (minimum acceptability is Classification 1) and Pull-off test for adhesion as per ISO 4624 (minimum breaking strength is 5MPa) carried out on a test panel. Coating System ‘CS-4.1’ shall be used for all inside Iraq site touch-up, repair and other painting activities. Inside Iraq site contractors shall note that the prefabricated spools coated with either CS4 and CS4.1 paint system, will require CS-4.1 paint system for the coating of the field welds and touch up. Inside Iraq Contractors shall qualify the paint system accordingly before commencement of production application. 16. Paint system for instrumentation valves (such as shutdown valves, blow-down valves and control valves) can also

be selected based on the operating temperatures (as other items) mentioned as per corresponding data sheets. 17. Painting contractor shall perform the following inspection and testing to verify the integrity of the painting as a

minimum in accordance with the relevant ISO standards:

•

Surface Profile, Soluble Salt test (Acceptance criteria shall be followed as per painting manufacturer recommendation), Dust test (Grade 2 or better), Adhesion test (ISO 4624 – Acceptance criteria shall be followed as per painting manufacturer recommendation), Cross cut test (ISO 2409 Acceptance criteria shall be classification 1 max.), WFT, DFT, etc.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 43 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

18. Holiday testing shall be carried out for all underground pipe spools after application of final coat. 19. Coating System CS8.1 is the preferred system for Underground CS/SS pipelines and shall be used for all future

applications by the sub-contractor. Inside Iraq site contractors shall note that the prefabricated spools coated with either CS8 or CS8.1 paint system, will require CS-8.1 paint system for the coating of the field welds and touch up. Inside Iraq Contractors shall qualify the paint system accordingly before commencement of production application. 20. Wrapping System consists of a Wrapping band and an Outerwrap backing tape to be applied on underground

CS/SS lines. Wrapping band can be applied on bare pipe or on primed surface recommended by manufacturer. Any loose primer shall be removed completely before application of the wrapping band. CS-9 can be used instead of CS8 or CS-8.1 for underground piping items if the wrapping and coating take place near to worksite. At the coating/wrapping interface, wrapping shall be applied at least 10 cm into the coating. The overlap region shall be cleaned thoroughly by de-glossing and de-greasing the surface by using an abrasive pad and isopropanol for faster adhesion. The surface prepared shall be clean, dry and free of dust according to dust grade ISO 8502-3, grade 3. The datasheet/manufacturer recommendation should be sighted in case of any doubt. Holiday testing shall be performed in accordance with NACE SP 188 latest edition. The minimum overlap shall be followed as per manufacturer recommendations 21. The coating material shall not contain components that could harm the substrate. 22. SS in the area of salt water spray shall be coated with TSA according to DEP standard DEP 30.48.40.31-Gen. 23. Both systems 7 and 7.1 can be used for painting the underside of the tank bottom plate. The DFT of the applicable

system shall be followed. 24 Coating system ‘SS-1’ for Uninsulated Stainless steel components will not project(s), unless otherwise specified by the “ Company”

be applicable for Brown felid

9. Coating System Details Table 9-1: Coating Systems and its Application Details Finish Colour

Min

Total DFT min, µm

Temperat ure Limits, deg C

Zinc rich Epoxy Primer

75

250

RAL 7035

-30 100

to

Epoxy MIO Polyurethane Inorganic zinc Primer

125 50 Alumin um

101 200

to

Silicone Acrylic

25

Silicone Aluminium

25

Alumin um

201 400

to

Coati ng Syste m

System Description

CS-1

CS-2

CS-3

DFT , µm

75

100

50

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Applicable Items

Surface Preparation

CS; Uninsulated

Sa 2½;

CS;

Sa 2½;

Uninsulated

40-50 µm

CS;

Sa 2½;

40-50 µm

Page 44 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Silicone Aluminium Inorganic zinc Primer

25

Phenolic Epoxy

125

Phenolic Epoxy Phenolic Epoxy Inorganic zinc silicate

100 100

200

75

100

Silicone Aluminium

25

Epoxy

50

100

Polyurethane

50

High build Epoxy

150

High build Epoxy

150

CS7.1

Coal Tar Epoxy Coal Tar Epoxy

CS-8

High Novalac Epoxy

CS-4

CS4.1 CS-5

CS-6

CS-7

CS8.1 CS-9

CS-10

SS-1a SS-2a

build

75

200

Mfr. Std.

Revision: 04A

Uninsulated

40-50 µm

CS; Insulated

Sa 2½;

-40 180

to

to

CS; Insulated

Sa 2½; 40-50 µm

Alumin um

-40 180 -40 400

to

SP10 Sa 2½; 40-50 µm

RAL 7035

-30 100

CS Valves; Uninsulated & Insulated; CS insulated vessels & piping Galvanised CS;

Mfr. Std. Mfr. Std.

40-50 µm

to

SP 7; 20-30 µm

Un-insulated 300

Mfr.Std

-20 100

to

Under side of Tank bottom plates

SP10 Sa 2½; 50-75 µm

180 180

360

Mfr. Std

-20 100

to

Under side of Tank bottom plates

SP10 Sa2½; 50-75 µm

100 0

1000

Mfr. Std.

-20 to 80

Underground

Sa 2½;

CS/SS piping,

50-75 µm

piles

High Build Epoxy Wrapping System Outer wrap backing tape

Mfr . Std.

Mfr. Std.

Mfr. Std.

-20 to +70

Underground CS/SS piping

St 2-St3 as per ISO 8501-3

Epoxy Polyamide primer High build solvent less Epoxy High build solvent less Epoxy Phenolic Epoxy Polyurethane Silicone Acrylic

60

510

Mfr. Std.

-10 to 50

piles, jetty structures, supports

Sa 2½; 40-50 µm

150

RAL 7035

-40 110

to

SP 7; 20-30 µm

50

Alumin

111

to

SS surface; Uninsulated SS surface;

225 225 100 50 25

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

SP 7;

Page 45 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

SS-3a

SS-4a

a

Silicone Acrylic

25

Silicone Aluminium Silicone Aluminium Modified Phenolic Epoxy Modified Phenolic Epoxy

25

um

200

50

Alumin um

201 400

150

Alumin um

-70 200

Revision: 04A

Uninsulated & Insulated

20-30 µm

to

SS surface; Uninsulated

SP 7; 20-30 µm

to

SS surfaces; Insulated

SP 7; 20-30 µm

25 75

75

coating systems for stainless steels shall not contain any zinc content in the coating materials;

20.1.1.

Major Wrapping and Coating Supplier

The below mentioned paint and wrapping Manufacturer’s are recommended for painting and wrapping purpose for this project. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

INTERNATIONAL PAINTS; JOTUN Paints; PPG/AMERON; HEMPEL Paints; SIGMA paints; Berry Plastics Corrosion Protection Group (CPG); Carboline Paints. STOPAQ (Wrapping Supplier)

For manufacturer standard coating systems, other paint manufacturer’s products can be used subject to review and approval by Contractor. These systems shall be suitable to the external site ambient conditions and the maximum operating temperatures.

20.1.2.

Check List for Vendor’s Painting Procedure

The vendor’s painting procedure, which will be submitted for the CONTRACTOR review, shall be complied to this document and it should also contain the below mentioned information as minimum 1. 2. 3. 4.

The Vendor’s painting procedure shall comply to this document; The base material information (CS/SS/DSS) on which painting will be applied; Insulation information (whether item is insulated/uninsulated); Maximum operating temperature of the item (piping/equipment) as per CONTRACTOR’s provided datasheets/Material Take Off/Drawings; 5. The type of abrasive which will be used for surface preparation; 6. The final surface preparation (Sa 2.5/SP 10/SP 7 etc.);

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 46 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

7. Painting manufacturer data sheets; 8. TDFT information; 9. Final colour after top coat and the same shall be as per table 12 in this document; 10. Repair procedure for damaged areas.

20.1.3.

Colour Code Identification Band System

The objective of this paragraph is to set out Regulations for a common Colour Code Identification System for Pipework, which shall specify the mandatory safety colours for the identification of the contents of the pipework, and hence the potential hazards. The system is intended to address fire and safety concerns within all On-Plot and Off-Plot Facilities and provide improved line identification for plant operators. This specification has not the intention to re-paint existing piping. Following notes shall be taken into consideration: 1. All pipework of 2” diameter and larger, apart from Fire Fighting System and flare vent pipework, to be finished in saffron yellow, RAL 1017, along its entire length. This shall be referred to as the decorative (base colour). 2. The nature of the pipe contents shall be identified by means of a Three Band Colour Code Identification Band System (CCIB), as specified in BS 1710. The outer bands, which will be the same colour, are the Basic/Primary Identification Bands (PIB) and the middle band is the Safety/ Secondary Identification Band (SIB). The arrangement is shown in Figure 1. 3. The Basic/Primary Identification Band (X) colour determines the type of fluid, e.g. Oil, Gas, Chemical or Water. BS 1710 suggests Basic Identification Colours for different types of fluid. These colour conventions have been adopted with some exceptions which are specified. 4. A Safety/Secondary Identification Band (Y) colour is added to the middle of the PIB, to identify the fluid conveyed more precisely. The SIB, used in conjunction with the PIB’s, is designed to provide a unique combined Colour Code Identification Band (CCIB) for each fluid that is being conveyed. 5. The identification colours as indicated shall be applied to the pipeline outer surface. Bands are used over the un-insulated as well as insulated piping. For insulated piping the bands shall be applied over the cladding of the insulation. 6. Surfaces specially prepared by equipment manufacturers for corrosion protection or appearance (e.g. anodized aluminium), non-ferrous parts, and threaded parts of fittings shall not be colour banded. 7. All paint used for colour banding shall be of the same paint system as applied on the applicable pipelines. When stickers are used, colour samples shall be submitted for approval one month before application. Stickers have to be suitable for the present environments.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 47 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Table 9-2 Colour Code Identification Band System

Category

ID

Product/object

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

Fire Fighting

1.

Fire water (Sea)

Red

3001

Red

3002

Red

3002

Fire Fighting

2.

Fire water (Desal. / Industrial)

Red

3001

Red

3002

Light Blue

5012

Fire Fighting

3.

Fire Foam

Red

3001

Red

3002

Yellow

1026

Fire Fighting

4.

Carbon dioxide

Red

3001

Red

3001

White

9010

Water

5.

Raw Sea

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Green

6001

Water

6.

Potable

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Blue

5005

Water

7.

Landscaping/Irrigation

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

White

9010

Water

8.

Stormwater

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Light Green

6027

Water

9.

Desal. / Distilled

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Light Blue

5012

Water

10.

Industrial

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Pink

3015

Water

11.

Brackish

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Ochre

1024

Water

12.

Porduced/Formation/Brine

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Orange

2007

Water

13.

Treated Effluent, Grey Water

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Purple

4006

Water

14.

Effluent / Sewage

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Brown

8002

Water

15.

Cooling water

saffron yellow

1017

Green

6001

Red

3000

Steam

16.

H.P. steam

saffron yellow

1017

Silver Grey

7001

Red

3000

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 48 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Category

ID

Product/object

Revision: 04A

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

Steam

17.

L.P. steam

saffron yellow

1017

Silver Grey

7001

Ochre

1024

Oils

18.

Crude Oil

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Brown

8002

Oils

19.

NGL Condensate Sweet/Sour

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Yellow

1026

Oils

20.

Pygas

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

White

9010

Oils

21.

GTL Naphtha

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Green

6001

Oils

22.

Refinery Naphtha

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Blue

5005

Oils

23.

Kerosene / Jet Fuel

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Orange

2007

Oils

24.

GTL Diesel/Gas Oil

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Light Green

6027

Oils

25.

Refinery Diesel/Gas Oil

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Light Blue

5012

Oils

26.

Lube Oil Basestock

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Pink

3015

Oils

27.

Lube Oil/Seal oil

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Purple

4006

Oils

28.

Fuel/Heating Oil

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Black

9005

Oils

29.

Hydraulic Oil

saffron yellow

1017

Brown

8002

Silver Grey

7001

Chemicals

30.

Glycol - Rich/Lean

saffron yellow

1017

Orange

2007

Green

6001

Chemicals

31.

ADIP / MDEA

saffron yellow

1017

Orange

2007

Blue

5005

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 49 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Category

ID

Product/object

Revision: 04A

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

32.

Detergent

saffron yellow

1017

Orange

2007

A1.1.1.2. ed

A1.1.1.3. 001

A1.1.1.4. C 33.

Methanol

saffron yellow

1017

Orange

2007

Ochre

1024

Chemicals

hemicals Chemicals

34.

Chemical Injection

saffron yellow

1017

Orange

2007

Pink

3015

Chemicals

35.

Chemical Additives

saffron yellow

1017

Orange

2007

Purple

4006

Gases

36.

LNG Rich/Lean

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Ochre

1024

Gases

37.

Proces Gas / Syngas

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Brown

8002

Gases

38.

Fuel Gas

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Pink

3015

Gases

39.

Natural Gas / Methane

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Light Green

6027

Gases

40.

Ethane

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Green

6001

Gases

41.

LPG - Propane

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Light Blue

5012

Gases

42.

LPG - Butane

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Orange

2007

Gases

43.

Ethylene

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Purple

4006

Gases

44.

Acetylene

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Red

3001

Gases

45.

Ammonia - Gas / Liquid

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Black

9005

Gases

46.

Chlorine

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Yellow

1026

Gases

47.

Hydrogen

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Wine red

3005

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 50 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Category

ID

Product/object

Revision: 04A

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

Gases

48.

Nitrogen

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

Blue

5005

Gases

49.

Oxygen

saffron yellow

1017

Heather violet

4003

White

9010

Acids & Alkalis

50.

Caustic Soda

saffron yellow

1017

Purple

4006

White

9010

Acids & Alkalis

51.

Hydrochloric Acid

saffron yellow

1017

Purple

4006

Blue

5005

Acids & Alkalis

52.

Sulphuric Acid

saffron yellow

1017

Purple

4006

Green

6001

Acids & Alkalis

53.

Napthenic caustic

saffron yellow

1017

Purple

4006

Red

3001

Air

54.

Air - Plant Utility & service

saffron yellow

1017

Light Blue

5012

Light Blue

5012

Air

55.

Air - Instruments

saffron yellow

1017

Light Blue

5012

Yellow

1026

Process effluents

56.

Drain, vent, flare

Yellow

1026

Yellow

1026

Yellow

1026

Process effluents

57.

Molten Sulphur

saffron yellow

1017

Black

9005

yellow

1026

Process effluents

58.

Drain (oil) / Vent Atmos

saffron yellow

1017

Black

9005

Black

9005

Process effluents

59.

Closed Drain Header

saffron yellow

1017

Black

9005

Red

3002

Process effluents

60.

Buried piping, piles

Mnfr. St

Mnfr. St

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

61.

Fire System equipment, valves and hydrants

Red

3001

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 51 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Category

ID

Product/object

Revision: 04A

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

Equipment

62.

Electrical motors

Mnfr. St

Mnfr. St

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

63.

Vessels, Heat exchanger. Aircooler

saffron yellow

1017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

64.

Tanks, including associated piping

saffron yellow

1017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

65.

Valves hand wheel (firewater system is excluded, EDSV is excluded

saffron yellow

1017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

66.

Mnfr. St

Mnfr. St

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

67.

Mnfr. St

Mnfr. St

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Control valves and actuators

Pressure relief valves (bellows type) Equipment

68.

Electrical motors

Mnfr. St

Mnfr. St

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

69.

Pumps, compressor and turbine casing, air ducts, control cabinet (including base plate)

saffron yellow

1017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

70.

Instrument Items

Mnfr. St

Mnfr. St

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

71.

Electrical / Control panels

Mos Grey

7003

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

72.

Transformers

Mos Grey

7003

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Equipment

73.

Coupling guards, gear box

Orange

2007

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Buildings

74.

External Walls

Sand Yellow

1002

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Buildings

75.

Internal Walls

Grey White

9002

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Buildings

76.

Internal Floors

Grey White

9002

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 52 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Category

ID

Product/object

Revision: 04A

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

colour

name

RAL code

name

colour

RAL code

name

Buildings

77.

External Doors (including outside emergency door)

Dark grey

7010

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Buildings

78.

Emergency door (only inside)

Red

3001

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Buildings

79.

Internal Doors

Telegrey

7047

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Buildings

80.

Ceilings

Traffic white

9016

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Steel structure

81.

Structure Steel and supports (including skirts)

saffron yellow

1017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Steel structure

82.

Handrails, guardrails, Ladder, ladder cage, toe

saffron yellow

1017

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Plates, stair ways Steel structure

83.

Hoisting beams, David and portal cranes

Orange

2003

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Miscellaneous

84.

Hand railing denoting escape routes on process structures (i.e. 1m on either side of opening)

Orange

2003

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Miscellaneous

85.

Guard for rotating or moving equipment

Orange

2003

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Miscellaneous

86.

First aid equipment

Green

6024

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Miscellaneous

87.

Daytime Air traffic signals

Orange / White

2007 9010

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Miscellaneous

88.

Laboratory

shall be in accordance with NEN-EN 13792 and NEN-EN 737-3

Miscellaneous

89.

Markings around units, H2S, etc

Miscellaneous

90.

Miscellaneous

91.

Miscellaneous

92.

process

/

Yellow

1026

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Road marking

White

9016

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Safety Showers

Green/ White

6024/90 10

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Marking around vulnerable / dangerous assets/objects

Yellow / Black

1021/ 9005

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 53 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Category

ID

Product/object

Decorative

Banding Background (X)

Center Band (Y)

(Base colour)

(PIB)

(SIB)

colour

RAL code

name

Miscellaneous

93.

20.1.4.

Crossing Gate (Barrier

Revision: 04A

Red / White

colour

RAL code

name

3001/90 10

N/A

colour

RAL code

name

N/A

N/A

N/A

Colour Code Bands

The width requirements for the PIB’s (X) and SIB (Y) shall be the same for all pipe sizes over 6” diameter, with narrower band widths being used for pipe sizes varying from 2” to 6” diameter. The dimensions shall be as follows: Table 9-3 size Each band

X (PIB

Y(SIB)

X(PIB)

Total width

2” to 6” inclusive

75mm

50mm

75mm

200mm

Greater than 6”

150mm

100mm

150mm

400mm

Pipe Diameter Each Basic/Primary Band Safety/Secondary Band (see Figure Figure 9-1 Pipework colour coding band layout)

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 54 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Figure 9-1 Pipework colour coding band layout Colour Coding Bands shall be provided on both sides of and adjacent to valves, tees, important fittings, wall entries, road crossings and overpasses and outboard of flanges to and from equipment such as vessels, tanks, exchangers, compressors and pumps. Colour coding bands shall be provided at uniform intervals, not less than 30m and not more than 50m depending on the complexity and pipe run lengths, along horizontal and up vertical sections of pipework and at all feed points. Where multiple lines run close to each other, such as in common pipe racks, the CCIB’s (and line numbers and flow direction) shall be located directly in line with one another at positions that are readily visible. The full CCIB requires to be applied both sides of the valve, to the adjacent pipework, as detailed in Figure 9-2 - valve colour coding layout.

Figure 9-2 - valve colour coding layout

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 55 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

The hand wheel of ESDV shall be painted purple (good practise for visual identification during emergency) Valve access manhole covers and their surrounds shall be colour coded, to identify the fluid in the pipe work to which they provide access. The colour coding arrangement for these components shall be as follows. A 100 mm wide PIB of the appropriate colour shall be painted around the periphery of the topside surface of the manhole cover, with a 75mm wide SIB of the relevant colour for the fluid immediately inside and adjacent to the PIB. For those fluids which have the same PIB and SIB colours, a 175mm wide band in the PIB colour shall be painted around the periphery of the cover. The topside of the access chamber cover slab immediately surrounding the cover shall generally be painted with a 250mm wide band of equal-spaced diagonal safety yellow and black stripes, which are the specified colours for Moveable Safety Hazards. Arrows in the PIB on the manhole cover shall be provided to indicate the flow direction through the pipe work and the inlet and outlet locations. The arrangement is shown in Figure 9-3 - Manhole cover colour coding layout.

Figure 9-3 - Manhole cover colour coding layout

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 56 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

20.1.5.

Revision: 04A

Content Labelling and Safety Warning Signs

The additional use of Coloured Labels giving the full or abbreviated product description, temperature, pressure, and other details necessary to identify any potential hazard, together with the appropriate visual aids and hazard pictorial symbols, is to be encouraged. Such labels and markings shall not, however, be considered as a substitute for the CCIB, whose application is considered mandatory. The use and extent of such labelling shall be at the User’s discretion. They would be beneficial in providing more detailed identification of, and differentiation between, similar products, such as different grades of Lube Oil. Where applied, labels shall be brief and informative and written in English. The text size for different pipe diameters shall be as specified Size of lettering shall be as follows:

The length of the labels shall vary from 200 to 800mm and they shall be applied adjacent to the CCIB locations. The arrangement is shown in Figure 1. International Safety Signs shall be used as necessary, to highlight and warn of potential safety hazards. It is recommended that labels are painted directly onto the pipe surface using the appropriate specified paint rather than being applied in the form of self-adhesive plastic labels. Plastic labels tend to deteriorate rapidly in strong sunlight and the harsh local environment and localized corrosion can occur beneath them.

20.1.6.

Line Numbering

In addition to being Colour Coded, each pipe system, pipeline and valve should be individually identified by marking them in accordance with the Tag Numbering System. The required identification markings relate to pipe size, service, design, area code and ownership code. All characters used shall be in upper case. No separators, hyphens, punctuation marks or spaces are allowed. The line number and the flow direction shall be stencilled on each pipe section and pipeline together with the CCIB, to provide the pipe-work with unique traceability. The identification markings shall be stencilled on the pipe a distance of approximately 400 mm from the edge of the outer colour band. Letter size shall be equal to half of the pipe diameter for pipe between 2” and 12” diameter, with a minimum height of 1” for smaller pipe sizes and a maximum height of 6” for larger pipe sizes. In case of two directions, a flow indication band shall be applied at each side of the fluid identification band.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 57 of 58

EXTERNAL PAINTING SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PIPING

Revision: 04A

Shape and size of direction arrow shall be as follows:

Figure 9-4 Shape and size of direction arrow Line identification markings shall be stencilled in black directly onto the light grey/white decorative background.

Doc. no.: 1000-BGC-G000-ISGP-G00000-RA-7754-00001

Page 58 of 58

BGC

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects Project Originating Company Document Title

Iraq South Gas Basra Gas Company Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Document Number

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

Document Revision

05A

Document Status Originator / Author Security Classification ECCN Issue Date

Approved for Use S.Parikh Restricted EAR 99 30-Jan-2018

Revision History is shown next page

The copyright of this document is vested in Basra Gas Company. All rights reserved. Neither the whole nor any part of this document may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, reprographic, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the copyright owner. The contents of this controlled document shall not be altered without formal approval of the document Custodian. Copies or extracts of this document, which have been downloaded from the website, are uncontrolled copies and cannot be guaranteed to be the latest version.

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Revision History Rev #

Date of Issue

Originator

Checker

Approver

01A

13-Feb-2013

AFU – Approved for Use

E. Gladdines

P.Sachi

S.Reid

02A

22-Dec-2014

AFU – Approved for Use(Issued with Holds)

S.Balyan

P.Sachi

03A

11-Oct-2015

AFU – Approved for Use(Issued with Holds)

S.Balyan

P.Sachi

04R

15-Jan-18

IFR – Issued for Review

S. Parikh

C. Forster

A. Kar

05A

30-Jan-18

Approved for Use

S.Parikh

C.Forster

A.Kar

Rev # 01A

02A

03A

Reason for Issue / Change First Approved Revision    

Added Plant Codes to the tagging structures in all sections Added section 14- Junction box-Instrumentation/Telecom/F&G Added Section 17- Cable Numbering Format Modified the Annexure reference wherever required.

  

Added New section for Tagging format of Major Pipelines Holds removed from Section 17.2 and 20 Added new note for function code for Special piping item in Annexure 3

   

     

7.1.4 - Updated to include clarification for identical/spare suffix for Equipment 7.1.5 - Added Application rule for identical equipment tagging in parallel strings 9 – Added context for using major pipeline Tag format 12.1.1 – Changed process unit code for Fire & Gas from 73000 to 70000 because 73000 is being used for Jetty, Mooring and Fendering System 12.1.7 – Updated examples for Fire & Gas as per the process unit change 13.2 – Removed dash between Type Code and Sequence to be consistent with 13.1 15 – Changed format of Junction Box Tag number 15.1.7 – Updated examples for Junction box to include Plant code. 16.1.3 – Added exception for transformers for voltage code as transformers have two voltage codes 17.1.2 – Changed the title from Substation to Switch board to correctly represent the Switchboard that supplies to Distribution board. 18.3 – Removed the wording “Without the Plant Code” as the examples have Plant Code for “From” and “To” tags 18.4 – Updated examples for Telecom cables to reflect change in Process unit code 19 – Removed section 19 Cable Transit Frame completely 19.1.5 – Updated examples for Civil items by correcting Equipment Codes 20 – Changed so that all manual, non-return and Specialty valves shall be tagged 20.1.2 – Added a new type code for Specialty Valve 20.2 – Added new section 20.2 for Relief valves which was missing



Review Complete-Approved for Use

     04R

 

05A

Status Description

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

2 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 2 3

4

5

6

7

8

OBJECTIVE ........................................................................................................................... 8 APPLICATION ...................................................................................................................... 8 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................. 8 3.1 General Definitions ......................................................................................................................... 8 3.2 Specific Terms, Definitions, Acronyms and Abbreviations ...................................................... 8 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................... 9 4.1 Company Responsibilities .............................................................................................................. 9 4.2 Contractor Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ 9 TAGGING PHILOSOPHY ....................................................................................................... 9 5.1 Tag Number Requirements ............................................................................................................ 9 5.1.0 Tag Numbers on Documentation .........................................................................................10 5.1.1 Tag Numbers on Equipment ..................................................................................................10 5.1.2 Tag Numbers on Asset Registers ..........................................................................................10 5.1.3 Deviations ..................................................................................................................................10 5.2 Tag Numbering Scope ..................................................................................................................11 TAG NUMBERING FORMAT ............................................................................................... 12 6.1 General Notes/Rules of Application..........................................................................................12 6.2 Tag Number Allocation ................................................................................................................12 6.3 Process Unit Number Application ..............................................................................................12 MAJOR EQUIPMENT NUMBERING .................................................................................... 13 7.1 Format .............................................................................................................................................13 7.1.0 Plant Code..................................................................................................................................13 7.1.1 Equipment Code .......................................................................................................................13 7.1.2 Process Unit...............................................................................................................................13 7.1.3 Sequence....................................................................................................................................13 7.1.4 Identical/Spare .........................................................................................................................13 7.1.5 Application Rules......................................................................................................................13 7.1.6 Examples ....................................................................................................................................14 PIPING LINES ..................................................................................................................... 15 8.1 Format .............................................................................................................................................15 8.1.0 Plant Code..................................................................................................................................15 8.1.1 Nominal Diameter....................................................................................................................15 8.1.2 Fluid Code ..................................................................................................................................15 8.1.3 Process Unit...............................................................................................................................15 8.1.4 Sequence....................................................................................................................................15 8.1.5 Piping Class ................................................................................................................................15 8.1.6 Insulation Code .........................................................................................................................15 8.1.7 Application Rules......................................................................................................................15

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

3 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

8.1.8 Examples ....................................................................................................................................15 9 MAJOR PIPELINES ............................................................................................................. 16 9.1.0 Format ........................................................................................................................................16 9.1.1 Plant Code..................................................................................................................................16 9.1.2 Actual line OD / Outside Diameter (in mm) .......................................................................16 9.1.3 Fluid Code ..................................................................................................................................16 9.1.4 Process Unit...............................................................................................................................16 9.1.5 Sequence....................................................................................................................................16 9.1.6 Wall Thickness ..........................................................................................................................16 9.1.7 Material Grade (Yield Strength) ............................................................................................16 9.1.8 Insulation Code .........................................................................................................................16 9.1.9 Examples ....................................................................................................................................16 10 INSTRUMENT DEVICE NUMBERING .................................................................................. 17 10.1 Format .............................................................................................................................................17 10.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................17 10.1.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................17 10.1.2 Measured Variable ..............................................................................................................17 10.1.3 Function Code ......................................................................................................................17 10.1.4 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................17 10.1.5 Suffix .......................................................................................................................................17 10.1.6 Application Rules .................................................................................................................17 10.1.7 Examples................................................................................................................................17 10.2 Loop Component Numbering .....................................................................................................18 11 TELECOMS/CCTV EQUIPMENT NUMBERING ..................................................................... 19 11.1 Format .............................................................................................................................................19 11.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................19 11.1.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................19 11.1.2 System....................................................................................................................................19 11.1.3 Function Code ......................................................................................................................19 11.1.4 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................19 11.1.5 Suffix .......................................................................................................................................19 11.1.6 Examples................................................................................................................................19 12 FIRE & GAS DEVICE NUMBERING ...................................................................................... 20 12.1 Format .............................................................................................................................................20 12.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................20 12.1.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................20 12.1.2 Fire Zone ................................................................................................................................20 12.1.3 Device code...........................................................................................................................20 12.1.4 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................20 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

4 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

12.1.5 Suffix .......................................................................................................................................20 12.1.6 Application rules ..................................................................................................................20 12.1.7 Examples................................................................................................................................20 13 INSTRUMENT/ELECTRICAL BUILDING/ROOM NUMBERING.............................................. 21 13.1 Primary Instrument/Electrical Building Format ......................................................................21 13.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................21 13.1.1 Type Code..............................................................................................................................21 13.1.2 Sequence number ...............................................................................................................21 13.1.3 Examples................................................................................................................................21 13.2 Instrument/Electrical Building/Room Numbering .................................................................21 13.2.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................21 13.2.1 Type Code..............................................................................................................................21 13.2.2 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................21 13.2.3 Examples................................................................................................................................21 14 CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT NUMBERING................................................................... 22 14.1 Cabinet Numbering Format .........................................................................................................22 14.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................22 14.1.1 Room ......................................................................................................................................22 14.1.2 Type Code..............................................................................................................................22 14.1.3 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................22 14.1.4 Examples................................................................................................................................22 15 JUNCTION BOXES .............................................................................................................. 23 15.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................23 15.1.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................23 15.1.2 Type Code..............................................................................................................................23 15.1.3 I.S. Code .................................................................................................................................23 15.1.4 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................23 15.1.5 Examples................................................................................................................................23 16 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION & CONTROL EQUIPMENT NUMBERING ................................. 24 16.1 Electrical Distribution & Control Equipment Numbering Format .......................................24 16.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................24 16.1.1 Equipment Code ..................................................................................................................24 16.1.2 Substation Number .............................................................................................................24 16.1.3 Voltage Code ........................................................................................................................24 16.1.4 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................24 16.1.5 Identical/spare .....................................................................................................................24 16.1.6 Application rules ..................................................................................................................24 17 ELECTRICAL ANCILIARIES................................................................................................... 25 17.1 Distribution Board Numbering Format .....................................................................................25 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

5 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

17.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................25 17.1.1 Equipment Code ..................................................................................................................25 17.1.2 Switchboard Number..........................................................................................................25 17.1.3 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................25 17.1.4 Application rules ..................................................................................................................25 17.1.5 Examples................................................................................................................................25 17.2 LV Anciliaries Numbering Format .............................................................................................25 17.2.0 Distribution Board ...............................................................................................................25 17.2.1 DB Way ..................................................................................................................................25 17.2.2 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................25 17.2.3 Type ........................................................................................................................................25 17.2.4 Examples................................................................................................................................26 18 CABLE NUMBERING FORMATS ......................................................................................... 27 18.1 Electrical Cable Numbering .........................................................................................................27 18.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................27 18.1.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................27 18.1.2 Sequence Number ...............................................................................................................27 18.1.3 Voltage Identifier .................................................................................................................27 18.1.4 Cable Service ........................................................................................................................27 18.1.5 Parallel Cable ........................................................................................................................27 18.1.6 Examples................................................................................................................................27 18.2 Single Phase Circuit-Small Power electrical distribution cables ..............................................28 18.2.0 Prefix ......................................................................................................................................28 18.2.1 Equipment Tag .....................................................................................................................28 18.2.2 Feeder Progressive number ..............................................................................................28 18.2.3 Examples................................................................................................................................28 18.3 Instrumentation Cable Numbering .............................................................................................28 18.3.0 From Tag ................................................................................................................................28 18.3.1 To Tag .....................................................................................................................................28 18.3.2 Examples................................................................................................................................28 18.4 Telecom Cable Numbering ..........................................................................................................28 19 CIVIL ASSET NUMERING .................................................................................................... 29 19.1 Civil Numbering Format ..............................................................................................................30 19.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................30 19.1.1 Equipment Code ..................................................................................................................30 19.1.2 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................30 19.1.3 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................30 19.1.4 Material Code .......................................................................................................................30 19.1.5 Examples................................................................................................................................30 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

6 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

20 VALVES.............................................................................................................................. 31 20.1 Valves Numbering Format ...........................................................................................................31 20.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................31 20.1.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................31 20.1.2 Valve Type .............................................................................................................................31 20.1.3 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................31 20.1.4 Examples................................................................................................................................31 20.2 Relief valve Numbering Format ..................................................................................................31 20.2.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................31 20.2.1 Process Unit ..........................................................................................................................31 20.2.2 Type Code..............................................................................................................................32 20.2.3 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................32 20.2.4 Optional Suffix ......................................................................................................................32 20.2.5 Examples................................................................................................................................32 21 AIR DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD NUMBERING FORMAT ..................................................... 33 21.1.0 Plant Code .............................................................................................................................33 21.1.1 Type Code..............................................................................................................................33 21.1.2 Sequence ...............................................................................................................................33 21.1.3 Examples................................................................................................................................33 21.1.4 Users .......................................................................................................................................33 22 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND LINKS................................................................................ 34 23 ANNEXURES ...................................................................................................................... 35

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

7 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

1

Rev: 05A

OBJECTIVE

The purpose of this document is to define the rules, formats and codes to be applied for the tag numbering of components for new assets in the Basrah Gas Company (BGC). It contains clear direction on the scope of which components shall be tagged. 2

APPLICATION

The formats contained within this specification are to be applied to new assets of the BGC project(s). This specification is also intended to form the basis for future projects or phases. 3

GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS

3.1 General Definitions The COMPANY is the party, which initiates the project and ultimately pays for its design and construction. The COMPANY will generally specify the technical requirements. The COMPANY may also include an agent or consultant authorised to act for, and on behalf of, the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR is the party, which carries out all or part of the design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning or management of a project, or operation or maintenance of a facility. The COMPANY may undertake all or part of the duties of the CONTRACTOR. The SUPPLIER is the party which manufactures or supplies equipment or services to perform the duties specified by the CONTRACTOR. The DEFINE phase of the project is the generation of the basic design and engineering information to enable the final investment decision. The EXECUTE phase is the detailed design, procurement and construction of the plant to the point of handover to Operations. The word “shall” is used to indicate that a provision is mandatory. The word “should” is used to indicate that a provision is not mandatory, but recommended as good practice. 3.2 Specific Terms, Definitions, Acronyms and Abbreviations Term / Acronym / Abbreviation BGC

Basrah Gas Company

CCR

Central Control Room

CCTV

Closed Circuit Television

DN

Diameter Nominal

GRE

Glass Reinforced Epoxy

HDPE

High Density Polyethylene

HVAC

Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning

ISBL

Inside Battery Limits

LOS

Line of Sight

MAC

Main Automation Contractor

OSBL

Outside Battery Limits

PAS

Production Automation System

P&ID

Piping and Instrumentation Diagram

PEFS

Process Engineering Flow scheme

SAP PM

SAP Plant Maintenance software

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

Explanation / Definition

8 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

4

SPI

Smartplant Instrumentation

SPIR

Spare Parts Interchangeability Records

UEFS

Utility Engineering Flow scheme

Rev: 05A

RESPONSIBILITIES

Unless otherwise authorized by BGC, the distribution of this document is confined to venture and project staff of BGC and authorized other parties. The intended audience are the staff of BGC and all authorised CONTRACTORS and SUPPLIERS working on the project. 4.1 Company Responsibilities COMPANY shall be responsible for the maintenance and approval of this specification and any future modifications. 4.2 Contractor Responsibilities CONTRACTORS shall be responsible for ensuring tag numbers are applied in accordance with this specification for their scope of the project, including equipment or services provided to them by a SUPPLIER. 5

TAGGING PHILOSOPHY

There is a need to uniquely identify ‘Equipment Items' during the various development phases of the Project, to enable effective management of equipment specific information within the project scope. As a general rule, all major equipment, components, sub-assemblies and parts that form part of the control and safety system, or that can be removed for maintenance, testing or calibration shall be tagged see also Tagging Philosophy document 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5680-00001. During the operations phase, the tag number will be used as the unique functional identifier for scheduling the maintenance and inspection activities, providing the ability to record equipment history and the means for unambiguously directing operational activities e.g. isolation instructions. Equipment Items falling into one or more of the following five categories shall be uniquely tagged based on the contents of this Specification: 

Operations: to identify specific equipment for isolation purposes (electrical and process) in relation to operational procedures.



Maintenance: the need to handle or perform maintenance activities on an equipment item or line that will require scheduling of maintenance, inspection and/or equipment history recording at that level of detail.



Certification: pressure regulation, hazardous area rated, mechanical handling safe working load, etc. requirements for specific equipment.



Safety: ‘Equipment Items’ that perform a safety function, e.g. pressure relief valves, over-pressure protection devices, and fire-fighting devices.



Spare Parts: ‘Equipment Items’ that require tag numbers to allow Spare Parts Interchange ability Records (E-SPIR) to be related to the item.

Tag numbers shall be applied based on the requirements of Asset Breakdown, DEP 01.00.09.10 – Operational Tagging Requirements. Tag numbers shall also comply with the definitions outlined in the mandatory DEP’s and, where possible, the preferred practices shown in the DEP 01.00.09.10 – Operational Tagging Requirements 5.1 Tag Number Requirements Tag numbers should fulfil the following requirements: 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

9 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

1.

The full tag number shall be unique to an Iraq South Gas Plant facility. This is critical for ‘Permit to Work’ systems and positive isolation.

2.

Tag numbers shall be compatible with Owner Operator systems (e.g. SAP PM, Control Systems). For example, compliance with string length restrictions and exclusion of special characters. (Control system = 16 max characters, SAP = 32 max + 8 predefined characters).

3.

Tag numbers shall not change during the field lifecycle and therefore should not include Area, Discipline or Organization. For example, it should not be necessary to re-tag due to change of location.

4.

The expected size of the plant and / or other plants within the same company shall be considered to ensure sufficient tag numbers are available.

5.

Tag numbers should not be used to define hierarchical structures. For instance, there shall be no parent / child relationship identified within the tag number for equipment & sub-equipment as this will be catered for by separate attributes within the data management systems.

6.

Tag numbers must be able to be applied consistently across CONTRACTOR and SUPPLIER scope.

7.

For the sake of representation of the tag numbers on Physical labels, Documentation, the common prefix, i.e. the plant code should be dropped from the tag numbers. A general note in each drawing should be given stating the prefixes that need to be added to all item numbers. For example, on P&ID’s a note would indicate "All tags on drawing prefixed by...”. Contractor shall follow the following strategy: a. b. c. d.

Front sheet: For the tag on the front sheet prefix the tag with the plant code For tags on other pages: Either prefix the tag or mention a general note stating the plant code PEFS and other drawings: General note stating the plant code to be prefixed Asset Register and data deliverables: Complete Tag-Number prefixed with plant code should be provided

8.

Tag number lengths will be as per the number of characters defined in this specification

9.

Tag numbers shall use English characters in uppercase and western numbers

10. Tag numbers should allow for Future scope or Capital Spares to be allocated a tag number 11. Letters ‘I’ and ‘O’ or ‘Q’ shall not be used as the initial letter in any of the tagging schemes (exception to this is Instrument codes ‘I’ & ‘Q’). 5.1.0 Tag Numbers on Documentation Tagged equipment items shall be identified on all project documentation with the Iraq South Gas tag number; either in full or in part, i.e. with or without the plant code prefix, as described in section 5.1, note 7 above. Supplier documentation may include the Supplier tag number as well as the Iraq South Gas tag number. The tag number shall apply for the life of the component and shall be used in all communication relevant to the component. 5.1.1 Tag Numbers on Equipment All tagged equipment shall be physically identified with the complete Iraq South Gas tag number either on the manufacturer’s identification plate or a wired-on label and shall follow the specifications mentioned in section 5.1, Note 7 Name plates on the front of equipment, cabinets, junction boxes, etc. shall omit the plant code, but it must appear on the manufacturer’s identification plate. 5.1.2 Tag Numbers on Asset Registers In the process of preparing the asset register for operation systems, complete tag numbers should be provided, i.e. tags prefixed with plant codes as per section 5.1 note7 5.1.3 Deviations Any deviations to the tagging requirements contained within this specification shall be approved by COMPANY prior to use. Exceptions will be considered on case to case basis and will require assessment of how the proposed deviation affects the project systems. 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

10 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

5.2 Tag Numbering Scope All ‘Equipment Items’ within the scope of the Iraq South Gas, including Supplier packages, skids and/or modules that have an interface with the main plant or another package, skid and/or module, shall be uniquely tagged using the Tag Numbering Specifications herein. This includes, but is not limited to: 

‘Items’ requiring regular maintenance or inspection



Safety Critical ‘Equipment’



Instrumentation and Control ‘Equipment’ that interface with the Production Automation System (PAS)



Electrical or instrumentation ‘Items’ with a hazardous area rating



‘Items’ required for Mechanical Completion, Pre-commissioning or Commissioning

Within Equipment packages, all items of equipment shall be given an Iraq South Gas Project tag number in line with the categories above, and these shall be confined generally to complete sub-components; tag numbers are required to support downstream construction, commissioning, operational and maintenance activities. Internal components (e.g. fuel injectors on a diesel engine) shall be excluded, as they are assumed to be referenced by manufacturer’s part number. However, other items of equipment, integral to a package, may fall into one of the above categories (e.g. a relief valve in a compressor skid) and will need to be assigned an Iraq South Gas Project tag number. Items to be tagged within Equipment packages include, but are not limited to: 

Pipelines



Piping



Junction Boxes



Cables



Electrical distribution boards and panels/cubicles



Electric motors



Actuators



Safety Critical Manual Valves



Instruments



Telecoms/Fire and Gas items



Vessels



Filters



Safety related devices



Safety Equipment and cubicles



Certified items



Pumps



Heaters



Gearboxes



Mechanical Handling devices



Maintainable items not included above



All termination / interface points

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

11 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

6

Rev: 05A

TAG NUMBERING FORMAT

The following sections define the tag numbering format by class of the component type. 6.1 General Notes/Rules of Application The following general notes/rules shall apply to the Iraq South Gas tag numbering: 1.

Sequence number shall run consecutively from ‘1’ for each ‘type’ of component within a ‘Process Unit’ and ‘Equipment/Device Type’, unless stated otherwise.

2.

Character Types shall be ‘N’ – numeric, ‘A’ – alpha, and ‘X’ – alpha or numeric, as identified in the relevant numbering scheme.

3.

Details relevant to each discipline structure are either contained in the referenced DEP’s or are provided in the Annexure of this document. This list is explicit and additional codes shall be approved by COMPANY prior to use. (Additional codes will be subsequently incorporated into this specification).

4.

Do not re-use tag numbers if, during DEFINE, EXECUTE or OPERATION, the item has been deleted.

6.2 Tag Number Allocation The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for applying a unique tag number to equipment supplied as part of their scope. They shall ensure there is no duplication of tag numbers across the project during all design phases. 6.3 Process Unit Number Application The Process unit code is related to the function an equipment forms part of, it is not a geographical code related to the location. Annexure 2 lists the Process Unit codes approved for use on the project. New codes created during project development shall be approved by COMPANY prior to use. Process trains shall be identified by the third character of the Process Unit code, for example: Process Unit code 11000 Process Unit code 11100 Process Unit code 11200

Acid Gas Removal - Common Acid Gas Removal - Train 1 Acid Gas Removal - Train 2

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

12 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

7

MAJOR EQUIPMENT NUMBERING

All major equipment items shall be numbered in accordance with the format shown in the section below. (This is based on DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]). Refer to Annexure 3 for details of equipment covered by this scheme. 7.1 Format PLANT CODE ANNN

EQUIPMENT CODE

-

AA

-

-

PROCESS UNIT NNN

SEQUENCE NN

IDENTICAL/ SPARE A

7.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 7.1.1 Equipment Code The equipment code is a one or two letter code identifying the equipment function where the first letter indicates the equipment type and the second letter indicates a supporting function. Refer to Annexure 3 for Equipment Codes. 7.1.2 Process Unit The Process Unit code defines the process unit that the equipment forms part of within the plant. This is a nondiscipline specific code that identifies the process (e.g. Closed Drains) or control system (e.g. Fire & Gas Detection) of the component. It shall be the first three digits of the code. Refer to Annexure 2 for Process unit codes. 7.1.3 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘01’ for each ‘Equipment type’ within a ‘Process Unit’. 7.1.4 Identical/Spare The identical/spare suffix is a one letter code, e.g. ‘A, B, C’, etc. that is used to denote either identical equipment items that are used for the same purpose or to denote a single warehouse spare, ‘S’. If a Tag uses suffix for IDENTICAL item then the same tag number cannot be used without the suffix. E.g. if pump tags N004-P-10101A and N004-P-10101B are in use then there cannot be another pump with Tag number N004-P-10101. However, in case of SPARE item both situations are possible e.g. pump N004-P-10102 can have a spare pump named N004-P10102S. Also, N004-P-10103A and N004-P-10103B can have a spare pump named N004-P-10103S but in that case pump N004-P-10103 cannot exist. It is also possible that the parallel Tags are numbered sequentially e.g. N004-E33101/N004-E-33102. The spare for these Tags shall be N004-E-33101S. 7.1.5

Application Rules



Firefighting equipment cabinets/stations shall be given a unique tag number. Individual extinguishers shall not be tagged.



All fixed mechanical handling systems (e.g. runway beams, pad-eyes, etc.) shall be given a tag number.



Moveable mechanical handling equipment that is permanently located on a specific facility, such as fork lift trucks, trolleys, load slings, etc., shall be assigned a tag number.



Lifting equipment items that are to be purchased by Operations to be used on a temporary basis on any facility are outside the scope of this philosophy. However, such items shall have a unique identifier that can be recorded in the facility lifting equipment register.



First digit of sequence number should be used to distinguish identical major equipment in parallel Strings in a process unit. Tag format for Major equipment does not have a separate String ID field hence the first digit of sequence number can be used instead to identify identical equipment across two or more strings inside a process unit. String concept allows for replication as well as identification of identical equipment in multiple strings inside a process unit e.g. 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001 13 of 43 .

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A



In Train 1, NGL extraction string 1 the compressor can be tagged as: N004-K-14110



In Train 1, NGL extraction string 2 the compressor can be tagged as: N004-K-14120



If there are more than two strings then in String 3 it can be tagged as: N004-K-14130

7.1.6 Examples The following are examples of equipment tag numbers (as shown on a PEFS): N004-V-47001 N004-P-47001A N001-P-47001B N001-PM-47001B

Instrument Air, Water separation, vessel 01 Instrument Air, Water separation, Pump 01A Instrument Air, Water separation, Pump 01B (identical to pump 01A) Instrument Air, Water separation, Pump 01B Electric Motor

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

14 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

8

PIPING LINES

All piping shall be numbered in accordance with the format shown in the section below. (This is based on DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]) 8.1 Format PLANT CODE ANNN

-

NOMINAL DIAMETER NNNN

FLUID CODE -

A

PROCESS UNIT NNN

SEQUENCE

-

NNN

-

PIPING CLASS NNNNN

-

INSULATIO N CODE NAA

8.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 8.1.1 Nominal Diameter The nominal pipe bore diameter (DN) in metric units. The range of allowable pipe diameters shall be as specified in DEP 31.38.01.11 [Ref. 5]. 8.1.2 Fluid Code The fluid code shall be as specified in DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]. 8.1.3 Process Unit The Process Unit code defines the process that the instrument forms part of within the plant. This is a nondiscipline specific code that identifies the process (e.g. Closed Drains) of the component. It shall be the first three digits of the code, Refer to Annexure 2 for Process unit codes. 8.1.4 Sequence The sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each ‘Piping Line’ within a ‘Process Unit’. The sequence number shall not revert to ‘001’ for a different line nominal diameter or fluid type. 8.1.5 Piping Class The piping class code shall be as specified in DEP 31.38.01.15 [Ref. 6]. The generation of project specific Piping Class codes shall be avoided unless deemed necessary and shall be approved by COMPANY prior to use. 8.1.6 Insulation Code The insulation code shall be a two or three character code as specified in DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]. 8.1.7

Application Rules

Identical pipes in trains of a common process shall have the same line number with the exception of the process unit codes, see section 6.3. 8.1.8 Examples The following are example of line numbers: N004-100-W580983-33012-NN Fire Water line, 100DN, 300#, Class 33012 pipe, No insulation N004-300-P130832-91011-NN Process line in TEG Dehydration, 300DN, 900#, Class 91011 pipe, No insulation

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

15 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

9

MAJOR PIPELINES

Application of this format shall be for pipelines that fall outside the scope of plant and facility piping and associated piping classes e.g. transmission pipelines. Pipelines shall be numbered in accordance with the format shown in the section below. (This is based on DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]) 9.1.0

Format

PLANT CODE ANNN

OUTSIDE DIAMETER -

NNNN

-

FLUID CODE

PROCESS UNIT

SEQUENCE

A

NNN

NNN

WALL THICKNESS -

NN

-

MATERIAL GRADE

-

INSULATION CODE

ANN

-

NAA

9.1.1 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 02A 9.1.2 Actual line OD / Outside Diameter (in mm) The Actual Line OD is the measured pipe outer diameter in accordance with ISO 3183 (DEP 31.10.03.10). 9.1.3 Fluid Code The fluid code shall be as specified in DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]. 9.1.4 Process Unit The Process Unit code (U27000 for Pipelines) defines the process that the tagged item forms part of within the plant. This is a non-discipline specific code that identifies the process (e.g. Closed Drains) of the component. It shall be the first three digits of the code, Refer to Annexure 2 for Process unit codes. 9.1.5 Sequence The sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each ‘Line’ within a ‘Process Unit’ irrespective of service or size. 9.1.6 Wall Thickness The Wall Thickness is the specified wall thickness of the pipe. 9.1.7 Material Grade (Yield Strength) Material Grade is used to specify the chemical makeup of the pipelines (DEP 31.10.03.10). Note: In case Material grade is not known / available for existing pipelines, ‘XXX’ depicting unknown material grade shall be used.

9.1.8 Insulation Code The insulation code shall be a two or three character code as specified in DEP 31.10.03.10 [Ref. 3]. 9.1.9 Examples The following are example of line numbers: PL01-273-P800001-25-X65-NN

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

16 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

10

INSTRUMENT DEVICE NUMBERING

All instrumentation that appears on PEFS/UEFS shall be numbered in accordance with DEP 32.10.03.10 [Ref. 7] based on ISA.S5.1 and S5.3 [Ref.10] standard. The tag number format shall be as shown in the section below 10.1 Format PLANT CODE ANNN

PROCESS UNIT -

NNN

MEASURED VARIABLE A

FUNCTION CODE AAAA

-

SEQUENCE

SUFFIX

-

NNN

A

10.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 10.1.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code defines the process that the instrument forms part of within the plant. This is a nondiscipline specific code that identifies the process (e.g. Closed Drains) of the component. It shall be the first three digits of the code. Refer to Annexure 2 for Process unit codes. 10.1.2 Measured Variable The measure variable is a one letter code that identifies the process condition, property measured or initiating variable as shown in Table 6 of Standard Drawings S 37.000-003 and S 37.000-004 10.1.3 Function Code The function code shall indicate the function in the loop. It can consist of up to 4 characters. The function codes are shown in Table 6 of Standard Drawings S 37.000-003 and S 37.000-004. 10.1.4 Sequence Sequence numbers shall be unique in each group of instruments having the same ‘Process Unit’ and ‘Measured Variable’. Numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’. 10.1.5 Suffix The suffix shall only be used where two or more devices are required to cover the measured range and form part of the same loop. 10.1.6

Application Rules



The ‘Plant Code’ shall not be displayed on control system graphics for all equipment/instruments located inside the project battery limits.



Tag numbers may be shortened to meet control system software requirements, by removing dashes for example. Please refer to MAC taxonomy for more details(1000-YOKM-G000-GE00-G00000-IN-550700001)



Instruments on identical process trains shall have the same tag number with the exception of the process unit code.



For safety functions, the first letter in the function code shall be 'Z', for example, shutdown level transmitter 550LZT-001.



The loop number utilises the measured variable letter without the function code and suffix, e.g. Level loop 550L-001



All local gauges shall be tagged with the function code ‘G’, for example PG, LG, TG, etc.

10.1.7 Examples The following are examples of instrument tag numbers as they should appear on PEFS/UEFS drawings:3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

17 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

For measurement/control instruments: N004-440FT-001 Hot Oil flow transmitter, 001 For safety related instrumentation: N004-440PZT-021 Hot oil pressure transmitter, 021 For gauges, orifice plates, etc.: N004-440PG-019 Hot Oil pressure gauge, 019 N004-440RO-016 Hot Oil restriction orifice, 016 For multiple trains of the Acid Gas Removal process, instruments will have identical sequence numbers to ensure simple replication in design and operations, for example: N004-111PT-003 Acid Gas Removal train 1, pressure transmitter 003 N004-112PT-003 Acid Gas Removal train 2, pressure transmitter 003 10.2 Loop Component Numbering A typical loop, for example N001-111P-003, may consist of the following components; N001-111PT-003 N001-111PI-003 N001-111PAH-003

Pressure transmitter (in the field) Indicator (in control system) High level alarm (in control system)

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

18 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

11

TELECOMS/CCTV EQUIPMENT NUMBERING

All Telecoms/CCTV equipment shall be numbered in accordance with the format shown in the section below. 11.1 Format PLANT CODE ANNN

-

PROCESS UNIT

-

SYSTEM

NN

-

A

FUNCTION CODE AA

-

SEQUENCE

SUFFIX

-

NNN

A

11.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 11.1.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code consists of the first two characters of the Process Unit number. The Process unit numbers for Telecoms, 86000, and CCTV, 89000, are common across the project. 11.1.2 System The System code identifies the Telecoms/CCTV system that the equipment is associated with. Refer to Annexure 4, Table 4.1 for system codes for telecom tags 11.1.3 Function Code The function code identifies the equipment function. Refer to Annexure 4, Table 4.2 for function codes to be used 11.1.4 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each System and equipment type. 11.1.5 Suffix The suffix shall only be used to identify redundant systems, for example the Public Address/General Alarm system that has an ‘A’ and a ‘B’ system for plant integrity. 11.1.6 Examples The following are examples of Telecoms/CCTV tag numbers: N004-86-PLX-101A N004-86-PLX-101B N004-89-CCX-217

PA/GA system, Loudspeaker 101, redundancy ‘A’ PA/GA system, Loudspeaker 101, redundancy ‘B’ CCTV system, PTZ - external 217

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

19 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

12

FIRE & GAS DEVICE NUMBERING

All Fire & Gas devices shall be numbered using the format as shown in the section below. 12.1 Format PLANT CODE ANNN

-

PROCESS UNIT

FIRE ZONE

-

70

NN

-

DEVICE CODE AAAA

SEQUENCE

SUFFIX

NNN

A

12.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 12.1.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code consists of the first two characters of the Process Unit number specific to Fire & Gas, 70000, which is common across the project. 12.1.2 Fire Zone The plant shall be divided into a number of discrete Fire Zones that relate to the management of shutdown/blow down based on clear detection of fire or gas leakage. 12.1.3 Device code The device code shall indicate the function of the component. Refer to Annexure 5, Table 5.1 for device codes 12.1.4 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each ‘Device’ type within a ‘Fire Zone’. 12.1.5 Suffix The suffix shall only be used to handle voting, where multiple devices are required at a single point, such as 3 voting gas detectors in an HVAC duct. The detectors shall be tagged with the same sequence number but with ‘A, B, C’ suffixes. Line of Sight transmitter/receiver detectors forming a pair shall have the same tag number with the suffix ‘T’ or ‘R’ respectively. 12.1.6 Application rules Assets shall be divided into a number of discrete Fire Zones that relate to hazards, containment and the management of shutdown and blow down actions. A Fire Zone may be further divided into discreet areas such that a clear and unambiguous source of fire and/or gas alarm is displayed to the operator at the CCR. These areas shall be referred to as Protection/ Detection Zones. These are defined as a sub-set of the installation plant that is unique for the purpose of design and operation relative to fire protection and fire and gas detection (although specific elements of the plant control for emergency response may be common across many fire zones). 12.1.7 Examples The following are examples of Fire & Gas device tag numbers (as these should appear in the documents) N004-7014-GD-001 Fire Zone 14, Gas Detector 001 N004-7032-GDT-001T Fire Zone 32, LOS Gas Detector Transmitter 001 N004-7032-GDR-001R Fire Zone 32, LOS Gas Detector Receiver 001

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

20 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

13

Rev: 05A

INSTRUMENT/ELECTRICAL BUILDING/ROOM NUMBERING

The schemes shown in this section take precedence over the Major Equipment numbering format (Section 7) for buildings/rooms specifically related to Instruments and Electrical use. Electrical buildings shall be identified using the schemes below, in accordance with DEP 33.64.10.10 [Ref. 8]. 13.1 Primary Instrument/Electrical Building Format PLANT CODE ANNN

-

TYPE CODE AAA

SEQUENCE NN

13.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 13.1.1 Type Code The ‘TYPE CODE’ describes the primary building type. PSS – Power Station Switchboard CCB – Central Control Building

13.1.2 Sequence number Sequence number shall run consecutively from ‘01’ for each new supply TYPE to the plant 13.1.3 Examples The following are examples of primary building tag numbers: N004-PSS01 Main Electrical Intake Station 1 N004-CCB01 Central Control Building 1 13.2 Instrument/Electrical Building/Room Numbering All instrument/electrical secondary buildings and rooms will be numbered in accordance with the scheme shown below: PLANT TYPE CODE SEQUENCE CODE ANNN AAA NN 13.2.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 13.2.1 Type Code The ‘TYPE CODE’ identifies the main function of the room. Refer to Annexure 7 for building/room codes. 13.2.2 Sequence Sequence number shall run consecutively from ‘01’ upwards. Any sequence number once used shall not be used again for other type codes. 13.2.3 Examples The following are examples of secondary building or room numbers: N004-SS01 Substation 1 N004-FAR02 Field auxiliary room 2

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

21 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

14

CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT NUMBERING

All control system equipment/cables shall be numbered in accordance with the format shown in the section below. 14.1 Cabinet Numbering Format Control system cabinets shall be numbered in accordance with the scheme shown below: PLANT CODE ANNN

-

ROOM

-

TYPE CODE

-

SEQUENCE

NN

-

AAAA

-

NNN

14.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 02A 14.1.1 Room The room code is based on the location of the cabinet. It consists of the ‘Sequence’ number section of the room number, as defined in Section 13 14.1.2 Type Code The ‘TYPE CODE’ identifies the main function of the cabinet. Refer to Annexure 8 for Control System Cabinet Type Codes. 14.1.3 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each ‘Cabinet Type’ within a room. 14.1.4 Examples The following are examples of cabinet tag numbers: N004-01-DCS-001 Distributed Control System cabinet 001, located in room FAR-01 N004-02-FGS-002 Fire & Gas System cabinet 002, located in room FAR-02

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

22 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

15

JUNCTION BOXES

Control system junction boxes shall be numbered in accordance with the scheme shown below:

Plant Code ANNN

-

Process Unit

-

Type Code

I.S. Code

-

Sequence

NNN

-

AAAA

A

-

NNN

15.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 15.1.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code is the first three characters of the process unit relevant to the devices that are connected to the box. Refer to Annexure 2 for process unit codes to be used in the project 15.1.2 Type Code ‘TYPE CODE’ identifies the main function of the Junction Box. Refer to Annexure 6 for Junction Box Type Codes.

15.1.3 I.S. Code I.S. Code “I” is added if it is intrinsically safe. 15.1.4 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each ‘Junction box type’ within a ‘Process Unit’. 15.1.5 Examples The following are examples of Junction box tag numbers: N004-130-JBFI-001 intrinsically safe field bus junction box N004-140-JBF-003 Field bus Junction box

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

23 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

16 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION & CONTROL EQUIPMENT NUMBERING All electrical distribution & control equipment shall be numbered in accordance with DEP 33.64.10.10 [Ref. 8] using the format shown below. (Electrical machines are numbered using the format shown in Section 7). 16.1 Electrical Distribution & Control Equipment Numbering Format PLANT CODE ANNN

EQUIPMENT CODE

-

AA

-

SUBSTATION NUMBER

VOLTAGE CODE

SEQUENCE NUMBER

IDENTICAL OR SPARE

NN

A

NNN

A

16.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 16.1.1 Equipment Code The equipment code is a two letter code identifying the electrical equipment type and shall be as specified in DEP 33.64.10.10 [Ref. 8]. 16.1.2 Substation Number This is the sequence number of the substation that supplies the switchboard. Refer to Section 13.2 for substation numbering. 16.1.3 Voltage Code The voltage code is a single letter identifying the nominal voltage of the equipment and shall be as specified in DEP 33.64.10.10 [Ref. 8]. Exception is transformer which has two letters for Voltage Codes. 16.1.4 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each switchboard supplied from the same substation. 16.1.5 Identical/spare The identical/spare suffix is a one letter code, e.g. ‘A, B, C’, etc. that is used to denote identical equipment items that are used for the same purpose, or ‘S’ to denote a warehouse spare. 16.1.6

Application rules



Electrical machines shall be identified as stated in Major Equipment Numbering, Section 7.



Switchboards shall be based on the substation number, for example the first 6.6kV switchboard in substation SS-01 would be identified as N004-SB-01D001.



Identical plant items that perform the same function shall have the same number with a different letter suffix, e.g. N004-SB-03E001A and N004-SB-03E001B.

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

24 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

17

ELECTRICAL ANCILIARIES

17.1 Distribution Board Numbering Format All electrical distribution boards shall be numbered in accordance with the scheme shown below: EQUIPMENT CODE

PLANT CODE ANNN

-

AA

SWITCHBOARD NUMBER NNANNN A

-

SEQUENCE

-

NN

17.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 17.1.1 Equipment Code The equipment code for Distribution Boards is a two letter code, ‘DB’ and replaces the supplying switchboards code ‘SB’. 17.1.2 Switchboard Number This is the supplying Switchboard’s number, including the substation, voltage code, sequence and identical code, less the Plant code and ‘SB’ prefix. 17.1.3 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘01’ for each distribution board supplied from the same switchboard. 17.1.4 Application rules Note: for the purpose of this document a switchboard (SB) is a Medium Voltage or main Low Voltage board and a distribution board (DB) is a LV board below 400A rating. 17.1.5 Examples The following are examples of distribution board tag numbers: N004-DB03E001A-01 400v AC Distribution board 01, supplied from switchboard N004-SB-03E001A N004-DB01E001-02 400v AC Distribution board 02, supplied from switchboard N004-SB-01E001 17.2 LV Ancillaries Numbering Format All lighting, heating, socket outlets, etc. shall be numbered in accordance with the scheme shown below: DISTRIBUTION BOARD ANNN-AANNANNN A – N N

-

DB WAY NA

-

SEQUENCE NN

TYPE A

17.2.0 Distribution Board The number of the Distribution Board feeding the circuit forms the basis for the numbering of supplied components. 17.2.1 DB Way This is number of the circuit in the distribution board that the component is connected to, for example ‘1R’. 17.2.2 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘01’ for each distribution board supplied from the same switchboard. 17.2.3 Type The type code is a single letter identifying the electrical component, as below: L Light fitting 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

25 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

S T W

Rev: 05A

Socket outlet Trace Heating Welding socket

Contractor shall update the list in case required with additional type codes. 17.2.4 Examples The following are examples of electrical ancillary tag numbers: N004-DB02E001A-01-1R-01L Light 01, supplied from distribution board DB02E001-01 circuit 1R N004-DB02E001A-01-1R-02L Light 02, supplied from distribution board DB02E001-01 circuit 1R N004-DB01E001A-01-1Y-01S Socket 01, supplied from distribution board DB01E001-01 circuit 1Y N004-DB03E001-02-1R-04T Trace heating tape 04, supplied from distribution board DB02E001-02 Circuit 1R

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

26 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

18 CABLE NUMBERING FORMATS All electrical/instrumentation and telecommunication cables shall be numbered in accordance with the formats shown in this section 18.1 Electrical Cable Numbering All Electrical cables shall be numbered in accordance with the following numbering format per DEP 33.64.10.10 [Ref. 8]. Mandatory

Mandatory

Mandatory

Mandatory

Mandatory

Optional

Plant Code

Process Unit

Sequence No

Voltage Identifier

Cable Service

Parallel Cable

ANNN

-

NNN

-

NNNN

-

A

-

A

-

N

18.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 18.1.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code is the first three characters of the process unit relevant to the devices that are connected to the box. Refer to Annexure 2 for process unit codes to be used in the project 18.1.2 Sequence Number The sequence number for the cables is of 4 digits and shall follow the following strategy: LV Cables : 1000-7000 MV Cables : 7001-9000 HV Cables : 9001-9999 18.1.3 Voltage Identifier The voltage code is a single letter identifying the nominal voltage of the equipment and shall be as specified in DEP 33.64.10.10 [Ref. 8]. Refer to Annexure 11 Table 11.2 for voltage code to be used in the project 18.1.4 Cable Service Cable service is a one letter alphabet which shall be selected from the following codes: P – Power L – Lighting C – Control H – Heating S – Three Phase Small Power T – Trace Heating 18.1.5 Parallel Cable Parallel Cable exists only for single core cables and should take value as 1/2/3. It should be omitted if there are no parallel cables. 18.1.6

Examples

Two single core/multi core feeder cables in parallel N003-140-1001-D-P-1 N003-160-1021-D-P-2 N003-180-1148-D-P

Phase 1, One Single Core Feeder Cable in Parallel Single Core Parallel Cable for Heater Multicore Feeder Cable

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

27 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

18.2 Single Phase Circuit-Small Power electrical distribution cables Mandatory

Mandatory

Prefix (Constant) C-

Equipment Tag ANNN-AA-NNNNN

Mandatory

-

Feeder Number NN

18.2.0 Prefix All small power cables shall be prefixed with a constant ‘C-‘ 18.2.1 Equipment Tag Equipment tag represents the tag number of Small Power Electrical Distribution Board. This tag number is derived from Major Equipment numbering (Section 7). Function Code used for Small Power Electrical Distribution board is EK. E.g. N003-EK-83001 18.2.2 Feeder Progressive number Feeder Progressive number is taken from Distribution panel. It is a 2 digit number starting 01. 18.2.3 Examples C-N003-EN-83001-01

Cable from the feeder circuit 01 of the distribution panel N003-EN-83001

18.3 Instrumentation Cable Numbering Control system cables shall be numbered based on the tag numbers of the to/from equipment. Cables originating from equipment that may have more than one cable terminated shall have an additional letter suffix, starting from ‘A’. From Tag

/

To Tag

18.3.0 From Tag Tag Number of the equipment/Instrument from which cable is originated. 18.3.1 To Tag Tag number of the equipment/Instrument at which cable is terminated. 18.3.2 Examples The following are examples of cable numbers: N003-130FT-001/N003-130-JBFI-003 Field cable from Flow transmitter, 130FT-001, to Field bus junction box, 130-JBFI-003 N003-130-JBFI-003A/N003-01-DCS-001 Cable A from Junction box 130-JBFI-003 to DCS cabinet 01-DCS-001 N001-130-JBFI-003B/N001-01-DCS-001 Cable B from Junction box 130-JBFI-003 to DCS cabinet 01-DCS-001 18.4 Telecom Cable Numbering Mandatory

-

Source Equipment Tag

-

ANNN-NN-AAA-NNNA

Equipment Tag

-

Mandatory Telecom Equipment Room/Origin Location AAA

-

-

Mandatory

Mandatory

Cable Type

Sequence Number

A

NNN

-

Mandatory Suffix

-

T

Complete Equipment Tag number as per Section 11 Telecom / CCTV Equipment Numbering

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

-

28 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Telecom Equipment Room / Origin Location

Rev: 05A

CCR – Central Control Room; is the main control room in a process plant. There may be up to 5 CCR max in 1 location or site. CER – Central Equipment Room; is the subsidiary or secondary control room in a process plant usually feeding from the CCR. In 1 location/site max 10 MER – Main Equipment Room – same as CER above different name. In 1 location/site max 10 TER – Telecom Equipment Room – this is the Primary Telecom Equipment in a facility. House telecom equipment that services or serve as hub for other location/buildings in the facility/site. There can be up to 10 TER max in 1 location or site. DTR - Data Telecom Room - mainly contains everything that is for data communication; server, network routers, switches, gateways, instruments etc. There can be up to 10 TER max in 1 location or site. MDF - Main Distribution Frame; is primarily a hub for cable distribution (SOC) in a building/block and serves as TER for non-process plant, sometimes the size is just the difference. There may up to 20 MDF in 1 location or site depending on number of buildings. IDF – Intermediate Distribution Frame, a subsidiary of the MDF. There may be up to 50 IDF in 1 location or site depending on number of buildings. MIS – Miscellaneous; any other location housing telecom/data/cable equipment that none of the above mentioned. B = Coaxial Cable C = Copper Cable / Earth Cable M = Multicore Cable

Cable Type Code

F = Fiber Optic Cable I = Intrinsically Safe Cable P = Power Cable

Sequence Number

Z = Composite Cable 001,002,003 etc.

Suffix

T will remain constant indicating that it’s a Telecommunication Cable

Examples:1) A Normal Copper Cable leaving Telecom Equipment Room and going into the office. e.g. N003-86-PJB-004A-TER-C009-T 2) A Fibre Cable that is coming from TER to DTR. e.g. E002-86-DRT-012A-TER-F019-T 3) Composite Cable from IDF to Camera. e.g. N003-89-CJB-005A-IDF-Z007-T 4) Multicore Cable MDF to TER. e.g. N003-89-CJB-002B-MDF-M001-T 5) A Copper Cable coming from Patch Panel in TER and going to a socket outlet in the office.

e.g. N003-86-DPP-008B-TER-C004-T 19

CIVIL ASSET NUMERING

All civil assets that must be managed and maintained in accordance with the Plant Operations and Maintenance Philosophy shall be identified with a project tag number. 3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

29 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

19.1 Civil Numbering Format PLANT CODE ANNN

EQUIPMENT CODE

-

AA

-

-

PROCESS UNIT 960

-

SEQUENCE

-

NNN

MATERIAL CODE A

19.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 19.1.1 Equipment Code The civil equipment code is a two letter code identifying the primary function of the equipment. Refer to Annexure 9 for civil asset codes. 19.1.2 Process Unit The Process Unit code consists of the first three characters of the Process Unit number. The Process unit number for Civil, 96000, is common across the project. 19.1.3 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each ‘Equipment type’ within a ‘Process Unit’. 19.1.4 Material Code The structural material of construction shall be either: S - Structural Steel C - Reinforced Concrete E - Earthen G - Non-metallic structural material (e.g. GRE, HDPE, rubber) M - Mixtures of any or all of the above or not covered by any of the above. Contractor shall add additional material codes as and when required after seeking approval from the company. 19.1.5 Examples The following are examples of tag numbers for civil assets:N001-UL-960-023C Jetty 023 N001- UG-960-244S Cooling water Tower basin, 244

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

30 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

20 VALVES Valves not identified within the Instrument tagging system shall be numbered as shown in the section below. This shall apply to all valves e.g. 

non-return valves



manual valves



specialty Valves

20.1 Valves Numbering Format PLANT CODE ANNN

PROCESS UNIT NNN

-

VALVE TYPE AAA

-

SEQUENCE NNN

20.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 20.1.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code defines the process that the valve forms part of within the plant. This is a non-discipline specific code that identifies the process (e.g. TEG Dehydration) of the component. It shall be the initial three digits of the code, Refer to Annexure 2 for Process unit Codes 20.1.2 Valve Type The valve type shall consist of up to 3 characters and shall be: MV Manual valve NRV Non-return valve SPC Specialty valve 20.1.3 Sequence Sequence numbers shall be unique in each type of valve having the same ‘Process Unit’. Numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’. 20.1.4 Examples The following are examples of tag numbers for manual/non-return valves:N001-130MV-021 TEG Dehydration, Manual valve 021 N001-580NRV-015 Fire Water, Non-return valve 015

20.2 Relief valve Numbering Format PLANT CODE ANNN

-

PROCESS UNIT

TYPE CODE

-

SEQUENCE

NNN

AAA

-

NNN

OPTIONAL SUFFIX A

20.2.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 20.2.1 Process Unit The Process Unit code defines the process that the valve forms part of within the plant. This is a non-discipline specific code that identifies the process (e.g. TEG Dehydration) of the component. It shall be the initial three digits of the code, Refer to Annexure 2 for Process unit Codes

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

31 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

20.2.2 Type Code The type code shall consist of up to 3 characters and shall be: PRV – Pressure Relief valve TRV – Thermal Relief valve BD – Bursting Disc PVV – Breather valve (Also known as Pressure vacuum valve) VB – Vacuum Valve (Also known as Vacuum Breaker) 20.2.3 Sequence Sequence numbers shall be unique in each type of valve having the same ‘Process Unit’. Numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’. 20.2.4 Optional Suffix Optional Suffix is required when multiple identical relief valves are used in parallel

20.2.5 Examples The following are examples of tag numbers for Pressure relief valves:N001-130PRV-001 TEG Dehydration, Pressure relief valve 001

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

32 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

21

AIR DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD NUMBERING FORMAT

Instrument air distribution manifolds shall be numbered in accordance with the scheme shown below: PLANT CODE ANNN

-

TYPE CODE ADM

-

SEQUENCE NNN

21.1.0 Plant Code Refer section 5.1 Note 7 and BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document Number 0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000JA-6180-00001 21.1.1 Type Code The ‘TYPE CODE’ shall be ‘ADM’ for ‘Air Distribution Manifold’ and shall be consistent across the complete project. 21.1.2 Sequence Sequence numbers shall run consecutively from ‘001’ for each Plant. 21.1.3 Examples The following is an example of an air distribution manifold tag number: ADM-001 Air Distribution Manifold 001 21.1.4 Users Each take-off valve on a manifold shall be identified with a label, secured to the connected tube, stating the tag number of the air user.

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

33 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

22 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND LINKS Unless specifically designated by date, the latest edition of each publication shall be used, together with any amendments/supplements/revisions. Ref.

Document Number / Link

(1)

Shell DEP 01.00.02.11 (DEM1)

Preparation of Process Flow Schemes & Process Engineering Flow Schemes

(2)

Shell DEP 01.00.09.10

Asset Breakdown, Tagging and Information, Operational Tagging requirements

(3)

Shell DEP 31.10.03.10

Symbols and Identification System - Mechanical

(4)

Shell DEP 31.38.01.10 (DEM1)

Piping Class – Basis of Design

(5)

Shell DEP 31.38.01.11 (DEM1)

Piping – General Requirements

(6)

Shell DEP 31.38.01.15 (DEM1)

Piping Classes – Exploration and Production

(7)

Shell DEP 32.10.03.10 (DEM1)

Instrumentation Symbols and Identification on Process Engineering Flow Schemes

(8)

Shell DEP 33.64.10.10 (DEM1)

Electrical Engineering Design

(9)

Shell DEP 82.00.10.30 (DEM1)

Engineering Information Specification (EIS)

(10)

ANSI/ISA-5.1

Instrumentation Symbols and Identification

(11)

S 37.000-010

PEFS legend for instrument symbols and identification based on ISA

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

Title / Description

34 of 43

Rev: 05A

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

23

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE 1 – PLANT CODES Refer BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document (0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-6180-00001) ANNEXURE 2 – PROCESS UNIT CODES Refer BGC Plant Breakdown Structure Document (0000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-6180-00001) ANNEXURE 3 – MAJOR EQUIPMENT CODES The following table lists the codes that shall be used for the tag numbering of major equipment. Letter A B C

D E

F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T

Equipment type Packaged units and miscellaneous equipment, e.g. extruders, crushers, cutters, kneaders, crystallizers, pelletizes Buildings, rooms, enclosures, containers (see note 3) Columns: tray columns packed columns rotating disc contactors Drying equipment Unfired heat transfer equipment: heat exchangers condensers air-cooled heat exchangers re-boilers Fired equipment, furnaces, heaters, steam boilers, flare tip Generator Heaters; electrical See Note 2 Jets (ejectors, injectors and eductors), steam de-superheaters, attemporators Compressors, blowers, fans, turbo expanders Pig Launchers/Receivers Mixers, stirrers, mixing nozzles, blenders, agitators, piping manifolds Not assigned See Note 2 Pumps (centrifugal, reciprocating, rotary) See Note 2 Reactors Gravity and mechanical separators, e.g. thickeners, cyclones, expellers, centrifuges, filters, dust collectors, sieves, hydro cyclones Atmospheric storage tanks, interceptors, neutralizing pits

Chamber

Diesel engine, Damper

Fan Gearbox Hydraulic motor

Electric motor Natural gas engine

Shell, Fan Silencer Turbine (steam or gas), Tube

U V W X Y Z

Civil assets Vessels, incl. pressure storage vessels, silos and hoppers Weighing equipment, wellheads Stationary transport equipment, material handling equipment, cranes, hoists Not assigned Bulk loading arms, Offloading buoys NOTES:

1.

Where a choice has to be made between two or more letters, the most important function of the equipment shall prevail. If, for example, a jet is used for mixing purposes, M is preferred to J. The letters I, O and Q shall not be used for the initial letter of an equipment code to avoid confusion with the numbers 1 and 0. Instrument/Electrical specific buildings or rooms shall be numbered as shown in Section 10 of this specification. Function code ‘SP’ shall be used for all Special piping items.

2. 3. 4.

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

Supporting function Aerial, Air Motor

35 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

ANNEXURE 4 – TELECOMMUNICATION CODES TABLE 4.1 – SYSTEM CODES

The following table lists the system codes that shall be applied to Telecoms/CCTV equipment presently approved for use on the project. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Code A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

System Access Control system Not used CCTV Data Network Entertainment system Fiber Optic system Intercom Hotline Integrated surveillance & Security General/Mobile Radio System Not Used Local area/Campus Area Network Met-Ocean/Environment Monitoring Network Management System Not Used Public Address/General Alarm system Video Conferencing system Radio system Satellite system PABX/Telephone system UHF/Tetra Radio system Vehicle tracking system Wide Area Network/SDH Personnel Tacking system Muster Point tracking system Miscellaneous

TABLE 4.2 – FUNCTION CODES

The following table lists the equipment codes that shall be applied to Telecoms/CCTV equipment presently approved for use on the project. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Function Code AB AE AI AM AN AP AT BB BC BE BM CC

Equipment type Acoustic booth/hood Antenna Alarm interface Amplifier Anemometer Access Panel Antenna Tuning unit Battery Bank Battery Charger Beacon Barometer Camera Cleaning system

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

Function Code KB LI LW LX MA MB MC MD MO MF MX PC

Equipment type Keyboard Loudspeaker - internal Loudspeaker – external Loudspeaker – hazardous area Mast/Tower Marshalling box Media/Protocol converter Modem Modulator Main Distribution Frame Multiplexer Personal computer 36 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

CI CN CR CU CW CX DB DC DS DV EN EQ ES FM GP HI HP HS HM HW HX ID II IW IX JB

Camera – internal Console bay Card Reader Control Unit Camera – external Camera – hazardous area Distribution board Decoder/Decrypter Video display/monitor DVD recorder/player Encoder Equipment cabinet Ethernet switch FAX machine GPS receiver Handset IP Hand-portable Handset Headset microphone Handset – external Handset – hazardous area Identity card Intercom – internal Intercom – weatherproof Intercom – hazardous area Junction box

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

PH PL PI PP PR PS PW PX RC RR RT SB SC SH SP ST SV SW TP TR TT TV TS UP WS ZZ

Rev: 05A

Photocopier Plotter Pan Tilt Zoom unit - internal Patch panel Printer Power supply Pan Tilt Zoom unit – external Pan Tilt Zoom unit – hazardous area Remote control unit Receiver Router Splice box Sensor – cloud/wave height Sensor – humidity Splitter/Combiner Sensor – temperature Server Switch Tap Transceiver Transmitter Television Turnstile Uninterruptable power supply Workstation Miscellaneous

37 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

ANNEXURE 5 – SAFETY AND FIRE FIGHTING TABLE 5.1 – DEVICE CODES

The following table lists the codes that shall be applied to Fire & Gas devices presently approved for use on the project. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Code FD GD GDR GDT TGD TGDR TGDT HD SD MC XA

Function Flame Detector Gas Detector LOS Gas Detector - Receiver LOS Gas Detector - Transmitter Toxic Gas Detector LOS Toxic Gas Detector - Receiver LOS Toxic Gas Detector - Transmitter Heat Detector Smoke Detector Manual Alarm Call Point Extinguish ant Release Point Visual Alarm Lamp/Beacon Audible Fire/Gas Alarm (Horn/Siren)

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

38 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

ANNEXURE 6 – JUNCTION BOX CODES The following table lists the codes that shall be applied to Control System Junction Boxes presently approved for use on the project. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Code JBE JBF JBFT JBFM JBT JBV JBS JBX JBO JBP JBC

Function Electrical Control signals (<24v DC) Foundation Field bus SPUR box Foundation Field bus TRUNK box Foundation Field bus Multiplexer box Thermocouple signals Vibration signals Solenoid signals Power Supply Fibre optic/coaxial cable systems PAGA CCTV

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

39 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

ANNEXURE 7 – INSTRUMENT/ELECTRICAL SECONDARY BUILDINGS/ROOM CODES

The following table lists the codes that shall be applied to Instrument / Electrical buildings or rooms to identify their main function. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Code AS CCR CER CRA CSR ECR EER FAR LCS SS SWR TER

Function Analyzer Shelter Central Control Room Central Equipment Room Control Room Auxiliary Room Central Systems Engineering Room Electrical Control Room Electrical Equipment Room Field Auxiliary Room Load Centre Substation Substation – LV & HV Switch room Telecoms Equipment Room

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

40 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

ANNEXURE 8 –CONTROL SYSTEM CABINET CODES

The following table lists the codes that shall be applied to Control System cabinets to identify their main function. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Code AUX CTS DCS ETS IPS IRB FGS FOP HVAC MMS NET OTS PAGA PAS TEL UCP

Function Auxiliary Cabinet Custody Transfer System Distributed Control System Engineering Test Simulator Instrument Protective System Interposing Relay Board Fire, Gas & Smoke Protective System Fiber Optic Patch Panel Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Machine Monitoring System (REDAS) Network Patch Panel Operator Training Simulator Public Address/General Alarm System Process Automation System (General) Telecoms System Unit Control Panel

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

41 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

ANNEXURE 9 – CIVIL ASSET CODES

The following table lists the civil equipment codes that shall be applied to identify civil assets. Additional codes may be developed during DEFINE or EXECUTE to suit the requirements of the final facility, and shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to use. Code Civil Equipment Type Notes UA Primary Treatment These contain CPI’s, CDF and the evaporation pond within the unit and Components all other discrete equipment located within the primary treatment areas. UB Bridges & Culverts All bridges inside and outside of the operating units, including the bridges over the Conveyance System, sleeper racks (pipe tracks), and drainage ditches. Culverts that are wider than 1 meter and greater than 4 meters long shall be tagged as bridges. UC Concrete below Grade This asset category covers sumps and pits like below grade secondary containment sumps or pits, below grade concrete elements used to store finished or intermediate products (e.g. sulphur pits), concrete process or sanitary lift stations manholes or other underground concrete components not considered part of the plant AC, CC systems covered by equipment type Conveyance systems. It should be noted that surface water manholes/sumps which are integral to a gravity system are not included in this heading. These assets typically have outfall controls (e.g. a specially designed weir, valve or pump) that are not found in these surface water manholes/sumps. UD Concrete Structures Concrete structures shall include the following items: 

UE

Conveyance System

UF

Concrete Secondary Containment

UG

Cooling Water Tower Basins

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

Pedestals, concrete frames and tabletops for centrifugal machinery greater than 375 kW (500 HP), or reciprocating machinery greater than 150 kW (200 HP) and the associated skids.  Pedestals and concrete frames for structures such as pipe racks, steel t-poles, and sleeper pipe racks (pipe tracks),  Masonry or concrete walls and slabs for above ground soil or water retaining structures.  Foundation and pedestals for boilers, furnaces and flat bottom storage tank ring walls and mats  Concrete piperacks and super structures  Concrete personnel access facilities and structural elevated slabs in operating unit structure It is expected that concrete assets that are directly supporting non civil static assets (e.g. pedestals under equipment other than mentioned above) or integrally attached for access (e.g. concrete effluent basin access platforms) are to be inspected and managed as part of that asset. These are non-pressurized underground systems composed of pipes and other conductors, manholes, trenches etc. related to wastewater with environmental requirements. These systems include AC and CC (per DEP 34.14.20.31-Gen. and as defined by the Project), other process sewers and sanitary sewers. This includes concrete paved areas and concrete dike (bund) walls intended to contain spillage from a tank, spill containment slabs at truck loading/unloading areas and other Safety/Environmental department designated secondary containment areas Though Cooling towers are included in the asset tag list the concrete basin should be considered a separate from the superstructure of these assets to determine if there are any emerging degradation issues from acid attack, differential settlement, degradation of the steel structures, 42 of 43

Tagging Taxonomy for Greenfield Projects

Rev: 05A

platforms and their embedment’s etc Code UH

UJ

Civil Equipment Type Earthen Foundations, Mounded Storage and Earthen Containment Berms Personnel Access

Notes This includes the earthen foundation that support flat bottom storage tanks, earthen berms (bunds or dikes) around storage tanks. Note that personnel access items such as paving stairs and walkways that are at times integral with these items should be tagged separately Personnel access assets provide personnel access for operation and maintenance activities. In addition to supporting loads strictly from personnel, personnel access facilities are typically also designed to structurally support the equipment. These include: 

UK

Steel Structures

Structural steel or concrete components that provide access platforms and stairs which includes structure used to support multiple equipment types (e.g. exchangers, vessels).  Access components such as caged ladders, grating, handrails.  The guarding or fall protection system including ladder gates, life lines and guardrails  Walking surfaces at grade within the AC or CC areas Steel structures include the structural steel used for: 

UL UM UN

Jetties Area Paving Roads

3000-BGC-G000-GE00-G00000-JA-5980-00001

.

Structures such as pipe racks, steel t-poles, sleeper pipe racks (pipe tracks),  Isolated steel structures or components that support independent equipment or piping not covered under personnel access (e.g. communication towers, derrick flare structures).  Fireproofing of all structural steel: Cast cementitious fireproofing, insulating brick, and fibreboard type fireproofing installed on steel structures. It should be noted that fireproofing on non civil assets such as vessel skirts, and other equipment should be part of that asset not as an independent asset type. It is expected that steel assets that are directly supporting non civil asset (e.g. beams under equipment) or integrally attached for access (e.g. tower access platforms) are to be inspected and managed as part of the that asset. Therefore these should be tagged as part of that asset not as a civil asset Loading arms/Ship access facilities Walking surfaces at grade in CR areas This covers all asphalt and concrete roads and their shoulders

43 of 43